Top 10 Solutions

SSD SUPPORT SOLUTIONS
TOP 10 SOLUTIONS
February 2013
This document contains information that was exported directly from Konica Minolta's SSD
Support knowledge base. Some solutions may contain hyperlink references which originally
contained links to graphic or text files. If you wish to view these files, you must access the
solutions via SSD CS Expert Support on Konica Minolta's website, www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us.
Legal Notice
This document is designed as a diagnostic tool, primarily for Konica Minolta's
support personnel, and authorized service representatives. Konica Minolta
recommends that all service be performed by an authorized service
representative. Users are responsible for seeking advice of a Konica Minolta
authorized service representative regarding the information, opinion, advice
or content of this document.
USER AGREES THAT USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS AT USER'S SOLE RISK
AND THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OTHER
THAN THOSE WARRANTIES THAT ARE IMPLIED BY LAW AND INCAPABLE
OF EXCLUSION. IN NO EVENT WILL KONICA MINOLTA OR THOSE ACTING
ON ITS BEHALF BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.
1015
Solution ID
TAUS0601120EN*
Solution Usage
88
Description
F54.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A fan irregularity signal, excessive current draw due to binding. Examine M4 for obstructions which may bind the fan. Check the M4 fan lock signal (main
CB, CN26-4) in the 47 mode, input code 42. The voltage should be between 0.1 to 0.2V DC. If 5V DC is present, either the fan is binding or the fan is
defective. Replace M4 (p/n 25HA80512).
Note: If the fan lock signal is normal, install the version 17.0 EPROM (p/n 101517-17.0) to prevent false F54 errors as outlined in 1015/1212 Technical
Bulletin #15 .
2. IC7 on the main CB has shorted due to a failed total counter. IC7 shares the 24V DC control signal line with the exposure lamp, separation solenoid
(SD1), registration solenoid (SD2), total counter, key counter, and cooling fan (M4). All loads except the total counter operate in diagnostics.
Replace the total counter (p/n 466088201) and the main CB (p/n 25HE-7312).
3. A poor connection between the cooling fan (M4) and the main CB. Reseat CN73 at M4 (cooling fan) and CN26 on the main CB.
Solution ID
TAUS0606679EN*
Solution Usage
75
Description
Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Possible toner contamination. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high
temperature and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade
will also have to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #22 for
information on toner filming.
2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and
replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure.
3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface
breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511)
as needed.
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 .
Solution ID
TAUS0601141EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
How to install a key counter.
Solution
The key counter is mounted in a separate box attached to the rear cover of the machine. For detailed installation instruction, see 1015 Technical Bulletin #3 .
Solution ID
TAUS0601285EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
P81 after replacing the main CB.
Solution
CAUSE: Control boards for the 1015 have been changed to make the installation of a key counter easier as outlined in 1015 Technical Bulletin #17 . The
jumper JP1 has been eliminated; relay wiring (p/n 26AA90270) must be on all machines that do not have a key counter installed. If the new style board is
installed without the relay wiring, a P81 will be displayed. The new style main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) was installed on machines beginning with s/n 25HE11181.
SOLUTION: Install the relay wiring (p/n 26AA90270) if the main CB is not outfitted for a key counter.
Details of key counter installation per 1015 Technical Bulletin #3.
Solution ID
TAUS0601267EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
P27 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Older version firmware is installed on the main CB.
Install EPROM p/n 101517-16.0 for the machine to correctly display F26 when the following cases occur:
2. Toner was added prior to adding developer and performing the TDS adjustment. Developer must be added FIRST at new machine set-up so that toner
does not fall on the uncovered TDS sensor.
February 2013
1015
Run 47 mode, output code 51 until the code does not reoccur (may take 5 to 10 attempts) OR open the developer unit and clean the excess toner from the
area of the TDS sensor. Then tilt the developer unit to allow fresh developer into this area.
3. Poor connection at CN95. The toner density sensor (TDS) is abnormal (0.2 V DC or lower). Reconnect CN95 (located under the front of the developer
unit).
4. TDS failure. If version 16.0 is installed, P27 is displayed when the TDS is disconnected or fails. Check for proper connection prior to replacing the TDS.
See EPROM history hyperlink.
Solution ID
TAUS0603292EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Developer is overtoned or undertoned. Depleting the amount of toner in the developer (sky shots) or adding toner to the developer (47 mode, output code
01) resolves the problem.
2. Toner was added before performing the L-detect adjustment at new machine setup. See 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #5A .
Developer must be added FIRST at new machine set-up so that toner does not fall on the uncovered TDS sensor.
3. A loose pin to CN95 on the developer unit. This connector is for the TDS sensor. Reseat all pins (4) to CN95 on the developer unit.
4. Incorrect TDS reading. Perform memory reset then run the TDS adjustment (47 mode, output code 51) until the code disappears (may take 5-6 attempts).
5. Component failure. Check the TDS sensor, M5 (toner supply motor).

6. Loose pins on the NOVRAM, IC28. Reform the NOVRAM pins and reinstall the IC on the main CB.
Solution ID
TAUS0601130EN*
Solution Usage
49
Description
F28.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. High voltage arcing.
a. Reset F28 using the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys), P45 to 0.
b. Inspect the T/S corona, front and rear blocks. Note: If the HV is turned ON with the T/S corona removed, F28 will occur.
c. Extend the HV contacting springs (front) and the contacting springs at the rear of the T/S assembly (grounding).
d. Clean the contact points on the front T/S block - replace if needed.
e. The transfer guide plate p/n 25HA-4561 is bent and too close to the transfer wire. The left edge of the plate should be 16mm above the inside bottom
of the corona shell.
2. The corona currents are not set to specification. Set all currents to specification per 1015 Technical Bulletin #2.
3. Multiple devices on the same AC source.
4. Debris in the transfer corona shorts the corona wire to the transfer discharge plate (shell).
Thoroughly clean the T/S corona.
5. No output from the high voltage unit due to an internal short.
To verify HV unit failure, perform the following::
a. Remove the drum carriage and the T/S corona unit.
b. Run the copier in the 36 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 3 and 6 keys); enter code 01, then press START PRINT.
c. If the failure code reoccurs, inspect the high tension leads for insulation failure and replace if necessary. The high voltage unit (p/n 25HA84014) may
also need replacing.
d. If the problem does not occur, inspect the T/S corona unit, main charge unit and the drum carriage grounding. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
6. Arcing at the bias contact spring can cause an F28.
Solution ID
TAUS0604090EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Developer spew.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the developing unit is not completely emptied during a PM, the residual developer will compact and cause wear to the developer shaft and shaft holder.
To prevent damage install the improved shaft holder (G-seal, p/n 26AA-3060).
February 2013
1015
Note: The replacement of the shaft holder and felt seal (p/n 26AA30060) is only effective on machines where the developer shaft has NOT been worn. If the
shaft is worn, the developing unit (p/n 26AA-3001) must be replaced.
2. Developer sleeve fatique. To verify, remove the developer unit and spin the developing unit magnetic roller by hand 10 to 20 times. If developer falls from
the sleeve, replace the developing unit (p/n 26AA-3001). Verify that developer bias and corona currents are set to specification.
Solution ID
TAUS0601129EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
High pitched noise, no ADD TONER indication.
Solution
CAUSE: No add toner indication is due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed until the toner motor is allowed to make 7-12 consecutive
rotations during a copy run.
SOLUTION: Run at least 50 to 75 consecutive copies to check the ADD toner indication. Add toner to the machine after confirming operation.
Note: For immediate display of ADD TONER, install (p/n 101517-15.2).
Caution: With version 15.2 installed, air pockets in the toner hopper may cause premature ADD TONER indications.
Solution ID
TAUS0602478EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
Blurred copies after power up or after reduction/enlargement is selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The constant load spring of the fourth mirror assembly does not have sufficient pressure to return to its home position. Replace the load spring with the
new style load spring (p/n 508065211). The pressure of load has been increased from 145g to 215g.
Replacement of the constant load spring is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #20
2. Heavy grease was used on the on the 4th mirror shaft. Clean the 4th mirror shaft and lubricate with multi oil.
3. The adjusting arm (p/n 25HA-6441) in the optics is out of position. Reposition the optics cam lever to push on the fourth mirror assembly.
4. The black idler roller mounted under the 4th mirror is binding. To free up the idler, relieve pressure from the side mount assembly, then clean and lubricate
the assembly.
See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
February 2013
1018/1518L
Solution ID
TAUS0627042EN*
Solution Usage
49
Description
How to set up SMB (PC) Scanning.
Solution
When setting up SMB (PC) Scanning on the 7145, three pieces of information must be obtained:
1. Host Name: This will be the network name of the workstation you wish to scan to. Right click My Computer, select Properties, User Profiles and note the
Workgroup Name of the computer. Use only the name of the computer, do not include the domain name. Name has to be 13 characters or less.
2. Folder: This is set up on the workstation and must be shared with all attributes selected.
3. User Name and Password: This is what the customer uses to log their PC onto the network.( if you do not Results= ED09C7)
Note: When setting up the Folder Name on the 7145, it must be designated with /. For example, if the shared folder on the workstation is Sample, it will be
input on the 7145 as /Sample.
Solution ID
TAUS0615407EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
How to update the firmware on a 7415 (fax option installed) via the serial port.
Solution
To upgrade the fax kit firmware via the serial port, perform the following:
1. Obtain the fax firmware upgrade files.
a. Access KBT's Home Page (http://www.konicabt.com).
b. In the left-hand menu, click on SECURED.
c. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login].
d. Click on TECHNICAL.
e. Click on [Download EPROMS].
f. Click on [EPROMS For Plain Paper Fax].
g. Click on [List Files].
h. Select the desired version of 7415 firmware and download to folder.
i. When the file is extracted, note where the file is created.
2. Connect a D sub 9-pin straight serial cable between the PC and the RS-232C port on the fax kit.
3. Set the 7415 to firmware upgrade mode by pressing the START and STOP keys at the same time while powering the 7415 ON. *WAIT PROGRAM* will
display.
4. Down load the data by using the DOS prompt.
a. Set your COM port to proper settings (for COM1 use C:\ mode com1:19,n,8,1).
b. Ensure you are in the directory that the firmware file was downloaded to.
During the download process see below:
Status for device COM1:
--------------------------------------------Baud:
19200
Parity:
None
Data Bits:
8
Stop Bits:
1
ect ect.
then you would enter:
copy command:
(c. Use the file copy command (C:\ copy /b XXXXa.bin..bin com1). copy/b 151VXXXa.bin com1
Solution ID
TAUS0606356EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Can the 7033 be used as a scanner?
Solution
A scanning option is available. The following is the minimum configuration for the scanning feature to function:
1. IP411 (PCUA 950401) installed.
2. HD104 (PCUA 950421) installed.
3. System software version 4.1.13.
Note: To identify the system software version, print a system configuration page. If any other version earlier than 4.1.13 is identified, scanning is not
available. Upgrading system software is not yet possible in the field. Contact the NSSG Hotline and request the procedure to upgrade the system software
on the HD104.
4. The 7033/7040 MUST be at minimum firmware level 42 (system) and level 25 (image). Firmware can be downloaded from the Konica [[FTP site | URL
ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
Note: A finisher is not required for printing or scanning with the IP411.
5. The KN302 network interface card (PCUA 950400) must be installed.
6. The controller must have a minimum of 32MB of RAM (controller is shipped with 32MB installed).
7. Scanned documents can be retrieved via Scantrip which is available on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]]. This
utility allows downloading of files from the hard drive to the workstation. An FTP client (i.e. [[SmartFTP*| URL http://www.smartftp.com/download/]] or [[FTP
Surfer*| URL http://www.whispertech.com/surfer/download.htm]].) or Microsoft* Internet Explorer minimum version 5x is required to allow viewing of the
scanned documents.
Note: Document handling procedures or recommendations are not the responsibility of Konica Business Technologies USA, Inc.
February 2013
1018/1518L
Solution ID
TAUS0626064EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Memory specifications, 7255.
Solution
The standard memory of the main body E-RDH is 64MB. There is one additional slot for memory which can be expanded to a maximum of 576MB.
Additional memory is installed on the image CB located at the rear of the unit.
Notes:
1. Available Konica memory:
ITEM #
ITEM
DIMM
950631
MU-401
64MB
950632
MU-402
128MB
950588
MU-303
256MB
960334
MU-304
512MB
2. Other 256MB memory DIMM that can be used are as follows:
The recommended 256MB DIMM is as follows:
a. Century Microelectronics, Inc.* (PC133/256MB/NON ECC), DTV6E8-CL3 (Hitachi)* [[http://www.century-micro.com| URL http://www.century-micro.com]]
b. Melco Inc.* PC133/256MB/NON ECC, VS133-256M (Toshiba)* [[http://www.melcoinc.com/english/index.html| URL
http://www.melcoinc.com/english/index.html]]
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 256MB (64bitx32M composition)/[16Mword x 8bit) synchronous DRAM x 16 + serial EPROM]/Clock frequency : (CL=2) 80 MHz and more/168-pin DIMM
(a gold terminal).
2. Banks on each SDRAM Device (BA1, BA0) : 4 Banks
3. Row Addresses
:RA0-RA11
4. Column Addresses :CA0-CA9
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0612301EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
F26 at power up or following TDS adjustment.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The L-detect adjustment was performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer; or a failed PCL.
Replace the developer and perform the steps outlined below before performing the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, code 51).
Check TDS ang (analog) signal at the main board CN3-A5 to GND while running 47 mode, code 40.
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned
1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = bad TDS or lack of developer
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned
4.0 or more = bad developer - replace the developer
TDS sensor (p/n 083088110).
Verify PCL operation:
Enter the 47 mode output code 51 for 15 seconds. THEN TURN THE MACHINE OFF.
Check the drum, there should be no toner build-up on the surface. If toner is on the drum, check the PCL using the bypass tray solenoid connector, and 47
mode output code 24.
2. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp per 2020 Technical Bulletin #32.
Solution ID
TAUS0602573EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Light copies, blotchy, poor density.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner hopper is empty, however, the TLD sensor is coated with toner, therefore it will not vibrate to indicate ADD TONER.
Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main board:
TLD coated with toner = +6.7 V DC.
TLD not coated = +4.1 V DC.
2. To alleviate light copies, perform all procedures outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #16C .
3. Install version 16.0 EPROM as outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #16C.
4. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer.
Use 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the ang signal at the main board at CN3-A5 to GND.
0.5V DC to 1.5V DC = overtoned
February 2013
1018/1518L
1.5V DC - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = bad TDS or lack of developer
2.0V DC to 4.0V DC = undertoned
4.0V DC or more = bad developer - replace the developer
5. No add toner indication due to short copy runs.
6. The corona currents are not set to specification.
7. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents.
Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification.
charge
-600 10A DC
transfer
-400 50A DC
separation 290 20A AC
Procedure outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 .
8. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge build-up on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner
concentration and developer failure (light copies).
Replace the PCL with the new style (LED) lamp p/n 029487061. See 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
9. Too many high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently.
10. Damp paper can cause poor density.
Install the dew prevention heater kit p/n SE95-2810 to reduce the occurrence of damp paper.
11. The toner motor is not meshing with the toner addition drive.
Adjust the toner motor position.
12. Dirty toner supply shaft assembly (p/n 5080-1560) and thrust spring (p/n 392015670). The spring is stuck in the depressed position and will not allow the
shaft to engage with toner hopper auger.
Clean shaft and spring.
Solution ID
TAUS0602815EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
F35 at power up.
Solution
To reset: set 25 mode, P47 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. TS1 (thermstat) open. Replace p/n 5520-8510.
2. Non OEM (original equipment manufacturer) upper roller installed. Thicker aluminum or iron core upper rollers will cause extended warm-up resulting in
F35.
Install a new Konica upper roller p/n 508053150.
3. L2 CONT signal at CN15-4 (main CB) does not go L at power up after resetting the failure code. Replace the main CB (p/n 5522-9010).
4. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #41.
5. Program bug in the early version EPROM's (before level 13.3) Replace IC6 with p/n 101816-13.3 or the latest production level.
Solution ID
TAUS0601564EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Excessive toner consumption, toner spill under the drum carriage.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. To alleviate this problem, it is critical to implement all the steps outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C. .
2. New PCL, new drum, currents set to specification.
CEL failure. To verify the CEL, run a sky shot in 65% reduction on large paper. The pattern should reveal a reduced sky shot. If the entire copy is black, the
CEL is not operating.
Replace the CEL p/n 0830-7300 if necessary.
3. NOVRAM failure, memory scrambled. Replace NOVRAM (p/n
Solution ID
TAUS0602487EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Drum damage, developer spew, banding from lead-to-trail.
February 2013
1018/1518L
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit become damaged (shrink) due to developer leakage. The magnetic roller is then too close to the drum,
causing damage to the drum surface.
Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover,
PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing.
2. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
Verify PCL operation:
a. Run the 47 mode, output code 51, for 15 seconds. THEN POWER THE MACHINE OFF.
b. Check the drum, there should be no toner build-up on the surface. If toner is on the drum, check the PCL using the bypass tray solenoid connector and
47 mode, output code 24.
3. The main agitator shaft is worn, allowing developer to leak from the sides of the unit.
Install the main agitator kit per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #27A (p/n SE95-2940).
4. Drum shaft knob loose.
Secure the drum knob.
Solution ID
TAUS0605800EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
The toner cartridge can not be fully inserted.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A 2020 toner supply cover has been installed on a model 1018.
If the drum carriage is exchanged between models, the toner supply cover should be changed or a modified toner supply cover (p/n 0831-3210) should be
installed. A 1018 cover is labeled 0832 and will not allow the toner cartridge to be fully inserted. The 2020 cover is labeled 0831 and does allow proper
installation of the 2020 toner cartridge.
2. The toner cartridge shape has been changed. The green plastic cover for waste toner extends about 1-inch farther than before. The modified toner
cartridge does fit in the copier, but toner build-up at the rear of the developing unit may inhibit full cartridge insertion.
Verify the locking ears on the toner cartridge are flush with the drum carriage. If not, vacuum the rear area of the toner hopper to remove built up toner.
3. The incorrect toner cartridge is inserted.
Check the rear of the toner cartridge to ensure that it is designated for the 1018. The plastic center should be the color blue.
Note: Refer to the 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #44 .
February 2013
1020/1520/2020
Solution ID
TAUS0600030EN*
Solution Usage
134
Description
Drum damage.
Solution
CAUSE: The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit are damaged (smaller in diameter) due to developer leakage. This causes the magnetic roller to get
too close to the drum, resulting in damage to the drum surface.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
Solution ID
TAUS0600043EN*
Solution Usage
118
Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the L-detect adjustment is performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer F26 can occur.
Determine the cause of F26 by checking the TDS analog signal at the main CB CN3-A5 to GND while running the 47 mode, output code 40. The voltages
below indicate the condition of the developer:
Detone by running black copies.
0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor
Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB.
Check the level of developer in the developer unit.
Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 083088110).
Retone using the 47 mode, code 01.
4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned
Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating.
Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
Note: When F26 occurs, the machine will allow a reattempt of the TDS adjustment only. All other functions will be inoperable unless the memory is
reinitiallized (47 mode, output code 92).
2. Erroneous data in memory. The copier experienced a power problem which caused the memory data to be scrambled. Perform memory reinitialization
using the 47 mode, output code 92.
Note: L-detect data; drum and PM counters; CVR, registration and lead edge deletion data will be set to initial values.
3. Memory IC failure. The memory chip (IC8) on the main CB will not hold settings after performing memory initialization (47 mode, output code 92).
Replace the memory chip.
Solution ID
TAUS0611708EN*
Solution Usage
107
Description
Excessive toner consumption, toner spilled under the drum carriage.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. To alleviate this toner consumption problems, it is critical to implement the procedures outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C .
2. PCL failure. Replace the PCL with the new style (LCD lamp). See 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
3. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification.
charge
-600 10A DC
transfer
-400 50A DC
The adjustment procedure is outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 .
4. CEL failure. To verify the operation of the CEL, run a sky shot in 65% reduction on large paper. The pattern should reveal a reduced sky shot. If the
entire copy is black, the CEL is not operating. Replace the CEL (p/n 0830-7300).
Solution ID
TAUS0600023EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
February 2013
1020/1520/2020
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner hopper is empty. However, the TLD sensor is coated with toner, therefore it will not vibrate to indicate ADD TONER.
Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main board:
TLD coated with toner 6.7V DC.
TLD not coated 4.1V DC.
2. A failed TLD (toner level detecting sensor). If no voltage is read after performing step 1, replace the TLD (p/n 113687090).
3. To alleviate light copies, perform all procedures outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C .
4. Older version firmware is installed on the main CB. Install version 16.0 EPROM as outlined in Technical Bulletin #16C.
5. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer. Use the 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the analog signal at the
main board at CN3-A5 to GND. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer:
6. The developer unit auxiliary agitator gear is damaged or binding. Replace the gear (p/n 029420210).
7. No add toner indication is occurring due to short copy runs.
8. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification.
charge
-600 10A DC
transfer
-400 50A DC
The adjustment procedure is outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 .
9. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge build-up on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner
concentration and developer failure (light copies).
Replace the PCL with the new style (LCD lamp). See 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
10. Multiple high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently.
11. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit p/n SE95-2810 to reduce the occurrance of damp paper.
12. Incorrect toner was added. Purge the toning/developing system and replace the toner and developer with model 2020 supplies. Perform the L-detect
and any necessary copy quality adjustments.
13. The developer agitator gears not turning. Agitation system is binding. Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
14. A defective wiring harness between the main CB and the operation board. Replace the operation board assembly which includes the wiring harness from
the operation board to the main CB (p/n 5522-7002).
Solution ID
TAUS0611823EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
High pitched noise, no ADD TONER indication.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. ADD TONER is not indicated due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed until the toner motor is allowed to make 7-12 consecutive
rotations during a copy run after the TLD has detected the absence of toner.
Run at least 50 to 75 consecutive copies to verify the ADD TONER indication.
Note: Operation panel lamps can be checked using the 47 mode, code 48:
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Hold down the 4 and 7 keys while turning the copier on to enter the diagnostic mode..
2. Release the 4 and 7 keys.
3. Press the 4 key and then the 8 key.
4. Press the Copy key. All panel lamps should come on.
February 2013
10
1020/1520/2020
5. Turn the machine off then on to exit the diagnostic mode.
Add toner to the machine after confirming operation.
For immediate display of ADD TONER, install (p/n 202016-13.4).
Caution: With version 13.4 installed, air pockets in the toner hopper may cause premature ADD TONER indications.
2. The latest EPROM version was installed, but the copier memory was not reinitialized. Reinitialize memory (47 mode, code 92).
Solution ID
TAUS0654979EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
F24 at power up or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open PCL lamp or loose CN64 on the drum carriage assembly. Reseat CN64 and replace the PCL lamp with the new style LED lamp (p/n 029487061) as
outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
TO VERIFY THE PCL:
1. Remove the PCL from the drum carriage
2. Plug it into the bypass tray solenoid connector.
3. Activate the lamp using 4/7 mode, code 24.
If any segments do not light, replace the lamp with the new style assembly.
2. If the drum carriage becomes dislodged while copying the PCL circuit will open. Reinsert the drum carriage and install locking bracket (p/n 5520-1041).
Solution ID
TAUS0612250EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
F23 power up, (M5) toner motor failure.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner packed in the hopper or reverse EMF generated by M5 when the motor stops damaging IC30 on the main CB.
SOLUTION: Test the circuit by running M5 in 47 mode, code 01. Separate the gear drive so the motor can free spin without load.
Replace the main CB and/or M5 as necessary.
To reduce the failure of IC30 due to M5 binding or reverse EMF, install new toner supply wiring as outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #38.
M5 p/n 4900-1610
Main CB p/n 5522-9010
1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #38.
Solution ID
TAUS0654985EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
F35 at power up.
Solution
To defeat the code, access the 25 mode, P47. Input 0 and press START PRINT.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Program bug in the early version EPROM's (before level 13.4). Replace EPROM IC6 with p/n 202016-13.4 or the latest production level (16.0 is latest
5/10/96).
2. TS1 (thermstat) open. Replace p/n 5520-8510.
3. Non OEM (original equipment manufacturer) upper roller installed. Thicker aluminum or iron core upper rollers will cause extended warm-up resulting in
F35.
Install a new Konica upper roller p/n 508053150.
4. L2 CONT signal at CN15-4 (main CB) does not go L at power up after resetting the failure code. Replace the main CB (p/n 5522-9010).
5. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #41.
6. The power is being shared with other equipment. A dedicated AC circuit is recommended.
Solution ID
TAUS0604139EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2020.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
February 2013
11
1020/1520/2020
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID
TAUS0612223EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
Machine shuts down and resets while copying, J00 or J16 displayed.
Solution
CAUSE: Charge corona arcing. Dirty, coroded or loose connection from HV(A). Poor or no grounding for main charge corona assembly.
SOLUTION: Verify that the charge corona contact with the spring on the high voltage power supply. Also verify front clip on main charge assembly is
contacting drum carriage frame.
February 2013
12
1112
Solution ID
TAUS0602019EN*
Solution Usage
199
Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The L-detect has been performed improperly. Install new developer (do not cycle machine until all steps are complete); thoroughly clean the recycle tube,
disengage the toner hopper from the developer unit. Perform the L-detect adjustment.
2. The worm gear may be worn at the point of contact and is not driving the toner conveyance screw. If the density cannot be increased by adding toner
through the 47 mode output code 001. Check the toner supply motor, shaft angle (on hinge plate A) and the driving gears. Toner supply idler gear A (p/n
25SA77291) and gear B (p/n 25SA77311) as well as the hinge plate A (p/n 25SA-3310) should be modified as indicated in 7050 Technical Bulletin #27 .
3. If copies or prints become lighter during a long run:
Inspect the transfer separation corona assemblies and the high voltage power supply. The transfer corona may have been disassembled for cleaning. This
causes the relationship of the transfer guide material assembly (p/n 25SA-2660) to the rest of the corona to be incorrect. Due to the critical nature of the
height of the transfer guide material assembly, the guide is factory set. It is not to be adjusted or disassembled in the field. If guide is adjusted or removed,
replacement of the entire corona assembly is required (p/n 25SA-2600). Note: (p/n 25SA-2660) is listed in the parts catalog as a separate part but is no
longer available. See 7050 Technical Bulletin #9 . For more information see parts view of transfer guide material assembly.
Replace the corona assembly or the high voltage power supply.
4. The ADD TONER message is never displayed.
Level 26 and above will allow display of the low toner indication as soon as the machine reaches that condition.
25 mode address 71 and address 13 are related. Address 71 will determine the amount of copies, after low toner is sensed, before the display will indicate
ADD TONER. Address 13 will determine the copy cycle action once the ADD TONER message has been displayed.
Address 71 settings
0 = After 100 copies (Default)
1 = After 1,000 copies
Note: Address 71, settings 0-3 will allow the machine to continue to operate after ADD TONER is displayed, regardless of address 13. Only address 71,
settings, 4-7 will perform the stop operation specified by address 13.
Address 71 settings continued:
4 = After 100 copies
25 mode address 13 settings to specify copy cycle reaction at detection (ADD TONER). The machine will either try to finish the current sheet in progress or
try to complete the entire job before stopping the unit.
0 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 100 additional copies) and stop
1 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 1,000 additional copies) then stop
4 = Complete the entire job (up to 100 additional copies) then stop
5 = Complete the entire job (up to 1,000 additional copies) then stop (Default)
6 = Complete the entire job (up to 2,000 additional copies) then stop
5. The charge corona and bias are not set to the target values.
Adjust the charge corona to 170 and the bias to 169.
6. Poor bias to the developer unit.
Check for continuity from the bias pin on the developing unit to the developing sleeve. If extremely high, remove the developing bearing from the rear of the
developing unit and check movement and continuity. If the bearing appears worn or has limited continuity, replace the bearing assembly (p/n 466078030).
7. Check for level 22.0 EPROMs. One symptom is low density which is noticed 1,000 copies/prints after power up. Level 22.0 has been identified as causing
light copies. Replace with latest level.
EPROM history hyperlink .
8. The toner supply unit shutter is damaged, resulting in a buildup of toner which has broken the driving gears on the supply unit. Check the condition of the
shutter unit. Replace damaged parts, including drive gears.
Note: This type of damage occurs when technicians push the toner supply unit into its home position without the drum carriage installed. See 7050 Technical
Bulletin #8 .
9. The DCPS2 has failed and is outputting too much voltage to the projection lamp. The projection lamp voltage can be checked using 47 mode, output
mode 000 while measuring the output to the lamp between CN385-1 and CN385-3 on the DCPS2. The voltage should be 60DC.
Replace the DCPS2 (p/n 25SA84520).
10. There is an open in the wiring harness. Check the wire harness at CN22-B4. If it is a constant 7V DC and there is no change in voltage when the TLD
sensor is replaced, the toner unit wire harness (p/n 25SA90260) may need replacement.
February 2013
13
1112
11. Faulty TLD, main CB. Machine never displayed add toner indication. Check the TLD for a change of signal by adding pressure to it out of the toner unit.
If the signal does not change replace the TLD (p/n 25SA88030), if signal state changes replace the main CB.
Note: New main CB from the part dept. are being shipped with the latest production level EPROMs however field machines may have different levels of
Image Processing board EPROMs. This can create error codes and other problems. In addition the Dallas chip on the new boards require the machine to be
reinitialized prior to use. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required
for this procedure.
12. Incorrect toner was added to this unit. This produced the light copies.
Purge the toner and developer units and install fresh supplies.
If developer spew is also present:
13. Carefully examine the drum for damage. The OPC material may be damaged exposing the aluminum core. This causes developer to adhere to the drum
and spew.
Replace drum, cleaning blade, toner guide roller, and developer.
14. Check machine to determine if key counters are used. In some cases, the timing of key counter removal can adversely affect the Dmax correction
adjustment. If the key counter is removed during the period when the automatic Dmax adjustment is performed (every 1000 copies), the Dmax value may be
set lower and undertoning may result. The firmware requires upgrading. Install minimum level 21 EPROMs which will prevent undertoning due to key counter
interaction with Dmax. Installation of the latest level EPROMs is recommended.
EPROM history hyperlink . Note: If, over a period of time, the problem does reoccur, disconnect the key count device.
15. Dmax data has been inadvertently reprogrammed
Reinitialize the Dmax data with 47 mode, output code 18.
16. CN1 on the developing drive motor board (M3DB) is not fully connected. This causes the developing sleeve to rotate at an incorrect speed which affects
Dmax readings. Check and reseat CN1.
17. Poor connection between the memory IC (or Dallas chip) and the main CB.
Reseat memory IC on the main CB.
18. Loose pin on CN65-A3 of the main CB. This is the toner motor (M10) control signal.
Reseat pins on CN65 of the main CB.
19. Failed NOVRAM on the main CB. The NOVRAM is losing the stored DMAX data.
Initialize NOVRAM. If initialization fails to resolve the problem, replace NOVRAM (p/n DALLAS). The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings
will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure.
20. Partial light copies/prints only when fed through the bypass are a result of the improper output from HV2.
Replace HV2.
21. Soiled write unit.
Carefully remove the write unit and clean the polygon mirror. Follow the procedure in the Model 7050 Service Manual (2nd edition, 2/96) pages 2-47 to 2-50.
22. The mylar on the agitator plate, that wipes the TLD, is worn or missing. Replace the agitator plate (p/n 25SA-3270).
23. Dmax Error 3 count (veiwed in 47 mode output code 94) is high and increments each time a Dmax adjustment is attempted. TCSB is coated with toner or
has failed. Clean or replace TCSB (p/n 25SA-9100) as necessary. NOTE: If the adjustment mode display cannot be access using 47 mode output code 94,
access 47 mode output code 96 and press start print. This should enable the adjustment mode to be displayed using output code 94 and pressing start print.
Solution ID
TAUS0601815EN*
Solution Usage
148
Description
Code 26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Performing the L-detect adjustment with worn or depleted (not enough) developer will cause code 26 to occur.
Replace the developer (PCUA 947106) and perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51). During the adjustment, measure the main CB at
CN11-5 while in the 47 mode, output code 40 (main motor running). The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer:
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned (lessen toner concentration by running black copies)
0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor:
a. Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB.
b. Check the level of developer in the developing unit.
c. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 587088010).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned (increase toner concentration by running the toner motor in the 47 mode, output code 01).
a. Replace the developer.
b. Verify that the PCL is operating properly.
If all of the TDS voltages are correct, then the main CB is not processing the signals correctly. Replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302).
2. A poor connection at the rear of the fuser unit (CN69) for the temperature sensors. Reseat CN69.
February 2013
14
1112
3. The TDS has failed because the main CB is applying 24V DC to CN11-1 instead of the normal 10V DC.
Replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302) and the TDS (p/n 587088010).
Note: The TLD (p/n 113687090) may also require replacement as it is powered by the same 10V DC source.
4. PCL failure or open wiring to PCL. PCL failure will cause excessive recycling of toner. The developing unit toner auger conveys the recycled toner only to
the center where the TDS is located.
Replace the PCL (p/n 113687060).
Solution ID
TAUS0600457EN*
Solution Usage
97
Description
Code 23 at power up or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner hopper is binding.
To inspect for binding, separate M3 from the driven gear then run the motor in 47 mode, code 01 to verify operation with no load. If the motor operates, the
main board and motor are OK. Troubleshoot the hopper for binding.
2. M3 toner motor failure.
If the motor is inoperable in diagnostics (separated from drive gear), replace the motor (p/n 3960-9050).
3. Main CB failure.
If a new motor is installed and it does not operate in diagnostics, replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9301).
CAUTION: If M3 or main CB failure is a possibility, install both parts when returning to the machine. Replace M3 first, then replace the main CB.
4. A failed optics unit wiring harness.
Replace the optics unit wiring harness (p/n 585090201).
Note: The wiring from M3 to the main CB is included in this harness.
Solution ID
TAUS0600451EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
Background on the front half and light on the rear half of copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PCL failure will cause excessive recycling of toner. The developing unit toner auger conveys recycled toner only to the center where the TDS is located.
As a result, the rear side of the developing unit will undertone. If this situation is not corrected, developer spew will occur.
To verify PCL operation, use a 9V DC battery to see if the all segments light. Replace the PCL if necessary (p/n 113687060).
2. Poor transfer current will also cause the amount of recycled toner to increase. Set the corona currents to specification using special meter lead (p/n
SE95-1810):
Charge: -505 5A DC
Transfer: -251 16A DC
Separation: 298 13A AC
Refer to 1112 Technical Bulletin #2 for the adjustment procedure.
3. Main CB failure. The control signal to turn on the PCL, CN5-2 stays at 24V DC. Replace main CB (p/n 5850-9302).
4. Incorrect toner was installed. Background will occur at the rear of the copy first as new toner (not recycled) is introduced in the rear of the developer unit.
Evacuate all toner and developer from the developer unit, cleaning unit (recycling system) and the toner hopper. Install the correct supplies (toner, 947-109)
(developer, 947-106).
Solution ID
TAUS0600890EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
Drum drive noise.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The drum carriage spring clip plate (L) (p/n 587020320) is installed incorrectly. Attach the spring clip to the inside of the drum carriage front plate. The
spring should slide over guide pin and rest in the rear groove of pin.
2. Gear (E) is worn (p/n 392015051). Replace gear (E) and any other worn components.
3. The drum idler gear or drive shaft is worn. Install the drum idler gear shaft kit (p/n U081-2440) which was introduced in 1112 Technical Bulletin #3 .
4. The developer input spring has failed. Replace the developer input spring with the new style black spring (p/n 585015121).
Refer to 1112 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: The old style spring is silver in color.
February 2013
15
1112
5. The second feed drive bushings are not properly lubricated. Remove the second feed drive gear, clean with alcohol and apply a small amount of multi-oil.
6. A build-up of toner under the developer mag roller will cause binding of the developer drive unit, producing a grinding noise.
Clean the developer unit thoroughly and install a fresh charge of developer (PCUA 947106).
Solution ID
TAUS0602606EN*
Solution Usage
16
Solution Usage
15
Solution Usage
14
Description
How to reset the PM message.
Solution
To reset the PM counter, perform the following steps:
1. Turn the copier OFF.
2. Hold down the 4 and 7 keys and turn the copier ON.
3. Enter 9 then 0 and press the start/print key.
4. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0601652EN*
Description
Code 25 will not clear after adding toner.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner is not contacting the TLD sensor due to an air pocket in the toner.
SOLUTION: Knock on toner hopper to eliminate air pockets.
Solution ID
TAUS0601933EN*
Description
Code 20 at power up or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open wire or poor connection. No input at CN11-2 on the main CB (TLD signal not received). Verify 10V DC on CN11-1 (main CB).
Check continuity from the drum carriage CN63 to the main CB CN11 (3 wires).
Check for signal from the TLD to the main CB at CN11-2. It should measure 4V to 7V DC if operating correctly.
2. Failed TLD.
Replace TLD (p/n 113687090).
3. No 10V DC to the toner level detect sensor (TLD) because ICP3, on the main CB, is open.
Check CN11-1, on the main CB. If 10V DC is not indicated (operating voltage for the TLD) replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302).
Note: Confirm that the TLD wiring is not shorted or pinched to frame ground.
Solution ID
TAUS0611950EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
How to add toner, 1112.
Solution
To add toner to the 1112:
1. Hold the toner tube so that the plastic strip in on top and the green handle is in the front.
2. Hold and pull the plastic strip toward you as you insert the rear of the tube into the machine, pushing until it stops and then remove the plastic strip
completely.
3. Turn the green handle clockwise until it stops (the word LOCK should be horizontal and right side up).
Solution ID
TAUS0604126EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Developer spew from the rear of the developing unit.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Worn developer can cause developer spew. Developer (PCUA 947106) must be replaced every 15,000 copies.
2. Leakage from the developing unit can occur when all of the developer is not emptied when new developer is installed. The excess developer creates
excessive force causing wear to the developing shaft holder and the developing shaft. If these areas are damaged and leaking, replace the developing unit
(p/n 587A-3002).
Note: A developing unit repair kit is not available for the 1112.
February 2013
16
1112
February 2013
17
1120
Solution ID
TAUS0600722EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
How to program APS default when the ADF is lifted (8.5x11 or 8.5x11R default).
Solution
To program the APS default, perform the following:
1. Disable smart glass, install EPROM (p/n 112019-12.1) EPROM history hyperlink .
2. Then set the following 25 mode addresses:
a. P06 to 2 for 8.5x11 default when the ADF is opened.
Setting 25 mode, P6 to 2, 3, 6, or 7 = 8.5x11 default.
Setting 25 mode, P6 to 0, 1, 4, 5, 8, or 9 = 8.5x11R default.
b. P15 to 1 to enable the first priority mode.
c. P16 to 2 to enable 8.5x11 as priority.
d. P56 to 5 for individual auto button selection (P58 dependant), ADF priority when originals are placed in the ADF and APS deselected when the ADF is
opened.
e. P58 to 2 for initial state: ADF priority, APS non-priority and AES priority.
See 1120 Technical Bulletin #4 (the "NOTE" in bulletin #4 is incorrect - please disregard).
Solution ID
TAUS0602475EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
J13.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The machine is programmed for PFU installation (P91 set to 3); however, no PFU is attached. In 25 mode, set P91 to 0 and confirm that no other
addresses contain erroneous data. A power problem may have occurred, spiking the memory.
2. The wiring harness installed from the main CB to the PFU is incompatible. Review the instructions included in the PFU to determine which style harness is
necessary. Refer to 1120 Technical Bulletin #1 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0600723EN*
Solution Usage
45
Solution Usage
33
Description
P25 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: More than 300 copies were made after the toner LED began blinking.
SOLUTION: Add toner. Replace developer if copy quality does not recover.
Solution ID
TAUS0612260EN*
Description
Excessive trail edge deletion.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. An older version main CB EPROM is installed. Install the latest production EPROM, (p/n 112019-13.0).
2. The 25 mode and 36 mode adjustments are incorrect.
a. Set the 25 mode, P70 to 3 (selection of original margin elimination) to allow the CEL to operate according to the paper size selected. (This
compensates for odd sized originals placed on the platen glass).
b. Set the 36 mode, code 80, P8 to 40 (trail edge deletion adjustment) fine tune as necessary. The adjustment range is 1 to 64.
3. The screws that mount the ADF lock plate unit to the mainbody are too long, obstructing the optics movement. Install the M3x4 screws (p/n 00Z193041)
included with the DF204 installation parts.
Solution ID
TAUS0600756EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
P26 at power up. Occurs at new machine setup or following a PM.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The L-detect adjustment was not performed following; a PM, memory initialization or new set-up. Perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code
51).
Note: L-detect (47 mode, output code 51) must be performed before adding toner at new machine set-up or toner addition will occur during the adjustment
resulting in an F26 code.
2. A poor connection at CN6 on the main CB. This will cause a problem where the code cannot be cleared and the 47, 25, and 36 modes cannot be
accessed. Power the copier OFF, remove and reconnect CN6, and power the copier back ON. CN6 is located on the left side of the main CB near the top of
the board.
February 2013
18
1120
Solution ID
TAUS0600759EN*
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
26
Description
Latest EPROM level, 1120.
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0601912EN*
Description
P27 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor connection between the TDS sensor and the main CB.
Verify continuity.
2. TDS failure. No output (less than 0.2V DC) when the control signal is low. Replace the TDS sensor.
Solution ID
TAUS0602001EN*
Description
ST104, F77.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One or more of the sorter bins is out of position. Reposition the bins to allow the guide pins to ride in the slot of the front and rear cams. Verify that MS203
is being actuated.
2. The front and rear carrier supports (p/n 12QA48070) are installed incorrectly. Install the supports with the spring eyelet at the bottom.
3. The bushing that supports the shaft for the helical cam is installed backwards. This allows the shaft to drop and the beveled gears at the top to disengage.
Reinstall the support bushing correctly.
4. The bin motor is binding. This caused the sorter CB to fail. Reinstall the bin motor to prevent binding, and replace the sorter CB (p/n 12QA-9900).
Solution ID
TAUS0606019EN*
Solution Usage
25
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A bad lot of toner. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature
and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have
to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1120 Technical Bulletin #10 for information on toner
filming.
as needed.
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 for
information on the new style shaft holders and felt.
Solution ID
TAUS0600757EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. See 1120 Technical Bulletin #7 .
SOLUTION:
1. Run 47 mode, code 40 (3 minutes) to allow the excess toner in the TDS area to mix the toner with the developer.
2. If code F26 reoccurs replace the developer (PCUA 947-226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, code 51).
Note: L-detect (47 mode, code 51) must be performed before adding toner at new machine set-up or toner addition will occur during the adjustment resulting
in an F26 code.
February 2013
19
1120
February 2013
20
1212
Solution ID
TAUS0612406EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
How to install the key counter mounting kit.
Solution
A key counter kit (p/n SE95-3270) and EPROM (p/n 121217-12.0) are available. The installation procedure is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #19 .
Set 25 mode, P52 to 1 to enable the key counter. The 1212 key counter mounting kit contents:
PART NUMBER
ITEM
26AA73500
Key counter mounting plate
26AAK0010
Positioning indication label
00Z921321
Large wire clamp (2 pcs)
00Z921941
Small wire clamp (2 pcs)
00Z123062
Flat head screw (2 pcs)
26AA90270
Key counter wiring
26AA73500
Key counter installation instructions
Solution ID
TAUS0602418EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
P27 at power up. P26 was previously indicated following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Toner was added before performing the L-detect adjustment at new machine setup. See 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #5A .
Only developer should be added during a new machine set-up so that toner does not cover the TDS sensor.
To eliminate the code:
a. Access the 47 mode, output code 40, and allow the main motor to run for approximately one minute. Any excess toner surrounding the TDS should mix
with the developer.
b. Perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51).
c. If the problem remains, repeat steps a and b.
d. If this does not correct the problem, replace the developer and perform the L-detect adjustment.
2. Disconnected or failed toner density sensor (TDS). Ensure that the TDS sensor is connected (CN95) at the drum carriage (behind the toner motor).
Repair and/or reconnect the TDS connection. Replace the TDS (p/n 25HA88031) if deemed necessary.
3. Improperly seated memory IC (NOVRAM). Remove and reinsert the chip (IC28 on the main CB). Initialize the memory using the 47 mode, output code
92. After installing new developer, perform the TDS adjustment (L-detect) using the 47 mode, output code 51.
4. PCL failure. If the PCL does not operate during the L-detect adjustment, toner will adhere to the drum and reduce the toner concentration during the
L-detect adjustment. Replace the PCL (p/n 25HA-9340).
Solution ID
TAUS0603887EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
Trail edge deletion on copies.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect 4th mirror angle.
SOLUTION: Adjust the 4th mirror ramp position by loosening the 2 screws and moving the ramp towards the exit of the machine. Verify operation. If trail
edge deletion area is less, but still not acceptable, then adjust the 4th mirror adjusting screw (p/n 490061630) counterclockwise approximately 1/4 a turn;
confirm image quality. If necessary, continue turning adjustment screw 1/4 turn each time until trail edge deletion is eliminated. Adjust the lead edge timing
and lead edge deletion as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0612640EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A bad lot of toner. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature
and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have
to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #22 for information on
toner filming.
as needed.
February 2013
21
1212
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 for
information on the new style shaft holders and felt.
Solution ID
TAUS0605706EN*
Solution Usage
14
Solution Usage
10
Description
How to program auto shut-off and power saver mode.
Solution
Auto shut-off will turn the machine OFF after a selected amount of non-use. Set 25 mode, P62 to:
0: 0 minutes (auto shut-off mode, OFF)
1: 2 minutes
2: 5 minutes
3: 10 minutes
Power saver mode is enabled by pressing the POWER SAVER button above the PRINT button.
The amount of time the copier remains in idle before the power saver mode is activated is determined by the data in 25 mode, P19:
Data of 0 = 1 hour
Data of 1 = 2 hours
Data of 2 = 3 hours
Solution ID
TAUS0603572EN*
Description
How to set paper sizes in cassettes.
Solution
The paper sizes are set up by configuring the buttons on the rear of the tray. To position the buttons, use the chart embossed on the paper tray.
Solution ID
TAUS0604840EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
To add toner.
1. Open the front door of the copier.
2. Lift the green flap labelled PRESS HERE.
3. Insert the cartridge.
4. Slide the green lever to the left to empty the toner cartridge
Solution ID
TAUS0612417EN*
Description
Blurred copies after power up or after reduction/enlargement is selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The constant load spring of the fourth mirror assembly does not have sufficient pressure to return to its home position. Replace the load spring with the
new style load spring (p/n 508065211). The pressure of load has been increased from 145g to 215g.
Replacement of the constant load spring is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #20 .
2. Heavy grease was used on the on the 4th mirror shaft. Clean the 4th mirror shaft and lubricate with multi oil.
3. The adjusting arm (p/n 25HA-6441) in the optics is out of position. Reposition the optics cam lever to push on the fourth mirror assembly.
4. The black idler roller mounted under the 4th mirror is binding. To free up the idler, relieve pressure from the side mount assembly, then clean and lubricate
the assembly.
Solution ID
TAUS0612570EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Code 28 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: Arcing within the main charge corona unit.
The corona wire cleaner has dislodged and is contacting the charge grid wires.
SOLUTION: Properly reposition the charge cleaner away from the grid wires.
February 2013
22
1212
Solution ID
TAUS0602523EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
23
1216
Solution ID
TAUS0607681EN*
Solution Usage
132
Description
How to extend the time for Auto Low Power mode and Auto Shut-off mode.
Solution
Auto Shut-off can be disabled by accessing the 25 mode address 20 and setting it to 1. To program the Auto Shut-off or Low Power Mode time, see below:
To program Auto Low Power mode time, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON).
2. Press P-03-P (Auto Low Power mode setting time selection).
3. Press 1 (setting time + 120 minutes).
4. Press the START/PRINT key.
5. Press P19P.
6. Input one of the following data choices:
Enter 1: 122 minutes
To program Auto Shut-off time, perform the following:
2. Press P-07-P
3. Press 1 (Auto Shut-off time selection + 120 minutes).
5. Press P62P
8. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0607964EN*
Solution Usage
Description
P25 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Memory address 92 in the 25 mode is set to 0 (300 copies after the add toner message, P25 is displayed and copying is prevented until toner is
added). This function can be disabled by setting 25 mode address 92 to 1. It is recommended that this function be enabled to prevent damage to the
developer caused by toner depletion.
SOLUTION: Add toner.
Solution ID
TAUS0608266EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to program small size original default.
Solution
CAUSE: Minimum Original Size Detection was not set for 8.5x11.
SOLUTION: To set Minimum Original Size Detection, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, then, while holding down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON).
2. Press P-4-5-P (memory address 45) and enter the required value (in this case,a value of 2). The following are the data selections for address 45:
0: 8.5x11R
1: 5.5x8.5
2: 8.5x11
3. Press the Print button.
Solution ID
TAUS0607917EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to install a Konica key counter.
Solution
To install the key counter, perform the following:
1. Open the bypass tray door. On the lower, right-side of the main body there is a plate.
2. Remove the plate, and disconnect the connector.
February 2013
24
1216
3. Connect the key counter to the main body connector.
4. Install the brackets from the key counter kit to the main body where the cover plate was removed.
Solution ID
TAUS0607960EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set APS default to 8.5x11.
Solution
To program the 8.5x11 paper tray as a default with any size original copied from the platen glass, perform the following:
1. Switch copier OFF.
2. Enter the 25 mode by holding down the 2 and 5 keys simultaneously and powering the copier ON. Release the 2 and 5 keys approximately 4 seconds
after powering ON.
3. Enter address 56 by pressing P-56-P sequentially.
a. Enter data of 4 (disables APS when the ADF is opened).
b. Press the Start/Print button to load the data.
3. Enter address 51 (designates an initial tray when APS is cancelled) by pressing P-51-P sequentially.
a. Enter data to select the 8.5x11 tray:
0= tray 1
1= tray 2
2= tray 3
3= tray 4
b. Press the Start/Print button to load the data.
Solution ID
TAUS0608097EN*
Description
Corona current specifications, 1216.
Solution
VR
CODE
SPECIFICATION
1
02
-500A DC
2
03
-450A DC
3
04
500A AC
Solution Usage
CORONA
Charge
Transfer
Separation
To adjust the corona currents, perform the following:

1. Remove the T/S corona unit and drum carriage.
2. Close the clamshell and cheat the front interlock switch.
3. To adjust the charge current, connect the special red meter lead to the second of four HV contact springs from the right.
4. Connect the black lead to frame ground.
5. Set meter to A DC.
6. Access the 47 mode (hold down 4 and 7 at power ON), output code 02.
7. Press START/PRINT, adjust VR1 to -500A DC.
8. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 3rd HV contact spring (transfer) from the right.
9. Enter output code 03 and adjust VR2 to -450A DC.
10. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 4th HV contact spring (separation) from the right.
11. Set meter to A AC.
12. Enter output code 04 and adjust VR3 to 500A AC.
Notes:
a. A special red meter lead with an in-line 10Mohm resistor (p/n LX15-0020) must be used in substitute of the standard red meter lead. A standard black
meter lead is still used for ground (GND).
b. VR1, VR2 and VR3 are to the left of the separation corona spring recessed in 3 small holes located the front frame.
VR1 is in the left hole, VR2 is in the right hole, and VR3 is the lower hole.
Solution ID
TAUS0608410EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. Refer to 2223 Technical Bulletin #1 .
SOLUTION: To prevent F26 error codes, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (press the 4 and 7 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), output code 40 (approximately 3 minutes) to allow the excess
toner in the TDS area to mix with the developer.
2. If F26 reoccurs, replace the developer (PCUA 947226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51).
Note: L-detect must be performed before adding toner at new machine setup or toner addition will occur during the adjustment, resulting in a F26 code.
Solution ID
TAUS0608122EN*
Solution Usage
Description
P27 at power up.
Solution
February 2013
25
1216
CAUSE: Incorrect toner concentration in the developing unit.
SOLUTION: Replace the developer and perform a L-detect adjustment. To adjust L-detect, perform the following:
1. Enter the 47 mode, output code 51.
2. Press the start/print button.
3. The number 51 flashes in the display for approximately 90 seconds.
4. When 51 stops flashing, the adjustment is complete.
5. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0617443EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to reset the drum counter.
Solution
To reset the drum counter, perform the following:
1. Access 47 mode (power ON while holding 4 and 7 keys), output code 91.
Note: To verify the drum count has been reset, hold the P key and press the 7 key. A two-digit number should flash (00) indicating the drum count X1000.
Solution ID
TAUS0609184EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to select more than one copy at a time.
Solution
CAUSE: Copy quantity setting limit selection incorrect.
SOLUTION: To program copy quantity setting, perform the following:
2. Press P-13-P (Copy Quantity setting limit selection).
3. Press 0 (setting Max) unlimited.
Enter 0: MAX (unlimited up to 99)
Enter 1: 1 limit
Enter 2: 3 limit
Enter 3: 5 limit
Enter 4: 9 limit
Enter 5: 10 limit
Enter 6: 20 limit
Enter 7: 30 limit
Enter 8: 50 limit
Enter 9: 99 limit
February 2013
26
1312
Solution ID
TAUS0618492EN*
Solution Usage
67
Description
Multi-feeding from Tray 1 resulting in paper feed jams (J32).
Solution
CAUSE: Insufficient pressure applied to the paper feed stopping lever by the cam spring.
SOLUTION: There is a new style cam spring available for machines with serial numbers between 26ME19201 and 26ME19966. Replace cam spring (p/n
26MA45391).
Notes:
1. See 1312 Technical Bulletin #1 for complete installation instructions.
2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]].
Solution ID
TAUS0608739EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
How to clear a fuser abnormality code (F34, F35, F36).
Solution
To clear a fuser abnormality code, perform the following:
With the copier powered ON displaying the fuser failure code, simultaneously press and hold down the enlargement (up arrow) and reduction (down arrow)
keys for approximately 5 seconds until a destination code (US) is displayed.
2. Press 0 within 2 seconds after the destination code (US) is displayed. Note: Do not press 0 too fast.
3. Access the 25 mode (enter 2 then 5, from the keypad, and then press START PRINT).
a. [A- -] should now be displayed in the quantity window.
4. Enter address number 47, then press START PRINT.
5. Reset the fuser failure code data by pressing 0 twice, then press START PRINT.
6. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode.
Note: When the STOP/CLEAR button is pressed only once, the copier returns to the previous diagnostic state.
Solution ID
TAUS0608749EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
P29 during copier operation.
Solution
CAUSE: Developing unit requires replacement. Copy count reaches 25,000 (steady P29) or toner is depleted from the developing unit (blinking P29 with
copier operation stopped).
SOLUTION: Replace the developing unit (PCUA 947157) and perform the initialization. To initialize the developing unit, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window.
2. Enter 5, then 1, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C51] is displayed in the quantity window.
Note: The process takes approximately 6 minutes.
3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button.
4. The copier reverts to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0608751EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
How to adjust exposure.
Solution
To adjust exposure, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON in the 1:1 copy mode, simultaneously press the enlargement and reduction keys for approximately 5 seconds.
2. When the destination code (US) is displayed, press 0 within 2 seconds. Note: Do not press 0 too fast.
3. Access the 36 mode (enter 3, then 6 from the keypad). [ACC] is displayed in the quantity display.
4. Enter the desired address (code) number, then press START PRINT.
CODE ADJUSTMENT
86
Center intensity (enlargement)
87
Center intensity (reduction)
88
Maximum intensity (life size)
89
Center intensity (life size)
90
Minimum intensity (life size)
5. Change the blinking setting data to the required data (adjustment range of 01 to 64 with a default of 32), then press START PRINT.
6. Press the START PRINT key again to make a test copy of the settings.
7. After copying, the status returns to step 5. Make any additional data adjustments, if required.
8. When adjustment is complete, press the STOP/CLEAR button until the copier reverts to the normal mode.
Note: When the STOP/CLEAR button is pressed only once, the copier returns to the previous diagnostic state.
February 2013
27
1312
Solution ID
TAUS0611296EN*
Solution Usage
17
Solution Usage
17
Description
Background on copies after doing a PM and replacing the drum.
Solution
CAUSE: Main erase lamp is worn or disconnected.
SOLUTION: Reseat drum and connectors, and/or replace the Main Erase Lamp (p/n 26MA10060).
Solution ID
TAUS0612130EN*
Description
P26 after replacing developing unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Developing unit has not been initialized.
SOLUTION: To initialize the developing unit, perform the following:
Note: The process takes approximately 6 minutes.
Solution ID
TAUS0608746EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
P24 during copier operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The number of copies on the drum unit has reached 24,500 (steady P24 and copier operation continues). Drum replacement interval is 25,000
sheets. When 500 sheets are copied after the steady P24, a change drum condition is indicated (blinking P24).
SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit (PCUA 947158) and perform initialization. To initialize the drum unit, perform the following:
Note: The process takes approximately 1 minute.
Solution ID
TAUS0608740EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
How to enable/disable the power saving mode.
Solution
The power saver enable time is programmable from 2 minutes to 240 minutes (4 hours). If address 20 in the 25 mode is set to OFF, the power saving mode
is disabled. To program the power saving mode, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON in the 1:1 copy mode, simultaneously press the enlargement and reduction keys for approximately 5 seconds.
2. When the destination code (US) is displayed, press 0 within 2 seconds.
3. Access the 25 mode (enter 2, then 5 from the keypad). Press START PRINT. [A- -] is displayed in the quantity display.
5. Select and enter the desired time interval:
DATA
TIME (minutes)
1
Address 62 setting takes precedence (default) [allows 30, 2, or 5 minute setting]
2
OFF (disabled)
3
60
4
120
5
240
Note: If a power save mode setting of 30 minutes or less is desired, data setting of 1 must be input at address 20, then skip step (6) and proceed from step
(7).
Press START PRINT to set the data.
8. Select and enter the desired time interval:
DATA
TIME (minutes)
1
30 (default)
2
2
3
5
Press START PRINT to set the data.
February 2013
28
1312
Solution ID
TAUS0608993EN*
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
11
Description
How to install a key counter.
Solution
Key counters are not compatible with this product and cannot be installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0619931EN*
Description
d01' is displayed in the control panel window after replacing the main CB (p/n 26MA-9010).
Solution
CAUSE: The CB needs to be reset to factory defaults.
SOLUTION: To reset the CB to factory defaults perform the following:
1. Press and hold the "Enlarge" and "Reduce" keys for 5 seconds.
2. Press 0 within 2 seconds after the destination code is displayed.
3. Input 47 and press the Start Print key.
4. Input 92 and press the Start Print key (CLR will be displayed).
5. Press the Start Print key immediately.
6. The display will return to 01.
February 2013
29
1512/112Z/1290RE
Solution ID
TAUS0600570EN*
Solution Usage
131
Description
Code 34.
Solution
2. Press 4-7-P on the keypad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Old style temperature sensor installed. Install the new style (convex) temperature sensor (p/n 490088033) and perform the AES adjustment (47 mode,
code 98). See 1290RE Technical Bulletin #4C .
2. The lamp contact assemblies on the front and rear of the fusing unit are loose, resulting in poor lamp contact. Install the heater cover kit (p/n SE97-1990).
See 1290RE Technical Bulletin #10.
Kit contents:
PART NUMBER
ITEM
392053233
Terminal cover (2)
5850-5410
Heater cover unit (front)
5850-5420
Heater cover unit (rear)
00Z153081
Screw (SEMS I, M3x8)
00Z163081
Screw (SEMS II, M3x8)
Note: Ensure that there are no power problems at the customer site.
Solution ID
TAUS0601581EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Toner was not added by the user when the ADD TONER light came on. Add toner and perform 47 mode, output code 01 to tone up the developer.
2. The toner hopper is empty, however, the TLD sensor is coated with toner. In this case the TLD will not vibrate to indicate add toner. Check the voltage
reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main CB:
TLD coated with toner = +6.7 V DC.
TLD not coated = +4.1 V DC.
3. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer.
Use the 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the ang signal at the main CB at CN3-A5 to GND. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer:
4. No add toner indication due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed unless the machine calls for toner at least seven times (consecutively)
during a run. If the TLD is audible, but the machine does not indicate ADD TONER, run about 10 copies in a row.
5. The corona currents are not set to specification. The drum currents and adjustment procedures are outlined in 1290RE Technical Bulletin #7 .
Charge:
-510 10A DC
Transfer:
-360 50A DC
Separation:
270 20A AC
6. The toner supply coupling is broken. No drive is imparted to the toner supply unit. Replace the toner supply coupling (p/n 392015640).
7. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge buildup on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner
concentration and developer failure (light copies). Replace the PCL (p/n 113687060).
February 2013
30
1512/112Z/1290RE
8. Too many high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently.
9. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit (p/n SE95-2560) to reduce the occurrence of damp paper.
10. The rear ladder chain has fallen off the ladder wheel within the toner supply unit. Causing the toner supply shaft not to turn. Replace the ladder chain.
11. The developer sleeve is not turning because the spring for the developer drive is worn or missing. Replace the developer arm spring (p/n 490015320).
Solution ID
TAUS0612363EN*
Solution Usage
58
Solution Usage
43
Solution Usage
38
Solution Usage
29
Description
Code 24.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One or more of the tungsten lamps within the PCL assembly are open. Replace the PCL assembly (p/n 113687060).
2. Drum carriage is not completely seated. Open the clamshell and reinsert the drum carriage.
3. Inspect the main CB, F1 (fuse). If open inspect the PCL wiring, repair as necessary. Replace the main CB (p/n 4900-9301).
Solution ID
TAUS0603965EN*
Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 1290RE.
Solution
2. Press 4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
Solution ID
TAUS0655145EN*
Description
Code 41. Only when AES is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: The optics photosensors are not being actuated properly.
SOLUTION: Install the beam cutter extension (p/n U081-2400) as outlined in 1290RE Technical Bulletin #5 .
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by WILLIE GONZALEZ, COPIERS PLUS INC.
Solution ID
TAUS0602373EN*
Description
J31.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The upper guide pins that support the drum carriage may be bent up not allowing the rollers on the drum carriage to properly contact the 3rd feed rollers.
Reform the pins so they are straight.
2. The 3rd paper feed roller is dirty causing the paper to slip.
Clean the 3rd paper feed roller and the first feed rollers.
3. The front door interlock is not making proper contact with the switch.
Ensure the actuator mounted on the door is contacting the bar.
4. The actuator for the exit sensor PS7 is binding, or PS7 has failed.
Ensure the actuator moves freely. If necessary replace the photosensor (p/n 370085510).
5. The paper feed guide plate is warped.
Replace the paper feed guide plate (p/n 490040021).
6. The optic sensors are dirty.
Clean the optic sensors.
7. The upper fuser roller assembly is installed incorrectly. Paper is not conveyed properly through the fuser.
Ensure that the upper fuser assembly is installed on the inside of the lower assembly frame.
February 2013
31
1512/112Z/1290RE
Solution ID
TAUS0600631EN*
Solution Usage
28
Description
Code 26 is displayed following the L-detect adjustment.
Solution
CAUSE: PCL failure. If an excessive amount of toner is found in the waste container of the new toner cartridge then the PCL is not operating correctly.
SOLUTION: The PCL should remain ON during L-detect to eliminate any drum charge condition. Replace the PCL lamp (p/n 113687060) and the developer
(PCUA 946182).
Clear the code 26 with a memory reset and perform the L-detect adjustment again.
To adjust L-detect, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 4 and 7 keys), output code 51.
2. The copier should cycle for several minutes with [51] flashing in the quantity display.
3. When the copier stops cycling, a steady [51] is displayed signifying that the adjustment is successfully completed. If [26] is displayed, a problem occurred
during the adjustment.
Note: If the adjustment was run only one time, toner depletion should be minimal. Developer can be toned back up (47 mode, code 01).
Solution ID
TAUS0600775EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Code 45 shortly after power up.
Solution
CAUSE: A shorted bypass solenoid (SD2) or toner motor (M5) causes IC21 on the main CB to fail. The lens motor (M3) drive is affected, causing the failure
code.
SOLUTION: Replace SD2 (p/n 490082550) or M5 (p/n 4900-1610) and the main CB (p/n 4900-9303).
Solution ID
TAUS0601768EN*
Solution Usage
21
Solution Usage
17
Description
Code 25.
Solution
CAUSE: The machine will indicate a flashing code 25 if 100 copies are run after the ADD TONER message is displayed.
SOLUTION: Add toner to the machine.
Solution ID
TAUS0601947EN*
Description
Blank copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The corona(s) and/or HV unit(s) are arcing.
Rebuild or replace any arcing component.
2. The electrode ground plate for the transfer corona is not making good contact.
Reform or replace the electrode ground plate (p/n 490015370).
3. The drum carriage connector is not making good contact.
Clean and repair the drum carriage connection.
February 2013
32
1515/1590/115S
Solution ID
TAUS0601532EN*
Solution Usage
40
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
2. Press 4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
Solution ID
TAUS0600831EN*
Description
F41 or F42 during copier operation.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Dust on the optics sensors, PS2, PS3, and PS4. Clean the optics sensors.
2. Older version EPROM installed. Install p/n 159013-13.4 (8.5x11R default) or p/n 159013-13.8 (8.5x11 default).
3. If the copier is not level (tilted toward the user) or the frame is deformed, the optics photosensors will not be actuated properly during operation. Verify that
the copier is level and the optics frame is not deformed. To verify proper optics sensor actuation, use the 47 mode code 30 (PS2, home) and code 31 (PS3,
restart) while moving the first mirror frame by hand.
4. 1st mirror to V-mirror distance is incorrect. To verfify, set the lateral magnification 0, is 1:1 OK? If not, adjust the 1st mirror to V-mirror position.
5. Poor AC power. If other devices are installed on the same AC line move the machine to another power source.
6. Failed optics motor (M2) and optics motor driver board (MDB). Replace M2 (p/n 490080080) and MDB (p/n 4900-9502) at the same time.
7. The drive gear (p/n 490015100) Is being stripped by M2 overdriving which is due to a failed motor driver board. All optics photosensors have been
checked for proper operation. Check the wiring and connectors from main CB, CN2 to MDB, CN85, and 86. If the wiring appears normal, replace the MDB
(p/n 4900-9500).
Solution ID
TAUS0655191EN*
Solution Usage
24
Solution Usage
20
Description
How to change the paper size default selection.
Solution
Install EPROM (p/n 159013-13.8) for 8.5x11 default.
Install EPROM (p/n 159013-13.4) for 8.5x11R default.

Solution ID
TAUS0655125EN*
Description
Drum damage.
Solution
CAUSE: The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit have become damaged (shrink) due to developer leakage. The magnetic roller gets too close to the
drum, causing damage to the drum surface.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
Solution ID
TAUS0600887EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
J13 at power up, no PFU modules are installed.
Solution
CAUSE: CN11 from HV(A) was placed on CN203 of MCB. This can occur if the main CB or HV(A) was recently replaced or removed.
SOLUTION: Reseat CN11 on main CB. With no PFU modules installed, set the 25 mode, P86 to 0.
February 2013
33
1515/1590/115S
Solution ID
TAUS0601901EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Toner spilling, overtoning.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The corona currents are not set to specification. Adjust corona currents as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #9 .
- 600 10A (DC) = Charge
- 450 50A (DC) = Transfer
+265 20A (AC) = Separation
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
2. PCL failure. Verify that the PCL is operating.
Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #17 .
3. Failed TDS (toner density sensor). If the TDS output voltage at CN3-A5 does not change regardless of whether toner is added or depleted (correct voltage
should be between 1.5V DC and 2.0V DC), then replace the TDS (p/n 029488110) and developer. Perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, code 51).
Solution ID
TAUS0600604EN*
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
12
Description
F34, F35 or F36 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Old style TH1. Install new style sensor (p/n 508088034) per 1590 Technical Bulletin #14.
2. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1590 Technical Bulletin #19.
Solution ID
TAUS0603885EN*
Description
F26 at power up or following the L-detect adjustment.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the L-detect adjustment is performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer. To determine the cause of F26, check the TDS analog signal at the
main CB CN3-A5 to GND while running the main motor (47 mode, output code 51):
0.5 to 1.5V DC = Overtoned (deplete some toner by running black copies).
1.5 to 2.0V DC = Normal
0.5V DC or less = No signal from the TDS sensor. Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. Check the level of developer in the developer unit. Replace
the TDS sensor (p/n 029488110).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = Undertoned. Add toner using the 47 mode, output code 01.
4.0V DC or more = Extremely undertoned. Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n
029487061) as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #17 .
2. The corona currents are not set to specification. Adjust corona currents as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #9 .
- 600 10A (DC) = Charge
- 450 50A (DC) = Transfer
+265 20A (AC) = Separation
3. The L-detect adjustment was performed with a color developer unit installed. The L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51) should only be
performed with the black developer unit installed. Insert the black unit and perform the L-detect adjustment.
Note: When F26 occurs, the machine only allows another attempt of the TDS adjustment. All other functions are inoperable until the memory is reinitialized
(47 mode, output code 92).
Solution ID
TAUS0601177EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
How to configure cassettes for different sizes in the PFU unit(s).
February 2013
34
1515/1590/115S
Solution
Buttons in position A, B and D allow for 8.5x11 recognition.
Buttons in position A and C allow for 8.5x11R recognition.
Button in position B allows 8.5x14 recognition.
Buttons in position A and D allow for 11x17 recognition.
Solution ID
TAUS0601103EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Erratic failure codes while copying (F85, J13, J12, F52).
Solution
CAUSE: The transfer and separation corona blocks are arcing or the corona shell is not grounded properly.
SOLUTION: Replace the corona blocks and wires. Clean the corona shell and ground contacts.
February 2013
35
2028
Solution ID
TAUS0600517EN*
Solution Usage
405
Solution Usage
171
Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box .
2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON).
3. Enter 94 using the keypad.
4. Press the start/print key.
Solution ID
TAUS0611426EN*
Description
F41, F42, or F43.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. There is an open in the projection lamp (L1) circuit.
Use the 47 mode, output code 00 to verify if the lamp lights. Ohm the lamp circuit from CN393-3 to CN393-1, the value should be under 10 ohms. Check for
continuity of the lamp (p/n 25BA83010) and temperature fuse individually. If no faults are found, use the wiring diagram on page 3-19 in the service manual to
locate the open in the wiring.
2. F42 at the start of the copy cycle. Fuse F3 on the ACDB is open causing a loss of drive to the optics motor (M2). This fuse protects the 28V DC bus on
the board. Determine the cause of the open fuse. Possible causes include a shorted optics drive motor (M2), binding in the optics drive, or pinched wiring to
M2. After correcting the fault, replace the fuse (p/n E64311-11).
3. A worn or loose optics drive cable and tension spring will cause the optics to bounce out of the home position after a reverse scan.
Replace the cable (p/n 540061111) and tension spring (p/n 540061480) if more than 300,000 copies are on the copier.
Note: When replacing the optics cable, use the exposure unit positioning gauge (p/n 00M6-1-00). Ensure that the cable is routed correctly on the right rear
pulley. It should follow the rear groove on the pulley.
4. The first to second mirror frame position is incorrect. When the optics cable was replaced the optics positioning gauge (00M6-1-00) was not used.
When replacing the optics cable ensure that the exposure unit positioning gauge is used.
5. The set screw to the optics drive pulley (p/n 540061130) is loose, causing a loss of drive to the optics.
Tighten the set screw.
6. Reposition the brake sensor (PS4) to its leftmost position as viewed from behind the machine. This will allow more braking distance if the cable is worn.
7. The brake timing needs adjustment.
Set the brake timing to 1. Use the 36 mode, code 96.
8. The optics shaft and bushings are worn.
Replace the shaft (p/n 540061090) and (2) bushings (p/n 540076042) if the machine is over 600,000 copies.
9. The reflector and first mirror frame is contacting the frame or lens cover assembly during operation.
Use the 47 mode, output code 31 to run the optics and verify there is no contact.
10. The code occurs only when using the RADF and the ADU. The DC power supply is failing under load.
Check the 24V DC and 28V DC output from the DCPS while running the different copy modes (i.e., 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2). Replace the DC power supply (p/n
540084512) if the voltage drops occur under increased load conditions.
11. There is a poor connection from the main CB to the AC driver board. This prevents the optics from moving from the home position.
Remove and reseat CN69 on AC driver board and CN60 on the main CB.
12. The main relay (RL1) has failed. This may also cause an F55 code.
Replace RL1 (p/n 540088460).
13. An early style AC driver board is installed.
Install the latest AC driver board (p/n 5400-9085).
14. Premature failure of L1 (exposure lamp) due to excessive voltage. This is caused by an open F1 fuse on the ACDB.
Replace L1 (p/n 25BA83010) and the ACDB (p/n 5400-9085).
15. F43 when using the bypass (feeding 11x17). The optics slide shaft holder (p/n 540061430) is dislodged from the main reflector base assembly (p/n
5400-6129) and/or the optics slide shaft (p/n 540061090) is dirty. This causes the reflector base assembly to bind on the optics slide shaft, affecting optics
scan timing.
Reposition the optics slide shaft holder and/or clean the optics slide shaft. Lubricate the shaft with light oil (see Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding
lubricant applications).
Note: When using the bypass the optics makes a complete scan with the exposure lamp ON.
February 2013
36
2028
16. F43 as second copy is fed due to a failed or dirty T/S corona unit causing a power interruption (arcing).
Clean or replace the T/S corona (p/n 5400-2605).
Solution ID
TAUS0600513EN*
Solution Usage
77
Description
The LCD is blank, or the operation panel is locked up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The lens and scanner do not initialize. The drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the belt (p/n 540077520) has
walked off the pulley and is lodged between the motor and the pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant
adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the
new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from
interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original
parts. They must be used as a set.
Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81.
2. An operation panel without a modified LCD is installed. See 2028 Technical Bulletin #83A to identify and modify the op panel with a new style LCD.
3. Verify that the operation panel is properly secured to the copier. Reseat any loose connections to the operation panel and secure it tightly to the main
body.
4. A faulty harness from the operation panel CN212 to CN67 on the main CB. Repair as necessary, or replace the harness (p/n 540090010).
Solution ID
TAUS0600801EN*
Solution Usage
73
Description
How to program ECM, 2028.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. Power the machice OFF.
2. While holding down the 2 and 5 buttons, power the machine ON.
3. Enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the
new data.
4. Set address P05 in the 25 mode (ECM limit features) based on key operators request.
0: ECM disabled.
1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit).
3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit).
5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit).
5. In standby mode hold down P then press 9, enter the Master Key Code. Access the following setting modes to perform the ECM functions:
1: Password Set.
Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20.
2: Limit Copy Count.
Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies.
3: Read Copy Count.
Read the current copy count for each password.
4: Account Reset.
Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords.
Solution ID
TAUS0601072EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The end user did not add toner when the copier displayed ADD TONER. The end user expects the copies to darken immediately. Run the 47 mode,
output code 01 for 45 seconds, then make copies. Check at main CB CN8-B8 for 24V DC and CN8-B9 for a change of state while doing 47 mode output 01
and start/print button.
2. The developer unit bias clip is malformed and is not making proper contact with the bias pin. Reform the clip to ensure proper contact with the pin.
3. The toner motor (M6) and main CB have failed (M6 will not operate in the 47 mode, output code 01). If the machine was moved with a full toner hopper,
the toner will pack down in the hopper and bind the auger. This will cause M6 to bind, fail and short TR24 on the main CB. Replace the main CB (p/n
5762-9016) and M6 (p/n 197080011 - new style; s/n cut-in 576211850 or p/n 396080042 - old style) at the same time.
Note: The new style motor is larger (3135 style) and requires a larger mounting bracket (p/n 540032381) and shroud (p/n 540032191).
Do not fill the toner hopper if the machine is to be moved.
4. No ADD TONER indication is displayed because the 25 mode, P71 is set to 2. Set address 71 to 0 or 1 for ADD TONER to be indicated after 100 (0) or
1000 (1) copies after the TLD element begins vibrating.
5. The CVR is at the darkest setting (value of 01) and the copies are light. The drum counter does not match the number of copies on the drum or the drum
February 2013
37
2028
has exceeded 150,000 copies. The drum counter is boosting the CVR. Verify that the drum is new, set the corona currents and reset the drum counter (47
mode, code 91).
6. No toner addition during copy process. (M6 will run in 47 mode, code 01). The drum counter was not set to the current drum copy count after performing
47/92. Reset drum counter (25 mode, P39 to 44) to the correct drum count.
7. The zener diode has failed. Inspect the image on the drum surface, if light monitor the voltage drop across the zener diode. If the voltage measured is
less than about 730V DC, replace the zener diode (p/n 540088341). Also, inspect the charge corona unit (p/n 5400-2500), replace if necessary. Then set the
charge current (47/02/P to display or change the current data; set value to -600 30V DC ).
8. Drum fatigue, old or worn drum. Replace the drum (PCUA 947542).
9. There is no developer bias voltage output at CN65-1 on the main CB. There should be -150V DC when running the 47 mode, output code
10. Check for a cold solder joint. If necessary, replace the main CB (p/n 5762-9082).
Solution ID
TAUS0600515EN*
Solution Usage
63
Solution Usage
61
Description
Incorrect paper size, indicates special. Will not recognize the universal trays.
Solution
CAUSE: The data in the 25 mode, for paper size is incorrect.
SOLUTION: In the 25 mode, set the data for P67 for the correct combination of main body paper trays.
0: Both upper, and lower trays are conventional.
1: Upper tray is universal, and lower tray conventional.
2: Upper tray is conventional, and lower tray universal.
3: Both upper, and lower trays are universal.
Solution ID
TAUS0600532EN*
Description
Half copies using the RADF; only with APS and AES deselected.
Solution
CAUSE: This is an EPROM bug. It only occurs with a 2028/ST205S sorter combination.
SOLUTION: New EPROMs are available. See 2028 Technical Bulletin #89A ,.
Order (p/n 202812-21.13), and (p/n 202813-21.13). The RADF EPROM must be (p/n DF30530-14.2). The sorter EPROM must be (p/n ST20563-18.0).
Solution ID
TAUS0600535EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Blank copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the old style toner motor M6 (p/n 396080040) is installed, troubleshoot it for proper operation and perform a resistance check, as follows: take resistance
readings at 3 different points, 120 ohms apart, of one rotation of the motor. These readings should be within 5 ohms of each other. If these readings are out
of specification, replace the motor (p/n 396080042). Install the polyswitch (p/n 5400K0270), if necessary. See Technical Bulletin #79A, dated 2/22/95.
2. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly stretch
the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact.
3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See
Technical Bulletin #17A, dated 4/26/93.
4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with
the guide plate (p/n 540045331).
5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign
of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate,
clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate.
6. No image on the drum. HVA contact spring fell off.
Set the corona currents to specification. See Technical Bulletin #86.
7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched.
9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231).
February 2013
38
2028
10. Check the drum wiring connector (CN50 [p/n 5400K0190]) for cracks; replace it if necessary.
11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331).
12. Check for an open fuse (F2) on the main CB. Packed or binding toner may cause this fuse to blow.
13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to
-800V DC should be read across the diode.
14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance.
15. Troubleshoot HV(B) (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the HV(B). Replace the
unit if necessary.
16. Verify the drum ground:
a. Clean the drum shaft and flanges.
b. Apply conductive grease sparingly (see Technical Bulletin #45).
c. Ensure the charging ground plate (p/n 540020310) is making good contact.
Solution ID
TAUS0600510EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
DF305, J62 .
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The entrance sensor (PS302) is not adjusted to the correct voltage or has failed.
To check/adjust PS302, perform the following:
a. Adjust VR1 to 0.3V DC using CN906-7 and TP3 (ground).
b. Adjust VR1 on the RADF CB two graduations past the point where LED 1 lights.
If unable to adjust or the problem persists, ensure that the reflector plate (p/n 048040100) is attached to the main bottom plate (p/n 048012030). If reflector is
not missing or mispositioned, replace PS302 (p/n 016085550).
2. The feed system is not adjusted to specifications. Perform the following adjustments illustrated in the DF305 service manual:
a. Adjust the clearance of the original pressure plate and feed belt to 9mm.
b. Adjust the original pressure plate spring tension to 220g with a 5mm plate deviation.
c. Adjust the pressure of the double feed prevention roller to 250g.
d. Stack 2 sheets of paper between the feed belt and the double feed prevention roller.
e. Press the green lever on the underside of the RADF to release the driven roller.
f. With a gram gauge slowly pull the bottom sheet from the bottom of the RADF.
g. Adjust the double feed prevention height until the force required to pull the paper is 250g. Note: The adjustment pages of the service manual should
have a revision level of at least 2/93.
3. The foam pad located in the center of the platen pressure plate (p/n 048040121) is worn. Replace the foam pad (p/n 048040520) and the platen pressure
seat (p/n 048040510).
4. The original feed solenoid (SD301) has failed. Note: SD301 may have caused fuse F2 to open on the RADF CB. Replace SD301 (p/n 048082530).
Replace the RADF CB (p/n 5670-9001) if F2 is open.
5. The mounting posts that support M301 may become broken or cracked due to vibrations that occur during shipment/transportation.
All DF305 units within serial number range (048181365 through 048186490) must be inspected at the next PM or service call. Refer to [[DF305 Technical
Bulletin #11|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc156.bmp SCROLL]] for details regarding inspection/repair for this symptom.
To repair the motor mounts, perform the following:
a. Install the collars (p/n U091-9630) to repair the cracked mounting posts. The instructions for the repair kit are included in the kit. The 5 minute epoxy
required to install the metal collars must be purchased locally.
b. Install the rubber holder part on top of the motor.
I. Clean the underside of the metal cover (cover/B) and the top of M301 with alcohol.
II. Remove the small adhesive strip from the bottom of the rubber holder.
III. Mount the rubber holder on the motor (adhesive strip from front to rear).
IV. Position the motor so that the drive belts are perpendicular to the drive gear.
V. Remove the large adhesive strip on the top of the rubber holder.
VI. Carefully reinstall the metal cover (you get one chance).
The metal cover and rubber holder will now support M301 and eliminate vibrations resulting in noise and misfeeding.
Solution ID
TAUS0600509EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
ST206, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper drags on the front side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is due either to incorrect zoning of the main body paper drawer or
February 2013
39
2028
incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually effects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify that the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the
deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This
will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter.
2. The encoder sensor (PS206) and encoder disc are dirty. Clean PS206 and the encoder disc.
3. The home position sensor (PS203) has failed. The bins are in the home position but PS203 is not detecting that the bins are there. CN14-2 (PS203 input
signal) on the sorter CB should read 5V DC when flagged. If necessary replace PS203 (p/n 074084030).
4. The staple guide bar is overdriving. Adjust the staple guide bar movement. See the ST206 service manual page 17. Ensure the guide bar home sensor
(PS207) is not dirty. If so, clean PS207. Also verify the guide bar motor (M203) is not out of position. If necessary adjust the mounting position of M203.
5. CN6 on the sorter CB is loose, not allowing the signal to be input from the guide bar sensor (PS207). Reseat connector 6 on the sorter CB.
6. CN7 on the sorter CB is loose causing no input from the entrance sensor (PS204), and the conveyance sensor (PS205). Reseat CN7 on the sorter CB.
7. The conveyance motor (M201) is not operating. M201 runs in diagnostics but the two conveyance sensors do not sense a jam condition. CN7 on the
sorter CB is damaged or obstructed. Clean, repair and reseat the connector.
8. The stapler jaws are jammed closed by jammed staples. Repair the stapler.
February 2013
40
2124/3032/3132/3290/320Z
Solution ID
TAUS0602861EN*
Solution Usage
14
Solution Usage
10
Description
No power.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Drum unit is not fully inserted into the machine. Reinsert the drum carriage completely into the machine.
2. Loose CN300 on DCPS resulting in no AC to DCPS. Reseat CN300.
3. No DC output voltage from the DCPS at CN7. AC input at CN300 is OK. Replace the DCPS (p/n 340284032).
Solution ID
TAUS0612317EN*
Description
P51 at power up or in idle.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The front door is not closed completely. Close the front door completely.
2. No 24V DC to the AC driver board. The white wires on RL2-2 are placed on the wrong contacts following replacement of RL1 and RL2. Reposition the
wiring to RL2.
3. The fuser temperature fuse (F2) has failed. Replace F2 (p/n 4500-5430).
Solution ID
TAUS0601071EN*
Solution Usage
Description
DF301, J65.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Main CB failure. PS305 (original reverse detecting) changes from HI to LO at CN23-5 on the main CB, but it does not operate internally as verified in 47
mode, code 64. Replace the main CB (p/n 4502-9071) or (p/n 5302-9070 [3290M]).
2. The DF ground strap is disconnected causing static to build up. Reconnect the ground strap.
3. A faulty ADF DB was causing the improper operation of the DF301. After cleaning and verifying the operation of all photosensors and that all voltages are
present on the ADF DB, replace the ADF DB (p/n 108087050).
Solution ID
TAUS0601800EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
P71 at power up. No sorter is installed.
Solution
CAUSE: The sorter was recently removed and the hardware dipswitches on the main CB were left ON.
SOLUTION: Turn off hardware dipswitches 2 and 3 on the main CB when no sorter is attached.
Solution ID
TAUS0601420EN*
Description
F52.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Relay RL1 on the AC driver board will not energize. The 24V DC on the AC driver board is present. When RL1 is physically actuated, M8 and M10 will
run but M1 will only hum with no movement. Replace M1 (p/n 4502-9010) and the AC driver board (p/n 450287101) or (p/n 530287100 [3290M]) as set.
2. There is no 24 V DC at the AC driver board CN201-1. This is caused by a loose pin on CN16. Reseat the connection at CN16.
3. No change of state from the encoder sensor (PS2) at CN 5-2. Clean or replace PS2.
4. Main motor (M1) or main CB failure. Determine whether M1 will turn ON in diagnostics, 47, output code 50. If the motor turns ON, check the M1 control
signal at the MCB CN8-2. If no change of signal state replace the MCB (p/n 4502-9070).
If M1 does not rotate, remove the main motor from the drive system and again turn on M1 in diagnostics 47 mode output code 50.
If M1 does not rotate check the AC voltage at the ACDB. Measure across CN203 pins 6 and 8. In the 47 mode outpit code 50 the reading should be 0 prior
to pressing the print button. Upon pressing the print button the AC V should read around 100 AC V. If the AC V is measured, M1 has failed. Replace M1,
(p/n 4502-9010).
February 2013
41
2124/3032/3132/3290/320Z
Solution ID
TAUS0603897EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to program auto shut-off.
Solution
To program auto shut-off, perform the following steps:
1. Power the copier OFF.
2. Power ON the copier while holding down the 2 and 5 buttons.
3. Input 62 from the key pad.
4. Press the P key.
5. Input the desired data:
0 = no shut off
1 = 2 minutes
2 = 6 minutes
3 = 10 minutes.
6. Press the start/print key to set the changed data.
7. Turn the copier OFF/ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0605559EN*
Description
How to adjust the projection lamp intensity (CVR).
Solution
To adjust the exposure intensity, perform the following:
1. Open the rear cover.
2. Locate the CVR board at the top center of the rear cover, to the left of the main CB.
3. Locate the variable resistor labeled V.ADJ on the CVR board.
4. Turn the machine power on.
5. Make a copy of the potential test chart (p/n 00VD-2002).
6. Adjust the variable resistor until the 0.1 blocks of the chart are not visible but the 0.2 blocks are.
7. Close the rear cover.
Solution ID
TAUS0600989EN*
Description
The cooling fans continue to run more than 30 minutes after the copier is powered OFF.
Solution
CAUSE: The cooling fans generate electrical noise which effects the timing circuit for fan shut-off.
SOLUTION: Install the surge killer kit (SE97-1440) as outlined in 3290 Technical Bulletin #4A .
Note: This does not apply to the 3290M.
Solution ID
TAUS0602868EN*
Description
P91 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The paper delivery section (exit) or the ADU unit is not fully inserted.
SOLUTION: Verify that the paper delivery unit and ADU unit are fully installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0604420EN*
Description
F41 or F42.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PS5 (brake timing) sensor is not changing state. Verify PS5 operation using 47 mode, input code 32. If there is no change in state when PS5 is flagged,
replace it (p/n 370085510).
2. A faulty optics drive motor (M2) caused the optics motor control board (M2CB) to fail leading to the failure codes. Ensure that all optics photosensors are
clean and operating correctly. Ensure that 24V is present at CN77-1 and 5V at CN76-2 on M2CB. Replace M2 (p/n 340080081). If problem persists, replace
M2CB (p/n 3400-7370).
February 2013
42
2125
Solution ID
TAUS0611440EN*
Solution Usage
614
Description
How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default.
Solution
For 1:1 default, set 25 mode, P55 to 1 (minimum level 12.0 EPROM required on the main CB).
Auto shut-off can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if this mode represents a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns.
To defeat auto shut-off for a model 2125, perform the following steps:
1. Install EPROM (p/n 212512-14.6) in the main CB at IC2.
Note: EPROM (p/n 212513-14.0) must be installed at IC3.
2. Set 25 mode, P62 to:
3 = 120 minute auto shut-off
5 = NO auto shut-off
The limitations of this firmware are outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #13 .
Small size originals will be detected as 8.5x11.
The auto reset function will not occur if the sorter is selected.
The APS adjustment, 47-99, has been eliminated.
Note: If the machine resets to the default settings after installing the correct firmware and programming the 25 mode as listed above, reseat the two EPROMs
and the memory IC.
Solution ID
TAUS0600716EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
Blank copies and/or F28 occurring while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The T/S unit is dirty and arcing. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor
[separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure that there is proper contact. If necessary, rebuild the corona
unit with new redesigned parts as outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #15 .
2. High resistance between the corona wire and HV unit. Measure the resistance between each corona wire and contact spring. Readings should be below
12+. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605), if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
3. The transfer ground springs (located on the underside of the ground plate [p/n 540026071]) are dirty or deformed.
Reform the spring so that the proper contact is made with the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Also, that ensure no corrosion has built up on the
electrode guide plate. Sand the buildup away with emery paper to ensure good ground path contact.
4. The spark arrestor mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is dislodged. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrestor mylar
sheet is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a
steel pocket ruler. Clean the guide plate with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrestor mylar sheet
and the underside of the plate.
5. If the corona currents are set incorrectly, set the corona currents to specification. Refer to [[2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #7| IMAGE
V:\bitmaps\djc019.bmp SCROLL].
6. Pinched wiring to CN5 on the main CB. Repair and reposition the wiring harness.
7. The high voltage terminal block is arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block (black) is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n
540073231).
8. Cracked drum wiring connector (CN50) located on the rear frame of the copier. Replace the connector (p/n 5400K0190) if it is damaged.
9. Corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Clean or replace the guide plate.
10. If F2 on the main CB is open due to packed or binding toner. Verify that M6 (toner motor) is not shorted or binding. Perform a resistance check to the
motor (approximately 41 ohms). Replace F2 fuse.
11. Zener diode failure. Check the zener diode located on the drum carriage for failure by using the 47 mode, code 02.
Carefully measure across the zener diode. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read.
12. Poor HV(A) or HV(B) unit ground. Install star washers at all grounding points.
13. Cold solder joint in HV(A). If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints.
14. HV(A) or HV(B) failure. Check the corona currents to verify Charge, transfer and separation corona current output. Replace HV(A) (p/n 540084012) if no
February 2013
43
2125
charge is measured or HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020) if transfer or separation currents are not measureable.

Solution ID
TAUS0603890EN*
Solution Usage
74
Description
The lead edge half of copy is faded. The remainder of the copy has proper density.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Failed electrode input connector (white block) and possible HV(B) failure. Replace the electrode connector (p/n 540073231). Then replace HV(B) (p/n
35AE84020] if necessary.
2. The charge correction board ground plate is not making full contact with drum shaft. Reform the ground plate and insure proper ground to the charge
correction board.
Solution ID
TAUS0602423EN*
Solution Usage
66
Solution Usage
45
Description
Solution
3. Enter 94 using the key pad.
Solution ID
TAUS0604327EN*
Description
F43 or F55.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. CN29 is not fully connected on the CVR board. Reconnect CN29.
2. Poor connection the the paper feed restart sensor (PS4). Verify PS4 using the 47 mode, input code 38. Inspect the connections and wiring from PS4 to
the main CB. Replace PS4 (p/n 540085510) if necessary.
3. A loose pin on CN391. CN391 is a 6 pin connector using only 5 pins it located on the left side of the operation panel.
This connector is part of the AC loop connecting the main switch, interlock switches and main relay (RL1). Ensure all pins on CN391 are fully seated.
4. Relay 1 failure. Ensure that there is 24V DC between the red and blue wires on the relay to energize the coil. If the relay is energized, there should be
115V AC hot measured from each black wire on the relay to the AC neutral. Replace RL1 (p/n 540088460).
5. After optics reset at power up, L1 stays ON. This causes L1 to open and F2 on the ACDB to open. The F55 is then displayed. Remove the fuser unit and
ensure that it is moving freely and that the main drive is rotating freely. Replace L1 (p/n 25BA83010) and F2 with a properly rated 3.15A fuse.
6. CVR failure. Check the L1 FB signal at the main CB CN28-1. The signal should be HI in idle mode with power applied. If the signal is LO, the CVR is
dragging down the 5V DC from the main CB. Replace the CVR (p/n 540083510).
7. Open exposure lamp (F43 code ONLY).
Verify by removing L1 and checking it for continuity. Replace the exposure lamp (p/n 25BA83010).
Note: Install L1 with the end that has the manufacturer's label toward the front of the main body, and the sealing tip (nipple) pointing away from the reflector,
toward the paper exit side.
Solution ID
TAUS0603637EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. At installation, if the CVR is set to a low data value (00 or 01) and the baffles are closed significantly, the CVR can be adjusted to compensate.
As a temporary countermeasure, perform the following:
a. Clean locking material, on the CVR board, from VR1; access 36 mode, code 80, PRINT; set P5 (CVR data) to 64.
b. Reset the drum counter.
c. Place meter leads, on the CVR board, between CN393-3 (gray) and CN393-1 (black).
d. Access 47 mode, code 00, PRINT.
e. Turn VR1 until 57V AC is indicated on the meter. CCW to decrease; CW to increase.
February 2013
44
2125
f. Power off and lock VR1.
Note: If the adjustment does not change the copy quality, replace the CVR board (p/n 540083510).
2. The PTL lamp is ON. The PTL should only be ON in extremely high humidity environments or copy quality problems will occur.
To turn the lamp OFF, set 25 mode, P11 to 0.
3. 16lb paper is the main paper source. 20lb paper is OK.
If 16lb paper is the main source, then set transfer and separation currents to the lower value, but stay within specification.
Transfer -90 30A DC (do not go below -60)
Separation 305 30A AC (do not go below -275)
Note: Setting these values lower will adversely effect the performance of 20lb and higher.
4. No toner addition during copy cycle or in diagnostics (47 mode, output code 01). The drum carriage is not completely inserted.
Reseat the drum carriage and inspect CN50 (rear of the machine) and CN12 (below the operation panel, above the toner hopper) for proper connection.
5. No toner addition during copy cycle. The toner motor (M6) operates normally in diagnostics.
Debris is covering PS1 or it failed. Inspect and clean PS1. If the problem persists, replace PS1 (p/n 540088040).
6. Incorrect toner was added to the copier.
Purge the developing/toning system and add the correct supplies.
7. The developing bias is out of adjustment.
Adjust the developing bias to -150V DC. To adjust the bias, perform the following:
a. Adjust the bias shift level to LO by pressing the P key and the 0 key at the same time.
b. Power the machine OFF.
c. Connect the positive lead of the multimeter to CN65-1 and ground (TP6) of the main CB.
d. Set the multimeter range to read 200V DC.
e. Use 47 mode, output code 10.
f. Adjust VR1 on the main CB to achieve -150V DC.
g. Press the Stop/Clear button.
h. Power OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0602902EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
F23 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: The toner hopper is binding.
SOLUTION: Verify that the agitator plate assembly (p/n 5400-3322) is attached to the toner agitator shaft (p/n 540032171).
To verify that the motor and main CB are operational, remove the toner motor from the drive gears. Then, check the operation using the 47 mode, code 01, to
spin the motor.
Caution: If the toner in the hopper is stirred with a screwdriver, the agitator plate assembly can become dislodged. If this occurs, the hopper will function
normally for a while before binding reoccurs.
Solution ID
TAUS0603226EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
ST102, J32 or J72. Accordion jam occurs at the sorter entrance.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Fuse F1 on the sorter CB and fuse F4 on the main CB (28V DC) are open. If either fuse is open check M201 for binding. If necessary replace M201 (p/n
197580011).
2. The sorter entrance guide plate is deformed, interfering with the paper. Reform the guide plate.
3. The paper pass detect photosensor (PS201) is dirty, misaligned or requires adjustment. Clean PS201 (located in the bottom of the sorter frame cavity)
and adjust while in idle mode:
a. Turn VR3 fully clockwise (LED 1 should be off or dim).
b. Then turn VR3 counterclockwise until LED 1 lights.
c. Adjust VR3 scale two gradations past the point where the LED lights.
If the adjustment cannot be performed (no change of state), replace PS201 (p/n 059085510) and LED201 (p/n 059085530).
4. Damaged sorter bins. If the bin mounting clips break, the (paper) bracket guides (p/n 059046110) will not covey paper into the individual bins. Replace
the damaged sorter bins (p/n 059046160)
Note: To remove the bins, lift them up in front before pulling them out; this releases the clips.
5. Erroneous data in memory. Perform memory reinitialization ( 47 mode, code 92).
Caution: Drum and PM counters; CVR, registration and lead edge deletion data will be set to initial values.
6. Model 2130 EPROMs are installed. Feed timing is affected, as well as sorter operation. Replace EPROMs with those for the model 2125. If problems
February 2013
45
2125
remain, replace the main CB (p/n 35AE-9010).
7. The drive motor speed is not set correctly. To adjust M201 (ST102 only) speed, use 47 mode, code 70. Set the voltage between TP7 and TP1 to 1.55V
DC 0.5. To increase the motor speed turn VR2 clockwise.
8. If the paper speed appears to slow down as the copy enters the bins, the conveyance system may be binding which causes the drive motor (M201) to
labor, resulting in IC13 on the sorter CB to heat up and possibly fail. Confirm that the vertical conveyance belt and drive belt are not too tight and check for
binding in the sorter conveyance system:
With power OFF, rotate the conveyance motor by hand and check for binding or varying tension and repair. If necessary, replace the sorter CB (p/n
0590-9011; p/n 0590-9011 (ST102A)) and M201 (p/n 197580011) AS A SET. Ensure that no drive system binds exist prior to replacement.
Solution ID
TAUS0600704EN*
Solution Usage
28
Solution Usage
25
Description
Corona current specifications.
Solution
MODEL 2125 drum currents:
Charge (-680 30A DC)
Transfer (-90 30A DC)
Separation (305 30A AC)
2125/2130 corona currents adjustment chart.
Solution ID
TAUS0600885EN*
Description
ST205S, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Sorter drive system binding or PS202 set incorrectly. Adjust PS202 per ST205/205S Technical Bulletin #5A. Clean and lubricate the bushings in the
main drive system. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
2. Sorter CB dipswitches are set incorrectly. Set the sorter CB dipswitches to: 1-1 ON; 2, 3, 4 OFF.
February 2013
46
2130
Solution ID
TAUS0600596EN*
Solution Usage
412
Description
Solution
For 1:1 default, set 25 mode, P55 to 1 (minimum level 13.0 EPROM required on the main CB).
Per. 2125/2130 Technical bulletin 2.
Auto shut-off can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if this mode represents a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns.
To defeat auto shut-off, perform the following steps:
1. Install EPROM (p/n 213012-15.5) in the main CB at IC2.
2. Set 25 mode, P62 to:
5 = NO auto shut-off
The limitations of this firmware are outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #13 ,.
This EPROM must be used with 213013-15.0 at IC3 on the main CB.
Small size originals will be detected as 8.5x11.
The auto reset function will not occur if the sorter is selected.
The APS adjustment, 47-99, has been eliminated.
Solution ID
TAUS0600717EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
Blank copies and/or F28 occurring while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The T/S unit is dirty and arcing. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor
[separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure that there is proper contact. If necessary, rebuild the corona
unit with new redesigned parts as outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #15 .
2. High resistance between the corona wire and HV unit. Measure the resistance between each corona wire and contact spring. Readings should be below
12+. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605), if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
3. The transfer ground springs (located on the underside of the ground plate [p/n 540026071]) are dirty or deformed.
Reform the spring so that the proper contact is made with the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Also, that ensure no corrosion has built up on the
electrode guide plate. Sand the buildup away with emery paper to ensure good ground path contact.
4. The spark arrestor mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is dislodged. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrestor mylar
sheet is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a
steel pocket ruler. Clean the guide plate with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrestor mylar sheet
and the underside of the plate.
5. The corona currents are set incorrectly. Set the corona currents to specification. Refer to 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #7 .
6. Pinched wiring to CN5 on the main CB. Repair and reposition the wiring harness.
7. The high voltage terminal block is arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block (black) is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n
540073231).
8. Cracked drum wiring connector (CN50) located on the rear frame of the copier. Replace the connector (p/n 5400K0190) if it is damaged.
9. Corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Clean or replace the guide plate.
10. If F2 on the main CB is open due to packed or binding toner. Verify that M6 (toner motor) is not shorted or binding. Perform a resistance check to the
motor (approximately 41 ohms). Replace F2 fuse.
11. Zener diode failure. Check the zener diode located on the drum carriage for failure by using the 47 mode, code 02.
Carefully measure across the zener diode. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read.
12. Poor HV(A) or HV(B) unit ground. Install star washers at all grounding points.
13. Cold solder joint in HV(A). If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints.
14. HV(A) or HV(B) failure. Check the corona currents to verify Charge, transfer and separation corona current output. Replace HV(A) (p/n 540084012) if no
charge is measured or HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020) if transfer or separation currents are not measureable.
February 2013
47
2130
Solution ID
TAUS0600697EN*
Solution Usage
37
Solution Usage
34
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0603552EN*
Description
Solution
When adding toner, make sure toner cartridge has 2125, 2130, 3135, 4145, 4155 or 4255 (PCUA 947-228)
1. Remove the thin clear/pinkish plastic shield.
2. Insert cartridge as directed on label onto the toner hopper.
3. Pull the green slide toward you, away from the copier, this motion will unlock both the toner cartridge, and the toner box.
4. Tap on all sides of the cartridge (do not squeeze).
5. When a hollow sound is heard, slide green slide towards the copier, and remove the empty cartridge.
6. The empty cartridge can be discarded in the trash.
Note: If the customer has difficulty moving the green toner lever when adding toner, remove the toner cartridge and place a small amount of pressure on the
toner hopper inlet plate. While pressing the inlet plate, move the green lever away from its location. Advise customer to move the lever back and forth a few
times before installing the toner cartridge.
Solution ID
TAUS0607674EN*
Solution Usage
28
Description
ST205S, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The programming is incorrect. On the sorter CB, ensure that hardware dipswitch 1-1 is ON, and all other switches are OFF. In the 25 mode, ensure that
software dipswitches P03, and P59 are set to 5.
2. The exit sensor (PS202) is out of adjustment. Perform the sensor adjustment.
a. Power OFF the copier and remove the rear cover to expose the sorter CB.
b. Check PS202 for dust or dirt; clean as required.
c. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully clockwise.
d. Set hardware dipswitches 1, and 2 to the ON position. Close all covers, including the lower linked interlock (MS203).
e. Power ON the copier while pressing SW1 on the sorter CB. Press SW1 seven times; this will cause the indexer to begin to lower. When the indexer
has reached the 11th, 12th, or 13th bin, press SW1 again to stop the lowering of the indexer.
f. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully counterclockwise; LED A should be OFF. If not, block the LED 202 light path to PS202 with a piece of copy paper.
g. Turn VR1 clockwise very slowly until LED A lights; then, continue turning one mark beyond that point.
h. Reset hardware dipswitches 1 and 2, reinstall the rear cover, and check sorter operation to confirm that copies are properly fed to all 20 bins.
3. The sorter has a level 16 EPROM installed. Install the level 18 EPROM (p/n ST20563-18.0) on the sorter CB.
4. The conveyance shaft holders are dry, causing the shafts to bind. Clean and lube the conveyance shaft holders.
5. The indexer height is out of adjustment. Verify the indexer height , and retime the indexer pulleys (the timing belt may have jumped out of position).
6. The exit drive gear is worn and needs replacing. As a temporary countermeasure, remove the exit rollers attached to left side door. Replace the exit drive
gear (p/n 048677080).
Solution ID
TAUS0602034EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
F23 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner hopper binding.
SOLUTION: Verify that the agitator plate assemby (p/n 5400-3322) is attached to the toner agitator shaft (p/n 540032171).
To verify that the motor and main CB are operational, remove the toner motor from the drive gears. Then check operation using 47 mode, code 01, to spin
the motor.
February 2013
48
2130
Caution: If the toner in the hopper is stirred with a screwdriver, the agitator plate assembly can become dislodged. The hopper will function normally for a
while then the bind will come back.
Solution ID
TAUS0611958EN*
Solution Usage
19
Solution Usage
14
Solution Usage
14
Description
F54 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Main fan motor (M11) is binding (will not turn freely by hand).
SOLUTION: Replace M11 (p/n 25AA80540).
Solution ID
TAUS0602468EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0602862EN*
Description
F55 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Main CB EPROM is not seated properly.
Reseat EPROM on the main CB.
2. Connection failure or corrosion build-up at CN51 to the main switch (SW1).
Clean and repair the connector as necessary.
3. Loss of 24V DC from the DC power supply.
Replace the DC supply (p/n 540084513).
4. CN28 on the main CB is loose. CN28 contains a zero cross reference signal that is interrupted.
Reseat CN28 and verify copier operation.
5. Poorly seated CN69 on the ACDB, resulting in no 24V DC power supply to RL1.
SOLUTION: To check CN69 on the ACDB, perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Remove CN69 from the ACDB.
c. Ensure that all the pins for CN69 on the ACDB are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN69 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires
are properly attached to the connector.
d. Reseat CN69 on the ACDB.
Solution ID
TAUS0604232EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
DF305, J62.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PS302 (entrance sensor) is not adjusted to the correct voltage. Adjust VR1 two graduations past the point where LED 1 lights. An alternate method is to
adjust VR1 to 0.3V DC using CN906-7 and TP-3 (ground).
2. SD301 is not energizing due to a poor electrical connection on the RADF CB; causing the paper feed lift plate not to move. Reseat CN903-1 and 903-2 on
the RADF CB.
3. The infeed guide plate is deformed. Reform the guide plate.
4. If the problem occurs as the last original is fed, the original feed set solenoid (SD301) has failed. Replace SD301 (p/n 048082530).
5. The mounting posts that support M301 may become broken or cracked due to vibrations that occur during shipment/transportation.
All DF305 units within serial number range (048181365 through 048186490) must be inspected at the next PM or service call. Refer to [[DF305 Technical
Bulletin #11|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc156.bmp SCROLL]] for details regarding inspection/repair for this symptom.
To repair the motor mounts, perform the following:
a. Install the collars (p/n U091-9630) to repair the cracked mounting posts. The instructions for the repair kit are included in the kit. The 5 minute epoxy
required to install the metal collars must be purchased locally.
b. Install the rubber holder part on top of the motor.
February 2013
49
2130
I. Clean the underside of the metal cover (cover/B) and the top of M301 with alcohol.
II. Remove the small adhesive strip from the bottom of the rubber holder.
III. Mount the rubber holder on the motor (adhesive strip from front to rear).
IV. Position the motor so that the drive belts are perpendicular to the drive gear.
V. Remove the large adhesive strip on the top of the rubber holder.
VI. Carefully reinstall the metal cover (you get one chance).
The metal cover and rubber holder will now support M301 and eliminate vibrations resulting in noise and misfeeding.
February 2013
50
2223
Solution ID
TAUS0611406EN*
Solution Usage
698
Description
How to program auto shut-off and low power modes.
Solution
To activate auto shut-off, set 25 mode, address 20:
0 = ON
1 = OFF
To program auto shut-off delay time, set 25 mode, address 62:
0 = 30 min.
1 = 60 min.
2 = 90 min.
3 = 120 min.
With EPROM 2223138-18.1 installed on the main CB, the delay time can be programmed to 150 minutes by setting 25 mode, P19 to 5 (auto low power
activates after 30 minutes of non-use) and P07 to 1 (adds 120 minutes to the original 30 minutes). [2223 Technical Bulletin #3] outlines the EPROM and
associated enhancements.
With EPROM 2223138-19.1 installed on the main CB, the delay time can be programmed to 240 minutes by setting 25 mode, P03 to 2 to add 210 minutes to
the original 30 minutes.
Restrictions: Version 19.1 EPROM must be used with 2223139-13.0 or higher.
Notes:
1. Low power mode cannot be completely disabled.
2. When auto low power is activated, the copier requires approximately 30 seconds to come to ready.
3. Setting 25 mode, P07 to 1 also adds 120 minutes to the auto shut-off time programmed in 25 mode P62. For example, if P62 is set to a 3, and P07 to a 1,
then the auto shut off time has been extended to 240 minutes.
4. 18.1 & 19.1 version EPROMs are the only versions that include the time extensions for the low power mode.
5. This solution identified as a common problem by Phillip d'Ayral, Konica BT Miami.
Solution ID
TAUS0605017EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
How to program small original detection.
Solution
To program small original detection, perform the following:
1. Switch copier OFF.
2. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), P45 to 'x' (where 'x' is the desired default).
2. Enter the desired data:
0 = 8.5x11R selected with small original
1 = 5.5x8.5 selected with small original
2 = 8.5x11 selected with small original
3. Press the Copy button to enter the data change.
Solution ID
TAUS0604990EN*
Solution Usage
70
Description
Solution
CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. See 2223 Technical Bulletin #1 .
SOLUTION: To prevent F26 error codes, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (press the 4 and 7 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), output code 40 (approximately 3 minutes) to allow the excess
toner in the TDS area to mix with the developer.
2. If F26 reoccurs, replace the developer (PCUA 947226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51).
Note: L-detect must be performed before adding toner at new machine setup or toner addition will occur during the adjustment, resulting in a F26 code.
Solution ID
TAUS0611703EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Intermittent F28 and blank copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. High voltage arcing.
To eliminate the source of arcing:
a. Inspect the T/S corona, front and rear blocks.
b. Extend the HV contacting springs (front) and the contacting springs at the rear of the T/S assembly (grounding).
c. Clean the contact points on the front T/S block (p/n 25HA45031) and replace if necessary.
d. Ensure that the transfer guide plate (p/n 25HA-4561) is not bent and excessively close to the transfer wire. The left edge of the plate should be 16mm
above the inside bottom of the corona shell.
February 2013
51
2223
2. The corona currents are not set to specification.
To adjust the corona currents, perform the following:
a. Remove the T/S corona unit and drum carriage.
b. Close the clamshell and cheat the front interlock switch.
c. To adjust the charge current, connect the special red meter lead to the second of four HV contact springs from the right.
d. Connect the black lead to frame ground.
e. Set meter to A DC.
f. Access the 47 mode (hold down 4 and 7 at power ON), output code 02.
g. Press START/PRINT, adjust VR1 to -500A DC.
h. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 3rd HV contact spring (transfer) from the right.
i. Enter output code 03 and adjust VR2 to -450A DC.
j. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 4th HV contact spring (separation) from the right.
k. Set meter to A AC.
l. Enter output code 04 and adjust VR3 to 500A AC.
Notes:
I. A special red meter lead with an in-line 10Mohm resistor (p/n LX15-0020) must be used in substitute of the standard red meter lead. A standard black
meter lead is still used for ground (GND).
II. VR1, VR2 and VR3 are to the left of the separation corona spring recessed in 3 small holes located the front frame.
VR1 is in the left hole, VR2 is in the right hole, and VR3 is the lower hole.
3. Multiple devices on the same AC source.
Instruct the end user concerning powerline problems and the need for a dedicated line.
4. Loose connection from the main CB to the high voltage unit.
Reseat CN10 on the main CB and verify that 24V DC is present at CN10-1, 8V DC is present at CN10-3. During the copy process, voltage at CN10-3 should
drop to 0V DC.
Solution ID
TAUS0605497EN*
Solution Usage
54
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
Solution ID
TAUS0604881EN*
Description
J93 when duplexing. Paper jams at the entrance to the duplexer.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the main body drive gears is not in contact with the ADU drive.
Open the ADU access cover and verify that the inner conveyance changeover roller shaft turns when using diagnostics (47 mode, code 40). If not, check the
drive train.
Note: On the main body rear cover there are 3 small drive gear covers which prevent drive between the main body and the drawer base. Remove drive gear
covers (A), (B), and (C). Refer to the DB307 installation instructions, pg. E-2, step 2 under Installation Procedure.
2. Incorrect 25 mode data setting. In an attempt to program ECM mode, the 25 mode, address P05 data is changed. The 2223 is not equipped with ECM
mode.
Set 25 mode, P05 to 5. If this address is set to a different value, ADU feed timing is affected, resulting in J93 codes.
Solution ID
TAUS0605084EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
Solution
The model 2223 does not have ECM capabilities. The 2223 non-volatile memory capacity is not sufficient enough to incorporate this function. The 25 mode
addresses 72 to 79 are not used on the 2223 for the ECM Master Key Code, but are used to program a Master Key Code for access to the Service Control
Operation mode (technician function only).
Solution ID
TAUS0617564EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
2223T, after installing a coin vending system and changing the message language selection to French, using the 25 mode, address 14, with EPROM level
C1-11 35EX and C2-12 35EX installed in the machine [P81 BOURRAE DE PAPER] (remove paper jam) is displayed while the machine is in the idle state. If
February 2013
52
2223
money is inserted at this time, the machine will initiate a copy cycle. Proper message should read INSERRE MONNAIE (insert coin) during the idle state.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware bug.
SOLUTION: Install the 2223T special ROM for French language correction, which is available on the Konica web site (2223t-13.exe), access KBT's Home
Page (http://www.koniccabt.com).
Solution ID
TAUS0612089EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
Sorter conveyance unit information.
Solution
Install the 1015 paper conveyance unit (PCUA 947119) when installing a sorter on a 2223 with a pedestal stand or a DB607 (LCT+PFU).
The DB107 (ADU) and DB307 (ADU+LCT+PFU) have a paper conveyance unit included. If the conveyance unit is lost prior to installation, it must be built
from individual parts as the assemblies are not available. The only solution in this situation is to refer to the DB107/307/607 parts catalog and order the
individual parts for each assembly. Contact part number information at 1-800-825-5664 ext 2649 for assistance.
The difference between the two paper conveyance units is that the 1015 conveyance unit is front gear drive and the 2223 conveyance unit is rear gear drive.
Solution ID
TAUS0614599EN*
Solution Usage
34
Description
2223T, P81 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Key counter is enabled in the 25 mode.
To disable the key counter in the 25 mode, perform the following:
A. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys), P5 to 2, then press START PRINT.
B. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: The model 2223T is pre-configured to accept a coin box attachment through a connector located on the lower, rear cover of the copier. If a coin box is
not installed, a P81 code will occur.
2. The model 2223T is pre-configured to accept a coin box attachment through CN77-A, which is located on the rear of the machine.
The P81 code will be eliminated after inserting CN77-B (p/n 26AA90270) into CN77-A. The CN77-B connector is the standard key counter loop connector
found in all Konica copiers.
February 2013
53
2230
Solution ID
TAUS0607857EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Intermittent jam position 7 with incorrect lead edge registration.
Solution
CAUSE: A dirty or worn paper feed connecting roller and/or shaft regulator.
SOLUTION: Clean or replace (with new-style) the paper feed connecting roller (p/n 40AA45252) and/or shaft regulator (p/n 40AA45411). The paper feed
connecting roller is the 6.75" long, gray roller visible when the top right-side door of the copier is opened. The new-style paper feed connecting roller and
shaft regulator are installed in production machines beginning with serial number 35FE03900. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #11 for
additional information. After cleaning/replacing the feed parts, perform the lead edge timing adjustment. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the
following:
1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys).
2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode].
3. Press the OK key.
4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment].
6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy).
7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value.
8. Press the OK button.
9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies.
10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen.
11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished.
Solution ID
TAUS0605190EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
ST103 cannot be mounted on a plain stand.
Solution
CAUSE: There are no cut outs in the side of the original plain stands (PCUA 947-439) to accomodate the ST103 (PCUA 947-145) brackets.
SOLUTION: The stands have been modified to accomodate this sorter. The modified stands can be identified by a red dot on the stand shipping box. All
stands in boxes labeled 2230/2330/3240/3340 copier stand have also been modified.
If a non-modified base was received, contact Order Processing at x2267 and explain the situation. This will be handled as a part mispick.
Note: Stands without a red dot on the box can be used for all applications except for the installation of an ST103.
Solution ID
TAUS0605460EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults.
Solution
To set 1:1 mode as the default:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press 1: Initial settings.
3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key.
4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
To program auto shut-off mode:
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
To eliminate the auto shut-off feature:
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK.
4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK.
The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode:
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
February 2013
54
2230
Solution ID
TAUS0605903EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
How to program platen default paper sizes.
Solution
To program the machine to default to a specific paper size (APS and AMS turned OFF) when the RADF is lifted, perform the following:
1. Access the key operator mode (power ON, while pressing the OK key)
2. Scroll (using the arrow keys) to [8: Memory switch setting] and press the OK key.
3. Scroll (using the arrow keys) to [11: Platen APS] and press the OK key.
4. Press either arrow key until OFF is displayed, then press the OK key.
5. Power the machine OFF to exit the help mode.
6. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
7. Select [1: Software switch set mode?] and press the OK key.
8. Scroll to, and set the software dipswitches as the follows (press the OK key to enter the new data):
6-0 to 1 (platen APS switching to 8.5x11); 6-0 to 0 for 5.5x8.5R
8-1 to 1 (no AMS selection when APS released)
9. Set software dipswitches 8-4, 8-5 and 8-6 to select the tray with the paper size you desire. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input to
select a specific tray.
DIPSW
TRAY
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: No preference
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 1: Bypass tray
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: Tray 1
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 2
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 3
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 4
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 5
Solution ID
TAUS0611356EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Intermittent F34-x, F35-x and F36-x during operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The PFU DB is damaged, causing erratic fuser error codes and TH1 to intermittently open. On the PFU DB there are tray size detect switches which
receive vibration from the paper feed tray during copier operation. CN44 of the PFU DB and the connector terminal of the main wiring contact each other due
to the vibration, resulting in contact failure and possible connector damage.
SOLUTION: Replace the PFU DB (p/n 40AA-9060).
Notes:
1. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #13 .
Solution ID
TAUS0605494EN*
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
To clear fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machne OFF, hold down the 2 and 5 keys and power the machine ON).
2. Select 1: Software switch set mode? and press the OK key.
3. Set the software switches as follows (press the OK key to enter the new data):
3-5 to 0: resets F34 code
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately
Solution ID
TAUS0612496EN*
Description
F10-1 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: CN11 on the main CB is not fully seated and/or a wire has backed out of the connector.
February 2013
55
2230
SOLUTION: Verify that the wires are properly installed and the connector is fully seated.
Solution ID
TAUS0605452EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
To program ECM mode:
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK.
3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK.
4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK.
5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF.
6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on.
7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset).
9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode.
Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately
after the password was entered.
To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following:
1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier.
3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK.
4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous).
Solution ID
TAUS0606339EN*
Solution Usage
10
Solution Usage
Description
Please load paper in tray 1 message displayed. The tray is filled with paper.
Solution
CAUSE: The contact detect actuator is damaged, inhibiting the paper detect actuator (p/n 40AA40073) movement.
SOLUTION: Remove the paper feed assembly and replace the contact detect actuator (p/n 40AA40082).
CAUTION:
After reinstalling a repaired or new PFU, perform the following:
2. Withdraw all trays of the main body and drawerbase.
3. Access the 47 multimode (power the main switch ON while pressing 4 and 7 simultaneously), output code 21, press P-01-P.
4. Press the START PRINT button.
5. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button.
6. Using the numeric keypad, press P-03-P.
9. Power the main switch OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
This adjustment ensures that the motor drive is properly aligned and meshed.
Note: To prevent any damage, carefully handle the paper detect actuator.
Solution ID
TAUS0608526EN*
Description
Universal paper tray is indicating metric sizes.
Solution
CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination:
2-7 = 0
3-0 = 0
3-1 = 0
3-2 = 1
Notes:
1. Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however A4 and A4R will appear as 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R in the LCD display.
To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK.
Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button.
Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button.
A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections.
2. The destination code must be set for USA.
February 2013
56
2230
February 2013
57
2330
Solution ID
TAUS0604911EN*
Solution Usage
106
Solution Usage
47
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0606335EN*
Description
PLEASE CLOSE TOP LEFT SIDE COVER message at power up. Cover is closed.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The rear portion of the paper exit actuator (p/n 40AA46040) is dislodged. This six-sided actuator is on the end of a black plastic shaft located on the lower
guide (p/n 40BA48040) of the upper paper exit cover (p/n 40BA48010). When correctly positioned, it sits beneath the white paper exit driving gear (p/n
40AA77270).
To reposition the paper exit actuator perform the following:
a. Power OFF the copier.
b. Open the left side door after removing the catch tray or sliding the sorter away from the main body.
c. Carefully bend the black plastic shaft while inserting the dislodged end into a small hole on the upper paper exit cover. This hole can be seen when
viewed from the front of the copier.
d. When the actuator is in position, close the left side door, reinstall the catch tray or slide the sorter up to the main body of the copier.
e. Power ON the copier.
Note: After a fuser jam is cleared, the upper paper exit cover is able to close even if the fuser release plate (p/n 40AA53050) remains open. As the cover is
closed, the fuser release plate contacts the lower guide portion of the upper paper exit cover. Either the paper exit actuator dislodges or the actuator shaft
breaks. The design of the entrance guide plate (p/n 40BA48272) has been modified to prevent this. The serial number cut-in is 35GE03351. A
countermeasure part, plastic spacer kit (p/n 40BAK0010), is available for older style machines. Two (2) spacers are packaged in each kit.
The old style entrance guide has two cut out slots at the top. The spacers are positioned in each corner of the guide, in line with the slots. They attach to the
exit guide by removing the sticky-back paper.
Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #10A for additional information.
2. Paper is jammed behind the left side cover.
Remove the jam.
Solution ID
TAUS0611773EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
Solution
February 2013
58
2330
Solution ID
TAUS0605623EN*
Solution Usage
30
Solution Usage
30
Description
How to program paper tray sizes.
Solution
To program paper tray sizes, perform the following procedure:
1. Access the 25 mode (turn machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Select #2, PAPER SIZE SETTING MODE, press OK.
3. Select the tray to be programmed, (i.e. tray 2 is the first tray below the universal tray) and press OK.
4. Use arrows to select desired size, and press OK.
5. Repeat steps 3 & 4 for additional trays.
6. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0606364EN*
Description
PLEASE LOAD A4 (or B4 or 8.5x11R) message when using APS through the ADF or platen glass.
Solution
2-7 = 0
3-0 = 0
3-1 = 0
3-2 = 1
To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK.
Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button.
Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button.
A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections.
Note 1: Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however in AMS mode the image will reduce to 97% if metric paper is copied onto from an identicle
sized metric original.
Note 2: The destination code must be set for USA.
Solution ID
TAUS0606899EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Erratic LCD operation. Lines on the display.
Solution
CAUSE: Faulty connection on the LCD.
SOLUTION: Replace theLCD board (p/n 35FE-7102).
Note: This problem has been corrected in production machines beginning with s/n 35GE05001. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #6 for
additional information.
Solution ID
TAUS0606305EN*
Solution Usage
25
Description
How to clear a fuser failure code (F34, F35, F36).
Solution
To clear fuser failure codes, perform the following:
February 2013
59
2330
2. While pressing both the 2 and 5 keys, power the copier ON. The memory setting mode menu will appear with 1. Software switch set mode displayed.
3. Press OK.
4. Press the up and down arrows to display the correct software dipswitch setting for the jam code: dipswitch 3-5 for F34, dipswitch 3-6 for F35, or dipswitch
3-7 for F36.
5. Press on/off to change the dip switch data from 1 to 0.
6. Turn the copier off then on to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0606624EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
To add toner, perform the following:
1. Vigorously shake the new toner cartridge, then remove the flexible outer cap (if present).
2. Open the copier front door, and pull toner unit out 90 degrees to the right.
3. Invert the toner cartridge over the unit with arrow pointing toward you, inserting it to the rear then to the front, until it is fully seated within the toner hopper.
4. Press down on rear of cartridge and slowly slide the toner release lever fully toward you to release toner, then move the lever back and forth a few times
alternating with Step 5.
5. Tap cartridge several times to free the toner, until cartridge is empty.
6. Remove and discard empty cartridge.
7. Push toner unit back to original position.
8. Close the copier front door.
The procedure above is outlined on a decal located inside the front door of the machine. The User's Reference Guide maintenance, and supplies section
explains how to add toner.
Note: Toner is very fine plastic powder, if toner gets on clothing, brush it off. DO NOT rub forcefully or use any liquid to remove toner from clothing, the toner
may permanently fuse to clothing.
Solution ID
TAUS0606117EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
The universal tray does not lift the paper or the copier does not recognize the universal cassette..
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The contact detect actuator or the paper detect actuator is bent or cracked causing it to remain in the tray upper limit detecting photosensor (PD1), falsely
detecting that the paper has lifted.
Remove the paper feed unit (p/n 40AA-4000) to inspect the contact detect (p/n 40AA40082) and paper detect (p/n 40AA40073) actuators. Replace either, if
cracked or malformed.
2. The paper regulating (L) plate is broken where the upper, middle, and lower paper detect actuators make contact.
Replace the paper regulating (L) plate (p/n 40AA47105).
CAUTION:
After reinstalling a repaired or new PFU, perform the following:
2. Withdraw all trays of the main body and drawerbase.
3. Access the 47 multimode (power the main switch ON while pressing 4 and 7 simultaneously), output code 21, press P-01-P.
6. Using the numeric keypad, press P-03-P.
9. Power the main switch OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
This adjustment ensures that the motor drive is properly aligned and meshed.
Note: To prevent any damage, carefully handle the paper detect actuator.
Solution ID
TAUS0606583EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
PLEASE UNLOAD DUPLEX TRAY message when a duplex mode (1:2 or 2:2) is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper remains in the ADU.
SOLUTION: To clear the message, perform the following:
1. Pull out the drawer labeled ADU.
2. Pull up on the ADU top cover (bright green decal designates area to hold when lifting the cover).
3. Remove paper.
4. Lower the ADU cover and push in the ADU drawer.
February 2013
60
2330
February 2013
61
2560 Print System

Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program.
Solution
Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program .
Items that can be returned :
bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P
Toner Cartridges CMYK
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C351/C450/C450P
Waste Toner Box
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C451/C550/C650
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P
Waste Toner Box
Items that cannot be returned :
Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500.
Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many
recycling centers will accept.
Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On
PagePro 1100 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PagePro 1200/1250 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PagePro 1300 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PagePro 4100 Series
Toner Cartridge
PageWorks/Pro 6 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
Toner Cartridge
Toner Cartridge
Toner Cartridge
QMS 1060 Series
Toner Cartridge
QMS 2060 Series
Toner Cartridge
QMS 2560 Series
Toner Cartridge
Color Printers/All-In-Ones
magicolor 330 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
magicolor 2200/2210 Series
OPC Drum
February 2013
62
2560 Print System

Imaging Unit
Imaging Unit
Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black
Color PageWorks Series
OPC Drum
Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many
recycling centers will accept.
IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in
Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling
Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0802920EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System (2560_op_7_7-9.htm)
Solution
Solution Number: 2560_op_7_7-9
Last Updated: 03/21/01
Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System

The following instructions apply to both the stacker/stapler/hole punch and the mailbox/stapler/hole punch.
1. Press the knob on the stapler unit well door to open the door.
The well door is located on the upper-right side of the stacker/stapler/hole punch or mailbox/stapler/hole punch.
2. Using the green handle, pull the stapler unit out of the well.
3. While pressing down the green lever, pull out the staple cartridge.
4. Remove the empty staple clip from the staple cartridge.
5. Load a new staple clip into the staple cartridge, and carefully peel off the seal.
6. Insert the new staple cartridge into the stapler unit until it clicks into place.
7. Align the arrows, and firmly push the stapler unit down into the well.
8. Press and turn the knob to lock the cover.
Solution ID
TAUS0804237EN*
Description
Installing the Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 PostScript Printer Description (PPD), on the 2560 Print System for use with the Microsoft driver.
Solution
Pre-installation Notes :
1. During this install, you will prompted for you Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM to retrieve files. Please have this CD-ROM readily available before
beginning this setup procedure.
2. If you are printing in a parallel environment, make sure that the parallel cable is less than 10 feet long (6 feet recommended) and that cable is in good
working order and is securely connected to your PC and printer.
February 2013
63
2560 Print System

Installation Instructions :
1. Download the 2560nppd.exe driver file for use with the Windows NT 4.0 (Intel) Level 2 printer driver from the Corporate Web Site.
These instructions assume that you will be installing to an Intel machine. If you have an Alpha machine or a PowerPC, you will download the PPD
(PostScript Printer Description) for your particular platform.
2. Create a folder on your NT 4.0 PC on the desktop and name it driver.
3. Copy the file 2560nppd.exe into C:WINNT\PROFILES.....\DESKTOP\driver. After the file has been copied to the new folder, double-click 2560nppd.exe to
extract the driver within the folder. At this point, we are ready to begin the driver installation using the Microsoft Printer Add Wizard.
4. At the desktop, with all applications closed, go to the Start menu, select Settings, then Printers.
5. Select Add Printer.
6. Select My Computer and Next. (see image below)
To simplify these instructions, we will point the driver to LPT1. Instructions for printing over the network will be provided after the driver installation is
complete in the Related Documents section.
7. Choose LPT1 from the list of available ports then select Next (see image below).
8. Choose Have Disk... (see image below).
9. At this point, type in the path to the driver that was previously downloaded (see image below).
10. You can also select the Browse button and browse to your downloaded driver (see image below).
11. Once the downloaded driver is located, the Oemsetup file will appear in the Locate File window. Click on the Open button (see image below).
12. The Install From Disk dialogue box will appear indicating the path that the PC will use to install the driver. Select the OK button. (see image below)
13. In the Add Printer Wizard dialogue box, the 2560 printer will be made available for you to select. Either highlight the printer by selecting on it and click on
the Next button, as shown in the image below, or double click the printer in the list and you will advance to the next step.
14. Once the printer has been selected, the Add Print Wizard will prompt you to name the printer. You can use the default printer name, or you may assign it
a name of your choice. Once a printer name has been selected, you can set the printer to be the default printer for the PC you are installing the driver too. The
default setting is No. Select the OK button (see image below).
15. The Add Printer Wizard will prompt you whether to share the printer on the network. At this time, take the default Not shared and select the Next button to
continue (see image below).
Sharing the printer over the network will be addressed at the end of this driver installation procedure in the Related Documents section.
16. The Add Printer Wizard will prompt you to print a test page.
- If you are printing parallel to your printer and you have a parallel cable hooked from your PC to your printer, select Yes at this point, then select the Finish
button
- If you are printing on a network or the printer is not hooked directly to the computer you are installing this driver on, select No then the Finish Button. (see
image below)
17. Once the driver begins to load, the Files Needed dialogue box , as shown below, will appear requesting a file from your Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM. Place
this CD-ROM into your PC.
18. Once the NT 4.0 CD-ROM has been placed in your computer, browse to the CD-ROM, and go to the I386 folder and select OK. (see image below)
19. The Add Printer Wizard at this point will go to your NT 4.0 CD-ROM and install the necessary files to your PC. The installation at this point is complete if
you are printing Parallel.
Related Document(s):
Configuring the LPR (Line Printer Requester)Port for network printing in Windows NT 4.0 environment
Sharing a printer from Windows NT
Solution ID
TAUS0801791EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to change the printer name.
February 2013
64
3035
Solution ID
TAUS0600452EN*
Solution Usage
468
Solution Usage
164
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0600923EN*
Description
F43 while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The optics temperature fuse is open. Replace the fuse (p/n 540088412).
2. The L1 terminals are not making proper contact with the lamp. Reinstall the lamp, and ensure that there is good contact from the terminals. Verify that the
lamp pressure spring (p/n 540061690) is not broken or detached.
3. Loose hardware has dropped into the optics area, and is causing the optics to stop short of the restart/brake sensor (PS5). Remove any loose hardware
from the optics area.
4. The optics cable and spring are worn preventing the optics unit from reaching home. Replace the cable (p/n 540061111) and spring (p/n 540061480).
Note: If the cable and spring were replaced recently, ensure that the optics positioning jig is used (p/n 00M6-1-00).
5. The glass stopper plate assembly is malformed, and the exposure unit is contacting it. See 3035 [[Technical Bulletin #33| IMAGE
V:\BITMAPS\JRC071.BMP SCROLL]. Order the new style glass stopper plate assembly (p/n 5400-6363), and scale plate assembly (p/n 0481-1201).
6. The optics slide shaft holder has dislodged from the main reflector base assembly. This causes the lamp assembly to bind on the optics shaft. Reposition
the optics slide shaft holder.
7. F43 intermittently. Faulty/binding toner motor (M6). Ensure there is no binding in the toner hopper and toner hopper drive gears. Replace toner motor.
There is a new toner motor kit available (p/n 5400-K120). Order the new style toner motor cover also (p/n 540032191). See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 .
8. The optics cable, optics shaft, and optics bushings are worn. Replace the optics cable (p/n 540061111), optics shaft (p/n 540061090), and the optics
bushings (p/n 540076042).
9. The machine has an old style AC driver board. Upgrade the AC driver board to the new style (p/n 5400-9085). The new style is identified by the letter T
on IC2. The new style boards were put into production starting with s/n 542224652.
10. The optics drive motor (M2) has failed.
Inspect the optics drive motor for sluggishness or binding. Replace M2 (p/n 540080020) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0600800EN*
Solution Usage
89
Description
Solution
1. In the 25 mode, enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print
button to enter the new data.
2. Set 25 mode, P05 (ECM limit features) based on key operators request.
0: ECM disabled.
3. In the standby mode, hold down P then press 9, then enter your Master Key Code. Then, access the following setting modes to perform ECM functions:
1: Password Set.
3: Read Copy Count.
February 2013
65
3035
4: Account Reset.
Solution ID
TAUS0600961EN*
Solution Usage
68
Description
AD205, J94 or J95.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The changeover gate is not open. The spring for the gate solenoid (SD503) has fallen off. Replace the spring (p/n 048642240).
2. The changeover gate is binding and the copies feed back into the ADU stacker. Verify the operation of the gate solenoid (SD503) in the 47 mode, output
code 84. Ensure the changeover gate does not bind.
3. The ADU motor (M501) is running too slow. Replace M501 with the new style motor (p/n 460080031).
4. The paper feed motor (M3) is running too slow. Replace M3 (p/n 5400-4071).
5. The conveyance roller is worn. Replace the conveyance roller (p/n 048645010).
6. There is insufficient pressure against the ADU conveyance roller. Adjust the conveyance roller. See AD205 Techncial Bulletin #5
adjustment to increase the spring pressure equally on both sides of the roller, to provide optimum paper drive.
Note: Use this skew
7. Stray light is entering from the left side where the main body meets the drawer unit. This gap allows excessive light to shine on the photosensors. Use
some form of weather stripping to block the light, or relocate the machine away from the direct light source.
8. The changeover gate is binding against roller (A) (p/n 048645120). Reform the gate to ensure it does not touch roller (A) when it is in the closed position.
Solution ID
TAUS0600962EN*
Solution Usage
63
Description
ST206, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper drags on the front frame side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is caused by either incorrect zoning of the paper drawer, or
incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually affects 8.5x11 paper only.
Verify the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540)
and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter.
2. The bin timing is incorrect.
See page 23 of the ST206 service manual third edition dated October 1993 for the bin timing (lead cam position) adjustment.
3. The guide bar home position sensor (PS207) has failed.
Ensure that the guide bar moves freely, and flags the sensor. If no change of state from the sensor, replace the sensor (p/n 074084030).
4. The conveyance motor encoder (PS206) has a poor connection.
Reseat CN29 on PS206.
5. The stapler does not cycle to the nonstaple position. There is intermittent contact of the stapler positioning switch (MS206).
Ensure that MS206 is actuating properly.
6. The lower limit sensor flag is loose.
Retighten the sensor flag.
7. The flag which actuates the cam position sensor (PS202) is not turning. The flag should turn with the cam.
Repair as necessary.
8. Error only when feeding from the DB201. There is a timing problem between the drawer base and the main body. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #16 .
Adjust VR1 on the PFU drive board as necessary.
9. There is a poor connection on the sorter CB for the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat all the pins on CN14 on the sorter CB.
10. The rollers on the non-sort conveyance shaft are worn. This causes paper to hesitate when feeding into the bin(s).
Replace the non-sort conveyance shaft (p/n 074045100). As a temporary countermeasure, cover the worn rollers with electrical tape cut to the proper width.
11. The guide bar and lower guide arm are missing from the sorter, therefore the guide bar home position sensor (PS207) is not actuated at power up.
Replace the missing components related to the guide arm. See page 10 of the ST206 parts catalog.
12. The bin shift interlock (MS204) switch is actuated, this switch detects if the bin unit binds. The switch is located directly above the front helical cam.
Perform the MS204 adjustment. Loosen the two adjusting screws, and adjust the switch so the distance between the switch (not the actuator) and the front
February 2013
66
3035
cam holder is 2.5mm.
13. The stapler interlock switch (MS205) is faulty. The J72 may not occur until after the first copy has been sorted.
Replace MS205 (p/n 074085020).
14. The sorter conveyance drive motor (M201) has failed, which can damage the sorter CB. Replace M201 (p/n 074088050), and the sorter CB (p/n
074089020) at the same time.
15. The sorter DCPS has failed. There is no 24V DC output.
Replace the sorter DCPS (p/n 074089030).
16. The sorter CB has failed.
Replace the sorter CB (p/n 074089020).
17. CN34 located on the base of the sorter, which is the power supply and logic control interface to the guide bar swing action motor (M203), is not firmly
seated.
To check CN34, perform the following:
b. Remove the splineguide cover (p/n 074042180), on the base of the sorter to gain access to CN34.
c. Disconnect the female and male ends of CN34. Ensure that all pins are firmly inserted into the connector and that the female connector ends are
properly shaped to provide firm contact with the male connector ends.
d. Reseat CN34 together. Power the copier ON and check the guide bar swing action motor for proper operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0600605EN*
Solution Usage
59
Description
F41 or F42.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. There are poor electrical connections on the AC driver board for the optics motor (M2).
Reseat CN63 and CN35 on the AC driver board. If necessary insert a meter lead into the pins to ensure good connections with the pins on the board.
2. F41 at the start of print cycle. The scanner does not move from the home position. The optics drive pulley (p/n 540061130) set screw, has backed away
from the drive shaft on M2.
Manually move the exposure unit until the set screw is visible in the drive pulley. Tighten the set screw, and test operation in the 47mode, output code 31.
3. The machine has an old style AC driver board.
Check the AC driver board for T (modified version). This eliminates reverse motor voltage feedback. Order the new style board (p/n 5400-9085).
4. The optics does not actuate the reversing timing sensor (PS4). The optics cable was installed without using the optics jig.
Use the optics jig (p/n 00M6-1-00) when replacing the cable.
5. The AC driver board and/or the optics motor (M2) has failed.
Replace the AC driver board, (p/n 5400-9085) and the optics drive motor (p/n 540080020).
6. Fuse F3 on the AC driver board is open.
Check the optics motor (M2) for binding and for any shorting to ground. Replace F3 (3.15A) (p/n E64311-11).
7. The optics drive shaft is warped.
Replace the optics drive shaft (p/n 540061090).
8. Failed optics drive motor (M2).
Replace M2 (p/n 540080020).
Note: The optics scanner will slam to one side when operated in the 47 mode (hold down the 4 and 7 keys at power up), output code 31.
Solution ID
TAUS0600534EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
Intermittent blank copies.
Solution
Perform the steps necessary to correct the problem:
1. Order the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if motor kit is installed. See 3035
Technical Bulletin #88 .
2. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly
stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact.
3035 Technical Bulletin #17A .
February 2013
67
3035
6. Set the corona currents to specification. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #86 .
7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2607) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. Replace the worn components. Front block (p/n
5400-2613) rear block (p/n 5400-2620) front spark arrestor (p/n 540026053) transfer discharge plate (p/n 540026031) separating bridge (p/n 540026111)
discharge wires (p/n 540026080). Caution: Do not use these parts on machines that have been modified according to the developing unit modification
program introduced in Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 & D14 dated 12/19/95. Use only the parts listed in those bulletins. Mod kit T/S corona unit (p/n
M400-2605), Mod kit front block (p/n M400-2610).
9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n
540073231).
10. Check the drum wiring connector CN50 (p/n 5400K0190) for cracks; replace it if necessary.
12. Check for an open fuse (F2) on the main CB. Packed toner may cause this fuse to open.
15. Troubleshoot the high voltage (B) unit (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the
HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary.
16. If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints. Repair or replace as necessary.
17. Verify the center optics sensor (PS6) operation. Use the 47 mode, input code 35.
Solution ID
TAUS0611488EN*
Solution Usage
44
Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The main CB has failed.
Check the toner motor control signal at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on the main CB. Use the 47 mode output code 01; the voltage should read 28V DC at idle, and
drop to .6V DC when the start print is pressed.
If there is no change of state, replace the toner motor and main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Order the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120).
Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed.
See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 .
2. The H-cut plate is dirty.
Clean the H-cut plate.
3. A high volume machine. Extensive testing has shown that when these models exceed 300,000 copies, there is a tendency for the surface of the magnet
roller in the developing unit to become smooth.
For dealers see Technical Operations Bulletin #D14 dated 12/19/95. For branches see Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 dated 12/19/95. See installation
procedure. Note: Please look inside the cardboard tube in kit. The tube is not just packing material, but contains parts inside.
4. The toner hopper gears are worn.
Replace the gears (p/n 540077410), (p/n 540077420), and (p/n 312077430). Ensure there is no binding in the toner hopper.
5. The copier is 4,000+ feet above sea level; this may contribute to poor copy quality. Order EPROM (p/n 303512-21.9). Note: This EPROM must be used
with (p/n 303513-20.0). Set address 7 in the 25 mode to 0. Clean the corona wires, then check the currents. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #89A .
6. A loose ground and connector in the drum carriage is causing a bias problem which is allowing the developer to be pulled from the developing unit.
Verify that all grounds are in place. Add a star washer if necessary. Verify that the bias connector on the developing unit is making proper contact with the
bias pin.
7. CN5 on the main CB, which provides the power supply to the CEL, PTL, and toner density sensor (PS1), is not firmly seated.
To check CN5 on the main CB, perform the following:
b. Remove CN5 from the main CB.
c. Ensure that all the pins for CN5 on the main CB are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN5 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires
are properly attached to the connector.
February 2013
68
3035
d. Reseat CN5 on the main CB. Power the copier ON and check that the toner motor is energized during the copy cycle.
Solution ID
TAUS0600897EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
No toner addition. M6 does not work in the 47 mode.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. CN8-B9 on main CB is not seated on both sides of connector. Ensure that CN8 is fully seated on main CB.
2. Check the control signal for the toner motor at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on main CB. Use the 47 mode output code 01, voltage should read 28V DC at idle, and
drop to .6V DC when start print is pressed.
If there is no change of state replace the toner motor and main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Order the improved toner motor kit, (p/n 5400-K120).
Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 .
Solution ID
TAUS0600458EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Blank LCD.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the timing belt (p/n 540077520) has fallen off and is lodged between the motor
and pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a
permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In
addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is
placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set.
2. The 5V DC to the LCD needs adjustment. Adjust VR1 on the operation board.
February 2013
69
3135
Solution ID
TAUS0655171EN*
Solution Usage
207
Description
Solution
1. Empty the waste toner collection box , or install a new collection box.
2. Power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON.
4. From the keypad press P-02-P.
5. Press the start print button.
6. Press the stop/clear button.
7. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
Note: If the box is emptied, ensure that the inside top portion is clean so that the toner collection level detector sensor will not give a false F86 indication.
Solution ID
TAUS0601075EN*
Solution Usage
158
Description
How to default to 8.5x11 for odd-size originals off the glass.
Solution
EPROMs are available to default odd-size originals off the glass to 8.5x11. Order (p/n 313512-20.0, 313513-22.1, 313514-22.1). See 3135 Technical
Bulletin #48 .
Solution ID
TAUS0600132EN*
Solution Usage
113
Description
ST211, F77-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect programming of hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB. Ensure that all the switches are OFF for normal operation.
2. The circuit breaker on the sorter CB is open. Reset the circuit breaker on the sorter CB.
3. CN33 for the conveyance photosensor (PS206) is disconnected. Reconnect the connector.
4. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test the operation of M202 with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does
not respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the
sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500).
5. The bin unit has traveled past the home position sensor (PS203) and actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Ensure that the EPROM IC2 on the sorter
CB is level 10.0. If not order (p/n ST21162-10.0). Manually move the bin unit off the sensor, and test the sorter operation.
6. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. This actuates the sort bin obstacle detection switch (MS204) over the
front helical cam. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and/or replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380). Adjust MS204 if
necessary.
7. The code occurs only when the bin unit has risen to bin 19 or 20. The bin unit upper limit microswitch (MS202) is out of position. It is getting actuated
before the bin unit reaches the 20th bin. Reposition MS202 so it is not actuated when the bin unit is at the 20th bin. Caution: Do not position the switch too
far away from the bin unit actuator. This switch prevents the sorter from overdriving; serious damage could occur.
8. The helical cams need lubrication. Lubricate the cams with Plas Guard*. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical
Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
9. The semicircle black actuator for the cam home position sensor (PS202) is out of position. The actuator is located beneath the rear helical cam. Position
the actuator so that the semicircle side is against the frame, and parallel to it.
10. The sorter bins are not timed properly with the cam, or they are damaged and binding. Remove the bins and inspect for damage. Perform the bin/cam
timing adjustment.
11. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500).
12. The stapler motor (M204) is binding. Attempt to manually rotate the stapler drive gears to ensure free movement. If necessary replace the stapler unit
(p/n 12GQ21490).
13. CN15 on the sorter CB is not connected in the correct position resulting in loss of drive to M202 (bin shift motor).
Reconnect CN15 on the sorter CB.
Note: CN15 can be connected incorrectly by one pin in the up or down direction.
February 2013
70
3135
Solution ID
TAUS0601274EN*
Solution Usage
94
Description
ST210, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The gate solenoid (SD201) is out of adjustment. Perform the gate solenoid adjustment.
a. Remove the sorter front cover.
b. Remove the sorter top cover.
c. Loosen the set screws for the solenoid.
d. While holding the plunger in, position the solenoid so the clearance between the gate and the top guide is 2 0.3 mm.
2. The bushing behind the sorter conveyance motor (M201) is dirty. Clean the bushing behind the sorter conveyance motor. This bushing holds the drive
shaft that runs front to rear.
3. M201 (conveyance motor) is binding, causing F2 on the sorter CB to open at power up.
Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010) and M201 (p/n 037180010).
4. The exit detecting sensor (PS202) cannot be adjusted. Ensure there is no alignment problem between the exit detecting LED (LED202), and PS202. If
the sensor still cannot be adjusted, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010).
5. PS202 is dirty or out of adjustment.
Clean PS202 (located in the bottom of the sorter below the two conveyance belts). To adjust PS202, perform the following:
a. Remove the rear cover of the sorter exposing the sorter control board.
b. Turn VR1 on the sorter control board fully counterclockwise.
c. Enter the sorter test mode:
I. Power the copier OFF.
II. To enter the exit sensor adjustment mode, record the state of dipswitches 1 and 2, ensuring that they are both set to ON.
III. With the sorter top cover open, power ON the copier while pressing PSW1 on the sorter CB.
IV. Close the top cover and release PSW1.
d. Press PSW1 twice. The indexer moves to the tenth bin.
e. Rotate VR1 clockwise until LED1 is not lit.
f. Rotate VR1 two divisions counterclockwise past the point where LED1 lights.
g. Power the copier OFF.
h. Return DIP switches 1 and 2 on the sorter CB to their original position.
i. Power the copier ON.
6. The flanges on the lower paper exit roller (p/n 048644361) of the inversion unit are causing the copies to crease. This slows down paper conveyance
timing. Remove the flanges from the paper exit roller.
7. The indexer is not horizontal with the bottom of the sorter. The indexer will then flag the upper limit sensor (PS205). Only the home position sensor
(PS204) should be flagged in idle. Perform the indexer height adjustment. Refer to the third edition ST210 service manual page 18.
8. There is marginal contact of the linked interlock (MS203). Adjust the position of MS203. Ensure it is properly actuated.
9. The exit transmit guides and shafts (upper and lower) are worn or dirty. Clean or replace the the upper and lower exit transmit guides (p/n 037115010),
and upper and lower exit transmit shafts (p/n 037115130).
10. The indexer home position sensor (PS204) or the indexer upper limit sensor (PS205) are faulty. Replace the sensors (p/n 037185010) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0600810EN*
Solution Usage
50
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0612180EN*
Description
AD207, J15.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The copy paper contacts the paper retaining auxiliary plate (p/n 12EF42063) when entering the ADU stacker. This causes the paper to roll up in the stack
February 2013
71
3135
tray. Reform the paper retaining auxiliary plate so the paper does not contact the plate as it enters the duplex stack tray.
2. The paper feed clutch spring (p/n 12EF40310) was installed incorrectly after cleaning. Reposition the clutch spring using the other hole of the stopper
collar (p/n 190040540).
3. The last sheet of paper entering the ADU ends up on top of the hold down plate. The foam pad attached to the holder plate (p/n 12EF42192) is coming off;
causing paper to catch on it. Tape the pad on, or replace the pad (p/n 12EF42233).
4. The paper guide plate (p/n 12EF42160) in the ADU is malformed slowing the paper down. This plate allows the paper into the ADU stacker. Reform the
paper guide plate for proper operation.
5. A failed PS501 (paper passage detecting). The last sheet into the ADU stacker is on top of the paper feed pressure plate. Note: The problem may only
occur when using the document feeder.
Replace PS501 (p/n 070085510) which is located on the top left side, facing up.
6. Signal wire from PS503 (paper feed) is pinched between the front ADU cover and the frame.
To check PS503 operation, perform the following:
a. Access the 47 multimode (power the machine ON while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys), input code 82, press P-02-P.
b. Actuate PS503 and look for a change of state on the control panel.
c. If no change of state occurs, check the wiring to PS503 and see if it pinched between the front ADU cover (p/n 048610191) and frame ground. If there is
no pinched wire, replace PS503 (p/n 070085510).
Solution ID
TAUS0600811EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
How to disable platen glass APS.
Solution
APS off the glass can be defaulted to either 8.5x11 or 8.5x11R depending on the setting of P06 in the 25 mode. See Technical Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID
TAUS0602507EN*
Solution Usage
41
Solution Usage
39
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0601127EN*
Description
Can the AMS/APS be disabled?
Solution
Firmware version 20.2 contains the programmable AMS/APS feature. Note: AMS/APS cannot be selected/deselected individually, either both options are on
or off. APS off the glass will be defaulted to whatever size is selected (8.5x11, 8.5x11R). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID
TAUS0600598EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
DF306, J62 or P68.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The first set of conveyance rollers are turning too slow. Clean the shaft holders with alcohol, then lubricate shaft holders for the first set of conveyance
rollers.
2. A non OEM double feed prevention roller is installed. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 12ER40313).
3. The prefeed clutch (MC301) may bind causing undue stress to the original paper feed solenoid (SD301) mounting plate. This will break the two plastic
bosses that secure the assembly in place.
Ensure that MC301 is clean lubricated and operational to prevent repeat failure.
4. The original paper feed sensor (PS303) is ON. Verify the voltage at CN911-A5 on the RADF CB. With no paper present the voltage should read .9V DC,
if it reads 5V DC, verify the connections and power to the sensor. If the checks are normal replace PS303 (p/n 12ER85511).
5. ICP3 on the RADF CB is open. Verify the 24V DC loads on the RADF. Replace any faulty loads; then replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012).
February 2013
72
3240
Solution ID
TAUS0605561EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
Intermittent F34-1 or F34-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor quality AC power being supplied to the copier. Ensure proper power requirements:
a. 115V AC, 15A 10%
b. An isolated ground with a dedicated line is strongly advised.
c. Install a powerfilter device for added protection. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6771 for detailed information. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader
must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
2. Failed TH1 (temperature sensor).
Check the voltage drop across TH1 at the PFUDB, CN44-A8 to CN44-A9. At a cold start, the voltage should measure about 4.8V DC. During warm up, the
voltage should continue to drop and then stop dropping at about .48V DC when warm up is completed. Inspect the associated connectors at the rear of the
fuser unit. Repair the connectors or replace TH1 (p/n 40AA88431) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0607218EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
F10-2 during the copy run when feeding from any paper tray.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed paper feed driving board.
SOLUTION: Reseat CN32, CN33, CN38, CN37, and CN301 on the paper feed driving board. If problem persists, inspect the paper feed driving board for
visible damage (i.e. cold solder joints or scorched components). Replace the paper feed driving board (p/n 40AA-9071) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0611087EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
DF309, jam position 13 and high pitched noise while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the belt regulating shaft holders (p/n 12QV45180) is out of position riding on top of the conveyance belt. Reposition the belt regulating shaft holder
to the side of the belt and ensure that the belt tracks properly using 47 mode, code 60, multimode 04 to run the conveyance motor.
2. If the belt tracks to one side during diagnostic mode (above), check the original conveyance plate. The conveyance belt driven roller bearing holders may
break due to a combination of excessive oil applied to the bearing and low temperatures.
Refer to DF309 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: New conveyance belt roller bearings have been installed on DF309 units above s/n 12QW16872. On DF309 units below s/n 12QW16873 perform the
following procedure during setup:
a. Remove the conveyance belt, and original conveyance plate (bottom).
b. Remove the two bearings from the exit side conveyance belt roller.
c. Thoroughly clean the bearings with alcohol.
d. Reinstall bearings, plate, and belt.
3. The one-way drive gears are slipping on the regist driving roller shaft. This causes the roller to intermittently loose drive. The paper may have slightly
folded or nicked areas at the lead edge when the jam occurs. Clean the one-way bearings and shaft with alcohol.
Note: Refer to page 8 and 9, Item #'s 1, 18 and 19 in the DF309 Parts Catalog for location.
Solution ID
TAUS0605031EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The machine does not come to ready. The letter D is indicated in the upper left corner of the LCD.
Solution
CAUSE: The copier has shut down because the ADD TONER condition was present for more than 1500 copies.
SOLUTION: Add toner (PCUA 947435) to the copier. If toner is not immediately available, the shut down cycle count can be extended by performing the
following:
1. Enter the 25 mode (power the copier ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Select [1: Software switch set mode?], and press the OK key.
3. Press the leftmost up arrow key three times, until 04 is displayed on the far left of the LCD.
4. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input at software dipswitches 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 to control the shut down cycle count:
4-2 (Copy stop when ADD TONER is indicated): 0 - disabled (default); 1- enabled
4-3 to 00 4-4 to 00: 1500 copies
4-3 to 01 4-4 to 00 2000 copies
4-3 to 00 4-4 to 01 2500 copies
4-3 to 01 4-4 to 01 3000 copies
Note: The D in the display is corrected by installing the latest EPROM level . With this EPROM installed, the display indicates the message TONER
EMPTY/DO NOT COPY. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #7 for more detailed information.
February 2013
73
3240
Solution ID
TAUS0606695EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to adjust paper feed registration in 36 mode.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed optics driving motor (M2).
SOLUTION: Replace the optics driving motor (p/n 40AA80020).
Solution ID
TAUS0607831EN*
Description
Intermittent jam position 7 with incorrect lead edge registration.
Solution
CAUSE: A dirty or worn paper feed connecting roller and/or shaft regulator.
SOLUTION: Clean or replace (with new-style) the paper feed connecting roller (p/n 40AA45252) and/or shaft regulator (p/n 40AA45411). The paper feed
connecting roller is the 6.75" long, gray roller visible when the top right-side door of the copier is opened. The new-style paper feed connecting roller and
shaft regulator are installed in production machines beginning with serial number 40AE00800. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #11 for
additional information. After cleaning/replacing the feed parts, perform the lead edge timing adjustment. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the
following:
Solution ID
TAUS0607129EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to complete the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. The message may indicate COMPLETE after the adjustment has run for only a few seconds
(the developer should be agitated for approximately one minute).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The cleaning blade is not set in the correct position. Insufficient cleaning of the drum surface results, and the drum is coated with toner during the Toner
Control IF Voltage adjustment. Install the cleaning blade so that it contacts the drum and ensure correct operation. To reposition the cleaning blade perform
the following procedure:
a. Remove the drum carriage.
b. Remove the two cleaning blade mounting screws.
c. Lubricate the drum surface with setting powder or toner.
d. Lower the cleaning blade against the drum surface.
e. Install the mounting screws in the top holes.
f. Physically drive the drum toward the developing unit.
g. Perform the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment (see below) again.
Note: If the IF voltage adjustment still does not run to completion, replace the developer.
2. Toner has deposited on the toner control sensor (TCS). Check the TCS (p/n 40AA-9181) on the drum carriage for toner contamination. Check for loose
connectors or pins on the TCS (CN64), the drum carriage (CN60) and the main CB (CN43). Check for loose connectors on the toner control board and at the
drum carriage. On the ADU DB, the voltage at CN43-B7 should read 0.4V DC. The voltage at CN43-B8 should read 3.7V DC.
TONER CONTROL IF VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
Be sure to perform the following adjustment after adding developer to the developing unit:
1. While pressing the 3 and 6 keys simultaneously, power ON the copier.
3. Press the F3 (NEXT) key to display HV adj. (toner control IF voltage) on the screen.
5. Press the F2 (START) key. The copier will halt after the developing unit rotates for approximately one minute.
Caution: The above adjustment should precede all others.
February 2013
74
3240
February 2013
75
3340
Solution ID
TAUS0612079EN*
Solution Usage
147
Solution Usage
91
Description
Solution
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0611454EN*
Description
PLEASE CLOSE TOP LEFT SIDE COVER message at power up. Cover is closed.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The rear portion of the paper exit actuator (p/n 40AA46040) is dislodged. This six-sided actuator is on the end of a black plastic shaft located on the lower
guide (p/n 40BA48040) of the upper paper exit cover (p/n 40BA48010). When correctly positioned, it sits beneath the white paper exit driving gear (p/n
40AA77270).
To reposition the paper exit actuator perform the following:
a. Power OFF the copier.
b. Open the left side door after removing the catch tray or sliding the sorter away from the main body.
c. Carefully bend the black plastic shaft while inserting the dislodged end into a small hole on the upper paper exit cover. This hole can be seen when
viewed from the front of the copier.
d. When the actuator is in position, close the left side door, reinstall the catch tray or slide the sorter up to the main body of the copier.
e. Power ON the copier.
Note: After a fuser jam is cleared, the upper paper exit cover is able to close even if the fuser release plate (p/n 40AA53050) remains open. As the cover is
closed, the fuser release plate contacts the lower guide portion of the upper paper exit cover. Either the paper exit actuator dislodges or the actuator shaft
breaks. The design of the entrance guide plate (p/n 40BA48272) has been modified to prevent this. The serial number cut-in is 40BE04641. A
countermeasure part, plastic spacer kit (p/n 40BAK0010), is available for older style machines. Two (2) spacers are packaged in each kit.
The old style entrance guide has two cut out slots at the top. The spacers are positioned in each corner of the guide, in line with the slots. They attach to the
exit guide by removing the sticky-back paper.
Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #10A for additional information.
2. Paper is jammed behind the left side cover.
Remove the jam.
Solution ID
TAUS0612044EN*
Solution Usage
69
Description
Erratic LCD operation. Lines on the display.
Solution
CAUSE: Faulty connection on the LCD.
SOLUTION: Replace the LCD board (p/n 40AE-7102).
February 2013
76
3340
Note: This problem has been corrected in production machines beginning with s/n 40BE07016. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #6 for
additional information.
Solution ID
TAUS0604373EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
PLEASE LOAD A4 (or B4 or 8.5x11R) when using ADF or platen glass APS.
Solution
DIPSW VALUE
2-7
0
3-0
0
3-1
0
3-2
1
Notes:
1. Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however A4 and A4R will appear as 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R in the LCD display. To program trays for metric
paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK. Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button. Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3
button. A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections.
2. The destination code must be set for USA.
Solution ID
TAUS0604867EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Unable to complete the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. The message may indicate COMPLETE after the adjustment has run for only a few seconds
(the developer should be agitated for approximately one minute).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The cleaning blade is not set in the correct position. Insufficient cleaning of the drum surface results, and the drum is coated with toner during the Toner
Control IF Voltage adjustment. Install the cleaning blade so that it contacts the drum and ensure correct operation. To reposition the cleaning blade perform
the following procedure:
a. Remove the drum carriage.
b. Remove the two cleaning blade mounting screws.
c. Lubricate the drum surface with setting powder or toner.
d. Lower the cleaning blade against the drum surface.
e. Install the mounting screws in the top holes.
f. Physically drive the drum toward the developing unit.
g. Perform the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment (see below) again.
Note: If the IF voltage adjustment still does not run to completion, replace the developer.
2. Toner has deposited on the toner control sensor (TCS). Check the TCS (p/n 40AA-9181) on the drum carriage for toner contamination. Check for loose
connectors or pins on the TCS (CN64), the drum carriage (CN60) and the main CB (CN43). Check for loose connectors on the toner CB and at the drum
carriage. On the ADU DB, the voltage at CN43-B7 should read 0.4V DC. The voltage at CN43-B8 should read 3.7V DC.
TONER CONTROL IF VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
Be sure to perform the following adjustment after adding developer to the developing unit:
1. Access the 36 mode (while pressing the 3 and 6 keys simultaneously, power ON the copier).
3. Press the F3 [NEXT] key to display [HV adj. (toner control IF voltage)] on the screen.
5. Press the F2 [START] key. The copier halts after the developing unit rotates for approximately one minute.
Caution: The above adjustment should precede all others.
Solution ID
TAUS0605173EN*
Solution Usage
52
Description
Solution
To clear fuser codes, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 2 and 5 keys and power the machine ON).
2. Select [1: Software switch set mode?] and press the OK key.
3. Set the software switches as follows (press the OK key to enter the new data):
February 2013
77
3340
Solution ID
TAUS0611755EN*
Solution Usage
46
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0606099EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
Varying lead edge registration.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed M2 motor.
SOLUTION: Replace M2 motor (p/n 40AA80020). Ensure that other common causes of varying lead edge (the second paper feed clutch, the optics sensors,
etc.) have been eliminated before replacing M2. Perform the lead edge timing adjustment after replacing the motor. To adjust the image lead edge timing,
perform the following:
Solution ID
TAUS0604960EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
ST216, code 77-00 when sorting.
Solution
CAUSE: The sorter indexer is out of alignment.
SOLUTION: To properly adjust the indexer position, perform the following:
1. Power copier OFF.
2. Remove the front and rear covers.
3. On the sorter CB, set dipswitches SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 to the ON position.
4. Ensure both sorter interlocks are closed (PS208 and MS201).
5. On the sorter CB, press and hold PSW1 while powering ON the main body (code 70-00 will occur; this is normal).
6. Release PSW1, then press and release it one time. The indexer will lower to the adjustment position (approximately at the 4th bin).
7. Open the conveyance section.
8. Insert the indexer positioning shaft adjustment tool (p/n 7050K0020) into the access hole on the rear side frame of the sorter. The hole is located to the
right of the conveyance door interlock switch (MS201). The shaft should be positioned under the indexer and into another hole in the front side frame.
Note: The indexer positioning tool is the same tool used for optics alignment on the 7050.
9. Rotate the indexer motor encoder plate to lower the indexer until it contacts the adjustment shaft.
10. Loosen the fixed screw located on the front side of the indexer.
11. Slide the front of the indexer up or down until it is positioned parallel with the adjustment shaft. Retighten the indexer fixing screw.
12. Loosen the screw that secures the PS203 4-slot encoder plate and adjust the 4-slot encoder plate until LED 1 is lit. Retighten the encoder plate.
Note: Either or both interlock sensor/switch (PS208/MS201) must be opened during this adjustment.
February 2013
78
3340
13. Remove the indexer positioning shaft and reset all 3 SW1 switches to the OFF position.
14. Power copier OFF/ON to return to the normal mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0612658EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
F10-1 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The operation LCD assembly has failed.
Reseat CN11 and CN13 on the operation LCD assembly (on the operation panel) and inspect the wiring harness to ensure that no wires are pinched. If
problem persists, replace the operation LCD assembly (p/n 40AE-7100).
2. A failed DCPS.
Replace the DCPS (p/n 40AA84511).
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets.
Solution
CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick.
SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize, Pledge, dryer sheet, etc.).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0630235EN*
Description
Part number for the 128MB Compact Flash card which is used to install main body firmware.
Solution
Compact Flash card (p/n 7660403601).
CAUTION : CF card cannot be larger than 256MB; 512MB will notallow the download to begin. Please see attachment.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0702567EN*
Description
Instead of 128MB CF cards to update thefirmware, can1GB or 512MB CF cards be used to program the MFP?
Solution
Only the 128MB CF card (p/n 7660 4036 01) is compatible.Please see attached photoas reference.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio/Cesar Jimenez/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0657446EN*
Description
Getting an invalid card error when loading firmware with a Crucial 128MB Compact Flash card.
February 2013
79
404/4090/6040
Solution ID
TAUS0601347EN*
Solution Usage
34
Description
F22.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The charge corona cleaner is damaged. To reset the code set addresses 12 through 17 in the 25 mode to 0. This will clear the counter, repair the
damage to the cleaner as necessary.
2. The charge cleaning drive wire is broken. Replace the charge cleaner drive wire (p/n 4600-2540).
3. The driver board has failed. Replace the driver board (p/n 4600-7320).
Solution ID
TAUS0601345EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
F18 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse F1 on the driver board is open, or the driver board has failed; due to a shorted lift tray motor (M9), or a pinched wire.
SOLUTION: Replace the driver board (p/n 4600-7320), and M9, (p/n 460080050). Ensure the wires are not damaged. Tape the wires on M9 to protect them.
See 4090 Technical Bulletin #7 ,
Solution ID
TAUS0601350EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Erratic copy quality, normal to excessively light.
Solution
CAUSE: There is poor airflow through the machine, or the CVR board, and main CB may be faulty.
SOLUTION: Verify the ozone filter replacement (every 100,000 copies) and the dustproof filter (every 200,000 copies) to ensure good airflow. Inspect CN24
on the drum carriage, and the female side inside the machine. Ensure there is no damage to the pins and they are clean. The CEL temperature sensor
interfaces through this connector.
If all checks are normal, replace the CVR board (p/n 460083510) and the main CB (p/n 4600-8510) at the same time. One board may be damaging the other.
Solution ID
TAUS0655009EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
F55.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The exposure lamp (L1) is open. Replace L1 (p/n 326083010).
2. The main AC relay (RL1) is pitted. Clean or replace RL1 (p/n 370088070).
3. The lamp cord wiring assembly for L1 is faulty. Check the lamp cord by testing for continuity from CN34-1 to CN34-2 (connector is located at the rear of
the copier by the ADF stopper solenoid) while moving the optics manually. If necessary replace the lamp cord (p/n 4600-8070).
4. The drive signal at CN62-4 on the driver board is not going LO. The main relay (RL1) does not energize resulting in the code. If the RL1 control signal at
CN60-13 on the drive board goes LO, but does not stay LO; replace the drive board (p/n 4600-7320).
Solution ID
TAUS0603390EN*
Solution Usage
23
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0601346EN*
Description
February 2013
80
404/4090/6040
J31 the paper stalls before the fuser.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper loop data is set too low. Adjust the paper loop in the 36 mode using code 94.
2. In a humid environment the trail edge of wet paper will arc to the T/S corona shell. Install a 2803 plunge arrestor (p/n 312026070) on the T/S corona unit.
The paper will not touch the corona shell.
Solution ID
TAUS0601625EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Intermittent J11.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. There is a pinched wire (blue wire) to the bypass tray sensor (PS17). This causes the sensor to activate intermittently causing the paper tray to drop down
for the bypass feed mode. Repair the damaged wiring to PS17 as necessary.
2. The motor driver board is not supplying the control voltage to the PFU motor (M3). Note: This may be difficult to monitor. Use the 47 mode output code
20. Check the control signal at CN61-4 (gray wire) for 28V DC at idle, and 0V DC when running. If necessary replace the motor driver board (p/n 4600-7320)
and M3 (p/n 460080030) as a set.
Solution ID
TAUS0601354EN*
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
Description
All LEDs on the operation panel are on.
Solution
CAUSE: The main AC relay (RL1) contacts are stuck closed after initial contact.
SOLUTION: Clean or replace the relay (p/n 370088070).
Solution ID
TAUS0601521EN*
Description
Can the charge corona cleaner be disabled?
Solution
There is no way to turn off the charge corona cleaner. To reset an F22 code until parts can be obtained; in the 25 mode set P10, and P11 to 9, and set
addresses P12-P17 to 0.
Solution ID
TAUS0655143EN*
Solution Usage
Description
F52 at power up or in standby mode.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse F2 on the DC motor CB is open.
SOLUTION: The main motor (M1) drives the drum, developing unit, cleaning unit, second paper feed clutch, conveyance unit, and the fixing drive unit.
Ensure there are no binds to any of these components. If necessary replace the DC motor CB (p/n 4600-8550).
February 2013
81
4045
Solution ID
TAUS0600481EN*
Solution Usage
230
Solution Usage
107
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0600473EN*
Description
ST206, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect programming. Ensure all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF. In the 25 mode ensure that software dipswitches P3, and P59 are set
to 0.
2. The paper drags on the front frame side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is due to incorrect zoning of the paper drawer or incorrect
positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually affects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify that the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect
plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift
the plate to the rear frame of the sorter.
3. The paper sensor (PS201) is dirty, or needs adjustment. Clean the sensor, and adjust. On the sorter CB set hardware dipswitch 1 ON. Remove all paper
from the bins. Check LED1 on the sorter CB, LED1 should be OFF. Adjust VR3 so LED1 goes OFF. Insert paper, and check that LED1 blinks.
4. The encoder sensor (PS206) for the paper conveyance motor (M201) is loose and out of position. Reposition PS206.
5. The non-sort conveyance shaft rollers are worn. Replace the conveyance shaft rollers (p/n 074045100).
6. There is a poor connection to the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat the connector.
7. The bin timing is off. See page 23 of the ST206 service manual third edition dated October 1993 for the bin timing (lead cam position) adjustment.
8. The staple guide bar is jammed too far into the bins and cannot return to the home position. Turn the copier OFF and push the guide bar toward the rear
of the sorter until it stops.
9. The stapler unit is obstructing the movement of the bin unit preventing it from going to the home position. Reposition the stapler unit out of the path of the
bin unit.
10. The bin shift interlock (MS204) switch is actuated. MS204 is located directly above the front helical cam. Perform the MS204 adjustment. Loosen the
two adjusting screws, and adjust the switch so the distance between the switch (not the actuator) and the front cam holder is 2.5 mm.
11. A groove is worn in the non-sort conveyance shaft. Note: This shaft has the large white entrance rollers on it by the upper conveyance rollers. Replace
the shaft (p/n 074045100).
12. The upper and lower fixed shafts (p/n 074042300) are loose causing the bin unit to bind in the lead cams (p/n 074010170) and (p/n 074010180). Ensure
that the screws that secure the fixed shafts are tight. Replace the fixed rollers (p/n 074042310) or the lead cams if they are worn.
13. There is no DC output from the sorter power supply. Verify the sorter power supply output. If necessary replace the sorter power supply (p/n
074089030).
Solution ID
TAUS0600610EN*
Solution Usage
85
Description
ST205S, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The programming is incorrect. First, verify the sorter CB EPROM is (p/n ST20563-18.0), and ensure that all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are
OFF. In the 25 mode, verify software dipswitches P3, and P59 are set to 5.
2. The exit detect sensor (PS202) is dirty, or needs adjustment.
Perform the following steps.
a. Turn the power off and remove the rear cover to expose the sorter CB.
b. Check PS202 for dust or dirt; clean as required.
c. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully clockwise.
d. Set sorter CB hardware dipswitches 1, and 2 to the ON position. Close all covers, including MS203 (the lower linked interlock).
e. Turn the power ON while pressing SW1 on the sorter CB. Press SW1 seven times; this will cause the indexer to begin to lower. When the indexer has
February 2013
82
4045
reached the 11th, 12th, or 13th bin, press SW1 again to stop the lowering of the indexer.
f. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully counterclockwise; this should turn LED A OFF. If it does not, turn it off by blocking the LED 202 light path to PS202 with
a piece of copy paper.
g. Turn VR1 clockwise very slowly until LED A lights up; then, continue turning to one mark beyond that point.
h. Reset the sorter hardware dipswitches 1, and 2. Reinstall the rear cover, and check the operation to confirm that copies are properly fed to all 20 bins.
3. The indexer height is off. Adjust the indexer height, and retime the indexer pulleys; the timing belt may have jumped out of position.
4. The paper conveyance of the sorter is binding, and slowing down. Clean all bushings, loosen all belts. The conveyance motor (M201) (p/n 037180010)
may need replacement.
5. The paper feed roller in the sorter is worn. Replace the sorter paper feed roller (p/n 037145480).
6. A broken reel film is obstructing the paper path. Replace the broken reel film (p/n 037145751 for the two outer reel films and p/n 037145431 for the two
inner reel films). The broken film may be removed to allow sorting operation until replacement can be made.
7. The indexer motor (M202) has failed. Replace M202 (p/n 037180020).
8. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 037187010).
9. Failed copier main CB. Replace main CB (p/n 5442-9017).
Solution ID
TAUS0611489EN*
Solution Usage
67
Description
Blank LCD.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the timing belt (p/n 540077520) has fallen off and is lodged between the motor
and pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a
permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In
addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is
placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set.
2. The 5V DC to the LCD needs adjustment. Adjust VR1 on the operation board.
Solution ID
TAUS0600799EN*
Solution Usage
60
Description
Solution
1. Power the machine OFF.
2. While holding down the 2 and 5 keys power the machine ON.
3. Enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the
new data.
4. Set address P05 (ECM limit features) based on the key operators request.
0: ECM disabled.
5. In standby mode hold down P then press 9, then enter your Master Key Code. Then access the following setting modes to perform ECM functions:
1: Password Set.
3: Read Copy Count.
4: Account Reset.
Solution ID
TAUS0600974EN*
Solution Usage
51
Description
February 2013
83
4045
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. CN8-B9 on the main CB is not seated on both sides of the connector. Ensure that CN8 is fully seated on the main CB.
2. The copier ran too long after the add toner message appeared. Instruct the end user how to add toner in diagnostics (47 mode, output code 01). It is
recommended to install toner as soon as the message appears.
3. Check the control signal at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on the main CB. Using the 47 mode, output code 01, the voltage should read 28V DC when at idle, and
drop to .6V DC when START/PRINT is pressed.
If no change of state, replace the toner motor and the main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Install the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note:
A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #88. .
4. The toner control sensor (PS1) failed. Verify power to the sensor, and the connections. If necessary, replace PS1 (p/n 540088040).
5. The drum carriage connector (CN50) at the rear of the unit is damaged. Replace the main wiring harness (p/n 540090010).
6. CN5 (PS1 control signals) on the main CB is not connected, or poorly connected. Connect/reseat the connector. Repair the connection as necessary.
7. Incorrect supplies are being used. Purge the toning/developing system, and replace with the correct supplies.
8. A high volume machine. Extensive testing has shown that when these models exceed 300,000 copies, there is a tendency for the surface of the magnet
roller in the developing unit to become smooth. Order (p/n SE95-3060). For dealers see Technical Operations Bulletin #D14 dated 12/19/95. For branches
see Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 dated 12/19/95. See installation procedure. Note: Please look inside the cardboard tube in kit. The tube is not just
packing material, but contains parts inside.
9. The main charge corona assembly is not seated on the drum carriage. The CEL and PCL wiring at the rear of the drum carriage is caught on the rear of
the drum carriage cavity, causing the charge assembly to dislodge (pop up in the front).
Reroute/reposition the CEL and PCL wiring to provide proper clearance.
Solution ID
TAUS0601424EN*
Solution Usage
47
Description
ST103 is not recognized by the main body.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect EPROM level. Order EPROMs: (p/n 313512-20.0, 313513-20.0, 313514-20.0). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #38A .
2. CN114 for the sorter is disconnected at the main CB. Reconnect CN114.
3. The 24V DC, and 5V DC is missing at CN800-1, CN800-2 on the sorter. CN43 on the DCPS on the main body is unplugged. Reconnect CN43.
4. The ST103 was plugged in when power was on for the copier. The 5V DC ICP1 on the sorter DB is open. Replace the sorter DB (p/n 12KR-9012).
5. The ST103 is not sending the acknowledge signal to the main CB (CN801-3 reads 0V DC instead of 2.5V DC). Replace the sorter DB (p/n 12KR-9012).
Solution ID
TAUS0601620EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
ST206, F70.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect programming. In the 25 mode ensure P3, and P59 are set to 0. Ensure that all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF.
2. No power to the sorter CB. Check for 115V AC at the sorter power supply CN1001-1 to CN1001-3. Check for 24V DC output at the sorter power supply
CN1002-1 to 1002-2 each to GND, and then on STCB at CN1-3 to CN1-4 GND. If no output, ensure the bin unit is not binding. Replace the sorter power
supply (p/n 074089030).
3. A damaged power source harness. Replace the power source harness (p/n 074087050).
4. The sorter CB is not communicating with the main CB. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 074089020).
5. A faulty data harness between the main CB and the sorter CB. Replace the harness (p/n 074087060).
Solution ID
TAUS0600579EN*
Solution Usage
34
Description
J17 when duplexing.
Solution
CAUSE: There is a timing problem between the ADU and the main body.
February 2013
84
4045
SOLUTION: Order the increased diameter ADU timing pulley, (p/n U101-1240). It can be identified by the new gray color.
Solution ID
TAUS0611441EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
Intermittent blank copies.
Solution
Perform the following steps.
1. If the old style toner motor M6 (p/n 396080040) is installed, troubleshoot it for proper operation and perform a resistance check, as follows: take resistance
readings at 3 different points, 120 ohms apart, of one rotation of the motor. These readings should be within 5 ohms of each other. If these readings are out
of specification, install the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is
installed. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #88. .
2. Remove the T/S corona unit and clean thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor separation bridge). Slightly stretch the electrode
contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact.
4045 Technical Bulletin #17A .
6. Set the corona currents to specification. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #86 .
7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231).
10. Check the drum wiring connector CN50 [p/n 5400K0190]) for cracks; replace it if necessary.
12. Check for an open fuse F2 on the main CB. Packed or binding toner may cause this fuse to open.
15. Troubleshoot the high voltage (B) unit (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the
HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary.
February 2013
85
4065
Solution ID
TAUS0600526EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
Code 54 when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Improper feedback signals from the optics cooling fans (M10) and (M11). Verify that the fans work in the 47 mode using output code 52. If the fans work,
replace EPROMs IC5 (p/n 406515-23.0) and IC6 (p/n 406516-26.0) on the main CB. Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM. Note: This firmware does
not contain auto tray switching. See 4065 Technical Bulletin #60 .
2. The exhaust fan (M6) is binding. Repair the bind in the fan assembly. If necessary replace M6 (p/n 454080132).
Solution ID
TAUS0600521EN*
Solution Usage
34
Description
The copier stays in wait. The fuser lamp cycles normally.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the CA elements is touching the upper roller or the mounting bracket. Inspect both CAs for proper position: 1mm above and parallel to the upper
roller. Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads.
2. An open lamp or temperature fuse. Check continuity between CN190-2 (black wire) to the TCB CN151-4 (red wire) for L3 and TF2. Then check continuity
from the TCB CN151-6 (white wire) to CN190-2 (black wire) for L2 and TF1. CN190 is located behind the TCB and is a 2 pin in-line connector. Replace the
open lamp(s), or temperature fuse(s) as necessary.
3. CN190 at the rear of the machine is disconnected. This is the AC feed for the fuser lamps. Reconnect CN190.
4. The temperature control board (TCB) has failed. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).
Solution ID
TAUS0600528EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
ST207, code 77-3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bin drive motor is disengaged. The sorters are shipped with the bin drive motor disengaged from the drive gears to avoid damage during shipping.
Pull the bin unit out 60 10mm toward the front of the machine; and hold it in place while engaging and fixing the bin shift motor.
2. CN936 is disconnected causing an open in the interlock circuit. Reconnect CN936, this connector allows 28V DC to the coil of RL1.
3. One of the wires has been pulled off the sorter main relay (RL1). Reconnect any wires that have been pulled off.
4. An open interlock switch, SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4 is not allowing 28V DC to the coil of the sorter main relay (RL1). Take a continuity check from the red
wire on RL1 to CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately .8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary.
5. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed, causing no RL1 drive control. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If
there is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches, and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame. Disengage the bin shift motor and slide the
bin unit back and forth while watching the meter. Repair as necessary and replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011).
Solution ID
TAUS0601066EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Fuse F1 on the MCB3 board is open. If open, the toner motor (M4) will not operate. Ensure there are no binds in the toner hopper assembly. Replace the
fuse 800ma 125V (p/n 216.800). Note: M4 does not operate in diagnostics the code was a misprint in the service manual.
2. The charge corona wires are contaminated or have failed. Clean or replace the corona wires (p/n 454025160).
3. The PTL lamp is past the recommended replacement interval. Replace the PTL (p/n 454083070). The recommended replacement interval is every
200,000 copies.
4. The toner patch is faulty or has been altered. Replace the toner patch (p/n 454061560).
5. The high voltage power supply is faulty. Replace the high voltage power supply (p/n 454084012).
Solution ID
TAUS0600522EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
February 2013
86
4065
Solution
1. Power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print, set software dip 1-7 to 1 for the ECM
option.
2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the keypad enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the
key operator knows this code. Note: To enter the master key code or view it, power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the
machine ON. Then press P-9-start print.
3. To access the ECM modes, hold down the P button and enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel until the last digit is
entered.
4. Press 1 on the keypad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 255. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification
arrows to scroll through the passwords.
5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.)
6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password.
7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero.
8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button.
Solution ID
TAUS0600524EN*
Solution Usage
17
Solution Usage
17
Description
Jam positions 1, 2, 3 no first paper feed from any paper drawers.
Solution
CAUSE: The reduction gear assembly on the PFU has split, causing no drive to the PFU timing belt.
SOLUTION: Inspect the reduction gear assembly on the PFU. If necessary replace the assembly (p/n 0676-4650).
Solution ID
TAUS0601325EN*
Description
Codes 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Code 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52 when copying. The MCB1 board is faulty, pulling down the 35V DC causing a loss of 35V DC to the MCB2 board. If the
front doors are open the code will stop. In the 47 mode verify the 35V DC at the MCB1 board CN63-1 (yellow wire) to CN63-3 (blue wire GND). If the voltage
drops when the front doors are closed; replace the MCB1 board (p/n 5380-8590).
2. Code 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52 when copying. The front door switches are damaged. If the switch assembly is cracked, or does not check good with an
ohm meter; replace the switch assembly (p/n 4542-8300).
3. Code 41-5 at power up. The optics overrun right sensor (PS13) is faulty. Replace the sensor (p/n 454085510).
Solution ID
TAUS0605033EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Jam position 7.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. False jam position 7 at power up. The fusing jam sensor (PS506) and/or fusing jam LED (LED502) has failed. Replace PS506 (p/n 066085520) and if
necessary LED502 (p/n 0900-8380).
2. Jam position 7 at idle. The door switches have failed. Replace the door switch assemblies for both the left and right doors (p/n 4542-8300).
3. Jam position 7 at idle. The fixing jam LED (LED502) is out of position. The LED is located in the top cover of the exit inversion unit. The LED shines light
to the small mirror located near the lower fuser roller. This light is then reflected back to the fixing jam detect sensor (PS506), which is located to the left of
the mirror under the black exit belts. Align the exit inversion unit so the LED properly shines light onto the reflective mirror.
4. Jam position 7, the toner patch is on the copies. The paper feed restart sensor (PS10) is faulty. Replace PS10 (p/n 454085510). Note: In the optics area,
counting from the left side, PS10 is the third sensor in, as viewed from the front of the machine.
5. Jam position 7 only when duplexing. The inner exit detecting switch (MS502) has failed. Confirm the operation of MS502. Use the 47 mode input code
24. With the switch not actuated the display should be 0. With the switch actuated the display should be 1. If necessary replace the switch (p/n 1730-7560).
Note: MS502 has the white actuator.
February 2013
87
4065
Solution ID
TAUS0601369EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
ST207, jam position 13.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A level 12 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Check the EPROM on the sorter CB, the recommended minimum level is 13.2 Order (p/n ST20763-13.2)
which eliminates user induced jams.
2. Incorrect positioning of the exit detect LED, the sensor always detects a jam.
a. Turn ON dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 turns ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is
at the third scale mark or more (in the counterclockwise direction), confirm the position of the sensor. If VR1 is at a position of less than 3 scale marks,
proceed with the following steps.
c. Loosen the screw on the light emitting side of the exit detect sensor.
d. Turn VR1 to the center of the scale and find the sensor position where LED1 turns OFF by moving the sensor up and down.
e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor can detect properly.
f. Turn OFF dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
3. The horizontal conveyance drive pulley is broken causing no drive. Ensure that the horizontal conveyance section is free of binds. Replace pulley (B) (p/n
554077160).
Solution ID
TAUS0602570EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
No power to the copier.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The leakage breaker has tripped. Reset the leakage breaker. The leakage breaker is located by the main relays and circuit breakers under the black
plastic cover to the right of the ADU unit.
2. There is a short on the 5V DC bus. Disconnect all of the connectors on PSB1 except CN1. Read the 5V DC pins off the board to ensure that 5V DC is
present. Put the connectors back on one at a time while monitoring the 5V DC. When the voltage drops when a connector is added, that load is the source of
the problem.
3. The main switch (SW1) has failed. Replace the main switch (p/n 030086011).
4. Poor electrical connection to the leakage breaker is resulting in a loss of 208V AC to PSB1 on CN1-1 and 1-3.
Reseat electrical connections to the leakage breaker.
Note: The leakage breaker is located by the main relays and circuit breakers under the black plastic cover to the right of the ADU unit.
February 2013
88
4145
Solution ID
TAUS0601512EN*
Solution Usage
96
Description
DF306, F60 or F67.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) has failed. This switch may check good with a meter but is failing under load. Install the DF306 F60/67 kit (p/n
12ER-K080) if the RADF serial number is under 12ES31833 and the new style actuator and mounting plate are in place (see important note below). See
DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B .
Important note: There are three different configurations of MS301:
a. Original switch (internal dual contact), first revision actuator (attached to switch) and first revision mounting plate.
b. Original switch, second revision actuator (separate) and second revision mounting plate (with hole to support actuator).
See Technical Bulletin #20 .
c. Second revision switch (internal single contact), second revision actuator and second revision mounting plate.
See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B. Caution: The first revision mounting plate will not support the second revision switch and actuator. The latest MS301 is
(p/n 12ER85020) the latest mounting plate is (p/n 12ER-1122), and the latest actuator is (p/n 12ER10190).
If MS301 was not updated per Technical Bulletin #20, then the new style MS301 actuator will not mount. In this case order mounting bracket (p/n 12ER-1122)
and actuator (p/n 12ER10190).
2. There is an early revision EPROM installed on the RADF CB. Install EPROM (p/n DF30632-16.0). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 .
3. The 5V DC ICP on the RADF CB is open. Inspect the 5V DC loads for any shorts. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012).
4. Fuse F1 on the main CB (near CN4) is open due to EPROMs improperly installed. The EPROM label was used as a reference to install the chip rather
than using the notch on the EPROM. Replace the main CB (p/n 25ME-9014).
5. A loss of 24V DC to the DF306 due to a shorted wire from a 24V DC load. Check for 24V DC at any load off the RADF CB. If 0V DC is read, disconnect
one load at a time until 24V DC is read. Repair the wiring to that load and then verify proper operation.
6. The main body to RADF connector (CN927) has failed. Open the connector body (which plugs into the main body) remove the tie wrap and cord holder.
Apply three wraps of tape around the cord to increase the diameter, then reinstall the cord holder and reassemble the connector. If code returns, replace the
RADF main wiring harness p/n 12ER90041.
Solution ID
TAUS0600133EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
ST211, F77-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test M202 operation with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not
respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check the bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the
2. The bin unit has traveled past the home position sensor (PS203) and has actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Manually raise the bin unit off the lower
limit switch, and test the sorter operation. Note: Ensure that IC2 on the sorter CB is level 10.0; if not order p/n (ST21162-10.0).
3. The upper limit switch (MS202) has failed. The switch can be checked at CN15-2 on the sorter CB. CN15-2 should change from 24V DC to 0V DC when
MS202 is actuated. If necessary replace MS202 (p/n 12FQ21540).
4. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and/or
replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380).
5. One of the bins is out of position. Perform the bin timing/cam timing adjustment.
6. The stapler swing action motor (M205) is bound and pulling down the 24V DC. Replace the stapler unit (p/n 0740-5100). The motor is not available as a
separate part.
Solution ID
TAUS0601077EN*
Solution Usage
61
Description
Can odd-size originals default to 8.5x11?
Solution
EPROMs are available to default odd-size originals off the glass to 8.5x11. Order (p/n 414512-20.0, 414513-20.2, 414514-20.2). See 4145 Technical
Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID
TAUS0602771EN*
Solution Usage
49
Description
DF306, P69.
Solution
February 2013
89
4145
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The original paper feed solenoid (SD301) needs adjustment. Clean the solenoid. Adjust the stroke of SD301 so that the end of the plunger is 4.5 0.2
mm from the noise damper pad when the solenoid is ON.
2. The original paper feed solenoid (SD301) has failed. Verify the connections to the solenoid. If necessary replace the solenoid (p/n 12ER82510).
3. The spring clutch for the paper lift up plate is slipping. Clean the spring clutch. If necessary replace the spring clutch (p/n 12ER40460), input gear (p/n
12ER77010), and the lift up cam (p/n 12ER40221).
4. The wires to the original exit clutch (MC304) is rubbing against the clutch. As the clutch spins, the wire insulation wears down and the 24V DC shorts to
frame ground (through the clutch); this damages the RADF CB. Replace MC304 (p/n 12ER82030). Reroute the clutch wires as necessary so they do not
touch the clutch. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B .
5. The original paper feed sensor (PS303) has failed. Verify the sensor operation using the 47 mode, input code 67. With no paper present a HI should be
displayed. With paper present a LO should be displayed. If necessary replace PS303 (p/n 12ER85521).
6. The plunger of the original paper feed solenoid (SD301) is sticking to the label material (noise damper pad). Note: This usually will cause an intermittent
P69. As an interim solution remove the noise damper pad , and remove any glue from the bracket. If damaged, replace the damper pad (p/n 12ER40350)
and the support sheet (mylar) (p/n 12ER40650). This mylar sticks to the damper pad to prevent the plunger from adhering to it. After replacing the parts
verify the solenoid stroke adjustment.
7. The one way bearing in feed roller (A) is slipping on the paper feed assembly. Clean the bearing, and shaft with alcohol. If necessary replace the paper
feed roller (p/n 12ER40180).
Solution ID
TAUS0603150EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
ST210, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bushing behind the sorter motor (M201) is dirty.
Clean the bushing behind the sorter motor. This bushing holds the drive shaft that runs front-to-rear.
2. The paper exit sensor cannot be adjusted.
Ensure there is no alignment problem between LED202 and PS202. If the sensor still does not adjust, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010).
3. The flanges on the lower paper exit roller (p/n 048644361) of the inversion unit are causing the copies to crease. This slows down the paper, resulting in a
J72.
Cut the flanges off the paper exit roller.
4. The indexer is not horizontal with the bottom of the sorter. The indexer flags the upper limit sensor (PS205). Only the home position sensor (PS204)
should be flagged in idle.
Perform the indexer height adjustment. Refer to the third edition ST210 service manual page 18.
5. The upper entrance frame guide (p/n 037145140) is malformed obstructing the movement of the indexer. This prevents the home position sensor (PS204)
from being flagged.
Reform the malformed guide plate and ensure there is proper clearance for the indexer.
6. J72 only on the last copy. The copier has 3135 EPROMs installed.
Install 4145 EPROMs. See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A, .
7. The white plastic portion of the flapper gate connecting to SD201 (gate solenoid) is broken. The gate is unable to open and direct paper into the indexer.
SD201 is located on the top front of the sorter.
Replace the flapper gate (p/n 037145550).
Note: Perform the Solenoid Mounting Position Adjustment after replacing the flapper gate. Refer to the ST210 Service Manual (3rd edition, 1/97), page 19.
Solution ID
TAUS0600371EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
AD207, J15 when copying from the ADU.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The ADU clutch spring (p/n 12EF40310) is slipping. This may have occurred when the clutch was removed for cleaning. Reposition the clutch spring
using the other hole of the stopper collar (p/n 190040540).
2. The entrance spring (p/n 048642240) has fallen off the paper guide plate (p/n 12EF42160) keeping the plate closed. This prevents the paper from entering
the stacker. Reinstall the spring and add tape to help keep it in place.
3. The first feed rollers and the double feed prevention roller in the ADU are worn. Replace the two worn first feed rollers (p/n 460040181) and the double
feed prevention roller (p/n 396077090).
4. The copy paper contacts the paper retaining auxiliary plate (p/n 12EF42063) when entering the stacker, causing it to roll up in the duplex stack tray.
February 2013
90
4145
Reform the paper retaining auxiliary plate so that it does not contact the copy paper as it enters the duplex stack tray.
5. The upper right side door ribs have notches cut into them from paper contact. The paper will catch on the notches. Either sand the ribs on the door
smooth, or replace the upper right side door (p/n 540012085).
6. J15 when duplexing 8.5x11. The rear guide is crushing the trail edge of the copy. Adjust the rear guide home position sensor (PS504) so the rear guide
lightly contacts the trail edge of the copy.
Solution ID
TAUS0600415EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
ST211, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper drags on the front (frame side) of the deflect plate (p/n 12FQ21100). This is due to the way the deflect plate is zoned to the main body, or how
the 8.5x11 paper tray is zoned. The problem will occur using 8.5x11 paper only. Check the zoning of the 8.5x11 paper tray. If correct, place a stop ring (p/n
396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the deflect plate to the rear frame
of the sorter.
2. The ADU side guides are out of adjustment, causing incorrect zoning on second side copies. Adjust the ADU side guide zoning.
3. The one way exit gear in the inversion unit is worn. The gear is slipping in both directions. Replace the exit gear (p/n 048677080).
Solution ID
TAUS0612204EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
DF306, J63.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The customer is using three hole punched paper. The center hole aligns with the original paper exit sensor (PS305) and throws off the timing. Rezone the
paper infeed system.
2. The original exit sensor (PS305) is dirty or faulty. Clean the sensor and verify the operation using the 47 mode input code 63. With no paper present a LO
should be displayed. With paper present a HI should be displayed. If necessary replace the sensor (p/n 12ER85521).
3. The conveyance roller shaft holders, and lift plate bushings are dirty, causing the original not to exit quick enough. Clean the conveyance roller shaft
holders, and lift plate bushings.
4. J63 when copying 8.5x11 originals. The encoder sensor (PS307) is dirty or has failed. Clean PS307 and the encoder disc. If necessary replace PS307
(p/n 12ER-9021).
Solution ID
TAUS0600423EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
The main body does not recognize the RADF.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) has failed. This switch may check good with an ohm meter, but is failing under load. If the serial number on the DF306
is under 12ES31813 order (p/n 12ER-K080) for the F60/67 countermeasure kit. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B . Note: Depending on which switch was
used to replace MS301 previously, the switch actuator (also called the switch cover) may be missing. If so, order (p/n 12ER10190).
Verify that the EPROM on the RADF CB is a level 16.0. If not, order (p/n DF30632-16.0). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 .
2. The 5V DC ICP on the RADF CB is open. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ER-9010).
3. The symptom occurred after installing the level 16.0 EPROM on the RADF CB. There is a restriction with the level 16.0 EPROM. If installed, the
3135/4145 main body firmware must be version 20 or above. See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID
TAUS0600937EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
91
4155
Solution ID
TAUS0601513EN*
Solution Usage
126
Description
DF306, F60 or F67, clicking noise.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) is faulty. This switch may check good with a meter, but is failing under load. If the RADF serial number is under
12ES31833 and the new style actuator and mounting plate are in place (see important note below); install the DF306 F60/67 kit (p/n 12ER-K080). See
DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B .
Important note:
There are three different configurations of MS301:
a. Original switch (internal dual contact), first revision actuator (attached to switch) and first revision mounting plate.
b. Original switch, second revision actuator (separate) and second revision mounting plate (with hole to support actuator) see 4155 Technical Bulletin #20
.
c. Second revision switch (internal single contact), second revision actuator and second revision mounting plate. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B.
CAUTION: The first revision mounting plate will not support the second revision switch and actuator.
Latest MS301 (p/n 12ER85020).
Latest mounting plate (p/n 12ER-1122).
Latest actuator (p/n 12ER10190).
If MS301 was NOT updated per Technical Bulletin #20, then the new style MS301 actuator will not mount. In this case, order mounting bracket (p/n
12ER-1122) and actuator (p/n 12ER10190).
2. There is an early revision EPROM installed on the RADF CB. Install EPROM (p/n DF30632-16.0). For more detail, refer to DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 .
3. The main body to RADF connector (CN927) is failing. Open the connector body (which plugs into the main body) remove the tie wrap and cord holder.
Apply three wraps of tape around the cord to increase the diameter, then reinstall the cord holder and reassemble the connector. If code returns, replace the
RADF main wiring harness p/n 12ER90041.
4. The RADF CB failed. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ER-9014).
Solution ID
TAUS0612158EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
ST211, F77-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bin unit has traveled past the home sensor (PS203) and has actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Manually lift the bin unit off of MS203. Ensure
that the EPROM IC2 on the sorter CB is a level 10.0, if not order (p/n ST21162-10.0).
2. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test the M202 operation with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not
respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check the bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the
3. One of the bin rail screws has loosen, and is interfering with the home position of the bins. Tighten the screw.
4. The connector to the cam position photosensor (PS202) is loose. Reseat, or repair the connector as necessary.
5. The bin shift sensor (PS209), or the encoder disk attached to the bottom of the bin shift motor (M202) is dirty. Clean the sensor and the encoder disk.
6. There is a poor connection to the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat, or repair the connector, as necessary.
7. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and
replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380).
8. The lead cams are improperly installed. When installing the lead cams, it should be noted that the front and rear cams are different and must be installed
in the correct locations.
Solution ID
TAUS0601217EN*
Solution Usage
81
Description
J31 while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Perform the following steps.
a. Ensure the protection mylar strip (p/n 083647050) is installed.
b. Ensure the updated HV connector (p/n 540073231) is installed.
c. Replace the T/S blocks if excessive arcing is present. Note: It is important to clean the corona shell to restore it to its original reflective condition or
replace it.
d. When rebuilding the corona unit, replace the separation arrestor guide bridge (p/n 466026042). In time this guide becomes conductive and causes a
loss of separation currents.
e. Remove the HV B power supply, confirm all grounding points on the power supply. This is done by adding star washers to all areas that supply a path
February 2013
92
4155
to ground for HV B. This includes the bleeder resistor located underneath the transfer guide plate.
f. In the 47 mode set the corona currents to their specified values, ensure the DC separation bias data is set to 01 for the models 3135/4145/4155/4255.
g. Enter the 25 mode set address 01 to 3, and address 02 to 6 for proper on/off timing of the claws on the models 3135/4145/4155/4255.
2. The temporary stop sensor fixed plate for PS19 (p/n 25BA40210) is malformed, causing improper actuation of the sensor. Reform or replace the sensor
fixed plate.
3. The return spring for the actuator of the optics synchronization sensor (PS9) is hanging up on the photosensor. This may also cause erratic optics
scanning. Form the end of the return spring so that the spring does not contact PS9 during operation. If necessary glue the end of the spring to the actuator.
4. The mounting tab for the exit sensor (PS20) is bent down allowing the copy to ride over the actuator. Reform the sensor mounting bracket upward.
Ensure that the paper actuates the actuator, without catching on it.
5. The paper loop data is too low. The paper is getting to the temporary stop sensor (PS19), but not to the second paper feed rollers. Adjust the bypass loop
timing in the 36 mode, code 94 until a good loop is formed at the second feed rollers.
6. The fuser entrance guide is not touching the bearings on the front and rear of the fuser. Raise the plate so both sides touch the bearings.
7. The exit sensor (PS20) has failed. Verify the sensor operation in the 47 mode using input code 22. With paper present a HI should be displayed. With no
paper, a LO should be displayed. If necessary replace the sensor (p/n 540085510).
8. J31, the paper is still in the second feed rollers. There is an intermittent loss of drive to either the middle or lower paper conveyance rollers in the upper
PFU. This is caused by a broken clutch gear assembly to these rollers. Rebuild the broken clutch gear assemblies as necessary. Clutch gear (p/n
540077060), clutch lock gear (p/n 540077020) (2 are needed), clutch base gear (p/n 540077010). See page 32 and 33 of the 4155/4255 parts catalog.
9. The conveyance unit plate (p/n 540045010) is misaligned and interfering with the paper path as paper separates from the drum. Loosen the screw that
secures the conveyance unit plate. This screw is located under the conveyance unit on the center plate. Apply downward pressure to the conveyance unit so
that it sits flat against the bottom frame of the main body. Retighten the screw.
10. The upper or lower fuser bearings are worn. If necessary replace the upper bearing (p/n 454075040), and the lower bearing (p/n 25BA76030).
11. The main motor (M1) is faulty. Ensure the copier drive system is free of binds. Replace the main motor (p/n 25BA-1592).
Solution ID
TAUS0600995EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
1. Empty the waste toner collection box , or install a new collection box.
2. Power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON.
4. From the key pad press P-02-P.
5. Press the start print button.
6. Press the stop/clear button.
7. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
Note: If the box is emptied, ensure that the inside top portion is clean so that the toner collection level detector sensor will not give a false F86 indication.
Solution ID
TAUS0600996EN*
Solution Usage
72
Description
Jamming, severe static on second side copies when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Perform the following steps.
a. Ensure the data for the DC separation bias is set to 01. In the 47 mode, enter code 06, then press P set the data to 01.
b. Set the PTL ON. In the 25 mode set P13 to 1.
c. Install the new style neutralizing brush (p/n 048645461).
d. Ensure the copier ground paths have star washers behind the contact points.
e. Try a different brand of paper, if paper is suspect.
2. The transfer current is too high for the second side copy. Order EPROMs (p/n 415513-23.7), and (p/n 415514-23.7) this firmware lowers the transfer
current value when the second side is copied. Ensure IC22 is level (p/n 415512-23.0), and IC2 on the DF306 is (p/n DF30632-14.0).
3. The T/S corona is arcing. Replace the T/S corona (p/n 5400-2605).
4. The conveyance suction fan motor (M9) is not working. The fan wires may have been cut, or pulled out of the connector by catching on the side guide of
the universal cassette. No failure code will be generated, if the suction fan is not working. Ensure the fan is working. To prevent the wires from catching on
the universal cassette, perform the following steps.
a. Power the machine down, and unplug the copier.
b. Remove the left, and right external covers of main body.
February 2013
93
4155
c. Remove the ADU inversion unit.
d. Remove the toner collecting box.
e. Remove the 2 screws that stop the universal cassette from being withdrawn from the copier, and remove the cassette.
f. Clean the bottom of the suction motor, and the area where the tape will go with alcohol, see the view of the bottom plate.
g. Ensure the wires are not hanging down. Use a piece of tape approximately 50 mm wide, and 150 mm long to prevent the wires from catching on the
side guide of the universal cassette. DO NOT use vinyl, or cellophane tape. Ensure that a good quality tape is used that will not come loose over time.
h. Install the universal cassette, and slide it in, and out. Check that the tape, and the suction fan wiring do not interfere with the universal cassette.
i. Reinstall the two limit screws for the universal cassette.
j. Reinstall the ADU inversion unit, toner collecting box, and external panels that were previously removed.
Solution ID
TAUS0612264EN*
Solution Usage
71
Description
Blur areas or jitter from front-to-rear.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The pad that slides on the front optics rail does not slide smoothly. Order the optics jitter countermeasure roller assembly (p/n 25BA-K060). The pad that
rides on the optics front rail is removed and replaced with a roller like the model 3135. Perform the following steps to install the roller:
a. Turn the power OFF, and unplug the machine from the wall outlet.
b. Remove the platen glass.
c. Open the front door and remove the screws for the operation panel, and the lower cover. Remove the operation panel and the lower cover.
d. Raise the front of the exposure unit and remove the pad that slides on the front optics rail.
e. Align the exposure unit with an opening in the front frame.
f. Remove the the black M3 screw from the front end of the exposure unit through the opening in the front frame.
g. Install the new roller assembly by hooking the provided clip on the roller assembly to the exposure unit frame, and secure it to the side of the exposure
unit with the screw removed in the previous step.
h. Move the exposure unit to check for binding.
i. Reinstall the operation panel, lower cover, and the platen glass.
j. Run copies and check to see that the jitter has been eliminated.
2. The center of the developing input gear is worn. Replace the gear (p/n 25BA77132).
3. The developing regulating plate (H-cut plate) is worn. The H-cut plate is not available as a separate part. Replace the developing unit (p/n 25BA-3005).
4. The developing unit agitator shafts are worn.
Replace the developing unit (p/n 25BA-3005).
5. The drum drive gear is missing teeth. Replace the drum drive gear (p/n 25BA77202).
Solution ID
TAUS0600991EN*
Solution Usage
67
Description
Incorrect APS from the platen glass.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect firmware on the main CB. Install (p/n 415512-23.0) for IC22, (p/n 415513-23.4) for IC23, (p/n 415514-23.4) for IC24. Ensure the EPROM on the
RADF is (p/n DF30632-14.0). See 4155 Technical Bulletin #43 .
2. The APS sensor located at the front of the machine, or the platen glass is dirty. Clean both sides of the platen glass and ensure that the APS sensor is
clean. If necessary replace the APS sensor (p/n 25BA85521).
3. If level 23.2 or level 23.7 firmware is installed, the APS selects 8.5x11 when 8.5x11R is placed on the glass. Upgrade/downgrade the firmware to the 23.4
version. This allows programmable paper size default and ATS/APS/AMS. See 4155 Technical Bulletin #43 (level 23.4). See, also, 4155 Technical Bulletin
#50 (level 23.7) .
Note: Level 23.4 EPROMs do not enhance the drum counter operation for the new style long life drums (PCUA 947542). You must reset the drum counter at
drum replacement and the first PM after drum replacement.
4. CN142 is not connected. This is a common connector for the APS timing 1 sensor (PS16), and the book copy sensor (PS17). Reconnect CN142.
5. The unit was converted to a 4155 from a 4255, and is missing the platen sensor and wiring. Install platen sensor (p/n 552085510) and wiring (p/n
25BA90190). Also install the sensor actuator (p/n 25BA61761) and spring (p/n 25BA61830). Use another 4155 for reference.
6. The incorrect wiring harness was installed for the APS sensor (PS16) and the book sensor (PS17). The wire colors to PS16 should be red, orange, yellow.
The wire colors to PS17 should be red, brown, yellow. Install the correct harness (p/n 25BA90190). Note: This harness is the same as a 3135 and 4145.
7. CN22 on the main CB is not connected. CN22 is the input from the 2 APS sensors (PS12, PS14). Reconnect CN22 on the main CB.
Solution ID
TAUS0600352EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
No power.
February 2013
94
4155
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Fuse F1 or F5 (5V DC solid state fuses) on the main CB may be open.
Check the continuity of the fuses. If the fuses are good, check the output from DCPS board (A). If there is no DC output, but there is AC input, the DCPS
board (A) has failed. If the fuse or fuses are open, replace the main CB (p/n 25BA-9012) or the fuse (p/n 963012300). If necessary replace the DCPS board
(A) (p/n 25BA84512). Note: Konica Business Technologies is not responsible for misapplication of any parts or fuses. Boards damaged by improper field
fuse replacement will not be accepted for the Board Repair Program.
2. CN131 wiring on the AES board may be shorted to ground.
Repair as necessary, and inspect F1 on the main CB, it may be open.
3. Fuse F1 (5V DC solid state fuse) on the main CB is open. The screws mounting the APS sensor have loosened, and the board has contacted the frame.
Repair the APS sensor, and replace the main CB or the fuse (p/n 963012300). Install a insulating sheet under the sensor see 3135/4145/4155/4255
Technical Bulletin #37 . Note: Konica Business Technologies is not responsible for misapplication of any parts or fuses. Boards damaged by improper field
fuse replacement will not be accepted for the Board Repair Program.
4. No power is being supplied to the DCPS board (A) due to a faulty main switch (SW1). Check for AC voltage at CN397-1. If necessary replace SW1 (p/n
25BA-8300).
5. A shorted AC wire or component in the fixing unit (L2 or L3 circuit) causes the leakage breaker to OPEN.
Remove the fixing unit and restore power. If the leakage breaker does not OPEN, then inspect the fixing unit wiring for a short circuit. Repair or replace the
AC wiring harness (p/n 25BA90081) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0600401EN*
Solution Usage
46
Description
LT251, skew or varying registration from Tray 3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper feed loop data set too low. Adjust the loop data to a higher value (maximum data value is +99) for more paper loop at the registration rollers.
Loop data settings above 30 are not uncommon.
2. The paper feed rubber is worn. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 5400406562) and paper feed rubber (p/n 540040562), (p/n 25BA40320).
See page 14 and 16 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the feed rubber.
3. The black colored rollers (p/n 540040110) located in the upper right side door are the old style. Install the new style rollers (p/n 12EJ40120). The rolllers
are 2mm larger in diameter, and white in color. Note: Unequal tension of the 4 idler roller tension springs can also cause skew. Confirm that each spring is
the same length, stretch the smaller spring to equal the longer spring; reassemble and verify the operation.
4. The lower right side door is loose. Ensure that the lower right side door closes securely. If the drawer base unit is below s/n 12FH03771 install the paper
feed door modification (p/n 12EJK0010) on early style side doors. See 4155 [[Technical Bulletin #18,| IMAGE V:\BITMAPS\JRC130.bmp SCROLL].
5. The paper tray is not level. Check the scribe marks to ensure that the tray is level. Perform the tray tilt adjustment. See page 19 of the LT251 service
manual.
6. The rear frame is malformed. Check the rear right corner of the drawer. If the rear panel is warped, a reinforcing bracket is available. Install the
reinforcing bracket. See LT251 Technical Bulletin #4 .
7. The side guides are too far from the edge of the paper. Raise the paper tray and adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper.
8. The double feed prevention torque limiter spring is binding. Clean and lubricate the spring with Plas Guard*. See page 14 of the LT251 parts catalog for
location of the spring. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated.
9. The double feed prevention shaft is malformed. Replace the double feed prevention plate assembly (p/n 12EJ-4240).
10. The paper feed spring clutches are binding. Clean and lubricate the clutches with Plas-Guard.
11. The upgraded rear side guide is not installed. Install the upgraded rear side guide (p/n 25SA-K011). See LT251 Technical Bulletin #6 .
12. The paper feed open/close plate is warped. Replace the guide plate (p/n 12EJ40092).
13. See 4155 Technical Bulletin #36A . This bulletin is a checklist intended to help resolve paper skew.

Solution ID
TAUS0600805EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
How to program ATS (auto tray switching).
Solution
February 2013
95
4155
To program ATS, access the 25 mode (press the 2 and 5 keys while simultaneously powering the copier ON), P06 to the desired data:
1. ATS not selected: set address 06 to 0, 2, 4, or 6.
2. ATS selected: set address 06 to 1, 3, 5, or 7.
Notes:
a. If level 23.2 or level 23.7 firmware is installed, the APS selects 8.5x11 when 8.5x11R is placed on the glass. Upgrade/downgrade the firmware to the
23.4 version. This allows programmable paper size default and ATS/APS/AMS. See 3135/4145/4155/4255 Technical Bulletin #43 . See, also, 4155
Technical Bulletin #50 (level 23.7).
Level 23.4 EPROMs do not enhance the drum counter operation for the long life drums (PCUA 947542). The drum counter must be reset at drum
replacement and the first PM after drum replacement.
b. ATS will ONLY operate in full auto mode while using the RADF.
c. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
February 2013
96
4255
Solution ID
TAUS0600556EN*
Solution Usage
28
Description
J62 when copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The one-way clutch is slipping, causing a loss of drive to the conveyance roller. For location, see the DF402 parts catalog pages 20-21, items #24 and
#27. Clean the one-way clutch (p/n 12EV23310) and the conveyance roller with alcohol. Lightly score the end of the conveyance roller with emery cloth or a
nylon scrub pad to create better grip. Replace both parts if necessary.
2. The original paper exit sensor (PS712) is cracked. Replace the sensor (p/n 12EV21930).
3. The original scale plate is not depressed by the RDH, causing the originals not to exit. Ensure that the scale plate is depressed below the top of the glass
when the RDH is in the closed position.
4. The feed rollers and conveyance rollers are worn. Replace the separate belts (p/n 12EV23250) 6 are needed, and the conveyance roller (p/n 12EV23170);
or replace the complete assembly (p/n 12EV23150).
5. The coating on the platen glass has worn off causing a build up of static, affecting the paper conveyance. Check the continuity of the platen glass to the
static discharge tabs (80K ohms). If the measured reading is greater than this, ensure that the tabs are making contact with the glass. If there is no change in
the reading, replace the platen glass (p/n 25GA61720).
6. Clean with alcohol, wipe dry and adjust PTR701, PTR702, PTR703, and PTR704 as followed:
a. Set dip RDHCB hardware dipswitch #4 to the ON position with all others OFF. Turn ON the main switch.
b. PTR701 (original detect) RDHCB, CN16-1 to GND, adjust VR4 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
c. PTR702 (skew detect) RDHCB, CN16-2 to GND, adjust VR3 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
d. PTR703 (temp stop) RDHCB, CN16-3 to GND, adjust VR2 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
e. PTR704 (orig side) RDHCB, CN16-4 to GND, adjust VR5 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
f. Turn OFF power, set all hardware dip switches to the OFF position. Turn power ON and verify operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0601983EN*
Solution Usage
16
Solution Usage
15
Description
Can the 4255 be converted to a 4155?
Solution
The DF306 document feeder is not available as a separate item, therefore the 4255 cannot be converted to a 4155.
Solution ID
TAUS0602253EN*
Description
FS102, F77-3 during copier operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The circuit protector ICP6 is open on the finisher CB. This ICP protects the 2nd paper exit motor (M803) drive circuitry.
SOLUTION: Verify that M803 is not binding. Note: To access this motor the shift tray and trim plate must be removed. Replace the finisher CB (p/n
12FU22720).
Solution ID
TAUS0603408EN*
Solution Usage
14
Solution Usage
Description
DF402, P69 or P68-3 when the RDH tries to feed.
Solution
CAUSE: The separation belts and conveyance roller are worn.
SOLUTION: Replace the separation belts (p/n 12EV23250) and the conveyance roller (p/n 12EV23170).
Solution ID
TAUS0600554EN*
Description
Incorrect APS when using the RDH.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The temporary stop sensor (PTR703) is dirty or needs adjustment. See page 43 of the DF402 service manual to clean and adjust PTR703. See DF402
Technical Bulletin #1A .
2. The separate conveyance assembly on the RDH is mounted too far to the rear, causing gear (Z-29) to rub against the rear frame. Reposition the separate
conveyance assembly (p/n 12EV23150) to achieve at least a 1mm gap between the frame and gear (Z-29) (p/n 12EV23320).
February 2013
97
4255
Solution ID
TAUS0655208EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Blur areas or jitter from front-to-rear on the copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The first mirror is loose within the frame. Reform the first mirror retaining clip to hold the mirror secure.
2. The pad that slides on the front optics rail does not slide smoothly. Order the optics jitter countermeasure roller assembly (p/n 25BA-K060). The pad that
rides on the optics front rail is removed and replaced with a roller like the model 3135.
Perform the following steps to install the roller.
a. Turn the power off, and unplug the machine from the wall outlet.
b. Remove the platen glass.
c. Open the front door and remove the screws for the operation panel, and the lower cover. Remove the operation panel and the lower cover.
d. Raise the front of the exposure unit and remove the pad that slides on the front optics rail.
e. Align the exposure unit with an opening in the front frame.
f. Remove the the black M3 screw from the front end of the exposure unit through the opening in the front frame.
g. Install the new roller assembly by hooking the provided clip on the roller assembly to the exposure unit frame, and secure it to the side of the exposure
unit with the screw removed in the previous step.
h. Move the exposure unit to check for binding.
i. Reinstall the operation panel, lower cover, and the platen glass.
j. Run copies and check to see that the jitter has been eliminated.
3. The optics slide shaft holder within the optics first mirror frame assembly is loose causing the mirror to bounce on the return scan. Install the optics
reinforcement plate (p/n 25BA62020). If the reinforcement plate does not eliminate the symptoms, replace the reflector base (p/n 25BA-6212) and the mylar
(p/n 490061570). Install the reinforcement plate on the new reflector base to prevent the optics slide shaft from loosening.
Solution ID
TAUS0602048EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The up/down motor (M804) of the finisher will not drive up.
Solution
CAUSE: The tray upper limit detect switch (MS802) is failing under load causing a loss of drive to M804. Note: This switch may test good with an ohm meter,
but can fail under load.
SOLUTION: Replace MS802 (p/n 12FU21140).
Solution ID
TAUS0601958EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
LT251, J13 and J17 when feeding from the LCT.
Solution
CAUSE: The LCT feed motor (M401) has failed, damaging the LCT driver board.
SOLUTION: Replace M401 (p/n 544080021) and the LCT driver board (p/n 12EJ-9011).
Solution ID
TAUS0600553EN*
Description
Original skew.
Solution
CAUSE: The platen glass is installed incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Install the platen glass so the positioning marker (white dot on side of glass) is located at either the right rear or left front corner of the machine.
Note: Check the continuity between the platen glass and the grounding tabs with an ohmmeter. Bend the tabs downward to ensure contact.
Solution ID
TAUS0601053EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to default to 8.5x11R.
Solution
To default to 8.5x11R, install EPROMs (p/n 415513-23.4, and 415514-23.4). See 4255 Technical Bulletin #43 .
February 2013
98
4345
Solution ID
TAUS0603511EN*
Solution Usage
190
Description
ST217, conveyance motor runs continually, or does not operate. The sorter cannot be selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Conveyance motor continually runs due to a loss of 5V DC from the ST217 DCPS (transformer board). F102 (0.4A fuse) is open. This fuse has been
upgraded to eliminate the open condition that can occur in certain situations. Check for 5V DC at CN102-3 of the sorter transformer board. If not present,
remove the connector and check directly off of the pin. Check all 5V DC loads off of the sorter CB for shorting to ground.
If F102 is open, replace it with a 0.8A (250V) slow-blow, or replace the sorter transformer board (p/n 12TA84510) using the warrantee procedures outlined in
ST217 Technical Bulletin #1 which is a mandatory modification.
Note: Ensure that the front and rear elevation auxiliary pins (p/n 12TA48060) or the bin guide plate (front p/n 12TA48020 and rear p/n 12TA48030) are not
bent or binding; replace or lubricate (thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated) as required.
If no results, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010).
2. No sorter conveyance because fuse F3 on the sorter CB is open. F3 fuses the M201 (conveyance) driver circuit. Replace the sorter CB (p/n
12TA87010).
3. No sorter conveyance because of a failed or binding M201 (conveyance). The sorter CB may also be damaged and require replacement. Loosen the
motor drive belt tension. If the problem still occurs, replace the motor (p/n 12TA80020) and sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010) at the same time.
Solution ID
TAUS0603825EN*
Solution Usage
88
Description
Black copies intermittently.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Front door interlock (MS2, p/n 392085020) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in
diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly.
Note: MS2 is the switch on the left and is activated by the long actuator on the front door.
2. Internal (exposure) lamp cord has failed.
Replace the lamp cord (p/n 25BA90162).
Solution ID
TAUS0603254EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
F43 shortly after power up or during an optics scan.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Damaged L1 (projection lamp) lamp cord. Refer to 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #11 . Check for continuity between CN380-1 and CN380-6 on DCPS2.
The lamp cord may become damaged if the wire clamp is not at a 90 angle in relation to the wire. The distance between the clamp and CN384 should be
less than 5mm.
Replace the lamp cord with (p/n 25BA90163).
Note: Affected s/n range: 45FE02396 through 45FE03851.
2. DCPS2 has failed. The L1 CONT signal is received at CN29-2 on the power supply. The lamp cord, lamp, and F1 are good. The fuser lamps come on at
power up, and disconnecting the RADF and sorter from the power supply does not change the symptom. No L1 DRIVE to the lamp. Replace DCPS2 (p/n
45AA84520).
3. CN29 is (mistakenly) plugged into the main CB at CN135. CN29 should be connected to the DCPS2.
Solution ID
TAUS0603823EN*
Solution Usage
76
Description
F35-1 or F35-2 shortly after power up..
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Lower roller thermostat (TS2) height is incorrect in machines below s/n 45BE02232. Adjust the gap between the lower roller and TS2 using the thermostat
positioning jig (p/n 00M8-2-00). If the jig is not available, use 18 sheets of 20lb. paper as outlined in 4355 Technical Bulletin #2.
2. The fusing temperature sensors are not adjusted properly.
Ensure that the entire surface of the sensor touches the upper roller. The thermostats must be adjusted with the positioning jig (p/n 00M6-3-00 for upper roller
and p/n 00M8-2-00 for lower roller).
3. Loose contact at CN380-2.
Reseat CN380.
February 2013
99
4345
4. Front door interlock (MS2) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 (p/n 392085020) as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm
smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly.
5. An open exists in the fuser unit (wiring, lamps or thermostats) as indicated by taking a resistance reading from CN392-11 to CN392-22 (blue connector at
rear of fusing unit). If an open exists, check the resistance of individual components (L3, TS1 and TS2). TS2 (lower temperature thermostat, p/n 25BA88470).
6. A loose connection at TH1 CN69-2.
Reseat CN69.
7. CN81, which supplies power and the control signal to RL1, is open or not properly connected.
Inspect CN81 (2-pin black inline connector near DCPS2 with a red and a blue wire leading to RL1. Relay 1 is located behind where the power cord enters the
machine) and reconnect as necessary.
Note: Reset the failure code in the 25 mode. Set software dipswitch 3-6 to 0.
Solution ID
TAUS0602992EN*
Solution Usage
69
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Sorter hardware dipswitches are set incorrectly. Confirm that the sorter CB dipswitches are all OFF.
2. The paper passage photosensors are dirty. Clean PS202 and LED202. Inspect each to ensure proper installation of the cover.
3. The paper entrance detect sensor (PS201) actuator is binding. Inspect the actuator movement, repair as necessary. Confirm PS signal change by
monitoring sorter CB, CN11-2 to GND while in the 47 mode (no code, just check). When the actuator is in the normal position, the signal should be LO, when
paper is present, the signal goes to HI. Reseat the wiring to PS201. If no results, replace PS201 (p/n 12TK85530) and/or the actuator (p/n 12TK45470).
4. The indexer is not aligned properly.
To properly adjust the indexer position, perform the following:
a. Power copier OFF.
b. Remove the front and rear covers.
c. On the sorter CB, set dipswitches SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 to the ON position.
d. Ensure both sorter interlocks are closed (PS208 and MS201).
e. On the sorter CB, press and hold PSW1 while powering ON the main body (code 70-00 will occur; this is normal).
f. Release PSW1, then press and release it one time. The indexer will lower to the adjustment position (approximately at the 4th bin).
g. Open the conveyance section.
h. Insert the indexer positioning shaft adjustment tool (p/n 7050K0020) into the access hole on the rear side frame of the sorter. The hole is located to the
right of the conveyance door interlock switch (MS201). The shaft should be positioned under the indexer and into another hole in the front side frame.
Note: The indexer positioning tool is the same tool used for optics alignment on the 7050.
i. Rotate the indexer motor encoder plate to lower the indexer until it contacts the adjustment shaft.
j. Loosen the fixed screw located on the front side of the indexer.
k. Slide the front of the indexer up or down until it is positioned parallel with the adjustment shaft. Retighten the indexer fixing screw.
l. Loosen the screw that secures the PS203 4-slot encoder plate and adjust the 4-slot encoder plate until LED 1 is lit. Retighten the encoder plate.
Note: Either or both interlock sensor/switch (PS208/MS201) must be opened during this adjustment.
m. Remove the indexer positioning shaft and reset all 3 SW1 switches to the OFF position.
n. Power copier OFF/ON to return to the normal mode.
5. If PS201 is operational and not binding, and the indexer unit is set to specification and the problem still occurs, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TK-9010).
6. Flapper assembly (p/n 12TK-4510) is not in the home position which is up an open, the flapper spring (p/n 12TK45410) is not attached to the front leg
frame.
7. Paper stops at the sorter entrance rollers due to a malformed inner paper guide plate.
Reform the inner paper guide (p/n 12TK45150) so that the upper edge of the plate is 2mm below the surface of the inner rollers (p/n 12TK45070). Verify
operation.
Note: The paper guide may become malformed as a result of improper shipping techniques (lifting of the sorter by the top cover).
Solution ID
TAUS0601974EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
How to program ECM.
Solution
To program ECM mode, first, create the 4-digit key operator password:
1. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys while powering the machine ON).
2. Press 6: Password setting
3. Press 1: Key operator password setting
4. Enter a 4-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
5. Press SET.
6. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
February 2013
100
4345
Next, create the 8-digit master key code password:
1. Press 2: ECM master key code setting.
2. Enter an 8-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
3. Press SET.
5. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN again.
6. Press 1: Software switch setting
7. Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON), to enable the up down arrows for programming users.
To program the initial user in the ECM mode:
1. Access the Key operator mode (hold down the help key while the machine ON).
2. Enter the Key operator password and press OK.
3. Press 3: ECM.
4. Enter the 8-digit master key code and press OK (twice if necessary).
5. Press 1: ECM password setting.
6. Press Set Password.
7. Create a 5-digit user password for user 000 and press OK.
9. Press 2: ECM Count Limit setting.
10. Enter the maximum number of copies allowed for this user and press OK.
Next, program what the display will read when the users reach their limit.
1. Press 5: Copy Limit Reached effect.
2. Select one of the three modes and press OK:
Immediately : machine stops when the limit is reached (this setting may disturb some users).
After Job : machine stops after the end of the current copy job (recommended)
Warning : a warning is displayed when the limit is reached (recommended).
Next, turn the ECM mode ON.
1. From the ECM menu press 4: ECM ON/OFF setting.
2. Press ON, then press OK.
3. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the Key operator mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0611989EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
LT251, misfeed, skew, incorrect or varying registration from Tray 3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper feed loop data is incorrect.
To adjust the paper feed loop timing, perform the following:
b. Enter the 36 mode (power the copier ON, while holding the 3 and 6 keys).
c. Touch [2 TIMING ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD.
d. Touch [4 PAPER FEED LOOP ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD.
e. Press [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD twice, until PAPER LOOP ADJ. (DB/ADU) is displayed at the top of the LCD.
f. The number displayed at the top right of the LCD is the current loop timing setting for the (DB/ADU). The adjustment range is (-20 to +99). Using the
numeric keypad displayed on the LCD enter a lower number then the current loop timing setting.
g. Touch the [SET] key, followed by the [COPY SCREEN] key.
h. Make a copy and check for proper copy quality.
i. Press the STOP/CLEAR key, while holding the P key to return to the paper feed loop adjusting screen.
j. Repeat step 6 through 9 until the registration is correct.
k. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
2. Older style white idle rollers (p/n 540040110) are installed. These rollers are located in the right side door.
Install the new style roller (p/n 12EJ40120 - 2mm larger diameter).
Note: Unequal tension of the (4) shaft holder springs also cause skew. Confirm that each spring set is the same length. Replace springs (p/n 12EJ40470 lower set and p/n 12EJ40530 - upper set) if necessary, reassemble, and verify operation.
3. The right side door is loose.
Ensure that the right side door closes securely. Install the block modification (p/n 12EJK0010) on early style side doors as per 3135 Technical Bulletin #18.
4. The paper tray is not level.
Check the scribe marks to ensure that the tray is level. Perform the tray tilt adjustment as outlined on page 19 of the LT251 service manual.
5. The rear frame is deformed.
Check the rear right corner of the drawer. If the rear panel is warped, a reinforcing bracket is available. Install the reinforcing bracket. See LT251 Technical
Bulletin #4 .
6. The side guides are too far from the edge of the paper.
Raise the paper tray and adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper.
February 2013
101
4345
7. The double feed prevention torque limiter spring is binding.
Clean and lubricate the spring with Plas Guard*. See page 14 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the spring. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A
regarding lubricant applications.
8. The double feed prevention shaft is deformed.
Replace the double feed prevention plate assembly (p/n 12EJ-4240).
9. The feed rubber is worn.
Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 5400406562) and paper feed rubber (p/n 540040562, p/n 25BA40320). See page 14 and 16 of the LT251 parts
catalog for location of the feed rubber.
10. The paper feed spring clutches are binding.
Clean and lubricate the clutches with Plas Guard*.
11. The upgraded rear side guide is not installed.
Install the upgraded rear side guide (p/n 25SA-K011). See LT251 Technical Bulletin #6 for details.
12. The paper feed open/close plate is warped.
Replace the guide plate (p/n 12EJ40092).
4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #7 outlines the tray 3 skew checklist.
Solution ID
TAUS0604212EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
PLEASE UNLOAD DUPLEX TRAY message when a duplex mode (1:2 or 2:2) is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: A sheet or sheets of paper remaining in the ADU.
SOLUTION: To empty the ADU, perform the following:
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Lift the conveyance plate by the green handle.
3. Remove paper.
4. Insert the ADU unit.
February 2013
102
4355
Solution ID
TAUS0602445EN*
Solution Usage
123
Description
ST217, cannot select sort/staple mode. Sort, group, and manual staple operate individually.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect or mismatched firmware is installed in the main body. Install the latest firmware to allow the use of ST216 or ST217 on the 4355 (main CB, IC24,
level 24.1). For a complete list of the latest firmware, see 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #10A .
2. A poor RADF to main body connection, allows the RADF to operate but would not allow sort/staple to be selected. Power OFF the machine and
disconnect/reconnect the RADF, then power ON.
Note 1:
To display the current EPROM levels on the LCD:
1. Enter 25 mode.
2. Select #9 (indication of ROM version).
Note 2:
The (4) operation panel EPROMs are located under the staple tray on the left side of the op panel. To access, open the front door and remove one screw.
Solution ID
TAUS0603766EN*
Solution Usage
85
Description
ST217, conveyance motor runs continually or does not operate. The sorter cannot be selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Conveyance motor continually runs due to a loss of 5V DC from the ST217 DCPS (transformer board). F102 (0.4A fuse) is open. This fuse has been
upgraded to eliminate the open condition that can occur in certain situations. Check for 5V DC at CN102-3 of the sorter transformer board. If not present,
remove the connector and check directly off of the pin. Check all 5V DC loads off of the sorter CB for shorting to ground.
If F102 is open, replace it with a 0.8A (250V) slow-blow, or replace the sorter transformer board (p/n 12TA84510) using the warrantee procedures outlined in
ST217 Technical Bulletin #1 which is a mandatory modification.
Note: Ensure that the front and rear elevation auxiliary pins (p/n 12TA48060) or the bin guide plate (front p/n 12TA48020 and rear p/n 12TA48030) are not
bent or binding; replace or lubricate (thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated) as required.
If no results, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010).
2. No sorter conveyance because fuse F3 on the sorter CB is open. F3 fuses the M201 (conveyance) driver circuit. Replace the sorter CB (p/n
12TA87010).
3. No sorter conveyance because of a failed or binding M201 (conveyance). The sorter CB may also be damaged and require replacement. Loosen the
motor drive belt tension. If the problem still occurs, replace the motor (p/n 12TA80020) and sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010) at the same time.
Solution ID
TAUS0601974EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
How to program ECM.
Solution
To program ECM mode, first, create the 4-digit key operator password:
1. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys while powering the machine ON).
2. Press 6: Password setting
3. Press 1: Key operator password setting
4. Enter a 4-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
5. Press SET.
Next, create the 8-digit master key code password:
1. Press 2: ECM master key code setting.
2. Enter an 8-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
3. Press SET.
5. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN again.
6. Press 1: Software switch setting
7. Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON), to enable the up down arrows for programming users.
To program the initial user in the ECM mode:
1. Access the Key operator mode (hold down the help key while the machine ON).
2. Enter the Key operator password and press OK.
3. Press 3: ECM.
February 2013
103
4355
4. Enter the 8-digit master key code and press OK (twice if necessary).
5. Press 1: ECM password setting.
6. Press Set Password.
7. Create a 5-digit user password for user 000 and press OK.
9. Press 2: ECM Count Limit setting.
10. Enter the maximum number of copies allowed for this user and press OK.
Next, program what the display will read when the users reach their limit.
1. Press 5: Copy Limit Reached effect.
2. Select one of the three modes and press OK:
Immediately : machine stops when the limit is reached (this setting may disturb some users).
After Job : machine stops after the end of the current copy job (recommended)
Warning : a warning is displayed when the limit is reached (recommended).
Next, turn the ECM mode ON.
1. From the ECM menu press 4: ECM ON/OFF setting.
2. Press ON, then press OK.
3. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the Key operator mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0603967EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
Black copies intermittently.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Front door interlock (MS2, p/n 392085020) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in
diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly.
Note: MS2 is the switch on the left and is activated by the long actuator on the front door.
2. Internal (exposure) lamp cord has failed.
Replace the lamp cord (p/n 25BA90162).
Solution ID
TAUS0601850EN*
Solution Usage
44
Description
F35-1 or F35-2.
Solution
Low temperature abnormality detected. Reset the failure code in the 25 mode. Set switch #3-6 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Lower roller thermostat (TS2) height is incorrect in machines below s/n 45BE02232.
Adjust the gap between the lower roller and TS2 using the thermostat positioning jig (p/n 00M8-2-00).
If the jig is not available, use 18 sheets of 20lb. paper as outlined in 4355 Technical Bulletin #2.
2. The fusing temperature sensors are not adjusted properly.
Ensure that the entire surface of the sensor touches the upper roller. The thermostats must be adjusted with the positioning jig (p/n 00M6-3-00 for upper roller
and p/n 00M8-2-00 for lower roller).
3. Loose contact on CN380-2.
Reseat CN380.
4. Front door interlock (MS2) opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311). The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between
the switch and the mounting assembly.
5. An open exists in the fuser unit (wiring, lamps or thermostats) as indicated by taking a resistance reading from CN392-11 to CN392-22 (blue connector at
rear of fusing unit). If an open exists, check the resistance of individual components (L3, TS1 (p/n 540088420) and TS2). TS2 (lower temperature thermostat,
p/n 25BA88470).
Solution ID
TAUS0603673EN*
Solution Usage
44
Description
Code 5500h at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect or mismatched firmware is installed.
SOLUTION: Install the latest firmware as outlined in 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #10A .
Notes:
1. To display the current EPROM levels on the LCD:
a. Enter 25 mode.
February 2013
104
4355
b. Select #9 (indication of ROM version).
2. The (4) operation panel EPROMs are located under the staple tray on the left side of the op panel. To access, open the front door and remove one screw.
3. EPROM history hyperlink
Solution ID
TAUS0602256EN*
Solution Usage
40
Solution Usage
33
Description
How to program mixed original mode as the initial setting.
Solution
To set the mixed original mode for initial setting, perform the following:
1. Select mixed originals on the LCD screen.
2. Press the job memory key.
3. Store the job under #10.
4. Access the key operator mode (turn the machine ON while pressing the HELP key
5. Press 9: MEMORY SWITCH
6. Press 21: Job Memory Auto Recall Function and set it to ON.
Job memory #10 will now be recalled automatically when power is turned ON or when Auto-reset is initiated.
Solution ID
TAUS0603829EN*
Description
PLEASE REMOVE PAPER FROM ADU is displayed. Where is the paper?
Solution
Pull out the ADU. Lift up on the green handle and completely raise the conveyance cover. Remove the copy paper.
February 2013
105
5076/7490/760ZA
Solution ID
TAUS0600616EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
1. Power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print, set software dipswitch 1-7 to 1 for
the ECM option. To change the second digit use the AUTO button.
2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the key pad to enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the
key operator knows this code. Note: To view the master key code power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine
ON. Press P-9-start print.
3. To access the ECM modes, with the machine at idle, holding down the P button, enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel
until the last digit is entered.
4. There are 4 options in the ECM mode. Press 1 on the key pad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 144. Each password must be
5 digits long. Use the magnification arrows to scroll through the passwords.
Solution ID
TAUS0600617EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
Code 41-1 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The MCB1 board and or the main motor (M1) is faulty, pulling down the 35V DC to the MCB2 board. If the front doors are open at power up, the
code will not occur until a copy is attempted.
SOLUTION: Ensure the drum carriage, and entire drive system is free of any binding. If necessary replace MCB1 (p/n 5380-8590) and M1 (p/n 454080010)
as a set.
Solution ID
TAUS0602601EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Code 54.
Solution
CAUSE: The exhaust fan (M6) is faulty.
SOLUTION: Replace M6 (p/n 454080130).
Solution ID
TAUS0600558EN*
Description
Code 37 at power up.
Solution
SOLUTION: Perform the following steps.
1. Ensure the fuse on PSB2 (6.3A 250V) it is not open.
2. Power the machine OFF, and remove all connectors from PSB2, except for CN83 (AC in) and CN88 (24V DC and control).
3. Power the machine ON in the 47 mode, and verify the 28V DC output from CN86-1 to ground, to determine if the power supply is faulty. Power the
machine OFF and connect the other connectors one at a time while monitoring the 28V DC in the 47 mode.
If voltage drops trace the bad load by the connector number:
CN86 feeds 28V DC to MCB2.
CN87 feeds 28V DC to MCB3, MCB5, and M6.
CN89 feeds 28V DC to PFU driver board, ADU driver board, RADF CB, and the sorter CB.
To further isolate which control or driver board is bad, reconnect CN89 on the power supply. Then remove the following connectors. CN401 on the PFU
driver board. CN501 on the ADU driver board. CN301 on the RADF CB. CN801 on the sorter CB. Replace the shorted board after confirming the loads that
go to that board are not faulty.
Solution ID
TAUS0601046EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Jitter 90mm from the trail edge.
Solution
CAUSE: The second paper feed rollers are turning off too soon, or the copy paper is skewed.
SOLUTION: Install EPROM (p/n 749015-16.0) on main CB. See 7090S Technical Bulletin #44 .
February 2013
106
5076/7490/760ZA
Solution ID
TAUS0600612EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Code 41-5.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The left optics overrun sensor (PS8) has failed. Replace PS8 (p/n 454085510).
2. The optics drive motor (M2) is faulty. Verify there is no binding in the optics drive system. Ensure that all photosensors are clean, and there are no
cracked optics pulleys. If necessary replace M2 (p/n 454080020).
3. The MCB2 board has failed. Replace the board (p/n 5380-8540).
Solution ID
TAUS0600613EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Blurry copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Blurry copies in reduction or enlargement 1:1 is normal. The mirror solenoid (SD2) is binding or has failed. This will not allow the roller bearing on the
V-frame to stay in contact with the magnification cam. Clean the solenoid and ensure that the locking plates are clean and not binding. If necessary replace
SD2 (p/n 454082030).
2. Intermittent blur on the copies. The optics slide pulley or optics slide roller is cracked. If necessary replace the optics slide pulley (p/n 454062430), or the
optics slide roller (p/n 454062460).
3. Intermittent blur on the copies. The second paper feed motor (M9) is faulty. Run the motor using the 47 mode output code 28. If the motor body is hot
after running, ensure there is no binding on the unit. If necessary replace M9 (p/n 454080060).
4. A narrow blurred line on 11x17 copies approximately 2.5 inches from the lead edge. The retaining clip on the paper conveyance clutch (MC602) on the
RADF is not fully seated. Reseat the retaining clip.
Solution ID
TAUS0600625EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Jam position 11.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Jam position 11. The original will not fully exit the RADF, and or half copies. The one-way clutch inside the paper reverse drive pulley on the RADF is dirty
or binding. When the prefeed operation takes place the first original that was fed to the scale plate is pulled away due to the reverse drive causing the rollers
to reverse. Clean the one-way bearing with alcohol or replace the reverse drive (p/n 016076530).
2. RADF height is out of adjustment. The rear side is too high above the glass. Adjust the height to specification. The procedure is detailed on page 10 of
the DF303/303A/304 service manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0600734EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the difference between the 7490 and 7490M?
Solution
The serial number prefix 538 indicates the model is a 7490. The serial number prefix 555 indicates a 7490M. The 7490M can accept the staple sorter
(ST207) and has increased duplex productivity.
Solution ID
TAUS0601054EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The copier stays in wait. The fuser lamp cycles normally.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the fuser lamps is open. Verify the L2/L3 circuit paths. Replace the open component. Temperature fuse (p/n 4542-8381). L2 short lamp (p/n
454083020). L3 long lamp (p/n 454083030).
2. The triac for L2 is shorted causing L2 to stay ON, which opens the temperature fuse. Replace the triac (p/n 496088420) and the temperature fuse
assembly (p/n 4542-8381).
3. The temperature CB (TCB) has failed. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).
February 2013
107
5076/7490/760ZA
February 2013
108
5080/5082
Solution ID
TAUS0600970EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
Code 54 when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Improper feedback signals from the optics cooling fans (M10, M11). Ensure the fans work in the 47 mode with output code 52. If the fans work, replace
EPROM IC5 (p/n 508015-14.2) on the main CB. Note: Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM.
2. One of the optics cooling fans (M10, M11) are faulty. Ensure the fans work in the 47 mode using output code 52. Replace the faulty fan motor (p/n
454080110). Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM.
Solution ID
TAUS0600686EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
ST207, code 77-3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open interlock switch, SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4. This opens the 28V DC to the coil of relay 1. Perform a continuity check from the red wire on RL1 to
CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately 0.8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary.
2. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed. This causes no RL1 drive. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If there
is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame (disengage the bin shift motor and slide the bin unit
back and forth while watching the meter). Repair any faults as necessary, then replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011).
3. The code occurred after the ST208 was removed. A jumper must be installed to the 2 pin connector (CN936). The connector is located near the bottom of
the sorter DC power supply.
4. The sorter power supply board is not outputting 28V DC. Replace the DC power supply board (p/n 554184510).
5. There is no AC input to the sorter power supply. CN847 on the sorter power supply is loose. Ensure that CN847 is fully seated.
Solution ID
TAUS0600676EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
Jam position 4.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The loop (MC2) and second feed (MC1) clutches are dirty. Clean and adjust the gap (two sheets 20lb paper) of MC1, and MC2.
2. The tension of the paper feed timing belt on the PFU may be too tight. Adjust the tension of the paper feed timing belt. For best results, start the
adjustment at the midpoint of the belt tension unit.
3. The paper feed unit drive system is binding due to excessive toner buildup in the drive assemblies. Clean any toner from the drive belt and all the gears
and shafts. Replace any damaged or worn parts. Note: Jam position 4 may only occur with 8.5x11 paper and may not occur in copy face down or at 99%
reduction.
4. The paper feed motor (M9) is faulty, causing fuse F2 (3.15A, 125V) on the MCB3 board to open. Replace M9 (p/n 454080060) and the MCB3 board (p/n
5740-9012).
5. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 5742-8625).
Solution ID
TAUS0600675EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Fusing unit lamps, L2 or L3, do not light and no error codes are displayed. Poor fusing results.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A thermocouple (CA) is contacting the upper roller or the CA mounting bracket. Inspect both CA1 and CA2 for proper positioning (1mm above, and
parallel to, the upper roller). Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads.
2. An open lamp or temperature fuse. Check continuity between CN190-2 (black wire) to the TCB CN151-4 (red wire) for L3 and TF4. Then check continuity
from the TCB CN151-6 (white wire) to CN190-2 (black wire) for L2 and TF2. CN190 is located behind the TCB and is a 2 pin in-line connector. Replace the
open lamp(s), or temperature fuse(s) as necessary.
3. There is a poor connection at the fuser drawer connector. Inspect each pin in the male and female connectors. Reform the pins as necessary to ensure a
good connection.
4. The temperature CB (TCB) is faulty. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).
February 2013
109
5080/5082
Solution ID
TAUS0600672EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Code 26 at idle or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The IF voltage for PS1 is set too low or too high. Ensure that PS1 is clean and aligned correctly. Set the IF voltage to 2.5V DC, measuring between TP3
(IF voltage) and TP6 (GND); on the process CB. Perform this adjustment in the 58 mode with output code 8 selected. Adjust VR1 as necessary.
2. A Katun drum is installed. Replace the drum with a Konica drum (PCUA 947805), and verify the PS1 adjustment.
3. The cleaning blade release lever attached to the blade release motor (M5) is not contacting the release lever on the cleaning unit. This results in poor
cleaning. Repair the release lever(s), and ensure proper contact. Use the 47 mode output code 41 to operate M5.
4. Incorrect supplies were used. Purge the toning/developing, and recycling systems, and add the correct supplies. Instruct the operator(s) how to identify
the correct supplies.
5. Code 26 occurs approximately 50,000 copies into a PM cycle. Due to an environment that affects the charge current on the drum (print shop effect), the
copy quality degrades over a period of time. Install the optional charge corona fan unit (p/n 454080160). Note: The fan should be positioned so the airflow
goes into the drum cavity.
6. The process CB has failed. Replace the process CB (p/n 5740-8533).
Solution ID
TAUS0600690EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The positioning of the exit detect LED (LED201) is off. The sensor always detects a jam. Perform the following steps.
a. Turn ON hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 goes ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise, and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is
e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor will detect properly.
f. Turn OFF hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
2. A level 12 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is at least a level 13.1 (p/n ST20763-13.1). This eliminates user
induced jams.
3. The large vertical conveyance door is closed too tight slowing down the paper feed. Adjust the large vertical door for proper operation.
4. The paper is hitting the paper hold lever assembly (p/n 5540-5290) as it enters the bin. Perform the paper miscentering adjustment. This adjustment is on
page ST-31 of the ST207/208/297 service manual (2nd edition April 93).
Solution ID
TAUS0603028EN*
Solution Usage
13
Solution Usage
12
Description
Jam position 7.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The fusing jam LED (LED502) in the exit reversing unit has failed. Replace LED502 (p/n 0900-8380).
2. There is a cold solder joint on the fusing jam sensor (PS506). Repair or replace PS506 (p/n 066085520).
Solution ID
TAUS0600678EN*
Description
Code 52.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One or both of the door switches (MS11 and MS12) has failed or is not actuated. Ensure that the switches are actuated. Check CN62-1 (24V DC) to
CN62-4 (GND) on the MCB1 board. If 24V DC is not present, inspect MS11 and or MS12. Ensure that 24V DC is originating from CN10-8 on PSB1. If
necessary replace any faulty switches (p/n 454285030).
2. CN64 on the MCB1 board is not fully seated. Reseat CN64 on the MCB1 board.
3. The main motor (M1) is faulty. Replace M1 (p/n 454080010).
February 2013
110
5080/5082
4. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 5742-8625).
Solution ID
TAUS0600673EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
1. Power the machine OFF. Hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print set software dipswitch 1-7 to 1 to
enable the ECM option.
2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the keypad to enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the
key operator knows this code. Note: To enter the master key code or view it power machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the
machine ON. Then press P-9-start print.
3. To access the ECM modes, with the machine at idle, hold down the P button and enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel
until the last digit is entered.
4. Press 1 on the keypad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 144. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification
arrows to scroll through the passwords.
Solution ID
TAUS0600681EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
ST201, missorting.
Solution
CAUSE: Incompatible firmware is installed on the sorter CB, or incorrect programming in the P6 mode.
SOLUTION: Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is a revision 01.0 (p/n 609063-01.0). This EPROM is recommended for faster machines with an ST201
installed. In the P6 mode set software dip 4-0 to 1. Note: Depending on the firmware on the main body, when this dipswitch is set to 1 it can disable the P3
adjustments.
February 2013
111
5370
Solution ID
TAUS0601760EN*
Solution Usage
121
Description
Code 36-06 or PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message (the machine does not come to the ready state).
Solution
Note: To reset the failure code use the 25 mode, and set dipswitch 3-5 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The fuser lamps are installed incorrectly or a lamp is open.
If the lamps were replaced recently, make sure the makers mark (Toshiba (L2), Ushio (L3)) is toward the front of the fuser.
An open lamp within the upper roller CANNOT be detected by eye. Continuity must be checked to determine if a lamp is open. To check the lamps:
a. Slide out the fuser unit.
b. Set meter to 20 ohm scale.
c. Measure individual lamps from the ceramic mounting blocks, front and rear.
d. Replace the open lamp.
2. M3 (fusing motor) has failed in the reverse direction (pressure). PS13 (pressure ON/OFF) is not being flagged, therefore the copier will not go to the ready
state. Replace M3 (p/n 25AA80032).
To prevent this problem from reoccurring, install the new style AUX levers (p/n 25AA-5281 [front], 25AA-5291 [rear]) as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical
Bulletin #38 for new part ordering and installation information. The bearing (cam shaft holder) of the new levers protrudes further downward to catch the
pressure cam at an earlier point in its cycle. This minimizes drag during pressure up of the fuser rollers. Also, inspect the condition of the AUX lever
mounting posts (p/n 25AA53370). Replace these posts if necessary.
3. TH4 failure or TH4 wiring was reversed during replacement of the temperature sensors for the fuser unit. Replace TH4 (TH1 and TH4 are on the same
harness (p/n 25AA88051)) and ensure that the wiring for CN131-3 and CN131-11 is correct.
4. Worn fuser lamps. Lamp replacement cycle is 1.2M copies.
Replace all 3 fuser lamps at 1.2M copies.
CAUTION: Do not mix old (6190) and new (5370/6190) style lamps.
Install only the following for 5370.
L2 (240V, 1800W) p/n 25AE83080
L3 (240V, 1000W) p/n 25AE83090
L4 lower roller lamp p/n 25AA83041.
L2 (thick lamp) for s/n cut off 25AE00598 order p/n 25AE83030.
L2 (thick lamp) for s/n cut in 25AE01001 order p/n 25AE83080.
L3 (thin lamp) for s/n cut off 25AE00598 order p/n 25AE83020.
L3 (thin lamp) for s/n cut in 25AE01001 order p/n 25AE83080.
Refer to page 8-9 in the service manual for details regarding replacement items at 1.2M.
5. If L3 or L4 (lower roller lamp) opens, the machine may remain in warm-up mode indefinitely.
Codes 35-04 (L3 open) and 35-05 (L4 open), were deactivated from the machine shut down menu due to problems with false codes in cold environments.
Occurrence of these codes can be viewed in 25 mode, data collection 5, 131 (L3) and 132 (L4).
Engineering has requested a firmware update to reactivate 35-04 and 35-05 for open lamp conditions. The request will also include increasing the warm-up
time window so that false codes are not generated.
6. The upper roller is not made by Konica and the thickness or material used is incorrect. Install the correct upper roller (p/n 25AA53431).
7. Failed upper roller temperature sensors. (TH2, TH3, CA1, CA2). Replace the sensors which are available as an assembly (p/n 25AA88043).
Note: Use the gap gauges when installing these sensors.
Adjust the height of the fusing temperature sensors. This can be accomplished through the use of approved sensor adjustment jigs (p/n SPRF-0040,
SPRF-0050, SPRF-0060, SPRF-0070, SPRF-0080) or by using the following specifications:
TH2 and TH3 - 1 0.3mm
TH1 and TH4 - 2 0.3mm
CA1 and CA2 - 1 0.15mm
TS2 and TS3 - 1 0.15mm
TS4 - 3 0.15mm.
Solution ID
TAUS0600547EN*
Solution Usage
73
Description
DF307, code 60-01 (RADF communication failure).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 (2.0A DC), 5V DC protection on the DFDB (upper board). Check for 5V DC at TP7 and at CN550-3. The ICP is electrically in between these
points. If the voltage is present at CN550-3, but absent at the test point, the ICP is open. Replace the RADF drive board (p/n 12AA-9023).
Notes:
a. When cleaning RADF sensors, ensure that power is OFF.
b. To open the paper drawers when 60-01 is displayed, set 25 mode, dipswitch 3-0 to 1 to deselect the RADF. The paper drawers can now be opened.
2. ICP1 on the DFCB (lower board) may be open if the original width detection board (OWDB) is loose and shorted to the underside of the platen pressure
February 2013
112
5370
plate. Reattach the OWDB to the platen pressure plate (p/n 12AA-4201). The OWDB is located on the underside, front of the platen pressure plate. Replace
the DFCB (p/n 12AA-9019).
Solution ID
TAUS0603108EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
The LCD touchscreen is locked up, inoperable, erratic, or damaged.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 on the operation board.
Replace the 5V DC ICP.
2. Loss of 5V DC from DCPS1, CN7, pin 6.
Replace DCPS1 (p/n 25AA84510).
3. Touch beeper is not ON, this causes key operators to push too hard on the display damaging the membrane (dead spots).
Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) and activate the beeper function.
Note: To activate the beeper function on 5370, perform the following:
a. Power the machine ON while holding the HELP key.
b. Select Key click sound.
c. Select ON (and LONG or SHORT response)
d. Power machine OFF/ON.
4. Backup battery failure (memory board, located on the main CB). Check the battery output with the machine OFF. The output should be at least 3V DC.
Replace the memory board if necessary (p/n 25AA-9100).
5. Blank LCD due to operation panel failure. Erratic operation continues after replacing the LCD component. Replace the operation panel complete (p/n
25AE-7006).
6. Dead spots on the touch membrane. Faulty operation board 1 is not processing the signal received from the touch screen leading to non selection in a
particular LCD area. Replace OB1 (p/n 25AA-9322).
7. Improperly grounded LCD unit can lead to screen lock up (KONICA is displayed). Install a ground wire from the op panel ground to the right side of the
LCD. Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) if erratic operation continues.
8. LCD fades out at power up or goes blank during operation after the EPROM's were replaced. Verify that the latest production firmware is installed as a
set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 537018-31.0
Main CB
- 537019-31.0
Operation board - 537022-30.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four operation panel
EPROMs should be visible.
537022-30.0
537026-30.0
537027-31.0
537028-31.0
9. Failed RADF main harness. Replace the RADF-to-main body harness (p/n 12AA90053).
Solution ID
TAUS0602245EN*
Solution Usage
51
Description
Code 26-01.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner control sensor reference voltage is not adjusted properly:
a. Open the front door and remove the cover (secured by one screw) on the operation panel.
b. Connect the probes of the meter to TP2 (toner PS) and TP3 (GND) of CB1.
c. Turn ON the main switch.
d. Adjust VR2 on CB1 to 2.5V DC 0.05V
See page 6-24 in the 5370/6190 service manual.
2. A loss of ground at the charge corona shell. Ensure that the grounding tab located on the rear of the drum carriage contacts the charge corona shell.
February 2013
113
5370
3. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner
and developer.
Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges will fit in the 6190 hopper.
4. The 4th mirror is dislodged from its mounting. Reposition the 4th mirror correctly.
5. VR2 (If Adj) has failed on the main CB. This VR is used to adjust the necessary voltage required for PS1. Replace main CB (25AA-9010). VR2 is not a
replaceable component.
6. On high volume machines a build-up of toner on the H-cut blade located in the developer unit may result in poor image development. The problem is more
prevelent toward the front of the machine, where PS1 is located. Because of this, the patch is under-developed, which will cause the machine to eventually
overtone.
To remedy the situation the doctor blade must be removed from the developer unit and the build-up carefully removed. When replacing the blade, carefully
set the gap on each end to 0.3-0.35mm with non-ferris feeler gauges (brass).
Solution ID
TAUS0601136EN*
Solution Usage
47
Description
Site requirements, 5370.
Solution
Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site
requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed.
Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0601746EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
Code 11-07 or 11-08 when using Tray 1, Tray 2, or the bypass tray.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bypass tray is not locked, allowing MS3 to open during copy process. MS3 is located on the main body and becomes actuated when the MT101 tray
is fully inserted.
Repair lock and ensure MS3 is fully actuated.
2. Failed MS3 (bypass interlock switch). Replace MS3 (p/n 197085010).
Solution ID
TAUS0601238EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
Solution
The latest 5370 firmware must be installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 537018-31.0
Main CB
- 537019-31.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four operation panel
537022-30.0
537026-30.0
537027-31.0
537028-31.0
5370 EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID
TAUS0601964EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
Code 54-08 or 54-02 following warm-up or while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: The EM (return) signal from one or more of the optic fan motors (M33, M34, M35, M36 or M37) is unstable (binding) due to a build-up of dirt on the
fan motor which slows the rotation of the fan.
February 2013
114
5370
SOLUTION: Clean blades of the cooling fans and ensure proper operation.
1. Remove the ST212/ST213 if installed.
2. Remove the right side cover.
3. Pull out the fuser unit.
4. Remove the two mounting screws for the fan assembly mounting bracket.
5. Disconnect the wiring harness for the fan assembly.
6. Remove and clean the assembly.
To test cooling fan operation:
1. Set 25 mode, 1-2 and 1-3 set to 0 to allow the machine to operate with the sorter(s) detached .
2. With the fan section removed, power the machine ON while observing all the fans.
3. The fan that does not spin before 54-08 is displayed is the failed fan. Inspect for damaged wiring or loose connections.
4. Replace any non operating fan(s) (p/n 25AA80540).
WARNING: Do not try to start a non-moving fan by pushing the fan blade with your finger. The fan may start and injury may result.
Solution ID
TAUS0602714EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
Solution
New 5370 units (above s/n 25QE01630) are Energy Star compliant. These machines will shut off after 30 minutes of non-use and will default to 1:2 mode at
power up and initialization. Auto shut-off (power saver) and 1:2 default can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if these modes create a hardship for
the customer due to their particular usage patterns.
To defeat auto shut-off on 5370 (above s/n 25QE01630) set 25 mode dipswitch 14-6 to 1.
To change the default to 1:1:
1. Enter the key operator mode by pressing the Help button while turning the machine ON.
2. Select Initial Setting [1].
3. Select Copy Mode [1].
4. Select the desired initial mode (i.e. 1:1).
5. Verify correct selection by pressing the Check button.
6. Turn machine OFF then turn back ON.
If level 31.0 EPROMs are not installed, auto shut-off can be set to a 2 hour interval:
Set 25 mode dipswitch 9-3 and 9-4 to 1.
Note: The latest production firmware must be installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 537018-31.0
Main CB
- 537019-31.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Solution ID
TAUS0603133EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
Blur areas and/or jitter from front-to-rear.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the problem is 2 inches from lead edge and about 2mm wide, then the optics cable tension adjustment plate (p/n 25AA-6770) is loose or damaged. This
tension plate is located in the back left corner near the optics drive motor (M2). Tighten or replace the tension plate. Refer to page 6-17 of the 6190/5370
service manual (2nd edition) for tension plate adjustment specifications.
2. The optics cable has worn a groove in the cable tension pulley. Replace the optics tension pulley (p/n 454061461).
Note: The old style pulley is plastic; the current style is metal.
3. The optics cable is over-lapped within the drive capstan. Reseat or restring the optics cable.
4. If belt holder (C) (p/n 25AA62230) is out of position, reposition the holder on the belt (refer to parts catalog, page 20 item 14).
5. Optics components are binding due to lack of lubrication. Lubricate the lens slide rail with multi oil. Lubricate the lens drive gears with plas guard. Prior to
lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
6. The corner of the fourth mirror is chipped. Replace the fourth mirror (p/n 25AA61050).
7. Drive pulley (magnifying Z=100), p/n 25AA77130, is broken. Inspect the drive from the pulley to the driving coupling (p/n 25AA62261). If broken, replace
the drive pulley. Refer to second edition parts catalog, dated JUNE 1995, pages 14 and 15.
February 2013
115
5370
Solution ID
TAUS0603169EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Can NCR PAPER be used as copy paper?
Solution
NCRPAPER has been approved for use with the listed machines.
Konica Minoltarecommends an NCR PAPER named Xero/Form II fromAppleton Papers in Wisconsin. Xero/Form II is a vegetable-based product
that works extremely well.
Note : For the bizhub PRO C500 and 920, refer to Bulletin #5349 . For the bizhub PRO 1050 series see Marketing Bulletin #05-GB-014 .
To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
List of equipment that is no longer being supported.
Solution
Please see attached Product & Technical Support Bulletins 1792 and 2443 andMarketing Bulletin#07-GB-016.
Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID
TAUS0617472EN*
Description
Code 49-08 when pressing the print button.
Solution
CAUSE: M27 (optics cooling fan) did not come ON.
SOLUTION: To check M27, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (power the machine ON while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys), output code 37.
2. Press the print button and see if M27 comes ON.
3. If M27 does not come ON, replace the fan motor (p/n 25AA80520).
February 2013
116
6190
Solution ID
TAUS0601835EN*
Solution Usage
89
Description
Code 36-06 or PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message (the machine does not come to the ready state).
Solution
Note: To reset the failure code use the 25 mode, and set dipswitch 3-5 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The fuser lamps are installed incorrectly, a lamp is open or M3 (fuser drive motor) is not cycling. To check M3 operation, use 47 mode, code 46, P-01-P
start/print. Replace the M3 motor (p/n 25AA80032) if inoperable in diagnostics.
If the lamps were replaced recently, make sure the makers mark (Toshiba (L2), Ushio (L3)) is toward the front of the fuser.
An open lamp within the upper roller CANNOT be detected by eye. Continuity must be checked to determine if a lamp is open. To check the lamps:
a. Slide out the fuser unit.
b. Set meter to 20 ohm scale.
c. Measure individual lamps from the ceramic mounting blocks, front and rear.
d. Replace the open lamp.
2. M3 (fusing motor) has failed in the reverse direction (pressure). PS13 (pressure ON/OFF) is not being flagged, therefore the copier will not go to the ready
state. Replace M3 (p/n 25AA80032).
To prevent this problem from reoccurring, install the new style AUX levers (p/n 25AA-5281 [front], 25AA-5291 [rear]) as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical
Bulletin #38 for new part ordering and installation information. The bearing (cam shaft holder) of the new levers protrudes further downward to catch the
pressure cam at an earlier point in its cycle. This minimizes drag during pressure up of the fuser rollers. Also, inspect the condition of the AUX lever
mounting posts (p/n 25AA53370). Replace these posts if necessary.
3. While replacing the temperature sensors for the fuser unit, the wiring for TH4 was reversed. Reposition the wiring on CN131-3 and CN131-11.
4. The fuser lamps are worn. Lamp replacement cycle is 1.2M copies. Replace all 3 fuser lamps at 1.2M copies.
CAUTION: Do not mix old and new style lamps.
Additionally, verify that your machine has the correct style lamps installed based on the s/n. See the p/n's and s/n cut-ins listed below.
Old style L2 is 240V, 1410W (p/n 25AE83030) for machines below s/n 25AE01001.
New style L2 is 240V, 1800W (p/n 25AE83090) for machines above s/n 25AE01001.
Old style L3 is 240V, 830W (p/n 25AE83020) for machines below 25AE01001.
New style L3 is 240V, 1000W (p/n 25AE83080) for machines above 25AE01001.
L4, lower roller lamp (p/n 25AA83041).
Refer to page 8-9 in the service manual for details regarding replacement items at 1.2M.
5. If L3 or L4 (lower roller lamp) opens, the machine may remain in warm-up mode indefinitely.
Codes 35-04 (L3 open) and 35-05 (L4 open), were deactivated from the machine shut down menu due to problems with false codes in cold environments in
Japan.
Occurrence of these codes can be viewed in 25 mode, data collection 5, 131 (L3) and 132 (L4).
Engineering will request a firmware update to reactivate 35-04 and 35-05 for open lamp conditions. The request will also include increasing the warm-up time
window so that false codes are not generated.
6. The upper roller is not made by Konica and the thickness or material used is incorrect. Install the correct upper roller (p/n 25AA53431).
7. One or more of the fuser unit thermostats are open. With an ohmmeter, check across the terminals of each thermostat. If any are found open, they must
be replaced. The 2 upper roller thermostats are (p/n 25AA88410) and the lower roller thermostat is (p/n 25AE88430).
8. The fixed connection plate assembly is not installed on the ADU carriage. This allows the fuser unit to be extracted without first extracting the ADU
assembly, which results in the PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message being constantly displayed.
Install the fixed connection plate assembly (p/n 25AA-0910) on the ADU carriage assembly. This will force the ADU carriage assembly to be extracted prior to
extracting the fuser unit, which will prevent the constant display of the PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message.
Solution ID
TAUS0600172EN*
Solution Usage
77
Description
DF307, jam position 10 or 11.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Laser printed originals that exceed 10mm curl may have feed problems when run through the RADF.
Production units (from July 96) will feature modified upper infeed guide plates and original guides that will tolerate higher curl and Z-fold type originals.
Refer to DF307 Technical Bulletin #1 for new part ordering and installation information.
2. The RADF sensors are dirty. All sensors should be cleaned and adjusted at each PM cycle.
Note: PS605 (passage detect) is hidden from view. It is located underneath the lower conveyance guide plate (item #2 on page 22, DF307 parts manual) .
Clean PS605 as outlined in [[DF307 Technical Bulletin #2|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc098.bmp SCROLL]] using the new special tool. To adjust PS605 sensitivity,
rotate VR5 on the DF CB until LED 5 lights, then continue to rotate clockwise three graduations.
3. The RADF unlatches while in use. The hold down magnets have been modified to eliminate the DF from popping up during operation. If the DF307 does
not close firmly, install the new style hold down magnets (p/n 12AA-1141). See DF307/DF307M Technical Bulletin #3A .
4. Original exit jams may be caused by a damaged original stopper plate actuator. The new style actuator is designed to increase the amount of pressure
applied to the original stopper plate. See DF307 Technical Bulletin #4 for information regarding this new part.
February 2013
117
6190
5. A damaged original registrating sheet is impeding the movement of the stopper assembly. Replace the original registrating sheet (p/n 25AA61552). It is
mounted on the left hand side of the optics (A) bracket (p/n 25AA61743).
The original registrating sheet is installed in production units beginning with s/n 25AE00438.
6. The paper exit belts (A) and (B) are loose (p/n 12AA77510, 12AA77520). Tighten the paper exit belt to specification. Refer to DF307 service manual page
45 adjustment #14.
7. The brake clutches are dirty or out of adjustment. Clean and adjust the exit and conveyance brake clutches (MB602 and MB601) particularly on high
volume machines (1M+). Set the clutch gap to .1mm.
8. PS601 is out of alignment due to loose screws, partially obstructing the sensor light path. Reseat PS601.
9. The platen glass is not grounded. To verify that the glass is grounded properly:
a. Slide a sheet of paper under the glass tabs, if paper fits the tabs must be reformed.
b. Verify continuity with an ohmmeter, the reading should be less than 100K ohms. Reform the glass holders so they 'dig in' to the surface coating of the
glass.
10. The reinforcing plate located under the white conveyance belt is damaged. The plate can be damaged if the customer forces the DF307 closed with a
book or three dimensional object on the glass.
The DFPR assembly mounts to the reinforcing plate. If deformed, it will cause incorrect pressure from DFPR to feed rollers, resulting in multiple feeding.
Replace reinforcing plate (p/n 12AA10053).
11. The originals are soaked with fuser oil. Do not use copies as originals following a PM or new machine set-up. The copies have excessive fuser oil on the
print side and will misfeed when run through the RADF.
If you have done this, run 500 to 1000 clean originals through the RADF to absorb fuser oil on the feed rollers.
12. A faulty wiring harness from the DF307 to the main body is not allowing proper communication to occur. Reseat the connectors on the RADF CB and
check for pinched wiring. Check the main body connector for loose or damaged pins. If problem persists, replace the RADF wiring harness (p/n 12AA90052).
Solution ID
TAUS0601009EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
DF307, code 60-01 (RADF communication failure).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 (2.0A DC), 5V DC protection on the DFDB (upper board). Check for 5V DC at TP7 and at CN550-3. The ICP is electrically in between these
points. If voltage is present at CN550-3, but absent at the test point, the ICP is open. Replace the RADF drive board (p/n 12AA-9023).
Notes:
a. When cleaning RADF sensors, be sure that power is OFF.
b. To open the paper drawers when 60-01 is displayed, set 25 mode, dipswitch 3-0 to 1 to deselect the RADF.
2. ICP1 on the DFCB (lower board) opens if the original width detection board (OWDB) loosens and shorts to the underside of the platen pressure plate.
Reattach the OWDB to the platen pressure plate (p/n 12AA-4201). The board is located on the underside, front of the platen pressure plate. Replace the
DFCB (p/n 12AA-9019).
Solution ID
TAUS0600157EN*
Solution Usage
51
Description
Site requirements, 6190.
Solution
Notes:
1. Current 6190s (above s/n 25AE01000) are designed to operate on 208-240V AC, 30A service. Machines below s/n 25AE01001 were designed for 230V
AC, 20A service. These machines require an external transformer when used with 208V AC service.
2. 6190 Technical Bulletin #10A outlines the power changes and s/n cut-ins for main body and sorters.
3. To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0612190EN*
Solution Usage
49
Description
Code 26-01.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner control sensor reference voltage (PS1) is not adjusted properly.
To adjust PS1, perform the following:
a. Open the front door and remove the cover (secured by one screw) on the operation panel.
b. Connect the probes of the meter to TP2 (toner PS) and TP3 (GND) of CB1.
February 2013
118
6190
c. Power ON the copier.
d. Adjust VR2 on CB1 to 2.5V DC 0.05V DC
See page 6-24 in the 5370/6190 Service Manual (2/96).
Note: It is very important to NOT cheat the front door interlock switch. The display should indicate FRONT DOOR IS OPEN PLEASE CLOSE when
performing this adjustment.
2. A loss of ground at the charge corona shell. Ensure that the grounding tab located on the rear of the drum carriage contacts the charge corona shell.
and developer.
Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges fit in the 6190 hopper.
4. The 4th mirror is dislodged from its mounting. Reposition the 4th mirror correctly.
5. The developing unit shaft holder front (bias bearing) has failed. Replace the shaft holder front, (p/n 25AA75011).
6. VR2 (If Adj) has failed on the main CB. This VR is used to adjust the necessary voltage required for PS1. Replace main CB (25AA-9010). VR2 is not a
replaceable component.
7. On high volume machines a build-up of toner on the H-cut blade located in the developer unit may result in poor image development. The problem is more
prevalent toward the front of the machine, where PS1 is located. Because of this, the patch is under-developed, which will cause the machine to eventually
overtone.
To remedy the situation the doctor blade must be removed from the developer unit and the build-up carefully removed. When replacing the blade, carefully
set the gap on each end to 0.3-0.35mm with non-ferrous feeler gauges (brass).
8. A failed drum temperature sensor (TH5).
Replace the drum temperature sensor (p/n 25AA88061).
Solution ID
TAUS0602180EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Light copies, undertoned, poor density, poor solid fill.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The drum counter was not reset and/or the drum was not stabilized following the installation of a new drum.
a. To reset the drum counter, set the 25 mode, dipswitch 4-2 to 1. After a copy is made, the counter will reset to 0.
Note: The drum counter cannot be set to a specific number, it can only be reset to 0.
b. After installing a new drum, it is recommended to run at least 140 copies (of test chart TP-8) prior to performing copy quality adjustments. This
procedure, referred to as drum stabilization, is outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #15 .
Note: TP-8 is attached to the bulletin, to order, contact Forms Distribution x2676.
2. The PTL and drum are worn. PTL life is 300,000 copies and drum is 600,000 copies.
3. If the customer is using high toner coverage originals, the following items must be replaced or adjusted:
Charge corona wires, if worn, replace.
Developer, if worn, replace.
Set the currents to specification.
Scrub the PCC corona shell and metal mounting plate to remove corosion.
Set the standard bias value from 143 to 173 to decrease the density of the patch.
Adjust the patch creation rest data (25 mode). Set the rest cycle from 2 to 1.
Note: Extended copy runs with originals exceeding 50% solid toner coverage may result in light copies.
4. The light distribution plates behind the lens are loose, dislodged, or out of position. This causes copies to be very dark for the first 2 to 3 inches. The rest
of the copy will be washed out and increased contrast does not operate. Also, the CVR is probably set to the maximum position. This problem usually
occurrs during enlargement or reduction copying.
Adjust the light distribution plates to the proper position. (p/n's 25AA61871, 25AA61860, and 25AA61880) and verify that the CVR is set correctly.
5. A failed HV power supply (A) not providing proper bias voltage. Replace HV power supply (A) (p/n 25AA84012).
6. The T/S corona unit failed.
Replace the T/S corona unit (p/n 25AA-2603). This unit can checked in 36 mode, however arcing may not be evident.
Solution ID
TAUS0602235EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
ST212, codes 77-07, 77-08 or 77-17, 77-18. Erratic stapler operation.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The stapler unit shipping bracket was not removed at set up. Ensure that all shipping brackets are removed at set up.
2. The indexer unit drive gear is damaged or missing. Inspect the drive gears at the rear side of the indexer unit. Repair or replace as necessary.
February 2013
119
6190
3. The up/down cable tension and stapler height are improperly adjusted. Perform the cable tension and stapler height adjustments as outlined in the
ST212/213 service manual pages 50 and 51.
4. PS211 (stapler up/down position detection photosensor) has a coating of lubrication on it. Clean PS211.
5. PS212 (stapler upper limit sensor) wiring is loose or damaged. Repair wire.
6. PS212 failure. Powering the copier OFF/ON will cause the stapler to jog down to the 3rd or 4th bin location, and then return to the top. At this point, the
error code is indicated. Replace PS212 (p/n 540085510) and perform the stapler height adjustment outlined on page 50 of the ST212/213 service manual.
7. PS213 failure (stapler lower limit detection photosensor).
Verify PS213 using 47 mode, input code 77, multi code 03. A LO should appear in display when sensor is not flagged.
Replace PS213 (p/n 540085510).
8. The wire driving pulley (p/n 12AR76510) is damaged.
Check the bottom of the pulley to see if the cut-outs (keyholes) are broken which causes excessive play between the pulley and the wire driving gear (p/n
12AR77020).
Replace the wire driving pulley (p/n 12AR76511) with the new style pulley which has been upgraded with strengthening ribs.
Note: This problem may also cause damage to guide plate (A) p/n 12AR-5040 which pulls the bins to the stapler.
9. M206 (stapler up/down motor) failure. Replace M206 (p/n 460080031).
Solution ID
TAUS0602639EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Background, overtoning, dark copies or poor fill.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Parts replacement has not occurred at the scheduled maintenance intervals. Replacement of the exposure lamp, PTL, all corona wires and filters (every
150K) must be done at the 300K PM .
and developer.
Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges will fit in the 6190 hopper.
3. Incorrect installation of the PTL. The foil coating should be facing down, away from drum.
4. Incorrect PTL installed. For a short period in January 1997, 7490 PTLs were mistakenly shipped in 5370 and 6190 boxes. The correct PTL (5370/6190
style) will have FL12A60BDU/48T16BX printed on the lamp and 25AA83050 stamped on the box. The incorrect (7490 style) PTL will have
FL12SSA-BDU-42/60 printed on the lamp and 25AA83050 stamped on the box. The 7490 lamp will not operate in the 6190 or 5370.
5. Incorrect angle of the sixth mirror. Ensure that the sixth mirror is contacting the adjusting screw and is not binding.
6. Dirty exposure lamp contacts or lamp terminals.
Clean the exposure lamp contacts and the lamp terminals. If they are pitted, replace the lamp (p/n 25AA83011) and the terminals (p/n 25AA-6780).
7. The two (2) main charge corona wires are installed incorrectly.
The corona wires are installed in the end blocks with the wires resting above the positioning tabs. This incorrect installation causes the corona wires to be
excessively close to the drum when the charge unit is installed. The corona wires will then overcharge the drum during the copy process.
Reinstall the corona wires in the end blocks so that the they rest on the outside ends of the first positioning tabs and on the lower tier of the second positioning
tab.
Solution ID
TAUS0612162EN*
Solution Usage
47
Description
The LCD touchscreen is locked up, inoperable, erratic, or damaged.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 on the operation board. Replace the 5V DC ICP.
2. Poor DCPS1 connections (in particular, 5V DC). Diagnostics and memory cannot be accessed. When the RADF is disconnected, and the copier powered
up, code 60-01 is displayed (this is normal). At this point, the 47 and 25 modes can be accessed. Reseat the DCPS1 connections, the EPROMs on OB1,
and verify proper connections between the operation unit and CB1.
If reseating the connectors does not resolve the problem (5V DC cannot be measured from DCPS1, CN7, pin 6). Replace DCPS1 (p/n 25AA84510).
3. Touch beeper is not ON, this causes key operators to push too hard on the display damaging the membrane (dead spots).
Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) and activate the beeper function.
Note: To activate the beeper function:
1. Turn the machine ON while holding the HELP key.
February 2013
120
6190
2. Select Key click sound.
3. Select ON (and LONG or SHORT response)
4. Turn machine OFF then ON.
4. Backup battery failure (memory board, located on the main CB). Check the battery output with the machine OFF. The output should be at least 3V DC.
Replace the memory board if necessary (p/n 25AA-9100).
5. Blank LCD due to operation panel failure. Erratic operation continues after replacing the LCD component. Replace the operation panel complete (p/n
25AE-7006).
6. Dead spots on the touch membrane. Faulty operation board 1 is not processing the signal received from the touch screen leading to non selection in a
particular LCD area. Replace OB1 (p/n 25AA-9322).
7. Improperly grounded LCD unit can lead to screen lock up (KONICA is displayed). Install a ground wire from the op panel ground to the right side of the
LCD. Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) if erratic operation continues.
8. LCD fades out at power up or goes blank during operation after the EPROM's were replaced. Verify that the latest production firmware is installed as a
set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 619018-41.0
Main CB
- 619019-41.0
Main CB
- 619010-17.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four OP Board
619022-40.0
619026-40.0
619027-40.0
619028-41.0
9. Loose connectors on the LCD cause a loss of transferred data. Reseat the connectors on the operation panel.
Solution ID
TAUS0601780EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
Code 99-01 in idle or when duplexing. ADU rear or side guides are not positioned correctly.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Paper dust, toner and fuser oil residue build up in the stacker unit will cause binding of the ADU rear and side guide plates. Clean the stacker unit
thoroughly, then check the side guide operation using the 47 mode, code 89.
2. Front guide, torque limiter failure. Replace the torque limiter (p/n 25AA52540).
3. The rear guide is moving in too close to the paper due to toner contamination of the torque adjust gear (see explanation in 5370/6190 manual page 2-149).
Replace the torque limiter (p/n 25AA52540) and install the Collar C modification (p/n U141-1040) which is a nylon washer designed to eliminate toner from
contaminating the assembly. This modification is outlined in 5370/5370M/6190 Technical Bulletin #34 .
4. M22 failure (rear/side guide motor). The guide plates do not operate. Replace M22 (p/n 25AA-0261).
5. Faulty operation of DB3. Ensure that all ADU clutches and the torque limiter are in good operational order. If the problem continues to occur, replace DB3
(p/n 25AA-9083) may be functioning improperly. Replace if necessary.
Note: This code is not listed in the jam list in the 5370/6190 service manual. Refer to page 7-18 (25 mode section) in the service manual for additional error
codes.
February 2013
121
6190M
Solution ID
TAUS0603169EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Can NCR PAPER be used as copy paper?
Solution
NCRPAPER has been approved for use with the listed machines.
Konica Minoltarecommends an NCR PAPER named Xero/Form II fromAppleton Papers in Wisconsin. Xero/Form II is a vegetable-based product
that works extremely well.
Note : For the bizhub PRO C500 and 920, refer to Bulletin #5349 . For the bizhub PRO 1050 series see Marketing Bulletin #05-GB-014 .
Solution ID
TAUS0605553EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Site requirements, 6190M.
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0606723EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PLEASE SELECT CFF/SDF MODE ACCORDING TO ORIGINAL PLACEMENT message at power up, or when an original is placed in the RADF.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Paper dust is covering the CFF original detection sensor (PS60). Clean the photosensor and verify operation using 47 multimode, input code 62, press
P-08-P (the RADF must be closed when testing this photosensor). The state of PS60 is displayed at the top of the LCD. If no paper is present at the sensor,
LO is displayed, and if paper is present at the sensor, HI is displayed.
2. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) sensitivity is not adjusted correctly. On the RADF CB, adjust VR4 until LED4 lights, plus three scale divisions.
Check that the LED goes OFF/ON when paper is present/not present.
3. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) connector (CN593) is disconnected. Inspect the connector, which is located under the CFF lift plate.
4. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) reflector, located on the RADF guide plate (E) (p/n 12AA-4640), is incorrectly positioned or missing.
Reposition or replace the reflector (p/n 12AA46420).
5. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) has failed. Replace PS60 (p/n 25QA85511). If necessary, replace the RADF power source wiring harness
(p/n 12WA90050).
Note: CFF mode cannot be disabled.
Solution ID
TAUS0608725EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
No power.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse 2 on the relay board (behind the noise filter) is open, or CN67 on the relay board is not seated correctly.
SOLUTION: Replace the relay board (p/n 50BA-9261) and/or ensure that all connectors are secure.
CAUTION: Isolate power from the copier before working in this area.
Solution ID
TAUS0604632EN*
Description
ST212 compatibility.
Solution
The ST212, cannot be used on the model 5370M and model 6190M.
If the ST212, is installed on a model 5370M or model 6190M, code 77-78 will displayed on the LCD at power up, due to wiring differences to the bin alignment
arm motor (M205).
Solution ID
TAUS0609963EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
122
6190M
Jam positions 7 and 8 during copy mode.
Solution
CAUSE: The conveyance roller (C), or regulating belts, in the ADU paper reverse exit unit are worn.
SOLUTION: Replace the conveyance roller (p/n 25AA48190) or all six regulating belts (p/n 50BA48221).
Solution ID
TAUS0605192EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to identify a 6190M, ST212M, ST213M and DF307M.
Solution
The serial number prefix for a 6190M is 50BE. The serial number prefix for an ST212M is 12WN. The serial number prefix for a ST213M is 12WT. The serial
number prefix for the DF307M is 12WE.
Solution ID
TAUS0606324EN*
Solution Usage
Description
DF307M, jam position 10 or 11.
Solution
CAUSE: The double feed torque limiter spring can become deformed when an operator pulls a misfed original out without releasing the spring tension
handle.
SOLUTION: Reposition the spring within the torque limiter at the next PM or service call per DF307/DF307M Technical Bulletin #6 .
Solution ID
TAUS0607703EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PLEASE SELECT CFF/SDF MODE message at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust covers the CFF original detection sensor (PS60). This sensor is located to the right of the platen glass, approximately 3 inches from the
rear.
SOLUTION: Clean the photosensor and verify operation using 47 multimode, input code 62, press P-08-P (the RADF must be closed when testing this
photosensor). The state of PS60 is displayed at the top of the LCD. If no paper is present at the sensor, LO (LOW) is displayed, and if paper is present at the
sensor, HI (HIGH) is displayed. If necessary, replace PS60 (p/n 25QA85511) and/or the RADF power source wiring harness (p/n 12WA90050).
Solution ID
TAUS0608256EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to program CFF paper sizes.
Solution
6190M CFF set-up programming (no EPROM update required):
1. Access the key operator mode. (power ON, Help).
2. Use the up/down arrows to select switch number 16 Magnification when CFF mode. APS select.
3. Set to "at R/E" (reduction/enlargement).
4. Press previous screen and turn the machine OFF/ON.
5. Set Erasure outside area of original to Area Outside Original Erased.
6. Set CFF original hole erasure to ON or OFF based on customers preference.
To select from standard CFF sizes, access the 25 mode and set software switches:
12-3 to 0 for CFF standard original mode.
The following standard CFF original sizes are available:
12-4 to 0 for 14 7/8x11 (CFF1)
9.5x11 (CFF2)
12x8.5 (CFF3)
12-4 to 1 for 14 7/8x12 (CFF1)
9.5x11 (CFF2)
9.5x12 (CFF3)
Set 12-5 and 12-6 to 0 the copy operation in the sort mode stops when full.
To select non-standard CFF sizes, use the following procedure as an example (14 7/8x8.5).
1. Access the 25 mode and set software switches:
2. Set 12-3 to 1 for CFF non-standard original mode (ON).
3. Set 12-4 to 0 (12x8.5 can be adjusted to accomodate our new size: 147/8x8.5).
4. Press Previous screen.
5. From the 25 mode menu screen, touch the down arrow.
6. Select #14 CFF size setting screen.
7. Press the next setting button four times to display CFF3 original vertical setting (inch) is displayed.
8. Input 149 (14.9 for 14 7/8 inches), then press SET.
February 2013
123
6190M
9. Press next setting to display the CFF3 holes number setting.
10. Set to 17 hole (from range of 15-19). This selection will set the size to 8.5 inch.
11. Press Previous screen until the 25 mode menu screen is displayed. Power the machine OFF.
Note: In the above example, AMS will reduce the copy to 79% to fit to 8.5x11. This may cut-off some of the original. If this is unacceptable, set the reduction
to 77% to compensate, then store the information using the job memory mode:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In idle mode, press the Applications Button, touch CFF, touch CFF3 and touch OK. (flip the ADF exit tray).
Press Lens Mode Button, select preset #3 for 77% (APS will magnification.
Set other pertinent customer job data. When all job selections are made, press JOB MEMORY to display the Job Store/Recall Selection Screen.
Press JOB STORE. If the listed settings are correct, touch OK to display the Job Number Selection Screen.
Press one of the keys number 1-25. Your selection will be highlighted. Press OK.
Enter a job name of up to 6 characters using the Job Name Registration Screen. Press the OK button to complete the setting and return to the basic menu.
Select the job you just programmed using the job memory recall, load your CFF original and verify operation.
February 2013
124
7020
Solution ID
TAUS0613183EN*
Solution Usage
773
Description
Background, streaks, toner misting, and/or excessive toner build up in the recycler unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed toner recycling auger assembly attached to the rear of the drum carriage and/or insufficient sealing of the developing unit causing toner
misting onto the charging corona unit.
SOLUTION: Install the following:
1. Toner Packing Countermeasure Kit (p/n 26NA-K040).
Note : Technical Bulletin 9A indicates that only 4 mylars are to be removed from collect cover/C. This is incorrect, remove ALL mylars from collect cover/C.
2. Charging Corona Soilage Countermeasure Kit 1 (p/n 26NA-K010) and Kit 2 (p/n 26NA-K020).
3. Due to timing changes in M1 (Main motor) it is critical that minimum level 32 System firmware and minimum level 31 Image firmwarebe installed when
performing this modification.
Notes :
a. Please refer to 7020/7025/7030/7035 Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS) for the complete installation procedures and for the proper parts
ordering procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
b. Be sure to reset drum and developer/PM counters when either is replaced.
Drum counters can be reset in both 36 mode (8. COUNTER CLEAR) and 25 mode fixed parts counter (4. PARTS COUNTER).
When developer is replaced both PM counter [25 mode (2. PM COUNT/CYCLE)] and developer fixed parts counter [25 mode (4. PARTS COUNTER)] should
be reset.
To help alleviate unnecessary copy quality problems, instruct customer to pull both the small green corona cleaner and the write unit slit glass cleaner several
times whenever toner is replaced.
CAUTION : The L-detection adjustment must never be performed on used developer. L-detection adjustment must only be performed after developer is
replaced and before any copies are made. Developer will overtone if L-detect is performed more than once on the same developer or if copies are made prior
to performing L-detect on new developer.
If black lines or streaking continue after installing Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS), clean or replace the Charge wire (p/n 26NA25060) and
Charging control plate (p/n 26NA25160) as necessary.
c. The kits are no longer FOC and the following parts may need to be ordered separately:
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
Developing cover assembly - p/n 26NA-3062 (1)
Developing seal T - p/n 26NA30980 (1)
Developing cover part/A assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
Developing seal U - p/n 26NA30990 (1)
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
Developing cover part A/assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
ADU lock claw - p/n 26NA50963 (2)
Lock part - p/n 26NA10181 (2)
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Screw guide part/rear assembly - p/n 26TA-2050 (1)
Collect cover/C assembly - p/n 26TA-2270 (1)
Agitating plate/A - p/n 26TA21510 (1)
Toner conveyance gear/1 - p/n 26TA21460 (1)
Spewing PV sheet/B - p/n 26TA21610 (1)
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
February 2013
125
7020
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
126
7022
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
Solution
side.
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
on page 4-45.
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0619671EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
F51-6 code at power up. 24V DC is present at CN22-5 on the PRDB.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed write unit.
SOLUTION: Replace write unit (p/n 26WA-6500).
February 2013
127
7025
Solution ID
TAUS0613183EN*
Solution Usage
773
Description
Solution
Notes :
be reset.
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
February 2013
128
7025
Solution
side.
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
on page 4-45.
Notes :
February 2013
129
7030
Solution ID
TAUS0613183EN*
Solution Usage
773
Description
Solution
Notes :
be reset.
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Solution ID
TAUS0620775EN*
Solution Usage
114
Description
Thick line from front-to-rear 1/4 inch thick and 4 inches long, appearing on first copy out.
Solution
CAUSE: The PCL (Pre Charge Lamp) is coming ON while the machine is at idle, causing a slight charge on the drum.
SOLUTION: Install level 32-CIDO image control firmware which will stabilize the drum potential by making a conditioning rotation before copying the first
page.
Note: This does not apply to the bypass tray.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
February 2013
130
7030
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
Solution
side.
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
on page 4-45.
Notes :
February 2013
131
7033
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0608889EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
Intermittent FRONT DOOR OPEN message, or copies are very light, have lines, unreadable characters, gray background or a portion of the image is missing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The door switch (MS1) actuator on some machines is too short to actuate the door switch.
A modified actuator (p/n 55GA12240) is available to correct this problem. It has been installed during production beginning with serial number 55QE04588.
Refer to 7033/7040 Technical Bulletin #8 for additional information.
Note: To prevent future problems, replace MS1 (p/n 40AA85010) when replacing the actuator.
2. The front door switch (MS1) has failed.
Check the operation of the front door switch by performing the following:
a. Power the copier ON.
b. Monitor the voltage at CN82-5 (gray wire) to ground, and CN82-6 (white wire) to ground.
Note: CN82 is a 6-pin connector located on the rear upper right corner of the copier approximately 1.5 inches below the main power switch (SW1).
c. A steady 24V DC should be observed at both CN82-5 and CN82-6. Any fluctuation in the observed voltage would be indicative of internal arcing within
the front door switch.
d. Replace the front door switch (p/n 40AA85010) as necessary.
Note: As a temporary measure, the switch contacts can be carefully cleaned.
Solution ID
TAUS0607812EN*
Solution Usage
49
Description
How to upgrade the 7033 system and image FlashROMs using a computer and the Windows* 9x ISW Trns utility.
Solution
The 7033 main body does not have EPROMs installed on the main CB or image processing board. The machine is equipped with FlashROMs which are
updated via a computer or using the ISW tool.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
February 2013
132
7033
Windows 95 (version B recommended), Internet Explorer* 3.x or higher, or Windows 98 (Internet Explorer 4.0 included), Pentium* 100Mhz, parallel printer
cable, standard parallel port settings (other than ECP and EPP modes).
Note: Verify the parallel port setting and make changes utilizing the CMOS Setup Utility
(refer to your motherboard manual for instructions). Parallel port verification (but not changes) is made by right-clicking on My Computer click on Properties
click on Device Manager tab click on the [+] symbol to open Ports double-click on Printer Port (LPT1) to view the type of port [Manufacturer:].
FlashROM FILES:
The latest FlashROM files can be acquired via the Konica website (www.konicabt.com) under [Eproms For Low Volume Copiers] located in the NSSG Web
Support area.
Website file designations:
ISWTRNSV332e.EXE (PC ISW utility file)
Contents of 7033 FlashROM files (7033-m46zr.exe version 46.0 PC files and 7033-i26r.exe version 26 Image):
55pai26.001 (image processing ROM)
55qec46.001 (system CB ROM)
Refer to the 7033-40-46.pdf file for level 46 enhancements on the Konica NSSG website.
PERIPHERALS:
FS105, EPROM version 18.0 (p/n FS105A04-18.0); and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 (p/n DF311303-16.0) are available on the website in the EPROMS
section (Eproms for Accessories). The file name for the FS105 is FS105-18.EXE, and the file name for the DF311 is DF311-16.EXE. The FS105 EPROM
enhancement is: correction of stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals.
DOWNLOADING AND INSTALLING THE UTILITY:
Use the following procedure to download and install the ISW Utility and flash ROM files on the hard drive of the computer:
1. Obtain the ISW Trns utility file from the Konica web site. To download the ISW Trns utility program, perform the following:
b. In the left-hand menu, click on SUPPORT.
c. Under [4 Technical], click on SECURED for NSSG Web Support.
d. A disclaimer is offered. Read it and click on [I Accept] to access the NSSG Web login page.
e. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login].
f. Click on the [Download EPROMS] link in the left margin.
g. Click on [EPROMs for Accessories].
h. Click on the [List Files] button.
i. Select ISWTRNSV332e.exe link and follow download instructions.
2. While at Konica's web site, download the 7033 firmware. To download the firmware programs, perform the following:
a. Click on the back arrow to return to the previous page.
b. Click on [Eproms for Low Volume Copiers].
c. Click on the [List Files] button.
d. Click on the latest firmware files link(s) to download, and follow prompted instructions.
3. Install the ISW application program onto a PC or laptop .
4. Set up the ISW Trns utility by following the setup directions.
5. Set up the folders for the BIN files.
6. When the ISW Trns utility main window pops up, the BIN file data can be selected, verified, and sent to the machine for flashing the firmware.
Notes:
a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7033 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Control
BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image files.
b. The Country selection must be KBT for the USA.
COPYING TRANSFER DATA (UPDATE DATA)
Run the ISW Trns program to copy transfer data (update data) to the PC.
CONNECTING
Connect a parallel interface cable to the copier.
CAUTION: If a parallel data transfer is to be executed with the ISW Trns program, the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port should be cleared. ISW Trns
does not support parallel data transfers. If a parallel data transfer is launched with the PC set in ECP mode, the transfer could be aborted by an error
occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to
disable ECP mode before run ISW Trns on a PC with the ECP setting.
UPDATING
Update the ROM data on each control board using ISW Trns.
Solution ID
TAUS0611362EN*
Solution Usage
44
Description
The Weekly Timer is not working correctly.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware bug with system firmware level 42. The Weekly Timer calendar, for the Month of August, is incorrect. The calendar is programmed with
February 2013
133
7033
August starting on a Monday instead of Tuesday. This incorrectly shifted calendar affects the on/off setting for the days of the week.
SOLUTION: Flash system firmware to level 42F. This file is for the correction of the weekly timer problem. The file names are 7033-42FP.EXE for PC files
and 7033-42FR.EXE for EPROMs for the ISW tool. The files are located on the Konica Web site in the EPROM for low volume copier section.
Solution ID
TAUS0607365EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
F46-8 during warm-up.
Solution
CAUSE: The write unit index sensor is out of adjustment or has failed.
SOLUTION: There is no field adjustment or part number for this sensor. Replace the write unit.
If the 7033 serial number is above 55QE06364, order the current style write unit (p/n 55HA-6500) which is only compatible with the current style polygon drive
board (p/n 55HA-9250).
Notes:
1. If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the current style (p/n 55GA65021) for machines above serial number 55QE06364.
2. If the 7033 serial number is below 55QE06365, order the original style write unit (p/n 55GA-6504) which is only compatible with the original style polygon
drive board (p/n 55GA-9250). If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the original style (p/n 55GA65020).
February 2013
134
7035
Solution ID
TAUS0613183EN*
Solution Usage
773
Description
Solution
Notes :
be reset.
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
February 2013
135
7035
Solution
side.
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
on page 4-45.
Notes :
February 2013
136
7040
Solution ID
TAUS0606950EN*
Solution Usage
98
Description
F46-8 during warm-up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The write unit index sensor is out of adjustment or has failed.
There is no field adjustment or part number for this sensor. Replace the write unit. If the 7040 serial number is above 55HE08835, order the current style
write unit (p/n 55HA-6500) which is only compatible with the current style polygon drive board (p/n 55HA-9250).
Notes:
a If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the current style (p/n 55GA65021) for machines above serial number 55HE08835.
b. If the 7040 serial number is below 55HE08836, order the original style write unit (p/n 55GA-6504) which is only compatible with the original style polygon
drive board (p/n 55GA-9250). If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the original style (p/n 55GA65020).
2. Loose connectors on the write unit.
Reseat all connectors on the write unit.
Solution ID
TAUS0606333EN*
Solution Usage
91
Description
Light copies. Toner fill is insufficient.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. When copying using the ADF in AES mode, lighter density may occur due to the process used to recognize the differences between light and dark on the
original.
To improve toner fill, install minimum of level 22.0 (system) and 20.0 (image processing) FlashROMs. These ROMs improve density by altering the light/dark
recognition process when using the ADF in the AES mode.
To flash the 7040 ROMs, use the Microsoft* Windows flash procedure.
The latest FlashROMs can be downloaded from the Konica FTP site .
Notes:
a. DF311 EPROM must be a version 16.0 or higher prior to flashing the latest level into the main body. This EPROM can be downloaded from the Konica
FTP site .
b. This EPROM can not be flashed into the DF311 like the main body. It must be removed from the DF311 and rewritten or replaced with the latest
version.
c. The density shift setting can also be changed using the P mode to achieve the desired copy quality:
I. With the machine in the idle mode, hold down P and press the 5 key.
II. Press the start/print key.
III. The density shift setting will be displayed. Change this value to achieve an acceptable density fill. A setting of 0 is darkest.
IV. Press stop/clear to return to the basic screen.
2. CN49 on HV2, which provides the 24V DC power supply for HV2 and also communicates T/S corona control and shift signals, is not properly seated.
To check CN49 on HV2, perform the following:
b. Remove CN49 from HV2.
c. Ensure that all the pins for CN49 on HV2 are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN49 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires are
properly attached to the connector.
d. Reseat CN49 on HV2. Remove any tie wraps, which may restrict the length of the wire harness and cause CN49 on HV2 to become dislodged.
3. Toner motor (M11) failed.
To check M11, perform the following:
a. Open the front door and remove the toner motor cover (p/n 55GA32030).
b. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, then, while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys, power the machine ON), output code 55.
c. Verify that the toner motor comes ON. If M11 does not come ON, replace the motor (p/n 55GA-3280).
d. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0606487EN*
Solution Usage
90
Description
DF311, when an odd-size original is fed through the RADF, a portion of the image is deleted.
Solution
CAUSE: The RADF APS is unable to correctly detect odd-size scanned originals. The document feeder processes odd-size originals to the closest standard
size. A FlashROM upgrade is required.
SOLUTION: Upgrade FlashROMs to minimum level 37 (system), level 25 (image), DF311 level 16 and FS105 level 18. The latest firmware provides the
RADF ability to detect odd-sized originals.
Note: This function is enabled/disabled (ON/OFF) by a Key Operator Mode memory switch setting for RADF odd-sized original (last memory switch screen,
last item).
February 2013
137
7040
Note: Connect to the FTP site to download the firmware.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0607811EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
How to upgrade the 7040 system and image FlashROMs using a computer and the Windows* 9x ISW Trns utility.
Solution
The 7040 main body does not have EPROMs installed on the main CB or image processing board. The machine is equipped with FlashROMs which are
updated via a computer/laptop or using the ISW tool.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
Windows 95 (version B recommended), Internet Explorer* 3.x or higher, or Windows 98 (Internet Explorer 4.0 included), Pentium* 100Mhz, parallel printer
cable, standard parallel port settings (other than ECP and EPP modes).
Note: Verify the parallel port setting and make any changes utilizing the CMOS Setup Utility (refer to your motherboard manual for instructions). Parallel port
verification (but not changes) is made by right-clicking on My Computer click on Properties click on Device Manager tab click on the [+] symbol to open
Ports double-click on Printer Port (LPT1) to view the type of port [Manufacturer:].
FlashROM FILES:
The latest FlashROM files can be acquired via the Konica website (www.konicabt.com) under [Eproms For Low Volume Copiers] located in the NSSG Web
Support area.
Website file designations:
ISWTRNSV332e.EXE (PC ISW utility file)
Contents of 7040 FlashROM files (7040-m46zr.exe version 46.0 PC files and 7040-i26r.exe version 26 Image):
55gai26.001 (image processing ROM)
55hec46.001 (system CB ROM)
Refer to the 7033-40-46.pdf file for level 46 enhancements on the Konica NSSG website.
PERIPHERALS:
FS105, EPROM version 18.0 (p/n FS105A04-18.0); and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 (p/n DF311303-16.0) are available on the website in the EPROMS
section (Eproms for Accessories). The file name for the FS105 is FS105-18.EXE, and the file name for the DF311 is DF311-16.EXE. The FS105 EPROM
enhancement is: correction of stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals.
DOWNLOADING AND INSTALLING THE UTILITY:
Use the following procedure to download and install the ISW Trns Utility and FlashROM files on the hard drive of the computer:
1. Obtain the ISW Trns utility file from the Konica web site. To download the ISW Trns utility program, perform the following:
b. In the left-hand menu, click on SUPPORT.
c. Under [4 Technical], click on SECURED for NSSG Web Support.
d. A disclaimer is offered. Read it and click on [I Accept] to access the NSSG Web login page.
e. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login].
f. Click on the [Download EPROMs] link in the left margin.
g. Click on [EPROMs for Accessories].
h. Click on the [List Files] button.
i. Select ISWTRNSV332e.exe link and follow download instructions.
2. While at Konica's web site, download the 7040 firmware. To download the firmware programs, perform the following:
a. Click on the back arrow to return to the previous page.
b. Click on [Eproms for Low Volume Copiers].
c. Click on the [List Files] button.
February 2013
138
7040
d. Click on the latest firmware files link(s) to download, and follow prompted instructions.
Notes:
a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7040 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Control
BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image files.
CONNECTING
Connect a parallel interface cable to the copier.
occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to
disable ECP mode before run ISW Trns on a PC with the ECP setting.
UPDATING
Solution ID
TAUS0611455EN*
Solution Usage
67
Description
How to program platen APS for small size originals.
Solution
FlashROM version 37 is the minimum level to allow small sized original (business card size) detection to default to 5.5x8.5 or 8.5x11 size paper based on
software dipswitch 7-3 and 7-4 setting (see below). All ROMs must meet minimum levels listed below.
FlashROM FILES:
The latest FlashROM files can be downloaded from the FTP site .
PERIPHERALS:
FS105, EPROM version 18.0 . and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 are also available on the FTP site. The FS105 EPROM enhancement is: correction of
stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals.
To program platen APS, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Press [1: Software SW].
3. Scroll to, and set software dipswitch 21-3 to a 1.
4. Scroll to, and set software dipswitch 7-3 and 7-4 as the follows:
a. Set DIPSW No. 7-3 and 7-4 to a 0 for 5.5x8.5R default.
b. Set DIPSW No. 7-3 to a 1 and 7-4 to a 0 for 8.5x11default.
Note: Platen APS will detect 5.5x8.5 and 5.5x8.5R originals. The default to 8.5x11 only applies to small originals the approximate size of a business card. To
have platen APS select 8.5x11 with either 5.5x8.5 or 5.5x8.5R, position original approximately 30 mm away from the scale plate.
Solution ID
TAUS0608522EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
Intermittent FRONT DOOR OPEN message, or copies are very light, have lines, unreadable characters, gray background or a portion of the image is missing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The door switch (MS1) actuator on some machines is too short to actuate the door switch.
A new actuator (p/n 55GA12240) is available to correct this problem. It has been installed during production beginning with serial number 55HE05302. Refer
to 7033/7040 Technical Bulletin #8 for additional information.
Note: To prevent future problems, replace MS1 (p/n 40AA85010) when replacing the actuator.
2. The front door switch (MS1) has failed.
Check the operation of the front door switch by performing the following:
a. Power the copier ON.
b. Monitor the voltage at CN82-5 (gray wire) to ground, and CN82-6 (white wire) to ground.
Note: CN82 is a 6-pin connector located on the rear upper right corner of the copier approximately 1.5 inches below the main power switch (SW1).
c. A steady 24V DC should be observed at both CN82-5 and CN82-6. Any fluctuation in the observed voltage would be indicative of internal arcing within
the front door switch.
d. Replace the front door switch (p/n 40AA85010) as necessary.
February 2013
139
7040
Note: As a temporary measure, the switch contacts can be carefully cleaned.
Solution ID
TAUS0611893EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
How to program platen default to a specific paper size (APS and AMS defeated). Selection when the ADF is lifted.
Solution
To program the machine to default to a specific paper size and cause APS and AMS to turn OFF when the RADF is lifted:
1. Access the key operator mode (press and hold the help key while powering the machine ON).
2. Press the down arrow key on the touchscreen
3. Select 13: Memory SW.
4. Scroll to Platen APS using the arrow keys located on the right side of the display.
5. Select EDIT to turn the feature OFF.
6. Press the down arrow on the bottom of the screen.
7. Scroll to Platen AMS using the arrow keys located on the right side of the display.
8. Select EDIT to disable the feature (OFF).
10. Access the 25 mode (power the machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
11. Press 1: Software SW.
12. Scroll to, and set the software dipswitches as the follows:
7-1 to 1 (selection of auto restart when paper is replenished)
7-2 to 0 (platen APS switching to 8.5x11)
7-3 to 1 (platen - small size originals)
7-4 to 0 (platen - small size originals)
10-4 to 1 (1:1 magnification selection when APS released)
13. Next, set software dipswitches 8-4, 8-5 and 8-6 to select the tray with the paper size you desire. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input
to select a specific tray:
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: No preference
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 1
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 2
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 3
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 4
Solution ID
TAUS0606570EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Memory specifications, 7040.
Solution
The machine is equipped from the factory with 16MB of SIMM memory on the main CB (located beneath the platen glass under the lens cover) which is
upgradeable to 80MB. MU-103 memory modules (32MB, SIMM) can be ordered using PCUA 950781. Proper performance is guaranteed ONLY with Konica
Specified SIMM memory modules. Memory configuration and specifications are very complicated. As a result, purchase of memory from a vendor may
result in the wrong SIMM, even though the product is high quality.
The following specifications are guidelines:
1. Konica 32MB SIMM modules (PCUA 950781) are available at 60 or 70ns, with non-parity. These modules have tin plated contacts. Some 60ns SIMMs
are provided. The 60ns memory can be used in combination with 70ns, providing a 70ns SIMM is installed in bank 0 (first slot).
2. The original 16MB SIMM in the E-RDH is GOLD plated. The E-RDH does not require parity memory.
3. EDO (Extended Data Output) must not be used.
4. After installation of any memory, the memory check procedure should be performed:
a. Access the 47 mode, output code 198, and press START/PRINT (memory check starts; it takes approximately 5 minutes to complete). Do not press
START/PRINT again.
b. The output value according to the amount of expanded memory is displayed following [OUT:] on the LCD.
Expanded Memory : Output Value
0 MB
9994
16MB
9995
32MB
9996
48MB
9997
64MB
OK
This check is used only to verify SIMM condition - not the E-RDH board, except to determine its SIMM access function. A maximum of 4 SIMMs can be
mounted.
c. If any SIMM fails, [Memory Error] displays, and each SIMM must be checked to determine which is failed.
Volatile Memory Guarantee Statement:
The Konica 7040 uses an E-RDH (Electronic Recirculating Document Handler). This E-RDH stores each job in memory prior to printing. The standard E-RDH
configuration is 16MB of memory. The memory module used to achieve this is the 72-pin SIMM (Single Inline Memory Module) type. This memory is volatile
(i.e., all memory addresses on a module of this type are reset whenever power is removed).
Optional configurations for the E-RDH allow for memory to be increased above the standard 16MB configuration. This is done by adding other modules of the
same type only, thus an optional memory configuration would also be volatile.
The process of powering the Konica 7040 off via the main power switch on the lower left corner of the exit side of the machine removes power from the
E-RDH, thus any information previously stored will be impossible to retrieve when the main power switch is turned ON.
February 2013
140
7040
February 2013
141
7045
Solution ID
TAUS0618161EN*
Solution Usage
231
Description
Intermittently, a one inch gray background band in the front-to-rear direction is present on the lead edge of a copy produced after the machine has sat idle for
30 or more minutes.
Solution
CAUSE: Use of non - Konica Minolta drum.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum with an authentic Konica Minolta drum.
Solution ID
TAUS0614076EN*
Solution Usage
149
Description
Intermittent E56-01 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Loss of communication from the image control board (ICB) to the main CB.
SOLUTION: Separate the ICB from the main CB and inspect the connection point (CN10) for any obstruction or damage. Reseat the ICB and verify
operation. If problem persists, replace the ICB (p/n 55YA-9020).
Solution ID
TAUS0614635EN*
Solution Usage
146
Description
Intermittent J16 when copying from the platen glass or document feeder.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect Software SW setting.
Note: While copying from the glass, when touching the print button and L1 is performing APS the paper will prematurely feed causing a J16.
SOLUTION: To change software SW setting perform the following;
1. Access the 25 mode (power machine OFF/ON while pressing the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Memory setting mode will be displayed.
3. Press [1. Software SW].
4. Software SW will be displayed.
5. Scroll to dipswitch 2-2.
6. Press the OFF button on the touchscreen to change the setting to a 0.
7. Press [RETURN] to exit the Software SW mode.
8. Power OFF/ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0618237EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
FS109, FINISHER TRAY FAILURE message during initialization.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PS806 (tray lower limit detect sensor) is not being actuated.
Visually inspect PS806 to see if it is being actuated. If PS806 is not being actuated, inspect for any binding in the paper exit tray. To check the operation of
PS806, perform the following:
a. Access the 47 multimode (power the copier ON, while simultaneously holding the 4 and 7 keys), input code 70, press P-06-P. The touchscreen should
indicate ON if PS806 is being actuated.
b. If PS806 is actuated, and the touchscreen indicates OFF, check for 5V DC at CN703-A3 on the FNCB (finisher control board)(p/n 13LP-9010).
February 2013
142
7045
c. If 5V DC is not present at CN703-A3, power the machine OFF and remove CN703.
d. Power the machine ON, and check CN703-A3 for 5V DC.
e. If 5V DC is present, check for any pinched wires going to PS806 and replace as necessary (p/n 12QV85510).
Note: If the finisher is disconnected and a management list is printed, F77-2 will be incremented on the jam list.
2. MS804 is not providing 24V DC to CN709-1 when it is ON. MS804 is wiring normally open. When the stapler safety (PV) plate is engaged the contacts of
MS804 should be closed.
Confirm 24V DC at CN709-1 when MS804 is actuated. If voltage is not present, replace MS804 (p/n 12QR86010).
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
143
7050
Solution ID
TAUS0601193EN*
Solution Usage
501
Description
Solution
Latest EPROM level, 7050. and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0611382EN*
Solution Usage
401
Description
E46-08.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. MS2 and MS3 front door interlock switches are not functioning electrically. Interlocks may ohm out good.
Perform the following checks:
a. Check the resistance on CN8-B6 and CN8-B8 on the main CB. With the connector disconnected from the CB and the front door closed, there should be
no resistance.
b. With the machine powered on, front door closed and CN8 connected to the main CB, approximately 8V DC should be present on CN8-B8 to frame
ground and CN8-B6 to frame ground should also have 8V DC.
c. With power on and front door open, CN8-B8 should have about 3V DC and CN8-B6 should have 8V DC.
With the front door closed, if 8V DC is present on 8-B6 and not present on 8-B8 or if resistance is high or unlimited, check wiring, replace the set of 2 front
door switches (p/n 197085010).
2. MS2 and MS3 are not actuating in proper sequence.
When the front door is closed MS2 and MS3 must be actuated prior to the door switch (AC switch) or a E46-08 will occur. Examine switch actuation and
move switches, within mounting holes, to actuate as early as possible.
3. There is a loss of 8V DC to the main CB. If 8V DC is not present on either connector, check the DCPS1 voltages. If the DCPS1 voltages are bad replace
DCPS1, (p/n 25SA84510). If DCPS1 voltages are good, replace the main CB, (p/n 25SE-9010).
4. Failed or poorly connected E-RDH.
Reseat the connectors on the E-RDH and if the problem persists, replace the board (p/n 25SA-9610).
5. A constant E46-08 is a symptom of a failed write unit. The 3rd mirror may be out of position. The write unit should be examined to ensure that the 3rd
mirror and cylindrical lens 2 are properly positioned . This is especially true if this code appears on set-up after machine transport. The mirror and lens can
be reinstalled to their proper position. If necessary replace the write unit (p/n 25SA-6500). Note: There are 2 styles of write units. One contains much less
hardware than the original write unit. Less hardware in the unit does not equate to a failed unit.
6. If the error code is intermittent and double imaging is present, the index detecting board has failed. Replace the index detecting board, (p/n 25SA-9540).
7. Communication between the write unit and the image processing board is corrupted.
Replace image processing board (25S0-9500).
8. A connector to the video interface card is loose which is creating a loss in communication.
Reseat the connectors on the V/I card and verify proper operation.
9. The main CB has failed.
Replace the main CB (p/n 25SE-9010).
10. If the error code is continuously displayed, check the EPROM set for a mismatch between the Image processing board and main CB. Also check the
EPROMs on the image processing board for bent pin or missing pin.
Replace EPROMs to latest level and configuration.
11. An incompatible SIMMs memory module is installed.
Proper performance is guaranteed ONLY with Konica specified SIMM memory modules. Konica 16 MB SIMM modules (PCUA 950760) and 32 MB SIMM
modules (PCUA 950761) are available at 60 or 70ns, with parity. These modules have tin plated contacts. The original 16MB SIMM in the E-RDH is GOLD
plated.
Note: Some 60ns SIMMs are provided. 60ns memory can be used in combination with 70ns as long as a 70ns SIMM is installed in bank 0 (in the first slot).
The E-RDH does not require parity memory.
12. Signal is being lost or corrupted.
Check presence of 5V DC. Check all connector pins on the IPDB (Inclination Paper Detection Board) CN64, CN145, CN68 and CN144. Examine the pins on
the connectors closely to determine if one pin has backed away from its proper seating position (In one case a pin on CN68 had backed out). Replace or
repair as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0601788EN*
Solution Usage
163
Description
The zoning is incorrect or cannot be adjusted.
February 2013
144
7050
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The first side zoning or centering adjustment needs to be done. Follow the procedure on page 7-33 through 7-35 of the 7050 service manual (4/97 3rd
edition).
2. If the zoning for the second side is off. Check for a dirty sensor or LED on the Inclination Paper Detection Board (IPDB). Clean both areas.
3. There is a poor connection at the IPDB. Reseat the connectors on the IPDB (Inclination Paper Detection Board).
4. The Inclination Paper Detection Board (IPDB) is faulty. Replace the IPDB, (p/n 25SA-9200), or the paper detect LED (p/n 25SA-4150).
Solution ID
TAUS0601739EN*
Solution Usage
142
Description
How to set APS default to 8.5x11with Non Image Area Erase ON.
Solution
Special EPROMs have been developed for setting the APS default to 8.5x11 if the original detected is smaller than 8.5x11R. They are presently available on
the Konica website. To access the EPROM file, perform the following:
1. Access Konica's Homepage (www.konicabt.com).
2. Click on Support (top of page).
3. Scroll down the page and click on NSSG Web Support.
4. Log on to NSSG Web Support and click on the EPROMS icon.
5. Select Eproms for High Volume Copiers and click on [List].
6. Scroll down to the 7050-28D.EXE file, click on it, and save it to disk.
Note: Refer to 7050/FORCE 50 Technical Bulletin #28 for additional information.
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0611484EN*
Solution Usage
138
Description
J30 during copying or printing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect EPROM level. The problem appears as inconsistent loop and can be prevalent in one sided and duplex modes. Install minimum level 26
EPROMs. Latest EPROM level, 7050. and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe
v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]] EPROM history, 7050 .
2. The transfer guide plate is too low in reference to 2nd paper feed guide plate. Adjust the 2nd paper feed guide plate to 1mm above the transfer guide by
installing two washers (p/n 00Z610401). For more detail, see 7050 Technical Bulletin #3B .
3. The 2 mylars on the lower paper feed resist plate, in the 2nd paper unit, are missing or damaged:
a. Some machines may not have any mylars installed.
b. Some machines have the original style rear mylar (p/n 25SA41240) and front mylar (p/n 25SA41230).
c. Machines with s/n 25SE03894 and above have an updated front mylar (p/n 25SA41231), rear mylar (p/n 25SA41241) and conveyance mylar (previously
not used) (p/n 25SA41250) . This modification eliminates (p/n 25SA41150 and 25SA41160).
d. Machines with s/n 25SE09221 and above have an updated conveyance mylar (p/n 25SA41251). This minor change to the mylar improves A4 and A3
feed capabilities (now standard on all machines).
All mylars are to be replaced as a set. The newest style configuration is recommended. For more detail, see 7050 Technical Bulletin #3B .Note: The 7050
Parts Catalog (11/95), pages 46 and 47 is incorrect. Part numbers for items 4 and 5 only apply to the upper plate mylars.
4. Paper feed clutches slipping or not operating properly.
Clean or replace if necessary, 2nd paper feed (MC3) (p/n 25SA82010), upper paper feed (MC5) (p/n 25SA82030), lower paper feed (MC6) (p/n 25SA82030),
bypass (MC7) (p/n 25SA82020) and PFU conveyance (MC8) (p/n 25SA822030). Slipping can occur on new machines and cleaning clutches on setup may
be beneficial. Check the allen screws on the clutches to ensure they are tightened properly.
5. A pinched (shorted) wire to the second paper feed clutch (MC3).
Repair the wire as an interim solution. Replacing MC3 (p/n 25SA82010) is the permanent solution.
6. Separation claw does not activate prior to the lead edge of the paper.
First eliminate paper feed related problems and verify AC and DC separation currents are properly adjusted. Separation claw timing is adjustable in 25 mode
(identical to other models such as the 4155). This information in not published in the 7050 service manual. Address 01 is for claw ON timing: setting range
0-9 (3) with a 10mm increment for each change of value. Address 02 is for claw OFF timing (6) with the same ranges and specifications.
7. Copy accordion jams between 2nd feed and the drum are the result of a faulty rocking clutch is causing the drum separator claws to stay down and catch
the paper as it conveys under the drum.
Replace rocking clutch (p/n 25SA20520) and rocking lever (p/n 25SA20540).
These are located at the rear of the drum carriage and attached to the end of the drum claw shaft.
8. Check the flag on the pre-feed sensor, upper (PS20) for binding or weak/not attached return spring (p/n 25SA40560). The same checks should be
performed to the pre-feed sensor, lower (PS21).
February 2013
145
7050
Disassemble flag mechanism and repair or replace as necessary. The plate that PS20 mounts to can get bent down causing the bottom of the flag to rub on
the T/S HV supply. Note: This problem results in a symptom J31 with the paper not reaching the second paper feed roller.
9. Upper claws do not contact upper fuser roller.
With the fuser pulled out, check the green handle latching mechanism (used to lift the upper exit guide). When closed the upper claws must contact the fuser
roller. If latch binds and prohibits claws from contacting roller, replace the following parts with new style: Separate release plate (p/n 25SA53182) and paper
exit guide plate (p/n 25SA-5442) Note: these must be replaced as a set, cannot mix old and new styles.
Countermeasure fixing jam removal lever
10. The paper loop timing is improperly adjusted on the first side, causing excessive curl of the paper. This creates feed problems on the second side.
Adjust the paper loop on the first side by using 36 mode address 94, range -20 to 50, while selecting the appropriate tray. One step is equal to approximately
0.1% change (a value of 35 has worked well in field tests). To view the loop: remove the toner supply cover (p/n 25SA32060). Note: If toner supply unit is
pulled out to view loop, toner may compact in the
toner supply unit.
11. The PFU guide mylars are rough or nicked.
Inspect and replace the guide mylars PFU resist Rear (p/n 25SA41150) and PFU resist Front (p/n 25SA41160).
12. If the jam occurs in the 35 adjustment mode such as the Printer Gradation Adjustment ask the technician if he is using 11x17 paper.
If 11x17 is not selected and the originals are printed on 8.5x11, a jam will occur. This information is not in the IP-201 service manual. Insure technician
selects 11x17 paper.
13. Failed high voltage power supply (B). Insufficient transfer. Replace the HVPS (p/n 25SA84020).
14. A failed M1(main motor) or the motor speed is slow. The image may also be reduced in the lead-to-trail direction. To check M1 operation, perform the
following:
a. Access the 47 mode (power ON the machine while pressing the 4 and 7 keys), input code 040. Press the P button to display the current data (normally
set to 16.
b. Enter a higher value (maximum is 31), and press the P button, again, to store the change.
This data change increases M1 speed during copier operation which, in turn, alters paper feed timing.
If the problem persists, replace M1 (p/n 25SA-1520).
Notes:
A. Ensure that the M1 drive system is free of any binding. M1 drives the fusing unit, conveyance belt, toner conveyance screw and the 2nd paper feed
clutch (MC3).
B. Return the data in the 47 mode, input code 040 to 16.
15. Excessive wear on registration sensor in the second PFU. Possibly caused by too much loop.
Replace the Resist Actuator (p/n 540041112) and adjust the loop timing.
Note: May be evident only in the 600dpi mode.
16. If the paper stopping slightly before the second feed rollers, the one-way bearing in the regulating gear (p/n 25SA77260) of the paper feed unit is over
lubricated.
Clean the one-way bearing.
17. If the paper is stopping partially out of the fuser, check for a missing or broken paper exit actuator (p/n 25BA53250).
18. The stop and start timing of the paper is incorrect. Copies may jam on the conveyance and exhibit creases or folds (the crease/fold may be more visible
on 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R paper)
Clean the second feed clutch (MC3) and conveyance clutch (MC8). Clean, then check the paper feed restart photosensor (PS4). Verify change of state at
the main CB CN9-A5. When cleaning is complete, signals and power check good, yet the problem remains, replace the conveyance clutch (p/n 25SA82030)
and/or the 2nd paper feed clutch (p/n 25SA82010).
Note: Also, check loop timing (36 mode, code 94, START/PRINT, P).
19. Worn 2nd paper feed rollers, bushings and clutch.
Replace worn parts: Upper 2nd feed roller (p/n 25SA41060), Lower 2nd feed roller (p/n 25SA41050), Upper bushings 2 (p/n 540076020), Lower bushings 2
(p/n 540076030), 2nd feed clutch (p/n 25SA82010).
20. When feeding from universal tray or non-standard sizes. All other trays feed fine. The paper size detection board failed.
Replace the paper size detection board (p/n 25BA-9100).
21. When feeding metric size paper (A4).
Check the direction the paper is loaded. For example, A4 should not be loaded in the 'R' direction. If unit is set up as COPIER ONLY, install A4/B5 Special
EPROM set.
22. If, after a PM, copy quality is poor, the transfer corona was reassembled incorrectly. The relationship of the transfer guide material assembly (p/n
25SA-2660) to the rest of the corona is incorrect. Due to the critical nature of the transfer guide material assembly height (the guide is set at the factory), if
guide is adjusted or removed, replacement of the entire corona assembly (p/n 25SA-2600) is required. It must not be adjusted or disassembled in the field.
Note: In the parts catalog, the transfer guide material assembly is listed as a separate part, but is no longer available. This information is contained in 7050
Technical Bulletin #9 . For more information see parts view of transfer guide material assembly.
23. Charge corona grid plate is not correctly installed.
Ensure that the grid plate is correctly installed.
February 2013
146
7050
24. The T/S corona unit is not operating properly in the duplex mode.
Replace the T/S corona unit (p/n: 25SA-2604).
25. Reduction of copy size may also accompany the error code. Corrupted data in memory or a failed NOVRAM is the cause.
Reinitialize memory. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings resets the total counter to 0. As such, hotline assistance is required for this
procedure
If the problem reoccurs, replace the NOVRAM (p/n DALLAS). The NOVRAM is located on the main CB (IC21).
26. When feeding from universal tray or non-standard sizes. Jams occur from the universal tray only. All other trays feed fine. The paper size detection
board has failed.
Replace the paper size detection board (p/n 25BA-9100).
27. When running non-inch size such as A4 size paper.
Check the direction the paper is loaded. For example A4 should not be loaded in the A4R direction.
Install A4/B5 Special EPROM set.
Solution ID
TAUS0603042EN*
Solution Usage
131
Description
J13-02 while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Conveyance clutch wiring (for the 1500 sheet tray) is being pinched or cut. Check wiring on the conveyance unit for damage. Replace wiring (clutch
assembly) or repair wiring.
2. The paper tray is not coming up to the feed tires due to the LCT cable (front or rear) coming off the pulley. Restring the cable. Verify the tension and
operation of the cable and pulley system.
3. The paper detect actuator for Tray 3 is catching on the lift up lever (p/n 25SA58130) causing the paper tray not to raise while copying. File the contact
area on the paper detect actuator. Ensure the actuator does not catch on the lift up lever.
4. The LCT pre-write sensor (PS210) is dirty. Clean PS210.
5. The LCT paper feed clutch (CL1) is dirty. Clean CL1.
6. The LCT paper feed solenoid (SD141) is dirty. Clean SD141.
7. The one-way bearing on the reverse roller (or torque limiter) (p/n 25AA40220) is worn and slipping. Replace the bearing and inspect the shaft for wear. If
necessary replace the shaft, (p/n 25SA58190).
8. The paper tray is not coming up to the feed tires due to broken tray rails. Replace the tray rails.
9. Paper feed stay/middle has been slightly redesigned in the FORCE 50 as well as newer 7050 serial number 25SE08007. Replacement of this paper feed
stay/middle (p/n 25SA-0611) may assist paper travel.
10. The paper feed open/close plate is deformed.
Repair or replace the paper feed open/close plate (p/n 25SA58060).
If J13-02 (1000 LCT) or J14-02 (1500 LCT) only when duplexing and/or sorting and stapling, check:
11. Failed LCT motor assembly (M140). This motor is the drive for both LCT trays.
Replace the LCT motor assembly (p/n 25SA-1830).
12. Failed DCDB.
Replace the DCDB (p/n 25SA-9040).
Solution ID
TAUS0602212EN*
Solution Usage
118
Description
The copies/prints are dark or have background.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The scorotron grid is seated incorrectly, damaged or mounted upside down. Repair or replace the grid, (p/n 25SA25080).
2. The charge corona wire is not positioned correctly within the block. Check the position of the corona wires within the block and reseat as required.
3. The toner guide roller or cleaning blade is worn. Replace the worn component: toner guide roller assembly (p/n 25SA-2080), cleaning blade (p/n
25SA-2060).
4. Developer breakdown due to over or undertoning. Remove the drum carriage, clean the existing developer from the developer unit and replace with fresh
developer. Clean the toner recycling path to remove any toner from the system. Replace the drum carriage and developer unit. Record all existing 25 mode
settings and 47 mode charge and transfer settings. Perform machine initialization. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the
February 2013
147
7050
total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure.
Note: To web users, the preceding hyperlink is not available for viewing from the web.
Perform an L detect (47 mode, output code 95). Now make another copy and check for the absence of background. Replace the toner unit and add toner.
Restore all 25 mode special settings.
5. Incorrect toner was added. Monitor the TDS voltage. It should be approximately 1.2V DC. If it increases to 2.0V DC and keeps increasing slowly; the
incorrect toner was probably installed. Purge the toner hopper and developer, and recycling tube. Install the correct supplies.
6. If the internal test patterns are normal, then the CCD unit is defective.
Replace the CCD unit (p/n 25SA-6400).
7. The drum is past the recommended replacement interval. Replace the drum. The recommended replacement interval is every 120,000 copies.
8. A defective high voltage power supply A. Replace high voltage power supply A (p/n 25SA84010).
9. Incorrect charge corona current data in memory. The value range is very low (1 - 10). The target value is 170.
Ensure that the charge corona is seated properly. Perform the charge corona current adjustment. If unable to attain the correct value, inspect the condition of
the charge corona grid (plate) and wires. If deemed necessary, replace the charging control plate (p/n 25SA25080), charge corona wire (p/n 25SA25090), or
the complete corona assembly (p/n 25SA-2500).
10. The toner auger (unavailable part) is lightly scraping the toner density sensor causing it to fail. The damaged TDS, unable to properly regulate the toner
density, initiates an overtoned condition.
Replace the TDS (p/n 25SA88030) and the developing detect seal (p/n 25SA30160) which is also damaged by contact with the auger. The toner auger shaft
holders (p/n 318076190) also need replacing.
11. Defective toner level detecting sensor.
Replace the toner level detecting sensor (p/n 540088030).
Solution ID
TAUS0601412EN*
Solution Usage
111
Description
How to program ECM.
Solution
To program functions of ECM, perform the following:
1. In the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys) enable the ECM option. Set address P05 to:
0 - ECM not selected
1 - ECM selected with no stop at limit
3 - ECM selected with stop at limit (will allow user to complete current job)
5 - ECM selected with immediate stop at limit
2. Set the Master key code. In the 25 mode, access addresses P72 through P79 (using the magnification arrow keys) and enter the customer-created 8-digit
number starting with the lowest digit at address 72. Exit the 25 mode by powering the copier OFF/ON.
3. Access the Password Set mode. Press [P] and [9] on the keypad, then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [1], then [Start Print], to select Password Set mode. No. 001 is displayed.
b. Use the keypad to enter a 5-digit password (not all zeros).
c. Start must be pressed after each entry.
d. Press the magnification up arrow to access the next password.
Note : If required, continue to set up to 256 passwords.
e. Press (Stop/Clear) to exit the Password Setmode.
4. To access the Limit Copy Count mode, press [P] and [9] on the keypad then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [2], then [Start Print] to select limit copy count mode. No. 001 is displayed.
b. Use the magnification arrows to reach the desired account number from 001-256.
c. Use the keypad to enter a 6-digit copy count limit up to 999,999. To assign unlimited copying, enter 6 zeros.
d. Press (Start Print) to store the limit for that password account.
Note : To set copy limits for additional passwords, repeat steps 2-4
5. To read the Copy Count/Limit mode, press [P] and [9] on keypad then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [3] then, [Start Print] to display the current copy count/limit for password No. 001.
b. Read and record the information if needed.
c. To continue reading the current copy count/limit for additional passwords, use the magnification arrows to display subsequent passwords.
6. To access the Account Reset mode, press [P] and [9] on keypad then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [4] then [Start Print] to select account reset mode.
b. Press [Start Print] to display the message for clear all accounts [Yes/No?].Select NO: .
Note : If you only want to clear individual accounts, press (Stop/Clear) to display No. 001. Use the magnification arrows to move to the correct account and
press [Start Print] to clear that account. Move to a new account and repeat if necessary. Select YES: .
CAUTION : Be sure you want to clear the copy counts for all passwords. When the message for clear all accounts [Yes/No?] is displayed, press [Start Print].
7. To exit the ECM mode, press [P] and [Stop/Clear] simultaneously.
Note : Please see pages 7-15 and 7-22 of the Service Manual and page 6-2 of the User Reference Guide.
February 2013
148
7055
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
149
7055
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0611831EN*
Solution Usage
45
February 2013
150
7055
Description
Intermittent J17-4, J17-5, J17-6, jamming from all trays (especially Tray 3) and/or lock-up. The paper feed timing is inconsistent.
Solution
CAUSES: Timing error.
SOLUTION: If this issue is occurring, upgrade to level 23.0 EPROMs.
Notes:
1. See the Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7055 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7055.txt]]
for more information.
d. When upgrading to level 23.0 EPROMs, the Operation Panel EPROMs also must be upgraded regardless of written or displayed levels. Level 23.0
EPROMs are available from Konica's website as 7055-23a.exe and through the Parts Distribution Center as the following part numbers:
Main CB
C1 (p/n 7055122-23.0)
C2 (p/n 7055123-23.0)
Image processing board
I1 (p/n 7055B29-13.0)
I2 (p/n 7055B30-13.0)
Operation Panel
O1 (p/n 7055216-21.0)
O2 (p/n 7055217-20.0)
O3 (p/n 7055212-20.0)
O4 (p/n 7055218-21.0)
Note: The Operation Panel EPROMs are new and MUST be installed when installing level 23.0 EPROMs. They replace the O1/O4-12.0, O2/O3-11.0
EPROMs to allow compatibility with future machines.
DF312 (p/n DF312303-14.0)
FS106 (p/n FS106BA02-20.0)
FS108B Copier and printer (p/n FS108BAO2-40.0)
February 2013
151
7060
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
152
7060
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0605150EN*
Solution Usage
200
Description
DF310, intermittent jam position 14 when using the RADF. This jam will register as J62 in the data logs.
Solution
Important note concerning changes to the DF310.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The platen glass is dirty. Clean the platen glass with an approved glass cleaner.
2. The RADF is out of position. Check the RADF position using the RADF positioning blocks (p/n 12ER12073). See the DF310 service manual page 5 and 6
(dated 9/97).
3. The RADF height is not within specification. Use the height spacers (p/n 12ER12110). See the DF310 service manual page 6 and 7 (dated 9/97).
4. The paper supply rubber (B) on the feed assembly is worn. Replace the supply rubber (p/n 12VR40100). The recommended replacement interval of the
supply rubber is every 150,000 feeds.
5. The paper supply rubber (B) is installed backwards on the feed roller assembly. Remove the feed roller assembly and verify that the white dot on the
supply rubber (B) (p/n 12VR40100) faces the same side as the coupling (p/n 12VR40460).
6. The original feed sensor (PS305) does not recognize the original. Clean PS305, and reseat the connector to the sensor. Verify the operation of PS305.
Measure the voltage at CN102-5 (yellow wire) on the RADF CB to TP5 (power GND). With no paper present the reading should be 0.1V DC. With paper
present the reading should be 4.9V DC. If necessary replace PS305 (p/n 12ER85521).
7. The physical distance between the original transmission sensor (PS302) and the original feed sensor (PS305) is too far apart. Physically shift the position
of both sensors as closely together as possible, without creating a constant jam indication.
8. The original push pressure plate has excessive tension (upward force). Adjust the pressure plate by loosening the mounting screw and altering the spring
tension with the adjustment screw (one or both are paint locked screws). With the plate raised, use a gram gauge to push the plate down. The pressure plate
should break away from the feed tire at 115 to 135 grams. Note: For accurate adjustment it is recommended that a 300g gram gauge (p/n 00TL-3040) be
used.
9. Machines within the serial number range 55FE00001 to 55FE02088 are equipped with paper supply rubber (B) (p/n 12VR40100) and torque limiters (p/n
12VR40620 on the DF310, which can potentially cause original misfeeds. Order the paper feed kit (p/n DF310-001) which contains a new torque limiter and
paper supply rubber (B). Note: For best machine performance it is strongly recommended that all main body EPROMs be upgraded to the latest release
when the kit is installed. See DF310 Technical Bulletin #1,
EPROM history, DF310 .
EPROM history, 7060. .
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0605221EN*
Solution Usage
170
February 2013
153
7060
Description
EPROM history, 7060.
Solution
EPROM history, 7060. .
Latest EPROM level hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.1 .
See 7060/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #21 for features of Level 18.0 EPROMs.
See 7060/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #18 for features of Level 16.0 EPROMs.
Solution ID
TAUS0605050EN*
Solution Usage
151
Description
How to program the default paper tray.
Solution
Note: In order to program the default paper tray, a minimum EPROM level of 13 is required.
The firmware listed above provides selection of default paper tray at power up under the following conditions:
1. APS and ATS are both enabled.
2. If using Intersheet mode, chapter (copy insertion setting) and OHP are selected.
3. When the priority tray for APS is not selected or the tray is empty.
4. When ATS is selected during printer operation.
Set 25 mode dipswitches:
15-2 15-1 15-0
0
0
0
Standard search order - start at Tray 2 (Default)
0
0
1
Start at Tray 1 (1= 2= 3= 4= 5)
0
1
0
Start at Tray 2 (2= 3= 4= 5= 1)
0
1
1
Start at Tray 3 (3= 4= 5= 1= 2)
1
0
0
Start at Tray 4 (4= 5= 1= 2= 3)
1
0
1
Start at Tray 5 (5= 1= 2= 3= 4)
1
1
0
Standard search order - start at Tray 2
1
1
1
Standard search order - start at Tray 2
ALTERNATIVE METHOD
If older firmware is installed, the following procedure can be used:
1. To select Tray 5 as the default tray when APS is turned OFF, set 25 mode dipswitches 8-4 to 1, 8-5 to 0 and 8-6 to 1.
2. In the Key Operator Mode (power machine ON while pressing help), select memory switches.
a. Select #7 and turn OFF Platen APS.
b. Select #11 and turn OFF ATS/APS for Tray 3.
c. Select #14 and turn OFF Platen AMS.
The above programming allows the 7060 to default to the LT351 when copying from the platen glass or when using the RADF in ATS/APS mode. Image
rotation and mixed sized originals will function as well.
Note: (Alternative solution) ATS for 8.5x11 Tray 3 will not operate and 8.5x11 will be the default size when copying from the platen glass.
Latest EPROM level hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0605167EN*
Solution Usage
144
Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. DMAX and GAMMA initial settings were not performed at setup. Perform the DMAX and GAMMA initial setting (47 mode code 18). This adjustment
must be performed after the L detect adjustment and before the laser gradation adjustment. This information is located on page 6-57 of the 7060 Service
Manual.
2. Density shift is displayed properly (data = 3), however the main CB does not recognize the value.
Reset density shift values:
a. In idle mode press [P], then [5], then [START PRINT].
b. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT].
c. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT].
d. In idle mode press [P], then [6], then [START PRINT].
e. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT].
February 2013
154
7060
f. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT].
g. In idle mode press [P], then [7], then [START PRINT].
h. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT].
i. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT].
j. In idle mode press [P], then [8], then [START PRINT]
k. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT]. Note: P, 8 remains at 0.
3. Toner buildup at the entrance of the developer unit has caused a bind in the toner supply unit damaging the toner drive gears. Replace damaged toner
hopper drive gears. The worm gear may be worn at the point of contact and is not driving the toner conveyance screw. Toner supply idler gears A and B
have been redesigned and are available as (p/n 25SA77291) for gear A and (p/n 25SA77311) for gear B. The new gears are black (old style are white).
Note: Replacing developer and performing L-detect is highly recommended after repairs have been completed. After installing new developer, do not cycle
machine until the following steps are complete:
a. Thoroughly clean the recycle tube.
b. Disengage the toner hopper from the developer unit.
c. Perform the L-detect adjustment. This information is found in 7060/FORCE 60/7150 Technical Bulletin #2B .
4. No ADD TONER indication. Open the toner hopper and inspect the level of toner. If the amount of toner is below the Toner Level Detect (TLD) sensor,
and no ADD TONER indication is displayed perform the following;
a. Remove the TLD sensor.
b. Clean the sensor of all toner residue.
c. Reinstall the TLD.
d. Run 105 blank copies.
e. Verify the ADD TONER indication is on. If it is, add toner. If the ADD TONER indication does not go on, replace the TLD sensor (p/n 540088030).
5. The mylar on the agitator plate, that wipes the TLD, is worn or missing. To prevent the toner agitating seal from deforming and to ensure proper cleaning
of the TLD sensor, a pressure spring has been added to toner agitating plate B of the agitating plate assembly closest to the toner detection sensor. Replace
the agitator plate/2 assembly (p/n 25SA-3320) and the agitator plate assembly (p/n 25SA-3271) as needed. Machines starting with serial number 55FE05655
have been factory upgraded with this modification. See 7060/7065/7150/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #30 for more information.
6. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 55FA-9010).
Solution ID
TAUS0605039EN*
Solution Usage
135
Description
Unable to adjust lead edge registration.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The wrong mode was selected when performing the lead edge adjustment. There are two modes, copier and printer. Ensure the correct mode is selected
before performing the adjustment. To perform the lead edge adjustment perform the following:
a. Enter the 36 mode.
b. From the adjustment mode screen, select 2 for timing adjustment.
c. From the timing adjustment mode screen, select 2 for restart timing adjustment.
d. The copier mode will adjust the lead edge position for all copies made in the VERY HIGH MODE. Copier collective will adjust all trays to the same
value. Pressing the next adjustment button will allow individual adjustment of each tray. Note: After using the copier collective mode and the machine is
powered OFF/ON the data will read 0. The setting has been stored and can be viewed in the individual settings.
e. Set an 11x17 original on the platen glass.
f. Press the copy screen button on the touchscreen. Note: The VERY HIGH light on the operation panel will go on to indicate this mode is being adjusted.
g. Select 11x17 for the paper size.
h. Press the start print button, and visually check the lead edge timing.
i. If the lead edge timing is not within standard, press the C button while holding down the P button; to return to the restart timing adjustment screen.
j. Enter a value from the numeric keypad on the touchscreen, then press the set key. Input range -99 to 99. Note: One step is equal to 0.1 mm. Press the
copy screen button and make a copy.
k. Repeat the above steps until the standard is achieved.
Standard:
Main body without rotation 3mm
Full system without rotation 4mm
Main body with rotation 4mm
Full system with rotation 6mm
l. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
Note the following, common problem, unable to adjust:
To perform the lead edge adjustment for all copies NOT utilizing the VERY HIGH mode (E-RDH memory), perform the following:
a. Enter the 36 mode.
b. From the adjustment mode screen, select 2 for timing adjustment.
c. From the timing adjustment mode screen, select 2 for restart timing adjustment.
d. Press the next adjustment button to scroll to (printer: collective). Note: This adjustment will adjust all trays to the same value. Pressing the next
adjustment button will allow individual adjustment of each tray, or SIDE TWO. Note: After using the printer collective mode and the machine is powered
OFF/ON the data will read 0. The setting has been stored and can be viewed in the individual settings.
e. Press the copy screen button on the touch screen.
f. Press the start print button, the machine will exit a self-generated 11x17 test chart. Visually check the lead edge timing.
g. If the lead edge timing is not within standard, press the C button while holding down the P button; to return to the restart timing adjustment screen.
h. Enter a value from the numeric keypad on the touchscreen, then press the set key. Input range -99 to 99. Note: One step is equal to 0.1 mm. Press
the copy screen button and make a copy.
February 2013
155
7060
i. Repeat the above steps until the standard is achieved.
Standard:
Main body without rotation 3mm
Full system without rotation 4mm
Main body with rotation 4mm
Full system with rotation 6mm
j. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
2. The adjustment value was changed by only one digit. Enter a value at least 10 higher, or 10 smaller, than the existing value. This will input a value that
will change the registration by approximately 1mm. This allows the change to be observed. Note: 1 step change = 0.1mm. Once the registration is close,
smaller values can be used to fine tune the image.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
February 2013
156
7065
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
157
7065
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0609849EN*
Solution Usage
249
Description
F36-2 during initial warm-up.
Solution
CAUSE: Some early production main CBs are susceptible to experiencing this failure code during warm-up after being in low power mode.
SOLUTION: The 7065 main CB has been modified to correct this problem. Modified main CBs have a part number of 55TA-9015 or above. The main CB
can be replaced under an FTR program until January 31, 2002. Please reference 7065 Technical Bulletin #37 for complete program details.
Solution ID
TAUS0609659EN*
Solution Usage
195
Description
DF312, intermittent double feeding.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Multi-feeding of originals has been determined to be caused by the pad material .
The part number for the pad (p/n 129H-4580) remains unchanged because the design is the same; only the material has been changed. The Parts
Department inventory has been purged of all Type 2A pads and only Type 1 or Type 3 pads will be shipped.
2. Worn separator (DFP) pad.
A new style separator pad (p/n 129H-4580) and fanning spring (p/n129H45220) are available to prevent double feeding. These parts must be installed as a
set. The serial number cut-ins when the new parts were added to the machines during production are as follows:
7055 - 55WE04211
7065 - 55TE07923
Note:
1. The fanning spring tension has been decreased. The original fanning spring was 25.5mm in length. The new fanning spring is 22mm in length and may be
either gold or silver colored.
2. The pad material has changed. The current pad is gray; the new pad is white.
3. Under no circumstances should the new pad be cleaned with alcohol. Cleaning it with alcohol will increase the friction and no-feed jamming can result. If
alcohol is used accidentally, it may take 150 original feeds to correct the problem.
4. If the current fanning spring is used with the new pad, noise will be generated during original feed.
5. The torque limiter (p/n 129H-4740) must either be left in place or replaced if it was previously removed.
6. Both pickup springs (p/n 120A45470) must be installed if they were previously disengaged.
See DF312 Technical Bulletin #2 .
February 2013
158
7065
Solution ID
TAUS0611832EN*
Solution Usage
126
Description
Intermittent J17-4, J17-5, J17-6, jamming from all trays (especially Tray 3) and/or lock-up. The paper feed timing is inconsistent.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Timing error. If this issue is occurring, upgrade to minimum level 23.0 EPROMs.
Notes:
a. See the Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe
v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]] for more information.
b. When upgrading to level 23.0 EPROMs, the Operation Panel EPROMs also must be upgraded regardless of written or displayed levels. Dipswitch 17-0
should be set to 1. Level 23.0 EPROMs are available from Konica's website as 7065-23a.exe and through the Parts Distribution Center as the following part
numbers:
Main CB
C1 (p/n 7065122-23.0)
C2 (p/n 7065123-23.0)
I1 (p/n 7065B29-13.0)
I2 (p/n 7065B30-13.0)
Operation Panel
O1 (p/n 7065216-21.0)
O2 (p/n 7065217-20.0)
O3 (p/n 7065212-20.0)
O4 (p/n 7065218-21.0)
Note: The Operation Panel EPROMs are new and MUST be installed when installing level 23.0 EPROMs. They replace the O1/O4-12.0, O2/O3-11.0
EPROMs to allow compatibility with future machines.
DF312 (p/n DF312303-14.0)
FS106 remains at level 20.0
FS108B Copier and printer (p/n FS108BA02-40.0)
2. A bind in the LCT and PFU components driven by the LCT paper feed motor (M140). Inspect mylar guide (p/n 55FA-4150) for damage. Replace as
necessary. Refer to the drive system diagrams in the service manual to determine which drive components to check. Do not lubricate bushings. Clean them
with alcohol. Ensure that drive belts are adjusted to the proper tension.
3. The movement of the lower paper exit guide (located in the reverse paper exit unit) is sluggish, due to a weak solenoid holder spring, or binding between
the shaft of the lower paper exit guide and the bushings, resulting in improper sensor actuation. To ensure proper movement of the lower paper exit guide,
b. Remove the reverse paper exit unit.
c. Inspect the solenoid holder spring for any signs of damage or weakness. Increase the tension, or replace the spring (p/n 55TA43240) as necessary.
d. Remove the e-clips (p/n 00Z670406) from each end of the lower paper exit guide shaft.
e. Remove and clean the paper feed delivery shaft bushings. Replace the paper feed delivery shaft bushings (p/n 466076020) as necessary.
f. Thoroughly, clean the ends of the lower paper exit guide shaft. Replace the lower paper exit guide shaft (p/n 55TA43090) as necessary.
4. Rick Kubal, Konica BT Minneapolis, has identified that the black idler rollers (p/n 55TA40160) are binding against the roller cutouts in paper feed guide
plate (A) (p/n 55FA40632). Reform the cutouts in the guide plate to ensure the idler rollers spin freely.
Solution ID
TAUS0609547EN*
Solution Usage
122
Description
Light copies, poor fill at setup.
Solution
CAUSE: Performing various setup adjustments out of sequence.
SOLUTION: Use the following procedures to ensure proper setup of a new machine.
COPIER ONLY SETUP
Order in which setup procedures are done is critical:
1. Charge Grid Voltage.
2. L-Detection.
3. Dmax.
4. LD1 and LD2 Offset (strive for the darkest density of the spec).
5. Sub Pitch Offset.
February 2013
159
7065
6. Perform Gamma Correction after all others are done.
Although, the density may appear weak at setup when compared to a model 7050 or 7150, it actually is within the technical specifications for this model. The
Engineering Department has analyzed numerous sample copies from the field on a densitometer. In all cases, the density met the technical specifications for
the model 7065. Differences will be noted in the density level when comparing 7050 print samples to a 7065. However, this difference is by design and is not
indicative of a problem with the 7065.
IF CONNECTING THE COPIER AS A PRINTER AT A LATER DATE, USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE:
Refer to Image Processor Manual Models IP302/IP302 PLUS/IP303 (6/99). The manual recommends on page 2-4, step #3, under Preparation, to perform the
47 mode, output code 18 adjustment (Gamma and Dmax together) prior to performing LD1 and LD2 Offset for 600dpi. If performed, an incorrect laser output
power reference results when Gamma is adjusted. Instead, the following order is recommended:
1. Use 47 mode, output code 120 to adjust the printer mode to be automatically set in the NOVRAM.
2. Dmax only for 600dpi. (47 mode, output code 113).
3. Perform all LD1 and LD2 offset adjustments for 600dpi, which includes "Thick Paper Gradation" (strive for the darkest density of the spec).
4. Perform Gamma Correction for 600dpi (47 mode, output code 114).
Note: A dirty Dmax sensor (located on the TCSB (Toner Control Sensor Board)) can also cause light copies. Verify that the sensor is clean before performing
the above adjustments.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0609423EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
Solution
Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]]
7065 level 24.6 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
FS108/FS108B level 41.0 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
7065 level 23 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
FS106 level 20.1 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. .
FS106 level 20 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at:
See DF312 Technical Bulletin #1 for information on DF312 EPROMs.
February 2013
160
7075
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
161
7075
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Why toner/developer is spewing and falling onto the T/S corona resulting in light areas and marks/blotches on copies.
Solution
These symptoms can normally be corrected by following the recommendations as listed in the 7075/7085 Correction Checklist for Background and Spewing
and the Toner Spill Troubleshooting document.
IMPORTANT : The magnet angle area should be checked. If the part is cracked and developer is spilling out from the developing unit refer
toattachedBulletin Number 4832 for corrective measures.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free
from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0610779EN*
Solution Usage
117
Description
How to flash the 7075 firmware with the ISW Trns utility.
Solution
Note: To view some of the hyperlinks, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
PRECAUTIONS:
1. It is not recommended to perform the flash procedure with a laptop in battery mode. It is possible that weak batteries can corrupt the process. If flashing
causes erratic operation or unexpected displays, repeat the procedure two or three times.
2. If unable to access the 25 mode due to firmware failure, or circuit board replacement, access the non-graphical ISW mode by holding the HELP and
CHECK keys while powering on. If the LCD is blank and the timer LED is flashing the HELP and CHECK mode will not function. At this point, connect the
laptop and send the Image files while the machine is ON and the timer LED is flashing. Then follow the text instructions on the display.
To flash the firmware, perform the following:
SETTING UP THE ISW UTILITY
1. Obtain the ISW Utility from the Konica FTP site.
CAUTION: Read the ISW PDF prior to attempting a flash of the machine.
Notes:
a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7075 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Op panel
BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image Processing, Main Control, and DF313 BIN files.
CONNECTING
February 2013
162
7075
Connect a parallel interface cable to the ISW interface connector located in the front of the 7075 behind the toner hopper.
occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to disable ECP mode .
UPDATING
Solution ID
TAUS0613307EN*
Solution Usage
110
Description
Shadows (halo) around portions of the print and/or gray background. F29 failure code(s) may be indicated.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Dust proof glass is dirty. Pull the drum carriage out until access to the dust proof glass is available. Remove the dust proof glass and clean it.
2. T/S wire cleaning assembly is not fully disengaging from the wire when at home position.
Install a redesigned separator cleaning assembly (p/n 55VA-2771). The assembly has been modified for a more positive disengagement of the cleaning
assembly.
3. Failed toner control sensor board (TCSB) or dirty sensor causing Dmax failure codes (check the data collection for F29 failure codes).
Clean or replace the toner control sensor board (p/n 55VA-9510), and perform the Dmax adjustment.
4. Copy quality adjustments have not been performed after developer replacement. Perform High Voltage and Drum Peculiarity adjustments in 36 mode.
5. Developer bias bearing resistance is high. Verify the resistance from the inner race to the outer race of the bearing does not exceed approximately 10
ohms while the sleeve is rotating. If necessary, replace the devleoper unit (p/n 55VA-3000).
6. The AC separation current was set incorrectly.
To increase the AC Separation current, perform the following:
a. Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 3 and 6 keys).
b. Select [1] Process Adjustment.
c. Select [1] High Voltage Adjustment.
d. High voltage adjustment consists of the following:
[1] High Voltage Auto Adjustment
[2] High Voltage Adjustment (Charge)
[3] High Voltage Adjustment (Transfer)
[4] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation AC)
[5] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation DC)
[6] High Voltage Adjustment (Charging grid voltage)
[7] High Voltage Adjustment (Bias of development)
[8] Transfer Guide Confirm
e. Select [4] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation AC).
f. Decrease the current value of 117 to 65 using the numeric keypad.
g. When the adjustment completes, the screen returns to the High Voltage Adjustment Screen.
h. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
i. Power OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
Note: This is not a standard adjustment and should be performed after all other options have been met.
Solution ID
TAUS0611311EN*
Solution Usage
109
Description
PLEASE LOAD 5.5x8.5 message when small size originals are placed on the platen.
Solution
The inability of the machine to default to 8.5x11 when small originals are placed on the platen is a limitation of the product. Paper size and magnification
ratios must be manually selected.
SOLUTION: To make it easier for a customer that copies large quantities of small originals from the platen, it is recommended to select the desired paper tray
and magnification ratio and then store the selections under a job in job memory. Whenever small originals are to be copied, the customer selects this job
from job memory which will eliminate making paper size and ratio selections for every copy.
Any requests for specification changes should be directed to our marketing department using the following URL:
http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/KoniNav/MKT
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
February 2013
163
7075
Solution ID
TAUS0614129EN*
Solution Usage
83
Description
SC56-04 after installing scanning firmware and IP601 system software.
Solution
CAUSE: Software switch 23-4 is not set to 1.
SOLUTION: To set software switch 23-4 to 1, perform the following:
1. Hold the 'P' button down until the message, Enter 4-digit Password To Change, is displayed.
Note: The button must be pressed for about 5 seconds before the message is indicated.
2. Enter the password 9272 and press the Start Print button.
Note: This is a fixed password and cannot be changed.
3. The selections below will be offered; select the 25 mode.
[1] Basic Screen
[2] 36 mode
[3] 25 mode
[4] Key Operator mode
[5] 47 mode
[6] Exit
4. Press item 1 Software SW setting.
5. Use the UP/DOWN ARROW keys to scroll to software dipswitch 23, bit 4 (23-4).
6. Press ON.
7. Press Mode Change and then EXIT to return to normal operation.
February 2013
164
7085
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
165
7085
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0627729EN*
Solution Usage
68
Description
E56-02 followed by a no power condition.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed image processing board.
SOLUTION: To diagnose, perform the following:
1. With the machine powered ON in 47 mode, measure the AC input to DC power supply 2. At the bottom of DC power supply 2, insert the meter leads into
the black and white connectors labeled FT3 and FT4. When the machine is powered ON, 208/230V AC should be measured. The voltage must be measured
with one meter lead in the black wire and the other lead in the white wire. Do not measure each individually to frame ground. If the correct voltage is
February 2013
166
7085
measured, DC power supply 2 is defective and must be replaced (p/n 56GB84520).
2. If 0V AC is measured in step 1, check the voltage at CN900-1 and CN900-5 on the power supply management board. Each pin should have 5V DC.
3. Next, check CN903 pins 1-4 on the power supply management board. If no voltage is present, on any of the pins, the power supply management board is
defective and must be replaced (p/n 55VA-9130). If 5V DC is measured on all the pins, the image processing board is defective and must be replaced (p/n
56GA-9010).
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
167
7115
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
168
7115
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0622354EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
FK117, intermittently unable to print received faxes (the fax unit appears locked up).
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware upgrade required:
SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to level 6.37. See M20040029A1 for firmware correction.
Notes:
2. The latest firmware is available at [[http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/PubBrowser/eproms| URL http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/PubBrowser/eproms]].
3. To temporarily resolve the lock up, initialize SRAM (received faxes in memory will be lost). To initialize SRAM perform the following:
a. Press Initial Set. Machine Setting will be displayed.
b. Press Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. Service Mode will be displayed.
c. Press the up arrow once. Clear Data will be displayed.
d. Press Yes. Clear Data DRAM will be displayed.
e. Press the down arrow once. Clear Data SRAM will displayed.
f. Press Yes twice.
g. Press Auto Reset to return to normal mode.
Note: There are two methods upgrade the firmware version, via fax to fax or PC to serial port.
February 2013
169
7115
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
170
7118
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
171
7118
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
February 2013
172
7118
Description
SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.
Solution
CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server.
SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list.
1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall.
2.Select Exceptions and Add Port.
3.Add a name and Port number.
4.Click on Change Scope.
5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
173
7130
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
174
7130
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
Solution
side.
February 2013
175
7130
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
on page 4-45.
Notes :
February 2013
176
7135
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
177
7135
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611568EN*
Solution Usage
84
Description
Solution
side.
February 2013
178
7135
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
on page 4-45.
Notes :
February 2013
179
7145
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
180
7145
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0621489EN*
Solution Usage
110
Solution Usage
86
Description
F35-xx codes at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed fuser lamps (L2), and (L3).
SOLUTION: Replace L2 (p/n 40LE83020) and L3 (p/n 40LE83030).
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0622567EN*
Solution Usage
65
Solution Usage
55
Description
Intermittent E56-01.
Solution
The main CB has been modified to prevent this code .
Solution ID
TAUS0630888EN*
February 2013
181
7145
Description
There is now a type 1 and type 2 System Control board available for the model 7145. There is System Control firmware for each type board, be sure to use
the correct version of firmware for the correct type System Control board.
Solution
To identify if the System Control board as type 1 or type 2, view the ROM version in the 25 mode. System Control Board Type (type1 or type2) will be
displayed on operation panel.
System Control board (p/n 40LA-930x) is a type 1 board and needs to be flashed with System Control firmware 32 or lower.
System Control board (p/n 40L0-930x) is a type 2 board and needs to be flashed with System Control firmware 41 or higher.
Note: ISW tool Ver. 3.48 is available for the new style board.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
February 2013
182
7150
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
183
7150
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0606167EN*
Solution Usage
136
Description
EPROM history, 7150.
Solution
EPROM history, 7150 .
Latest level 7150 EPROM hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]]
See 7150 Technical Bulletin #8A for more details on the new features of Level 14.0 EPROMs.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0608665EN*
Solution Usage
70
Description
No power.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
184
7150
1. The DCPS has failed. To check the DCPS, perform the following:
a. With the main switch (SW1) ON, check for 115V AC at CN397-1 and CN397-2 on the DCPS.
b. If present, check for 24V DC at CN2-1 and CN2-2 and 5V DC at CN8-9 and CN8-10 on the DCPS.
c. If not present, power the machine OFF and remove all connectors from the DCPS except CN395, CN396, CN397, CN398 and CN8 power the machine
ON.
d. Check for 24V DC on the bare pins at CN2-1 and CN2-2 and 5V DC at CN8-9 and CN8-10 on the DCPS.
e. If voltages are still not present, power machine OFF disconnect CN5 and check for 5V DC on the bare pins at CN8-10 and CN8-9 on the DCPS.
f. If 5V DC is still not present, replace the DCPS (p/n 55FA84511).
2. Either IC 22 or IC 23, which are located on the main CB is not firmly seated. This results in the DCPS not receiving the RL1 control signal at CN8-4, which
originates at CN60-B7 on the main CB. As a result, the DCPS is not energized. Visually inspect both IC22 and IC23, ensure that all the EPROM legs are
properly inserted into the main CB, then reseat both IC22 and IC23.
3. The connector that plugs into CN4, on the main CB, is missing. CN4-1 and CN4-2 are 5V DC inputs that come from the DCPS board CN8-10 and CN8-9.
The Copier will not power up without this 5V DC input to the main CB.
Note: Although this problem is extremely rare, it has been confirmed with one machine in the field at setup. If you have a machine that has this problem,
please submit a new problem through Expert Web* including serial number and meter reading. These submissions will allow proper tracking of field impact.
Solution ID
TAUS0607455EN*
Solution Usage
67
Description
FS103B, not recognized. Paper jams at the entrance of the finisher, but no jam code is indicated.
Solution
CAUSE: The copier needs an EPROM level upgrade to provide recognition of the FS103B finisher.
SOLUTION: Upgrade the EPROMs to latest level 7150 copier/printing/tandem printing EPROMs or the latest level 7150 tandem copier EPROMs .
Internal Link for Faxing/Printing [[7150 copier/printing/tandem printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]] or the [[7150
tandem copier EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150t.txt]]
Further information is available in the Info Source publication to dealers, released 12/11/98, issue no. 82-98.
Solution ID
TAUS0606788EN*
Solution Usage
56
Description
NO TABLE DATA. UNDEFINED SCREEN CODE 1003H message when Universal tray is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect EPROMs installed on the operation panel board.
SOLUTION: Install the minimum of level 12 EPROMs (available from Konica's website as 7150-12A.EXE and through the Parts Distribution Center).
Main C B
IC22 (p/n 7150122-12.0)
IC23 (p/n 7150123-12.0)
Operation panel
ROM1, IC16 (p/n 7150216-14.0)
ROM2, IC17 (p/n 7150217-13.0)
ROM3, IC12 (p/n 7150212-13.0)
ROM4, IC18 (p/n 7150218-13.0)
IC29 (p/n 7150B9-11.0)
IC30 (p/n 7150B0-11.0)
The above list is the minimum configuration.
Level 12 enhancements:
Corrects problem (unique to level 11) when interrupt job completes, the remainder of the original or interrupted job is lost or cleared.
Latest level 7150 EPROM hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
February 2013
185
7150
February 2013
186
7155
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
187
7155
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0617230EN*
Solution Usage
92
Solution Usage
86
Description
How to program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass.
Solution
To program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass, perform the following:
1. Flash the machine to firmware versions Image control 52, and Printer control 36 or higher.
2. Hold the [P] key down until the message [Enter 4-digit password to change Mode] is displayed at the top of the touchscreen.
Note: The key must be held down for about 5 seconds before the message is displayed.
3. Enter the password 9272 and press the START key.
4. Touch [4. Key operator mode] on the touchscreen.
5. Touch the down-arrow which is located at the lower left corner of the touchscreen one (1) time.
6. Touch [13. Memory switch setting] on the touchscreen.
7. Touch the down-arrow on the lower left corner of the touchscreen two (2) times.
8. Using the down-arrow located on the right side of the touchscreen, scroll to [17. Platen org. size detect (SMALL)].
9. Repeatedly touch [Change Setting Contents] until 8.5x11 is displayed as the setting.
10. Touch [RETURN] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
11. Touch [MODE CHANGE] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
12. Touch [EXIT] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen to return to the normal mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0620306EN*
Solution Usage
63
Description
February 2013
188
7155
Toner leakage (or scattering) and/or developer leakage, causing soiled copies, developer carryover on copies, white spots in solid image areas, T/S corona
contamination and other copy quality defects.
Solution
CAUSE: The above symptoms can be caused by the following conditions:
1. Write unit failure - the toner density control system attempts to compensate for decreased image density by increasing the amount of toner added,
eventually resulting in toner leakage.
2. Large amounts of paper dust or recycled toner mixes with the developer causing the toner charge value to decrease which effects its adherence to the
developer and causes toner to leak.
3. A gap between the toner supply opening and developing unit through which toner can leak and scatter onto copies.
As a result of the above, developer/toner spillage occurs contaminating the charging grid which results in abnormal potential control. The covered (blocked)
charge corona grid causes the drum potential to increase and developer to adhere to the photoconductive drum surface. This developer is then deposited
onto the transfer guide plate, T/S corona, and copies.
SOLUTION: Please refer to 7155/7165 Technical Bulletin #8 for detailed information. Use the 7155/7165 Toner Misting Counter Measures Checklist to
help resolve the problem.
To prevent the toner from spilling the REGIST CLEANER ASSY has been changed. See KOM060445.pdf for details.
NOTE: Disregard instruction 5b in Tech Bulletin #8 regarding setting change of dipsw. 23-2. (Can cause SC29-03 after developer change in high humidity
areas.) The bulletin is being revised to remove this step and add more information.
CAUTION: If there is no problem with the write unit and the dipswitch settings are correct, replace the developing unit cover .
Note: To view a PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0617452EN*
Solution Usage
60
Description
DF316, intermittent J62 codes, multi-feeding and or erratic operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The unit has not been modified with the new style DFP roller modification (p/n 13QA-K010FOC) as outlined in DF316 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
SOLUTION: Install the new style DFP roller modification for units with serial numbers below the cut in.
Note: The serial number cut-ins are as follows:
7155 56EE00462 and above do not requrie the modification
7165 56AE01665 and above do not require the modification
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
February 2013
189
7165
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
190
7165
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620244EN*
Solution Usage
124
Description
Toner leakage (or scattering) and/or developer leakage, causing soiled copies, developer carryover on copies, white spots in solid image areas, T/S corona
contamination and other copy quality defects.
Solution
CAUSE: The above symptoms can be caused by the following conditions:
1. Write unit failure - the toner density control system attempts to compensate for decreased image density by increasing the amount of toner added,
eventually resulting in toner leakage.
2. Large amounts of paper dust or recycled toner mixes with the developer causing the toner charge value to decrease which effects its adherence to the
developer and causes toner to leak.
3. A gap between the toner supply opening and developing unit through which toner can leak and scatter onto copies.
As a result of the above, developer/toner spillage occurs contaminating the charging grid which results in abnormal potential control. The covered (blocked)
charge corona grid causes the drum potential to increase and developer to adhere to the photoconductive drum surface. This developer is then deposited
onto the transfer guide plate, T/S corona, and copies.
SOLUTION: Please refer to 7155/7165 Technical Bulletin #8 for detailed information. Use the 7155/7165 Toner Misting Counter Measures Checklist to
help resolve the problem.
To prevent the toner from spilling the REGIST CLEANER ASSY has been changed. See KOM060445.pdf for details.
NOTE: Disregard instruction 5b in Tech Bulletin #8 regarding setting change of dipsw. 23-2. (Can cause SC29-03 after developer change in high humidity
areas.) The bulletin is being revised to remove this step and add more information.
CAUTION: If there is no problem with the write unit and the dipswitch settings are correct, replace the developing unit cover .
Note: To view a PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
February 2013
191
7165
Solution ID
TAUS0617397EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
DF316, intermittent J62 codes, multi-feeding and or erratic feeding operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The unit has not been modified with the new style DFP roller modification (p/n 13QA-K010FOC) as outlined in DF316 Technical Bulletin #1 .
SOLUTION: Install the new style DFP roller modification for units with serial numbers below the cut in.
Note: The serial number cut-ins are as follows:
7155 56EE00462 and above do not require the modification
7165 56AE01665 and above do not require the modification
Solution ID
TAUS0616459EN*
Solution Usage
70
Solution Usage
54
Description
How to program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass.
Solution
To program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass, perform the following:
1. Flash the machine to firmware versions Image control 52, and Printer control 36 or higher.
2. Hold the [P] key down until the message [Enter 4-digit password to change Mode] is displayed at the top of the touchscreen.
Note: The key must be held down for about 5 seconds before the message is displayed.
3. Enter the password 9272 and press the START key.
4. Touch [4. Key operator mode] on the touchscreen.
5. Touch the down-arrow which is located at the lower left corner of the touchscreen one (1) time.
6. Touch [13. Memory switch setting] on the touchscreen.
7. Touch the down-arrow on the lower left corner of the touchscreen two (2) times.
8. Using the down-arrow located on the right side of the touchscreen, scroll to [17. Platen org. size detect (SMALL)].
9. Repeatedly touch [Change Setting Contents] until 8.5x11 is displayed as the setting.
10. Touch [RETURN] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
11. Touch [MODE CHANGE] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
12. Touch [EXIT] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen to return to the normal mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Description
February 2013
192
7216
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
193
7218
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
194
7220
Solution ID
TAUS0628956EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
FK118, unable to receive faxes, but able to send.
Solution
CAUSE: Ring Frequency detection is set to low and Ring on time to ignore ring off time at 1st cycle is disabled.
SOLUTION: Change soft switch 6 (Ring on time to ignore ring off time at 1st cycle(ms)) default is 06=00000000
some of the switchs may have been changed, make all zeros, next soft switch, 09 switch (Ring Frequency detection)
09=00000000 change to 09=10000000 to 20-75Hz, bit 8.
Solution ID
TAUS0630321EN*
Description
FK118, how to change the default Transmission Mode to ADF Tx instead of Memory Tx.
Solution
To change the default Transmission Mode, perform the following:
1. Press the Utility button 7 times. TX Operation will display.
2.. Press Yes.
3. Press the down arrow until Default Tx displays.
4. Press Yes.
5. Press the right arrow so that the star (*) is next to ADF Tx.
6. Press Yes to save the setting. Press Panel Reset to return to normal mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0641225EN*
Description
Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals.
Solution
CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic
insulating material around the terminal to melt.
SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0641541EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
When scanning mixed originals to box, the retrieved documents are rotated when viewed.
Solution
CAUSE: An incorrect original direction default is chosen.
SOLUTION: To change the original direction default, perform the following:
1. Access the Key Operator mode.
2. Select Scanner.
3. Select Initial setting.
4. Scroll down to Orig. direction default.
5. Select EDIT until the desired default is displayed.
6. Select RETURN three times to return to copier mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0644077EN*
Description
FK102, 'Please load A4R' message when receiving.
Solution
CAUSE: Destination switchover in the dipswitches is set incorrectly for metric or Japan.
SOLUTION: Access the 25 mode and select 1. Software dipswitches. 5-0 to 1 and 5-1 to 0 for (inch).
Solution ID
TAUS0644206EN*
Description
No finisher indicated; rotate and sort are grayed out.
Solution
CAUSE: DSW for finisher isolation has been enabled to 1 (ON).
February 2013
195
7220
SOLUTION: Access the 25 mode and 1. Software dipswitch, bit 20, switch 4 to 0 for OFF.
Note: Rotate and Sort will be grayed out if the finisher is set for isolation. The FS should be removed completely to use the sort and rotate mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0644298EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Information for parts number - Control Panel.
Solution
See KOM050583 for details.
Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0644316EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Part number for parts of hopper unit.
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0647840EN*
Solution Usage
Description
NIC F/W ver.2.07 for NC6 and KN419.
Solution
See DLBT0501588EN00 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0648500EN*
Solution Usage
Description
AFR19 and DF321 distortion problem.
Solution
Refer to bulletin 5033 details.
February 2013
196
7222
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
197
7222
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
February 2013
198
7222
Description
Solution
February 2013
199
7228
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
200
7228
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
February 2013
201
7228
Description
Solution
February 2013
202
7235
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
203
7235
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
February 2013
204
7235
Description
Solution
February 2013
205
7255
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
206
7255
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613434EN*
Solution Usage
42
February 2013
207
7255
Description
SC90-01 at power up.
February 2013
208
7272
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
209
7272
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613434EN*
Solution Usage
42
February 2013
210
7272
Description
February 2013
211
7310
Solution ID
TAUS0655179EN*
Solution Usage
198
Description
Black copies/SYSTEM ERROR 03.
Black copies and SYSTEM ERROR 03 occur intermittently in copy or print mode.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Static charge build up. Per 7310 Technical Bulletin #3A .
a. Plating must be removed from a specific area of the print head.
b. A ground kit (p/n 25VE-1500), which has two grounding plates and a grounding spring, must be installed
c. Install a ferrite core (p/n 7310SYS03) onto the print head wiring harness (CN417 on the Main CB).
The ground kit has been installed on production machines beginning with serial number 25VL02441. The ferrite core has been installed in production
machines with serial numbers beginning with the prefix 25VL.
Before modifying and machines, be sure to complete the checks and procedures listed in bulletin 3A.
2. Abnormal detection of low or high temperature of FUSER.
Follow the steps related to the fuser as outlined in Technical Bulletin #3A .
Solution ID
TAUS0600597EN*
Solution Usage
122
Description
What printer driver should be used with the 7310?
Solution
The HP LaserJet III* or HP LaserJet IIID drivers can be used with the 7310. If your software does not have these specific printer drivers (printer types), you
may have to choose other settings, such as 'Laser Printer'. In the case of older software, contact your software vendor for updated printer drivers.
Solution ID
TAUS0611485EN*
Solution Usage
106
Description
SYSTEM ERROR 09. Abnormal detection of toner in the developing unit. Toner detection sensor detects more than 1.925V DC or less than 1.875V DC.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor contact between the toner addition motor gear and the side gear of the developing unit. Wrap black electrical tape around the locating pins in the top
cover to increase the gear mesh.
2. Poor connection of the toner motor connectors. Reseat the connectors on the toner motor.
3. While initializing a developing unit, the print head does not come on and neutralize the charge on the drum. This will cause the drum unit to pull developer
from the developing unit, eventually causing this error. Check the print head and it's connector. Replace the print head (p/n 25VE87040) as needed.
Note: If developer has been pulled from the developing unit, replacement of the developing unit is required.
See page 7-1 in the 7310 Service Manual for more information on the toner circuit.
4. Bad toner sensor or developing unit. Replace the developing unit (PCUA 950736).
5. Bad printer head (power supply) board. Replace the printer head board (p/n 25VE84510) as needed.
6. Failed High Voltage Unit. Replace High Voltage Unit (p/n 25VE87030).
Solution ID
TAUS0600280EN*
Solution Usage
95
Description
How to initialize the 7310.
Note: This procedure should ONLY be performed by a technician.
Solution
To initialize the 7310, perform the following steps.
1. Turn machine off and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the back cover (four screws).
3. Set dip switch #1, bit 1 to the up position (On). The switch is located in the top right corner of the main CB.
4. Connect the power cord and turn the power back on.
5. Press [MENU] twice and [ENTER].
6. Display should show SETUP OT-KEY
7. Press [MENU] repeatedly until the display shows SET MEMORY SW.
8. Press [ENTER].
9. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0] and [START].
10. Press [ENTER], [1] and [START].
February 2013
212
7310
15. Press the yellow [STOP] key.
16. Turn the power off and disconnect the power cord.
17. Return dip switch #1, bit 1, to the down position (Off).
Note: Leave bit 2 in the up position.
18. Replace the back cover, connect the power cord and turn the power back on.
Image of the Dip Switches .
Picture of the operation panel .
Solution ID
TAUS0602258EN*
Solution Usage
68
Description
Dark background on copies from the glass only. Printouts are O.K.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Dirty optical section. Thoroughly clean the optics.
2. Lamp terminals for the exposure lamp are corroded. Clean the lamp terminals.
3. The light quantity of the exposure lamp (AVR) is too low. Adjust the light quantity of the exposure lamp using the following steps.
a. Turn the 7310 off.
b. Remove the back panel (four screws).
c. Turn on dip switch 1 on the Main CB.
d. Turn the 7310 on and press [ENTER].
e. The display should show TEST MODE.
f. Press one-touch key [11].
g. The display should show AVR ADJUSTMENT 1-3.
h. Press one of the following selections.
Press [1] to adjust the center setting of the density slide knob.
Press [2] to adjust the minimum position setting of the density slide knob.
Press [3] to adjust the maximum position setting of the density slide knob.
i. Enter a value from 00-64 and then press [START].
Note: The default ranges for each position is as follows.
Position #1 (center), 52-58.
Position #2 (minimum), 48-51.
Position #3 (maximum), 60-66.
The higher the number, the lighter the copy.
j. To program another density setting, go to step 8. To end programming, turn the 7310 off, set dip switch 1, on the Main CB, to the off position. Install the
back panel and turn the 7310 back on.
See page 4-4 in the 7310 Service Manual.
4. The exposure lamp is bad. Replace the exposure lamp (p/n 25VE83020).
5. The drum is worn. Replace the drum.
Solution ID
TAUS0600845EN*
Solution Usage
52
Solution Usage
47
Description
How to enable/disable the TCR (Transmit Confirmation Report).
Solution
To enable/disable the TCR, perform the following steps.
1. Press [MENU] twice, [ENTER] and [MENU] five times.
2. Press [ENTER], [0], [9] and [ENTER].
3. Press [1] to enable TCR or [2] to disable TCR*.
4. Press the green [START] key and then the yellow [STOP] key.
* TCR will still print if a communication error occurs or if [STOP] is pressed.
Solution ID
TAUS0612373EN*
Description
INITIALIZE DEVE shows in the display.
Solution
CAUSE: The developer unit needs to be initialized.
SOLUTION: initialize the developer unit by pressing [MENU] three times, [ENTER], [1] and [START/COPY].
See page 2-17 in the User's Reference Guide for details.
February 2013
213
7310
Solution ID
TAUS0600185EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
SYSTEM ERROR 05
Solution
CAUSE: Abnormal analog scanner operation when copying. Timing of mirror home position.
SOLUTION: The 3 red shipping knobs may remain installed, holding the optics unit in place. If optics will not scan at all, the optics motor driver board (p/n
25VE87080) may be bad. Also, check the home position sensor.
Solution ID
TAUS0600561EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Dark lines or bands on all prints, lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Check for toner on the drum, (usually appearing as a band around the drum). This indicates the cleaning blade is not working properly.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit.
Solution ID
TAUS0600183EN*
Solution Usage
34
Description
SYSTEM ERROR 03
Solution
CAUSE: Fuser abnormality.
SOLUTION: Check the fuser lamp, thermostat, thermistor, main relay, etc.
February 2013
214
7410
Solution ID
TAUS0604149EN*
Solution Usage
166
Solution Usage
146
Solution Usage
130
Description
General information on the printer options.
Solution
There are 4 different printer options for the 7410. Cables are not included with the interface and must be purchased separately.
1. PCL5e* (bi-directional parallel), PCUA 950717.
Standard memory is 2MB.
Optional memory is 4MB (PCUA 950723) or 16 MB (PCUA 950760).
2. PCL5e PostScript* Level 2 (bi-directional parallel), PCUA 950718.
Standard memory is 2MB.
Optional memory is 4MB (PCUA 950723) or 16 MB (PCUA 950760).
3. GDI printing (bi-directional parallel), PCUA 950716.
Standard memory is .5MB.
Optional memory is 4MB (PCUA 950723).
4. CLASS 1 interface kit (standard modem cable, serial), PCUA 950719.

Solution ID
TAUS0611471EN*
Description
Solution
To initialize the 7410, perform the following steps.
1. Initialize the test mode by setting Dip SW 102-1 on.
Note: Dip SW 102 is located on the main CB.
2. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice.
3. Press [4], [6] and [ENTER].
4. Select one of the following.
0: clear all data.
1: File/Command Data Clear.
2: OT-key/AD-key/P-key/B-key Data Clear.
3: Report Data Clear.
4: Memory SW Table Data Clear.
5: Counter Data Clear (except DRUM/DEVELOPER/TOTAL COUNTER/TONER CONTROL].
6: Activity Report TX/RX Count Clear.
7. Press [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER] to return to the standby mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0604526EN*
Description
What print driver should be used on a Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 workstation?
Solution
To select a print driver for the 7410, the type of printer interface must be determined first. To determine the installed printer interface, perform the following:
1. Press [MENU], [7], [4] and [ENTER] twice to print the printer configuration. The printout will indicate the type of interface if PCL* or PostScript*. If the
command is not accepted, a GDI interface is installed.
2. If a GDI interface is installed, as in a 7410+, no driver is available for Windows NT.
3. If PCL or PostScript is indicated, then select the HP LaserJet* 4 PLUS for PCL* or HP LaserJet 4/4M PLUS PS printer driver for PostScript.
Note: These drivers are available through Windows NT. Konica Windows NT drivers are not required for the 7410
Solution ID
TAUS0604166EN*
Solution Usage
129
Description
How to set the transmission report (TCR).
Solution
To set the transmission report, adjust Memory Switch 09 using the following steps.
3. Select one of the following options:
[0] to disable printing of transmission report.
[1] to enable printing of transmission report.
[2] to enable printing of transmission report only if a communication error occurs.
February 2013
215
7410
4. Press [ENTER].
5. Press [1] to end programming.
Solution ID
TAUS0604186EN*
Solution Usage
110
Description
What is needed to use the 7410 as a scanner?
Solution
To use the 7410 as a scanner, a CLASS 1 interface kit (PCUA# 950-719) is required. Either a CLASS 1 interface software such as WinFaxPro* or HydraFax*
or the Konica TWAIN Software Driver (PCUA# 950-725) must be used.
Note: If the serial number of the 7410 is below 25TK03014, the printer will require a level D EPROM (p/n 7410-11-D) to use the TWAIN driver.

Solution ID
TAUS0604848EN*
Solution Usage
104
Description
Cannot transmit or receive from certain fax machines. The 7410 will answer and send its handshakes but the other fax does not respond. May occur with
Canon* or Sharp* fax machines.
Solution
CAUSE: Level A, B, D and F work OK with these models, but level C EPROMs are programmed to send the handshake once, and may result in disconnects
when attempting to communicate to the 7410.
SOLUTION: Confirm EPROM level by performing a MENU 55. Replace with level F EPROM (p/n 7410F211-F). The level of the EPROM is designated in
the upper right hand corner of the first page of the MENU 55 print out. EPROMs are also available for download from Konica's website, www.konicabt.com.
To perform the 55 print out, perform the following:
1. Remove back access panel
2. Locate the dip switches on the control board and turn dip switch 1 ON.
3. Using the operation panel, press MENU and 5 twice.
4. Press ENTER twice.
5. After print out is complete, turn main switch OFF and dip switch 1 OFF. Reinstall panel and turn machine ON.

Solution ID
TAUS0608644EN*
Solution Usage
90
Solution Usage
86
Description
How to determine which printer interface card is installed on a 7410.
Solution
The installed options are printed at the bottom of the menu 55 preset list from service mode.
1. Put the 7410 in service mode by removing the metal cover on the back of the machine. It is held in place by a single screw.
2. Set the service switch 1 in the up or on position.
3. Press [MENU] [5] [5] [ENTER] [ENTER].
4. The installed options will be printed at the bottom of the first page of the printout from step 3 above.
The appropriate driver can then be installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0604724EN*
Description
Can the 7410 be networked?
Solution
In order to network the 7410 you must have the PCL5e* or PCL5e/PostScript*. A third party print server device may be required if you cannot connect the
7410 to the server.
An Ethernet Print Server option (PCUA 950-724) is available for the 7410 that allows a customer with 2-5 users to print to the 7410. This option must be used
in conjunction with either the PCL5e* Printer I/F Kit (PCUA 950-717) or the PCL5e/PostScript* I/F Kit (PCUA 950-718). Both of these interfaces support the
network printing capability of the 7410 and the Ethernet Print Server Option.

Solution ID
TAUS0604218EN*
Solution Usage
83
Description
How to clear the red communication error lamp.
Solution
To clear the communication error lamp, perform the following steps.
February 2013
216
7410
1. Press [MODE] repeatedly until you are in Fax Mode.
2. Press the [STOP] key.
Solution ID
TAUS0604007EN*
Solution Usage
82
Description
Can the 7410 print in a Macintosh* environment?
Solution
Yes, the 7410 will print in a Macintosh environment given the following conditions.
SINGLE CONNECTION
1. A PCL5e* Printer I/F Kit (PCUA 950-717) must be installed in the 7410.
2. HP LaserJet 4* emulation must be used.
3. A GDT PowerPrint* adapter must be connected to the 7410 and GDT PowerPrint software must be loaded on the Macintosh when connecting to the
Konica 7410. PowerPrint is a combined software and hardware printer driver package which enables Macintosh computers to print to output devices which
would otherwise be incompatible. It consists of a serial to parallel cable, a background printing program and drivers that let the Macintosh users print to many
printers. GDT PowerPrint is available at many local computer stores.
The GDT PowerPrint allows one 7410 to operate in a single Macintosh environment. GDT does offer two network products. One is a LocalTalk version with a
LocalTalk-to-parallel converter and the other is designed for Netware environments.
February 2013
217
7415
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
218
7415
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614369EN*
Solution Usage
79
Description
FK116, blank LCD display, no power or machine not coming to a ready state after installing the FK116. If the fax kit is removed, 7415 will operate properly.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed FK116.
SOLUTION: Reseat the connectors on PWB(I) for the fax control board and the operation panel. If problem persists, reinitialize by performing the following:
1. With power ON, enter the Utility Mode by pressing Utility, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1.
2. Press the up arrow (Delete) until 8. CLEAR DATA is displayed.
3. Press Yes.
4. Press the down arrow (Space) until SRAM CLEAR is displayed. If DRAM is selected, only memory file data will be cleared.
5. Press Yes.
6. Press No until unit is in standby.
7. If 7415 is still inoperable with the FK116, replace the fax control board. To obtain the fax control board, the fax kit (PCUA 950703) must be ordered since
the fax control board does not have a part number.
Note: When the unit is initialized, the counters on the machine are reset to zero. Entry of the previous count is not available. Previous to initialization, keep a
record of the count in the service log for future reference.
Solution ID
TAUS0612903EN*
Solution Usage
61
Description
February 2013
219
7415
Solution
To initialize the 7415 without the fax option installed, perform the following:
See Service Manual page D32 for procedure.
1. Enter the Tech Rep Mode by pressing Clear/Stop, Exposure Control Lighter ( ).
2. Press the 1 key (up arrow) until c is displayed.
3. Press Start.
4. Press the 1 key (up arrow) until c6 is displayed.
5. Press Start.
6. Using the 10 key (down arrow) and 1 key (up arrow), select data of 8 (User's/Tech Rep Choice).
7. Press Start to confirm.
8. Turn 7415 OFF/ON to complete clearing of data.
To initialize the 7415 with the fax option, perform the following:
1. With power ON, enter the Utility Mode by pressing Utility, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1.
2. Press the up arrow (Delete) until 8. CLEAR DATA is displayed.
3. Press Yes.
4. Press the down arrow (Space) until SRAM CLEAR is displayed. If DRAM is selected, only memory file data will be cleared.
5. Press Yes.
6. Press No until unit is in standby.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
220
7490M
Solution ID
TAUS0602796EN*
Solution Usage
Description
ST207, jam positions 12 or 13 when sorting.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Jam positions 12 or 13 when sorting. The vertical conveyance belts are slipping which allows the paper to hesitate and or buckle at the turn around guide.
Clean or replace the vertical conveyance belts (p/n 554048320) and the belt driving roller (p/n 554048090). Ensure the belts and roller are completely dry
after cleaning.
2. Jam position 13. Incorrect positioning of the exit detect LED, the sensor always detects a jam.
Perform the following:
a. Turn ON hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 turns ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is
e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor can detect properly.
f. Turn OFF hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
3. Jam position 13. A level 12.0 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Ensure IC3 on the sorter CB is at least a level 13.1 (p/n ST20763-13.1). This EPROM
eliminates user induced jams.
Solution ID
TAUS0600646EN*
Solution Usage
Description
ST207, code 77-3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the interlock switches (SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4) is open, preventing 28V DC to the sorter main relay (RL1). Perform a continuity check from the
red wire on RL1 to CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately .8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary.
2. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed, resulting in no RL1 drive. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If there is
continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame (disengage the bin shift motor and slide the bin unit
back and forth while watching the meter). Repair as necessary and replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011).
3. CN936 is disconnected, causing an open in the interlock circuit. This connector allows 28V DC to the coil of the sorter main relay (RL1). Reconnect
CN936.
Solution ID
TAUS0600662EN*
Description
ST207, code 77-1.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The stapler unit mounting height is not within specification.
#12A .
Solution Usage
Adjust the mounting height of the up/down base assembly. See ST207 Technical Bulletin
2. The bin rotation motor (M204) is binding or has failed. Adjust the mounting height of the up/down base assembly. See Technical Bulletin #12A. Replace
M204 (p/n 460080031) if the motor has failed.
Solution ID
TAUS0602517EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Latest EPROM level, 7490M.
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0600643EN*
Description
ST201, missorting.
Solution
CAUSE: The wrong EPROM is installed on the sorter CB, or incorrect programming in the P6 mode.
SOLUTION: Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is revision 01.0 (p/n 609063-01.0), which is recommended for faster machines with the ST201 installed. In the
P6 mode set software dipswitch 4-0 to 1.
February 2013
221
7490M
Solution ID
TAUS0600645EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Jam position 11 using the RADF.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Jam position 11. The original will not fully exit the RADF, and or half copies. The one-way clutch inside the paper reverse drive pulley on the RADF is dirty
or binding. When the prefeed operation takes place the first original that was fed to the scale plate is pulled away due to the reverse drive causing the rollers
to reverse. Clean the one-way bearing with alcohol or replace the reverse drive (p/n 016076530).
2. RADF height is out of adjustment. The rear side is too high above the glass. Adjust the height to specification. The procedure is detailed on page 10 of
the DF303/303A/304 service manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0600647EN*
Solution Usage
Description
ST207, code 77-2 when sorting.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse F2 on the sorter CB is open, possibly due to a shorted or binding up/down motor (M202), bin shift motor (M203), or bin arm rotating motor
(M204).
SOLUTION: Check the motors and wiring for any shorts or binding. Repair any faults as necessary, then replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011).
Solution ID
TAUS0601055EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The copier stays in wait.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the fuser lamps is not coming on. Verify L2/L3 circuit paths one lamp or temperature fuse may be open. Replace any open components.
Temperature fuse (p/n 4542-8381), L2 short lamp (p/n 454083020), or L3 long lamp (p/n 454083030).
2. The CA element is touching the upper roller or the mounting bracket. Inspect both CAs for proper position: 1mm above and parallel to the upper roller.
Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads.
3. CN190 is disconnected causing no AC source voltage to the fuser connector CN103-1, CN103-11, and CN103-13. Reconnect CN190 located at the back
of the machine near the fuser drawer connector.
4. The lens cover is incorrectly installed obstructing the optics movement, preventing the optics to perform the home search. Reinstall the lens cover
correctly. Ensure the optics moves freely in both directions.
Solution ID
TAUS0604406EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable automatic tray switching (ATS).
Solution
To enable ATS install the following firmware at IC6 on the main CB (p/n 7490M16-14.1), or (p/n 7490M16-15.2) if the machine is equipped with the staple
sorter (ST207).
Solution ID
TAUS0604647EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the PCUA number for ST207 staples?
Solution
Staples (PCUA 946762)
February 2013
222
7728
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
223
7812DXN
Solution ID
TAUS0617614EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
Error code 140, 141 or 142 at power-up.
Solution
CAUSE: Poor connection between the ID unit and the mainbody pin connectors.
SOLUTION: On the main body, check the three brass colored pins that are near the white drive gear toward the rear for the ID unit. They should be spring
loaded, verify proper movement. If they don't move freely, pop off the cap and repair the movement.
Solution ID
TAUS0618345EN*
Solution Usage
11
Solution Usage
10
Description
No power when machine is turned ON.
Solution
CAUSE: A loose or unplugged connector on the LED control PWB in the top cover.
SOLUTION: Reseat all connectors on the LED control PWB.
Solution ID
TAUS0655049EN*
Description
Microsoft* Windows XP driver support.
Solution
Native Windows XP print drivers are not currently available. The Windows 2000 print drivers use the same driver files that are used in Windows XP and
should function correctly in that operating system.
Solution ID
TAUS0619060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
FATAL ERROR 131, 132, 133, or 134 on the display at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: One of the LED print heads is disconnected.
SOLUTION:
1. Reconnect the ribbon cable to the print head.
2. Try swapping an LED head with another, the error should change to find defective head.
FATAL ERROR 131 = yellow
FATAL ERROR 132 = magenta
FATAL ERROR 133 = cyan
FATAL ERROR 134 = black
Solution ID
TAUS0616111EN*
Description
Test Synopsis verifying loading and functionality of the Konica 7812/7821 PostScript* driver and PCL* driver version 1.2.6 final candidate printer driver.
Solution
Test Synopsis results .
Solution ID
TAUS0616528EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Improper fusing or flaking toner on prints.
Solution
CAUSE: Improper media settings in the driver.
SOLUTION: In the print driver, under the Media type or Paper Type setting, select the proper paper weight.
Solution ID
TAUS0619091EN*
Description
February 2013
224
7812DXN
Paper jams entering the fuser unit.
Solution
CAUSE: One or both of the transfer belt latches is broken causing improper alignment with the fuser unit.
SOLUTION: Replace the left side latch (p/n 40843001) and/or the right side latch (p/n 41479601) as needed. These parts are not listed in the 7812 Service
Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0622642EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Consumable counter does not reset when a consumable is replaced.
Solution
CAUSE: Machine has defaulted to Factory Mode
SOLUTION: The machine must be put back into "Shipping Mode".
To place the printer back in "Shipping Mode" do the following:
1. Hold the '1' and '5' keys down while turning the printer power on. (Hold until "MAINTENANCE MENU" is displayed)
2. Press '0' five times until "ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX" is displayed.
3. Press the '2' and '4' keys simultaneously , "ENGINE DIAG LEVEL 3" should now be displayed.
4. Press the '5' key once, "LOCAL PARAMETER SET" should now appear on the display.
5. Press the '6' key three times until "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed.
6. Once "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed, press '3' once so "Shipping Mode" (Fuse Cut Enabled) is displayed in the bottom line.
7. Next press and hold '3' and '7' together, until "Shipping Mode" stops flashing.
8. Power the printer OFF, and then back ON,
Solution ID
TAUS0616879EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
'Enter Network Password' dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer.
Solution
CAUSE: The User ID and Password was incorrectly entered.
SOLUTION: The User ID and Password is case sensitive and as follows:
User ID: admin
Password: NetLAN
Note: The Password is incorrectly given as 'extendnet' in some user documentation.
Solution ID
TAUS0617709EN*
Description
How to display the total count.
Solution
To display the total count, perform the following:
1. Press the Menu button repeatedly until [USAGE MENU] is displayed.
2. Press the Select button. The total count will be displayed.
3. Press the On Line button to return to the normal screen.
February 2013
225
7812N
Solution ID
TAUS0617788EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to reset the counter for the imaging units.
Solution
When a new imaging unit is installed, a fuse on the unit opens to reset the counter. The counter cannot be reset manually.
Solution ID
TAUS0617615EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0619092EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0617729EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to connect to the 7812/7821 using the USB connection and Microsoft* Windows 98 or WIndows ME. The drivers on the User CD are not recognized
as being correct for the printer.
Solution
CAUSE: There is a problem with the USB firmware on the printer. The USB device name is not correct and won't allow loading of drivers for Windows 98 or
WIndows ME.
SOLUTION: There is a firmware patch available under the print driver section of the Konica FTP site that corrects this problem. The update is copied through
the parallel port of the printer. The parallel port must be enabled to apply this patch. There are 4 patches available. Each patch is model specific.
Note: The firmware patch is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site index on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents.
Solution ID
TAUS0618536EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
The toner cartridge does not fit into imaging unit. The toner cartridge does not sit flat and the blue locking handle will not latch.
Solution
CAUSE: The toner cartridge is for an Okidata* machine.
SOLUTION: Okidata and Konica toner cartridges are keyed differently and are not interchangeable.
Solution ID
TAUS0621059EN*
Description
FATAL ERROR 142 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The one-way bearings on the transfer belt are slipping.
SOLUTION: Clean the one-way bearings located on the rear of the transfer belt or replace the transfer belt (Item #950-192) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0616526EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Enter Network Password dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer.
Solution
The user id and password is case sensitive and as follows:
February 2013
226
7812N
User ID: admin
Password: NetLAN
Note: The password is incorrectly given as 'extendnet' in some user documentation.
Solution ID
TAUS0617122EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
SERVICE CALL 034 error after installing extra DIMM memory.
Solution
CAUSE: The expansion memory was installed in the incorrect slot.
SOLUTION: The DIMMs must be fitted in ascending order in slots 1, 3, 2, and 4. The original DIMM is in slot 1.
Solution ID
TAUS0618943EN*
Description
Toner is flaking or bubbling on the prints.
Solution
CAUSE: Improper media settings causing the fuser temperature to be too low.
SOLUTION: To adjust the fuser temperature to match the paper weight, perform the following:
1. Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed.
2. Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed.
3. Press VALUE (+ or -) until the correct weight is selected. If the correct weight is selected, select the next heavier weight.
4. Press SELECT to accept the setting.
5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. Print from the application by using the printer default paper weight or selecting a heavier media
setting. If the machine is already at the heaviest weight setting, use a lighter paper.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Jim Boyic, KBT Portland.
Solution ID
TAUS0619054EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The lead edge image of copies from the scanner are too close to the edge.
Solution
CAUSE: The scanner paper size is set to A4.
SOLUTION: To set the scanner size to default to LETTER size, perform the following:
1. Press MENU to display paper size.
2. Press the arrow keys to display LETTER size.
3. Press SELECT to save.
4. Press ALL CLEAR to exit.
Note: Scanner's factory default is A4 and holding down the ALL CLEAR key for over 5 seconds will reset the scanner to the default settings.
February 2013
227
7820DXN
Solution ID
TAUS0622185EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Toner not fusing when printing on envelopes.
Solution
CAUSE: Engine firmware needs to be updated.
SOLUTION: Install the latest Engine Control firmware (v1.06 or higher).
Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support
(CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0624028EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
SOLUTION: On the main body, check the three brass colored pins (the pins are spring loaded) that are near the white drive gear toward the rear for the ID
unit. Verify proper movement. If the pins do not move freely, remove the cap and repair the movement.
Solution ID
TAUS0620931EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
System Configurator, 7820.
Solution
7820 System Configurator .
Solution ID
TAUS0621421EN*
Description
What is the toner yield for all colors per cartridge?
Solution
Based on 5% coverage, the toner cartridge for Black, Cyan Magenta and yellow will yield 10,000 pages.
Solution ID
TAUS0623240EN*
Description
Paper feed jam, where the paper constantly jams under the image drums, just before the fuser.
Solution
CAUSE: Broken right blue transfer belt latch.
SOLUTION: See attached document for the replacement procedure. .
Solution ID
TAUS0623791EN*
Description
New Scanner Options for the 7820/7830 Series Color Printers.
Solution
New Scanner Options are now available for the 7820/7830 Series Color Printers See Info Source Bulletin #75-03 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0627918EN*
Description
Light grey background on all prints.
Solution
CAUSE: Drum cleaning has been disabled in the system adjustment menu.
February 2013
228
7820DXN
SOLUTION: Turn drum cleaning ON from the system adjustment menu using the operation panel. .
Solution ID
TAUS0638850EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Fatal Error 020 message.
Solution
CAUSE: An error has occurred in the controller board (CU) or the program ROM.
SOLUTION: Replace the ROM DIMM (p/n 42277502). If the ROM DIMM does not correct the issue, then replace the (CU) controller board (p/n 41884009).
Solution ID
TAUS0620991EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Specifications, 7820DXN.
Solution
7820/7830 Specifications .
Solution ID
TAUS0621960EN*
Description
How to print onto 11x17 paper.
Solution
The model 7820DXN is not capable of printing onto 11x17 paper.
February 2013
229
7820N
Solution ID
TAUS0622185EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Toner not fusing when printing on envelopes.
Solution
CAUSE: Engine firmware needs to be updated.
SOLUTION: Install the latest Engine Control firmware (v1.06 or higher).
Solution ID
TAUS0622115EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
NO PAPER SENSE ERROR message displays when the paper is feeding.
Solution
CAUSE: The media thickness sensor assembly is out of adjustment.
SOLUTION: Adjust the media thickness sensor using the procedure in the Service Manual .
Notes:
1. Do not attempt to turn the lever adjuster past its mechanical stop.
Solution ID
TAUS0622920EN*
Description
How to add toner, 7820N.
Solution
See the 7820DXN/7820N Reference Guide, pages 349 to 354
Solution ID
TAUS0622974EN*
Description
Consumable counter does not reset when a consumable is replaced. Display reads FACTORY MODE
Solution
SOLUTION: The machine must be put back into "Shipping Mode". To place the printer back in "Shipping Mode", perform the following:
1. Power OFF the printer and remove the main controller board.
2. Hold the 1 and 4 keys down while turning the printer power ON until "ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX" is displayed.
3. Press the 2 and 4 keys simultaneously , "ENGINE DIAG LEVEL 3" should now be displayed.
4. Press the 5 key once, "LOCAL PARAMETER SET" should now appear on the display.
5. Press the 6 key three times until "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed.
6. Once "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed, press 3 once so "Shipping Mode" (Fuse Cut Enabled) is displayed in the bottom line.
7. Next press and hold 3 and 7 together, until "Shipping Mode" stops flashing.
Solution ID
TAUS0624726EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
User ID: admin
Password: NetLAN
Solution ID
TAUS0620915EN*
Description
February 2013
230
7820N
Color Paper Media Kit.
Solution
Konica Business Technologies, Inc. is pleased to announce a new Color Media Kit sales tool designed for our full color product line. See InfoSource Bulletin
Number 8-03 for details .
Solution ID
TAUS0622215EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to properly use the Multi-Purpose Tray.
Solution
The Multi-Purpose tray can be selected by choosing either the Multi-Purpose Tray or the Manual Feed Tray option from the Driver. How the paper is handled
is different for each selection.
MANUAL FEED
Manual Feed will not print until the ONLINE button is pressed on the machine operation panel and must be pressed for each page that is printed. This allows
for changing the media source in the tray and the printing of media that could cause misfeeds if more than one sheet is in the tray.
MULTI-PURPOSE
The Multi-Purpose Tray selection will automatically print if the machine settings for media matches the print driver settings for media. If there is a media
mismatch, the machine's display will indicate it and hold the print job to allow you to change the media in the tray. Once again the ONLINE button on the
machine operation panel must be pushed in order to print after the media has been verified that it is correct and the entire job will then print out.
Solution ID
TAUS0623003EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Prints are not duplexing with the duplex unit installed and selected.
Solution
CAUSE: Media setting is set too high in the MEDIA MENU or print driver. (Ultra Heavy/Labels/Transparency).
SOLUTION: To change the media settings to a lower weight, perform the following:
3. Press VALUE (+or-) until AUTO weight is selected.
5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu.
6. Verify that the paper weight is 32 lbs. or less.
7. Verify that the paper weight in the driver is set to PRINTER SETTINGS or a lighter setting.
Solution ID
TAUS0623241EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0624589EN*
Description
Can the transfer belt unit from one printer be used in another printer?
Solution
The transfer belt from one printer can be used in another printer. The count for the transfer belt is reset when a new transfer belt is installed. If the transfer
belt from one printer is used in another printer, the count of the original transfer belt will remain. For that reason, it is not recommended to install a used
transfer belt with a higher count.
February 2013
231
7821DXN
Solution ID
TAUS0620471EN*
Solution Usage
85
Description
Background on prints when using any color.
Solution
CAUSE: Excessive toner agitation is packing toner into drum unit causing toner leakage/misting.
SOLUTION: Update the firmware to version 1.54.28 or greaterand remove packed in toner from drum units.
Note : Machines below date code January 2002 (the first 3 digits of the OKI serial number represents the date code - i.e., 109A1000429 would have a date
code of September 2001) will need a Cable with Resistor (p/n 42037601) installed between the paper lift up motor and the engine control board before
firmware can be upgraded.
To update the firmware, perform the following:
Note : It is imperative to follow this procedure or permanent damage may occur to printer:
1. Download file firmwarePRN file from the the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
2. Remove the Network Interface card, if one is installed, before beginning the flash process.
3. Check the printer LCD to be sure that no error messages/warning messages are appearing. If there are any message(s) indicating consumable levels are
low (CHANGE DRUM SOON, xxxx TONER LOW, PAPER LOW TRAY 1, etc.), clear the message(s) by replacing the required consumable(s).
4. Wait until the printer has completed initialization (i.e., WARMING UP, etc.) before starting the firmware download procedure. Make sure the printer is
displaying an 'ON LINE' ready condition without any error messages.
5. Type 'COPY /b xxxxxxxxx.prn LPT1' from a DOS prompt over an IEEE 1284 bi-directional cable, not from a Microsoft Windows DOS Prompt window.
IMPORTANT : Under no circumstances should the printer be power-cycled during the flash procedure, even if it appears that it is not working. Once this
process is started, it must run to completion (the end result may still be FAILED).Stopping in the middle results in a dead (unrecoverable) color printer.
6. The printer willindicate 'PASSED' when completed. At this point, cycle the power OFF/ON and let the machine come to a ready state.
To remove the packed in toner from the drum units, perform the following:
1. Remove a Drum/Toner unit from the printer.
2. Turn the Drum/Toner unit upside down so the drum is on top and the toner unit is on the bottom.
3. Gently tap the complete unit on a hard surface 10 times. This will dislodge any packed in toner in the drum unit.
4. Return the Drum/Toner unit to the printer.
5. Repeat steps 1- 4 for the remaining Drum/Toner units.
Solution ID
TAUS0617616EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0616880EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
User ID: admin
Password: NetLAN
Note: The Password is incorrectly given as 'extendnet' in some user documentation.
Solution ID
TAUS0618944EN*
Description
Toner is flaking or bubbling on the prints.
Solution
CAUSE: Improper media settings causing the fuser temperature to be too low.
SOLUTION: To adjust the fuser temperature to match the paper weight, perform the following:
3. Press VALUE (+ or -) until the correct weight is selected. If the correct weight is selected, select the next heavier weight.
5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. Print from the application by using the printer default paper weight or selecting a heavier media
setting. If the machine is already at the heaviest weight setting, use a lighter paper.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Jim Boyic, KBT Portland.
February 2013
232
7821DXN
Solution ID
TAUS0619093EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0616530EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0617789EN*
Description
How ro reset the counter for the imaging units.
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0618327EN*
Description
TONER SENSOR ERROR message at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: One of the contacts under the imaging unit is dirty or stuck down.
SOLUTION: Remove the imaging unit and check the three round contacts on the right side. Ensure that they are clean and that they spring back up when
pushed down.
Solution ID
TAUS0618425EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
The image has a yellow band in the lead-to-trail direction. The band does not occur on internally generated images.
Solution
CAUSE: The LED Assembly has failed.
SOLUTION: Replace the LED Assembly (p/n 41370101).
Solution ID
TAUS0617118EN*
Description
SERVICE CALL 034 error after installing extra DIMM memory.
Solution
CAUSE: The expansion memory was installed in the incorrect slot.
SOLUTION: The DIMMs must be fitted in ascending order in slots 1, 3, 2, and 4. The original DIMM should be in slot 1.
February 2013
233
7821N
Solution ID
TAUS0620471EN*
Solution Usage
85
Description
Background on prints when using any color.
Solution
CAUSE: Excessive toner agitation is packing toner into drum unit causing toner leakage/misting.
SOLUTION: Update the firmware to version 1.54.28 or greaterand remove packed in toner from drum units.
Note : Machines below date code January 2002 (the first 3 digits of the OKI serial number represents the date code - i.e., 109A1000429 would have a date
code of September 2001) will need a Cable with Resistor (p/n 42037601) installed between the paper lift up motor and the engine control board before
firmware can be upgraded.
To update the firmware, perform the following:
Note : It is imperative to follow this procedure or permanent damage may occur to printer:
1. Download file firmwarePRN file from the the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
2. Remove the Network Interface card, if one is installed, before beginning the flash process.
3. Check the printer LCD to be sure that no error messages/warning messages are appearing. If there are any message(s) indicating consumable levels are
low (CHANGE DRUM SOON, xxxx TONER LOW, PAPER LOW TRAY 1, etc.), clear the message(s) by replacing the required consumable(s).
4. Wait until the printer has completed initialization (i.e., WARMING UP, etc.) before starting the firmware download procedure. Make sure the printer is
displaying an 'ON LINE' ready condition without any error messages.
5. Type 'COPY /b xxxxxxxxx.prn LPT1' from a DOS prompt over an IEEE 1284 bi-directional cable, not from a Microsoft Windows DOS Prompt window.
IMPORTANT : Under no circumstances should the printer be power-cycled during the flash procedure, even if it appears that it is not working. Once this
process is started, it must run to completion (the end result may still be FAILED).Stopping in the middle results in a dead (unrecoverable) color printer.
6. The printer willindicate 'PASSED' when completed. At this point, cycle the power OFF/ON and let the machine come to a ready state.
To remove the packed in toner from the drum units, perform the following:
1. Remove a Drum/Toner unit from the printer.
2. Turn the Drum/Toner unit upside down so the drum is on top and the toner unit is on the bottom.
3. Gently tap the complete unit on a hard surface 10 times. This will dislodge any packed in toner in the drum unit.
4. Return the Drum/Toner unit to the printer.
5. Repeat steps 1- 4 for the remaining Drum/Toner units.
Solution ID
TAUS0616527EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Enter Network Password dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer.
Solution
The user id and password is case sensitive and as follows:
User ID: admin
Password: NetLAN
Note: The password is incorrectly given as "extendnet" in some user documentation.
Solution ID
TAUS0619094EN*
Description
Solution
Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0617203EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Error code 140, 141, 142 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: On of the three spring loaded contacts located below each one of the color imaging units is stuck in.
SOLUTION: Remove the color imaging units and look for the cluster of three small,round spring loaded contacts and ensure that none of them are stuck
down. It may be necessary to reform the springs below the contacts to resolve the problem.
Solution ID
TAUS0621061EN*
Solution Usage
Description
FATAL ERROR 142 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The one-way bearings on the transfer belt are slipping.
February 2013
234
7821N
SOLUTION: Clean the one-way bearings located on the rear of the transfer belt or replace the transfer belt (Item #950-192) as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0619486EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Recommended envelopes.
Solution
Envelopes with the square folded flap are recommended, rather than ones with the diagonal fold, because they are less likely to wrinkle. One of the brands
researched is manufactured by Quality Park for Laser Printers #10 size, Readi-Strip 24lb. paper.
Note : If still experiencing wrinkling, place a folded sheet of paper into the envelope before printing. This may help to eliminate some of the wrinkling.
Solution ID
TAUS0622750EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Consumable counter does not reset when a consumable is replaced.
Solution
SOLUTION: The machine must be set back into "Shipping Mode". To place the printer back in "Shipping Mode", perform the following:
1. Turn the machine ON, while pressing the 1 and 5 keys (hold down the 1 and 5 keys until "MAINTENANCE MENU" is displayed).
2. Press 0 five times until "ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX" is displayed.
3. Press the 2 and 4 keys simultaneously. "ENGINE DIAG LEVEL 3" should now be displayed.
4. Press the 5 key once. "LOCAL PARAMETER SET" should now be displayed.
8. Power the printer OFF, and then back ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0616531EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0617027EN*
Description
Horizontal line(s) on image.
Solution
CAUSE: Soiled LED Print Head(s)
SOLUTION: Clean the LED Print Head(s) as needed.
Solution ID
TAUS0617790EN*
Description
How to reset the counter for the imaging units.
Solution
February 2013
235
7823
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611769EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
Poor color reproduction or image quality.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Color calibration abnormality. Perform Gradation Adjustment as outlined in 7823 Service Manual. It is crucial to reset PRT Highlight and PRT Max Density
values to zero before each adjustment is performed. After setting the values to zero, power OFF/ON the 7823 to allow the data to be completely written
Compare to attached samples of Gradation Chart and Image Processing Data Sheets to determine if calibration is properly completed.
Notes:
1. Use high quality paper of a Brightness Scale of 96 or better when performing the Gradation Adjustment. For optimal performance, the end user should
also use this type of paper.
2. While the 7823 Service Manual recommends performing the Gradation Adjustment three times to ensure stability, the Gradation Adjustment may need to
be done 8 to 10 times to properly stabilize.
See pages D-137 , S-17 and S-32 in the 7823 Service Manual for information on performing the Gradation Adjustment and resetting the PRT
Highlights/PRT Max Density to zero.
2. The AIDC sensor mylar cover has become damaged or scratched. Replace the AIDC sensor (p/n 25TU-9100).
3. View the Drum Memory Document hyperlink for steps to troubleshoot drum problems.
4. Failure to properly clean and replace parts at the required intervals. To ensure the optimal operation of the 7823, perform the 7823 Service Call Checklist
below:
Each visit or 5K, clean the following:
1. Oil regulating blade (p/n 1144-5803-05)
2. Oil collecting blade (p/n 1154-5852-01)
Each visit between 5K to 15K, clean the following:
1. Fuser entrance guide
2. Fuser roller thermistor - upper and lower
3. Fuser roller thermostat - upper and lower
4. Toner anti-spill seal (p/n 25TU55340)
5. Auxiliary erase lamp (p/n 25TU37240)
6. AIDC sensor (p/n 25TU-9100)
7. Mirror (1st, 2nd and 3rd)
8. Lens filter
9. Original glass
10. Paper separation corona assembly (p/n 11UM-2600)
11. Paper separation finger (p/n 11UM53980, 11UM53770, and 11UM53800)
12. Static charge roller (p/n 25TU45390)
13. Static charge roller rubber (p/n 25TU45010)
14. Static charge roller scraper (p/n 25TU45380)
15. Static charge roller cover (p/n 25TU45340)
16. Static charge roller assembly (p/n 11UM45370)
17. Transport sprocket (p/n 25TU77780)
Note: Failure to clean the fuser roller thermistor and thermostat (items 2 and 3) may cause a buildup that could cause intermittent fuser High/Low
temperature codes and generate unnecessary service calls.
Replace at 10K:
1. Grid mesh (p/n 25TU25140)
February 2013
236
7823
Replace at 15K:
1. Cleaning roller (p/n 25TU53200)
2. Oil filter (p/n 25TU53610)
3. PC drum charge corona wire assembly (p/n 11UM25090)
4. Cleaning blade (p/n 25TU55400)
4. Clean the corona wire with cotton swab and alcohol, wipe wire with clean cloth to remove any residual.
5. Clean the grid with a Scotchbrite* pad.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
237
7830DXN
Solution ID
TAUS0626180EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Will the 7830 PostScript* printer driver for Macintosh* OS10.1 function in a Macintosh OS10.3 environment?
Solution
CAUSE: Macintosh OS10.3 specific drivers are not available for this product.
SOLUTION: A spot test was completed on the 7830dxn OS10.1 PS Driver. The driver was installed on Macintosh OS 10.3.
The driver installed easily and seemed to perform tested functions. Printing was successful from various applications including Internet Explorer, MAC Word,
Adobe Acrobat, and Text Edit.
During installation, the driver was automatically configured with the options.
Notes:
1. While our test results were successful, please be advised that full functionality and compatibility with all applications can not be fully guaranteed as the
driver is specifically for OS10.1, not OS10.3. Please know that the full functionality of this driver in the OS10.3 environment is not supported as there will be
no drivers made available specifically for OS10.3 for this product.
2. The latest version system software, print drivers, firmware and utilities are available on the Konica FTP site .
Solution ID
TAUS0620933EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
System Configurator, 7830.
Solution
7830 System Configurator .
Solution ID
TAUS0622116EN*
Description
Solution
Notes:
Solution ID
TAUS0622975EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0623004EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
238
7830DXN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed.

Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed.
Press VALUE (+or-) until AUTO weight is selected.
Press SELECT to accept the setting.
Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu.
Verify that the paper weight is 32 lbs. or less.
Verify that the paper weight in the driver is set to PRINTER SETTINGS or a lighter setting.
Solution ID
TAUS0623793EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0629285EN*
Description
Printer displays "Replace Transfer Belt" message. Once the belt is replaced, the message will go away for approx 200 pages and then comes back. Transfer
belt life on the Menu Map shows that the belt still has over 90% life remaining.
Solution
CAUSE: The spring that is on the waste toner sensor is missing.
SOLUTION: Replace the Waste Toner Sensor Actuator (P/N 42199601) and Waste Toner Sensor Spring (P/N 42251501) as needed.
Solution ID
TAUS0638725EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Fatal Error 020 message.
Solution
CAUSE: An error has occurred in the controller board (CU) or the program ROM.
SOLUTION: Replace the ROM DIMM (p/n 42277504). If the ROM DIMM does not correct the issue, then replace the (CU) controller board (p/n 41884019).
Solution ID
TAUS0639953EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Error code 140, 141 or 142 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Failure of the drum lifting mechanism on the transfer belt to properly raise and lower the ID unit.
SOLUTION: Replace the transfer belt unit (Item #960884).
Note: ID = Image Drum, 140 is the Yellow unit, 141 is the Magenta, 142 is the Cyan.
Solution ID
TAUS0620916EN*
Description
Color Paper Media Kit.
Solution
Konica Business Technologies, Inc. is pleased to announce a new Color Media Kit sales tool designed for our full color product line. See InfoSource Bulletin
Number 8-03 for details .
February 2013
239
7830N
Solution ID
TAUS0622117EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Notes:
Solution ID
TAUS0623794EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0624728EN*
Description
Solution
User ID: admin
Password: NetLAN
Solution ID
TAUS0629287EN*
Description
Printer displays "Replace Transfer Belt" message. Once the belt is replaced, the message will go away for approx 200 pages and then comes back. Transfer
belt life on the Menu Map shows that the belt still has over 90% life remaining.
Solution
CAUSE: The spring that is on the waste toner sensor is missing.
SOLUTION: Replace the Waste Toner Sensor Actuator (P/N 42199601) and Waste Toner Sensor Spring (P/N 42251501) as needed.
Solution ID
TAUS0622219EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to properly use the Multi-Purpose Tray.
Solution
The Multi-Purpose tray can be selected by choosing either the Multi-Purpose Tray or the Manual Feed Tray option from the Driver. How the paper is handled
is different for each selection.
MANUAL FEED
Manual Feed will not print until the ONLINE button is pressed on the machine operation panel and must be pressed for each page that is printed. This allows
for changing the media source in the tray and the printing of media that could cause misfeeds if more than one sheet is in the tray.
MULTI-PURPOSE
The Multi-Purpose Tray selection will automatically print if the machine settings for media matches the print driver settings for media. If there is a media
mismatch, the machine's display will indicate it and hold the print job to allow you to change the media in the tray. Once again the ONLINE button on the
machine operation panel must be pushed in order to print after the media has been verified that it is correct and the entire job will then print out.
Solution ID
TAUS0622391EN*
Solution Usage
Description
FATAL ERROR 142 after installing a cyan toner cartridge.
February 2013
240
7830N
Solution
CAUSE: The cyan toner cartridge was incorrectly keyed.
SOLUTION: Remove the keys from the bottom of the toner cartridge and correctly install them using the empty cartridge as a reference.
Solution ID
TAUS0622976EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0623005EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
3. Press VALUE (+or-) until AUTO weight is selected.
5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu.
6. Verify that the paper weight is 32 lbs. or less.
7. Verify that the paper weight in the driver is set to PRINTER SETTINGS or a lighter setting.
Solution ID
TAUS0623245EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0624592EN*
Description
Can the transfer belt unit from one printer be used in another printer?
Solution
The transfer belt from one printer can be used in another printer. The count for the transfer belt is reset when a new transfer belt is installed. If the transfer
belt from one printer is used in another printer, the count of the original transfer belt will remain. For that reason, it is not recommended to install a used
transfer belt with a higher count.
February 2013
241
7832
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
242
7915
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0617687EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
How to upgrade the main body firmware.
Solution
A software utility for Windows* 2000/XP laptop computers (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin
3. The new software utility enables a laptop computer to program the same 8MB flash card (p/n U192-0200) or 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250) using the
PCMCIA slot on the laptop computer instead of the SwapBox. Installation instructions are included with the utility. Refer to Tool Technical Bulletin 71A.
If you already have the old style SwapBox running on a Windows 95 PC, it can still be used for upgrading the main body software. Refer to 7915/7920
Technical Bulletin 3 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0617013EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
PLEASE INSERT THE FUSING UNIT AND FUSING WEB UNIT AND OIL COATING UNIT AND CLOSE ALL DOORS message during copying or at power
up.
Solution
CAUSE: The problem is caused by a conduction failure of the contacts on the fusing unit, fusing web unit, or oil coating unit.
SOLUTION: Clean the contacts or replace the unit. The material used for the contact points has been changed beginning with the following lot numbers:
Fusing unit: Lot 1E16A
Fusing web unit: Lot 1E09A
Oil coating unit: Lot 1E11A
February 2013
243
7915
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
February 2013
244
7920
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0617688EN*
Solution Usage
77
Description
How to upgrade the main body firmware.
Solution
A software utility for Windows* 2000/XP laptop computers (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin
3. The new software utility enables a laptop computer to program the same 8MB flash card (p/n U192-0200) or a 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250) using the
PCMCIA slot on the laptop computer instead of the SwapBox. Installation instructions are included with the utility. Refer to Tool Technical Bulletin 71A .
If you already have the old style SwapBox running on a Windows 95 PC, it can still be used for upgrading the main body software. Refer to 7915/7920
Technical Bulletin 3 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
245
8010
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
246
8020
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648537EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
C3C50 (C-3C50)at power up.Control panel may constantly indicate the MFP is warming up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1.Loose connectors or failed PWB-C board.
Reseat all connectors and replace PWB-C board (p\n 65FA-9360 for 8020/8031 or p\n 4581-0103-02 for CF2002/CF3102) if necessary.
2. Poor connectionfor theinterface cable between theMFP and scanner.
Reseat theMFP-to-scanner interface cable (p/n 4581-6876-01).
3. Failed PWB-F board.
Replace PWB-F board (p/n 4025-0103-27).FlashMFP with most current firmware. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica
Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
4. Incorrect scanner serial number.
Access service mode and select System Input. Verify the correct scanner serial number has been input under Serial #Input.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD and Gregg Gallant/Cesar Jimenez/Chuck Tripp/Gary Scimeca, Production
Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0700026EN*
Solution Usage
28
Description
How black and white versus color increment the machine counters.
Solution
The reason that many ofthe color printers will count a page as color, even though the page content looks like Black and White or Gray, is that many Office
applications create or use graphics using RGB data. Even though a graphic may be black, it uses RGB values of 0-0-0 to achieve black or will use equal
values of RGB to represent gray. As far asa Konica Minoltaprinter is concerned, this is color information and will therefore count the page as a color page.
This scenario applies to applications like Microsoft OfficeWord, Excel and Publisher, to name a few. Higher end applications like Adobe
February 2013
247
8020
PageMaker/InDesign/Illustrator and Quark typically use the CMYK color space.
A job can consist of just K (Black), with no CMY components. This will print as just black. If printing a gray shade from one of these applications, a halftone
screen would have to be used using just K or using equal values of CMYK, which would count as color.
Note : If the files have been converted to a PDF, Acrobat 6 and7 Pro have built-in Preflighting tools under the Advanced menu. Preflighting the
document will provide detail of what color components each graphic is composed. Other add-ons, such as Enfocus PitStop Professional will also provide the
same capabilities from within Acrobat.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
248
8031
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648537EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0621045EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
How to upgrade the machine firmware.
Solution
A utility for Windows* 2000 and Windows XP (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin #3. The new
utility uses the PCMCIA slot of a Windows 2000/XP laptop to program the flash card, instead of the old style Swap box. The 8020/8031 requires the 16MB
flash card (p/n U192-0250), the 8MB flash card for the 7915/7920 will not work. Refer to Tool Bulletin 71A.See Tool Bulletin #71a for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
249
8031
Solution ID
TAUS0622705EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
Red colors appear orange.
Solution
CAUSE: Color balance requires adjustment.
SOLUTION: To adjust the color balance, perform the following:
Note: These Procedures are for an 8020/8031 in good working condition. Please perform any necessary cleaning or maintenance before applying these
procedures.
Main Body Adjustments:
1. Run "ATDC toner supply".
2. Run "Image Stabilization Mode\Reset and Stabilize".
3. Run "Gradation Adjustment" until the "Max Density/Conv." and "Highlight/Conv." values are as close to "0" as possible.
Note: +/- teens is good, +/- 10 is better. Adjustment usually has to be run more than 3 times. Ignore the "Adj." values.
4. Set the "Image Adjust\Magenta, Max. Density" to +6, and the "Image Adjust\Magenta, Highlight" to -1.
5. Power the machine OFF/ON.
6. Test color accuracy with copies of your "Color Test Chart" and "Main Body Test Prints".
Fiery X3e PLUS Adjustments:
1. Open "ColorWise Pro Tools\Profile Manager".
2. Load the output profile (8031-8020 31C-M Graphic) and set as the "default".
a. Click Browse, and select the folder location of the new profile, click OK.
b. Highlight the new profile, and click the green arrow next to the "Output" window, click Done.
c. Double Click the new profile in the "Profile Manager\Output" window.
d. Put a check mark in the "Default" box, in the "Output Profile Settings" window.
e. Select an unused name in the "Appear in Driver as ..." section.
f. Put a check mark in the "Appear in Driver as ..." box.
g. Click OK
3. Open "ColorWise Pro Tools\Color Setup".
4. Change to the "Default settings" (click the "Factory default" button).
5. Change the default settings to: "RGB Separation" = "Simulation", "CMYK Simulation Profile" = "Dic", and "CMYK Simulation Style" = "Quick".
6. Run Calibration using the "Best" method available (i.e.: Densitometer, Color Cal, or Auto Cal).
7. Test known samples of Pantones, CMYK, and RGB files for color accuracy.
Note: Customer's file type, and individual preference, may require refining these settings.
Solution ID
TAUS0639838EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
Background on prints and copies.
Note: Please determine the type of backgrounding present and follow the procedures as outlined in the solution.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Yellow dot pattern.
If the backgrounding consists of a yellow dot pattern please contact the NSSG. There is special firmware available for this problem.
2. Background on heavy stock paper.
To correct background on heavy stock paper, perform the following:
a. Change the background voltage on all colors to a value of +5.
b. Execute Stabalizer.
c. Execute Gradation Adjustment.
d. Adjust the Fuser Speed as detailed in the Service Manual.
Note: There is special firmware available if the above procedure does not work. This firmware will allow the background voltage to be adjusted +/- 5 in 20v
steps (the previous firmware allowed +/- 5 in 10v steps. Be careful about using the settings towards the extreme ends of the adjusting range of this [[special
firmware| URL ftp://engguest:letme1n@ftp.konicabt.com//Special Firmware/80318020Background(Gray)]]. Developer spew (Carrier Attachment) may occur.
February 2013
250
8050
Solution ID
TAUS0623804EN*
Solution Usage
120
Description
Streaks on copies and prints in the lead-to-trail direction when using glossy paper or selecting gloss mode.
Solution
CAUSE: The 8050 uses polymerized wax-bearing toner. By design, the wax in the toner is melted to the paper during the
fusing process, and then hardens evenly following this process as the paper temperature uniformly decreases. However, the uniformity of this temperature
decrease is adversely affected as the output paper from the fusing unit contacts the guide plates and rollers on the conveyance section of the main body and
finisher units, causing the melted wax to harden unevenly, resulting in optical unevenness and streaks.
Notes:
1. When the 1/2 or 1/3 speed mode is selected, the paper and toner temperature increases. This, in conjunction with a slower paper conveyance speed,
causes an uneven temperature decrease to occur.
2. When the facedown mode is selected, the image side of the paper contacts the guide plates and rollers of the conveyance section several times after it
exits the fusing unit.
3. When the 2-sided mode is selected, the paper and toner temperature increases and the fused image side (underside) of the paper contacts the guide
plates and rollers of the conveyance section.
4. When the finisher unit mode is selected, both the main body and finisher conveyance units are employed, resulting in more paper/conveyance components
contact.
SOLUTION: The 8050 paper exit unit has been modified to improve airflow to increase the cooling efficiency of the machine and to reduce the conveyance
roller-to-paper contact area to minimize the adverse effect that the rollers have on the paper. This has been accomplished, among other things, by reshaping
the paper exit guide plate and by changing the material and shape (spur design) of the conveyance rollers. In addition, the fusing temperature for heavy
stock, coated, and gloss paper has been reduced from 200C to 180C.
The paper exit guide plate on finisher units FS115 and FS215 has also been modified to replace the standard conveyance rollers with the spur-design type
roller.
Notes:
1. Refer to the 8050 Technical Bulletin #5 for additional information.
3. IMPORTANT: The following is a list of tips which may aid in improving the print quality by reducing the amount of Wax Streaking that occurs on the final
print.
a. Maintain a 1/1 print speed on all print jobs (achieved by setting paper drawers for paper weights below 106 g/m2. This will lower fuser temperature and
increase print speed).
b. Print all jobs face up (This reduces the number of guide plates that the paper contacts after fusing).
c. As mentioned, less streaking will occur if fewer guide plates are contacted by the paper after fusing.
d. Avoid glossy mode if possible (Print speed will not be reduced and fuser temperature will not increase if glossy mode is avoided).
e. Reduction of fixing temperature for thick paper, coated paper and for glossy mode (200 C to 180 C).
f. Duplexed jobs have a longer paper path and are more susceptible to Wax Streaking.
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0624037EN*
Solution Usage
63
Description
White spots on copies and prints.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Deterioration of toner caused by continuous copy/print of low coverage original (5% or less).
2. When the number of copies/prints is 5,000 or less.
3. Paper transferring performance is lowered when low transfer ability paper (high absorbent paper, etc.) is used.
SOLUTION: Install v40 firmware and perform the following:
February 2013
251
8050
1. Set software dipswitch 29-2 to 1 (increases 1st transfer current by 10mA).
2. Set software dipswitch 28-3 to 1 (enables automatic toner refresh).
3. The interval of the above automatic toner refresh mode performance can be changed by using software dipswitch 29-0 and 29-1. Please refer to the
following table:
DIPSW SETTINGS
DESCRIPTION
29-0
29-1
0
1
every 250 counts
1
0
every 600 counts
0
0
every 1000 counts (default)
Note: When changing the first transfer current with the dipswitch, ensure that the First Transfer Manual Adjustment is default value: 35 mA +/- 2 mA. (36
mode - 1. Process Adjustment, - 1. High Voltage Adjustment, - 1. First Transfer Manual Adjustment). If there is a color with different value set, return the
value to 35 mA before executing this mode.
If this is not successful then replace the developer. When replacing the developer make sure to remove the cover and vacuum beneath the developer sleeve.
This will remove any broken down developer from the unit. Use caution when replacing the developer unit lid. Do not malform the mylar.
Solution ID
TAUS0646171EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
F23-09 with lines, smudges or spots on copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Insufficient airflow during idle causing internal machine temperature to rise. Toner is backing up or solidifying in the cleaning unit box for the transfer belt
causing the transfer belt drive motor (M18) to bind.
Replace the Belt Cleaning Unit (p/n 65LA R702 00) and install attachedSpecial Printer Control firmware(version 51-PBF0 for the 8050/CF5001 and version
12-PBF0 for the bizhub PRO C500 ).This firmwarekeeps M11 (Transfer Belt Cooling Fan) ON for a period after the copy process has completed which helps
keep the internal temperature at normal levels. The firmware can also be download from the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from
SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
Note : Firmware version 51-PBF0 is primarily for the 8050, but can be usedfor the CF5001. When using the ISW tool to download the firmware please
select the 8050 from the drop down. If the CF5001 is selectedthe ISW tool will not see the file.
2. The paper exit fans (M61/M62/M63) DIPswitch is not turned ON.
Set software DIPSW 21-0 = 1 to enable the paper exit fans.
3. Dirty or failed transfer belt drive motor encoder disk sensor assembly.
Clean the transfer belt drive motor encoder disk and sensors. Replace the assembly (p/n 65AA -909 1E) as necessary.
4. Failed M18 transfer belt drive motor.
Replace M18 transfer belt drive motor (p/n 26WA 8001 3).
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
252
9028
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
253
AHT Onerip
Solution ID
TAUS0639100EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Are OneRIP* 1 and OnCore* supported products?
Solution
Any support for the AHT products, OneRIP 1 and OnCore, is handled by AHT directly. These are ex-Minolta/AHT solutions and, by contract, AHT provides
hotline support.
From within the U.S.
Tel: 877-330-0868
Fax: 310-214-8697
E-mail: support@aht.com
From outside the U.S.
Tel: 1-310-214-8600
Fax: 1-310-214-8697
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Slow printing issue when utilizing Macintosh OS 10.4.x.
Solution
CAUSE: Issue with the CUPS daemon configuration file on Macintosh OS 10.4.x. being corrupt.
SOLUTION: The old CUPS daemon configuration file must be deleted and a new one created. Please see the attached document for instruction on how to
remove and re-create the daemon configuration file.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tim Blevins - KMBS/Cleveland
Solution ID
TAUS0617899EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to physically connect the OneRIP* controller to the main body printer.
Solution
The main body printer (7920/7915) must be equipped with the print controller interface kit (PCUA 950470). The custom cable is included with the OneRIP
controller.
Solution ID
TAUS0617937EN*
Solution Usage
Description
OneRIP* User's Guide.
Solution
OneRIP User's Guide 100 records (requires Adobe* Acrobat)
Note: To view the above links, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0619577EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When printing from Microsoft* PowerPoint* on a Windows* 2000 workstation, gray background is in the image area that is not displayed on the monitor.
Solution
CAUSE: An early version Windows 2000 OneRIP* printer driver is installed.
February 2013
254
AHT Onerip
SOLUTION: Install the latest version driver by performing the following:
1. Access the Konica Digital FTP site and download the latest version of the driver required. The latest driver version as of August 28th, 20002 is V1.0.12.
The file name is located in the Color folder found in the OneRIP folder.
2. Delete any pre-existing OneRIP printer drivers from the OneRIP server and the workstation(s).
3. Install the latest printer driver on the server and set to share.
4. Re-install the printer driver on the workstation via the share.
Solution ID
TAUS0644991EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
PDF files from Reader 6 has colors that are incorrect. One Rip on a 7915
Solution
Set reader to print as an image and it worked ok.
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Description
How to determine what version of Sun Java is installed on a Microsoft Windows workstation.
Solution
To determine what version of Sun Java is installed, perform the following:
1. From a command prompt type:java -version
2. Press Enter.
3. The version of Sun Java will be indicated. If the command is not recognized then Sun Java is not installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
How to check Java version on a Macintosh OS 10.X.
Solution
To check Java version on a Macintosh OS 10.X:
Open a Finder window=> select the base HD=> select Applications=> select Utilities=> select Java.All installed versions of Java will be listed.
February 2013
255
AHT Onerip Di250/350

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com.
Solution
CAUSE: Driver incompatibility.
SOLUTION: Stamps.com states that they will not work with Konica Minoltadrivers.The only thing they will do is print labels, and you have to purchase the
labels from Stamps.com.
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to perform Print Screens (screen shots) from a Microsoft Windows OS and Macintosh OS.
Solution
Please see the attacheddocument for detailed information.
February 2013
256

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
257

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
258

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634001EN*
Solution Usage
Description
AHT OneRIP contact information.
Solution
The OneRIP controller is manufactured by Advanced Hi-Tech Corporation.AHT can be reached from within the U.S. via:
Telephone: 877-330-0868
Fax: 310-214-8697
More informationcan be found onthe following website:
http://www.aht.com/index.html
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
259

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
260
AHT Onerip Di750

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
261
AHT Onerip Di850

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0801045EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0702146EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
262
Alchemy
Solution ID
TAUS0616501EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How can I get support for Alchemy* products?
Solution
[[Alchemy contact information| URL http://newcustomerhub.imrgold.com/contact.asp]]
[[Support for Alchemy customers| URL http://www.imrgold.com/en/support/]].
Note: The product serial number is required for technical assistance.
Solution ID
TAUS0624447EN*
Description
When importing a PDF, message that Plugin is missing and the application shuts down.
Solution
CAUSE: Updated version of Adobe* Acrobat* is required.
SOLUTION: Install Acrobat version 5.1 or greater.
Solution ID
TAUS0626010EN*
Description
How to import multi-volume CD or DVD Alchemy* database into a server local folder.
Solution
To import multi-volume database to local folder, perform the following:
1. Copy the ALD (database file) to folder on the workstation or server.
2. Copy the database folder (has the same name as the ALD file). The database will have all the indexing files (TOB, TID, RID, etc.) and the data000 folder
will contain DAT and PRO files).
Solution ID
TAUS0615474EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Information/specifications on Alchemy* 7 Professional document storage software.
Solution
Alchemy is a document management software application that enables companies to efficiently manage, archive and distribute all of their desktop application
documents an scanned images into one repository that is easily searchable by users in stand-alone environments or on a network. The Alchemy software
helps companies capture, index, store, retrieve and share information from unstructured documents-quickly and cost effectively.
Note: Printing from the Alchemy viewer is NOT RECOMMENDED.
Alchemy software includes file viewers for the formats listed below. These viewers are not intended as a full-featured replacement for the original applications;
they are provided by IMR for quick viewing and searching of the files stored in Alchemy databases. IMR cannot guarantee that the performance of any viewer
will meet a specific user application requirement. In some cases, the viewer may not perform the same as the native application. All printing must be done
from the native application (i.e. Word, Excel, Adobe Acrobat) which can be launched from within the Alchemy viewer.
Note: For additional detail refer to the Alchemy spec sheet .
Solution ID
TAUS0617405EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Sales Engineering Support (SES) Third Party Solutions matrix.
Solution
SES Third Party Solutions matrix .
Note: To view the above link, Microsoft* Word must be installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0618198EN*
Description
Microsoft* Word documents viewed in Alchemy* are not identical to the view in the native application.
Solution
CAUSE: The Alchemy preview mode is not a duplicate of the page layout view in Word. The Alchemy viewer displays as close to the original as possible.
However, documents using non-standard fonts, and complicated formats do not always view the same in Alchemy as they do in their native application.
February 2013
263
Alchemy
SOLUTION: To see the correct view, use the 'rocket ship' icon in Alchemy to launch the application native to that document.
Solution ID
TAUS0618373EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When printing a TIFF* from Alchemy*, the Konica Printer is printing a thumbnail image in the upper right corner of the page instead of the entire page.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect program settings.
SOLUTION: To select the proper settings, perform the following:
1. Select the File Menu, select Print, choose the name of the Konica Printer in the drop down box in the Print dialog box. 2. Click the OPTION button in the
lower left corner of the Print dialog box.
3. In the Print Option dialog box select "Fit in Page" selection in the "Scale Print to:" section.
Solution ID
TAUS0621888EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Konica Dispatcher for Alchemy* software information.
Solution
Dispatcher for Alchemy is a task automation software solution developed by Konica's Systems Engineering Center (SEC).
Solution ID
TAUS0622632EN*
Description
Will Dispatcher for Alchemy* work on the same machine that is running Alchemy Server?
Solution
Dispatcher for Alchemy must be running on a separate workstation than the Alchemy Server, and a build license must be available.
Solution ID
TAUS0624172EN*
Description
What CDR/CD-RW drive is compatible with Alchemy* version 7.4.5?
Solution
Supported CD recorders .
February 2013
264
Barr
Solution ID
TAUS0615598EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Barr* Enterprise Print Server (BEPS*) Information.
Solution
Barr Enterprise Print Server information.
Barr Enterprise Print Server spec sheet
Note: To view the above links, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0615602EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Barr* Enterprise Print Server (BEPS*) evaluation results for the IP421/431/304/601.
Solution
The Barr Enterprise Print Server produces PCL* from line data print jobs (Carriage and Line Feed controls). Testing was accomplished by setting up Line
Printer Daemons (LPD) on the workstation. The test print job was created by the Generic/Text only Microsoft* Windows driver that was directed to the Barr
Enterprise Print Server. The print job, after being transformed into PCL, was sent to the KN card installed in the IP. The procedure worked correctly - the
print job printed as expected. This product performed satisfactorily and is recommended to the field.
Solution ID
TAUS0617400EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
265
bizhub 160
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
266
bizhub 160
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0701810EN*
Solution Usage
53
February 2013
267
bizhub 160
Description
Machine may cycle ON/OFF repeatedly (keeps rebooting), will not power ON (no boot-up), no message on the operation panel, LCD displays extraneous
characters and/or error code C14A3. Machine may output black copies, but print output is OK.
February 2013
268
bizhub 160f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
269
bizhub 160f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701810EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The PCL board draws too much current, causing PWB-P to fail. There is no problem with GDI versions of the machine; only machines with PCL boards are
affected.
The PCL board has been modified to limit current draw. If the symptoms described above occur, replace both the PCL and PWB-P board.
The modified PCL board can be identified by a yellow sticker. Machines that had the modified board installed during production have a yellow sticker near the
serial number plate. Either PWB-P board may be used; they can be distinguished by the part number on the box.The boards are identical except for the
installed firmware.
Description
Part Number
PWB-P board (1610fp)

February 2013
270
bizhub 160f
4980 1019 02
PWB-P board (161f)

4980 1228 01
PCL board
4980 1021 03
Note : Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6586. The Special Exchange Program described inthe bulletinexpired on April 30, 2009.
To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
2. The CCD unit has failed.

Replace the CCD unit (p/n 4980 1001 02).
3. Failed controller/mechanical board (PWB-P).
Replace the PWB-P.
Model
PWB-P
Part Number
bizhub 160
4980 1225 01
bizhub 161
4980 1226 01
bizhub 160f
4980 1227 01
bizhub 161f
4980 1228 01
Di1610
4980 1016 01
Di1610p
4980 1017 01
Di1610f
4980 1018 01
Di1610fp
4980 1019 02
Workgroup/SSD
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Felix Burgen, ESS; Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Don St. Onge,
February 2013
271
bizhub 160f
February 2013
272
bizhub 161f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
273
bizhub 161f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0701810EN*
Solution Usage
53
February 2013
274
bizhub 161f
Description
February 2013
275
bizhub 162
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
276
bizhub 162
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
February 2013
277
bizhub 162
Description
Solution
February 2013
278
bizhub 180
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
279
bizhub 180
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
February 2013
280
bizhub 180
Description
Solution
February 2013
281
bizhub 181
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Paper testing requirements.
Solution
All paper testing requests must be made through KMBS Marketing.
Requests for testing on Production Print products can be directed to Dawn Nye ( dnye@kmbs.konicaminolta.us ). All other requests can be directed to the
Marketing group in general. They can be reached at 201-825-4000.
Notes :
1. Paper will only be considered for testing on current products.
2. This process is not for troubleshooting paper feed or quality issues.
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
282
bizhub 20
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Citrix compatibility.
Solution
Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products.
KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information
on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products.
Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers
other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO
1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409.
To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Note : The test resultsfor
bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included.

bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included.
bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included.
Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included.
IC-202
Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft
Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or
the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions.
IC-203
Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and
Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL
driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions.
IC-205
Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft
Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used
with the following restrictions:
1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver.
2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver.
3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver.
IC-302
Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1.
Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were
not available.
IC-401
Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel
2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0.
The following restrictions:
1. The mixed media function may not be used.
2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted.
3. Print job access codes should not be used.
IC-402
Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found:
1. Custom Size setting is not available.
February 2013
283
bizhub 20
2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available.
3. The client default settings are not saved.
IC-405
Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not
available by network printer.
IC-611
Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7
or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions:
1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver.
2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server.
3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat.
IP-901
Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1.
not available.
bizhub C350 Standard Controller
2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction:
The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer.
bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller
Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print
controller can be used with the following restrictions:
1. The custom paper size setting is not available.
2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens.
bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250
Tested withCitrix Metaframe.
Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing.
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 with authentication.
Solution
Please perform the following steps:
Basic checks before starting

1. Verify DNS is working on the MFP. This can be verified by PINGing Google.com fromPING confirmation in Network settings/Detail settings.
2.Set up time adjustment to sync to the Active directory or Exchange server. Verify that the date and time on the machine are correct after syncing.
3. Verify a valid E-mail account is created for the MFP on Exchange. If the machine does not havean account, please verify that a valid account is being
used.
On Exchange
4. Create a new receive connector in Exchange.
5. Under the General tab of the connectorplease specify the full FQDN of the Exchange server.
6. Under the Network tab of the connector please add the MFP TCP/IP address to the list of local TCP/IP addresses to receive E-mail.
7. Under the Authentication tab of the connector please verify that Transport Layer Security, Basic Authentication and Exchange Server authentication are
checked.
8. Under the Permissions tab of the connector please verify that anonymous, exchange servers and exchange users are checked.
On the MFP
9. Verify that the machine and admin E-mail addresses are a valid Exchange E-mail addresses.
10. Verify that Start TLS is selected on port 587.
11.Make sure tocheck theSMTP authentication check box.
12. Input the user name and password of the Exchange account assigned to themachine.
13. Set the domain name under theSMTP authentication section.
14. Send a test E-mail and verify that the machine functions as intended.
Note : For additional detail please refer to attached documentation. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
284
bizhub 20
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to completelyuninstall a printer driver in Microsoft Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7.
Solution
When removing a printer from the Printers folder, the printer driver file is not removed completely from the hard disk drive. The following describesprocedures
to use if a printer driver file is corrupted and requires removal:
WINDOWS 2000
WARNING : If using Registry Editor incorrectly, serious problems may occur that will require reinstallation of the operating system. Microsoft/KMBS
cannot guarantee that problems can be solved that result from using Registry Editor incorrectly. Use Registry Editor with extreme caution.
1. Remove the printer using the Printers folder in Microsoft Windows 2000.
2. In Microsoft Windows 2000, in Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, double-click Services, and then stop the Spooler service.
3. Run Registry Editor (Regedt32.exe) and go to the following subkey (note that this is all one path, which has been wrapped for readability):
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86\Drivers\Version-3\
Note : Version-3 is Microsoft Windows 2000, and is the name of the printer to be removed.
4. Notice the values on the right and write down the file names.
5. With the printer driver key selected, click Delete on the Edit menu.
6. Go to the following directory and delete the printer driver files noted in step 4:
%SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\
Note :If unable to delete the files and folders in the above directory structure after stopping the spooler service because of an error message that the files
are in use (such as, Rasddui.dll), set the startup type for the Spooler service to Disabled, restart the computer, and then attempt to delete the files and folders
again. After deleting the files, restore the Spooler startup to Automatic.
7. In Microsoft Windows 2000, in Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, double-click Services, and then start the Spooler service.
8. If reinstalling a printer, use the Printers folder.
9. Delete the %windir%\inf\oem?.inf file that is associated with the removed printer driver. This removes the printer from the printer selection list when adding
new printers.
Note : In addition to the steps listed above, it may be necessary to delete the printer's associated unidriver (Rasdd.dll, Pscript.dll, or Plotter.dll). If printing
has been initialized or if a process is using this file, it will be locked open and cannot be deleted. The file can be renamed or the system can be restarted to
free up the driver. Refer to the Printer.inf file to see which unidriver is used by a particular printer.
WINDOWS XP
Microsoft Windows XP adds a user interface feature to delete driver files so the steps for Microsoft Windows 2000 are no longer necessary. To delete
printer driver files in Microsoft Windows XP:
1. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
2. On the File menu, click Server Properties.
3. On the Drivers tab, click the printer driver to be deleted, and then click Remove.
WINDOWS VISTA / WINDOWS 7

To completely remove a printer driver, please refer to attached documentation for procedure.
Notes :
1. Microsoft Windows 7 Home or Home Premium, does not have the "Print Management" snap-in for MMC. You have to run command prompt as
ADMINISTRATOR, enter printui /s /t2 , remove the printer driver and reboot.
2.If you are prompted for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation.
3.Remember, you cannot remove a printer if you have items in the print queue. If items are waiting to print when you try to remove a printer, Microsoft
Windows will wait until printing is complete, and then remove the printer. If you have permission to manage documents on the printer, you can also cancel all
print jobs and then try to remove the printer again. For more information, see attached documentation concerning how to cancel printing and printer
permissions. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When installing a driver, an error message of "Your security preferences are set to block installation of applications from unidentified developers." is
displayed, and the installation is prevented.
Solution
CAUSE: Apple changed default security preferences on OS 10.8 to only allow installation of downloaded programs from the Mac App Store or from
"identified developers" .
SOLUTION: If youget an error, you will need to perform one of the following workarounds.
Workaround 1
Open [System Preferences] g [Security & Privacy] g [Allow applications downloaded from] then select [Anywhere].
Note : Attached is a screenshot of the setting.
Workaround 2
Right click (Control + Click) Package file and show menu then select [Open].
February 2013
285
bizhub 20
Notes :
1. OS 10.8 drivers have been released since October 2012 and a list of drivers and their approximate release dates can be found by clicking here , then
clicking on the "Product Compatibility Chart" link. Products not listed will not receive native OS 10.8 drivers at this time.
2. If an OS 10.8 driver is not currently available, use the Macintosh 10.7.X drivers available from the Download Selector or One-Stop Product Support
(Self-Help).
3.Visual, SOHA or plugin driver is currently not supported until the official Macintosh 10.8 PostScript driver is released which should be at least 90 days
from the release of the OS.
February 2013
286
bizhub 200
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
287
bizhub 200
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0655903EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Abort codes.
0x0000999A
0x00000999
0x00500000
0x00790B02
0x007D0100
0x00800000
0x01100551
0x0300A504
0x00D00000
0x00D80000
0x00D82130
0x00DC0652
0x00E00100
0x00E00133
0x00E00317
0x00E004F0
0x00F00005
0x00F00201
0x00F00B00
February 2013
288
bizhub 200
0x01100300
Note : Please refer to attached Abort Code list from the Service Manual for additional information.
February 2013
289
bizhub 215
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
February 2013
290
bizhub 215
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0701134EN*
Solution Usage
Description
No Network Settings message when trying to scan.
Solution
CAUSE: The POP3 and SMTP information has not been added in setup.
SOLUTION: Please make sure the POP3 and SMTP information has been added in setup.This must bedone even ifnot using the scan to E-mail feature. To
add the POP3 and SMTP, perform the following:
1. Press the Utility key.
2. The Utility mode screen will appear.
3. Scroll and enter the Admin. Management.
4. Select and complete E-Mail Settings [1. Fill in all SMTP server information].
5. Select and complete E-Mail Settings [2. Fill in all POP3 information].
Note :Information can also be entered from the web browser.
Solution ID
TAUS1200838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Workaround 1
Workaround 2
Notes :
(Self-Help).
Solution ID
TAUS1200717EN*
Solution Usage
Description
displayed and the installation is prevented.
February 2013
291
bizhub 215
Solution
Please refer to http://support.apple.com/kb/HT5290 for information about Gatekeeper in Mountain Lion.
Apple changed default security preferences on OS 10.8 to only allow installation of downloaded programs from the Apple Store or from "identified
developers".
Workaround 1
Open [System Preferences] -> [Security & Privacy] -> [Allow applications downloaded from]. Select [Anywhere].
Workaround 2
Right click (Control + Click) Package file and show menu. Select [Open].
Note : Visual, SOHA or plugin driver is currently not supported until the official MAC 10.8 PostScript driver is released which should be at least 90 days
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is MagneCote paper or magnetic backed paper supported?
February 2013
292
bizhub 222
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
293
bizhub 222
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0655903EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Abort codes.
0x0000999A
0x00000999
0x00500000
0x00790B02
0x007D0100
0x00800000
0x01100551
0x0300A504
0x00D00000
0x00D80000
0x00D82130
0x00DC0652
0x00E00100
0x00E00133
0x00E00317
0x00E004F0
0x00F00005
0x00F00201
0x00F00B00
0x01100300
February 2013
294
bizhub 223
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
295
bizhub 223
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
What to do if a "License Management error occurred" message is indicated after upgrading firmware or replacing the NVRAM or EEPROM board.
Solution
Whenever this message is indicated, it is necessary to perform the Repair operation (see attached "Repair Procedure").
Notes :
1. When replacing the NVRAM or the EEPROM board, if the parts are replaced with used parts, the License Management error condition cannot be resolved
by performing the repair operation.
In this scenario, Initialization would then be necessary and support must be contacted.
Additionally, if both the NVRAM and the EEPROM board are replaced, Initialization will be necessary.
IMPORTANT : Perform the Repair Procedure first, then the Initialize procedure. If initialization is required, collect the following information before calling
support:
If i-Optionwas ever licensed on the MFP and if the additional 512MB of memory was ever installed at any time
Thefirmware levelprior to the machinebeing upgraded to version 88 (bizhub C353 and bizhub C650 series models only)
If the machine ever had firmware version 85 or 86 (bizhub C353 and bizhub C650 series models only)
A history of recent NVRAM or EEPROM board replacement
Obtain a machine Management List and have it ready to attach to the ticket.
A screenshot of the message returned from the LMS if "Repair" was unsuccessful
A "Request Code" from the MFP and the S/N must be obtained in order to start the "Initialization" procedure (see attached "Obtain Request Code", "Initialize"
and "MFP (License Error)")
2. Make sure to enter the MFP Serial Number, Repair Demand Code and the Request Code inuppercase letters when entering data in License Management
Server online.
3.Version 88 firmware refers to the bizhub C353 and bizhub C650 series models.Other models have the correct firmware from factory.
4. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
FK-502/FK-508using VoIP.
Solution
More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems.
Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP, certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, but is caused by:
February 2013
296
bizhub 223
the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets.

VoIP PBX systems.
the general specification of VoIP and its
* Codecs
* Coding and decoding timings
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Quality of Services
* ITU/RFC Specification implementation
* Bugs
* Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFCdocuments.
VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta, but may work in some instances.(Please reference attached Technical Bulletin #8319.)
Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem. Follow the step-by-step procedures.
From Service Mode:
FAX Settings g Communication g Protocol set "ON" for the "V8/V34 Protocol" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols.
Set -15dBm for all TX ATT of the following
FAX Settings g Modem/NCU g TX ATT g PIX TxATT
FAX Settings g Modem/NCU g TX ATT g Tone/Procedure Signal TxATT
FAX Settings g Modem/NCU g TX ATT g CED/ANSam TxATT
FAX Settings g Communication g Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function"
Notes :
1. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest version or to check if the FK-502 has the latest
available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
2. Expect more communication problems than with an ISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more).
3.A VoIP Phone Adapter may allow the fax kit to work with your customer's VoIP system, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there are
phone/fax issues. VoIP Switch Manufacturers do offer Phone Adapters for their specific equipment, so these should be tried before a Generic Phone Adapter
4. If the aforementioned settings do not show an acceptable result, offer as alternative, Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with
auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually. (RightFax Server
with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI)
5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
No Konica Minolta logo at power up ("Planets" only), Configuration Page header is printing as Generic andp rinter driverfails when trying to acquire the device
information.On the bizhub C754 seriesit may also display OCE on PageScope Web Connection (PSWC).
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect settings.
SOLUTION: To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub, please perform the following:
1.Access the Service Mode.
2. Select System 2.
3. Select Software Switch Setting.
4. Enter Switch No. "10".
5. Bin Assignment "00000000".
6. Hex Assignment "02".
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
9.Power theMFP OFF/ON.
10. Print another Configuration Page.Page Header should now be changed to Konica Minolta.
Note :Header Information:
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 22C-1 = C220
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
297
bizhub 223
To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub (for Printer-only models), perform the following:
1. Press the Menu/Select key.
2. Press the down arrow key 4 times to select Tech. Rep. Mode.
3. Press the right arrow key. Enter the Tech. Rep. Mode password 9, 2, 7, 2, 9, 2, 7, 2.
5. Press the down arrow key 16 times. Software SW will appear.
6. Press the right arrow key. Switch No. and 1 will appear.
7. Press the Menu/Select key. 1 will start blinking.
8. Press the up key and change this number to 10. When pressing Menu/Select key, the above settings will be saved and the display will show Bin
Assignment and 00000000.
9. Press the down arrow key and the display will change to HEX Assignment and 00. Then press the down Menu/Select key. The 00 will blink.
10. Press the right arrow key and the 1st digit will blink. Change setting to 02.
11. Press the Menu/Select key to fix the value. The display will change to Software SW.
12. Cycle the main power switch OFF/ON.
Notes :
a.Header Information:
Generic 25C-1P= C250P
b. Please see the attachment for the visual symptom. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900085EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
Unable to scan to E-mail using a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.
February 2013
298
bizhub 25
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
February 2013
299
bizhub 25
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Workaround 1
Workaround 2
Notes :
(Self-Help).
Solution ID
TAUS1200717EN*
Solution Usage
Description
displayed and the installation is prevented.
Solution
Please refer to http://support.apple.com/kb/HT5290 for information about Gatekeeper in Mountain Lion.
Apple changed default security preferences on OS 10.8 to only allow installation of downloaded programs from the Apple Store or from "identified
developers".
Workaround 1
Open [System Preferences] -> [Security & Privacy] -> [Allow applications downloaded from]. Select [Anywhere].
February 2013
300
bizhub 25
Workaround 2
Right click (Control + Click) Package file and show menu. Select [Open].
Note : Visual, SOHA or plugin driver is currently not supported until the official MAC 10.8 PostScript driver is released which should be at least 90 days
February 2013
301
bizhub 250
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
302
bizhub 250
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0655903EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Abort codes.
0x0000999A
0x00000999
0x00500000
0x00790B02
0x007D0100
0x00800000
0x01100551
0x0300A504
0x00D00000
0x00D80000
0x00D82130
0x00DC0652
0x00E00100
0x00E00133
0x00E00317
0x00E004F0
0x00F00005
0x00F00201
0x00F00B00
February 2013
303
bizhub 250
0x01100300
February 2013
304
bizhub 282
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
305
bizhub 282
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0655903EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Abort codes.
0x0000999A
0x00000999
0x00500000
0x00790B02
0x007D0100
0x00800000
0x01100551
0x0300A504
0x00D00000
0x00D80000
0x00D82130
0x00DC0652
0x00E00100
0x00E00133
0x00E00317
0x00E004F0
0x00F00005
0x00F00201
0x00F00B00
0x01100300
February 2013
306
bizhub 283
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
307
bizhub 283
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
308
bizhub 283

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Network menu button is missing from Admin Mode.
Solution
CAUSE: Corrupt NVRAM and/or failed PWB-MFP.
SOLUTION:To correct:
1. Perform an"All Data Clear"under Service Mode
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
2.If that does not work, perform the NVRAM Recovery Procedure (not available for all models).
Notes :
a. Before performing the NVRAM reset please perform a NIC RESET which is also located on the NVRAM reset firmware utility.This will likely solve the issue
without having to completely initialize the machine.Please be sure to back up all network settings before performing this function.This only pertains to the
models which have the NVRAM reset utility.
bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C352/C352P
b.Please wait approximately 10 minutes for the tabs to appear. Be patient; DO N OT power cycle the machine as that only restarts the wait process.
3. If the NVRAM Recovery Procedure is unsuccessful, replace the PWB-MFP, PRCB on C300/352,(see part numbers below)and NVRAM.
Note : To receive a replacement NVRAM, please utilize the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
a. Login to MyKonicaMinolta.com.
b. Select the Service tab.
c. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
d. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
f. Fill out the form.
February 2013
309
bizhub 283
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. Please refer to attached NVRAM Troubleshooting Guide
for more detail.
PART NUMBERS (PWB-MFP/OACB)

bizhub C220 (p/n A0ED H021 02)
bizhub C280/C360 (p/n A0ED H020 06)
bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C650 (p/n A00J H021 00)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub C652 (p/n A0P0 H021 03)
bizhub C552DS (p/n A0P0 H022 00)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
Note : Please see attached documentationfor NVRAM Recovery Procedure. Recovery procedure varies by model. To viewa PDF, you may need to
download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
310
bizhub 283
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
311
bizhub 350
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
312
bizhub 350
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0655903EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Abort codes.
0x0000999A
0x00000999
0x00500000
0x00790B02
0x007D0100
0x00800000
0x01100551
0x0300A504
0x00D00000
0x00D80000
0x00D82130
0x00DC0652
0x00E00100
0x00E00133
0x00E00317
0x00E004F0
0x00F00005
0x00F00201
0x00F00B00
February 2013
313
bizhub 350
0x01100300
February 2013
314
bizhub 36
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
315
bizhub 36
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200457EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Guide
Solution
The attachedbulletin must be referenced before NVRAM replacement can be authorized. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
February 2013
316
bizhub 36
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS1000211EN*
Solution Usage
Description
FS-529,jam code 72-17 or 72-21 may be indicated.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. In the Transport section, L and R arms pop off the Shaft. This part of the transport guide drops down blocking the paper path.
Reattach the two arms onto the shaft (p/n A0U7 PP7Y 00). The L and R arms (p/n A0U7 PP5U 00) may need to be replaced if they are damaged. Please see
attached document for parts location details.
2. Modification may be needed. (For bizhub C360/C280/C220 only)
February 2013
317
bizhub 36
Please refer the attached FS-529 Countermeasure document and Bulletin Number 7706 for the detailed information.
3. The speed of the transportation motor torque was slower than the specification. Firmware update is required. ( Not for FS-529 connected to bizhub 36/42)
Please installthe latest FS-529 firmware. The firmware is available for download from the Download Selector oe One-Stop Product Support.
Note : Please refer to attachedReleaseNotesprior to firmware installation.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
318
bizhub 360
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
319
bizhub 360
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
February 2013
320
bizhub 360
Solution ID
TAUS0657486EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
C-2403 error code.
February 2013
321
bizhub 361
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
322
bizhub 361
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
323
bizhub 361

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657486EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
C-2403 error code.
February 2013
324
bizhub 362
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
325
bizhub 362
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0655903EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Abort codes.
0x0000999A
0x00000999
0x00500000
0x00790B02
0x007D0100
0x00800000
0x01100551
0x0300A504
0x00D00000
0x00D80000
0x00D82130
0x00DC0652
0x00E00100
0x00E00133
0x00E00317
0x00E004F0
0x00F00005
0x00F00201
0x00F00B00
0x01100300
February 2013
326
bizhub 363
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
327
bizhub 363
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
328
bizhub 363

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
Notes :
February 2013
329
bizhub 363
for more detail.

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
330
bizhub 363
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
331
bizhub 40P
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
332
bizhub 40P
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Where to find paper recommendations/specifications forB/W andColorMFPs/printers.
Solution
Please refer to the attachedMedia Guide for the products listed. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Microsoft Windows 7 printer drivers included with the OS.
Solution
Please refer to attached document for a list of drivers included with the Microsoft Windows 7 operating system. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be
installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
February 2013
333
bizhub 40P
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
February 2013
334
bizhub 40P
February 2013
335
bizhub 40PX
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
February 2013
336
bizhub 40PX
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to find/display a MAC address.
Solution
To find the MAC address of a specific device in a Microsoft Windows environment, such as a main body internal NIC, access the command prompt,PING
the TCP/IP address of the device and then perform the command, arp <space> TCP/IP address of the mainbodyNIC <space> - a <carriage
return>.
The attached procedures are for Microsoft Windows 98/NT/2000/2003/XP, DOS/Microsoft Windows 3.11/Microsoft Windows for Workgroups, Microsoft
Windows Vista and Macintosh OS X. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Note : Also attached is the Technitium MAC Address Changer freeware program. This software is not supported by Konica Minolta and is to be used at
your own risk.
To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It
is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
Solution ID
TAUS1200838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Workaround 1
Workaround 2
February 2013
337
bizhub 40PX
Notes :
(Self-Help).
February 2013
338
bizhub 42
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
339
bizhub 42
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200457EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Solution
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
February 2013
340
bizhub 42
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS1000211EN*
Solution Usage
Description
FS-529,jam code 72-17 or 72-21 may be indicated.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. In the Transport section, L and R arms pop off the Shaft. This part of the transport guide drops down blocking the paper path.
Reattach the two arms onto the shaft (p/n A0U7 PP7Y 00). The L and R arms (p/n A0U7 PP5U 00) may need to be replaced if they are damaged. Please see
attached document for parts location details.
2. Modification may be needed. (For bizhub C360/C280/C220 only)
February 2013
341
bizhub 42
Please refer the attached FS-529 Countermeasure document and Bulletin Number 7706 for the detailed information.
3. The speed of the transportation motor torque was slower than the specification. Firmware update is required. ( Not for FS-529 connected to bizhub 36/42)
Please installthe latest FS-529 firmware. The firmware is available for download from the Download Selector oe One-Stop Product Support.
Note : Please refer to attachedReleaseNotesprior to firmware installation.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
342
bizhub 420
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
343
bizhub 420
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
February 2013
344
bizhub 420
Solution ID
TAUS0657486EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
C-2403 error code.
February 2013
345
bizhub 421
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
346
bizhub 421
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
347
bizhub 421

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657486EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
C-2403 error code.
February 2013
348
bizhub 423
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
349
bizhub 423
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
350
bizhub 423

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
Notes :
February 2013
351
bizhub 423
for more detail.

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
352
bizhub 423
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
353
bizhub 500
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
354
bizhub 500
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
February 2013
355
bizhub 500
Solution ID
TAUS0657486EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
C-2403 error code.
February 2013
356
bizhub 501
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
357
bizhub 501
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
358
bizhub 501

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657486EN*
Solution Usage
87
Description
C-2403 error code.
February 2013
359
bizhub 552
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
360
bizhub 552
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Creaking, chattering, clicking or squeaking noise from the paper exit area.
Solution
IMPORTANT : Please refer to attached BULLETIN NUMBER 7676, BULLETIN NUMBER 7677 and "DRYSURF APPLICATION" document
recommended repair procedure to eliminate fusing unit noise.
176
for the
February 2013
361
bizhub 552
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Abnormal movement of Rotation Sensor actuator.
Top of the Rotation Sensor actuator may hit the Holder.

If the Actuator moves up and down, it may hit the Holder and vibrate.
Since there is a gap between the Actuator and the Pin, the Pin may move and vibrate.
There is a Rotation Detecting Sensor assembly (p/n A0P0 R756 00) available for all models except bizhub C451/C550/C650. Please refer to attached
Parts Bulletin #8278 for additional recommendations.
Notes :
a. Refer to attached Technical Bulletin #8215 (Fusing Unit Noise Troubleshooting Guide) for more detail. In several cases, audio files are available to hear
the kind of noise that results from specific areas. If viewing this document on a computer, the audio samples can be accessed by clicking on the speaker icon.
b. Please perform all corrective actions in Technical Bulletin #8215 on the next service call for noises from the exit door area.
IMPORTANT : This is mandatory!
bizhub C650/C550/C451 only

2. Movement of the cam gear on the shaft located on the rear of the fixing unit causes a clicking sound.
Please install the countermeasure kit which is outlined in the attached Bulletin Number 5947.
3. The Fusing Drive Unit Paper Exit Bearing and/or Eject Drive Gear 16T has failed.
Replace the Paper Exit Bearing (p/n A00J 2321 00) and/or Gear (p/n A00J 8953 00).
Notes :
a. There is a modified Eject Drive Unit (p/n A00J R726 11) that will help prevent abnormal noise. The Cam and Bushing have been changed.
b. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
362
bizhub 552
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
February 2013
363
bizhub 552
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
364
bizhub 600
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
365
bizhub 600
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
February 2013
366
bizhub 600
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
367
bizhub 601
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
368
bizhub 601
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
369
bizhub 601

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0653988EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
Warm-up sequence is stuck at the Konica Minolta logo screen.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Bare wires exposed on the wiring harness connector for VR3. VR3 no longer works and ICP12, ICP13or ICP14 on the PRCB is OPEN.
Tape the exposed wires and replace both VR3 (p/n 56AA 8560 1) and PRCB (p/n 57AA -902 1J).
As a highly recommended preventivecountermeasure,cover the sharp edge of the underside of the metal tray with electrical tape. This should be done for
both Tray 3 and Tray 4. Please see attached Bulletin Number 7463 for more detail. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
2. Failed Scanner Driver Board.

Replace the Scanner Driver Board (p/n 57AA -909 2H).If the problem persists replace System Control Board CF Assembly (p/n57AE -9522H for bizhub
600/750 and p/n A0PN R722 00 for bizhub 601/751 ) and System Control Board (p/n 57BA -9063H for bizhub 600 ; p/n 57AA -9063H for bizhub 750 and
p/n A0PN H010 04 for bizhub 601/751 ).
Note : There is a different part number for the bizhub 601/751 CF card if version 20 firmware or later is installed. (p/n A0PN R722 11)
3. Corrupt code on CF card in the System CB and/or on theCF card in the Image CB; the MFP HDD(HD-503) or the NVRAM has failed. (bizhub 600/750
only)
Disconnect the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) from the MFP (if one is installed). Download the base code for both CF cards and install. Instead of deleting the files
from the CF cards, cut-and-paste them to a temporary folder and then install the new code. This process seems to be more stable than just deleting the files.
Once the files are placed on the CF cards, delete the old files.
At the completion of rewriting the CF cards, the MFP firmware level will be at version 10.
IMPORTANT : Change the administrator password before upgrading firmware beyond the base level.To do this, perform the following:
a. Enter Service Mode.
b. Press Stop,0, Clear on the 10-key pad of the control panel.
c. Touch Administrator Password.
d. Enter the administrator password.
e. Touch End.
If the Konica Minolta Logo is still being displayed, the NVRAM may need to be replaced. Upgrade the firmware after determining that the MFP starts properly.
February 2013
370
bizhub 601
Install version 17, 20, and then 31. Reconnect the MFP HDD. Replace the HDD (p/n 56UA M720 00) ifit has failed.
Note : The latest version firmware and system software are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
4. PRCB failed.
Replace PRCB(p/n 57AA -902 1J).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD;Arnold Tuazon -CPO, LTD; Steve Gates, SSD District Service
Manager/South Region; Craig Blyther, ESS and Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
February 2013
371
bizhub 652
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
372
bizhub 652
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
373
bizhub 652
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
374
bizhub 652
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
February 2013
375
bizhub 652
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
376
bizhub 750
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
377
bizhub 750
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
February 2013
378
bizhub 750
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
379
bizhub 751
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
380
bizhub 751
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
381
bizhub 751

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0653988EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
Warm-up sequence is stuck at the Konica Minolta logo screen.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Bare wires exposed on the wiring harness connector for VR3. VR3 no longer works and ICP12, ICP13or ICP14 on the PRCB is OPEN.
Tape the exposed wires and replace both VR3 (p/n 56AA 8560 1) and PRCB (p/n 57AA -902 1J).
As a highly recommended preventivecountermeasure,cover the sharp edge of the underside of the metal tray with electrical tape. This should be done for
both Tray 3 and Tray 4. Please see attached Bulletin Number 7463 for more detail. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
2. Failed Scanner Driver Board.

Replace the Scanner Driver Board (p/n 57AA -909 2H).If the problem persists replace System Control Board CF Assembly (p/n57AE -9522H for bizhub
600/750 and p/n A0PN R722 00 for bizhub 601/751 ) and System Control Board (p/n 57BA -9063H for bizhub 600 ; p/n 57AA -9063H for bizhub 750 and
p/n A0PN H010 04 for bizhub 601/751 ).
Note : There is a different part number for the bizhub 601/751 CF card if version 20 firmware or later is installed. (p/n A0PN R722 11)
3. Corrupt code on CF card in the System CB and/or on theCF card in the Image CB; the MFP HDD(HD-503) or the NVRAM has failed. (bizhub 600/750
only)
Disconnect the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) from the MFP (if one is installed). Download the base code for both CF cards and install. Instead of deleting the files
from the CF cards, cut-and-paste them to a temporary folder and then install the new code. This process seems to be more stable than just deleting the files.
Once the files are placed on the CF cards, delete the old files.
At the completion of rewriting the CF cards, the MFP firmware level will be at version 10.
IMPORTANT : Change the administrator password before upgrading firmware beyond the base level.To do this, perform the following:
a. Enter Service Mode.
b. Press Stop,0, Clear on the 10-key pad of the control panel.
c. Touch Administrator Password.
d. Enter the administrator password.
e. Touch End.
If the Konica Minolta Logo is still being displayed, the NVRAM may need to be replaced. Upgrade the firmware after determining that the MFP starts properly.
February 2013
382
bizhub 751
Install version 17, 20, and then 31. Reconnect the MFP HDD. Replace the HDD (p/n 56UA M720 00) ifit has failed.
Note : The latest version firmware and system software are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
4. PRCB failed.
Replace PRCB(p/n 57AA -902 1J).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD;Arnold Tuazon -CPO, LTD; Steve Gates, SSD District Service
Manager/South Region; Craig Blyther, ESS and Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
February 2013
383
bizhub C10
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
How to remove print drivers from Macintosh OS X, 10.2x, 10.3x, 10.4x, 10.5x.
Solution
Follow the How to remove Macintosh OS X drivers instructions to correctly remove driver files prior to installing a new or updated version of the driver. This
is highly recommended to avoid driver conflict.
Completely deleting/removing the PPD plug-ins for the loading of the driver will NOT overwrite the previous versions.
Notes :
1.See attached screenshot for reference.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS and Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
February 2013
384
bizhub C10
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet)
This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application.
Solution
CAUSE:The Macintosh OS 10.6.5 update modifies the CUPS filter. Thisis an industry-wide issue and is notrelated to any issues with Konica Minolta drivers
and/or software.
SOLUTION: Apple has identified the root cause of the issuewhichis resolvedwith the version 10.6.6 update. Please update to Macintosh OS 10.6.6.
Note : To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
385
bizhub C10
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
February 2013
386
bizhub C10X
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
February 2013
387
bizhub C10X
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
388
bizhub C10X
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
February 2013
389
bizhub C20
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
390
bizhub C20
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
February 2013
391
bizhub C20
Description
Unable to print from Macintosh 10.6.8 after performing an update orafter performing a Security Update.
The printer is paused.

The printer is automatically paused.
Job Message: /usr/libexec/cups/backend/socket failed .
The printer is in Printer Ready, but unable to print.
Job Message: "The printer software was installed incorrectly. Please reinstall the printer's software or contact the manufacturer for assistance."
Solution
CAUSE: There is a bug in the security settings of the OS of Macintosh 10.6.8.
SOLUTION: Please apply the Mac OS X 10.6.8 Supplemental Update .
From the Apple menu choose Software Update .

Install the Mac OS X 10.6.8 Supplemental Update .
Printers that were " Paused " work again after Resuming print.
For some reason, if the update does not resolve the problem, as a provisional workaround please turn OFF SNMP on the Konica Minolta equipment. DO
NOT manipulate the customer's MAC. For a Fiery that is unable to print, please install the Mac_10.6_Driver_Patch (356KB) .
You may have in some instances re-install the printer (re-install driver) and reboot the MAC.
Note: With SNMP disabled , bi-directional communication is not available, the machine consumablescannot be read andNet Care/Command
WorkStation/WebTools/SNMP-based tools/PageScope NDPS Gateway/Peer-to-Peer Printing/RightFax/PageScope Enterprise Suite/ PageScope
Router/Copy Protect Utility are affected.
DISABLING SNMP
B/W Production Products

bizhub PRO 1050 series
[Utility/Counter] g [Machine Manager Setting] g [Network Setting] g [Controller NIC Setting] g [SNMP Setting: Not Use] g Save g Reboot the
Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
[Utility/Counter] g [Administrator Setting] g [Network Setting] g [IP NIC Setting] g [SNMP Setting: Not Use] g Save g Reboot the Machine.
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
[Utility/Counter] g [Administrator Setting] g [Network Setting] g [Controller NIC Setting] g [SNMP Setting: Disable all settings] g Save g Reboot
the Machine.
Color and B/WProducts

bizhub C220/C280/C360/C451/C550/C650/C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS/
223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
[Utility/Counter] g [Administrator Setting] g [Network Settings] g [SNMP Settings: Turn settings OFF] g Save g Reboot the Machine.
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
[Open a Web Browser] g [Type in the TCP/IP address of the machine] g [Administrator Mode] g [Network Tab] g [SNMP Setting: Disable] g Save
g Reboot the Machine.
Printer Products:
magicolor 1600W/1650EN/1680MF/1690MF/4690MF
[Admin Management] g [Network Settings] g [SNMP: Disable] g Save g Reboot the Machine.
magicolor 4690MF/C20/C35
[Admin Management] g [Network Settings] g [Ethernet] g [TCP/IP] g [SNMP: Disable] g Save g Reboot the Machine.
Access via a Web Browser
Notes :
1. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.
February 2013
392
bizhub C20
It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
2.Please refer to attached documentation for additional information. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
393
bizhub C200
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800962EN*
Solution Usage
41
Solution Usage
28
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700026EN*
Description
How black and white versus color increment the machine counters.
Solution
The reason that many ofthe color printers will count a page as color, even though the page content looks like Black and White or Gray, is that many Office
applications create or use graphics using RGB data. Even though a graphic may be black, it uses RGB values of 0-0-0 to achieve black or will use equal
values of RGB to represent gray. As far asa Konica Minoltaprinter is concerned, this is color information and will therefore count the page as a color page.
This scenario applies to applications like Microsoft OfficeWord, Excel and Publisher, to name a few. Higher end applications like Adobe
PageMaker/InDesign/Illustrator and Quark typically use the CMYK color space.
A job can consist of just K (Black), with no CMY components. This will print as just black. If printing a gray shade from one of these applications, a halftone
screen would have to be used using just K or using equal values of CMYK, which would count as color.
Note : If the files have been converted to a PDF, Acrobat 6 and7 Pro have built-in Preflighting tools under the Advanced menu. Preflighting the
document will provide detail of what color components each graphic is composed. Other add-ons, such as Enfocus PitStop Professional will also provide the
same capabilities from within Acrobat.
Solution ID
TAUS0900085EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
February 2013
394
bizhub C200
Solution
CAUSE:The Microsoft Exchange Server is not set up correctly.
SOLUTION:Please use the attached settings to set up scan to E-mail on the Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.
CAUTION : Theattached instructions to create an Anonymous SMTP Receive Connector are not to be attempted by a technician. They are provided only
for use by an experienced Microsoft Exchange 2007 Administrator.Failure to follow these instructions in any way may have a detrimental effect on E-mail
flow in Exchange 2007. The instructions provided have been tested numerous times and are known to work. They are currently in production use in-house at
Konica Minolta and several customer environments.
Note :To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byJim DiSarro/Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
February 2013
395
bizhub C203
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
396
bizhub C203
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702507EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
DF-610/DF-611, intermittent jamming with possiblejam codes 6601, 6602, 6603or malfunction code C8103.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
DF-610/DF-611
1. The M6 lift assembly has failed. The lift-up motor shaft may break, resulting in failure of the lift-up mechanism. Failure may occur within a few months of
installation.
Replace themotor assembly(p/n 9J07 R707 00). Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 7113 for important details.
2. The correct position of the lift motor is decided by theaccurate locationof the mounting plate. There might be aspace, and when the space is largethe
motor is not positioned properly,thereforedrive is not correctly transmitted. A spacer is required to correct this issue.
Put the spacer (p/n A01H 5617 00) between the motor and the mounting plate. Please refer the attached file for details.
3. Worn or damaged beveled gear/cam that lifts the paper tray.
Replace the beveled gear/cam (p/n 4641 3417 02).
4. Double feeding/multi-feeding.
Trim back the mylar on the Separator Pad Assembly (p/n A01H R704 00) to the glue line (approximately 3mm) exposing more of the rubber underneath
which prevents multiple sheet paper feed. See the attached photo for reference.
5. The lift plate is not producing strong enough pressure.
Install mylar shims (p/n A01H 5615 00 and A01H 5616 01) under the lift plate to increase pressure. Multiple sheets can be used. See attachedBulletin
Number 6278for location and details.
6. Fluctuations of sensor read signal.
Slightly raise the lift plate. For more details see the attached file.
7. The spring pressure for the separation roller is too weak or too strong.
Increase/decrease the spring pressure for theseparation roller to determine the best results.
8. PS14(paper empty sensor) has failed or the actuator is not moving correctly.
If the actuator is moving freely, please replace PS14 (p/n 9335 1300 61).
9. The cam lever riding against the cam needs to be modified so that the lever firmly contacts the cam.
Take a piece ofmylar and place it on the upper portion of the cam leverwhere ithits.
DF-610 (bizhub C650 only)
The DF lift plate lowers in the middle of a job due to a failed DF control board.
Replace the DF control board (p/n A07H RA01 01).
DF-611
1. Oil residue from the torque limiter creates a misfeed condition.
Clean ALL document feeder rollers. If all rollers are not cleaned, oil residue will continue to cause paper to misfeed and jam. Please refer to attached
document as a reference.
2. Excessive grease from drive assembly section.
Please take apart paper drive clutchto remove grease and rustwith a tiny bit of alcohol and a dust-free cloth. See attachment for removal procedure and
location of grease.
3. The lift plate does not reach the required height and fails to activate PS16.
Note : Multi-sheet feeding and jamming when attempting to feed between one and five originals through the document feeder may occur.
Install theLever/Spacer Kit (p/n U226-0300). Please seeattached Bulletin Number 6687 for the details.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy
of Adobe Reader.
4. The DF lift plate lowers in the middle of a job due to a failed DF control board.
5. Document feederis positioned straight up at power ON.
February 2013
397
bizhub C203
Change the set position of the DF-611 hinge stopper to the upper side and secure it in position.
6. Paper detect actuator "bouncing" at the end of each sheet of paper causing a false jam.
Replace torsion spring with a torsion spring from a DF-610 (p/n A07H 5707 00).
Solution ID
TAUS0703679EN*
Solution Usage
97
Description
Error code C4551, C4552, C4553 or C4554.
Solution
CAUSE: The angle of the Start-of-Scan (SoS) mirror has changed due to low temperature abnormalities.
SOLUTION: Please install the following firmware version or above:
Model Minimum Firmware Version
bizhub C353P C353P_A02E-0Y0-0050-G2A-0900
bizhub C353 A02E0Y0-F000- GWH -R6
bizhub C253 A02E0Y0-F000- GXH -R6
bizhub C203 A02E0Y0-F000- GYH -R6
The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS
Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
IMPORTANT : If Special firmware version GWD-R6 for bizhub C353; GXD-R6 for bizhub C253; GYD-R6 for bizhub C203 is already installed, please
update to the latest version shown above.
This firmware will force the polygon mirror to rotate causing the temperature to rise in the PH unit.The machine will then attempt the SoS 10 times at one
minute intervals.If the SoS still cannot be obtained, the machine will code with C4551 ( Cyan ), C4552 ( Magenta ), C4553 ( Yellow ) or C4554 ( Black
).If this happens, please replace the original print head assembly with a modified one(p/n A02E R70211 for the bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 22 for
the bizhub C353/C353P ).
Notes :
1.The current andmodified print heads look alike. After being removed from the packaging, themodified print heads can be identified by the print head serial
number.
2.Under normal circumstances all 4 write units should be replaced as a set. An order quantity of 1 provides the 4 write units needed for a machine. In case of
an emergency situation only, replacing individual units (from a returned machine, demo room machine, etc.) can be done.
3. The following serial numbers already have the modified print head assembly installed.
Model Serial Number
bizhub C353P A02E013000060 and onward
bizhub C353 A02E010005614 and onward
FOC PARTS and LABOR REIMBURSEMENT
Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6878 andBulletin Number 7354concerning theFOC Print Head labor reimbursement and return program.To view a
PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contributions by Rich Raynor/Clinton Marquardt, ESS; Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0657405EN*
Solution Usage
81
Description
Control panel "hangs" at the hourglass screen.
February 2013
398
bizhub C20P
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
399
bizhub C20P
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
February 2013
400
bizhub C20P
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
401
bizhub C20PX
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
February 2013
402
bizhub C20PX
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS1200838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
403
bizhub C20PX
February 2013
404
bizhub C220
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
405
bizhub C220
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
Notes :
for more detail.

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
February 2013
406
bizhub C220
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0647541EN*
Solution Usage
28
February 2013
407
bizhub C220
Description
C-B003 (CB003) code.
February 2013
408
bizhub C224
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
409
bizhub C224
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
410
bizhub C224
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902079EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Jam code 1301 (13-01) or 1401 (14-01) when feeding from from Tray 3 or Tray 4 respectively.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Transport motor M25 has failed.
Replace the Transport motor M25 (p/n A011 M103 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 ; p/n A0ED M101 00 for bizhub
552/652/C452/C552/C552DS/C652/C652DS or p/n A161M10200 for bizhub C754/C654 ).
Note : Please see attached M25 removal instructions as a reference.
2. Paper Feed clutches CL5 and/or CL7 are not working. ICP17 is OPEN on the PFTDB. (ICP4 for bizhub 552/652/C452/C552/C552DS/C652/C652DS or
ICP12/ICP13 for bizhub C754/C654)
Please check the ICP on the PFTDB and verify that it is OPEN. If so, please check all harnesses and components connected to the PFTDB for shorts.
Replace the PFTDB (p/n A00J H002 06 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 ; p/n A0P0 H002 00 for bizhub 552/652/C452/C552/C552DS/C652/C652DS or p/n
A2X0H00200 for bizhub C754/C654 ).
3. Paper separation roller pressure spring has become streched/malformed beyond specifications. (bizhub C754/C654/C554/C454/C364/C284/C224 only)
Replace separation roller pressure spring (p/n 4030 3017 03). See attached "Spring" document for differences.
4. A weak pressure spring. The spring can be excessively stretched if the roller bracket is rotated beyond a normal position as shown in the illustration.
When the spring remains stretched, pressure is decreased between the feed roller and the separation roller which can generate misfeeds.
Check the pressure spring (Pulling Spring) and if it appears stretched, replace it. (p/n A00J 6047 01)
CAUTION : When it becomes necessary to replace the roller (p/n A00J 5636 00), please unhook the spring before the roller is removed. Otherwise, the
spring may become stretched.
5. PS26 (Tray 4 Paper Feed sensor) actuator spring is not properly seated. (Jam code 1401 or 14-01)
Visually check the actuator (p/n A00J 6033 00 and spring (p/n A00J 6050 01) for proper operation. Ensure that the return spring for the actuator is properly
seated. Please see the attached Parts Manual page and photos of spring position as a reference. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0648640EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Key Counter location (4-pin connector)
Solution
The color model supports the 4-pin key counter (basic) for use with CABX0094
Keycounter 4-pin interface for standard tracking
- Equitrac cable: CABX0094
- Copier Interface: Keycounter 4-pin interface
- Copier configuration: Keycounter Mode
- Copier Add-ON interface Kit: None. Internal 4-pin harness installed standard from factory
- Extended Attributes: Not supported by the 4-pin Keycounter Interface, neither supported by CABX0094. However, when using EE/EO (version 4.03
onwards) - extended attributes may be be possible using CABX0094 when used in conjunction with the "Konica Minolta - Enhance SNMP" option which is
presently only functional in EO/EE.
Notes :
1. Equitrac must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0094) along with any adapters for the product.
2. Please see the attached documentation to see the various Key Counter (4-pin) locations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
February 2013
411
bizhub C224
Reader.
February 2013
412
bizhub C25
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
413
bizhub C25
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1103939EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Macintosh OS 10.7 "Lion" and OS 10.8 "Mountain Lion" - current print and scan limitations.
Scan to SMB
Scan to FTP
Printing with Konica Minolta 10.6 driver
Printing with EFI Fiery driver 10.6
Installation of TWAIN driver KMC35 version 1.3.0.0 is not possible
Solution
In the new Macintosh OS 10.7 "Lion" and OS 10.8 "Mountain Lion"some network protocols are no longer supported or were changed. Additionally there are
some changes regarding rights management for print drivers and their plugins.
Scan to SMB
Apple has changed from SAMBA to their own SMBX. SMBX supported SMB 1.0, SMB 2.0 and assume Unicode.
February 2013
414
bizhub C25
Konica Minoltahas releasedspecial firmwares for the following models:
bizhub C652DS/C552DS version GC6-C5
bizhub C360/C220/C280 version GC6-C6
bizhub C650/C550/C451 version GPG-R6
bizhub C353 version GPG-R6
bizhub C253 verson GQG-R6
bizhub C203 version GRG-R6
bizhub 652/552 version GC3-F7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 version GC6-C8
bizhub 501/421/361 version GDL-21
bizhub 601/751 version GCH-20
Konica Minolta is working on releasing Special firmware for the following model(s).
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
For the bizhub C224-C754 series please be sure to change (confirm) the following settings to perform Scan to SMB:
*Select ON on Direct Hosting setting in SMB settings
*Select v1/v2 on NTLM Settings of Client Settings in SMB settings
*Set the date/time on MFP to the same date/time on PC (Mac 10.7)
Maximum tolerance is plus or minus 2 hours
There are no plans for the development of special firmware to support 10.7 SMB scanning for the following models;
bizhub 500/420/360
bizhub 600/750
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C351/C352/C450
Please see attached Server Connect Error documentfor details.
(Another alternative to Scan to SMB ) Use Scan to FTP.
Scan to FTP
The GUI for the FTP Server was removed, so for using Scan to FTP you have to activate FTP Server via the Terminal first.
(SOLUTION) "Lion" Server: Enabling the FTP service
Solution was released by Apple: http://support.apple.com/kb/HT4704
Note :Please be aware that the FTP service with Macintosh OS 10.7 "Lion" is not secure.
Most print driver functions are available.
NoWORKAROUND necessary
EFI printer drivers for Macintosh OS 10.6 cannot be installed on "Lion" and are not working. This is due to incompatibilities with the core printing system of
10.7
(SOLUTION) EFI has released a Fiery Express Driver which is a universal driver that can be used with any Fiery . The driver will provide basic
feature support for Fiery printing. The Fiery Express Driver is a solution that can be installed on any Macintosh using Mac OS X 10.7 to provide basic
feature support for Fiery printing. Macintosh OS X 10.7 users who want to print using Fiery features should print to the Fiery Held queue then use
Command WorkStation 5.x to edit the Job Properties.
The Fiery Express driver will support the following features for Fiery printing:
Duplex
Stapling
Output Paper Size
Color Mode
Composite Overprint
Please see the attached driver and Fiery Express Driver Setup Guide for additional information.
The following are known issues when using the Fiery Express Driver:
a The Fiery Express Driver will not provide access to Fiery features. The PPDs installed by the
FieryExpressMacDriver.pkg are the only supported PPDs for use with the Fiery Express Driver. OEM-specific PPDs are not supported.
a Fiery Software Uninstaller for Macintosh does not recognize the "Fiery Express Driver".
a QuarkXPress 8.0 crashes when launching the Print Dialog using the Fiery Express Driver.
See FAQs for QuarkXPress 8 & 9 http://forums.quark.com/t/21811.aspx for additional
February 2013
415
bizhub C25
information regarding this issue.
This driver is intended to provide users with basic print capabilities only. For access to Fiery
features you may use Command WorkStation 5.x which is available as a free download on
www.efi.com .
For more details please see Fiery Forum from EFI

Thread: EFI has released a universal Mac OS X 10.7 Fiery Print Driver
http://fieryforums.efi.com/showthread.php/2454-EFI-has-released-a-universal-Mac-OS-X-10.7-Fiery-Print-Driver
Installation of TWAIN driver KM C35 ver.1.3.0.0 is not possible

Pkg installer is not prepared for Macintosh OS 10.7
(SOLUTION) Use the modified pkg which is attached to this Solution.This pkg is for the bizhub C35 only.
Notes :
2. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS1200732EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Some machines may fail to detect the IC chip on the imaging unit (IU), resulting in a premature message to replace a particular imaging unit.
Product
Error displayed
February 2013
416
bizhub C25
magicolor 3730DN/EN
x toner not installed
magicolor 4750DN/EN
I-UNIT MISSING CHECK x
bizhub C35P
bizhub C35
Imaging Unit Missing
Install imaging unit and close all doors.
bizhub C25
NOT INSTALLED I-UNIT CHECK x
Solution
The front frame can be deflected when the cyan, magenta, and black IUs are installed, resulting in a gap between the IC chip on the IU and the chip reader
on the front frame.
This issue does not occur in all machines. It may occur in some due to manufacturing tolerances.
The yellow IU is not affected, because its reader it is located next to the side frame, which limits the amount of deflection.
This issue was addressed during production using two countermeasures to limit the amount of deflection.
Some machines received a spacer at the rear end of the cyan, magenta, and black print unit (PU) rails.
Some machines had extended PU rails installed for the cyan, magenta, and black IUs.
SERIAL NUMBERS
Product
Serial Numbers Affected
magicolor 3730DN/EN
All
magicolor 4750DN/EN
All
bizhub C35P
A0VD013000001 - A0VD013001926
bizhub C35
A121011000001 - A121011016581
bizhub C25
February 2013
417
bizhub C25
A2YF011000001 - A2YF011001857
PU rails with the added spacer can be obtained for affected machines that display the premature IU replacement message.
PARTS INFORMATION
Description
Part Number
PU rail (set of three): one each for C, M, K

A0VDR91000FOC
Please refer to attached Technical Bulletin #8483 for FOC and installation procedure information. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of
Adobe Reader.
February 2013
418
bizhub C250
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
419
bizhub C250
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902331EN*
Solution Usage
704
Description
MFP comes to Ready with the basic screen, but unable to select anything. The Operation Panel is locked up and the Touch Panel Adjustment cannot be
performed. A different key may respond when any key is selected on the Touch Panel. One side of the Touch Panel (touchscreen) may be OK, but the other
side appears to be out of adjustment.
Solution
CAUSE: Touch Panel/Control Panel failure. Due to the environment, over time, conductivity of the Touch Panel (touchscreen) connection deteriorates
because of high temperature/high humidity. Consequently, the area between the conductive cover and glass expands and loses connection. For more detail
please refer to the attached documentation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SOLUTION:TheTouch Panelhas been modified and shouldbe replaced when the symptom occurs. An FOCTouch Panelis available. To obtain a
free-of-chargeTouch Panel(p/n 9981 0003 67FOC) pleaseadhere tothe following procedure:
SSD REPLACEMENT PART(S) CLAIM ORDERING PROCEDURE
Part(s) can be ordered via the online SSD Solutions RA/Claim form which is accessible in MyKonicaMinolta.com => Service => Warranty, Repair &
Special Programs => Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs => SSD Technical Solutions Claim => SSD Solutions RA/Claim form.
Select the appropriate Solution ID from the SSD Solutions pop-up box in the SSD Solutions RA/Claim Form. The choice will then display a description of the
associated part that will be shipped. Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship the Touch Panel at LDN Pricing. Upon receipt of the defective Touch Panel at
the KMBS Warranty Recovery Center, KMBS will issue a credit to reverse the Touch Panel Warranty Advance Exchange charge.
All parts will be shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated E-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment. In
addition the E-mail will provide KMBS claim number, part(s) order status and the UPS Tracking Number for the delivery.
IMPORTANT : Please create a ticket via the web and perform the FOC procedure. Callingthe Hotline for an SSD ProblemTicket number is not required
to order the FOC parts.
Ifyou do not want to order the FOC part, replace the Touch Panel (p/n 4037 7807 01).
Note : Either the Touch Panel or Control Panel assemblycan be replaced when the symptom occurs. The Touch Panel is modified and is part of theControl
Panel assembly (p/n 4038 6052 07 for bizhub C250/C252/C300/C352 and p/n 4037 6052 06 for bizhub C351/C450 ).
There are no cut-in serial numbers because production of these models has already been discontinued.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD
February 2013
420
bizhub C250P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
421
bizhub C250P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700618EN*
Solution Usage
63
Description
FS-514, C7503 and jam codes 7502 or 7503 intermittently.All of the pages from one set do not exit with that set,but areincludedin the next set.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One-way gear on the shaft with the FN6 knob.
Clean or replace the one way gear(s) (p/n 4349 1611 01 - 19T, small and inside) and (p/n 4349 1633 01 - 32T, large and outside).
2. Shear pin on the shaft holder is broken, stopping the exit paddle roller from turning. Replace the shaft holder (p/n 9J08 1602 01) and paddle (p/n 9J08
1605 01)if holder is cracked or paddleis worn.
Note : Please see attached pages from Parts Manual for location of the shaft holder. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
3. The FS-514 is not properly supported by the castors, causing misalignment.

Ensure that the castors and adjusting plates are set so that they touch the floor as illustrated in the installation instructions.
4. Modification to lower exit rollers is necessary.
Wrap electrical tape around the lower exit rollers to improve the diameter as described in the Microsoft Windows Media video attachment. To view the
video, you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player.
5. Insufficient roller pressure.

February 2013
422
bizhub C250P
Replace the 4 pressure springs that push down the exit rollers with a set from the FN-117. The FN-117 springs have less force. Springs are on page 4 of the
FN-117 Parts Manual (p/n 4349 1732 02). Please refer to the Parts Manual for component identification and the attached Parts Modification Notice for
additional detail.
6. Exit roller timing.
Install the attached firmware which will improve the timing of the exit rollers. This firmware is alsoposted onthe Download Selector. Access the Selector from
Notes :
a.Useeither the Firmware Imaging Tool or Cygwin utility. FS-514 firmware files are:
bizhub C352/C300 - 9J06-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE

bizhub C252 - 4038-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE
Checksum for the bizhub C352/C300/C252 is F989 .
b. To open the attached ZIP files, WinZip may need to be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website:
http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local
computer to view or run.
7. The gear cam is 180 degrees out of position.
Remove the gear (p/n 9J08 1705 01),rotate it 180 degrees and install it back onits shaft.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS andCesar Jimenez/Ian Lynch/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
423
bizhub C252
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
424
bizhub C252
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902331EN*
Solution Usage
704
Description
Solution
February 2013
425
bizhub C252P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
426
bizhub C252P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700618EN*
Solution Usage
63
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Reader.


February 2013
427
bizhub C252P
additional detail.
Notes :
bizhub C352/C300 - 9J06-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE

bizhub C252 - 4038-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
428
bizhub C253
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
429
bizhub C253
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
430
bizhub C253

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702507EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
DF-610/DF-611
installation.
February 2013
431
bizhub C253
DF-611
location of grease.
of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
432
bizhub C280
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
433
bizhub C280
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
434
bizhub C280

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
Notes :
February 2013
435
bizhub C280
for more detail.

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
436
bizhub C280
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
437
bizhub C284
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
438
bizhub C284
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
439
bizhub C284
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0645779EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
How toperform a Data Capture (Print Capture)on MFPs when printing using the Emperon controller.
Solution
Note : This procedure is used when you are having a printing issue only.
The following must be set up in order to capture the files:
1. Press the utility button and select Administrator Settings.
2. Select Security setting g Security Detail g Print Data Capture must be set to Allow g Administrator Settings g Network Setting g FTP setting,
FTP Server must be set to ON.
3. In Tech Rep Mode, select System2 and select Data Capture. Select ON.
4. Send print jobs. When finished, enter Command prompt and run FTP client.
5. Issue OPEN ipaddress command and login as the following user
capture
sysadm
6. Type lcd \ command to set the local directory to root of C: drive.
7. Use the ls command to list the files.
8. Type binary to change the transfer mode to binary.The response should be 200 .
9. Type set to I .
10. Use the get command to retrieve the files (i.e., get c741n.cpt). This will transfer the file tolocalC: drive.
11. After complete enter the bye command.
12. Type exit to quit the command prompt.
To delete the jobs on the HDD,select administrator settings g Security Detail g Restrict.
The function will remove the files from the printer.
Note : Please refer to attached pages from the Field Service Manual/Service Mode and the Print Data Capture Labconcerning Data Capture. To view a
Solution ID
TAUS0902079EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
440
bizhub C284
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0648640EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
441
bizhub C300
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
442
bizhub C300
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902331EN*
Solution Usage
704
Description
Solution
February 2013
443
bizhub C30P
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0658258EN*
Solution Usage
28
Description
Intermittent No Reply from PING; no printing and cannot browse; requires reboot to recover.
Solution
CAUSE:A vulnerability was corrected in early firmware where excessive SMB traffic can causethe NICto drop off.
SOLUTION:Please use the following firmware version or higherto correct this issue.
IC-611 (bizhub PRO 1050)
Ver.30-COC0
IC-203 (bizhub PRO 920)
Ver.20-COC0
IC-202 (bizhub 600/bizhub 750)
Ver. 30-CH
bizhub 360/420/500
Version 30
bizhub C450/C351/C250/C252/C352/C300
(Phase3.03/Ver.I8)
Notes :
1. If the issue is not resolved by the new firmware, please obtain details to further the investigations. Currently, here are the first items to confirm and provide.
a. Provide answers to the following questions:
What type of network environment is the customer using?

What is the network speed?
What is the NIC speed on our engine?
When the device goes down can it be PINGed orbrowsed to?
What protocols are on the network?
Is the machine in a power save or sleep mode at the time of failure?
Does the machine have a static TCP/IP address or is it dynamic (DHCP)?
How often does the incident occur?
Are there any routers, switches or hubs involved on the network segment(s)which aretrying to utilize the machine?
What type of special applications are utilized by people who print to the device?
b. If a bizhub 600/750/PRO 920, you can perform a Hyperterminal session and set transfer to text to create text file that shows the controller activity.
c. Perform an Ethereal network packet capture. Instructions are attached.
2. The latest version firmware and system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS
3. Refer to the attached PDF for reference. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe
web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mahen Shukla, ESS/BSE
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
444
bizhub C30P

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
445
bizhub C30P
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
446
bizhub C31P
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
447
bizhub C31P
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
February 2013
448
bizhub C35
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1100047EN*
Solution Usage
28
Description
Undercertain circumstances, the bizhub C35...
powers up and goes to Ready, but will not print from the PC, print internal pages or copy.
freezes or hangsat the KM Logo screen or hourglass when the printer is initializing (after power ON). This cannot be cleared by powering the printer OFF/ON.
intermittently may not be able to print, copy or fax.

has print, fax or copy jobsstuck in memory when trying to flash firmware. If attempting to access the Service Mode, a Please wait" or "Restarting message
may be indicated.
Solution
TheMFP will power up and go to Ready, but will not print from the PC, print internal pages or copy.
CAUSE:Corrupt datainthe SSD (Solid State Drive)board.DHCP assignment fails.
SOLUTION: Please perform the following procedure.
1. Delete the jobthen power cycle the machine OFF/ON.
2. When in Ready state, Press the Utility/Counter key.
3. The Utility Mode screen will appear.
4. Press the [ ]
key and select Admin Settings .
5. Press Password and enter 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 then press[OK] twice.
6. Press the [ ] key twice and select Fax Settings .
7. Press the [ ] keyfour timesand select Fax File Initializing .
8. Select [Yes], and touch [OK].Initialization is started.All saved data (jobs) are deleted and the machine is automatically restarted. (The Address book is not
included.)
9. When in Ready state, Press the Utility/Counter key.
10. The Utility Mode screen will appear.
11. Press the [ ]
key and select Admin Settings .
12. Press Password and enter 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 then press [OK] twice.
13. Select Security Settings .
14. Select SSD Low-Level Format .
CAUTION : Please have the Address book data written down prior to the format. The data will be cleared andwill need to be reentered.
15. The display will indicate Now Deleting Format (it will take about 2 minutes to complete).
16. Execute to 100%.
17. Power OFF/ON when prompted.
18. Reflash machine firmware.
The MFP
intermittently may not be able to print, copy or fax.

freezes or hangs at the KM Logo screen or hourglass when the printer is initializing (after power ON). This cannot be cleared by powering the printer
OFF/ON.
has print, fax or copy jobs stuck in memory when trying to flash firmware. If attempting to access the Service Mode, a Please wait" or "Restarting message
may be indicated.
CAUSE: Data corruption which may be related to firmware or hardware failure.
SOLUTION: Attached Bulletin Number 7829 outlines in detail the steps to take to resolve this problem. There are three (3) options depending on the
symptom .
Update the firmware to version C35_ContFW_G0062205 to correct intermittent no printing, copying or faxing .
February 2013
449
bizhub C35
Use a special Recovery Tool then install the firmware to correct the lock-up during initialization .
Replace the MFP board (p/n A121 R900 11) then upgrade the firmware to version C35_ContFW_G0062205 if the machine locks up when using the
Recovery Tool . The board can be obtained at no charge by following the procedure outlined in the bulletin.
IMPORTANT : Parts are available free of charge, and labor is reimbursed to authorized dealers subject to the conditions specified in Bulletin Number 7829.
Note : To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200457EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Solution
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
February 2013
450
bizhub C35
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS1103979EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
"Server Connect Error" when Scanning to SMB to Macintosh OS 10.7 "Lion" and OS 10.8 "Mountain Lion"
Solution
CAUSE:Apple has changed from SAMBA to their own SMBX. SMBX supported SMB 1.0, SMB 2.0 and assume Unicode.
SMB Scan from Konica Minolta MFPs no longer functions at this time.
SOLUTION:Konica Minolta hasreleasedSpecial firmware to correct this issue forthe following models along with the required device configuration.
Firmware Versions
bizhub C25 PP_version 0117, CC_version 0124 (Maintenance Release 2)
bizhub C35 ContFW_30G0101605 (Maintenance Release 4)
February 2013
451
bizhub C35
The following Device Configuration settings are necessary for Mac 10.7.x
-Select "ON" on Direct Hosting setting in SMB Settings.
-Select "V1/V2" on NTLM Settings of Client Settings in SMB Settings.
-Synchronize Date/Time of the MFP to the Date/Time of the target Mac OSX 10.7 system (maximum tolerance is plus or minus 2 hours).
Notes :
1. The firmware is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
2. The following firmware versions listed belowwere originally released to correct this issue but have been pulled from the Download Selector due to a bug,
please use the firmware versions listed above.
[DO NOT USE]
bizhub C353 version GPA-R6
bizhub C253 version GQA-R6
bizhub C203 version GRA-R6
bizhub C650/C550/C451 version GPA-R6
3. As a Scan to SMB workaround, please use Scan to FTP.
The GUI for the FTP Server was removed, so to use Scan to FTP you have to activate FTP Server via the Terminal first. For more information please see
Apple Article HT4704 - Lion Server: Enabling the FTP service .
4.Please be aware that the FTP service with Macintosh OS 10.7 "Lion" is not secure.
5. There are no plans for the development of special firmware to support 10.7 SMB scanning for the following models:
bizhub 500/420/360
bizhub 600/750
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C351/C352/C450
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1103939EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Scan to SMB
Scan to FTP
February 2013
452
bizhub C350
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
453
bizhub C350
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0630895EN*
Solution Usage
152
Description
C3E02 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed or damagedNVRAM(IC418 on the PWB-MFP).
SOLUTION: To receive a replacement NVRAM, pleaseutilize the online ordering form.
Note : IMPORTANT: All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0628661EN*
Solution Usage
144
Description
Copy is overlaid with a dark gray patch.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect setup procedure or firmware upgrade to version 28. DO NOT USE THE SET UP INSTRUCTIONS THAT COME WITH THE MACHINE! The
instructions packed with the machine are incorrect. Follow the new set up instructions in the link below. The instructions packed with the machine
INCORRECTLY instruct to power the machine OFF/ON after the serial number input. DO NOT turn the machine OFF until the last step, List Output, is
complete and the Image Processing data has been printed. The date and time must be entered in both the Admin. and Factory Set modes.
SOLUTION: From FW ver. 28 implemented in production since mid June 2004, new condition is required at the new installation of the machine in order to
strengthen the security level of the machine, to secure product quality and to keep the service level. If the installation is not correctly done, the output of copy
is overlaid with a dark gray patch to protect from using the machine with improper condition (sample is also attached). It is necessary to follow exactly the
procedures as mentioned in Installation guide and keep each step listed below in the right order so as to make the machine run normally and to cancel the
protection. All steps are important for product quality and later support and none of them should be missed. DO NOT power the machine OFF/ON until all of
the adjustments are complete.
Notes:
1. See the C350 Installation Instructions for more details (Installation Manual is also attached).
2. This is concerned only when the machine is newly installed, or the updating of FW and/or replacing PWB.
3. If the machine is turned OFF during the installation before completing all steps, it is required to start the procedure from the beginning.
4. If any steps are skipped, it is necessary to return the step skipped then to carry out all the following steps correctly.
5. The Serial number cut-in of the applicable machines are as follows:
Legacy Minolta - 31102601
Legacy Konica - 65JE02601
February 2013
454
bizhub C350
6. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0653114EN*
Solution Usage
67
Description
C-D3xx codes.
Solution
CAUSE: The machine performs a CRC check on the NVRAM against the NVRAM image stored on the MFP board. The C-D3xx codes will be indicated if the
checksums do not match.
SOLUTION: C-D3xx codes can be cleared by pressing Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9. This will display a "*" button. Press this button andpower the machine OFF/ON.
the NVRAM.There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup.This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM.If this is the case then
the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Notes :
1.One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a quality
power line conditioner on these machines.
2. If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear.This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
IMPORTANT : All programmed addresses will be cleared.Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear.
If NVRAM replacement is necessary, please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero.This is unrecoverable and the
correct meters cannot be input.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
February 2013
455
bizhub C351
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
456
bizhub C351
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902331EN*
Solution Usage
704
Description
Solution
February 2013
457
bizhub C352
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
458
bizhub C352
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902331EN*
Solution Usage
704
Description
Solution
February 2013
459
bizhub C352P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
460
bizhub C352P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700618EN*
Solution Usage
63
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Reader.


February 2013
461
bizhub C352P
additional detail.
Notes :
bizhub C352/C300 - 9J06-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE

bizhub C252 - 4038-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
462
bizhub C353
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
463
bizhub C353
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
464
bizhub C353

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702507EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
DF-610/DF-611
installation.
February 2013
465
bizhub C353
DF-611
location of grease.
of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
466
bizhub C353P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
467
bizhub C353P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0703679EN*
Solution Usage
97
Description
Error code C4551, C4552, C4553 or C4554.
Solution
CAUSE: The angle of the Start-of-Scan (SoS) mirror has changed due to low temperature abnormalities.
SOLUTION: Please install the following firmware version or above:
Model Minimum Firmware Version
bizhub C353P C353P_A02E-0Y0-0050-G2A-0900
bizhub C353 A02E0Y0-F000- GWH -R6
bizhub C253 A02E0Y0-F000- GXH -R6
bizhub C203 A02E0Y0-F000- GYH -R6
The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS
IMPORTANT : If Special firmware version GWD-R6 for bizhub C353; GXD-R6 for bizhub C253; GYD-R6 for bizhub C203 is already installed, please
update to the latest version shown above.
This firmware will force the polygon mirror to rotate causing the temperature to rise in the PH unit.The machine will then attempt the SoS 10 times at one
minute intervals.If the SoS still cannot be obtained, the machine will code with C4551 ( Cyan ), C4552 ( Magenta ), C4553 ( Yellow ) or C4554 ( Black
).If this happens, please replace the original print head assembly with a modified one(p/n A02E R70211 for the bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 22 for
the bizhub C353/C353P ).
Notes :
1.The current andmodified print heads look alike. After being removed from the packaging, themodified print heads can be identified by the print head serial
number.
2.Under normal circumstances all 4 write units should be replaced as a set. An order quantity of 1 provides the 4 write units needed for a machine. In case of
an emergency situation only, replacing individual units (from a returned machine, demo room machine, etc.) can be done.
3. The following serial numbers already have the modified print head assembly installed.
Model Serial Number
bizhub C353P A02E013000060 and onward
FOC PARTS and LABOR REIMBURSEMENT
Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6878 andBulletin Number 7354concerning theFOC Print Head labor reimbursement and return program.To view a
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contributions by Rich Raynor/Clinton Marquardt, ESS; Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0703444EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
C2152 at power up.
February 2013
468
bizhub C353P
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Detecting Plate not positioned properly.
Shape of the detecting plate has been modified. Install the modified Detecting Plate (p/n A02E 5033 01). Please refer to the attached procedure for
instructions on how to install the modified bracket.
Note :The following are the serial number cut-inswith themodified Detecting Plate installed:
bizhub C353 - A02E010005899 and onward
bizhub C353P - A02E013000060 and onward
magicolor 8650 - no cut-in available
2. Transfer Belt Retraction Sensor (PS31) mounting bracket (p/n A02E 1121 00) is fixed with a screw and it can be tilted while assembling. If the bracket is
tilted, the sensor cannot detect the Transfer Belt position properly.
In order to avoid tilting the bracket, the shape of the bracket has been changed.The shape of the sensor actuator has also been changed because the
actuator could touch the other parts.
PARTS
A02E 1121 00 -current Bracket
A02E 1121 11 - modified Bracket
A02E 1122 01 - current Actuator
A02E 1122 12 - modified Actuator
Notes :
a.When at the machine, please check the condition of Sensor Bracket and change the Sensor Bracket and Actuator if necessary.
b. Please refer to details in attachedBulletin Number 6252 (applies tobizhub C203/C253/C353). To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of
Adobe Reader.
3. Somepacking material was not removed froma new Transfer belt before installation.
Ensure that allpacking material has been removed before the Transfer belt is installed.
4. Failure of the Transfer Belt Retraction clutch (CL7).
Check for wiring being pinched from bypass door and replace the failed parts.
PARTS
CL7 (p/n A02E M200 00)
bizhub C353 Drive Wiring/1(p/n A02E N10F 02)
bizhub C253 Drive Wiring/2 (p/n A02E N117 02)
bizhub C203 Drive Wiring/3 (p/n A02E N10Y 02)
bizhub C353P Drive Wiring/4 (p/n A02E N11A 00)
magicolor 8650 Drive Wiring/6 (p/n A02E N11C 00)
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
Notes :
February 2013
469
bizhub C353P
for more detail.

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
February 2013
470
bizhub C35P
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
471
bizhub C35P
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description

Solution
February 2013
472
bizhub C35P
DISABLING SNMP

Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
the Machine.

223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
Printer Products:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

used.
February 2013
473
bizhub C35P
On Exchange
checked.
On the MFP
Solution ID
TAUS1200732EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Product
Error displayed
magicolor 3730DN/EN
magicolor 4750DN/EN
bizhub C35P
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
Solution
on the front frame.
SERIAL NUMBERS
February 2013
474
bizhub C35P
Product
magicolor 3730DN/EN
All
magicolor 4750DN/EN
All
bizhub C35P
A0VD013000001 - A0VD013001926
bizhub C35
A121011000001 - A121011016581
bizhub C25
A2YF011000001 - A2YF011001857
PARTS INFORMATION
Description
Part Number

A0VDR91000FOC
Adobe Reader.
February 2013
475
bizhub C360
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
476
bizhub C360
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution
February 2013
477
bizhub C360

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702927EN*
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
g
System 1
g
Initialization.
Notes :
February 2013
478
bizhub C360
for more detail.

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06)
bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06)
bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06)
bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06)
bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15)
bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07)
bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03)
bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02)
bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02)
bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06)
bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04)
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
479
bizhub C360
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
480
bizhub C364
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
481
bizhub C364
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
482
bizhub C364
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0645779EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
capture
sysadm
9. Type set to I .
Solution ID
TAUS0902079EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
483
bizhub C364
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0648640EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
484
bizhub C450
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
485
bizhub C450
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902331EN*
Solution Usage
704
Description
Solution
February 2013
486
bizhub C450P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
487
bizhub C450P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0701894EN*
Solution Usage
51
February 2013
488
bizhub C450P
Description
White void, uneven image or toner leakage at the front of the machine.
February 2013
489
bizhub C451
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
490
bizhub C451
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
491
bizhub C451
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
492
bizhub C451
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0703835EN*
Solution Usage
106
Description
P-14at power up possibly with incorrect color registration (P-21 and/orP-22 may also be indicated).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Soiled/dirty IDC Registration sensor(s).
Clean IDC Registration sensor/F (IDCS/F) and IDC Registration sensor/R (IDCS/R).
2. Failing or failed IDC Registration sensors (IDC Registration sensor/Fand IDC Registration sensor/R).
Replace both IDC Registration sensors (p/n V869 9000 45).
3. Low level of firmware.
Update firmware level to most current level available. A printer file only firmware for use after installation of G00-R5 called GC1-22 corrects false P-14 codes
(see attached documentation).The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from
Note :If the problem is not corrected, replace the Imaging Unit (IU).
CYAN - p/n A0600JF
MAGENTA - p/n A0600DF
YELLOW - p/n A06007F
BLACK - p/n A06003F
4. Failed print head relay board.

Note : Code may occur after stabilization runs. Performing the color alignment adjustment does not correct the problem.
Replace the print head relay board (p/n A00J H003 00). The print head relay board is also referred to as REYB/PH or PWB-J.
Besure to check Imaging Unit(s) and replace if necessary. Target the Black Imaging Unit which is the most common cause of the P-14 code.
5. The Color Alignment Adjustment was not performed during setup.
Note : Code may be indicated after a new setup.
Perform the Color Alignment Adjustment:
a. Enter Service mode.
b. Select Machine.
c. Select and perform the Color Alignment Adjustment.
d. Exit Service mode and cycle the power.
Also, pleasemake sure to check the Imaging Unit(s) and replace if necessary. Target Black Imaging Unit which is the most common cause of the P-14 code.
6. The Skew adjustment needs to be performed.
Perform the following skew adjustment procedure:
a.Enter Tech Rep mode.
b.Select Machine.
c.Skew Adjustment.
d.Perform the procedure as outlined in the Service Manual orrefer tothe attached documentation.
7. Skew correction values not optimum.
Set skew correction values to 50 instead of values printed on PH assembly. Check thevalue for Magenta laser which should be 236as printed onlabel on PH
assembly. Any value for Magenta PH skew lower than 212, excluding 0, allows the unit to function normally.
8. Incorrect machine setup (new install).
Use the following Troubleshooting steps when machine is installed, as recommended by Konica Minolta (Japan):
a.Perform Skew adjustment reset.
b.Perform Initialize + Image Stabilization.
c.Installfirmware version GC1-22. Go to stepdif not recovered.
d.Change the IU-Black.
e.Perform Skew adjustment reset.
f. Perform Initialize + Image Stabilization. Go to stepgif not recovered.
g.Confirm whether the values of Skew adjustment and PH unit arethe same.
February 2013
493
bizhub C451
Ifthey are the same, go to stepjif not recovered.
Ifthey aredifferent, input the value of the PH unit in the panel then go to step h.
h.Perform Skew adjustment reset.
i.Perform Initialize + Image Stabilization: Go to stepjif not recovered.
j.Change the PH unit.
k. Input the value of the PH unit in the panel.
l. Perform Skew adjustment reset.
m.Perform Initialize + Image Stabilization.
Note : Please see attached Color Shift document and refer to Service Manual for all adjustment procedures.To view a PDF, you may need to download a
free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
494
bizhub C452
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
495
bizhub C452
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
496
bizhub C452
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
497
bizhub C452
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0802064EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Jam code 3001 (30-01) is indicated, yet 3201 (32-01) or 7216 (72-16) may also be displayed.
Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays and is most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait
direction.
Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally.
Abnormal noise is heard that sounds like paper crinkling.
Copies folding in the fuser unit.
Jamming when duplexing.
February 2013
498
bizhub C454
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
499
bizhub C454
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
500
bizhub C454
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0645779EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
capture
sysadm
9. Type set to I .
Solution ID
TAUS0902079EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
501
bizhub C454
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0648640EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
502
bizhub C550
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
503
bizhub C550
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
504
bizhub C550
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
505
bizhub C550
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0703835EN*
Solution Usage
106
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
CYAN - p/n A0600JF
BLACK - p/n A06003F

b. Select Machine.
b.Select Machine.
c.Skew Adjustment.
February 2013
506
bizhub C550
February 2013
507
bizhub C552
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
508
bizhub C552
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
509
bizhub C552
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
510
bizhub C552
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0802064EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
direction.
February 2013
511
bizhub C552DS
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
512
bizhub C552DS
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
513
bizhub C552DS
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
514
bizhub C552DS
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0802064EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
direction.
February 2013
515
bizhub C554
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
516
bizhub C554
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
517
bizhub C554
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0645779EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
capture
sysadm
9. Type set to I .
Solution ID
TAUS0902079EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
518
bizhub C554
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200457EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Solution
Reader.
February 2013
519
bizhub C650
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
520
bizhub C650
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
521
bizhub C650
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
522
bizhub C650
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0703835EN*
Solution Usage
106
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
CYAN - p/n A0600JF
BLACK - p/n A06003F

b. Select Machine.
b.Select Machine.
c.Skew Adjustment.
February 2013
523
bizhub C650
February 2013
524
bizhub C652
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
525
bizhub C652
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
526
bizhub C652
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
527
bizhub C652
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0802064EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
direction.
February 2013
528
bizhub C652DS
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
529
bizhub C652DS
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0703379EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
176
for the
February 2013
530
bizhub C652DS
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Notes :

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800104EN*
Solution Usage
157
Description
Solution

VoIP PBX systems.
* Codecs
* Fax fixed timings
* LAN Packet losses
* Bugs
From Service Mode:
February 2013
531
bizhub C652DS
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0802064EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
direction.
February 2013
532
bizhub C654
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
533
bizhub C654
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
534
bizhub C654
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902737EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
Jam code 13-01 (1301), 17-09 (1709) or 17-30 when feeding paper from Tray 3 (1500-sheet). Jammingmay beintermittent (more frequentif feeding thin
paper).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The conveyance roller located in the Tray 3 feed unit has worn down due to low quality paper whichchanges the diameter of the conveyance rollers. This
causes the paper,when fed, tocontact the white plastic pressure rollers below the conveyance rollers. This happens afterapproximately one million feeds from
Tray 3.
Replace the conveyance roller (p/n A00J 6011 11).
2. Paper is stopping at the paper feed roller because the Timing Belt/96L (p/n A00J 6198 00)has run off the Pulley/14T (p/n A00J 6196 00) onto the Washer
(p/n A00J 6029 00).
Replace theoriginal pulley with the modified Pulley/14T(p/n A00J 6196 11) and, if an older model,the original washer with the modified Washer (p/n A0P0
6640 00).
Note : Please refer to the attached Technical Notice and Parts Modification Notices for more detail.
3. The 3rd and subsequent sheets of paperjam in the Tray 3 Horizontal Transport section. The activation timing of Tray 3 paper feed sensor (PS21)is later
than the designed basis time because thin paper may sag at the detection point of the actuator for PS21. The stop timing of the paper isdelayed, and the
distance between the paper and the previously fed sheet becomes narrower. Consequently, Horizontal Transport sensor (PS29) cannot detect the lead edge
of the paper and a jam occurs. (excluding bizhub C754/C654)
Install modified parts:
Adding two ribs on Paper feed base frame/1 (p/n A00J 6001 04).
Shape change to Actuator (p/n A00J 6040 02).
Please replace the Paper feed base frame/1 and Actuator with the modified parts at the same time.
The Paper feed units are also modified (p/n A00J R757 11 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 and p/n A0P0 R72222 for bizhub
C452/C552/C552DS/552/C652/C652DS/652 ). Please refer to the attached technical and parts noticesformore detail.
Notes :
a.The modified parts have been installed in production of the bizhub C552DS/C652DS .
b. If the actuator is still not resolving the issue, install plastic material 2-3mm thick to the edge of the actuator to PS21. Thiswill cause the paper to strike the
actuator sooner.
Please see attached photos.
4. Themain bodyfirmware was upgraded, but the FS-526 finisher firmware was not upgraded at the same time. (FS-526 not compatible with bizhub
C451/C550/C650/C452/C754/C654)
Reflash the finisher firmware.Please see attached Technical Bulletin Number 8135 and Serial Number documentation for more detail. Toview a PDF, you
may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0645779EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
February 2013
535
bizhub C754
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
536
bizhub C754
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
February 2013
537
bizhub C754
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902737EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
Jam code 13-01 (1301), 17-09 (1709) or 17-30 when feeding paper from Tray 3 (1500-sheet). Jammingmay beintermittent (more frequentif feeding thin
paper).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The conveyance roller located in the Tray 3 feed unit has worn down due to low quality paper whichchanges the diameter of the conveyance rollers. This
causes the paper,when fed, tocontact the white plastic pressure rollers below the conveyance rollers. This happens afterapproximately one million feeds from
Tray 3.
Replace the conveyance roller (p/n A00J 6011 11).
2. Paper is stopping at the paper feed roller because the Timing Belt/96L (p/n A00J 6198 00)has run off the Pulley/14T (p/n A00J 6196 00) onto the Washer
(p/n A00J 6029 00).
Replace theoriginal pulley with the modified Pulley/14T(p/n A00J 6196 11) and, if an older model,the original washer with the modified Washer (p/n A0P0
6640 00).
Note : Please refer to the attached Technical Notice and Parts Modification Notices for more detail.
3. The 3rd and subsequent sheets of paperjam in the Tray 3 Horizontal Transport section. The activation timing of Tray 3 paper feed sensor (PS21)is later
than the designed basis time because thin paper may sag at the detection point of the actuator for PS21. The stop timing of the paper isdelayed, and the
distance between the paper and the previously fed sheet becomes narrower. Consequently, Horizontal Transport sensor (PS29) cannot detect the lead edge
of the paper and a jam occurs. (excluding bizhub C754/C654)
Install modified parts:
Adding two ribs on Paper feed base frame/1 (p/n A00J 6001 04).
Shape change to Actuator (p/n A00J 6040 02).
Please replace the Paper feed base frame/1 and Actuator with the modified parts at the same time.
The Paper feed units are also modified (p/n A00J R757 11 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 and p/n A0P0 R72222 for bizhub
C452/C552/C552DS/552/C652/C652DS/652 ). Please refer to the attached technical and parts noticesformore detail.
Notes :
a.The modified parts have been installed in production of the bizhub C552DS/C652DS .
b. If the actuator is still not resolving the issue, install plastic material 2-3mm thick to the edge of the actuator to PS21. Thiswill cause the paper to strike the
actuator sooner.
Please see attached photos.
4. Themain bodyfirmware was upgraded, but the FS-526 finisher firmware was not upgraded at the same time. (FS-526 not compatible with bizhub
C451/C550/C650/C452/C754/C654)
Reflash the finisher firmware.Please see attached Technical Bulletin Number 8135 and Serial Number documentation for more detail. Toview a PDF, you
may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0645779EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
February 2013
538
bizhub MarketPlace
Solution ID
TAUS1201063EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What are the setup requirements to access bizhub MarketPlace from the operation panel?
Solution
To be able to access bizhub MarketPlace from the MFP, please ensure the following options are installed and configured by an authorized technician.
bizhub 223/283/363/423/552/652 and bizhub C220/C280/C360/C452/C552/C552DS/C652/C652DS
i-Option License Kit, LK-101v2 (Item #A0PD01A)
i-Option 1GB Memory Upgrade Kit, UK-203 (Item #A0YDWY1)
HDD installed - HD-516 (Item #A2ACWY1 - optional for bizhub 223/283)
A solution ROM installed
bizhub C652-C652DS series: version GJ2-B8
bizhub C360 series: version GJ2-B8
bizhub 652 series: version GJ2-B8
bizhub 423 series: version GJ1-B5
bizhub C224/C284/C364/C454/C554/C654/C754
i-Option License Kit, LK-101v3 (Item #A0PD01H)
i-Option 2GB Memory Upgrade Kit, UK-204 (Item #A4MHWY1)
HDD installed
iOption ROM version G20-53 or higher
For end user or technical support questionsplease contact the Digital Solutions Center at 1-800-653-2652.
February 2013
539
bizhub PRESS 1052

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
540
bizhub PRESS 1052

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801972EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
SD-501/SD-506, error codes C-1245, C-1258 C-1411 or SC77-64, SC77-77, SC77-95 (bizhub PRO 1050 series). Abnormal noise may accompany the error.
Solution
CAUSE: The DC relay wiring/1 of the bundle press stage interferes with the bundle arm unit at tie-wrap location shown in the attached document.
Consequently, the wiring is damaged and short-circuits to ground generatingthe error code(s).
SOLUTION: Replace the DC relay wiring/1 (p/n 15AN 9081 0) and perform the procedure in the attached documentation.
C-1245 or SC77-64
CAUSE: OPEN ICP8 on the SD Drive Board (SDDB) due to a short between the paper exit roller shaft and wiring harness (Motor Relay Wiring C) to the
Bundle arm motor (M10). The designed gap between the roller shaft and the metal plate is 15mm; however, the wire routing may not hold the harness close
enough to the plate.
SOLUTION: Secure the wiring harness with a self-adhesvive wiring clamp (recommended p/n 00Z921003) to prevent that part of the wiring from interfering
with the roller shaft. This change was made during production beginning with serial number 15AB01280. For complete instructions, refer to the attached
procedure.
Note : If the wiring has been damaged, it will be necessary to replace the wiring harness (p/n 15AN 9069 0) and the SD Drive Board (p/n 15AN -932 1F).
C-1258 or SC77-77
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Worm gear of bundle press motor (M23) is loose due to set screw(s) not gripping shaft because of insufficient lock agent or a set position failure.
Bundle press section does not return to its home position and it cannot be detected by the bundle press home sensor.
After the operation starts, bundle press section does not move to the predefined position and it cannot be detected.
Abnormal noise also may occur since the motor keeps rotating when gears do not engage properly.
If the worm gear is not worn or the edge part of the worm gear is not cracked, reinstall it on the motor. If the gear is damaged, replace it (p/n 15AN 7720 1E).
Note : When tightening the worm gear set screw(s), please apply a lock agent like Loctite 290 ("older" SD-501 M23 motor worm gears have one set screw
whereas the more recent production models have two screws).
2. The bundle press home position sensor (PS37) is not being actuated by the bundle press motor (M23). The bundle press cable is wrapping around itself
causing the unit raise up at an angle instead of parallel.
Inspect and realign the cable to wind properly around the capstan. If the bundle press cable needs to be rewrapped, the Bundle Press will need to be
removed for service. Documentation for Bundle press removal and Bundle Press Wire installation is attached.
Note : To view the attached documents, you may need to download a free copy of Microsoft Excel Viewer (74MB).
3. One or both of trimmer unit swing springs (left or right) has broken.
Replace both springs together - Swing spring/Left (p/n 15AN 5029 2F) and Swing spring/Right (p/n 15AN 5030 2F).
CAUTION : If an SD-501 serial number falls below 15AQ03302 or begins with the 15AN prefix, the modified Swing Plate/A (p/n 15AN 5027 1E) must be
installed when installing the spring(s).
4. The bundle press Gear A is broken.
February 2013
541
bizhub PRESS 1052

Replace bundle press Gear A/22T (p/n 15AN 7718 0).
5. Failed Bundle press stage up down motor (M24) and Gear 4/42T.
Replace drive motor (p/n 129U 8004 2) and gear (p/n 12AJ 7706 1).
C-1411 or SC77-95
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Loss of 5V DC on SDDB (green LED not lit). OPEN ICP1 on SDDB (ICP1 is located near CN100 on bottom middle of PWB).
With power ON, check each side of the ICP with a voltmeter set on DC volts. If the ICP is OPEN, one side of the ICP will have 5V DC and the other side will
0V DC. If the ICP is OPEN, replace the SD driver board (p/n 15AN -932 1F).
Note : Attached is the troubleshooting procedure to resolve SDDB ICP1 failures as there are many components connected to this ICP. To view the PDF,
you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
2. SD control board has failed.

Replace the SD-501 CB (p/n 15AN-931 3H) or SD-506 CB (p/n A0H2 H010 12).
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
542
bizhub PRESS 1250

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
543
bizhub PRESS 1250

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801972EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
C-1245 or SC77-64
procedure.
C-1258 or SC77-77
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
544
bizhub PRESS 1250

C-1411 or SC77-95
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
545
bizhub PRESS 1250P

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
546
bizhub PRESS 1250P

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801972EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
C-1245 or SC77-64
procedure.
C-1258 or SC77-77
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
547
bizhub PRESS 1250P

C-1411 or SC77-95
PROBABLE CAUSES:

Solution ID
TAUS0807945EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
SD-501/SD-506, "Trim receiver exchange" message after replacing trimmer board. Counter was reset.
February 2013
548
bizhub PRESS C6000

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
549
bizhub PRESS C6000

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
FS-521 main tray does not lower correctly.
Error J-7217 may occur.
The tray may not move downward, even with a large stack of paper.
The tray may move upward too far, causingan abnormalcrunching sound.
The tray may simplyjitter up-and-down erratically.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Nearby light sources are falsely triggeringthe the main exit tray lift detection sensor.
Ensure that FS-521 Control firmware version G00-30 or greater is installed. Replace the sensor mounting plates (p/n A0GY 899111 and p/n A0GY 8993 13).
Note : The Prevention Kit(p/n U226-0410) originally referred to inattached Bulletin Number 7355 is no longer available. The sensor mounting plates must be
ordered instead.
J-7217 when large size paper jobs are sent to the Main tray of thefinisher, yet8.5x11 paper exits to the Main tray normally.
2. One of the red shipping brackets had not been removed.
Remove the shipping bracket and test finisher operation.The location of this particular bracketisbehind a gray cover (see attached Page E3 of the FS-521
Installation Manual).
Removepaper from the Main tray message. There is no paper in the Main tray.
3. The tray position sensor (Top) detects the incorrect position of the paper ejection paddle of Main tray.A firmware update is required.
As a temporary countermeasure, openthe front door of the finisher. The paddle is then rotated by initializing the FS-521 andthe incorrectmessage is no longer
indicated.
To prevent the message from reoccurring, please install updated Base firmware version A0GY0Y0-00 N1-G00-40 . The latest version firmware or system
software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download
MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
4. Faulty or malfunctioning paper exit level sensor (LED1).
Check the sensor in the I/O mode and replace defective sensor (p/n 13QJ 8551 0) if necessary. Please refer to attached Parts Manual pages, Item 38 on
page 15.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0701879EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
How to transfer Management Lists to a USB drive and capture the Management Lists electronically.
Solution
bizhub PRO C6500 series
To capture the Management Listselectronically (sample attached), perform the following:
1. Insert the USB drive into the Service Port on the bizhub PRO C6500 series model.
2. Press the following keys in this order:
February 2013
550
bizhub PRESS C6000

a. Utility/Counter
b. Detail
c. Help
d. Utility/Counter
e. Mode Check
bizhub PRESSC8000 series
Note : The following DIPSWs need to be set, preferably during installation.
When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, the Parameter List and the Communication Log List are also stored.
When setting DIPSW15-0 to 1, the ORU-M Maintenance History and the RFID Information List.
1. Service Mode.
2. Select List Output.
3. Insert a USB Memory into the Service Port.
4. Select Output All to USB (located in the lower left side of the screen).
5. Select OK.
File naming convention
listprint <Machine code> + <Destination code> + <Serial No.>_<YMD>_<Time>.txt
Example: listprint505A000123456_20100107_1010.txt
The list output mode menu includes the following items :
Machine Management List
Adjustment Data List
Coverage data list
Parameter List
Font Pattern
Communication Log List
Maintenance History
ORU-M Maintenance History
RFID Information List
Memory Dump List
February 2013
551
bizhub PRESS C7000

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
552
bizhub PRESS C7000

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0701879EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
Solution
February 2013
553
bizhub PRESS C7000

a. Utility/Counter
b. Detail
c. Help
d. Utility/Counter
e. Mode Check
1. Service Mode.
5. Select OK.
Coverage data list
Parameter List
Font Pattern
Maintenance History
Memory Dump List
February 2013
554
bizhub PRESS C7000P

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
555
bizhub PRESS C7000P

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0701879EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
Solution
February 2013
556
bizhub PRESS C7000P

a. Utility/Counter
b. Detail
c. Help
d. Utility/Counter
e. Mode Check
1. Service Mode.
5. Select OK.
Coverage data list
Parameter List
Font Pattern
Maintenance History
Memory Dump List
February 2013
557
bizhub PRESS C70hc

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
558
bizhub PRESS C70hc

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0701879EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
Solution
February 2013
559
bizhub PRESS C70hc

a. Utility/Counter
b. Detail
c. Help
d. Utility/Counter
e. Mode Check
1. Service Mode.
5. Select OK.
Coverage data list
Parameter List
Font Pattern
Maintenance History
Memory Dump List
February 2013
560
bizhub PRESS C8000

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
561
bizhub PRESS C8000

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0701879EN*
Solution Usage
64
Description
Solution
February 2013
562
bizhub PRESS C8000

a. Utility/Counter
b. Detail
c. Help
d. Utility/Counter
e. Mode Check
1. Service Mode.
5. Select OK.
Coverage data list
Parameter List
Font Pattern
Maintenance History
Memory Dump List
February 2013
563
bizhub PRO 1050

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
564
bizhub PRO 1050

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657168EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
J31-02. Jam may occur when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The shape of the separation guide plate permits the corners of the paper to strike the plate instead of being guided. The corners can curl underneath,
preventing the paper from moving smoothly away from the drum.
A set of self-adhesive mylar guides is available to change the effective angle of the guide plate at the corners of the paper. The guides (p/n 56UA P330 00 Separation guide /F and p/n 56UA P331 00 - Separation guide /R) should be installed in any machine that exhibits separation jams. It also may be necessary
to perform the drum separation claw adjustment. Please refer to attachedBulletin Number 6535 for the mylar guide installation procedure and drum separation
claw adjustment. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
2. The firmware is corrupt. The jam code is indicated only when feeding tabs.If the tab section is removed, the tabs feed fine.
Reflash the firmware. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Note : For the bizhub PRO 920, the tab extension width must be less than 12.5mm wide.
Cut the tab down to the correct size. If the tab paper passes through theMFP without a problem, advise the customer to purchase the correct tab paper to
prevent future jamming issues.
3. Poor separation due toimproperly adjusted laser power.
To check, access the LD1 or LD2 offset adjustment and print the test pattern on 11x17 paper.Ensure that both lasers are functioning and that they are
properly adjusted according to the specifications in the Field Service Manual.
February 2013
565
bizhub PRO 1050

4. Paper stops on the conveyance section and may have flipped over due toimproper operation of the drum separation claws.
To inspect the drum claws perform the following:
a.Remove the claw assembly from the drum unitby removing2 shoulder screws and the connector for the claw solenoid.
b.Thoroughly clean the entire claw assembly.
c.Ensure the claw solenoid is not binding and moves freely.Clean if needed.
d.Check claw operation by pushing the claw down against the spring tension and releasing. The claw should return fullyto its original position without
hesitation.If not, remove and clean the claw shaft and replace the claw springs (p/n 56GA 2913 0)and claws (p/n 57GA 2919 0).
Note :Claw replacement is recommended every 1 million copies/prints.
5. Loss of drum drive due to an improperly engaged drum coupling. There may be no image on the paper.
Check the coupling engagement by removing the coupling screw, rotate the coupling clockwise until the coupling engages the drum and reinstall the coupling
screw.
6. The front door interlock switches have failed which interrupts 24V DC to the HV2 power supply.The jamming may also be accompanied by poor image
transfer.
Replace the two (2) front door interlock switches (p/n 40AA 8501 1).
Applies to bizhub PRO 1050 series only
7. Failed registration motor (M17). Paper jams at the registration roller.
Replace the registration motor (p/n 56UA -386 1).
8. Drum separation claw-to-drum gap is not adjusted correctly.
Adjust drum claw solenoid (SD5) to have a gap of 0.5mm - 1.0mm between drum separation claws and drum.
9. Failed T/S corona wires, incorrect settings and/or failed HV2.
Replace T/S corona (p/n 56UA 2613 0)

Run all drum peculiarity adjustments
Check LD1 and LD2 bias settings andadjust if necessary
Change the TSL Lamp value to 255
Replace HV2 (p/n 56UA 8402 1) if the problem remains
10. The registration unit has failed.
Replace the registration unit (p/n 56UA R776 00).
11. A modified print control board (p/n 56UA-9023J) is installedin older machines wheremechanical parts for skew detection are not installed.The paper jam,
J31-02, will be indicated even if there is no paper skew (applies only to bizhub PRO 1050e and bizhub PRO 1050eP beginning with serial numbers 58U*** or
58W***).
Note :If ordering a new print control board (PRCB), only themodified print control board (p/n 56UA -902 3J) is shipped.
If themodified print control board is installed in a machine that has NOT been modified in production, this function must be turned OFF in the Utility menu.
[Skew Detection Threshold] will appear in the Utility menu ? [Function Setting].
Note : Please review attached Bulletin Number 6492 before updating to version 70 firmware.
12. Faulty NVRAM. Paper (8.5x11 only)will jam just before the fuser. The transport deck belts will not turn because M5 does not turn on.Legal, Letter R and
11x17 paper will feed with no problem becuase the paper reaches the fuserand will be fed because of the fuser roller drive.
Note : Jamming occursafter replacing M5 (p/n 57AA 8008 0)and Printer Control Board (p/n 56UA -902 3J).
Replace the NVRAM.
IMPORTANT : Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times
replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem
ticket number the request will be denied.
13. The Fuser Entrance Guide Plate Lower has a residue on its surface.
Please remove and inspect the Fuser Entrance Guide Plate (p/n 56UA 5311 0) for contaminate build up. Clean and replace as necessary.
Note : Jamming will usually occur when duplexing 8.5x11 LEF paper. Paper sizes 8.5x11 SEF, 8.5x14 and 11x17did not jam.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
566
bizhub PRO 1050

Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0702803EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to perform Scan to SMB to a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 domain controller environment.
Solution
CAUSE: Printer controller firmware does not support Scan to SMB on a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 domain controller environment.
SOLUTION: Load the below print controller firmware version (or later) to support Scan to SMB on a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 domain controllers
environment.
Model/Controller
Controller Firmware
1050 PRO series/IC-611

Minimum version 30-CON0
920 PRO/IC-203
Minimum version 20-CON0
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0656454EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to update firmware on the bizhub PRO 920 (IC-203), bizhub PRO 1050 (IC-611) and bizhub PRO C6500 (IC-303) using the Internet ISW method.
Solution
To update firmware using the Internet ISW method (FTP) pleasereview the attached documentation. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Separate jobs based on name or address are required yet when using Mail Merge, all pages are stapled together.
Solution
CAUSE: A macro should be copied into the normal.dot document.
SOLUTION: Import word_mail_merge_printing macro into normal.dot. Set up the driver you want to use as the default and then set the finishing features
desired in Printing Preferences. Run normal.dot under macros; you should be presented with a question of how many sections are in the merge (i.e., how
many pages before the next name or address in the merge).
Solution ID
TAUS0642727EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is tab printing available on a Macintosh?
February 2013
567
bizhub PRO 1050e

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
568
bizhub PRO 1050e

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657168EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
569
bizhub PRO 1050e

screw.
transfer.

58W***).
Replace the NVRAM.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
570
bizhub PRO 1050e

Firmware and more'.
February 2013
571
bizhub PRO 1050P

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
572
bizhub PRO 1050P

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0602043EN*
Solution Usage
69
Description
No ADD TONER indication. May be accompanied by a high pitched noise.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Older Level EPROMs do not display toner addition under certain conditions.
Level 26 and above allow display on the low toner indication as soon as the machine reaches that condition. Minimum level 26 is required and installation of
the latest level EPROM is recommended. EPROM history hyperlink .
The 25 mode, address 71 and address 13 are related. Address 71 determines the amount of copies, after low toner is sensed, before the display will indicate
ADD TONER. Address 13 determine the copy cycle action once the ADD TONER message has been displayed.
Address 71 settings:
4 = After 100 copies (Default)
Note: Address 71, settings 4-7 allow the machine to continue to operate after ADD TONER is displayed, regardless of address 13.
The 25 mode, address 13 settings specify copy cycle reaction at detection (ADD TONER). The machine either finishes the current set in progress or
completes the entire job before stopping the unit.
Adress 13 settings:
0 = Complete the set in progress (after 100 additional copies) and stop
1 = Complete the set in progress (after 1,000 additional copies) then stop
February 2013
573
bizhub PRO 1050P

4 = Complete the entire job (up to 100 additional copies) then stop
5 = Complete the entire job (up to 1,000 additional copies) then stop (Default)
An additional aspect of level 26.0 and above is decreased toner consumption. In order to realize this benefit, both laser power 1 and laser power 2 must be
adjusted to 88 (47 mode address 36 and address 37: press P to adjust).
For tray priority, check and adjust 25 mode, address 16 to 2, address 68 to 3, and address 08 to 1.
2. The TLD sensor failed or toner is adhering to the TLD. Replace the the TLD (p/n 25SA88030).
Note: The 12V DC to the TLD, CN22-B3 on the main CB, is only present under the following conditions:
a. When the 7050 is switched ON.
b. When the front door is opened and closed.
c. During a copy operation.
3. The main CB was replaced and now there is no add toner indication. The new control boards are shipped with the latest production level EPROMs,
however field machines may have different levels of Image Processing board EPROMs. This can create error codes and other problems. In addition, the
Dallas chip on the new boards requires the machine to be reinitialized prior to use. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings resets the
total counter to 0. As such, hotline assistance is required for this procedure.
Note: To web users, the preceding hyperlink is not available for viewing from the web.
4. Note: Machine setup as a printer. Some of the codes and messages are programmed as copier messages and are designed to be displayed in that mode.
As a result of the printer configuration, the messages are not displayed until the machine is powered OFF/ON while holding F3 (copier mode boot).
Level 26 and above EPROMs allow the add toner display. Installation of the latest EPROMs are recommended.
5. Mylar on the toner hopper agitator plate is removed or damaged.
Replace agitator plate (p/n 25SA-3270).
Solution ID
TAUS0657168EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
screw.
transfer.
February 2013
574
bizhub PRO 1050P


58W***).
Replace the NVRAM.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
575
bizhub PRO 1051

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
576
bizhub PRO 1051

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
577
bizhub PRO 1051

Solution ID
TAUS1001124EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
J-2101 or J-3102
with paper stopping on the transfer belt.
with paperwrapped around thedrum.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor contact between the PCC corona and its grounding tab resulting in erratic operation.
Grounding Tab
Inspect the PCC corona grounding tab.To inspect, remove the cleaning unit and insure that the grounding tab is in contact with the grounding pin and the
PCC shell.
Note :Pleasesee attacheddocument as reference and for additional detail.

2. The transfer value and transfer timing need to be changed.
Change the transfer current value in the machine tab screen. (Transfer leading edge 1 and2 only)
[Tray Setting] g [Change Set] g [Process Adj.] g [Transfer Offset Adj.]
CAUTION : Never perform the overall transfer current adjustment in Service Mode for any reason.
Step 1
Increase the offset value at leading edge 1 (by 10 steps).
When the belt separation and leading edge image quality appears to be deteriorated, decrease the value.
Step 2 (If Step 1 is not effective)

Decrease the value of the leading edge 1 and 2.
When the transfer fails at the leading edge section, increase the value.
Then, register the name of the paper (can be registered up to 100).
Note :The symptom can also occur due to a burr created during paper cutting. Turn the paper over and feed the paper. If the jam does not occur, change
paper setting direction so that the cut edge of the paper is the trailing edge instead of the leading edge. Lower the transfer offset value.
3. Jam Sensor Board (JAMB) is falsely detecting jams due toclose proximity to the pre-cleaning corona (PCC unit).
Install insulating material on the solder side of the JAMB (between the JAMB and the PCC unti). If the JAMB (Detecting Board Assembly)has failed, replace
it. (p/n A0G6 H160 00)
4. The lead transfer current switch timing is not adjusted properly.
Note : J-3102 may also be indcated.
Perform the procedure in the attached Lead Transfer Current Switch Timing Adjustment document. A gap of 3mm to 4mm should be used before full density
is reached on the leading edge of the adjustment test page.
5. The gap between the transfer belt and the separator guide is greater than 0.7mm (0.7 mm = 7 sheets of 80 gsm paper).
Perform Transfer belt adjustment procedure (M1) shown in the bizhub 1051/1200/1200P Troubleshooting Guide. Adjust the gap so that is greater than
0.1mm and less than 0.7mm (between 1 and 6 sheets of 80 gsm paper).
6. Too much backlash between the transfer drive motor (M30) and the transfer belt drive gear.
Perform adjustment #8 (drive gear adjustment of the transfer belt). Check the backlash of the drive gears. For detailed procedures, see the attached
documentation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
February 2013
578
bizhub PRO 1200

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
579
bizhub PRO 1200

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
580
bizhub PRO 1200

Solution ID
TAUS1001124EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
J-2101 or J-3102
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Grounding Tab
PCC shell.

Step 1

it. (p/n A0G6 H160 00)
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
February 2013
581
bizhub PRO 1200P

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
582
bizhub PRO 1200P

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902697EN*
Solution Usage
78
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
ordered instead.
indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
583
bizhub PRO 1200P

Solution ID
TAUS1001124EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
J-2101 or J-3102
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Grounding Tab
PCC shell.

Step 1

it. (p/n A0G6 H160 00)
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
February 2013
584
bizhub PRO 1600P

Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Description
How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system.
Solution
Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video.
1. Load the 64-bit driver on the server and share it out.
2. Load a 32-bit driver on a workstation locally.
3. From the workstation perform the Run command to connect to the server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. This should bring up the server.
4.Navigate to the previously shared out printer on the server.
5. Right-click on the shared out printer and select properties.
6. Select the sharing tab and then click on the Additional Drivers button.
7. Select or check-off the 32-bit driver to be added to the 64-bit system.
8. Select OK and then browse to the folder that houses the 32-bit driver to be installed and select OK. The Additional Drivers window should now have the
32-bitand 64-bit checked off.
9. Check the Additional Drivers of the Server to make sure that the 32-bit has been pushed up (right-click on the shared out printer of the server
=>Properties =>Sharing Tab =>Additional Drivers).
Notes :
a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers.
b.To viewthis procedure, Apple QuickTimeshould be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ .
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900739EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
How to load a 64-bit driver on a 32-bit Server system (Microsoft Windows 2003 Server/Vista).
February 2013
585
bizhub PRO 2000P

Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900739EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
February 2013
586
bizhub PRO 2500P

Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900739EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
February 2013
587
bizhub PRO 920

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
588
bizhub PRO 920

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657168EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
589
bizhub PRO 920

screw.
transfer.

58W***).
Replace the NVRAM.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
590
bizhub PRO 920

Firmware and more'.
February 2013
591
bizhub PRO 950

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
592
bizhub PRO 950

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702513EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
How to install/connect an Equitrac device.
Solution
There are 2 different methods for connecting the device.
Key counter connector = 4-pin
Vendor connector = 8-pin
Please note that Production models only support the Key Counter Only 4-Pin Connector (Plug and Play).They DO NOT support Vendor 2 connections.
To install/connect Equitrac :
1.Equitracmust have thesupply cable (Item #CABX0094)along with any adaptersfor the product.
2.Move the control panel up and then left.
3.Remove the curved, beige/white cover/panel (two screws) behind the control panel (noticea 4-pin connector).Depending upon the Equitraccable, the
adapteron top of it may have to be removed.
4. Remove the black cover on the right side of the platen glass and break off the cut-out nearest the control panel/front.
5.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel.
6.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off.
7.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine.
Steps 8 through 13 do not apply to Production models.
8.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9).
9.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter.
10. Select "key counter only" tab.
11. Select Message Type based upon device. Selection varies by model.
12. Select "End".
13. Select "Exit".
14. There should be a red box on the main screen that indicates "Insert Plug-In counter" or other message depending upon selection.Thismeans thatthe
device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device.
Vendor Connector
February 2013
593
bizhub PRO 950

2. Remove Back Cover.
8. Select "Vendor 2 (+Key Counter)" tab.
9. Select message type. Selections vary by model.
10. Select "End".
11. Select "Exit".
12. There should be a red box on the main screen with a Vendor Message. Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate
the Equitrac device.
Notes :
a.The Production models do not have a Billing Mode. Once you connect the cable (connector) the appropriate message will be displayed automatically.
Please see the attached connector documents and attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-028 for more details.
b. For the location of the 8-pin connector on the bizhub C652/C552/C452, please see the attached document.To view a PDF, you may need to download a
Solution ID
TAUS0900085EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
Solution
CAUSE:The Microsoft Exchange Server is not set up correctly.
SOLUTION:Please use the attached settings to set up scan to E-mail on the Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.
CAUTION : Theattached instructions to create an Anonymous SMTP Receive Connector are not to be attempted by a technician. They are provided only
for use by an experienced Microsoft Exchange 2007 Administrator.Failure to follow these instructions in any way may have a detrimental effect on E-mail
flow in Exchange 2007. The instructions provided have been tested numerous times and are known to work. They are currently in production use in-house at
Konica Minolta and several customer environments.
Note :To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byJim DiSarro/Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
February 2013
594
bizhub PRO 951

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
595
bizhub PRO 951

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200457EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Solution
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
February 2013
596
bizhub PRO 951

IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS1100211EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
When using the GP-501, J-7594 is displayed.
Solution
CAUSE: The punch flag sensor (S9) does not turn OFF within a specified period of time after it turns ON.
SOLUTION: A number of things might contribute to the jamming.
1. The S9 sensor is faulty due to plugging in the connector on the GP-501 control board with the GP main switch ON. Replace the sensor (p/n 7300567).
2. The wiring harness is damaged or loose, or the wire tie at the loop near the sensor is too tight. Replace or repair the damaged harness, Reseat CN P34 in
the connector on the GP-501 control board and on the S9 sensor, Cut wire tie and verify that the wiring harness will not catch in any drive belt/pulley
February 2013
597
bizhub PRO 951

assemblies.
3. Confirm the centering adjustment. If the dieset positioning assembly (p/n 7706640) is too far to the front or rear, the dieset will bind because the punch unit
assembly will be pressing more to one side of the dieset, causing it to bind.
4. The Exit Idler Aligner guide plate (p/n 7706525) is either bent or misaligned. Check that the Exit Idler Aligner guide plate alignment is ?" or larger as shown
in the attached document. If the measurment is less than ?" the plate is bent and should be replaced.
5. Confirm the position of the aligner exit drive guide plate (LTR) (p/n 7706449) as shown in the attached document. To view the PDF, you may need to
Solution ID
TAUS1200613EN*
Solution Usage
Description
C-C136 after loading firmware for controller.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect firmware was installed. The Printer Controller firmware version does not match the Image firmware version for the engine.
Printer Controller firmware MUST be applied at same time with the Image firmware for the engine when a new version is released.
2. While updating the firmware, the process was interrupted somehow.

Reinstall the firmware.
Note : The previous firmware version (older) may need to be installed again before the latest version can be reinstalled.
3. Loose connection.
Check connection of the I/F connector, the wiring for the ISW on the ICB and the wiring between ICB and OACB; correct any abnormality.
4. Failed ICB (Control Board/S Assembly) or OACB (Main Body Control Board Assembly).
Replace the ICB (p/n A4EURA1E00) or OACB (p/n A4EUH03000).
Solution ID
TAUS1200083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
598
bizhub PRO C500

Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646171EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0648263EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
SC45-20 at power up or while making copies.
February 2013
599
bizhub PRO C5500

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
600
bizhub PRO C5500

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
When printing, one of these image problems may occur:
negative image
color is greatlymisaligned
a pattern is printed in the background or there are missing images
Solution
CAUSE:Electrical noise (interference)when sending and receiving the data in the MFP possibly due to:
an incomplete connection between theMFP and cable or the controller and cable.
system code.
a failed IPB.
failed Fiery I/F card.
a failed Fusion board.
The problem may be resolved temporarily by power-cycling the engine.
SOLUTION: Check, installor replace the following:
Loose or damaged Interface cable between the Fiery and the Image Processing Board
Be sure the cable is firmly seated andsecured at the Fiery and the IPB. If the problem is intermittent,replace the Interface cable ( IC-303/IC-305 - p/n
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
For a bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 with the CREO controller, install version 2.1 system code on the controller (IC-304). Install the INDriver patch fileif still
using version 1.0.
Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Failed IPB
Replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28 forbizhub PRO C5500/C6500/C6500P and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for the bizhub PRO C5501/C6501/C6501P ).
CAUTION : For a bizhub PRO C6500 series MFP withthe EFI Fiery controller, replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28) and Fiery I/F board (p/n
45053205) as a set .
IMPORTANT : This pertains to the bizhub PRO C6500 series ONLY . The bizhub PRO C6501 series IPB is already modified.
Notes :
a. Both the MFP and the controller have a circuit on the interface; changing both boards is recommended.
b. I/F boards have been modified (Rev.D). Please refer to the attached EFI Cut-in Serial Number List. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free
copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
601
bizhub PRO C5500

Failed IC-304 Fusion board
Reseat the cable connections between the main body and the CREO controller. If the problem still exists, replace the fusion board (p/n 503-00351A).
Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Streaks and/or lines on copies, possibly accompanied by an abnormalnoise.
Solution
CAUSE: Drum cleaning blade has "flipped".
SOLUTION: Depending upon the installed Drum Unit there are different recommendations:
If using a DU-102 Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PRO
C500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should be trimmed on the corners before installation.
If using a DU-102B Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PRO
C500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should NOT be trimmed on the corners before installation.
If using themodified " Green Dot " Drum Unit no modifications are required.
Please see the attached documents and Bulletin Number 6833for instructions.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
602
bizhub PRO C5501

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
603
bizhub PRO C5501

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :
February 2013
604
bizhub PRO C5501

Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Solution
February 2013
605
bizhub PRO C6000L

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
606
bizhub PRO C6000L

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200383EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Is the IC-413 compatible with the C6000L?
Solution
The IC-413 is compatible with the bizhub PRO 6000L.
Image control firmware versions GMG-32orG00-40 (and above)need to be installed on the engine, and IC-413 patch ( 1-18LDJR ) installed on the Fiery
controller. The firmware and patches can be downloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Notes :
1. If the controller is connected to the Internet via proxy, it is recommended to manually install the 1-1BCHDK patch.
2. Controller may not be visible at the machine to provide TCP/IP address. Connect the IC-413 to a laptop running Command WorkStation using a
crossover cable or a network using DHCP, and search for it to assign and find the TCP/IP address in order to install the patch.
3. Please review attached documentation prior to installing the firmware and patches. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200457EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Solution
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1002300EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
February 2013
607
bizhub PRO C6000L

C-D0E2 after installing the PH-102/HD-514.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the two Memory Control Boards is not seated correctly.
Remove and reseat the boards.
2. Memory Control Board/1 and Memory Control Board/2 are installed in the incorrect positions on the PH-102 board.
Reinstall the memory control boards in the correct positions. Please refer to the attached PH-102 install guide for more detailed information on board
locations and the correct installation positions. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
608
bizhub PRO C6500

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
609
bizhub PRO C6500

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :
February 2013
610
bizhub PRO C6500

Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Solution
February 2013
611
bizhub PRO C6500P

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
612
bizhub PRO C6500P

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :
February 2013
613
bizhub PRO C6500P

Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Solution
February 2013
614
bizhub PRO C6501

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
615
bizhub PRO C6501

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :
February 2013
616
bizhub PRO C6501

Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Solution
February 2013
617
bizhub PRO C6501P

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
618
bizhub PRO C6501P

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :
February 2013
619
bizhub PRO C6501P

Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Solution
February 2013
620
bizhub PRO C65hc

Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
621
bizhub PRO C65hc

7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0801219EN*
Solution Usage
201
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000512EN*
Solution Usage
128
Description
Toner is adhering to the drum surface.It can be cleaned off, but returns a short time later.
Solution
CAUSE: It appears that there may be an issue with the coating on the drums which seems to be most sensitive when replaced in the black drum section. The
other three colors, cyan, magenta and yellow, do not seem to be affected as much by this change to the drum surface.
SOLUTION: If experiencing marks on the drum, pleaseuse the Drum Unit, DU-104(Item #A2VG0Y0) as a temporary solution.Ifdrum drive error codes
(C-2211, C-2212, C-2213, C-2214) are indicatedplease installfirmware version GMZ-60 or G00-70 which has GMZ-60 included.This firmware will pause the
machine at preset intervals to counteract the increasing drum drive torque.Version G00-70 includes soft switches to adjust the pause interval.
When using the DU-104, the ability to adjust the main scan density is eliminated due to theDrum Unitdesign.If this ability is required, please use the DU-102C
(Item #A0400Y4) and the drum blade modification kit (p/n A0U0 R901 00). This is a free modification. The firmware will still be needed.
Notes :
1. The firmware is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selecrtor.
2. Please refer to the DU-102C design change document and associated attachments (links in document are "active").
3. Prior to installing the firmware, please refer to attached Program Release Information. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
February 2013
622
bizhub PRO C65hc
February 2013
623
CAC
Solution ID
TAUS0902690EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CAC/PIV installation instructions and update procedure.
Solution
IMPORTANT : The dipswitch settings detailed in the "Firmware installation procedure" section, need to be performed before the firmware update as detailed
below.When the procedure is performed before the upgrade to CAC firmware, it should prevent the "License management" error from occuring.
Procedure
1. Enter Service mode.
2. Enter System2 ? Soft switch settings.
3. Switch No. 10.
4. Hex assignment 00.
5. Press Fix.
6. Record the current MFP and scanner S/N for future reference.
7. When the firmware update screen appears, select the Start button at the lower right corner of the MFP LCD.
8. When each install item hasdownloaded completely and the check sum number appears:
a. Power OFF the MFP.
b. Remove the CF card from the MFP.
c. PowerON the MFP.
9.If this procedure is not performed before thefirmware upgrade, then the only way to resolve the error is "Initialization" by calling and logging a ticket with
SSD.
Please perform the procedures mentioned in the attached documentation. Please read carefully and proceed in the order mentioned .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD.
Solution ID
TAUS1002287EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up an MFP for a CAC/PIV environment using special PKI firmware.
Solution
Utilizing the ActivClient functionality on Konica Minolta bizhub MFPs requires special firmware, loadable device drivers, special printer drivers, and
installation procedures to provide guaranteed support for all historical versions of CAC Smart Cards using the AU-211P.ActivClient supports all current and
future CAC profiles. The following card types are supported:
Gemalto (32K, 64K, TOPDLGX 144)

Oberthur (32K, 64K)
CAC v1
CAC v2
GSCIS
PIV Transitional
PIV End-state
Notes :
1.The special version firmware, printer drivers and documents are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Select Solutions a AU-211P
CAC/PIV to download the needed File Type.
IMPORTANT : THIS FIRMWARE IS ONLY FOR A CAC/PIV ENVIRONMENT.DO NOT INSTALL THIS FIRMWARE ON non-CAC/PIV MFPs.
2. During the installation of this firmware and loadable device driver, various error codes will be indicated. These are notvalid error codesrequiring
troubleshooting; however,it is necessaryto follow the outlined procedures in the exact order to properly complete the installation.
3. Ifa service center is scheduled to install or maintain a CAC/PIV enabled MFP, then it is strongly recommended that the servicing person complete the
Learning Place webinars related to this technology.
KMBS Webinars are available online at The Learning Place, which can be accessedon www.mykonicaminolta.com .
Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Machine Technicians, 702 - Service - TCCACTWBT1v1
Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Systems Integrators, 702 - Service - TCCACAPWBT1v1
bizhub C353/C253/C203 for PKI Card System Security Function, 702 - Service - C353PKTTWBTv1
4. Overview and sales-related materials for the KMBS CAC/PIV Card System, along with other security features, can be found at
http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/products/subcategories/as_security.html .
5. Generic CAC Info can be found at http://www.cac.mil/CardInfo.html .
6. Please refer to the attachedupgrade instructions.
bizhub 361/421/501 and bizhub 601/751
February 2013
624
CAC
bizhub C220/C280/C360, bizhub C452/C552/C652 and bizhub 423/363/283/223
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Stu Dern, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1001286EN*
Solution Usage
Description
AU-211P, after properly setting upthe CAC device, the machineindicates "Failed to authenticate at login" error.
Solution
CAUSE:LDAP w/SSL is not enabled.
SOLUTION:Enable LDAP w/SSL:
For B&W machines

1. Enter Service Mode.
2. Select Soft Switch Settings.
3. Switch No. 44.
4. Change Bit 1 to ON.
For Color machines

3. Switch 41-2
4. Bit should be a 1. (Hex 0x04)
IMPORTANT : WHEN DEALING WITH GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS,BEFORE CHANGINGTHIS SETTING, PLEASE CONFIRM WITHTHE
CUSTOMER'S IT DEPARTMENT BECAUSE THIS FEATURE MAY NOT BE ALLOWEDAT CERTAIN SITES.
Solution ID
TAUS1200025EN*
Solution Usage
Description
License, lock code, unlock code requests/issues
Solution
The SSD/ESS group does not issue or reissue product licenses or unlock codes for any of the application software from the SEC group.
All issues related to the License, lock code, unlock code must be submitted to the SEC group via the SEC website Assistance page .
Please have the following information available as you will be required to provide installation details and proof of ownership. Most of the information can be
found in the E-mails sent to the original purchaser and registrar of the application from the Konica Minolta Systems Engineering Center web site.
How the product was purchased (web, CD, technician provided)

E-mail address used for the original purchase of the application (if web purchase)
Operating system and service pack level of the computeron whichthe application is currently installed
Product name
Product version
Purchase Code (from E-mail or printed on CD)
New Lock Code
Original Lock Code
Original Unlock Code
Screenshot of the current registration screen showing the application and the new Lock Code (must be in an image format, for example, JPG, GIF, TIF or
BMP)
If your license has been previously reissued, further action cannot be taken by Konica Minolta.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS
February 2013
625
CF1501
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
626
CF1501
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
627
CF1501
Description
February 2013
628
CF2001
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
629
CF2001
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
630
CF2001
Description
February 2013
631
CF2001P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
632
CF2001P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
633
CF2001P
Description
February 2013
634
CF2002
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
635
CF2002
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648537EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
February 2013
636
CF2002
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
637
CF2002P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
638
CF2002P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
639
CF2002P
Description
February 2013
640
CF3102
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
641
CF3102
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648537EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
February 2013
642
CF3102
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
643
CF3102P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
644
CF3102P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
645
CF3102P
Description
February 2013
646
CF5001
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646171EN*
Solution Usage
55
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0648263EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
SC45-20 at power up or while making copies.
February 2013
647
CF80
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
648
CF80
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
649
CF80
Description
February 2013
650
CF900
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
651
CF900
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
652
CF900
Description
February 2013
653
CF9001
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
654
CF9001
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
655
CF9001
Description
February 2013
656
CF910
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
657
CF910
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
658
CF910
Description
February 2013
659
CF911P
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
660
CF911P
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
661
CF911P
Description
February 2013
662
CF911PE
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
663
CF911PE
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
664
CF911PE
Description
February 2013
665
CN3101e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
The entire print job is stapled instead of each set when printing multiple stapled sets from Microsoft Word.
Solution
CAUSE:The Collate option in the Microsoft Word dialog box is selected.
SOLUTION:When printing and stapling multiple sets, the Collate option in the Microsoft Word dialog box must be deselected. Please refer to attached
example. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMark D'Attilio and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Properly acquiring all needed QuarkXPress files for testing.
Solution
Whenrequesting files for testing and theyare from QuarkXPress versions 7.3, 8.02 or newer make sure that the customer or technician selects the following:
File
Collect for Output
Reasons
Not all files may be attached or embedded in the file.

Not an effective troubleshooting procedure.
Unable to correct or properly resolve the problem.
Along with the requested files, we will need:
the exact customer's workflow.(step-by-step)

the operating system of the customer's computer.
the driver version being used.
Note : Refer tothe attached filenoticing thelinks to various PDF filesthat are on a Server or the customer's local workstation. To viewthe PDF, you may need
to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0630345EN*
Solution Usage
Description
UNDEFINED ERROR OFFENDING COMMAND message printed on output when printing a PDF from Adobe Acrobat or Reader when using booklet mode
function in the PostScript driver.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect setting for the Font and Resource Policy.
February 2013
666
CN3101e
SOLUTION: From Adobe, click File, Print, Advanced andlocate and use the drop down arrow under the Font and Resource Policy. Depending upon version
location will vary under advanced. Set the Font and Resource Policy under the Advanced Print Setup box to Send for Each Page.
Solution ID
TAUS0702740EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to properly remove Command WorkStation from a Macintosh.
Solution
Please perform the step-by-step procedures mentioned in the attached document.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
667
CN3102e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Setting up Scan-to-E-mail using a account.
Solution
Please perform the procedures mentioned in the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Gmail settings are:
pop.gmail.com in the Incoming mail (POP3, IMAP or HTTP) field

smtp.gmail.com in the Outgoing mail (SMTP) field
Gmail uses Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
Port 465 SSLin the Outgoing mail (SMTP)
Port 587 START TLS in the Outgoing mail (SMTP) (if SSL is unavailable)
Port 995SSL in the incoming mail (POP3)
Gmail also requires POP download to be enabled. This is located under settings, Forwarding and POP/IMAP. Make sure Enable POP for all mail is
selected. Be sure to save changes.
Note : For for setting up Scan-to-E-mail, please see the following solutions:
February 2013
668
CN3102e
How to scan to E-mail using Emperon controller.
The Start button is amber when attempting to scan to E-mail.
Scan to E-mail is not working; Start button is amber (orange).
Solution ID
TAUS0701860EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
HTTP 400 - Bad Request error. Unable to view the printer web browser (PageScope Web Connection).
Solution
CAUSE: The reason for the error:
1. A bad request.The browser sent a request that the server could not understand.
2. An attempt to communicatewith plain HTTP to an SSL-enabled server port. Instead, use the HTTPS scheme to access the URL.
3.The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed syntax. The client SHOULD NOT repeat the request without modifications.
Note : The first digit of the status code specifies one of five classes of response.
1xx Informational
2xx Success
3xx Redirection
4xx Client Error
5xx Server Error
SOLUTION: The error can be eliminated by:
1. Checking for any enabled Pop-up blockers and reconfiguring them.
2. Checking for Internet security software that may be blocking Web access and disabling the service. Example: Norton Internet Security.
3. Installing Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Microsoft has confirmed that this is a problem inMicrosoft products that are listed in the
"Applies to" section. This problem was first corrected in.NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Please refer to Microsoft Article ID: 826437 - FIX: "HTTP 400 Bad request" error message in the .NET Framework 1.1 .
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
February 2013
669
CN3102Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701860EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
1xx Informational
2xx Success
3xx Redirection
4xx Client Error
5xx Server Error
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
February 2013
670
CN3102Pro
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Print jobs using Quark Xpress 7.01 or higher will not print to any Fiery controller.
Solution
CAUSE: There is a compatibility issue with Quark Xpress 7.01 and 7.02 when printing through any Fiery-based Macintosh OS 10.4x print driver. The
issue is related to the CUPS filter used by the Fiery driver and how CUPS is accessed from Quark Xpress 7.01x.
SOLUTION:There are EFIdrivers to correct this issuefor the IC-402 and the IC-406 and EFI will be updating drivers on a regular basis.If a driver has not been
updated or will not get this upgrade, EFI has released an updated CUPS filter that replaces the one used by their driver. This is a universal installer
(attached)that will cover all of the Fiery drivers that are installed.
Install this filter after the Fiery driver has been installed to overwrite the older version. This filter will also work with Intel Macintosh machines.
Notes :
1.The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (
http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
2. Please be sure to refer to the attached Release Notes for the IC-402 and IC-406. To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader
can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
3.Ifa customer has a controller other than the IC-402 or the IC-406, then please establish a new problem ticket and reference this solution ID number
(TAUS0657485EN0*).This will allowcommunication ofthe field impactconcerningprovision of the drivers/installer.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD
February 2013
671
Create!
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Where to obtain support for solutions.
Solution
In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions:
Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp )
EFI Color Profiler
EFI Graphic Arts Package
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
vCare/CS Remote Care
Create!Print (v2.5)
KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options.
Atlas Software : 877-647-8715
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029
Create!Form
Create!Print (except v2.5)
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872
Equitrac solutions
Printlog Accounting Server (PAS)
Jamex : 800-289-6550
Jamex vending solutions
KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com
KIP models other than listed above.
Prism Software : 949-855-3100
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Software : help@quite.com
Quite Imposing Plus
Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0800134EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
672
Create!
Back side prints upside-down when printing from Create!form.
Solution
CAUSE:The output is specification due to first page output time.
SOLUTION:There may be a correction in the future, however the current recommendation is to replace the MFP with a 'Mosel' or 'Thames' model. Then use
the following procedure to fix back side printing:
Select Utility button a User Settings a Print Setting a Basic Setting a Printing Direction Adjust. Select "Control Adjustment" to correct the issue.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS0617219EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Create!flash* information.
Solution
Create!flash spec sheet
Notes:
1. To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
2. [[Create!flash web page| URL http://www.createform.com/products/flashadvantages.htm]]
Solution ID
TAUS0617220EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
AS/400* Create!Print Evaluation results for IP421.
Solution
AS/400 Create!Print Evaluation results for IP421. .
Solution ID
TAUS0617221EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0617222EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
673
Creo Darwin
Solution ID
TAUS0802105EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Darwin VI Authoring Tool.
Solution
Darwin runs natively on Macintosh OS X and Microsoft Windows OS and is a plug-in to QuarkXPress and Adobe InDesign. Darwin is available in
Desktop and Pro configurations. Please refer to attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-041 for more details. To view the zipped PDF(s),you may need to
IMPORTANT : CREO has discontinued its development for the Darwin VI Authoring tool for QuarkXpress.
End of Software Maintenance & Support
Effective Immediately, no further bug fixes or service packs for Darwin/Quark products are planned. Konica Minolta will discontinue offering field level and
SSD help desk level/escalation support for the Darwin/Quark product only.
ITEM # PRODUCT
7640004642 Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004643 Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004644 Upgrade Darwin Desktop to Pro (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004652 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004653 Annual Maintenance Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004654 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop to Pro Upgrade (Quark - Macintosh)
Solution ID
TAUS0802106EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Darwin VI Authoring Tool manuals and other documentation.
Solution
Please refer to the attched ZIP file (22.7MB) for various Darwin VI Authoring Tool manuals and documentation. Toaccess the file(s) using WinZip,
WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file(s) can either be saved
to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
To view the zipped PDF(s),you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Additionaldocumentation (manuals, etc.) can be downloaded fromMyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Click on the Products tab.
2.Select and click on Product Showcase link.
3. Choose Application Solutions.
4.Choose Variable Data Printing.
5.Select and click on Darwin VI Authoring Tool where you can select Overview, Features, Manuals or Software & Driver Download.
-orFrom the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ), Business Products:
1. Click on the Products tab.
2. Choose Application Solutions.
3.Choose Variable Data Printing.
5.Select and click on Darwin VI Authoring Tool where you can select Overview, Features Manuals or Software & Driver Download.
IMPORTANT : CREO has discontinued its development for the Darwin VI Authoring tool for QuarkXpress.
End of Software Maintenance & Support
Effective Immediately, no further bug fixes or service packs for Darwin/Quark products are planned. Konica Minolta will discontinue offering field level and
SSD help desk level/escalation support for the Darwin/Quark product only.
ITEM # PRODUCT
7640004642 Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004643 Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004644 Upgrade Darwin Desktop to Pro (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004652 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004653 Annual Maintenance Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh)
7640004654 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop to Pro Upgrade (Quark - Macintosh)
Solution ID
TAUS0802784EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CREO Darwin system requirements.
Solution
Darwin/Macintosh System Requirements
Hardware
Power Macintosh G5 or Intel-based Macintosh
At least 1GB memory
Macintosh OS X v10.4
500MB disk space
Software options
QuarkXPress v6.5 or later (including v7.3)
QuarkXPress Passport v6.5 or later (including v7.3)
Adobe InDesign CS2/CS3
February 2013
674
Creo Darwin
Darwin/Microsoft Windows System Requirements
Hardware
Intel Premium processor
500MB available hard-disk space
1GB RAM
Software requirements
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition with Service Pack 4/Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition or Microsoft Windows Vista (32-bit only)
Adobe InDesign CS2/CS3
Microsoft Excel 2003
Optional Adobe Photoshop CS2/CS3 for working with Personalized Images
Solution ID
TAUS0802785EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Darwin features and benefits.
Solution
Features
Benefits
Rule-based logic
No scripting or programming is required. Simple rule functionality enables you to create complex VI documents with ease. Common logic can be applied to
text, image and even full page placement.
Unlimited variability
Any number of variable fields can be appliedpartial or even full pages can be replaced for every recipient.
Complete QuarkXpress and Adobe Indesign feature set

Enables full design freedom by allowing you to use any QuarkXpress or Adobe Indesign design function to create VI documents.
Supports multiple output formats

Supports Variable Print Specification, PostScript, Optimized PostScript and Xerox VIPP. The fact that elements are only RIPped once, regardless of how
many times they are used makes Variable Print Specification the most highly-recommended solution for VI production.
Integration with other data types

Darwin supports any database source. The Windows edition of Darwin has ODBC connectivity for direct connectivity to any external data source.
Create multi-page documents

Personalized catalogs and similar large documents are easy to make. There is no length limit. Each recipient can receive a different number of pages.
Print runs according to database criteria

Print runs can be ordered, for example, alphabetically or by postal code.
Creo APR (Automatic Picture Replacement) support for VI images.

Enables you to spool smaller files and to leave hi-res images in a central server location, greatly reducing processing time. Supports EPS, TIFF, CREO CT,
JPEG and PICT file formats
Darwin hot folders (Darwin Pro QXP only)

February 2013
675
Creo Darwin
Import a database and execute a print run with a simple drag-and-drop operation. This fully automated feature requires one-time setup and is then initiated
with a keystroke.
Database cleansing tools (Macintosh version only)

These include profile editing, uppercase and lowercase changes, and the ability to export a database.
ODBC connectivity (Microsoft Windows version only)

Enables direct connectivity to any external database, so you can link to server-based data and images, which streamlines your workflow and saves disk
space.
DDG (Darwin Driven Graphics) support (Darwin Pro only)

DDG allows for the automatic creation of charts (area, pie, column, line, and bar) based on database information..
Zip code bar-coding (Darwin Pro only)

Automatically generates barcodes containing U.S. zip code information for faster, more accurate mail delivery.
Advanced preflight tool

Advanced preflight enables you to preview your design and its variable elements in WYSIWYG format. It also allows you to select a specific record and
preview it in real-time.
Dynamic Page exception

Create booklets with variable pages of several different paper types.
Auto text fitting feature (Microsoft Windows only)

Ensures that variable text data does not overflow the intended text box by automatically resizing the text as determined by user-defined parameters.
Auto image fitting feature (Microsoft Windows only)

Allows multiple image variation options, i.e., center, left, right and proportional fit, for precise image placement
Multilingual support (Double-byte only)

Supports additional non-Romance languages, such as Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew and others
Solution ID
TAUS0802786EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Darwin Pro features.
Solution
Darwin Pro
The feature-rich and powerful Darwin Pro offers enhancements to Darwin Desktop such as support for Darwin Driven Graphics (DDG) and increased
automation. DDG extends the range of variable information (VI) elements you can integrate into a document beyond variable text, colors, images, and pages
to data-rich diagrams, charts, and bars. DDG parameters are defined using pop-down menus and drag-and-drop operations, offering maximum flexibility and
ease of use. Unlike other available offerings, no programming is required to generate high-level graphic results. You can preview and soft proof graphics in
QuarkXPress and Adobe InDesign.
Darwin Pro features:
An award-winning variable information authoring tool.

An easy-to-use GUI based on the Macintosh OS X/Microsoft Windows user interface.
Support for both Macintosh and Microsoft Windows (ID only) platforms.
Full support for QuarkXPress and Adobe InDesign.
February 2013
676
Creo Darwin
Database manipulation tools including profile editing, case changing, and database export (Macintosh version only).
ODBC connectivity: enables direct connectivity to any external database.
Zip code bar-coding to automatically generate barcodes containing U.S. zip code.
Darwin Driven Graphics (DDG) to automatically create area, pie, column, line, and bar charts.
Hot folders for automating the VDP production (Macintosh QuarkXPress version).
Dynamic page exception for variable pages in a booklet with several paper attributes.
Auto fitting capabilities (text and images).
Supports the most efficient VDP output formats: VPS, OPS, VIPP, PPML, PPML/VDX, PDF.
Simple rule-based logic, not scripting and programming required.
Multilingual support (double-byte). Supports additional non-Roman languages, such as Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew and others.
Smoothly integration with Creo Color Servers.
Personalized images creation for high creativity and impact.
Solution ID
TAUS0802815EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CREO Darwin supported files.
Solution
CREO Darwin supports the following files:
Text files
DBF 4 (dbase IV) file
Microsoft Excel documents
Microsoft Access documents
ODBC Data Source
February 2013
677
CS Remote Care
Solution ID
TAUS0801689EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Error 2039 when performing TX/RX Test in vCare.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Port 25 is blocked on thenetwork.
Contact the network administrator on site and verify that port 25 is open.If not, it must be open to complete the installation. You can confirm that port 25 is
being blocked by running the following command:
telnet
set localecho
open 207.18.56.93 25
If the port is open, 220 csrcsmtp1.Minolta.com ESMTP Service <Lotus Domino Release 7.0.2FP1> ready at (Current Date and Time) will be indicated.
Note : Please follow the attached steps to troubleshoot the SMTP port. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
2. Incorrect gateway address.

Obtain the correct gateway from the network administrator.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Izzy Sanchez, vCare/SSD, Stephen San Juan- KMBS/Oakland and Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801677EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
Error 5217 is indicated.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The vCare E-mail account does not exist on the vCare Communication server.
Verify the information input into the vCare windows is correct. Then if all is correct, but error code persists, contact the hotline at 1-800-825-5664 and ask for
one of the vCare administrators.
Note : A vCare E-mail account requires 24 hours to be created after the unit has been vCare-enabled in SAP.
2. The password was incorrectly entered.
The password is case-sensitive; enter itusing all uppercase letters. (For 2-way units only.)
3. Machine has not been entered into the vCare system.
Make certain that there is a work order for setting up vCare.The machine(s)must be entered into the system before they can be enabled.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Izzy Sanchez and Eric Oakes, vCare/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0902986EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
Error code 41FA when performing a TX/RX test at setup.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The DNS settings are incorrect or missing.
Enter the correct DNS settings by performing the following:
a. Select the "Utility" key, then"Administrator Mode" and enter thepassword 12345678 .
b. Select "Network", "TCP/IP settings" and "DNS".
c. Enter the correct DNS server TCP/IP address and exit the Administrator Mode.
d. Reboot the machine and perform the TX/RX test to complete.
2. HTTP port 80 closed or SNMP port 25 closed.
Perform Telnet session testing for port 80 or 25 open. Reference attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
3. CS Remote Care communication mode is set incorrectly.

Under CS Remote a Detail Settings a Software switch setting , switch 4 needs to be set to 0000 0010 for E-mail.
4. The error is time out response when sending E-mail to the E-mail server/mail transport.
Verify the following settings on the MFP:
Verify the proper SMTP/POP3 server TCP/IP address or FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name).
Verify MFP E-mail address is entered.
Verify POP3 Username and Password entered on the MFP.
Verify the SMTP (default = 25) and POP3 (default = 110) are correct the for the E-mail server or mail transport agent being used.
February 2013
678
CS Remote Care
Verify the SMTP Authentication Username and Password are correct (this setting is used only if enabled on the mail server).
The E-mail server is outside the intranet; use telnet to verify access to E-mail server via SMTP/POP3 TCP port numbers.
Notes :
a. Consult the IT messaging administrator for the E-mail correct settings.
b. The problem is not a configuration issue. Perform network capture to determine the reason for the error code.
5. The customer is using a proxy server.
To configure:
a. Select the "Utility" key, then "Administrator Mode" and enter the password 12345678.
b. Select "Network", "WebDav Server Setting" and then "Client Settings".
c. Enter the TCP/IP address of the customer Proxy Server and, if they are using Authentication, enter in the username and password of the server.
IMPORTANT : Consult thenetworkadministrator to allow access.
Note : To troubleshoot the access issue, use a laptop set up with the machine credentials andthe network cable from the machine NIC. Browse to the
Internet (example: www.mykonicaminolta.com or www.google.com ).
6. Auto-negotiation is selected for the NIC.
In the network card, Flow Control can be changed from auto-negotiation to a fixed rate. In some network enviroments it may be nessary to set a fixed rate
due to routers switching rates of speed.
a. Select the "Utility" key, then "Administrator Mode" and enter the password 12345678.
b. Select "Network", "Details Setting" and "Device Setting".
c. Set a fixed rate of 100Mb Full.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD; Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD; Rick Veale, ESS and Eric Oakes/Brian
McGuire, vCare/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801683EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Error 3001 when setting up CS Remote Care (CSRC).
Solution
If errorappears when performing TX/RX test:
CAUSE: Port 110 (POP3) is blocked on customer's network.
SOLUTION: Contact the network administrator on site and verify that port110 is open. Confirm that port 110 is being blocked by running the following
command.
telnet
set localecho
open 207.18.56.93 110
If the port is open, Lotus Notes POP3 server version Release 7.0.2FP1 ready , will be displayed.
Note : Please follow the attached steps to troubleshoot thePOP3 port. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
If error appears during Initial Connection of one way set-up:

CAUSE: Machine has not been entered in SAP.
SOLUTION:Enter machine into SAP, machine will not appear for vCare setup for 24 hours.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Izzy Sanchez/Eric Oakes, vCare/SSD
February 2013
679
Cygwin
Solution ID
TAUS0900841EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Using the Firmware Imaging Toolkit version 2.5.5, programming the CF card will appear to work okay. However when the card is used to install the Firmware
Loadable Driver for the AU-201H Proximity Card reader, the download fails at the MFP panel showing "Download N.G."
Solution
CAUSE: The format of the CF Card is incorrect. This may be caused by using previous versions of the Firmware Imaging Toolkit to program the card, or by
formatting it in FAT from Microsoft Windows.
SOLUTION:Use Cygwin to program the card with the correct format, following this method:
1. Extract the firmware to the root (C:\) drive to create the following directory: C:\card_work .
2. Open the command prompt and change directory to C:\card_work 3 . Type the following command: mkcfldr ti1 f: 3b replace ti1 with the appropriate
machine code:
Note : Ti1 is the MFP model name code; this code will be different for each model as shown below. f: should read as the current drive where the CF card
is inserted (e:, f:, etc.). Switches used for setting the MFP model environment in Cygwin are:
bizhub C353 - Ti1
bizhubC253 - Ti2
bizhubC203 - Ti2.5
bizhubC650 - Mi1
bizhubC550 - Mi2
bizhubC451 - Mi3
Pleaserefer to appropriate bulletin for additional machine codes. Please also see attached documentation as an example of the Cygwin Directory structure
and command for programming a CF Card. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the
Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Holt, SSD/DSM - Midwest Region
Solution ID
TAUS0702021EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The flash card is not recognized when doing NVRAM recovery.
Solution
CAUSE:The flash card was not properly programmed using either the Cygwin Utilityor the Firmware Imaging Toolkit.
Note : Please refer to attached documentation foradditional information. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be
downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SOLUTION:The flash card must be programmed in the same manner as it is for flashing the machine firmware.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim DiSarro, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0900889EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Error #0032: File Not Found "*_MS.bin" message when writing version 2 firmware.
Solution
CAUSE: Latest version of Firmware Imaging Toolkit required.
SOLUTION: Write the firmware using Firmware Imaging Toolkit 2.5.5 or Cygwin utility. The latest version firmware, utilitiesor system software is available
via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
680
Data Administrator
Solution ID
TAUS0901757EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
"PageScope Data Administrator 4.1.2. Failed to connect" error is displayed when attempting to import data to a C552.
Solution
CAUSE:
Incorrect machine settings for Open API and Network Function settings. Both settings must be set to Allow.
SOLUTION:
To adjust appropriate settings, please perform the following:
Open API
1. Press the Utility button.

2. Select Administrator mode.
3. System Connection Open API.
4. Set to Allow.
5. Select Exit.
Admin Mode

2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button.
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
If these settings fail to resolve issue reload firmware and reinitialize network settings.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Jim DiSarro, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1001200EN*
Description
When installing or upgrading PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) modules, it is necessary to enter the correct SQL instance name and "sa" password. If an
"SQL" error occurs, this may indicate that an incorrect SQL instance name or "sa" password was entered.
Solution
If the issue cannot be resolved, installing the free Microsoft SQL Management Studio may assist with further troubleshooting. Refer to the attached file for
details.
The PSES database (DB) can be installed on a local (on the same server as PSES) or a remote SQL DB. If it is not possible to connect locally or remotely to
the SQL DB through SQL Management Studio, then it will NOT be possible to connect to the SQL DB during the PSES/PSNCDM install or upgrade.
SQL Management Studio can be used to browse and connect to SQL installations on the network. If attempting to connect to a remote SQL database, install
this utility on the computer where PSES/PSNCDM is installed and test connecting to the remote SQL DB.
If the sa user is not configured to log in through SQL Server Authentication, which is required for PSES, it is possible to change the sa user to use SQL
Server Authentication. This can be done by first logging in to the SQL Server via SQL Management Studio through Windows Authentication.
The sa user could then be modified to log in through SQL Server authentication and an sa password could then be created. This sa password would
then be used during the PSES install/upgrade.
Note: it is the responsibility of the technician to ensure that the customers SQL database has been backed up and a backup strategy is in place before
making any changes to an SQL database.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Applications support planas regardsMicrosoft Windows Service Packs, .NET Framework Service Packs and Web Browsers.
Solution
Please see attached applications support plan. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1001089EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
681
Data Administrator
Therevision numbering formatfor PageScope Data Administrator has changed.
Solution
The minor release level, which follows the last decimal, now has 5 digits instead of 4.
Example (minor revision levels underscored):
Old format: Version 4.1. 5000
New format: version4.1. 08000
In this example, the 08000 minor release is actually newer than the5000 release (which would be 05000 under the new system).
To avoidany confusion as to which releases are newer, check the release dates and the release notes.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1200239EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When attempting to use Pagescope Data Administrator from certain computers a protection password error is indicated.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect registry setting.
SOLUTION: Change the value of the following registry key to "False". HKEY_Current_User\Software\KONICA MINOLTA\PSDAV4\Core\protect
WARNING : Using Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require reinstallaton of the operating system.Konica Minolta or
Microsoft cannot guarantee that problems resulting from the incorrect use of Registry Editor can be solved.Use Registry Editor at your own risk.
February 2013
682
Di151
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
683
Di151
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
684
Di151
Description
February 2013
685
Di151f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
686
Di151f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
687
Di151f
Description
February 2013
688
Di152
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
689
Di152
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
690
Di152
Description
February 2013
691
Di152f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
692
Di152f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
693
Di152f
Description
February 2013
694
Di1610
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
695
Di1610
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0701810EN*
Solution Usage
53
February 2013
696
Di1610
Description
February 2013
697
Di1610fp
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
698
Di1610fp
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0701810EN*
Solution Usage
53
February 2013
699
Di1610fp
Description
February 2013
700
Di1610p
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
701
Di1610p
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0701810EN*
Solution Usage
53
February 2013
702
Di1610p
Description
February 2013
703
Di181
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
704
Di181
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
705
Di181
Description
February 2013
706
Di1810
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
707
Di1810
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
708
Di1810
Description
February 2013
709
Di1810f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
710
Di1810f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
711
Di1810f
Description
February 2013
712
Di1811p
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
713
Di1811p
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
714
Di1811p
Description
February 2013
715
Di183
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
716
Di183
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
717
Di183
Description
February 2013
718
Di183f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
719
Di183f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
720
Di183f
Description
February 2013
721
Di200
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
722
Di200
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
723
Di200
Description
February 2013
724
Di200f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
725
Di200f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
726
Di200f
Description
February 2013
727
Di2010
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
728
Di2010
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
729
Di2010
Description
February 2013
730
Di2010f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
731
Di2010f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
732
Di2010f
Description
February 2013
733
Di250
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
734
Di250
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
735
Di250
Description
February 2013
736
Di250f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
737
Di250f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
738
Di250f
Description
February 2013
739
Di251
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
740
Di251
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
741
Di251
Description
February 2013
742
Di2510
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
743
Di2510
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
744
Di2510
Description
February 2013
745
Di2510f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
746
Di2510f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
747
Di2510f
Description
February 2013
748
Di251f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
749
Di251f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
750
Di251f
Description
February 2013
751
Di30
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
752
Di30
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
753
Di30
Description
February 2013
754
Di3010
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
755
Di3010
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
756
Di3010
Description
February 2013
757
Di3010f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
758
Di3010f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
759
Di3010f
Description
February 2013
760
Di350
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
761
Di350
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
762
Di350
Description
February 2013
763
Di350f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
764
Di350f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
765
Di350f
Description
February 2013
766
Di351
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
767
Di351
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
768
Di351
Description
February 2013
769
Di3510
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
770
Di3510
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
771
Di3510
Description
February 2013
772
Di3510f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
773
Di3510f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
774
Di3510f
Description
February 2013
775
Di351f
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
776
Di351f
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
777
Di351f
Description
February 2013
778
Di400
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
779
Di400
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
780
Di400
Description
February 2013
781
Di450
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
782
Di450
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
783
Di450
Description
February 2013
784
Di451
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
785
Di451
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801227EN*
Solution Usage
29
February 2013
786
Di451
Description
NVRAM replacement.
February 2013
787
Di470
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
788
Di470
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
789
Di470
Description
February 2013
790
Di520
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
791
Di520
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
792
Di520
Description
February 2013
793
Di550
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
794
Di550
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
795
Di550
Description
February 2013
796
Di551
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
797
Di551
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613434EN*
Solution Usage
42
February 2013
798
Di551
Description
February 2013
799
Di5510
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
800
Di5510
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613434EN*
Solution Usage
42
February 2013
801
Di5510
Description
February 2013
802
Di620
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
803
Di620
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
804
Di620
Description
February 2013
805
Di620PE
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
806
Di620PE
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
807
Di620PE
Description
February 2013
808
Di621
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
809
Di621
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
810
Di621
Description
February 2013
811
Di650
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
812
Di650
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613434EN*
Solution Usage
42
February 2013
813
Di650
Description
February 2013
814
Di7210
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
815
Di7210
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613434EN*
Solution Usage
42
February 2013
816
Di7210
Description
February 2013
817
Di750
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
818
Di750
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
819
Di750
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
820
Di750PE
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
821
Di750PE
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
822
Di750PE
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
823
Di850
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
824
Di850
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
825
Di850
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
826
Dispatcher
Solution ID
TAUS0621884EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Konica Dispatcher software information.
Solution
Dispatcher is a task automation software solution developed by Konica's Systems Engineering Center (SEC).
Solution ID
TAUS0624031EN*
Description
Does Dispatcher, automatically delete the TXT file associated with the image file?
Solution
Dispatcher will automatically delete the TXT file that is associated with the image file.
Solution ID
TAUS0624423EN*
Description
How to make Dispatcher work with a Macintosh* running Microsoft* Virtual PC version 6.1.
Solution
Dispatcher will not work with a MAC running Virtual PC 6.1. The unlock code generated for Dispatcher is based on the hardware seen on the workstation.
Because the workstation is a MAC, the hardware is seen as incompatible and will not allow an unlock code to be generated.
Solution ID
TAUS0652582EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Dispatcher Document Task Automation Solution.
Solution
Konica Minolta Dispatcher document task automation solution allows you to streamline and simplify your most popular and often-used document manipulation
functions (scan, clean, split, merge, annotate, etc.); and do it all automatically. An easy-to use task automation application, KMBS Dispatcher performs routine
document routing, printing, backup and manipulation functions of TIFF and Jpg files. These functions include:
1. Merge TIFF - in addition to splitting TIFF files, Konica Dispatcher can merge multiple TIFFs into a single document
2. Annotation - add your own text at a specified location on each image
3. Watermark - add your own background image to files
4. AutoOpen - open retrieved files automatically in their default application
5. Scanner Integration - retrieve images directly from the scanner, including the bizhub C350 and bizhub Pro 1050 models
6. Scanner Configuration Files - create configuration files for fast, easy setup of future scanners
7. PDF Files - Konica Dispatcher supports PDF retrieval in addition to TIFF
8. Print Job - print various types of office documents that are specified in a directory without opening the applications
9. UNICODE Support - KMBS Dispatcher supports UNICODE strings for languages
10. KMBS Dispatcher is a task-based system. As the user, you setup the series of operations you wish to perform as tasks. You may then schedule these
tasks to run at the specific times and intervals that best suit your needs. Tasks are controlled from the user interface and may be stopped and started at the
touch of a button. The graphical interface lets you know instantly each task, its type and its status.
With its easy-to-use interface, powerful options and numerous new features, KMBS Dispatcher can help save you valuable time and money by freeing you up
to do the things you want to be doing.
See Bulletin #5306 .
Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
Solution ID
TAUS0622085EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Dispatcher 2.0 for Alchemy* will not install on Microsoft* Windows 98. A Windows error message may appear stating that a
file is missing.
Solution
CAUSE: Windows 98 requires updates.
SOLUTION: Make sure all latest Windows 98 OS Service Packs and patches have been installed; especially the one called
Windows 98 Customer Service Packs .
February 2013
827
Dispatcher
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Greg McDermott, KBT WINDSOR
Solution ID
TAUS0624446EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to install Dispatcher on a Macintosh* using Microsoft* Virtual PC software.
Solution
Dispatcher will not work with a Macintosh even if Virtual PC is used.
Solution ID
TAUS1200025EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Product name
Product version
New Lock Code
Original Lock Code
BMP)
February 2013
828
Dispatcher Phoenix Legal

Solution ID
TAUS1200025EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Product name
Product version
New Lock Code
Original Lock Code
BMP)
February 2013
829
Dispatcher Phoenix Pro

Solution ID
TAUS1103583EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to register Dispatcher Pro version 2.0 (Phoenix Edition).
Solution
CAUSE:Version 2.0 cannot be registered on the SEC website .
SOLUTION:Download version 2.1 from the SEC website and use the purchase code from the CD to register/activate the software.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jamie Petrucelli, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1200025EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Product name
Product version
New Lock Code
Original Lock Code
BMP)
Solution ID
TAUS1200262EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using OCR conversion, the workflow will not complete and the message, "Failed to process <filename>: General error in Engine." appears in the
activity log. This involves workflows using the following nodes:
Convert to PDF
Convert to Office
Highlight and Strikethrough
Redact
Advanced OCR
Solution
CAUSE: This may be due to an undocumented Nuance dependency.
SOLUTION: To ensure that this no longer occurs, please install Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Redistributable which can bedownloaded fromthe
Download Center .
Nuance requires that the 32-bit version of the Redistributable be installed on all OS's, regardless of their architecture.
Download Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Redistributable

Solution ID
Microsoft
(2.6MB)
TAUS1200300EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is the Microsoft Windows LPD/LPR Service compatible with Phoenixs LPR Service?
February 2013
830
Dispatcher Phoenix Pro

Solution
Microsoft Windows LPD/LPR Service is not compatible with Phoenixs LPR Service. Microsoft Windows LPD/LPR Service takes over port 515, which is
the LPR port. Microsoft Windows LPD/LPR Service will need to be stopped(or uninstalled) while Dispatcher Phoenix LPR Serviceis in use.
Note : The service can be accessed through the Manage menu of (My) Computer; click on Services. Locate and stop the service. To prevent the service
from restarting automatically, change the setting for [Startup type:]to "Manual".
Microsoft Windows 7 example
February 2013
831
Dispatcher Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0801946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to register and unlock Dispatcher Pro.
Solution
To unlock Dispatcher Pro you must browse to Konica Minolta Business Solution Engineering Center (SEC) Website at http://www.sec.kmbs.us .To do this,
refer to the attached document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site
at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801939EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What are the operating system requirements for Dispatcher Pro?
Solution
Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista
Solution ID
TAUS0801940EN*
Solution Usage
Description
On how may PCs can 1 license of Dispatcher Pro be installed?
Solution
One lincense of Dispatcher Pro can be installed on 1 PC.
Solution ID
TAUS0801941EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can a Dispatcher Pro user transfer the license from one PC to another?
Solution
A Dispatcher Pro user cannot transfer the license from one PC to another.
Note :Dispatcher Pro has a PER MACHINE license meaning the application is licensed/registered to be used on a specific PC only.
Solution ID
TAUS1200025EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Product name
Product version
New Lock Code
Original Lock Code
BMP)
February 2013
832
DocuBreeze
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0623617EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
833
DocuBreeze
DocuBreeze features.
Solution
DocuBreeze features:
1. Create customized ad-hoc document workflows to automatically route documents from their collection through to their final destination.
2. Collect and distribute documents from any number of sources, including Microsoft* Windows, Macintosh*, LINUX*, mainframe, AS/400*, E-mail, FTP and
Konica multifunction devices.
3. Process documents through image processing (crop/resize, noise reduction, etc.), OCR, barcode routing/indexing, and document annotation.
4. Includes a web-based "Explorer" type file browser for public and private document archiving.
5. Features a scripting engine for convenient integration with other applications and advanced workflow.
6. Can support any language - even Unicode.
Solution ID
TAUS0623621EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
DocuBreeze information.
Solution
DocuBreeze information.
Solution ID
TAUS0627249EN*
Description
After using the KP utility to create the Konica Minolta printers for DocuBreeze, the alias printers are not showing up under new Device. Under new MFP the
alias does not show up in the drop-down listing.
Solution
CAUSE: The alias files were not edited.
SOLUTION: The printers will be created by the KP Utility. Go to /usr/local/SEC01/KPalias and run the KPalias utility which will create an alias file for each
printer. After creating an alias for each printer, the file that was created needs to be edited. After opening the file, there should be a line "lp -d {printername} -0
$*" which needs to be changed to "lp -d {printername} -0 $@", then saved. Now the printer alias should show in the Alias of new MFP devices.
Solution ID
TAUS0628549EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to use the KP utility to set up printers when setting up DocuBreeze.
Solution
To use the KP utility:
1. At the root, type in less/etc/printcap.local, hit enter. A full screen text editor will appear. 2. Hit Qto take you out.
3. Type /opt/kp1.5/, then type kpappendprinter => enter.
4. At the prompt, Local printer queue name (give a friendly name - no spaces) => enter. You will be prompted for the TCP/IP address => enter ip
address. Printers port => port1 => enter. Then you will be taken back to the root.
5.Type cat/etc/printcap.local => enter. The last lines should have the printer that you just set up with the name andTCP/IP address.
6. Now type /etc/init.d/lpd restart => enter. This should start and stop theLPD service. The warning you will see is "normal";when it makes the spool queue.
7. Type /opt/kp1.5/kpconfig -a => enter. A menu choice of two items (lp and also the name of the printer).
8.Select the printer you created and hit enter.
9. Select thePPD file for that printer. Then select y for append each job. You will be prompted for Memory configuration; next will be the finisher then it will
ask about sheet feeder choice, punch unit, large capacity tray; after which, you will be back to the root.
10. At the command prompt type /opt/kp1.5/kpconfig -l => enter. This will install and append changes.
11. Type kp/opt/kp1.5/readme.txt => enter. Put number of copies to print - 1 select p to print. This will bring up the option and verify that it can print.
12. Now type in cd/usr/local/SEC01/kpalias => enter.
13. Type in pwd => enter. kpalias (name you want to see in docubreeze - no spaces) => enter, number of copies - 1. Set up the options you want for
this alias.
14.Go to text font, select the font => enter then type in courier => enter.
15.After options, press S to save and then enter. To verify, type cat /(aliasname) - to verify. Repeat the above directions to make another alias.
16.Type ../bin/dbalias =>enter after it runs type ./(aliasname) /opt/kp1.5/readme.txt =>enter.
17.Type ls -l =>enter.
18.Type rm sample =>enter type Y for yes =>enter.
You have now created printers that DocuBreeze will"see" when creating a new MFP Device for printing.
Solution ID
TAUS0651188EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Need to retrieve files from DocuBreeze server to store in alternate location.
Solution
When logged in as sysadm to the DocuBreeze server, files from the Public and Shared Archives can be selected and saved to an alternate location. It is
necessary to login as each private user to access their private archive and files to download.
February 2013
834
DocuBreeze
Alternately if logging in to a console session as root and entering cd /usr/local/SEC01/archive then ls -l, the private, public and shared folders will be
displayed. Each of these folders can be accessed and the files retrieved from there or saved in a TAR file.
Solution ID
TAUS0623616EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What languages does DocuBreeze support?
Solution
DocuBreeze can support any language - even Unicode - with a built-in language translation tool.
Solution ID
TAUS0623618EN*
Description
DocuBreeze system requirements.
Solution
System requirements:
LINUX* 2.4
1 GHz Intel* Pentium* processor
512MB available system RAM
20GB available disk space
Minimum Microsoft* Internet Explorer 5.5, Netscape* 4.7, Mozilla* 5
Apache* 1.3.24 web server
A Konica scan-to-file device
Available Internet connection
Solution ID
TAUS0623619EN*
Description
What does the DocuBreeze package include?
Solution
Package includes:
1. Four days of on-site training of up to 5 students
2. On-site set-up
3. Complete copy of DocuBreeze Demo Version
(Advanced Server) limited to 1 concurrent user and 1 concurrent job
4. Server hardware (approximately $3000)
5. Instructional flash presentation CD (free)
6. User Documentation (free)
7. Brochures and Datasheets
February 2013
835
eCopy
Solution ID
TAUS0802489EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
When performing a simplex TWAIN scan, each page is pulled into the ADF once, pushed out, then pulled in again, as if the page were being duplexed.
This issue originally occurred when using the 361, 421, 501 RealTime No GUI Twain Driver (for eCopy) version 3.0.1.8 and specifying through the TWAIN
driver interface to scan "Simplex" from the ADF.
This also will occur when using the Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Ver.3.1.2.15b. (This TWAIN driver version is necessary to be
used when the MFP firmware is at version 20.)
However, when the scan is acquired by the eCopy client, Microsoft Word, Acrobat, or other TWAIN-compatible application, only the top page of the
document has been scanned, which indicates that duplexing had not been performed.
Solution
CAUSE: This issue is a result of the bizhub 361,421,501 series MFP specifications for detecting mixed original sizes.
SOLUTION: The KONICA MINOLTA NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g has been released to address this issue. When this
TWAIN driver is installed, when performing a simplex TWAIN scan, each page will no longer be pulled into ADF in the manner described above.
However, the limitation of using this TWAIN driver is that mixed-original scanning is not supported. If it is necessary to perform a TWAIN scan of mixed
originals, the Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) version 3.1.2.15b must be installed on the PC and selected within the application as
the TWAIN driver to be used when scanning.
Both the Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Drivers (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g and 3.1.2.15b can be obtained from SSD support upon request.
Note to SSD Support: Both TWAIN drivers can be download from the /Twain_eCopy directory on the Special FTP site.
eCopy Sharescan Administrator configuration:
To set the eCopy Sharescan client to use the KM NoGUI RealTime 3.1.2.15g TWAIN driver, in the eCopy ShareScan Administrator console Device Node
-> Manage -> Status tab, change TWAIN driver setting to use the KM NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g.
Check the "Enable Twain" checkbox and verify that "Use TWAIN User Interface for Settings" check box is UNCHECKED. This will set scanning via the TWAIN
driver in NonGUI mode.
If mixed mode scanning needs to be performed then the KM NoGUI RealTime 3.1.2.15b TWAIN driver needs to be specified through this setting.
Notes:
1. Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime Twain drivers for this model series are intended to be used in NoGUI mode.
2. The KONICA MINOLTA NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g and 3.1.2.15b can coexist on the same PC.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp ASG/SSD.
Solution ID
TAUS0703092EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
MFP devices supported by eCopy ShareScan version 4.3
Solution
Please refer to attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Notes :
1. The latest version firmware is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by
clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
2. The latest printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from theKMBS public site
Firmware and more'.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byBill Hall, Workgroup/SSD and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0658273EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Scanner driver initialization error message when startingeCopy ScanStation client.Error message occursimmediately when the client is started.
Solution
CAUSE: TWAIN driver is not selected in ShareScan administrator.
SOLUTION:To enable theTWAIN driver inShareScan Administration perform the following:
1. Start ShareScan Administration.
2. Expand Devices.
3. Select Manage.
4. Select the Status tab.
5. Click the three (3) dots that open the navigation to the TWAIN driver, select Enable TWAIN and then select thecorrect TWAIN driver (if not already
selected).
6. Save the configuration by selecting Save, then exit Administration.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends and Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
February 2013
836
eCopy
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0657135EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
TWAIN driver does not connect to the MFP.
February 2013
837
eCopy
Solution
CAUSE: Improper Network Function setting.
SOLUTION: To set the Network Function setting to 'Allow', perform the following:
2. Select Administrator mode, Security button, Management Function Setting, and Network Function Setting.
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
Solution ID
TAUS0657164EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Time to acquire scan is excessive; slow scanning.The "Connecting" message lasts a long time.
Solution
CAUSE: Scanning may seem slow because the TWAIN driver is searching for all available machines to scan from on the network.
SOLUTION : When the Select Devices dialog box is displayed, select 'from registered devices' and also select 'Use this device for future session'
option.Please see attachment for the procedure. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the
Note : These settings were tested using the Konica Minolta Real Time ModeTWAIN driver version 4.0.00000.
Solution ID
TAUS0702295EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to assign an eCopy Device License key to a different MFP and an overview of eCopy Licensing.
Solution
To assign an eCopy Device License key to a different MFP, the License key for the original MFP must first be deleted. Then, the same License key can be
assigned to a different MFP.
However, it may also be necessary to register a new KM device through the eCopy activation website at https://activation.ecopy.biz .
IMPORTANT : Be sure to back up ALL License information before deleting any Product or License keys.
eCopy Licensing Summary
EVERY device used with eCopy software requires a valid license. To obtain a license, enter a unique product key, valid for use with a single device, into
the local license database. Activate the product key by obtaining a license code from the eCopy activation Web site.
To license a device running embedded ShareScan OP software, add the device to the Services Manager after entering the product key.
IMPORTANT : When the key is assigned to a device, it is NO longer available for use with other devices. However, the device CAN be assigned to another
Services Manager, in which case the license moves with the device. EVERY device that is used with eCopy software requires a valid license.
A product key must be added to the license database before the ShareScan OP Services Manager can assign it to a device. In the Administration console,
the License information tab displays the status of each product key in the database. If using ShareScan OP on a ScanStation, a single product key will be
listed.
Activating Licenses
When assigning a product key to a device, the devices license can be activated immediately or it can be activated later from the License Information tab.
The license must be activated within 30 days . Internet activation is fast and easy. If an Internet connection is unavailable, use the Report button on the
License Information tab to generate a text file containing the product key information. Print the report file.
Then, from any computer with an Internet connection, go to https://activation.ecopy.biz and obtain a license code for each key. Then activate each license
individually on the License Information tab.
Related ISSUE - A message may prompt to activate a ScanStation OP product key, even though all of the product keys have already been activated. This
was initiated when trying to add eCopy ShareScan OP version 3.x or 4.x product key and then attempting to acquire a device.
Make sure to SAVE after entering Product Key before acquiring the device.
Try deleting one or more Product Keys (if others are listed).
Utilize the SSOP License Report.txt file to add the PKs again.
Stop the OP Services Manager from within the services.
Shut down/restart the Administrator Console.
Restart the OP Services Manager.
Repeat the steps of adding the Product Keys and acquire the device(s) again.
Before beginning the registration process, have the following information on hand:
1. eCopy Serial Number
It is a 10-character alphanumeric designated by S/N for serial number.
Example of an eCopy Serial Number: S/N FB05C12345
The eCopy Serial Number is located in several places:
a. Serial Number is always located on a sticker on the back of the software CD case.
b. For an eCopy ScanStation OP, the hardware serial number is located on the cover of the HP PC. eCopy uses the HP S/N. On the outside of the
shipping box, there is one big sticker with several bar codes and numbers:
Customer Part #
eCopy Part #
February 2013
838
eCopy
Customer PO #
eCopy Serial #
HP serial #
On the inside packing box for the ScanStation PC, there is a sticker with two bar codes. The second bar code is labeled Asset Tag # (this is the eCopy
serial number as well).
2. If the serial number is unavailable,register using the eCopy Product Key.The Product Key is located on a sticker on the back of the software CD case.
The eCopy Product Key is a string of 21 alphanumeric characters labeled as "Product Key".
Example of aneCopy Product Key: 5ZPZSTT6TWNUCM6NK2BLM
To activate All licenses :
This operation requires an Internet connection. On the License Information tab, click Activate. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
To activate a Single license
In the console tree, click System Information => Licensing. On the License Information tab, double-click the product key to activate. The Product Key
Information window opens. Ifthere is an Internet connection, click Activate via Internet. The information is sent to the eCopy activation Web server and a
license code is returned. Use the license code to activatethe license. If there is noInternet connection, click Activate Manually and follow the instructions for
obtaining a license code manually.
IMPORTANT :As soon asthe licenses are activated, generate a license report.
Generating a license report
The license report helpswith recovery ofproduct keys and license codes, if necessary.A license report should be generated whenever activating licenses.
Keep the report in a safe place in casethere is aneed to restore the license information. A printed report is also useful if to manually activate product keys from
another computer. To generate a license report:
In the console tree, select System Information => Licensing. On the License Information tab, click Report. The Save as window opens. Specify a location
for the file and click Save.
February 2013
839
eCopy Integrated
Solution ID
TAUS0657164EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200177EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to assign a TWAIN driver to eCopy ScanStation version 5.0. (The GUI in ShareScan version 5 is significantly different from the GUI in version 4.)
Solution
Although the logic in setting up connectorsis the same, the procedure has changed because of the different GUI. The same applies to configuring
theScanStation for the TWAIN driver.
1. Install the TWAIN driver.
2. Launch the eCopy ShareScan Administrator Console.
3. Click on the Devices tab in the lower left-hand corner of the GUI.
4. Locate the instance ofScanStation identified by the TCP/IP address.
5.Under Configure Connector for Device, select Calibrate; thenselect theSave button.
6. Under settings (not the top icon) in Configuration, select Driver Name; thenselect the ellipsis (...).
7. The Select Scanner window willappear. Select Konica Minolta TWAIN.
8. Select the Setup button at the lower section of the dialog box.
9. When the wizrd starts,select Next.
10, Select Normal Mode; thenselect Next.
11. Select Finish; thenselect OK.
12. At this point you can assign a name to the driver for each MFP you want to attach the TWAIN driver to.(This is advanced and is not recommended at this
time..Leave the name blank and choose the selection to Keep Existing Name.)
13. Select OK.
14. Select the Save button under Configuredconnectors.The configured Quick Connectors should be displayed.Launch theShareScan client as normal.
Solution ID
TAUS1200560EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Certificate Security credentials could not be verified. Do you want to connect?" message.
Solution
CAUSE:eCopy ShareScan Suite version 5.0 related software requires a signed certificate in order to validate connections.
Note :All Linux-based controllers suffer from the syndrome of "The Year 2038 Problem". This issue comes into play when generating a signed certificate
and maxing out the validity date.
SOLUTION:Please use the attached document to create a signed certificate on the eCopy station and importing it to the MFP. (Page 3 contains important
notice regarding Linux controllers.)
Note : To view thePDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1001192EN*
Solution Usage
Description
An error message "Disable FEK" is displayed when managing an MFP with integrated eCopy.
Solution
CAUSE:The error relates to the web browser function within the i-Option system.Aweb browser license (LK-102 or LK-102v2) is not installed; the message
"Disable FEK" is displayed.
SOLUTION:Verify that the license for the Web browser is installed byselecting the User Box button;the web browser selection should be present. If
thebrowser selection is not present,then the license is notinstalled.
Note : Order and install the appropriate license for i-Option.
Solution ID
TAUS1103955EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to complete scan to eCopy after ADF jam is cleared.
If a user clears an ADFjam while using the eCopy ShareScan application from the copy screen, the operation panel will be refreshed by Auto Reset, which
makes the operation panel appear ready for Copy. Actually, however, the previous scan job remains active, so the MFP will not accept new jobs, confusing
February 2013
840
eCopy Integrated
users.
Solution
CAUSE: This problem is caused by an operation panel failure while using OpenAPI.
SOLUTION: Install firmware version GUY-20 to correct this situation. The firmware is available via the SSD Download Selector on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
Solution ID
TAUS1200040EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Job Recorded Improperly" message when attempting to scan. WebDav protocol error is displayed.
Solution
CAUSE:WebDav Client Setting is set to "OFF".
SOLUTION:Change WebDav Client Setting to "ON". Perform the following:
1. Select Utility.
2. Select Administrator Mode.
3. Select Network.
4 Scroll to 2/2.
5. Select WebDav Setting.
6. Select WebDav Client Setting and change to "ON".
Solution ID
TAUS1200191EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using Session Logon in a multiple-domain environment,the wrong domian is the default.
Solution
CAUSE:There may be discrepancies between the fully qualified domain name of theworkstationand its NETBIOS name.This sometimes has an impact
because Session Logon compares the domain name in Session Logon to the domain name on the workstation.
SOLUTION: Use this procedure to set the correct domain as the default:
1. Determine the NetBIOS name of the workstation running ScanShare.This can be done using the following command Command Prompt:
Echo %USERDOMAIN%
2. Enter theinformation for domain in the Session Logon configuration panel (located under the Type field).
Solution ID
TAUS1200346EN*
Solution Usage
Description
eCopy Desktop Pro version 9.2 support
Solution
There is no more support on eCopy Desktop Pro version 9.2 and eCopy PaperWorks 2009.1 (9.3.3.7)
The registered customer will need to go to the registration site and upgrade/install eCopy PDF Pro Office 5.3.
February 2013
841
eCopy ShareScan
Solution ID
TAUS0657164EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200177EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
13. Select OK.
Solution ID
TAUS0703254EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"ERROR OCCURRED WHILE COMMUNICATING WITH DEVICE" message when trying to scan using the TWAIN driver. (see attached screenshot)
Solution
CAUSE: The hard disk drive (HDD) is not installed in System 2.
SOLUTION: Set the hard disk drive to "Installed" by performing the following: 1. Enter the Tech Rep mode.
2. Press System 2.
3. Press HDD.
4. Press Installed.
5. Power the machine OFF/ON using the main power switch.
6. Enter the Tech Rep mode again.
7. Press State Confirm.
8. Press Memory/HDD Adjust.
9. Press HDD Format.
10. Press Logical Format.
11. Press Start.
12. Once completed, power the machine OFF/ON using the main power switch.
Solution ID
TAUS1100558EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Non-GUI TWAIN driver version 3.1.2.28 for eCopy ScanStation support.
Solution
Attached is the special TWAIN driver that was changed to support bizhub 652/552 and it is based on Real-time TWAIN driver version 3.1.2.28.
Currently this TWAIN driver is also supported for eCopy ShareScan version 4.3.5.
Supported Operating Systems
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition (SP3 or later) *
February 2013
842
eCopy ShareScan
MicrosoftWindows XP Professional (SP3 or later) *
MicrosoftWindows Vista Home Basic (SP2 or later) *
MicrosoftWindows Vista Home Premium (SP2 or later) *
MicrosoftWindows Vista Business (SP2 or later) *
MicrosoftWindows Vista Enterprise (SP2 or later) *
MicrosoftWindows Vista Ultimate (SP2 or later) *
MicrosoftWindows 7 Home Basic **
MicrosoftWindows 7 Home Premium **
MicrosoftWindows 7 Professional **
MicrosoftWindows 7 Enterprise **
MicrosoftWindows 7 Ultimate **
* Support for 32-bit (x86) OS
** Support for 32-bit (x86) / 64-bit (x64) OS
Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm. The
file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1200560EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200156EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Authentication failed" message when trying to connect to Microsoft Exchange 2010
Able to a "Test Succeeded" messagein the Exchange Connector Test.
Solution
CAUSE: eCopy 4.3.5 and 5.0 comes with Microsoft Outlook 2003 or Microsoft Outlook Express 6, without an update, will not be able to connect to
an Exchange 2010 Server.
SOLUTION: Either update Microsoft Oulook 2007 or install Microsoft Outlook 2010.
Solution ID
TAUS1200273EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The following Tomcat Service Error 1067 appears when using ShareScan v5."The Apache Tomcat service failed to start" may also be indicated.
February 2013
843
eCopy ShareScan Elements

Solution ID
TAUS0657164EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200560EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200191EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Echo %USERDOMAIN%
February 2013
844
eCopy ShareScan Office

Solution ID
TAUS0657164EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200560EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200273EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
CAUSE: JAVA has failed during an update and has corrupted Apache Tomcat.
SOLUTION:ShareScan 5.0 requires Java Runtime EnvironmentVersion 6 Update 22 to be installed, and the version of Java detected on the ShareScan PC
is a different version.
To correct, please perform the following:
1. Reinstall the latest JAVA client by going to the following website:
http://java.com/en/download/index.jsp
2. Uninstall everything (ShareScan/Microsoft SQL Server, Apache etc.), then reinstall eCopy ShareScan v5 (and everything that came with it). Drop
and delete the database, then re-create it using the script files that come with the ShareScan install. Configure everything.
Note : The installermay haveconfigured a corrupt database or the install processcorrupted theSQL database.
3. Reinstall the OS and install eCopy 5. Runthe scripts that get installed in C:\Program Files\Nuance\ShareScan5\Server\Tools\Database ( db_uninst.cmd
and db_inst.cmd ).
4. Install eCopy SP4
Solution ID
TAUS1104269EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Cannot get E-mail after updating to Microsoft Exchange 2010 when using eCopy 4.3.5. Workedwhen using Microsoft Exchange 2003. After upgrading
Exchange, the following message appeared:
Configuration Error:
Please confirm your exchange server settings.
You may also get an error:
After the document scan, you get a message under sender sent items
----------This massage has not been sent.-------------Solution
CAUSE: Incompatible Connector files to Exchange 2007/ 2010.
SOLUTION: To correct, please perform the following:
February 2013
845

1. Update the eCopy ScanStation XP OS to Service Pack 3
2. Reinstall the Exchange Connector or LDAP Connector being used.
3. Upgrade to Outlook 2007 on the ScanStation.
4. Install the following patches:
Exchange 2010 Mail patch
Exchange 2010 Fax patch
Download Instructions
Download the attached Exchange 2010 Mail patch, Exchange 2010 Fax patch and associated readme files.
Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or
opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
Installation Instructions for Exchange 2010 Mail patch

1. Shut down the ShareScan version 4.3.5 Admin Console.
2. Stop the eCopy services.
3. Backup the following files:
C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeMail\Lib\Exchange.dll

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeMail\Lib\ExchangeRes.dll
C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\Common\lib\MAPIServer.exe
C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\Common\lib\MAPIProxyClientLib.dll
4. Extract the contents of the ExchangeMAIL.exe file downloaded above into the C:\Program Files\eCopy folder.
Note : If ShareScan was installed into a different location, extract the files into that location.
5. Restart the eCopy services.
Installation Instructions for Exchange 2010 Fax patch

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeFAX\Lib\FAXExchange.dll

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeFAX\Lib\FAXExchangeRes.dll
4. Extract the contents of the ExchangeFAX.exe file downloaded above into the C:\Program Files\eCopy folder.
Configuration Instructions
1. Open the Properties dialog on the Configure tab.
2. On the Basic Settings tab, enter the service account information (user name, password, and domain).
3. Enter the name of the Exchange 2010 CAS server in the last edit box and test your configuration. All other configuration is unchanged.
The following files are updated after installing the patch, and will have the corresponding version numbers:
Exchange.dll - version 4.3.5.281

ExchangeRes.dll - version 4.3.5.281
MAPIServer.exe - version 4.3.5.281
MAPIProxyClientLib.dll - version 4.3.5.281
Additional notes:
The hot fix can only be deployed in an Exchange 2010 CAS environment. For customers with mixed Exchange Server environments they must have a
2010 CAS for all mailbox servers.
Connector setup must use the Properties dialog available on the Configure tab.
February 2013
846

For 64-bit operating systems the ShareScan Manager machine must use a 32-bit version of Outlook.
If Outlook 2003 is installed, RPC encryption settings must be changed in Outlook or on all CAS servers. See Microsoft KB article 2006508 for more
information.
If the customer exceeds their Exchange attachment size limit they will get the following error on the ShareScan client "Exchange: Error sending E-mail.
Error Code=08000405 [Unspecified error]" See Understanding Message Size Limits in the TechNet Library for information about message and attachment
size limits.
ShareScan version 5 Exchange Connector installation prerequisites
eCopy ShareScan v5 Connector for Exchange
Supported Outlook Client versions: 2002, 2003, 2007 and 2010 with corresponding updates.
Supported Exchange Server versions: 2003, 2007 and 2010
Required Connector Ports:
MAPI : 135 -139
LDAP : TCP 389 or TCP 3268
HTTP : TCP 80 or TCP 8080
WebDav : 443
Tip : If you have an issue with Exchange 2010 and configuration of the ShareScan version 5 Exchange Connector, a workaround is to use
LDAP/SMTP connector.
Solution ID
TAUS1200191EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Echo %USERDOMAIN%
Solution ID
TAUS1200380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
eCopy 5 losing network connection (Disabling the 2:00 AM ShareScan restart)
Solution
Information
What is the 2:00 AM restart?
The 2:00 AM restart is part of the nightly process to regenerate encryption keys. In this process, communication will be broken with the devices and then
reacquired.
Why does this need to be disabled?
In some environments the restart may be too quick and all devices have not yet been reacquired.
In most environments 2:00 AM is not a scanning time. If scanning is occurring during this time or other processes such as a server backup are occurring, the
2:00 AM restart should be moved to a different time.
How to disable the 2:00 AM restart properly
There are two parts to disabling the restart. First, disable the ShareScan default restart. Second, create Microsoft Windows scheduled tasks to mimic the
default restart. As most environments have a conflict with the restart being too quick, providing ample time between the stop and start is important. In
enterprise environments with large quantities of devices, more time may be required.
A.
Disabling the 2:00 AM Restart
ShareScan 3.x, 4.x

1.Close the admin console.
2. Open Windows Services.
a. Stop the ShareScan Manager and Agent services.
February 2013
847

3. Click "Start g Run".
a. Type "regedit" without the quotation marks and click "OK".
b. Export a backup of the registry by clicking " File g Export".
c. Save this file to the Windows Desktop and name the file "backup".
Note : Keep "backup" for a few days and if there are no issues, then this file can be deleted.
d. Browse to following registry key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\eCopy\ShareScanOPManager
e. Right-click and select "New g String Value".
f. Rename the String "RestartTimer".
g. Double-click on the key and set the value to -1.
h. Close the Registry Editor.
4. Start the ShareScan Manager and agent services
WARNING : Using Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require reinstallaton of the operating system.Konica Minolta or
Microsoft cannot guarantee that problems resulting from the incorrect use of Registry Editor can be solved.Use Registry Editor at your own risk.
ShareScan 5.x
1.Open the ShareScan Admin Console.
2.In the ribbon select the "Advanced" tab.
3.Click on "Timers".
4.Under the "Auto Restart ShareScan Manager" group deselect the "enabled" checkbox.
5. Click "Save".
6.In the ribbon "Home" tab select "Restart" to restart the ShareScan manager.
B.
Scheduling Windows tasks
In versions 3.x and 4.x the batch files are included in the installation.
For version 5.0 installations you must download the attached batch files onto the admin console PC.
To open the ZIP file, WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It
1. Click "Start g Control Panel g Scheduled tasks g Add scheduled task".
2. In the wizard, click "Next" then "browse".
3. Browse to the Stop batch file and select "Open".
Note : In ShareScan 3.x and ShareScan 4.x this is located in the "C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\ShareScanOPManager" folder by default. In
ShareScan 5.x this is located where the files were saved in Step 1.
4. Schedule the task for 2:00 AM or an appropriate time for the environment, Daily, and set the start date for the next day. Click "Next".
5. Provide local admin credentials. Click "Next" then "Finish".
6. Follow Steps 2-6 above selecting the start batch file and selecting a time 15 minutes after the stop task.
February 2013
848
eCopy ShareScan Suite

Solution ID
TAUS0657164EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200177EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
13. Select OK.
Solution ID
TAUS1200560EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200273EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
CAUSE: JAVA has failed during an update and has corrupted Apache Tomcat.
SOLUTION:ShareScan 5.0 requires Java Runtime EnvironmentVersion 6 Update 22 to be installed, and the version of Java detected on the ShareScan PC
is a different version.
To correct, please perform the following:
1. Reinstall the latest JAVA client by going to the following website:
http://java.com/en/download/index.jsp
2. Uninstall everything (ShareScan/Microsoft SQL Server, Apache etc.), then reinstall eCopy ShareScan v5 (and everything that came with it). Drop
and delete the database, then re-create it using the script files that come with the ShareScan install. Configure everything.
February 2013
849

Note : The installermay haveconfigured a corrupt database or the install processcorrupted theSQL database.
3. Reinstall the OS and install eCopy 5. Runthe scripts that get installed in C:\Program Files\Nuance\ShareScan5\Server\Tools\Database ( db_uninst.cmd
and db_inst.cmd ).
4. Install eCopy SP4
Solution ID
TAUS1104269EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Cannot get E-mail after updating to Microsoft Exchange 2010 when using eCopy 4.3.5. Workedwhen using Microsoft Exchange 2003. After upgrading
Exchange, the following message appeared:
Configuration Error:
Please confirm your exchange server settings.
You may also get an error:
After the document scan, you get a message under sender sent items
----------This massage has not been sent.-------------Solution
CAUSE: Incompatible Connector files to Exchange 2007/ 2010.
SOLUTION: To correct, please perform the following:
1. Update the eCopy ScanStation XP OS to Service Pack 3
2. Reinstall the Exchange Connector or LDAP Connector being used.
3. Upgrade to Outlook 2007 on the ScanStation.
4. Install the following patches:
Exchange 2010 Mail patch
Exchange 2010 Fax patch
Download Instructions
Download the attached Exchange 2010 Mail patch, Exchange 2010 Fax patch and associated readme files.
Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or
Installation Instructions for Exchange 2010 Mail patch

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeMail\Lib\Exchange.dll

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeMail\Lib\ExchangeRes.dll
4. Extract the contents of the ExchangeMAIL.exe file downloaded above into the C:\Program Files\eCopy folder.
Installation Instructions for Exchange 2010 Fax patch

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeFAX\Lib\FAXExchange.dll

C:\Program Files\eCopy\ShareScan OP\SShareScanOPManager\Connectors\Exchange\ExchangeFAX\Lib\FAXExchangeRes.dll
4. Extract the contents of the ExchangeFAX.exe file downloaded above into the C:\Program Files\eCopy folder.
February 2013
850

Configuration Instructions
1. Open the Properties dialog on the Configure tab.
2. On the Basic Settings tab, enter the service account information (user name, password, and domain).
3. Enter the name of the Exchange 2010 CAS server in the last edit box and test your configuration. All other configuration is unchanged.
The following files are updated after installing the patch, and will have the corresponding version numbers:
Exchange.dll - version 4.3.5.281

ExchangeRes.dll - version 4.3.5.281
MAPIServer.exe - version 4.3.5.281
MAPIProxyClientLib.dll - version 4.3.5.281
Additional notes:
The hot fix can only be deployed in an Exchange 2010 CAS environment. For customers with mixed Exchange Server environments they must have a
2010 CAS for all mailbox servers.
Connector setup must use the Properties dialog available on the Configure tab.
For 64-bit operating systems the ShareScan Manager machine must use a 32-bit version of Outlook.
If Outlook 2003 is installed, RPC encryption settings must be changed in Outlook or on all CAS servers. See Microsoft KB article 2006508 for more
information.
If the customer exceeds their Exchange attachment size limit they will get the following error on the ShareScan client "Exchange: Error sending E-mail.
Error Code=08000405 [Unspecified error]" See Understanding Message Size Limits in the TechNet Library for information about message and attachment
size limits.
ShareScan version 5 Exchange Connector installation prerequisites
eCopy ShareScan v5 Connector for Exchange
Supported Outlook Client versions: 2002, 2003, 2007 and 2010 with corresponding updates.
Supported Exchange Server versions: 2003, 2007 and 2010
Required Connector Ports:
MAPI : 135 -139
LDAP : TCP 389 or TCP 3268
HTTP : TCP 80 or TCP 8080
WebDav : 443
Tip : If you have an issue with Exchange 2010 and configuration of the ShareScan version 5 Exchange Connector, a workaround is to use
LDAP/SMTP connector.
Solution ID
TAUS1200191EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Echo %USERDOMAIN%
February 2013
851
EMS Plug-ins
Solution ID
TAUS1001113EN*
Solution Usage
Description
New version of the OEM EMS-plugin has been released version 3.1.15.22.
Solution
EMS PlugIns Server operates in following OS and environment.
- Windows NT Workstation 4.0 SP6a or later
- Windows NT Server 4.0 SP6a or later
- Windows 2000 Server
- Windows 2000 Professional SP1 or later
- Windows XP Home Edition
- Windows XP Professional
- Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition
- Solaris 8 (SPARC)
- HP-UX 11.x (PA-RISC)
- RedHat Linux 7.0, 7.2 (x86)
Consoles supported
EMS PlugIns Server supports following consoles.
- HP OpenView NNM 6.4 or 7.01
- Microsoft Management Console(MMC)
- IBM Tivoli NetView Enterprise 7.1.1 or 7.1.3
- CA Unicenter NSM 3.0 or 3.1
- Java-Enables Web Browser
Note: The EMS PlugIn package is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector:
1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com
2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page.
3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located on the left.
4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.
5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left.
6. Search on EMS_PlugIns_v31r1522.zip,located in Solutions -> PageScope EMS_ Plug_ins.
The EMS PlugIn package is in a zip file format, you must extract the file to a folder. There you will find the Manual and setup folders. Navigate to the correct
OS folder that you will be installing the EMS PlugIn on, and launch the installer.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS
February 2013
852
EP1030
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0608513EN*
Description
Imaging Unit part number
Solution
SOLUTION: The part number is 4601-200.
Solution ID
TAUS0635624EN*
Description
Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals.
Solution
Please refer to this publications list .
Note:
To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0641315EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646175EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using the single document handler on the EP1030 series, jams occur.
Solution
Check that the scanning glass is installed correctly; the bevel should be facing up and toward the entrance section of the SDH.
Solution ID
TAUS0701385EN*
Solution Usage
Description
C0000 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed PWB-A board.
SOLUTION: Replace the PWB-A board (p/n 1159-0101-05).
Solution ID
TAUS0901776EN*
Solution Usage
Description
No power condition EP1030. PWB- F board, PWB- D board and PU1 unit was replaced and still no power to the machine.
Solution
CAUSE:
The fuser roller assembly is shorting out and the PWB-F board and PWB-Dboards fail after the short.
SOLUTION:
February 2013
853
EP1030
Check and replace the fuserassembly then replace the failed boards.
Fuser (p/n 1159-0396-01)
PWB-F board (p/n 1159-0106-02)
PWB-D board(p/n 1159-0104-03)
PU1(p/n 1159-6201-03)
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Jim DiSarro, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639663EN*
Description
Solution
Please refer to the COPIER/FAX/COLOR PUBLICATIONS PRICE LIST .
Solution ID
TAUS0641316EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645002EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701385EN*
Solution Usage
Description
C0000 at power up.
Solution
February 2013
854
EP1031
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0635630EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0641317EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645003EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701385EN*
Solution Usage
Description
C0000 at power up.
Solution
February 2013
855
EP1031F
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639667EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641318EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645004EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701385EN*
Solution Usage
Description
C0000 at power up.
Solution
February 2013
856
EP1080
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632095EN*
Description
The copier begins to cycle, and continues to cycle until the copier is powered off. This problem occurs when paper is fed from any of the paper sources
including the bypass.
Solution
Cause: UN7 has failed.
Solution: Replace UN7 "toner agitation motor drive board". This board is easily damaged if the developer assembly is slid out while the front door interlocks
are cheated.
Solution ID
TAUS0632096EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the developer assembly for this copier? It is not indicated in the Parts Manual.
Solution
The part number for the developer unit is 1139-0424-01. A service bulletin has never been issued for this item.
Solution ID
TAUS0635636EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0641319EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
857
EP1081
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641320EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
858
EP1083
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639670EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641321EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800066EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable or disable a key counter (such as Hecon)or a coin box.
Solution
To enable or disable a key counter or coin box, perform the following:
1. Enter the service mode by pressing [Stop] [0] [Stop] [1].
2. Press [2] to enter Tech Rep Choice.The zoom ratio indication will display "C."
3. Press [6] to select C-6.
4. Press [Start] to display the current setting.
5. Press [Clear] to clear the current setting and press [1] to enable a key counter or [0] to disable a key counter and set the copier for normal operation.
6. Press [Start] to validate the new setting.
7. Press panel reset twice to return to the normal screen.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
859
EP1085
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639668EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641322EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
860
EP2010
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641323EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800066EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable or disable a key counter (such as Hecon)or a coin box.
Solution
To enable or disable a key counter or coin box, perform the following:
1. Enter the service mode by pressing [Stop] [0] [Stop] [1].
2. Press [2] to enter Tech Rep Choice.The zoom ratio indication will display "C."
3. Press [6] to select C-6.
4. Press [Start] to display the current setting.
5. Press [Clear] to clear the current setting and press [1] to enable a key counter or [0] to disable a key counter and set the copier for normal operation.
6. Press [Start] to validate the new setting.
7. Press panel reset twice to return to the normal screen.
February 2013
861
EP2030
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0635642EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0637365EN*
Description
How is starter loaded into the developing unit?
Solution
Enter the service mode of the copier and run an F8.
Solution ID
TAUS0641324EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646569EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Using an external auditor the vendor mode was set to coin-op or card and now the duplexing selection is gone.
Solution
When coin-op or card is selected it is normal for the duplex mode to disappear. This is because the machine cannot make more than one copy per charge on
the card or per monetary amount with the coin-op. WORKAROUND: Turn on the key counter function, turn off the vendor mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0634414EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Paper jams in the sorter when feeding into the bin.
Solution
CAUSE: Improper sorter bin adjustment.
SOLUTION: Improper sorter bin adjustment can also result in C0B60, C0B62, and C0B63 error codes. Please see attached Product and Technical Support
Bulletin 2629 for the adjustment procedures on the following sorters: S-205, S-206, ST-206,S-207, S-208, ST-207, ST-210, ST-211, ST-212, ST-213, ST-214,
ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200.
Solution ID
TAUS0634455EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Remove copies from the sorter" message but there is no paper in the sorter.
February 2013
862
EP2030
Solution
CAUSE: This can be caused if paper dust accumulates on the bin empty sensor Polyester Film (p/n 4478-5612-02). This, in addition to the angle of the bin
empty sensor bracket, may allow the dirty polyester film to be mistaken for paper on the non-sort tray.
SOLUTION: Clean the polyester film. The permanent solution is to install a new mounting bracket for the sensor, as described in attached Product and
Technical Support Bulletin 2986.
Notes :
1. This applies to the following models: ST-213, ST-214, ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641325EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
863
EP2080
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639669EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641326EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646330EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is the backlight for the display of an EP2080 replaceable?
Solution
The backlight is available only as part of the control panel. Please see bulletin 3238 for pricing and item number.
Solution ID
TAUS0648722EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Smoking, short-circuit in fuser unit.
Solution
February 2013
864
EP2100
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641327EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641328EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
865
EP2121
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641329EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641330EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
866
EP2130 PRO
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641331EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639671EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641332EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
867
EP2151
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639672EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641333EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639673EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641334EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
868
EP2152 PRO
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639674EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641335EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
869
EP3000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0635645EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0641336EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648723EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Smoking, short-circuit in fuser unit.
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634414EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200.
February 2013
870
EP3050
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639675EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641337EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641338EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
871
EP3150
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641339EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641340EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641341EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
872
EP4000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634186EN*
Description
Jams occur on the feeder (AF-5 or AFR-12) as soon as the copy cycle is started, can this be corrected?
Solution
This can be corrected by following the adjustment procedure for the jam sensors on bulletin 2563
Solution ID
TAUS0634188EN*
Description
During the copy process, the document feeder stopped and is not recognized by the machine.
Solution
CAUSE: Dirty paper detection patches for the entrance and exit sensors. Original style PWB-A.
Please check the following:
1) The PWB-A in the document feeder has been changed. The part number for the AFR-13 is 4475-0102-01 and for the AFR-1000 it is 4484-0104-01. Refer
to Bulletin 2388 for further details.
2) Check the Black Patches for the Entrance and Exit Jam Sensors to be sure that they are clean. Build up of paper lint will cause them to malfunction.
Solution ID
TAUS0634196EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How can skewing of originals fed through the AFR-13 or AFR-1000 be corrected.
Solution
The skewing can be corrected by check the following items.
1) Check that the proper adjustments for the feeder have been carried out as outlined in the Service Manual.
2) A new style pre-separation plate is available (part number 4475-3315-03). Please refer to bulletin
2313 .
3) A anti-skew guide has also been made available (part number 4475-SKEW-01). Please see bulletin 2564 .
4) The changes described in bulletin 2711 can also reduce skewing.
Solution ID
TAUS0634200EN*
Description
How to correct for skewing on the second side of the original when fed in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000.
Solution
Solution: For second side skewing, there is an adjustment that can be made to minimize the skew. The clearance between plate (4475-4303-03) and plate
(4475-4401-02) needs to be set to 2 mm.To correct for skewing in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000 carry out the following steps.
1) Remove the front cover (4475-1401-03) from the AFR-13.
2) Remove the transport belt assembly.
3) Remove the 4 screws that secure the front frame (4475-4301-01) of the turn over unit to the main frame (4475-1407-02).
4) Lift up the turnover unit so that it can be removed from the aligning pins on the main frame.
5) Move the turn over section to the left so that the screw that secures guide plate (4475-4303-03) to guide plate
through the access hole in the front frame. Caution should be taken not to move the turn over
unit to far to the left since the frame may be damaged.
6) Loosen the screw and move guide plate (4475-4303-03) so that the clearance between it and guide plate
(4475-4401-02) is visible
(4475-4401-02) is 2mm.
February 2013
873
EP4000
7) Follow the above steps in reverse to reassemble the feeder.
Solution ID
TAUS0634204EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Multiple sheet feeding on the AF-5/AFR-12.
Solution
Make sure that the document feeder still meets factory specifications (i.e.; that the pressure springs for the separator pads have not been cut or stretched).
The existing separator pads in the AF-5 and AFR-12 (4474-0217-03) can be replaced with the pads from the AFR-1000 (4408-0751-01) as a temporary
solution to help improve separation. Please follow the steps listed below to replace the separator pad:
1. Remove the separator pads from the AF-5/AFR-12.
2. Remove the Gray separator pad from the black holder (4474-0217-03) and discard only the gray pad.
3. Clean all the remains of the double-sided tape from the black holder. (This holder will be used again in Step 7.)
4. Remove the AFR-1000 (4408-0751-01) separator pad from the black holder and discard the holder.
5. Clean the remains of the double-sided tape from the backside of the AFR-1000 separator pad.
6. Trim 1mm from either short edge of the AFR-1000 separator pad (the gray pad may be used as template).
7. Attach the AFR-1000 separator pad into the black holder that was originally used in the AFR-12 using double-sided tape or glue.
Note: When installing the pad into the holder, the curve of the pad should be facing out and the thicker edge down toward the mylar attached to the black
holder.
Solution ID
TAUS0634468EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
I have a problem with the control panel, but only the LCD needs to be replaced. Is there a part number for that by itself?
Solution
Bulletin 2322 lists the part number of the LCD
Solution ID
TAUS0634766EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0635648EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0636949EN*
Description
Part/Item numbers for the starter, toner, and drum.
Solution
Refer to the Discontinued-EP4000 CS Pro Copier Items document.
February 2013
874
EP4050
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639676EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641345EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
875
EP4230
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641346EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639677EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641347EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
876
EP4300
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641348EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641349EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
877
EP4320
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641350EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641351EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
878
EP5000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643597EN*
Description
'Close section properly' message indicating that a door or the EDH is open but there is no arrow to indicate which door needs to be checked.
Solution
CAUSE: This usually indicates that the toner collection bottle needs attention.
SOLUTION: Please check the bottle (in the back of the machine) to see if it is full or not seated correctly.
Note : Other items to check include the machine interlock switches and the the toner box sensor.
Solution ID
TAUS0634189EN*
Solution Usage
Description
During the copy process, the document feeder stopped and is not recognized by the machine.
Solution
CAUSE: Dirty paper detection patches for the entrance and exit sensors. Original style PWB-A.
Please check the following:
1) The PWB-A in the document feeder has been changed. The part number for the AFR-13 is 4475-0102-01and for the AFR-1000 it is 4484-0104-01. Refer to
Bulletin 2388 for further details.
2) Check the Black Patches for the Entrance and Exit Jam Sensors to be sure that they are clean. Build up of paper lint will cause them to malfunction.
Solution ID
TAUS0635376EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The machine is very noisy during operation and there is a blank spot at the trail edge of duplexed copies.
Solution
Cause: If the incorrect firmware has been installed in the machine these problems could be experienced.For example, if an EP5000 EPROM were installed in
an EP4000.
Solution: Check that the correct firmware has been installed as it corresponds to the EP4000/EP5000.
Solution ID
TAUS0635651EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0637257EN*
Description
Why when trying to copy a small original such as a business card, does the copier display "Matching Paper Not Found."
Solution
Cause: The correct User Choice Settings have not been made.
Solution: Please make sure that the following User Choice settings have been made:
February 2013
879
EP5000
1) On screen 1 (of 6), set Copier Mode Priority to "Auto Paper."
2) On screen 4 (of 6), set Smaller Originals to "On."
Solution ID
TAUS0637795EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When the print button is pressed, the scanner scans the 8.5x11 original, but the scanner returns slowly. The machine is runnig slowly because of this.
Solution
CAUSE: Worn or damaged scanner rail pads.
SOLUTION: Please check the pads on the scanner rails. If they are discolored or dried out they should be replaced.
Solution ID
TAUS0641352EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0644882EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to correct for skewing on the second side of the original when fed in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000.
Solution
Solution: For second side skewing, there is an adjustment that can be made to minimize the skew. The clearance between plate (4475-4303-03) and plate
(4475-4401-02) needs to be set to 2 mm.To correct for skewing in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000 carry out the following steps.
1) Remove the front cover (4475-1401-03) from the AFR-13.
2) Remove the transport belt assembly.
3) Remove the 4 screws that secure the front frame (4475-4301-01) of the turn over unit to the main frame (4475-1407-02).
4) Lift up the turnover unit so that it can be removed from the aligning pins on the main frame.
5) Move the turn over section to the left so that the screw that secures guide plate (4475-4303-03) to guide plate
through the access hole in the front frame. Caution should be taken not to move the turn over
unit to far to the left since the frame may be damaged.
6) Loosen the screw and move guide plate (4475-4303-03) so that the clearance between it and guide plate
(4475-4401-02) is visible
(4475-4401-02) is 2mm.
7) Follow the above steps in reverse to reassemble the feeder.

Solution ID
TAUS0645343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the florescent lamp in the LCD unit of the EP4000/EP5000?
Solution
The florescent lamp cannot be ordered as a separate part. The LCD assembly part number 1156-0130-01 is available for replacement.
February 2013
880
EP5050
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639678EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641353EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641354EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
881
EP5400
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641355EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641357EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
882
EP6000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639679EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639680EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641359EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641360EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646332EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
883
EP6000
Solution ID
TAUS0634414EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641361EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
884
EP8015
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639681EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641362EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646333EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634414EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200.
February 2013
885
EP8600
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641363EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641364EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
886
EP8602
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641365EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641366EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
887
EP9760
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0641368EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
888
ePware
Solution ID
TAUS0619828EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What applications can not register documents in ePware*.
Solution
It has been confirmed that the following applications cannot be registered in ePware.
Adobe* PageMaker* 6.5
Adobe Illustrator 8.0
Adobe Photoshop* 5.5
Lotus ScreenCam* 2000
Lotus WordPro* 2000 documents (when registering on Windows* 9x and Windows Me operating systems, please set OFF the DDE setting in the folder option
setting. No problems will occur with Windows NT4.0 and Windows 2000.
Excel documents without any entered information (when trying to register such file, an alert screen will be displayed from the Excel and the file will not be
converted into PDF.
Notes:
1. When registration process is operated to the above application documents, it is necessary to stop the registration process by clicking the 'cancel' button in
the 'PDF Conversion and Registration' dialog. When handling such application documents with the ePware, you need to convert the documents into PDF with
the Adobe Acrobat, and then register the PDF converted documents.
2. The caution to be noted when registering the Excel documents is the sheet valid in Excel will only be PDF-converted.
3. If the application linked with the text document (.TXT) is memo pads, you can not register a text document over 32K. Either save it as a document with an
application that can handle large volume text documents, or convert the documents into PDF before registration.
4. When registering several application documents in a batch, if the above-mentioned 'not-registrable document' is included, the file can not be registered.
Solution ID
TAUS0622744EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is Adobe* Acrobat* (full version) including Distiller a requirement before you can install ePware*?
Solution
The full version of Adobe Acrobat version 4 or newer must be installed prior to installing ePware version 1. ePware version 2.x recommends using the full
version of Acrobat version 5 or newer.
Solution ID
TAUS0618922EN*
Solution Usage
Description
'Failed to create PDF' message when loading Microsoft* Word 2000 document into software.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect conversion procedure.
SOLUTION: In order to properly convert documents into a PDF and transfer to the Epware database you must use the PDF Writer in Adobe* Acrobat* version
4.05 or 5.0.
Note: Please review the documentation for installing and running Epware (on the install CD) prior to using the utility.
Solution ID
TAUS0622734EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to register documents after installing ePware* version 1 or version 2 on a PC or server.
Solution
Administrative rights are required to properly install and use ePware. Please refer to the Readme1st.txt file located on the user CD.
Solution ID
TAUS0622751EN*
Description
ePware* experienced a sudden error/failure, and when the application was restarted, a document could not be registered into a cabinet.
Solution
CAUSE: The database file which managed the cabinet has collapsed.
SOLUTION: Restore the cabinet using "Cabinet Rebuilder", a cabinet restoration utility, located in the "TOOLS" folder on the product CD-ROM.
February 2013
889
ePware
Solution ID
TAUS0629221EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using ePware* 2.0. there appears to be an incompatibility problem with Acrobat* Professional version 6.0.
Solution
CAUSE: ePware needs to be updated.
SOLUTION: ePware version 2.2 is required to support functionality of the program when used in conjunction with Acrobat Professional 6.0.
Solution ID
TAUS0621887EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0622735EN*
Description
Is the full version of Adobe* Acrobat* required before installing either version of ePware*?
Solution
Acobat Distiller is required to support the operation of ePware. Please refer to the Readme1st.txt file located on the User installation CD. The file contains all
of the restrictions for this product.
Solution ID
TAUS0622736EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Does the trial version of ePware* have to be uninstalled before installing the permanent version?
Solution
Before installing the purchased version, uninstall the trial version. It it also advised to restart the computer to change the registry settings.
Solution ID
TAUS0622737EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can all document/application types be directly registered in ePware*?
Solution
The following applications cannot be registered directly in to ePware:
Adobe* Pagemaker* documents
Adobe Illustrator* documents
Adobe Photoshop* documents
Lotus* Screencam* 2000 documents
Lotus* WordPro* 2000 documents
The workaround is to convert all or any of these documents using Acrobat* Distiller. Once converted they can be registered in ePware. Please refer to the
readme1st.txt file contained in the ePware User CD for a detailed description of how to do this.
February 2013
890
Equitrac
Solution ID
TAUS0702513EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
How to install/connect an Equitrac device.
Solution
There are 2 different methods for connecting the device.
Key counter connector = 4-pin
Vendor connector = 8-pin
Please note that Production models only support the Key Counter Only 4-Pin Connector (Plug and Play).They DO NOT support Vendor 2 connections.
To install/connect Equitrac :
1.Equitracmust have thesupply cable (Item #CABX0094)along with any adaptersfor the product.
2.Move the control panel up and then left.
3.Remove the curved, beige/white cover/panel (two screws) behind the control panel (noticea 4-pin connector).Depending upon the Equitraccable, the
adapteron top of it may have to be removed.
4. Remove the black cover on the right side of the platen glass and break off the cut-out nearest the control panel/front.
Steps 8 through 13 do not apply to Production models.
10. Select "key counter only" tab.
11. Select Message Type based upon device. Selection varies by model.
12. Select "End".
13. Select "Exit".
14. There should be a red box on the main screen that indicates "Insert Plug-In counter" or other message depending upon selection.Thismeans thatthe
device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device.
Vendor Connector
2. Remove Back Cover.
8. Select "Vendor 2 (+Key Counter)" tab.
9. Select message type. Selections vary by model.
10. Select "End".
11. Select "Exit".
12. There should be a red box on the main screen with a Vendor Message. Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate
the Equitrac device.
Notes :
a.The Production models do not have a Billing Mode. Once you connect the cable (connector) the appropriate message will be displayed automatically.
Please see the attached connector documents and attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-028 for more details.
b. For the location of the 8-pin connector on the bizhub C652/C552/C452, please see the attached document.To view a PDF, you may need to download a
Solution ID
TAUS1000231EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Vendor/key counter specifications and vendor-related firmware guide.
Solution
The attached documentation lists all of the functions available for the MFPs when certain Vendor modes are enabled, and lists any special firmware that
might be needed. This information applies to all KMBS equipment.
Vendors listed in the matrix:
Jamex
ITC Systems
Equitrac
CopiTrac
Pharos
Business Machine Showcase
February 2013
891
Equitrac
Entrac
If a function is listed as Not supported please use the Vendor-related Firmware updates documentto see if Special firmware is available for the MFP in
question. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Note : To view the attached Port Functions Matrix document, you may need to download a free copy of Microsoft Excel Viewer (74MB).
Solution ID
TAUS0648640EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
The color model supports the 4-pin key counter (basic) for use with CABX0094
Keycounter 4-pin interface for standard tracking
- Equitrac cable: CABX0094
- Copier Interface: Keycounter 4-pin interface
- Copier configuration: Keycounter Mode
- Copier Add-ON interface Kit: None. Internal 4-pin harness installed standard from factory
- Extended Attributes: Not supported by the 4-pin Keycounter Interface, neither supported by CABX0094. However, when using EE/EO (version 4.03
onwards) - extended attributes may be be possible using CABX0094 when used in conjunction with the "Konica Minolta - Enhance SNMP" option which is
presently only functional in EO/EE.
Notes :
2. Please see the attached documentation to see the various Key Counter (4-pin) locations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
892
Equitrac
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
February 2013
893
Equitrac Integrated
Solution ID
TAUS1103893EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the administrator login for on the Equitrac Integrated login screen?What is the login and password?
Solution
The administrator login on the Equitrac Integrated login display is to allow access to the joblist of the machine.The login is "admin" and the password is the
same as the administrator login, by default, "12345678".
Solution ID
TAUS1104201EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Under certain circumstancesEquitrac may requestto obtain log files when having printing issuesin a Macintosh environment.
Solution
To capture log files under a Macintosh enviroment, please perform the following steps:
1.On the Macintosh workstation, browse to the following location:
Library
Printers
Equitrac
2. Use a text editor to create four empty files, matching the file names listed below exactly.
EOController.log
EOPrinterUtil.log
EOSharedEngine.log
EOTransport.log
Note :Make sure that the application being used to create the files does not automatically add its own additional extension to each file. For example, some
text editors automatically add the extension "rtf" to the original file name (for example, EQController.log.rtf).If you right-click on the file and select GET INFO,
you can rename the file with the .log extension.
3.Execute the necessary steps to duplicate the issue in question.Though the files might appear to remain 0 KB in size, they should contain data. Open each
file to verify contents.
4.Send a copy of the files to the requester.
5.To disable logging, deleted the four files from the workstation. As long as the files exist with these names, the log files are accumulating data.
Solution ID
TAUS1104202EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When attempting to print using Equitrac , the print queue for the Macintosh will immediately go into a paused state.The only way to recover is to delete the
printer, reboot and re-create the printer using the Equitrac printer utility.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect permissions set for the user.
SOLUTION: The user that is logged in has only the "Read" permission on the Equitrac folder. The Equitrac folder is located in Library
Equitrac. The user needs"Read" and "Write" permissions.
Solution ID
TAUS1200027EN*
a Printers and
Solution Usage
Description
What ports does Equitrac use?
Solution
Equitrac has registered ports that, if used by other software, can cause failure on the Equitrac side.
The attacheddocumentation will help explain which ports Equitrac uses and for what purpose they are used.It is important that, if running security software
on the Equitrac server,these ports are omitted from that monitoring software.
Note : To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
894
Equitrac Integrated
Solution ID
TAUS1200127EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Duplicate MFPs are displayed in Equitrac System Manager.
Solution
CAUSE:The MFP instance was set up using the Fully Qualified Domain Name in the Equitrac System Manager.
A few days later another instance is displayed in the Equitrac System Manager with the same TCP/IP address.The original instance no longer works.
SOLUTION:Please set DIPSW No. 41-4 to1.Thisenables support for FQDN.
Solution ID
TAUS1200363EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When attempting to print from a machine using an external page counter the error message of "No accounts set for group authentication will appear".
Turning off the page counter will allow print jobs to print.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect Security Settings.
SOLUTION: Please change to the following setting.
1. Administrator Mode g
2. Security Settings g
3. Function Mgmt Settings g
4. Usage Settings g
5. Set Print to OFF. (see attached photo)
Note :The Usage Settings will not appear until a Vendor Mode is enabled within the Service Mode.
February 2013
895
FAX 820L
Solution ID
TAUS0611451EN*
Solution Usage
114
Description
M041, CHECK DRUM shows in LCD.
Solution
CAUSE: The drum set is near the end of it's life (message shows at 14,900 prints).
SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit with a new unit. If the drum unit was replaced and did not clear the error message, reset the drum counter using the
following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] and [CONTRAST] three times.
2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] and [SET].
3. The display should now show
SET PRINTER EEPROM
DRUM = (current drum count)
4. Press [0] five times to zero out old drum count.
5. Press [SET]; then, [STOP] twice.
6. The LCD will still show CHECK DRUM.
7. Turn the fax OFF for about five seconds; then, turn it back ON.
8. CHECK DRUM message should now be cleared.
Solution ID
TAUS0600363EN*
Solution Usage
110
Description
How to program a multi-station and/or program a multi-station into a one-touch key.
Solution
Note : A maximum of 200 abbreviated numbers plus 10 long hand numbers can be specified for a multi-station transmission.
PROCEDURE TO PROGRAM A MULTI-STATION
1. Place documents face down on the ADF.
2. Press [MULTI/CHAIN].
3. Specify the desired fax numbers by using abbreviated numbers or long hand dialing. Press [SET] after each number. If you specify an abbreviated number,
press the [ABBR/ALPHA] key before entering the 2-digit number.
Example: [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [1], [SET], [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [2], [SET] etc.
6. Press [START].
7. The fax will now scan all of the pages into memory and send the documents to each location.
PROCEDURE TO PROGRAM A MULTI-STATION TRANSMISSION INTO A ONE-TOUCH KEY
1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] twice and [SET].
2. Select the one-touch key you want to program by pressing the corresponding one-touch program key on the operation panel.
3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document into the ADF.
4. Press [MULTI/CHAIN]
6. Press [START].
7. The screen for storing the next one-touch program key will now be displayed.
8. If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure. If you are done, press [STOP] twice.
Note : See pages 144 to 147 and 112 to 117 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0600366EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
How to program a fax number into an one-touch key.
Solution
Note : One-touch keys 01 to 40 are preprogrammed to dial their corresponding abbreviated numbers. Example: If you press the one-touch key 03, it will
automatically dial the fax number programmed in ABBR 03. The only time you should have to program a one-touch key, is if you want to program a special
feature, such as a multi-station.
Also, you cannot edit a one-touch key. In the case of a multi-station, stored in a one-touch key, you must completely reenter ALL locations.
To program a fax number into an one-touch key, perform the following steps.
IMPORTANT :If any documents are stored in memory programming the one-touch keys will not be available.
4. Enter the remote fax number using the numeric ten key pad Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to insert a hyphen.
5. Press [START].
Note : See pages 60 to 65 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0600369EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
February 2013
896
FAX 820L
How to program ABBR Numbers
(Abbreviated numbers).
Solution
To program an ABBR number, perform the following steps.
2. Enter the abbreviated number you want to store using the numeric ten key pad (00-99 and *00-*99).
3. Press [SET]; then, enter the fax number using the numeric key pad.
Note: Press the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen.
4. Press [SET]; then, enter the remote station name using the one-touch keys.
Note: Use the one-touch key 39 to enter a space.
5. Press [SET]. You may now enter a second fax number for this same location and press [SET] twice or just press [SET] twice to bypass this feature.
6. The LCD will now show the next available abbreviated number.
7. To store another abbreviated number, repeat this procedure starting at step 2.
To end programming, press [STOP].
See pages 53 to 59 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0600657EN*
Solution Usage
53
Solution Usage
50
Description
Solution
If drum unit was replaced and did not clear CHECK DRUM message, reset the drum counter using the following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [CONTRAST] three times.
2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW], and [SET].
3. Display should now show
SET PRINTER EEPROM
4. Press [0] five time to zero out old drum count.
5. Press [SET] and then [STOP] twice.
7. Turn fax OFF for about five seconds, and then turn it back ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0600066EN*
Description
M014
Solution
CAUSE: Printer Jam.
SOLUTION: Remove paper jam and reset error message by opening and closing recording section door.
If error occurs again, check the following:
1. Burrs on inside of turnguide. Install turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11.
2. Replace Friction Pad (p/n 748046030) in PFU if worn.
3. Replace Paper Feed Roller (p/n 748046040) if worn.
4. Replace Paper Feed Roller Clutch (p/n 748085230) if slipping or not driving Paper Feed Roller.
5. Replace Resist Roller (p/n 7480-4610) if worn or glazed.
6. If this occurs on initial setup, check for colored shipping tape that might not have been removed from the bottom of the cassette lift-up plate.
7. The EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) on the printer control board has failed.
8. Exit sensor or registration sensor is on at powerup.
Try printer test mode in service mode. See page 5-5 in service
manual form more details. Watch display for sensor activity.
See Bulletin #11 for detailed information on the turnguide modification.
Solution ID
TAUS0600306EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Paper jams halfway past the paper exit rollers during reception and copy.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Over a period of time the paper exit rollers may become worn, hard or glazed. Clean exit roller with isopropyl alcohol. If this symptom continues, replace
the upper exit roller (p/n 748046600) and lower exit roller (p/n 748046610).
2. The Exit Drive Belt (p/n 748015610) is slipping due to soiling or wear. Clean or replace belt as needed.
3. Exit roller bushings (p/n 750040680) are soiled, binding, or worn. Clean or replace bushings as needed.
February 2013
897
FAX 820L
Solution ID
TAUS0600018EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Receive paper jams as it feeds from cassette.
Solution
CAUSE: Burrs have formed on the inside of the turnguide located on the right side of the fax.
Other causes for paper jamming from casstte are worn friction pad, worn paper feed roller or a slipping paper feed clutch.
SOLUTION: Install mylar turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) on guide (L) as per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11.
If burrs are not present on turnguides or modification does not correct jamming, inspect and/or replace the friction pad (p/n 748046030), paper feed roller (p/n
748046040) and paper feed roller clutch (p/n 748085230) as needed.
February 2013
898
FAX 820L FP
Solution ID
TAUS0600363EN*
Solution Usage
110
Description
Solution
6. Press [START].
6. Press [START].
Solution ID
TAUS0600366EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
5. Press [START].
Solution ID
TAUS0654982EN*
Solution Usage
44
Solution Usage
13
Description
How to program FAX ID.
Solution
To program the FAX ID, perform the following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET] three times.
2. Enter a name using the one-touch program keys on the right side of the operation panel.
Note: Use one-touch key 39 to enter a space.
3. Press [SET], [SELECT] and [SET].
4. Enter the fax phone number using the numeric ten key pad.
Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen.
5. Press [SET] and then [STOP].
Note: The easiest way to erase or change the FAX ID is to use the steps above to overwrite the old information.
Solution ID
TAUS0600271EN*
Description
M041, CHECK DRUM shows in LCD.
Solution
February 2013
899
FAX 820L FP
CAUSE: The drum set is near the end of it's life (message shows at 14,900 prints).
SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit with a new unit. If drum unit was replaced and did not clear the error message, reset the drum counter using the following
steps.
SET PRINTER EEPROM
4. Press [0] five times to zero out old drum count.
7. Turn fax OFF for about five seconds; then, turn it back ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0600260EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
Receive paper jams as it feeds from cassette.
Solution
CAUSE: Burrs have formed on the inside of the turnguide located on the right side of the fax.
Other causes for paper jamming from casstte are worn friction pad, worn paper feed roller or a slipping paper feed clutch.
SOLUTION: Install mylar turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) on guide (L) per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11.
If burrs are not present on turnguides or modification does not correct jamming, inspect and/or replace the friction pad (p/n 748046030), paper feed roller (p/n
748046040) and paper feed roller clutch (p/n 748085230) as needed.

Solution ID
TAUS0654983EN*
Solution Usage
10
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Note: To easiest way to erase or change the FAX ID is to use the steps above to overwrite the old information.
Solution ID
TAUS0600067EN*
Description
M014
Solution
CAUSE: Printer Jam.
8. Exit sensor or registration sensor is on at powerup.
Try printer test mode in service mode. See page 5-5 in service
manual form more details. Watch display for sensor activity.
February 2013
900
FAX 820L FP
Solution ID
TAUS0600061EN*
Solution Usage
Description
M005
Solution
CAUSE: Abnormality of printer EEPROM.
SOLUTION: Replace Printer EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) and/or Printer Control Board (p/n 748085200).
February 2013
901
FAX 9615 FP
Solution ID
TAUS0602427EN*
Solution Usage
128
Solution Usage
38
Description
How to initialize the FAX 9615 FP.
Solution
To initialize the fax, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel.
2. Actuate the service switch, located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point.
4. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER].
Solution ID
TAUS0605252EN*
Description
PAPER JAM 1 message.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the paper reach transfer roller and the paper is skewed on the same side as the roller then check the cassette for damage.
2. Faulty Jam 1 sensor. Perform self test printing. If paper reach Jam 1 sensor, check and replace Jam 1 sensor.
3. Defective paper supply roller. If paper does not reach Jam 1 sensor, clean or replace paper supply roller.
4. If paper supply roller does not attempt to drive the paper:
a. Check for a defective paper supply solenoid.
b. Check for faulty power supply.
c. Check for faulty main PCB.
5. The intermediate cassette drive gear (CF 2 gear) is not making proper contact with the main body drive gear. Paper feed will not take place. Remove the
cassette feed unit from the main body and inspect the CF 2 gear to ensure that it is not bound up or that damage has not occurred. Ensure that the tension
spring is attached to the gear lever to provide proper gear movement. Replace if damage has occurred to the CF 2 gear (p/n 759477020).
Solution ID
TAUS0611677EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
REPLACE DEV message.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. REPLACE DEV message is displayed even though a new developer unit is installed, the toner is packed on one end of the developer unit.
Gently shake the developer unit from side to side, being careful not to spill any toner. Reinstall the developer unit into the fax.
2. The toner in the developing cartridge has run out.
Replace the developing cartridge.
3. If the message is premature, the lustrous film agitator inside the developer unit has become detached from it's shaft. The toner photosensor detects the
agitator, causing the REPLACE DEV message.
Replace the developer unit, PCUA 930966.
Solution ID
TAUS0603914EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
How to program a one-touch key.
Solution
To program a fax number into a one-touch program key, perform the following steps;
2. Press the one-touch key to be programmed.
3. Press [ENTER].
4. Dial the fax number of the remote party.
5. Press [ENTER].
6. If you wish to program the party's name do as follows. If no name is to be entered press [ENTER].
[ONE-TOUCH 08]: enters a space
[ONE-TOUCH 09]: cursors left
[ONE-TOUCH 10]: cursors right
Press the numeric keys below to cycle through the characters listed below.
[1]: QZqz
[2]: ABCabc
[3]: DEFdef
[4]: GHIghi
[5]: JKLjkl
[6]: MNOmno
[7]: PRSprs
February 2013
902
FAX 9615 FP
[8]: TUVtuv
[9]: WXYwxy
[0]: 0
[*]: */.,[]"[#]: #
7. Select the modem transmission speed.
0: H (14400)
1: L (4800)
8. Press [ENTER].
9. If you do not wish to change the special speed setup press [ENTER]. To change the special speed setup press [0] for OFF and [1] for ON and press
[ENTER].
10. To program an additional one-touch key press [0] and [ENTER], then repeat this procedure. To end programming press [1] and [ENTER].
Solution ID
TAUS0603920EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
How to delete memory files.
Solution
Before deleting memory files, print out the memory files list by pressing [MENU], [5], [2] and [ENTER] twice.
To delete the memory files perform the following steps;
1. Press [MENU], [1] twice and [ENTER].
2. Press [MENU] repeatedly to select the desired file.
3. Press [ENTER].
4. If there are no memory files showing on the list but memory still shows some a percentage less than 100%. Turn the machine off for 5 seconds and
reboot.
If the memory files cannot be cleared using the above procedure, initialize the memory using the following steps. Note: This will not delete user stored
numbers.
Solution ID
TAUS0602677EN*
Solution Usage
22
Solution Usage
22
Description
How to install memory upgrade/information.
Solution
To add the memory upgrade, perform the following steps;
1. Turn fax off and unplug the AC power cord from the fax.
2. Remove the rear plastic cover (2 screws).
3. Remove the metal cover plate over Main CB (4 screws).
4. Attach 4 spacers to the memory board.
5. Fasten memory board to the back of cover plate.
6. Reinstall the cover plate, pressing down on the connector section of the cover plate to plug in memory board.
7. Secure the cover plate (4 screws) and make sure ground wires are attached.
8. Reinstall the rear cover (2 screws).
9. Plug in AC power cord and turn power ON. The LCD should now show the memory capacity.
Page capacity for fax memory.
Standard 256KB memory = approximately 11 pages*.
Optional 1MB memory expansion board (PCUA 930-968) = approximately 60 pages*.
Optional 2MB memory expansion board (PCUA 930-969) = approximately 120 pages*.
* Pages measured at 4% fill.
Solution ID
TAUS0603691EN*
Description
Cannot transmit or receive.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The phone line is dead.
Check phone line with by attaching a phone. If no dail tone is present on the line, end user should contact their local phone company to have phone line
serviced.
2. If no dial tone on handset, but dial tone is present at wall jack, NCU board damaged.
Replace NCU board (p/n 759387030).
3. Fax is installed on a PBX phone system that requires dialing a 9 (or another prefix number) before the phone number.
Dial 9 before phone number to access an outside line.
February 2013
903
FAX 9615 FP
4. If the machine is locked-up, initialization is required..
To initialize the fax, perform the following steps.
a. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel.
b. Actuate the service switch, located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point.
c. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice.
d. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER].
5. The modem is not outputting tones.
Bad Modem on Main Control Board. Replace main CB (p/n 759387020).
6. Faulty main control board.
Replace main control board (p/n 759387020).
Solution ID
TAUS0603888EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
REPLACE DRUM is displayed.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The drum has reached the end of its life cycle.
Replace drum.
2. If the message is premature, the waste toner sensor is falsely actuated.
Reseat the drum unit to reset the waste toner sensor actuator.
3. If the message is premature, incorrect supplies were added to the FAX 9615 FP developer unit. Incorrect supplies include those not designed for the 9615
as well as supplies that do not meet Konica quality standards. This caused the waste box on the drum unit to fill prematurely.
Replace the developer and the drum units.
Solution ID
TAUS0602233EN*
Solution Usage
18
Solution Usage
17
Description
Cannot receive.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Phone cord is plugged into the handset connector jack on the fax.
Plug the phone cord into the TEL LINE jack.
2. If the machine cannot receive in AUTO mode, the fax's memory has become scrambled and needs to be initialized.
Solution ID
TAUS0604185EN*
Description
Solution
The FAX 9615 FP does not have a drum counter. Drum replacement is sensed by a flag on the drum unit waste box.
February 2013
904
FAX 9660
Solution ID
TAUS0610825EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
How to initialize the machine.
Solution
To initialize the machine, perform the following:
2. Hold the COPY key down while powering the machine ON.
3. Press 3.
4. ALL DATA CLR is displayed. To clear all data press YES or press NO to select LOCATION DATA CLR or CONFIG DATA CLR and press YES.
5. ARE YOU SURE? is displayed.
6. Press YES.
7. Press STOP three times to return to the standby display.
Solution ID
TAUS0610824EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable the TCR/MCF.
Solution
To enable the TCR/MCF (transmit confirmation report/message confirmation report), perform the following:
1. Power ON the machine while pressing the SELECT FUNCTION key.
2. Press YES.
3. Press 0 and then 1.
4. Press NO to cycle between ON or OFF.
5. Press YES to save setting.
6. Press STOP four times to return to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0610983EN*
Description
How to program the fax for direct or memory transmission.
Solution
To program the FAX 9660 to transmit directly or from memory, perform the following:
1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION key.
2. Press the one-touch 09 key.
3. Press the YES key.
4. Enter 1 and 8 from the keypad.
5. Press NO to toggle between MEM and FEED and press YES.
6. Press STOP four times.
Solution ID
TAUS0613663EN*
Description
How to program and send to a group.
Solution
The FAX 9660 can be programmed for up to 20 groups, with each location having up to 129 locations. All locations to be called in a group must be
programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers. To program the group, perform the following:
1. Press the [Select Function] key.
2. Press one-touch key [8/Location Program]. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING.
3. On the numeric keypad, press the [#] key. The display shows GROUP SETTING.
4. Using the numeric keypad enter the 2 digit group number you want to program. The range is 01 to 20.
5. The display shows the number of your current group and SELECT LOC.(SAO).
6. You can now add a location to your group:
a. To add a one-touch location, press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group.
b. To add an auto-dial, enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group.
7. After you have completed the selection by pressing [YES], the display shows SELECT LOC. again. Continue to add or delete locations from your group.
Each group can contain up to all the one-touch and auto-dial locations of the FAX 9820.
8. When finished programming the group press [NO], the display will show LOCATION PROGRAMMING.
9. To program another group go back to step 3, to end press [SELECT FUNCTION].
To Broadcast using a group, perform the following:
1. Load documents.
2. Press [SELECT FUNCTION].
3. Press one-touch key [2/ Broadcast Feeder] Display shows BROADCAST/MEMORY TX.
4. Using the numeric keypad press [#] followed by the 2 digit group number.
5. Press [YES] to confirm.
6. Press [NO] at SELECT LOCATION(S) to finish selection.
7. IF multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the
[START] key. The documents will be scanned and transmission will begin.
February 2013
905
FAX 9660
Solution ID
TAUS0613468EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The image of the first page is not printed on the TCR.
Solution
To have the image of the first transmitted page printed on the TCR, perform the following:
1. Turn OFF machine.
2. Press and hold the Select Function button while turning the machine ON.
3. Press Yes.
5. Press the No button until ON is shown in the display.
6. Press Yes.
7. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the service mode.
Note: The image will print on the TCR report as long as a memory transmission is performed. See to page 2-60 (Image in MCF) in the FAX 9660 Service
Manual for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0614032EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to program the paper size for the paper trays.
Solution
To program the paper trays, perform the following:
1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION button.
2. Press one-touch key 9.
3. Press YES.
4. On the key pad, press 1 and then 3.
5. Press NO until the proper paper size is displayed, then press YES.
6. The second paper tray selection will be displayed. Press NO until the correct paper size is displayed.
7. Press STOP until the standby screen is displayed.
Solution ID
TAUS0614424EN*
Description
Unable to receive faxes.
Solution
CAUSE: Memory is corrupted.
SOLUTION: Initialize the machine by performing the following:
1. Power machine OFF.
2. Hold the Copy key down while powering the machine ON.
3. Press 3.
4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times.
5. Press STOP to return to the standby display.
Solution ID
TAUS0624521EN*
Description
Add Toner Message does not clear after replacing the toner cartridge.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner packed in reservoir caused lever to move out of position
SOLUTION: Reposition magnet lever in drum unit. Before replacing the toner cartridge in the future, perform the following:
1. Remove the drum/toner assembly and gently shake the assembly to the left and right.
2. Tap lightly on the left side of the drum/toner assembly to dislodge toner caked in the drum unit toner reservoir.
3. This will help the magnet lever from being forced out position within the toner reservoir prior to adding the new toner cartridge.
Solution ID
TAUS0610822EN*
Description
How to adjust the buzzer volume.
Solution
To adjust the buzzer volume, perform the following:
2. Press and hold the Select Function button down while powering the machine ON.
3. Press YES.
4. Enter 0 then 7.
Note: Do not use the one-touch button 7.
5. Press NO to select LOW, MID or HIGH.
6. Press YES after making selection.
February 2013
906
FAX 9660
7. Press STOP until the normal standby screen is displayed.
Solution ID
TAUS0614180EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The Activity Journal is not automatically printing.
Solution
CAUSE: The activity journal does not print automatically. The Activity Journal must be manually printed.
SOLUTION: To print an Activity Journal, perform the following:
1. Press the Select Function button.
2. Press the Report Print one-touch 6 button.
3. Press the Yes button.
February 2013
907
FAX 9750
Solution ID
TAUS0609071EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers.
Programming the group:
6. You can now add a location to your group . Refer to the instructions below.
To add a one-touch location Press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group.
To add auto-dial. Enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group.
To Broadcast using a group:
1. Load documents.
3. Press one-touch key [2/Broadcast Feeder] Display shows BROADCAST/MEMORY TX.
7. If multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the
Refer to the FAX 9750 User's Guide pages 33, 34, 45 and 46 for further details.
Solution ID
TAUS0608536EN*
Solution Usage
18
Solution Usage
Description
How to initialize the FAX 9750.
Solution
2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON.
3. Press 3.
Solution ID
TAUS0609145EN*
Description
Unable to transmit or receive faxes.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Phone cord is plugged into the wrong phone jack on the FAX 9750 (a dial tone will be present by pressing the Hook V.Request button). Install telephone
line from the wall into the LINE jack on the FAX 9750.
2. Phone line is dead or NCU is damaged. If a dial tone is not present after pressing Hook V.Request button with the phone line is installed properly
(telephone line connected in the proper wall jack and in the LINE jack on the FAX 9750), verify the condition of the phone line by plugging an analog phone
into the wall jack. If no dial tone is present, the phone line is dead. If a dial tone is present, the NCU (p/n 40044501) on the FAX 9750 is damaged and needs
to be replaced.
Solution ID
TAUS0608892EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
3. Press 3.
4. Press the LEFT ARROW key twice.
February 2013
908
FAX 9750
Solution ID
TAUS0612142EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable/disable the transmit confirmation report (TCR).
Solution
To enable the TCR, perform the following:
1. Power ON the machine while pressing the FUNCTION button.
2. Press YES.
6. Press STOP three times.
Solution ID
TAUS0610564EN*
Description
Solution
Reset the drum counter only when you have finished installing a new image drum. You can only reset the counter when the CHANGE DRUM SOON
message is on the display. After replacing the drum, clear the message by performing the following:
1. Wait until the time, date and the answering mode appear on the display.
3. Press the one-touch 7 key. The display shows DRUM COUNT.
4. Press the Yes key to clear the image drum unit counter.
5. Press the STOP key to finish and return to normal operation.
Note: The CHANGE DRUM SOON message is a warning that the image drum cartridge in the fax may be approaching the end of its usable life.
CAUTION: Do not reset the drum counter at this time, as this will accelerate drum life deterioration.
The drum has used approximately 90% of its life based on an internal calculation. The drum yield count is based on the following print criterion: Using the
ITU-T 4% Test Chart #1:
1 page jobs yields approximately 9000 sheets.
3 page jobs yields approximately 14,000 sheets.
Continuous job yields approximately 20,000 sheets.
The CHANGE DRUM SOON message does not mean that the drum must be replaced immediately, nor does it cause the fax to stop working. The drum can
be used as long as print quality is acceptable, however, a replacement image drum and toner cartridge should be on hand. Replace the drum when print
quality deteriorates below an acceptable level.
Solution ID
TAUS0610578EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Where is the serial number located on the FAX 9750?
Solution
The serial number is located on a white bar-coded label on the left side of the unit.
Solution ID
TAUS0608815EN*
Description
Can the machine have more than 15 one-touch numbers programmed into it?
Solution
The FAX 9750 can only have 15 one-touch keys programmed.
Solution ID
TAUS0608956EN*
Description
Light transmissions and copies.
Solution
CAUSE: The contact image sensor (p/n 40141401) is out of adjustment.
SOLUTION: Perform sensor calibration test by performing the following:
1. Press FUNCTION, then the COPY key twice.
2. Press the LEFT ARROW key twice.
3. Press 2, then the LEFT ARROW.
4. Load a plain piece of white paper in the ADF.
5. Press the LEFT ARROW key. The contact image sensor will be calibrated automatically.
February 2013
909
FAX 9750
Solution ID
TAUS0609925EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is required to make the FAX 9750 a printer?
Solution
The required items for printing are the MFP PC I/F Kit (PCUA 950137). and Jetsuite Pro software.
Notes:
1. The machine cannot scan or be networked.
2. The machine does not support Windows* 2000 or Windows XP.
February 2013
910
FAX 9760
Solution ID
TAUS0601722EN*
Solution Usage
16
Solution Usage
Description
How to initialize the machine.
Solution
2. Hold the COPY key down while powering the machine ON.
3. Press 3.
5. Press STOP three times to return to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0611012EN*
Description
CHANGE DRUM SOON message.
Solution
CAUSE: CHANGE DRUM SOON message is a warning that the image drum cartridge in the fax may be approaching the end of its usable life.
The drum has used approximately 90% of its life based on an internal calculation. The drum yield count is based on the following print criteria: Using the
SOLUTION: This message does not mean that the drum must be replaced immediately, nor does it cause the fax to stop working. The drum can be used as
long as print quality is acceptable, however, a replacement image drum and toner cartridge should be on hand. Replace the drum when print quality
deteriorates below an acceptable level.
Note: Reset the drum counter only when finished installing a new image drum. Only reset the counter when the CHANGE DRUM SOON message is on the
display. After replacing the drum, clear the message by performing the following:
Solution ID
TAUS0610994EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
To program a one-touch number, perform the following:
2. Press the one-touch 8 program key. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING ENTER (SRCH, OT, A/D, #).
3. Press a one-touch key 1-15 to program. The display briefly shows NO= , ID= .
Note: To program one touch keys 16-30, lift the one-touch keyboard up and swing to the right.
4. After the display clears, enter the main fax number and press the Start key. The display shows NO= for about three seconds.
5. Enter the optional alternate fax number if desired.
6. Press the Start key to finish programming. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING.
7. To continue programming go back to step 3.
8. When completed, press the Select Function key.
Solution ID
TAUS0613717EN*
Description
Does JetSuite* Pro version 1.1 support Windows* 2000.
Solution
JetSuite Pro version 1.1 does not support Windows 2000.
* Trademark ownership information .
Solution ID
TAUS0615029EN*
Description
Cannot receive intermittently.
Solution
CAUSE: The memory has become scrambled and must be initialized.
SOLUTION: To initialize the machine, perform the following:
February 2013
911
FAX 9760
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Power machine OFF.

Hold the COPY key down while powering the machine ON.
Press 3.
Press the LEFT ARROW key three times.
Press STOP three times to return to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0611469EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Black vertical lines on transmitted facsimiles and copies,
Solution
CAUSE: The CIS (Contact Image Sensor) is dirty or has failed.
SOLUTION: Clean CIS (Document Scanner Glass) with glass cleaner and soft cotton pad. Replace CIS (p/n 40141401) if the problem persists after
cleaning.
Solution ID
TAUS0613343EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What is needed to make the FAX 9760 a printer?
Solution
The machine can be made a printer by installing the MFP Kit JetSuite* Pro (PCUA 950137). The kit includes the required drivers.
Notes:
1. The machine cannot be networked.
2. The machine does not support Windows* NT.
Solution ID
TAUS0613345EN*
Description
Does JetSuite* Pro version 1.1 support Windows* NT?
Solution
JetSuite Pro version 1.1 does not support Windows NT.
Solution ID
TAUS0613709EN*
Description
Solution
programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers. To program the group, perform the following:
6. You can now add a location to your group using either of the two methods below:
a. To add a one-touch location, press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group.
b. To add auto-dial, enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group.
To Broadcast using a group, perform the following:
1. Load documents.
7. If multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the
Solution ID
TAUS0614029EN*
Solution Usage
February 2013
912
FAX 9760
Description
REPLACE TONER CART message after replacing the toner cartridge.
Solution
CAUSE: The toner sensor actuator is not flagging the toner sensor for the proper amount of time. The sensor is mouted on the ACDC Drop Pwr unit (p/n
40035901).
SOLUTION: Clean the black toner actuator (p/n 50405501) (on the front, left corner of the FAX 9760) and on the bottom of drum cartridge above the actuator.
February 2013
913
FAX 9765
Solution ID
TAUS0619220EN*
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
3. Press 3.
Note: All settings for the machine will be reset to back factory.
Solution ID
TAUS0617867EN*
Description
How to install Unimessage* Pro on Microsoft* Windows 2000.
Solution
To install Unimessage Pro, perform the following:
Note: Administrator's authority is required for installation with Windows 2000.
1. Confirm both the printer and the computer are turned OFF, connect the fax machine and the computer with a parallel interface cable. (IEEE standard
cable 1284)
2. Turn the computer ON and allow Windows to start.
3. Turn the fax machine ON. At the prompt indicating that a new device has been detected, select CANCEL.
4. Insert the Konica Unimessage Pro or LAN option CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
5. After the setup program has automatically started, click, 'Setup device driver and Unimessage Pro' and follow the on-screen instructions as appropriate.
This installs both the printer and the Unimessage Pro software.
Note: If you want to install only the driver, click 'Setup device driver'.
Note: If the setup program does not automatically start or Auto insert notification is turned off, Click 'Start Run' , Type in 'd:\setup.exe' (where D is the drive
letter of your CD-ROM drive) and click OK.
6. Click 'Next' on the Welcome Install screen.
7. Click 'Yes' on Software License Agreement screen.
8. Then 'Next' on the Language Default.
9. When 'Fax Port Installation' dialog appears, click OK.
10. When 'Welcome Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Next'.
11. When 'Choose a Hardware Task' dialog appears, select 'Add/Troubleshoot a device' and click 'Next'.
12. When 'New Hardware Detection' dialog appears, select 'Add a new device from the device list' and click 'Next'.
13. When 'Find New Hardware' dialog appears , select 'No, I want to select the hardware from a list' and click 'Next'.
14. When 'Hardware Type' dialog appears, select 'Ports (COM and LPT) from the list and click 'Next'.
15. When 'Select a Device Driver' dialog appears, click 'Have Disk'.
16. When 'Install from Disk' dialog appears, type 'D:\Driver\Setup\Disk1\Win2K' (where D is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive) in 'Copy Manufacturer's
files from' and click 'OK'.
17. Select 'Konica Fax Port' from the list and click 'Next'.
18. When the 'Start Hardware Installation' dialog appears, click 'Next'.
19. When the 'Completing the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Finish'.
20. Click 'Yes' to reboot. leave the CD-ROM in drive to complete installation of program at startup.
Solution ID
TAUS0618550EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Paper jams in the fuser unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Soiled or worn lower fuser roller.
SOLUTION: Clean and/or replace the roller (p/n 3PB4083-6064P002).
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Steven Deutsch, KBT Minneapolis.
Solution ID
TAUS0615446EN*
Description
Does this model operate on an ISDN (Integrated Service Digital Network) phone service.
Solution
This model will only operate on PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) or PBX (Private Branch Exchange) which provide an analog signal.
Solution ID
TAUS0616405EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to change dial parameters; redial tries, redial interval,dial tone detect, busy tone detect, MF (tone)/DP (pulse), PBX line, Auto start, and Dial prefix.
Solution
February 2013
914
FAX 9765
To change Dial Parameters do the following:
2. Press the [9/User Program One Touch] key.
3. Press the [2] on the numeric keypad the display shows 2: DIAL PARAMETER.
4. Press the [YES ] key until the setting you want appears in the display.
6. Press the [YES
Solution ID
TAUS0623186EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable the Long Document feature, 8.5 x 14 and longer. (380mm to 1500mm).
Solution
To enable long document transmission, perform the following:
1. Press Select Function key. The display will show:
SELECT FUNCTION (OT)
MEMORY AVAIL.=100%
2. Press Copy key twice. The display will show:
TECH. PROGRAMMING
YES( )
3. Press the left arrow. The display will show:
1: LOCAL TEST
YES( /1-6)
4. Press the right arrow. The display will show:
2.: TECHNICAL FUNCTION
YES ( /1-6)
5. Enter two-digit function. The display will show:
FUNCTION NO. [ ]
ENTER 01 - 31
6. Select 10 Long Document Transmission. The display will show:
10 : LONG DOC. SCAN
[ X] YES( ) uses arrows to toggle off/on.
7. Press Stop three times to return to ready screen.
Note: This feature only works to send and the receiving machine must have Page Continue or Split Page feature, or some other feature that provides the
largest size paper and to continue it onto another page.
Solution ID
TAUS0616102EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
FAX 9765 will print same fax multiple times.
Solution
3. Press 3.
Solution ID
TAUS0618248EN*
Description
Unable to select features after the select function key has been pressed with the one-touch keys.
Solution
CAUSE: The one-touch keypad cover is not actuating the switch on the operator panel board so that one-touch keys 16 through 30 are the only available
keys.
SOLUTION: Fully close the one touch keypad cover or adjust so that the switch is actuated.
Solution ID
TAUS0629320EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Replace Toner Cartridge" message does not clear after adding toner.
Solution
CAUSE: Technical Function (TF31) 31 is not set to ON.
SOLUTION: To turn ON the the Toner Count Clear option, perform the following:
1. Enter the Technical Programming mode.
2. Press 2 , for Technical Function.
February 2013
915
FAX 9765
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Press YES.
Press 3 and 1.
Press NO. (Option should change to ON)
Press YES.
Press SELECT FUNCTION (The display will show PROGRAMMING).
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
916
FAX 9820
Solution ID
TAUS0607880EN*
Solution Usage
36
Solution Usage
34
Solution Usage
33
Solution Usage
33
Solution Usage
18
Description
PRINTER ALARM 3 error message.
Solution
CAUSE: Fan motor rotation error has occurred.
SOLUTION: Open the printer section cover, then close it. If the error does not clear, check the fan motor and connectors.
Solution ID
TAUS0607641EN*
Description
How to enable the TCR.
Solution
1. Power ON the machine while pressing the FUNCTION button.
2. Press YES.
6. Press STOP three times.
Solution ID
TAUS0607730EN*
Description
How to initialize machine.
Solution
3. Press 3.
See page 2-21 and 6-25 in the FAX 9820 Service Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0608152EN*
Description
Solution
To reset the drum counter, perform the following:
1. Press FUNCTION and then ONE-TOUCH 7.
2. Press YES and then STOP.
CAUTION: The drum counter should not be reset unless new drum is installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0608817EN*
Description
Solution
programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers.
Programming the group:
6. You can now add a location to your group . Refer to the instructions below.
To add a one-touch location Press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group.
To add auto-dial. Enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group.
To Broadcast using a group:
1. Load documents.
February 2013
917
FAX 9820
7. IF multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the
Refer to the FAX 9820 User's Guide pages 33, 34, 45 and 46 for further details.
Solution ID
TAUS0609193EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
PRINTER ALARM 2 in display.
Solution
CAUSE: PRINTER ALARM 2 indicates an engine control error (optional second tray).
SOLUTION: Power the unit OFF/ON. If a lower tray option is installed make sure the manual feed tray is open. If this does not clear the message replace
the main CB.
Solution ID
TAUS0608311EN*
Solution Usage
13
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
3. Press 3.
See page 2-21 and 6-25 in the FAX 9820 Service Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0611019EN*
Description
CHANGE DRUM SOON message.
Solution
CAUSE: CHANGE DRUM SOON message is a warning that the image drum cartridge in the fax may be approaching the end of its usable life.
The drum has used approximately 90% of its life based on an internal calculation. The drum yield count is based on the following print criterion: Using the
SOLUTION: This message does not mean that the drum must be replaced immediately, nor does it cause the fax to stop working. The drum can be used as
long as print quality is acceptable, however, a replacement image drum and toner cartridge should be on hand. Replace the drum when print quality
deteriorates below an acceptable level.
Note: Reset the drum counter only when you have finished installing a new image drum. You can only reset the counter when the CHANGE DRUM SOON
message is on the display. After replacing the drum, clear the message by performing the following:
Solution ID
TAUS0608140EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
How to adjust the speaker volume.
Solution
To adjust the speaker volume, perform the following:
2. Press and hold the Select Function button down while powering the machine ON.
3. Press yes.
4. Enter 0 then 6.
Note: Do not use the one-touch button 6.
5. Press no to select off, low or high.
February 2013
918
FAX 9820
6. Press yes after making selection.
7. Press stop until the normal standby screen is displayed.
Solution ID
TAUS0608224EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
How to program paper trays.
Solution
To program the paper trays, perform the following:
1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION button.
2. Press one-touch key 9.
3. Press YES.
4. On the key pad press 1 then 3.
5. Press NO until the proper paper size is displayed then press YES.
6. The second paper tray selection will be displayed. Press NO until the correct paper size is displayed.
7. Press STOP until the standby screen is displayed.
February 2013
919
FAX 9825
Solution ID
TAUS0610375EN*
Solution Usage
146
Description
Intermittent jamming under the drum.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper drive assembly, motors and\or drum are binding.
SOLUTION: To resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. To verify the drum unit is not packed with toner, perform the following:
a. Remove the toner stick.
b. If toner is packed to the top of toner entrance, vacuum out a small portion of the toner.
c. Run some copies through the FAX 9825.
d. Replace the drum (Item #950121), as necessary.
Note: This can be caused by adding toner before the Add Toner message is lit
2. Clean and lubricate the drive assembly gears and roller shafts with lithium grease. Replace the following parts, as necessary:
Pick Up roller assembly (p/n 7660-00010-00)
Pick Up roller bearings (p/n 7660-00054-00)
One-way clutch gear (p/n 7660-00047-00)
Fuser idler gear
(p/n 7660-00048-00)
Eject Roller gear
(p/n 7660-00049-00)
Stepping motor gear
(p/n 7660-00046-00)
Reduction gear
(p/n 7660-00050-00)
3. If necessary, return the printer control board (p/n 6200-00025-00) to the Electronic Service Center for modification and reinstall it when it has been returned.
CAUTION: Do not replace the Printer CB until steps 1 and 2 have been completed.
Notes:
1. See FAX 9825 Technical Bulletin 2 for repair procedures .
2. To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0607458EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
How to connect the FAX 9825 to a network using JetSuite* for Networks.
Solution
Konica JetSuite for Networks (PCUA 950136) works in the following environments:
1. Windows 9x* peer-to-peer network (workgroup).
2. Windows NT* 4.0 server with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect* or attached to the server's parallel port.
3. Novell* 4.x network with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect, attached to the server's parallel port and running
the Pserver.nlm or attached to a remote station running the nprinter utility.
Konica JetSuite for Networks supports the Windows 3.x, Windows 9x or Window NT 4.0 operating systems for network clients. JetSuite for networks software
can have unlimited users.
Note: A patch (9825_NTpatch.exe) is available on the Konica FTP Site that is required for faxing with NT 4.0 workstations.
FTP site [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]
FTP_ user site.txt file [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]
Note: For larger network environments, Konica recommends the use of an external print server like the HP JetDirect 150X or EX+. Konica recommends this
due to the ability of an external print server to provide superior installation flexibility and printing performance.
Solution ID
TAUS0608169EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
To initialize the FAX 9825, perform the following:
1. Press the left arrow.
2. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash.
3. Press MENU, 6 and 2 twice.
4. Press the right arrow to select one of the following:
Documents
Phonebook
Configuration
Software Switches
Counters
Everything
5. Press ENTER.
February 2013
920
FAX 9825
6. Press the START button to confirm initialization.
Solution ID
TAUS0609399EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
Intermittently, paper is jamming under the drum.
Solution
CAUSE: The mylar that guides paper in the turn around area has become separated from the adhesive backing. This damaged mylar is not visible without
disassembly.
SOLUTION: Remove the damaged section of this mylar with a razor blade and ensure that any exposed adhesive backing material is also removed, and the
frame cleaned with alcohol.
Note: This procedure requires extensive disassembly to separate the plastic cover from the metal frame.
Solution ID
TAUS0609143EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
Replace printer drum, Not installed message on display. There is a drum unit with toner installed in the machine.
Solution
CAUSE: The drum present/toner empty sensor is not functioning correctly.
SOLUTION: Make sure toner is evenly distributed in the drum unit by removing it from the machine and gently shaking it from side to side. Replace the drum
unit in the machine making sure that it seats properly. If this does not resolve the problem test the sensor to make sure that it is free to move. There is a small
magnet on the sensor that is attracted to the toner, lifting it moving the shutter through an optical interrupter located on the power supply board. Use a folded
piece of paper to lift the sensor and close the cover without a drum installed. After the warm-up period the unit will go into the ready state if the sensor is
detected as being up through the warm-up. If it doesn't detect the sensor being up during up it will display the drum not installed message. If the sensor is up
and the drum not installed message is still present it indicates a failed power supply board (p/n 6200-00015-00) or dirty optical interrupter. The machine will
have to be disassembled to check the interrupter condition.
Note: This is a new machine setup, verify the toner sensor magnet is installed. The magnet is not installed, replace the toner size actuator (p/n
7660-00011-00).
Solution ID
TAUS0607557EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
JetSuite* for Networks software information.
Solution
Konica JetSuite for Networks (PCUA 950136) works in the following environments:
1. Windows 9x* peer-to-peer network (workgroup).
2. Windows NT* 4.0 server with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect* or attached to the server's parallel port.
3. Novell* 4.x network with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect, attached to the server's parallel port and running
the Pserver.nlm or attached to a remote station running the nprinter utility.
Konica JetSuite for Networks supports the Windows 3.x, Windows 9x or Window NT 4.0 operating systems for network clients. JetSuite for networks software
can have unlimited users.
Note: A patch (9825_NTpatch.exe) is available on the Konia FTP Site that is required for faxing with NT 4.0 workstations.
FTP site [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]
FTP_ user site.txt file [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]
Note: For larger network environments, Konica recommends the use of an external print server like the HP JetDirect 150X or EX+. Konica recommends this
due to the ability of an external print server to provide superior installation flexibility and printing performance.
Solution ID
TAUS0608223EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
How to flash the FAX 9825 from a computer.
Solution
To flash the FAX 9825 from a computer, perform the following:
Note: The phonebook should be printed out before the flash takes place, as it will be erased during this process.
1. Hold down SHIFT key as machine is powered on.
2. Boot to DOS (Command Prompt), by pressing F8 when Verifying DMI Pool Data appears.
3. Insert the floppy.
4. Type A: and then press ENTER from the keyboard.
5. Type "copy /b filename.rom lpt1:" and then press ENTER from the keyboard.
6. The FAX 9825 will reboot after the flash is completed.
Refer to page 2-33 in the FAX 9825 Service Manual.
February 2013
921
FAX 9825
Solution ID
TAUS0607502EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
How to read the total counter.
Solution
The 9825 does not have a mechanical meter. The total printed page count is listed on the Configuration Report. To print the report, sequentially press the
Menu key, the 1 key, the 3 key.
Solution ID
TAUS0610294EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
NO DIAL TONE message at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The connectors on the printer board were removed during troubleshooting and then connected at the wrong location. The LIU/Jack board (modem
board in back) connector is plugged into the main CB J10 instead of the
SOLUTION: Insure the connector from the LIU/Jack board located at the rear of the unit on top of the printer board is connected to the LIU/Jack board,
(LIU/Jack board is mounted/piggy backed onto the main CB).
Solution ID
TAUS0607239EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
How to clear a jam.
Solution
There are three main areas that you can locate and remove paper jams.
1. Pull out the paper tray and check for paper partially feed into the machine.
2. Open the printer cover (where the toner and drum are) and carefully lift the black drum unit out. Do NOT touch the green drum as this may cause poor
copy quality! Remove any paper stuck under the drum.
3. Paper can be partially fed out of the blue exit guide. In this case, push the blue plastic exit guide back into the machine to release pressure and pull the
paper out.
February 2013
922
FAX 9830
Solution ID
TAUS0610690EN*
Solution Usage
60
Description
INVALID TONER CARTRIDGE error message.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
IMPORTANT NOTE (1-21-2003): Corrected toner is now being shipped. The toner will have the same lot number (5FA2Y165), but the magnet position has
been corrected. The individual toner can be identified by the cellophane bag the cartridge comes in. The faulty toner has a bag that is sealed on both ends
and sealed down the center. The corrected toner has been repackaged and only sealed on the bag's ends.
1. The magnet in the toner cartridge is incorrectly positioned. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3. To move
the magnet, perform the following:
a. Remove the end cap cover on the toner unit .
b. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3 .
c. Replace the end cap cover.
Note: This is a temporary solution for this problem. The faulty toner stock has been identified and will no longer be shipped. The faulty toner can be
identified as 'Made in UK' will appear on the label on the outside of the 6 carton box and the lot number is 5FA2Y165 .
2. The memory is corrupted and needs to be reset. To initialize the machine, perform the following:
a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice.
b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number "3. SYSTEM RESET" is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
2: LOCATION DATA CLR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode.
e. When the display returns to the previous All data clear screen, turn the FAX 9830 OFF/ON.
3. If the message is still appears after performing ALL DATA CLEAR reset, enter the service mode and print the Self Diagnostic List. To print the Self
Diagnostic List, perform the following:
b. Select "LOCAL TEST".
c. Press ENTER.
d. Select "SELF DIAG".
e. Press ENTER.
f. FAX 9830 should be displayed in the "Device ID". The FAX 9930 is not displayed in the Device ID field; please contact the National Systems Solution
Group for further instructions.
Note: Please fax the "Self Diagnostics" page with the serial number and ticket number to 860-902-7643
4. Non-Konica toner is being used. Install Konica toner cartridge (item #950133).
5. The Toner Lockout Board has failed. Reseat the wiring harness from TLK to the main CB. Replace the TLK board (p/n 40807201), as required.
6. The lockout magnet is missing from the toner cartridge. Pry off the small gray cover and check that the magnet is in magnet holder number 3. If it is
missing replace the toner cartridge.
Hyperlink for internal use only.
Solution ID
TAUS0610666EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
How to initialize the unit to factory defaults.
Solution
1. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice.
2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
3. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
4. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0610818EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
How to enable TCR/MCF (transmission confirmation report).
Solution
1. Press MENU/EXIT button.
2. Press 7 and 0 from the keypad to display (70: MCF /Off/On).
3. Press Down Arrow button to toggle to On
4. Press ENTER button to confirm the change.
5. Press STOP three times to return to the standby mode.
February 2013
923
FAX 9830
Solution ID
TAUS0611086EN*
Solution Usage
10
Solution Usage
Description
MSG IN MEMORY and SWITCH OUTPUT LEVER message, but the FAX 9830 does not print the received fax.
Solution
CAUSE: The position of the grey lever on the left side of the machine is lower position (face up output).
SOLUTION: Put the grey lever to the up position for face down output.
Solution ID
TAUS0611048EN*
Description
How to program a group dial (multistation).
Solution
To program a group dial, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT.
2. Press the down arrow to select LOCATION PROGRAM, press ENTER.
3. Press the down arrow to select GROUP, press ENTER.
4. Input a group number (from 1-20), press ENTER.
5. Enter the desired location by pressing either a one-touch key or a speed dial search key, press ENTER. Continue until all desired locations (up to 140) are
entered, press START.
6. Enter a group ID, press enter.
7. Press MENU/EXIT to return to standby mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0613094EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Does JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 support Windows* 2000 Professional?
Solution
JetSuite Pro 2.1 does not support Windows 2000 Professional.
Solution ID
TAUS0611049EN*
Description
How to transmit a fax using a group dial.
Solution
Note: A group dial must be programmed before this feature may be used (see How to program a group dial).
To transmit using group dial, perform the following:
1. Insert document into feeder of the fax.
2. Press SPEED DIAL SEARCH.
3. Enter the first character of the group ID. The group name will appear on the display.
4. Press START.
Solution ID
TAUS0612813EN*
Description
How to enable Department codes.
Solution
The FAX 9830 does not have the ability to use Department codes. This feature is available on the FAX 9825 and FAX 9925.
Solution ID
TAUS0611393EN*
Description
Error codes 14C2 and 41CE when transmitting.
Solution
CAUSE: Corrupted machine memory is causing a transmission conflict.
SOLUTION: To initialize the machine, perform the following:
2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to 3 SYSTEM RESET. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
February 2013
924
FAX 9830
Solution ID
TAUS0611551EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to flash upgrade the firmware from a computer.
Solution
To flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9830.
2. Press the RESOLUTION button twice.
3. Press the SHIFT DOWN button four times until the display reads "PC LOADING".
4. Press ENTER to display the following:
PC LOADING
ARE YOU SURE ?
ENTER WHEN DONE
5. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9830.
6. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC to the DOS Command Prompt. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during the
reboot.
Note: Flash updates performed from a Windows 9x Command Prompt window will not be successful.
7. If using Windows NT or 2000, perform the following:
a. Press Start.
b. Click on Run.
c. Type in 'CMD' to open command prompt window.
Note: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT or 2000 Command Prompt window.
8. Type in the following command: "copy /b A:\filename.bin LPT1".
Notes: The filename will be different. The directory "A:\" would be different if the file was downloaded to a hard drive instead of a floppy disk.
9. Press ENTER from the keyboard.
10. Press ENTER from the FAX 9830.
Note: Steps 9 and 10 must be performed within 60 seconds of each other.
11. The FAX 9830 will display "PC LOADING/RECEIVING.
12. When the flash is completed the FAX 9830 will beep and display will read "PC LOADING/RESULT OK.
13. To initialize the machine, perform the following:
b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Note: To date there have been no firmware upgrades for the FAX 9830. If the machine needs to be flashed with the base level firmware, contact Technical
Support.
February 2013
925
FAX 9880
Solution ID
TAUS0616044EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Solution ID
TAUS0618196EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to '3. SYSTEM RESET'. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
b. Select 'LOCAL TEST'.
c. Press ENTER.
d. Select 'SELF DIAG'.
e. Press ENTER.
f. FAX 9880 should be displayed in the 'Device ID'. If the FAX 9880 is not displayed in the Device ID field, please contact the National Systems Solution
Note: Please fax the 'Self Diagnostics' page with the serial number and ticket number to 800-968-4213.
4. The ID/Toner Lockout Board has failed. Reseat the wiring harness from DLK to the main CB. Replace the DLK board (p/n 41286801), as required.
Solution ID
TAUS0618519EN*
Solution Usage
Description
MCF\TCR (message confirmation\transmission confirmation) report with first page of transmitted image enabled will pull from the legal size cassette instead
of the letter size cassette.
Solution
CAUSE: The machine to print MCF with image of first page transmitted image enabled
to legal sized cassette because a firmware bug.
SOLUTION: Flash the machine to the latest firmware level. To determine latest firmware level, perform the follow.
3. Press ENTER twice to print Self Diagnosis Report
4. Go the fourth line under Main Board should read PROGRAM1 VERSION AA4. If this line reads PROGRAM1 VERSION AA2 then update the machine to
latest firmware level.
To download and flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following:
1. Go to 'NSSG Web Support'.
2. Click on 'Download EPROMs' hyperlink.
3. Click 'Eprom for Plain Paper Fax' and then LIST FILES button.
4. Download 9980-codaaa4.zip to temporary directory (C:\9880).
Note: Firmware file '9980-codaaa4.zip" is used with FAX 9880 and 9980.
5. Unzip the file to temporary directory.
February 2013
926
FAX 9880
PC LOADING
ARE YOU SURE ?
ENTER WHEN DONE
reboot.
12. If using Windows NT 4.0 or 2000, perform the following:
a. Click on START.
b. Click on RUN.
c. Type 'CMD' to open command prompt window.
Notes: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT or 2000 Command Prompt window. Will have disable Unimessage* Pro and set FAX
9880 and Unimessage Pro driver to DISK during firmware upgrade.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Solution ID
TAUS0616116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
PC LOADING
ARE YOU SURE ?
ENTER WHEN DONE
reboot.
7. If using Windows NT 4.0, perform the following:
a. Press Start.
b. Press Programs.
c. Press Command Prompt to display C:\ or similar command prompt.
Note: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT Command Prompt window.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Support.
February 2013
927
FAX 9880
Solution ID
TAUS0618318EN*
Solution Usage
Description
T37 IFAX, how to setup the internet fax (sending/receiving E-mail) option.
Solution
The following information will be required before setting up the T37 IFAX:
1. Static or permanent lease TCP/IP* address assigned to the T37 IFAX.
2. Subnet mask assigned to T37 IFAX
3. Default gateway for T37 IFAX option.
4. SMTP server name or TCP/IP server address.
5. POP server name or TCP/IP server address.
6. POP User ID and POP password must be created on the POP server.
7. DNS primary and secondary DNS server's TCP/IP addresses, if required.
8. Host Name and Fax E-mail Address for T37 IFAX option.
Note: DHCP server will assign an TCP/IP address, subnet mask, gateway and primary and secondary DNS TCP/IP address to T37 IFAX.
Before setting up T37 IFAX network setting, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT.
2. Press 9 and then 3 from the keypad.
3. Press ENTER.
4. Press DOWN ARROW until '13: NIC INITIALIZE' is displayed.
5. Press OK twice.
6. Power OFF/ON.
To enter network information for the T37 IFAX, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT.
3. Press ENTER.
4. Enter the T37 IFAX TCP/IP address from the keypad and then press ENTER.
5. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'SUBNET MASK' and then press ENTER.
6. Enter Subnet Mask from the keyboard and then press Enter.
7. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'DEFAULT GATEWAY' and then press Enter.
8. Enter Default Gateway from keypad and then press Enter.
9. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'SMTP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter.
10. Enter SMTP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from one-touch keys and then press Enter.
11. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter.
12. Enter POP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from the one-touch keys and then press Enter.
13. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP USER ID' and press Enter.
14. Enter the Pop User Id from the one-touch keys and then press Enter.
15. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP PASSWORD' and then press Enter.
16. Enter the Pop Password from the one-touch keys and then press Enter.
17. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS. P. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter.
18. Enter DNS Primary Server TCP/IP address from keypad and press Enter.
19. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS S. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter.
20. Enter DNS Secondary Server TCP/IP address and then press Enter.
21. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'HOST NAME' and then press Enter.
22. Enter Host Name from one-touch keys and then press Enter.
23. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'FAX EMAIL ADDR.' and press Enter.
24. Enter the email address for FAX 9930 from one-touch keys and press Enter.
25. Power OFF/ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0618059EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How is the dial prefix option used?
Solution
The dial prefix option is used to store a four digit number/password that enables access to an outside line and is programmed to eliminate the need to dial the
password when accessing an outside line. At some locations a password is used to prevent unauthorized individuals from using the phone system. It is not
used to eliminate the dialing of the number 9 to access an outside line. When transmitting, the number 9 (normally used to access an outside line) will have
to be dialed before the fax number to access an outside line.
Solution ID
TAUS0616043EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable TCR/MCF (transmission confirmation report).
Solution
February 2013
928
FAX 9880
1. Press MENU/EXIT button.
2. Press 7 and 0 from the keypad to display (70: MCF /Off/On).
3. Press Down Arrow button to toggle to On
4. Press ENTER button to confirm the change.
5. Press STOP three times to return to the standby mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0616092EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to display the print (total), scan, or drum counters.
Solution
To display the counters, perform the following:
1. Press Menu/Exit button.
2. Press Up or Down arrow buttons to display [12 COUNTER].
3. Press Enter to access counter menu.
4. Press Up or Down Arrow to scroll to display the following:
DRUM COUNT: Do not clear the drum counter until replacement drum has been installed.
PRINT COUNT: This is the total counter of receive faxes, internal test pages and copies.
SCAN COUNT: This is the total number of copies and transmitted faxes.
5. Press Enter to display the counter.
6. Press Stop to return to standby mode.
Note: The drum counter will only show when the Technical Function Service Bit (01) to set to ON. Also Two additional counters, TONER COUNT and
DRUM(T) COUNT, are available.
Solution ID
TAUS0616094EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How many fax numbers can be entered for a broadcast fax?
Solution
A broadcast fax will allow for a maximum of 20 numbers to be entered at one time.
Solution ID
TAUS0616286EN*
Description
How to retrieve the password if forgotten or lost by the end user.
Solution
To retrieve the password, perform the following:
1. Power ON the fax machine while holding the MENU/EXIT key.
2. Press Down Arrow until the cursor is next to [02. ID/PASSWORD PRG].
3. Press Enter.
4. Press Down Arrow to until cursor is next to [06. DEPARTMENT CODE].
5. Press Enter.
6. Enter the 2 digit [DEPARTMENT NO.] and press Enter. If not known start at 01 and advance in single digit increments to 99. If the department number is
correct a 4 digit password will be displayed.
7. Press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation.
February 2013
929
FAX 9925
Solution ID
TAUS0611842EN*
Solution Usage
68
Description
The FAX 9925 is not keeping proper time.
Solution
The FAX 9925 time specification is +/- 5 minutes per month. If you are experiencing symptoms outside of the specifications reset the clock or replace the
main control board (3044-KON71-00). Following is the procedure for resetting the clock.
To reset the clock, perform the following:
1. Press [MENU], [6] and [1]. The LCD will display the following: _______Time_______
Time display
12 Hour
2. Press [ ] and [ENTER].
3. Press [ ] until the desired time format displays: 12 Hour or 24 Hour.
4. Press [ENTER]. The LCD will display the following:
_______Time_______
Date/time:
00-00-00 00:00PM
Enter date and time
5. Use the numeric keypad to enter the date and time.
5. Press [ ] until AM or PM is selected.
6. Press [ENTER].
7. Press [STOP] to go to standby mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0610160EN*
Solution Usage
60
Description
How to flash upgrade the firmware.
Solution
The firmware can upgraded either remotely or from a connected PC. Since the flash will clear all user data from the fax, print out the phonebook and
configuration page before performing the flash procedure.
To update the firmware remotely, initialize the local and remote fax and then follow the procedure for flashing the machine. To initialize the local and remote
fax, perform the following:
1. Press the left arrow once.
2. Press the star [*] button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash.
3. Press MENU, 7, 2, and 2.
4. Press the right arrow to select the following:
Everything
5. Press ENTER.
To remotely update the firmware, perform the following steps:
1. Place the FAX 9925 in the service mode by pressing No
Press , then ENTER.
4. Press until FLASH THE PROM is displayed.
5. Press ENTER.
Note: When upgrading the firmware, it is recommended to back up or at least print out current program information such as the Configuration, Phonebook
and softswitch list,
6. After the FLASH THE PROM option is selected, the display shows:
____Remote_Setup____
Password
____
Enter Password
7. Enter a four-digit password using the numeric keypad. The default password is 0000. Press ENTER.
8. The display shows:
____Remote_Setup____
Enter phone number:
__________
Enter phone number
9. Enter a phone number that the setup information is to be sent to.
10. Press Enter.
11. The FAX 9925 will call the number entered and send the flash information. Once done, the display shows SUCCESSFUL.
To update the firmware using a connected PC, perform the following:
1. Power the FAX 9925 OFF.
2. While powering the unit ON, press SHIFT on the one-touch key pad. Release the SHIFT key once the LCD displays:
M7BootXX - 10/01/99 (this data may vary)
0: Calibrate CIS
1: EMI test mode
2: Copy
4. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC using the Command Prompt. Restart the PC into DOS mode. Reboot the PC and press
the F8 function key during reboot.
February 2013
930
FAX 9925
5. The DOS prompt should be indicated.
6. Locate the file 9925-111.rom (the file name may vary) on the PC (i.e. to whichever directory the file was downloaded). If the rom file has been copied to
c:\temp\, type:
copy /b c:\temp\9925-111.rom lpt1:
7. Press Enter.
8. The file is now sent to the FAX 9925. This should normally take less than one minute.
9. After the file has been downloaded, the machine will reboot. The new firmware version will appear in the LCD.
Solution ID
TAUS0611498EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
JetSuite* for Networks does not fax properly from network workstations with the FAX 9925 connected directly to a workstation or server.
Solution
Sending faxes from network workstations in a Windows* NT server environment does work with the FAX 9925 connected to the parallel port of Windows NT
server or to a HP JetDirect* 170x, 300, or 500.

Solution ID
TAUS0609923EN*
Solution Usage
39
Solution Usage
29
Solution Usage
22
Description
Solution
To initialize the FAX 9925, perform the following:
1. Press the left arrow.
3. Press MENU, 7 and 2 twice.
4. Press the right arrow to select one of the following:
Documents
Phonebook
Configuration
Software Switches
Counters
Everything
5. Press ENTER.
Solution ID
TAUS0613926EN*
Description
1187 error code (No Fax Detected) when receiving faxes.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The 1187 error code will occur when a voice call is received by FAX 9925. This is normal operation when receiving a voice call.
2. The FAX 9925 needs to be initialized. To initialize the FAX 9925, perform the following:
a. Press the left arrow.
b. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash.
c. Press MENU, 7 and 2 twice.
d. Press the right arrow until 'Everything' is selected.
e. Press ENTER.
f. Press the START button to confirm initialization.
Note: Full initialization will reset the all machine settings back to factory default.
Solution ID
TAUS0610439EN*
Description
Intermittently, receive faxes are partially printed or blank with Header only. Activity Journal shows fax received OK.
Solution
CAUSE: Flash firmware requires an update.
SOLUTION: Install flash firmware version 1.13 which is available from the Konica website (www.konicabt.com). The flash procedure is outlined on pages
143 and 151 of the FAX 9925 Service Manual . The flash can be accomplished with either a PC or from a remote fax. Make sure to print all phone numbers
and machine configuration before flashing machine as the data may be erased during the flash.
For all non ECM (error correction mode) communications, set Softswitch 18 to 00001010. To change this Softswitch, perform the following:
February 2013
931
FAX 9925
2.
3.
4.
5.
5.
6.
Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash.
Press MENU, 721.
Enter the software switch 18 and then press ENTER.
Changes bit 7 to bit 0 to following 00001010.
Press ENTER and then STOP.
After these changes have been made, turn the fax OFF/ON to allow the machine to reset and make use of these changes.
If using JetSuite* (Pro or For Networks), set Softswitch 349, bit 6, to 0. To change this Softswitch, perform the following:
3. Press MENU, 721.
4. Enter the software switch 349 and then press ENTER.
5. Change bit 6 to a 0 and then press ENTER and then STOP.
6. After these changes have been made, turn the fax OFF/ON to allow the machine to reset and make use of these changes.
Solution ID
TAUS0610757EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
791 error codes and black bars when receiving.
Solution
CAUSE: Flash firmware requires an update.
SOLUTION: Install flash firmware version 1.13 which is available from the Konica website (www.konicabt.com). The flash procedure is outlined on pages
143 and 151 of the FAX 9925 Service Manual . The flash can be accomplished with either a PC or from a remote fax. Make sure to print all phone numbers
and machine configuration before flashing machine as the data may be erased during the flash.
Note: If problem persists after flashing machine, change softswitch 23, bit 7, to 0 and softswitch 271, bit 4, to 0.
If using JetSuite* (Pro or For Networks), set Softswitch 349, bit 6, to 0. To change this Softswitch, perform the following:
3. Press MENU, 721.
4. Enter the software switch 349 and then press ENTER.
5. Change bit 6 to a 0 and then press ENTER and then STOP.
6. After these changes have been made, turn the fax OFF/ON to allow the machine to reset and make use of these changes.
Solution ID
TAUS0609961EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
What is the part number for the parallel printer cable.
Solution
The printer cable is a standard parallel cable that uses a small Centronics* connector (10 feet or less, IEEE A-C 1284 with half pitch Centronics 36 IEEE Type
C connector). The cable should be sourced from a local computer or electronics store.
Solution ID
TAUS0610423EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
JetSuite* Pro and JetSuite for Networks availability.
Solution
Konica is pleased to announce that both connectivity options are available for use with the Konica FAX 9925. Both JetSuite Pro and JetSuite for Networks
are software programs that help connect your FAX 9925 to become a full-featured multi-functional product.
See Info Source Bulletin # 30-00 for more information.
Solution ID
TAUS0609996EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
How to enable/disable the TCR.
Solution
To enable/disable the TCR, perform the following:
1. Press [MENU], [1], [7] and [1].
2. Select the desired option with the down arrow key.
3. Press [ENTER].
February 2013
932
FAX 9925
February 2013
933
FAX 9930
Solution ID
TAUS0611315EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
IMPORTANT NOTE (1-21-2003): Corrected toner is now being shipped. The toner will have the same lot number (5FA2Y165), but the magnet position has
been corrected. The individual toner can be identified by the cellophane bag the cartridge comes in. The faulty toner has a bag that is sealed on both ends
and sealed down the center. The corrected toner has been repackaged and only sealed on the bag's ends.
1. The magnet in the toner cartridge is incorrectly positioned. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3. To move
the magnet, perform the following:
a. Remove the end cap cover on the toner unit .
b. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3 .
c. Replace the end cap cover.
Note: This is a temporary solution for this problem. The faulty toner stock has been identified and will no longer be shipped. The faulty toner can be
identified as 'Made in UK' will appear on the label on the outside of the 6 carton box and the lot number is 5FA2Y165 .
b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number "3. SYSTEM RESET" is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
b. Select "LOCAL TEST".
c. Press ENTER.
d. Select "SELF DIAG".
e. Press ENTER.
f. FAX 9930 should be displayed in the "Device ID". The FAX 9930 is not displayed in the Device ID field; please contact the National Systems Solution
Note: Please fax the "Self Diagnostics" page with the serial number and ticket number to 860-902-7643
Solution ID
TAUS0611346EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll until number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Solution ID
TAUS0613566EN*
Solution Usage
18
Solution Usage
12
Description
Does JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 support network faxing and printing?
Solution
JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 supports only standalone faxing, printing and scanning on Windows* 9x and Windows NT 4.0 workstations.
Solution ID
TAUS0613095EN*
Description
February 2013
934
FAX 9930
Does JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 support Windows* 2000 Professional?
Solution
JetSuite Pro 2.1 does not support Windows 2000 Professional.
Solution ID
TAUS0614501EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
T37 IFAX, how to setup the internet fax (sending/receiving E-mail) option.
Solution
The following information will be required before setting up the T37 IFAX:
1. Static or permanent lease TCP/IP* address assigned to the T37 IFAX.
2. Subnet mask assigned to T37 IFAX
3. Default gateway for T37 IFAX option.
4. SMTP server name or TCP/IP server address.
5. POP server name or TCP/IP server address.
6. POP User ID and POP password must be created on the POP server.
7. DNS primary and secondary DNS server's TCP/IP addresses, if required.
8. Host Name and Fax E-mail Address for T37 IFAX option.
Note: DHCP server will assign an TCP/IP address, subnet mask, gateway and primary and secondary DNS TCP/IP address to T37 IFAX.
Before setting up T37 IFAX network setting, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT.
3. Press ENTER.
4. Press DOWN ARROW until '13: NIC INITIALIZE' is displayed.
5. Press OK twice.
6. Power OFF/ON.
To enter network information for the T37 IFAX, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT.
3. Press ENTER.
4. Enter the T37 IFAX TCP/IP address from the keypad and then press ENTER.
5. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'SUBNET MASK' and then press ENTER.
6. Enter Subnet Mask from the keyboard and then press Enter.
7. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'DEFAULT GATEWAY' and then press Enter.
8. Enter Default Gateway from keypad and then press Enter.
9. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'SMTP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter.
10. Enter SMTP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from one-touch keys and then press Enter.
11. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter.
12. Enter POP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from the one-touch keys and then press Enter.
13. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP USER ID' and press Enter.
14. Enter the Pop User Id from the one-touch keys and then press Enter.
15. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP PASSWORD' and then press Enter.
16. Enter the Pop Password from the one-touch keys and then press Enter.
17. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS. P. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter.
18. Enter DNS Primary Server TCP/IP address from keypad and press Enter.
19. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS S. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter.
20. Enter DNS Secondary Server TCP/IP address and then press Enter.
21. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'HOST NAME' and then press Enter.
22. Enter Host Name from one-touch keys and then press Enter.
23. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'FAX EMAIL ADDR.' and press Enter.
24. Enter the email address for FAX 9930 from one-touch keys and press Enter.
25. Power OFF/ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0611335EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable the TCR/MCF (transmission confirmation report/message confirmation report).
Solution
To enable the message confirmation feature (TCR/MCF), perform the following:
1. Press the MENU/EXIT key.
2. Using the ARROW key scroll to SETUP and press ENTER.
3. Scroll to REPORT OPTIONS and press ENTER.
4. Scroll to MCF. (SINGLE-LOCATION.) and press ENTER.
5. Using the ARROW key select ON and press ENTER.
6. Press STOP three times to return to normal operation.
February 2013
935
FAX 9930
Note: To quickly access this function press the MENU/EXIT key and then press 7 and 0 from the keypad to display [70: MCF /Off/On]. Go to step 5 and
continue.
Solution ID
TAUS0612962EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to set the FAX 9930 and JetSuite* Pro to receive faxes into the PC.
Solution
To set the FAX 9930 to PC MODE, perform the following:
1. Press Menu/Exit.
2. Enter 10 from the keypad.
3. Press the Down Arrow until PC: PC MODE is displayed.
4. Press Enter
5. Press Stop.
To enable the Receive Fax to PC feature, perform the following procedure:
1. Open JetSuite by double-clicking on the desktop icon or the JetSuite icon in the task bar.
2. Select Options on the Menu bar.
3. Select PC Fax.
4. Select Receive and then check the box that indicates Receive to PC.
5. Select OK.
Note: JetSuite Pro desktop must be running in the background to receive faxes.
Solution ID
TAUS0613208EN*
Description
Does FAX 9930 support the dual line modem and T37 IFAX board at the same time?
Solution
The FAX 9930 does not support the dual line modem and T37 IFAX board at the same time. The IFAX board and dual line modem use the same connector
on the main CB.
Solution ID
TAUS0611612EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to program the FAX SENDER ID (company or individual name).
Solution
To program the FAX SENDER ID, perform the following:
1. In rapid sequence press the MENU/EXIT key, then 0 and 3.
2. Enter the name of the company or individual using the alphabetical keys on the upper right hand side of the operation panel.
3. Press ENTER to store the information and then press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0611683EN*
Description
How to set the Option Line Type for the second fax line.
Solution
To set the Option Line Type, perform the following:
1. Press Menu/Exit.
2. Enter 3 then 1 from the keypad for OPTION LINE TYPE
3. Press Up or Down Arrow to select TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), or ALL (transmit and receive).
4. Press Menu/Exit to return to the standby mode.
February 2013
936
FAX 9980
Solution ID
TAUS0618197EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to '3. SYSTEM RESET'. Press the ENTER key.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
b. Select 'LOCAL TEST'.
c. Press ENTER.
d. Select 'SELF DIAG'.
e. Press ENTER.
f. FAX 9980 should be displayed in the 'Device ID'. If the FAX 9980 is not displayed in the Device ID field, please contact the National Systems Solution
Note: Please fax the 'Self Diagnostics' page with the serial number and ticket number to 800-968-4213.
3. Non-Konica toner is being used. Install Konica toner cartridge (item #950158.
Solution ID
TAUS0616117EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
PC LOADING
ARE YOU SURE ?
ENTER WHEN DONE
reboot.
7. If using Windows NT 4.0, perform the following:
a. Press Start.
b. Press Programs.
c. Press Command Prompt to display C:\ or similar command prompt.
Note: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT Command Prompt window.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Support.
February 2013
937
FAX 9980
Solution ID
TAUS0617872EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to install Unimessage* Pro on Microsoft* Windows 2000.
Solution
To install Unimessage Pro, perform the following:
Note: Administrator's authority is required for installation with Windows 2000.
1. Confirm both the printer and the computer are turned OFF, connect the fax machine and the computer with a parallel interface cable. (IEEE standard
cable 1284)
2. Turn the computer ON and allow Windows to start.
3. Turn the fax machine ON. At the prompt indicating that a new device has been detected, select CANCEL.
4. Insert the Konica Unimessage Pro or LAN option CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
5. After the setup program has automatically started, click, 'Setup device driver and Unimessage Pro' and follow the on-screen instructions as appropriate.
This installs both the printer and the Unimessage Pro software.
Note: If you want to install only the driver, click 'Setup device driver'.
Note: If the setup program does not automatically start or Auto insert notification is turned off, Click 'Start Run' , Type in 'd:\setup.exe' (where D is the drive
letter of your CD-ROM drive) and click OK.
6. Click 'Next' on the Welcome Install screen.
7. Click 'Yes' on Software License Agreement screen.
8. Then 'Next' on the Language Default.
9. When 'Fax Port Installation' dialog appears, click OK.
10. When 'Welcome Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Next'.
11. When 'Choose a Hardware Task' dialog appears, select 'Add/Troubleshoot a device' and click 'Next'.
12. When 'New Hardware Detection' dialog appears, select 'Add a new device from the device list' and click 'Next'.
13. When 'Find New Hardware' dialog appears , select 'No, I want to select the hardware from a list' and click 'Next'.
14. When 'Hardware Type' dialog appears, select 'Ports (COM and LPT) from the list and click 'Next'.
15. When 'Select a Device Driver' dialog appears, click 'Have Disk'.
16. When 'Install from Disk' dialog appears, type 'D:\Driver\Setup\Disk1\Win2K' (where D is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive) in 'Copy Manufacturer's
files from' and click 'OK'.
17. Select 'Konica Fax Port' from the list and click 'Next'.
18. When the 'Start Hardware Installation' dialog appears, click 'Next'.
19. When the 'Completing the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Finish'.
20. Click 'Yes' to reboot. leave the CD-ROM in drive to complete installation of program at startup.
Solution ID
TAUS0616078EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to program receive to memory.
Solution
To program the receive to memory feature perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT.
2. Use the DOWN ARROW to scroll to SETUP and press ENTER.
3. Use the DOWN ARROW to select MACHINE SETTINGS and press ENTER.
4. AUTO ANSWER MODE is displayed, press ENTER.
5. Use the DOWN ARROW to select MEMORY RX and press ENTER.
6. Press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0616095EN*
Description
How many fax numbers can be entered for a broadcast fax?
Solution
A broadcast fax will allow for a maximum of 20 numbers to be entered at one time.
Solution ID
TAUS0618520EN*
Description
MCF\TCR (message confirmation\transmission confirmation) report with first page of transmitted image enabled will pull from the legal size cassette instead
of the letter size cassette.
Solution
CAUSE: The machine to print MCF with image of first page transmitted image enabled
to legal sized cassette because a firmware bug.
SOLUTION: Flash the machine to the latest firmware level. To determine latest firmware level, perform the follow.
3. Press ENTER twice to print Self Diagnosis Report
February 2013
938
FAX 9980
4. Go the fourth line under Main Board should read PROGRAM1 VERSION AA4. If this line reads PROGRAM1 VERSION AA2 then update the machine to
latest firmware level.
To download and flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following:
1. Go to 'NSSG Web Support'.
2. Click on 'Download EPROMs' hyperlink.
3. Click 'Eprom for Plain Paper Fax' and then LIST FILES button.
4. Download 9980-codaaa4.zip to temporary directory (C:\9980).
5. Unzip the file to temporary directory.
PC LOADING
ARE YOU SURE ?
ENTER WHEN DONE
reboot.
12. If using Windows NT 4.0 or 2000, perform the following:
a. Click on START.
b. Click on RUN.
c. Type 'CMD' to open command prompt window.
Notes: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT or 2000 Command Prompt window. Will have disable Unimessage* Pro and set FAX
9980 and Unimessage Pro driver to DISK during firmware upgrade.
1: ALL DATA CLEAR.
3: CONFIG DATA CLR.
Solution ID
TAUS0616075EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable time and date stamp on received faxes.
Solution
To enable time and date stamp, perform the following:
1. Press MENU/EXIT button, then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press RESOLUTION twice to display TECHNICAL PRG.
2. Press Down Arrow until cursor is at SETUP.
3. Press Enter.
4. Press Up or Down Arrow until cursor is at [04 TIME DATE PRINT].
5. Press Enter.
6. Press Up or Down Arrow until the cursor is at the desired setting. The options are OFF, ONCE or ALL.
7. Press Enter to enable the change.
8. Press Stop button twice to return back to the standby mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0616093EN*
Description
How to display the print (total), scan, or drum counters.
Solution
To display the counters, perform the following:
1. Press Menu/Exit button.
2. Press Up or Down arrow buttons to display [12 COUNTER].
3. Press Enter to access counter menu.
4. Press Up or Down Arrow to scroll to display the following:
DRUM COUNT: Do not clear the drum counter until replacement drum has been installed.
PRINT COUNT: This is the total counter of receive faxes, internal test pages and copies.
SCAN COUNT: This is the total number of copies and transmitted faxes.
February 2013
939
FAX 9980
5. Press Enter to display the counter.
6. Press Stop to return to standby mode.
Note: The drum counter will only show when the Technical Function Service Bit (01) to set to ON. Also Two additional counters, TONER COUNT and
DRUM(T) COUNT, are available.
Solution ID
TAUS0616221EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to program the FAX SENDER ID (company or individual name).
Solution
To program the FAX SENDER ID, perform the following:
1. In rapid sequence press the MENU/EXIT key, then 0 and 3.
2. Enter the name of the company or individual using the alphabetical keys on the upper right hand side of the operation panel.
3. Press ENTER to store the information and then press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0617794EN*
Description
Unimessage* Pro, how many users does the software support?
Solution
Unimessage Pro supports the following number of users:
Unimessage Single User (Item #950143)
Unimessage 5 User (Item #950144)
Unimessage 10 User (Item #950173)
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
940
FAX825L/FAX825L-FP
Solution ID
TAUS0600363EN*
Solution Usage
110
Description
Solution
6. Press [START].
6. Press [START].
Solution ID
TAUS0600060EN*
Solution Usage
92
Solution Usage
76
Solution Usage
56
Description
M005
Solution
CAUSE: Abnormality of the printer EEPROM.
SOLUTION: Replace the printer EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) and/or printer control board (p/n 748085200).
Solution ID
TAUS0612187EN*
Description
How to program the FAX ID.
Solution
Note: To easiest way to erase or change the FAX ID is to use the steps above to overwrite the old information.
Solution ID
TAUS0654991EN*
Description
How to enable/disable the TCR (transmit confirmation report).
Solution
To enable/disable the transmit confirmation report, perform the following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET].
2. Press [UP ARROW] repeatedly until HOME POSITION is displayed.
3. Press [SET] four times.
4. Press [SELECT] repeatedly to select between OFF, PRINT, XMIT and PRINT&XMIT.
5. Press [SET]; then, [STOP].
Transmit Confirmation Report Options.
OFF: Transmit report is neither printed, nor sent.
PRINT: Transmit report is automatically printed at the end of transmission (default setting is PRINT).
February 2013
941
FAX825L/FAX825L-FP
XMIT: Transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission.
PRINT&XMIT: Transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission; then, automatically printed.
Solution ID
TAUS0600366EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
5. Press [START].
Solution ID
TAUS0600659EN*
Solution Usage
54
Solution Usage
49
Description
Solution
If drum unit was replaced and did not clear CHECK DRUM message, reset the drum counter using the following steps.
2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW], and [SET].
SET PRINTER EEPROM
4. Press [0] five times to zero out the old drum count.
7. Turn fax OFF for about five seconds; then, turn it back ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0600307EN*
Description
Paper jams halfway past the paper exit rollers during reception and copy.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Over a period of time the paper exit rollers may become worn, hard or glazed. Clean exit roller with isopropyl alcohol. If this symptom continues, replace
the upper exit roller (p/n 748046600) and lower exit roller (p/n 748046610).
2. The Exit Drive Belt (p/n 748015610) is slipping due to soiling or wear. Clean or replace belt as needed.
3. Exit roller bushings (p/n 750040680) are soiled, binding, or worn. Clean with isopropyl alcohol or replace bushings as needed.
Solution ID
TAUS0612154EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
M014
Solution
CAUSE: Printer Jam.
February 2013
942
FAX825L/FAX825L-FP
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
943
FAX9635
Solution ID
TAUS0605227EN*
Solution Usage
76
Description
Internet Fax requirements.
Solution
The following is required to use the Internet Fax capability of the FAX 9635.
1. Internet Fax Kit, PCUA# 950-623. Internet Fax Kit contains (1) Class 1 I/F Kit , Internet Fax Software, and Internet Fax User's Manual.
2. A RS-232C cable is required. This cable is not supplied with the Internet Fax kit.
3. The computer must be an Intel* 80486SX 20MHz or higher PC with a minimum of 16MB of memory. The PC must have a modem that works with the
user's internet service provider (ISP).
4. The user must have access to an internet service provider.
5. The operating system for the workstation can ONLY be Windows 95*. The Internet Fax capability WILL NOT work on a workstation with Windows NT*,
Windows* 3.x, OS/2*, etc.
6. The workstation must use Microsoft Exchange*.
7. Microsoft Exchange must be able to work properly with the user's internet service provider.
Solution ID
TAUS0605517EN*
Solution Usage
63
Solution Usage
53
Description
Solution
To initialize the fax, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel.
2. Actuate the service switch , located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point.
5. Press [FUNCTION], and [#] to exit the service mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0605391EN*
Description
How to put a group dial under a program key.
Solution
To put a group dial under a program key, first you must program your numbers as one-touch keys or telephone directories or use a maximum of 10 long hand
numbers.
To assist in this process, a Dial List should be printed prior to placing a group dial under a program key. To print this list, perform the following:
a. Press (MENU), (5), (4), (ENTER) and (ENTER) again.
b. Retain the printed pages for use in the following procedure.
To place a group dial under a program key, perform the following:
1. Press (MENU), (4), (1) and (ENTER)
a. display should read PROGRAM DIAL.
2. Press (ENTER)
a. SELECT OT KEY should be displayed
3. Press the one-touch key that is to be programmed.
a. if the key is already programmed as a one-touch key, ASSIGNED OT KEY will be displayed and another one-touch key must be selected.
Note: Refer to the Dial List for a unused one-touch keys.
b. P-XX (XX= corresponding two-digit one-touch key number): NEW DIAL will be displayed.
4. Press (ENTER) and SELECT LOCATION will show in the LCD.
5. Enter the full number, one-touch, or directory dial.
a. To enter a telephone directory number: Press (TEL DIRECTORY).
b. Press the key associated with the first letter of the desired destination, i.e. pressing the (2) will show the first program directory dial with a name
beginning with A, B, or C. Pressing (2) again will advance the display to the next programmed directory beginning with A, B, or C.
Note: The Directory Dial List (previously printed) can be used as a reference for first letter of the Directory Dial names and numbers
d. Press (ENTER) to place the Directory Dial destination under the program key.
6. SELECT LOCATION should be displayed. Repeat step 5 for multiple locations.
Note: (CLEAR) can be used to correct some initial entry mistakes.
7. After all locations have been entered, and the display reads SET LOCATION, press (ENTER).
8. Use the keypad to input the name of the group.
a. Press the key associated with the letter to be used, i.e. pressing the (2) will show A. Pressing (2) again will show B, and pressing (2) again will show C.
Pressing (2) again will cycle the letters in lowercase.
b. Use the right and left arrow keys (one-touch 19 and 20) to advance to next letter.
c. When group name is complete, press (ENTER).
9. Enter the time for transmission (optional).
10. Press [ENTER] and (ENTER) again.
11. 0: CONTINUE/ 1: END should be displayed. Press [1] and [ENTER].
Solution ID
TAUS0605830EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
944
FAX9635
Description
How to turn on the Transmit report.
Solution
To turn on the Transmit report. perform the following:
1. Press [MENU],
2. Press [2], [8],
3. Press [ENTER] twice,
4. Press [0], [9],
5. Press [ENTER], [1], [ENTER], [1],
6. Press [ENTER].
Solution ID
TAUS0605516EN*
Solution Usage
36
Solution Usage
30
Solution Usage
27
Solution Usage
26
Description
How to enable or disable the transmission report (TCR).
Solution
To enable or disable the transmission report, perform the following steps.
3. Choose one of the following selections:
a. Press [0] to disable the transmit report printout.
b. Press [1] to enable the transmit report printout.
c. Press [2] to enable the printing of the transmit report ONLY when a communication error occurs.
4. Press [ENTER] and then [STOP].
Solution ID
TAUS0606410EN*
Description
System error 003.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed thermistor and thermostat.
SOLUTION: Replace thermistor assembly (p/n 7594-5340) and thermostat (p/n 759485530).
Solution ID
TAUS0605540EN*
Description
Cannot transmit or receive.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If no dial tone on handset, but dial tone is present at wall jack, NCU board damaged.
Replace NCU board (p/n 759387030).
2. Fax is installed on a PBX phone system that requires dialing a 9 (or another prefix number) before the phone number.
Dial 9 before phone number to access an outside line.
3. If the machine is locked-up, initialization is required.
4. The modem is not outputting tones.
Bad Modem on Main Control Board. Replace main CB (p/n 121A87020).
5. Faulty main control board.
Replace main CB (p/n 121A87020).
Solution ID
TAUS0605537EN*
Description
PAPER JAM 1 message.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the paper reaches the transfer roller and the paper is skewed on the same side as the roller then check the cassette for damage.
2. Faulty Jam 1 sensor.
Perform self test printing. If paper reaches Jam 1 sensor, check and replace Jam 1 sensor.
February 2013
945
FAX9635
3. Defective paper supply roller.
If paper does not reach Jam 1 sensor, clean or replace paper supply roller.
4. If paper supply roller does not attempt to drive the paper:
a. Check for a defective paper supply solenoid.
b. Check for faulty power supply.
c. Check for faulty main PCB.
Solution ID
TAUS0605523EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
Solution
To program a fax number into a one-touch program key, perform the following steps.
1. Press [MENU], [4], and [ENTER] twice.
2. Press the one-touch key to be programmed.
3. Press [ENTER].
4. Dial the fax number of the remote party.
5. Press [ENTER].
6. If you wish to program the party's name do as follows. If no name is to be entered press [ENTER].
[ONE-TOUCH 08]: enters a space
[ONE-TOUCH 09]: cursors left
[ONE-TOUCH 10]: cursors right
Press the numeric keys below to cycle through the characters listed below.
[1]: QZqz
[2]: ABCabc
[3]: DEFdef
[4]: GHIghi
[5]: JKLjkl
[6]: MNOmno
[7]: PRSprs
[8]: TUVtuv
[9]: WXYwxy
[0]: 0
[*]: */.,[]"[#]: #
7. Select the modem transmission speed.
0: H (14400)
1: L (4800)
8. Press [ENTER].
9. If you do not wish to change the special speed setup press [ENTER]. To change the special speed setup press [0] for OFF and [1] for ON and press
[ENTER].
10. To program an additional one-touch key press [0] and [ENTER], then repeat this procedure. To end programming press [1] and [ENTER].
Solution ID
TAUS0605526EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
REPLACE DRUM is displayed prematurely.
Solution
CAUSE: The waste toner sensor is falsely actuated.
SOLUTION: Remove the drum and gently tap on the top black cover to compact the toner and reseat the waste toner sensor actuator. This will allow the
toner waste sensor to fall back downward and eliminate the REPLACE DRUM message.
February 2013
946
FAX9715FP
Solution ID
TAUS0600405EN*
Solution Usage
453
Description
M041, CHECK DRUM.
Solution
CAUSE: The drum is close to end of it's life (message shows at 11,900 prints).
SOLUTION: Replace the drum set (PCUA number 930978) as soon as possible. If the CHECK DRUM message needs to be reset manually, perform the
following procedure.
3. Press [0] five times; then, press [SET].
4. Exit service mode by pressing [STOP] twice.
5. When back to standby, turn the fax OFF; then, back ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0600412EN*
Solution Usage
305
Description
How to program a one-touch key for multi-station transmission.
Solution
To program a one-touch key for multi-station transmission, perform the following steps.
Note: A maximum of 200 abbreviated numbers, plus 10 long hand numbers can be specified for a multi-station transmission.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [2] and [SET].
3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document on the ADF.
4. Specify the first desired fax number by using abbreviated numbers or long hand dialing.
Note: You MUST press [SET] within two seconds after specifying the first destination. If you specify an abbreviated number, press the [ABBR/ALPHA] key
before entering the 2-digit number.
5. Enter the next number; then, press [SET].
6. Repeat step 5 until all destinations are specified.
7. Press [START].
If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure.
If you are done, press [STOP] twice.
For detailed instructions, see pages 139 to 140 (multi-station transmission) and pages 112 to 113 (program one-touch key with multi station operation) in
the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0611575EN*
Solution Usage
201
Solution Usage
171
Description
Solution
To reset the drum counter, perform the following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] (displays " USER ID=_____" ), press [CONTRAST] x 3 times.
2. The display should now show SERVICE MODE.
4. Press zero five times; then, press [SET].
5. Exit the service mode by pressing [STOP] twice.
6. When back to the standby display, turn fax off; then, back on.
7. The CHECK DRUM message should now be reset.
Solution ID
TAUS0611550EN*
Description
M004 is constantly displayed.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuser not heating up within 180 seconds. Possible component failure.
SOLUTION: Check fuser lamp (p/n 754085430), thermostat (p/n 754085440) and fuse (p/n 754085470). Turn power off and then on to reset the code.
Solution ID
TAUS0600411EN*
Solution Usage
148
Description
How to set ABBR number.
Solution
Note: Up to 200 ABBR numbers (00-99 and *00-*99) can be stored in the FAX 9715 FP.
February 2013
947
FAX9715FP
To program an ABBR number, perform the following steps:
1. Press [FUNCTION], [1] and [SET].
2. Enter the ABBR number you want to store the fax number under (00-99 and *00-*99).
Example: [*] [1] [9]
3. Press [SET].
4. Enter the fax number using the numeric keypad.
Note: Use [DIAL/-] to enter a dash.
5. Press [SET].
6. Enter the name for the location using the one-touch program keys on the right.
Note: Use one-touch key [29] to enter a space.
7. Press [SET].
8. If wanted, enter a 2nd fax number; then, press [SET] twice -or- leave this entry blank and press [SET] twice.
9. If additional ABBR numbers need to be programmed, repeat the procedure starting at step 2. If programming is completed, press [STOP].
For more details, see [[page 51 to page 54| FILE V:\TEXT\PWH002.TXT NEW NoWordWrap]] in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0655172EN*
Solution Usage
131
Solution Usage
122
Solution Usage
104
Description
Blank prints or blank areas on printed pages.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. LED printhead is soiled or defective. Clean/replace LED printhead (p/n 754085100).
2. Transfer corona unit is soiled or defective. Clean/check transfer corona unit (p/n 7540-2500).
3. Drum and toner units are not seated properly. Reseat drum and toner unit into the main body.
4. A voltage spike has possibly corrupted the memory. Power the fax OFF for about five seconds, then turn the power back ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0612184EN*
Description
M014, M015 or M016
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Paper has jammed in the recording unit.
Open the top printer cover of the fax, remove paper and close the cover.
Note: If paper is in the main body, you may have to remove the drum and toner unit.
Check the registration and exit sensors. It may be necessary to turn the fax OFF and back ON to reset the fax.
If the error will not clear, perform an INITIAL ROM CHANGE using the following steps:
a. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [CONTRAST] three times.
b. The display should now show SERVICE MODE.
c. Press [FUNCTION] and then [7].
d. The display should show INITIAL, MODE=ROM CHANGE.
e. Press [SET] to perform ROM CHANGE initialization.
f. Press [STOP] twice to return to standby display.
2. Constant M014 caused by a bad printer EEPROM. Replace the EEPROM (p/n 754085300).
3. The fuser unit not installed properly and the exit photo sensor is hung up. Reinstall the fuser unit.
4. The backstop paper guide in the paper cassette is loose. Tighten the screw in the proper position.
Solution ID
TAUS0600790EN*
Description
How to enable or disable the TCR (transmit confirmation report).
How to disable the first page image on the TCR.
Solution
To enable/disable the TCR, perform the following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET].
2. Press [UP ARROW] five times.
3. The display should show SETTING, HOME POSITION.
4. Press [SET] four times.
5. The display should show SET HOME, TCR = (current setting).
6. Press [SELECT] repeatedly to select between OFF, PRINT, XMIT and PRINT&XMIT.
February 2013
948
FAX9715FP
Transmit Confirmation Report Options.
OFF: The transmit report is neither printed, nor sent.
PRINT: The transmit report is automatically printed at the end of transmission (default setting is PRINT).
XMIT: The transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission.
PRINT&XMIT: The transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission, and then automatically printed.
To disable printing of image, set function parameter address 163, bit 7, to 0, by performing the following steps.
2. The display should show SERVICE MODE.
4. The LCD will show SET FP across the top line.
5. Press [1], [6], and [3].
6. Press [SELECT] twice, [0], [SET] and [STOP] twice.
For more details on setting the TCR, see page 130 and 131 in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0600058EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
M005
Solution
CAUSE: The EEPROM on the Printer Control Board is bad.
SOLUTION: Replace the EEPROM (p/n 754085300) on Printer Control Board.
Note: After replacing the printer control board EEPROM, the LED print density data must be entered into the EEPROM and the EPROM's U1, U2, and U3
must be level GP (p/n 971511-05.0, 971512-05.0, and 971513-05.0) or higher.
To enter the LED print density data, perform the following steps:
2. Display should now show SERVICE MODE.
3. Press [FUNCTION] and [1].
4. Display should now show SETTING, SET EEPROM.
5. Press the [DOWN ARROW].
6. Display should now show SETTING, SET PRINTER EEPROM.
7. Press [SET] and [DOWN ARROW] twice.
8. Display should now show SET PRINTER EEPROM, PRINT DENSITY = (two digit number).
Note: Technical Support's FAX 9715 FP was set at a value of 32.
9. Enter the two digit value specified on the label attached to the LED printhead.
10. Press [SET] and [STOP] twice.
11. Display should show SELF DIAG for several seconds, and then return to the standby display.
The adjustment procedures are in the FAX 9715 FP service manual, pages 10-3 to 10-5. The EEPROM adjustments are in the service manual, pages 4-5 to
4-7.
Solution ID
TAUS0601264EN*
Solution Usage
91
Description
Solution
To store FAX ID, perform the following steps.
1. Press [FUNCTION] and [SET].
2. Press [8], [0], [0] and [SET].
3. Press [SET] twice.
4. Enter a name using the one-touch keys.
Note: Use one-touch key [29] to insert a space.
5. Press [SET].
6. Press [SELECT] and [SET].
7. Enter fax phone number using numeric keypad.
8. Press [SET] and [STOP].
See pages 47 to 49 in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide.
February 2013
949
Fiery S300 for CF5001

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701860EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
1xx Informational
2xx Success
3xx Redirection
4xx Client Error
5xx Server Error
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
February 2013
950
Fiery S300 for CF5001

File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0628558EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Spare parts information for the IP-901 controller.
Solution
List of IP-901 spare parts . The list includes such parts as:
Fiery IP-901/S300 motherboard (photo attached)
60GB IDE Hard Drive (photo attached)
MFPinterface cable (cable used to connect theprint controller and the main body)
Spare Kit UIB - display
Spare Kit buttons UIB - push buttons
CPU - 2.0GHZ/400MHZ (P4)
Memory - 256MB, PC2100 DIMM
Power Supply
Notes :
1. Hard Drive may have an alternate part number (p/n 7665020955).
2.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
February 2013
951
Fiery X2 for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications.
Solution
Requirements are:
Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled.
Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible).
Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40.
Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information).
All machine management and adjustment list printouts.
If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page.
If relevant, CREO configuration page.
Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions.
A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed
prior to sending to SSD or ASG.
If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The
archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD.
If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data)
The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature
Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated
ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number
and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to
E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD.
Notes :
1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from
the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be
February 2013
952
Fiery X2 for 7823

useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable.
a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh.
b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them
portable.
c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC.
Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0608883EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What are the port names for the Fiery* X2 external print controller?
Solution
The following are the print, hold and direct ports on the external Fiery X2 controller:
print_prn-M
hold_prn-M
direct_prn-M
Note: These are not case sensitive.
The print queue is the normal print queue, and the Fiery prints jobs in the order they are received.
The hold queue is for jobs that will be printed at a later time or will be printed repeatedly. Print jobs sent to this queue will require intervention from Fiery
Spooler, WebSpooler, or Command Workstation to print.
The direct queue is used to print or download jobs without spooling. The queue is used by the Fiery Downloader to print jobs stored on the User CD such as
the Pantone* charts.
Solution ID
TAUS0800767EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to perform a calibration with ColorCal or ES-1000.
Solution
Steps to reproduce using ColorCal :
1. Run ColorWise Pro Tools and login to the Fiery; then click Calibrator.
2. Select the following:
a. Measurement Method = ColorCal
b. Print Settings => Calibration Set => Media = Normal
3. Print Measurement Page. Place on the MFP glass with grayscale strip (Kodak Gray Scale - p/n 10012662).
4. Click "Measure".
5. Select "Yes" for Scanner Calibration and follow the instructions.
6. After successful scanner calibration, click "Measure" and follow the instructions to completion.
7. After successful measurement process, print comparison page.
8. Click "Apply".
9. Click Done to close Calibration.
Note :See the attached MPEG file (CalScan.MPG), for ColorCal procedure.
Steps to reproduce using an ES-1000 :
a. Measurement Method = ES-1000
4. Click "Measure".
8. Click "Apply".
Note : Please see ColorWise Pro Tools and calibration attachments for further details. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader
can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byChuck Tripp and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to uninstall EFI Command WorkStation from a Macintosh OS 10.x system.
Solution
To uninstall EFI Command WorkStation from a Macintosh OS 10.x system:
IMPORTANT :Be sure to delete only the files listed. Other deletions or changes can lead to system problems. Ifany other EFI utilities areinstalled, skip steps
4 and 5.
1. Double-click the hard disk drive icon onthe desktop.
2. Delete the /Applications/Fiery/CWS Macintosh Edition folder.
February 2013
953
Fiery X2 for 7823

3. In the /Applications/Fiery folder, delete the following if they were installed with Command WorkStation, Macintosh Edition:
ColorWise Pro Tools folder

EFI ImageViewer folder
4. Delete the following files starting with the letter h in the /Library/Frameworks folder:
h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi_color.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
5. Delete the file i1C.framework in the /Library/Frameworks folder.
6. In the /Users/ /Library/Preferences folder, wherethe name is of the user currently logged in to the Macintosh OS X computer, delete the files and folder
starting with the string CWS.
7. In the ~/Users/ /Library/Preferences folder, delete the following files (if ColorWise Pro Tools and ImageViewer were installed with Command
WorkStation, Macintosh Edition):
CWPT Preferences
EFI ImageViewer Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Cannot launch Configure from WebTools. Login may appear but configure applet is a grey square.
Solution
CAUSE: Java version 1.6.xx may cause conflict on some systems.
SOLUTION: From Microsoft Windows Control Panel select Add/Remove programs and remove all Java updates and the Java run-time environment
(may be listed as J2RE) - download version 1.4.2_17 from the Java archive site ( http://java.sun.com/products/archive/ )listed under J2SDK/J2RE-1.4. After
February 2013
954
Fiery X2 for 7823

version 1.4.2_17 is installed relaunch WebTools and launch Configure. If prompted to update, select "Do Not Install", select OK/Allow for any additional
pop-ups. Login screen will appear and applet will now work.
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
24
Description
Is therea list of Fiery part numbers forthe Fiery-based controllers?
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Please see attached list of part numbers for the Fiery controllers.To view the attached document, you may need to download a free copy of Microsoft
Excel Viewer (74MB).
Also you can navigate to:
1. www.MyKonicaMinolta.com .
2. Service Tab.
3. Warranty, Repair & Special Programs.
4.See the Fiery Spare Parts Support Excel spreadsheet.
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0625764EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Security features of the Fiery controller.
February 2013
955
Fiery X2e for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0608205EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
How to install the 160MB upgrade kit.
Solution
To install the 160MB upgrade kit (PCUA 950603), perform the following:
1. Remove one of the 32MB DIMMS and install the 128MB DIMM that comes in the kit.
2. Install the software which comes in the kit. This requires a Laptop. The Hard Drive on the X2e MUST be formatted prior to installing the software upgrade.
The current version of system software is v1.06.
3. A software key will be required after the system is reinitialized. When the system first boots, a message will appear that states the software switch is not
authorized and a 4-digit error code will be generated. This code is required to generate the key code. The customer/technician must call Konica Technical
Support (1-800-825-5664) and provide the error code. Konica will then have to contact EFI* to obtain the key. Once Konica has the key, they will call the
customer/technician back and provide them with the key. In the near future Konica will have the key generator and will not have to contact EFI for this
number.
Notes:
a. The 160MB upgrade kit is for the X2e Fiery controller only.
b. The patch should only be applied to a system that has been fully initialized and configured at least once. If the system is modified in any manner (i.e.
Memory been upgraded or system software reloaded) the controller must be initialized and configured before adding the patch . If the memory configuration is
changed, the patch should not be applied until a software password is entered to enable the new memory configuration.
Solution ID
TAUS0608321EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
How to obtain a 4-digit or 5-digit software switch when upgrading a Fiery* X2e controller from 64MB of memory to 160MB?
Solution
To obtain a 4-digit or 5-digit software switch the user needs to contact the Technical Support Hotline at 800-825-5664. The user will be sent to 2nd Level
Support to receive the 4-digit or 5-digit switch. Before receiving an authorizaton code, the user must provide a code to technical support. This code will be
displayed on the Fiery control panel and consists of alpha numeric characters.
Solution ID
TAUS0608519EN*
Solution Usage
32
Description
SOFTWARE SWITCH NOT AUTHORIZED message.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The system was powered OFF during initialization and the software authorization key is corrupted. Install the 50371.uxe file posted on the public FTP site
(ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com) in a folder called Fiery X2e. This file enables the user to recover the system from the "Software Not Authorized"
message. It will bring the system back to its original state. Configuration settings are not affected. To install the file, perform the following:
a. Power system ON
b. Press any key when LCD displays: To update/setup press any key.
c. Select option "install software" (DO NOT FORMAT DRIVE)
d. Select "parallel port option"
c. LCD will display "Please copy file to paral. port"
e. At the DOS prompt type: copy 50371.uxe lpt1 /b
f. After installation is completed, LCD displays: "must reboot after installation"
g. System will reboot, and LCD will display "Recovering system, do not turn OFF"
h. Right away, LCD will display: "Finish recovering, please turn OFF"
i. At this message, power OFF/ON the 7823.
j. At this point, the system is recovered.
k. A new section is created in the config page to reflect the patch installation. This section is called "Update info" and is located after the Printer Setup
information. The update information will display the following : 50371C
Notes:
1. If you have previously installed another patch to the system, and the Config page reflects the change; by installing patch 50371.uxe the "Update Info"
information will delete the previous info patch, and it will only display 50371C. There is no need to install the previous patch. Only the information of the
Config page has been changed. If you want both of the patches to reflect on the Config page, then first install 50371.uxe, and then install the other patches.
2. The patch should only be applied to a system that has been fully initialized and configured at least once. If the system is modified in any manner (i.e.
Memory upgraded or system software reloaded) the controller must be initialized and configured before adding the patch. If the memory configuration is
changed, the patch should not be applied until a software password is entered to enable the new memory configuration.
2. The error may occur when the memory upgrade kit is installed. A new password is required to enable the software after installing the additional memory.
If the patch file is applied before the new password is enabled, the software will become corrupt and will not function correctly. To correct this problem, the
memory will have to be brought down to the original 64MB and a new password will have to be entered to enable it. After this is done, the additional memory
can be installed and another password will have to be entered to enable it. To obtain a password, perform the following:
a. The 4 digit alphanumeric error code will be generated on the Fiery's LCD after initializing the software.
b. Call Konica National Systems Solutions Group (800-825-5664) and ask for 2nd level support.
c. Provide the 4 digit code and a password will be given to you. The password is unique to each controller and can only be generated using the 4 digit error
code.
February 2013
956
Fiery X2e for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
February 2013
957
Fiery X2e for 7823

Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0800767EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4. Click "Measure".
8. Click "Apply".
4. Click "Measure".
8. Click "Apply".
February 2013
958
Fiery X2e for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0618152EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the replacement hard drive for the Fiery X2e?
Solution
The part number is 45002804
February 2013
959
Fiery X2e for CF910

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
960
Fiery X2e for CF910

Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
961
Fiery X3e for 7832

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0615987EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
How to enable support for Copy Track when printing from a Microsoft* Windows 2000 workstation or server.
Solution
Windows 2000 does not support the Copy Track function. This limitation is noted in the release notes enclosed with the product. System code version 2.0
bypasses this limitation by adding a menu choice under the Server Setup Menu. Enable "No Account Printing" to bypass the Copy Track feature.
Solution ID
TAUS0614863EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Unable to print from a Windows* 98 workstation with the Copy Track feature on the main body enabled. INVALID USER CODE is displayed.
Solution
CAUSE: The User ID set in the print driver is at the default of zero.
SOLUTION: To program the User ID in the print driver to a value other than zero, perform the following:
1. Click Start, go to Settings and then select Printers.
2. Right click on the Fiery* X3e driver icon.
3. Select Properties.
4. Click on the Fiery Printing tab.
5. Click on User Identification in the menu.
6. Under Account Number, enter any number from 1 to 998.
7. Click Apply to save changes.
8. Close the print driver properties.
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


February 2013
962
Fiery X3e for 7832

Solution ID
TAUS0617142EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
What applications are supported for use with the Fiery* Scan twain driver when scanning from a Fiery connected Konica printer?
Solution
EFI* states that the only application which is supported for use with the Fiery Scan twain driver is Adobe* Photoshop* (Full or LE version 4 or above). The
Fiery Acquire plugin for Photoshop should be used in a Macintosh* environment. The Macintosh Fiery Scan twain driver has limitations on the scanned file
size and should not be used with Photoshop.
Note: It's possible that other applications will function correctly with the Fiery Scan twain driver, but problems with these applications will not be supported.
Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
963
Fiery X3e for 7832

Solution ID
TAUS0617060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The Test Page does not leave the queue when setup for Windows* Printing (peer-to-peer).
Solution
CAUSE: The Server Name has a space character.
SOLUTION: Output a configuration test page. Under the section labeled Server Setup, confirm the Server Name does not have spaces. If spaces are used,
you will need to rename it via the Control Panel Map to omit the space(s).
Solution ID
TAUS0617987EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable scan to E-mail feature after upgrading to version 2.0.
Solution
To enable scan to E-mail feature after upgrading to version 2.0, perform the following:
1. Upgrade copier firmware to the latest code using the flash card update system.
2. Enter the Tech. Rep. Mode by pressing Utility Key, Meter Count, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, and 1.
3. Press System Input followed by Peripheral Mode.
4. Select Mode 5 and then exit the screens.
February 2013
964
Fiery X3e for CF2001/CF1501

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


February 2013
965
Fiery X3e for CF2001/CF1501

Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
966
Fiery X3e for CF2001P

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


February 2013
967
Fiery X3e for CF2001P

Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
968
Fiery X3e for CF9001

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
969

Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0800767EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4. Click "Measure".
8. Click "Apply".
February 2013
970

4. Click "Measure".
8. Click "Apply".
February 2013
971
Fiery X3e PLUS

Solution ID
TAUS0621781EN*
Solution Usage
139
Description
Cannot print to the Fiery* X3e PLUS. Rebooting the Fiery X3e PLUS and/or the main body resolves the problem temporarily.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Low Power mode is set to a very short amount of time.
To change the Low Power setting, perform the following:
a. Press the Utility key.
b. Select User's Choice 1
c. Select 2/2.
d. Select Low Power.
e. Press the Clear QTY key.
f. Enter a value of 240.
g. Press Enter and then Exit twice.
2. Auto Shut Off is enabled.
To disable Auto Shut Off, perform the following:
a. Press Utility
b. Press Admin Mode
c. Enter the Administrator's Code (default is 0000)
d. Press Admin Set
e. Press Disable Shut Off Mode
f. Select YES
g. Press ENTER
h. Press EXIT twice
i. Press User's Choice 1
j. Press 2/2
k. Press Shut Off
l. Select NO
m. Press ENTER
n. Press EXIT twice.
3. Early version of software is installed on the engine.
Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version. A utility for Windows* 2000 and Windows XP (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made
available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin #3. The new utility uses the PCMCIA slot of a Windows 2000/XP laptop to program the flash card, instead of the old
style Swap box. The 8020/8031 requires the 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250), the 8MB flash card for the 7915/7920 will not work.
4. Early version of system code is installed on the conroller
Reload system code on the controller with the latest version.
5. Conflicting IP address with another device on the network.
Disconnect the network connection on the controller and PING the IP address of the controller from the command prompt of a PC. If you receive a reply from
the PING while the controller is disconnected from the network, then there is another device on the network with the same IP address as the controller. Work
with the network administrator to eliminate the conflict.
6. If an administrator password is set on the Fiery X3e Plus, print jobs will not print.
This issue has been resolved with a software patch. The patch file name is 1-AK2RR.ps (only to be used with 1.2 Fiery system code) and is on the Konica
FTP site . The file is posted as 13zhpt1ak2rr.exe. To install the patch, perform the following:
a. Download/Import the patch file "1-AK2RR.ps" with either Fiery Downloader or Command Workstation to the "Direct" queue.
b. You must wait at least 60 seconds after the patch file download/import before rebooting the system. This will ensure the patch file is completely
processed.
c. The system must be rebooted twice for the patch to be effective. Please select "Shut Down" and then "Reboot System" on the Fiery LCD. If you are
using CWS 4, please select Server" on the menu bar and select Reboot Server". When the Fiery has come to Idle", repeat the steps to reboot the system.
d. Please wait until the Fiery has come to idle after the second reboot to print out the configuration page.
e. Verify the Update Info section. It should contain the patch number "1-AK2RR".
7. The PWB-F is faulty.
When the engine enters Low Power mode it may loose communications with the X3e* Plus controller. Inspect the cables from the controller to the engine for
bent pins. If no pins are bent, replace the PWB-F (65FA-9030).
8. The Fiery control board is faulty.
Replace the Fiery control board (45029059)
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
February 2013
972
Fiery X3e PLUS

minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0621213EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
How to setup scan to hard drive.
Solution
To setup scan to hard drive, perform the following:
1. Enter the IP address of the Fiery* X3e PLUS in your web browser.
2. Log on as an administrator.
3. Click on the File tab and then the Create box under the mailboxes.
4. Input a mailbox number and password that you select in the proper fields.
5. Click on Apply and after the browser returns to the previous screen you can create another mailbox or log-out.
6. After all your mailboxes have been created and you have logged-out as an administrator you click on the Scan tab to set up a One-Touch key.
7. Select the Index number you wish to set the One-Touch key under and then click on an open box.
8. On the destination screen that opens select Scan to Mailbox and click on the Next box.
9. Name the mailbox with the name you want on the machine display in the destination name field.
10. Select the mailbox name or number for the location using the drop down menu.
11. Click on Create to finish creating the mailbox and making it available as a one touch key.
Note: You do not have to assign a password when you are creating a mailbox. You can leave the field blank so that no password is needed. The default
mailboxes (admin, operator, and guest) can also be selected for scanning
Solution ID
TAUS0621078EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
Fiery* X3e PLUS, is not recognized by the main body engine at set up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The memory module (MU-433) was installed in the Fiery instead of the main body.
Remove the MU-433 from the Fiery and install it on the copier board which is located on the right, rear of the machine (the location where the Fiery X3e was
installed on the models 7915 and 7920). Memory Upgrade, MU-433 (256MB) (Item #960833) must be installed in the main body at initial install for proper
machine operation.
2. The incorrect controller type was selected.
Perform the following steps:
a. Enter Service Mode (Utility, Meter Count, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1)
b. System Input
c. Peripheral Setting
d. Controller 2 and Mode 1
e. Select End and Fin.Time to return to copier display.
3. The Fiery system code has become corrupted.
Reload system code.
4.The Fiery hard drive has become inoperative.
Replace the Fiery hard drive and reload system code.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
February 2013
973
Fiery X3e PLUS

Solution ID
TAUS0622766EN*
Solution Usage
22
Solution Usage
22
Description
What is the part number for the motherboard?
Solution
The part number for the motherboard is 45029059.
Solution ID
TAUS0624330EN*
Description
What is the part number for the hard drive?
Solution
Hard drive (p/n 45027525).
February 2013
974
Fiery X4 for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
975
Fiery X4 for 7823

Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
February 2013
976
Fiery X4 for 7823

hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
977
Fiery X4 for CF910

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
978
Fiery X4 for CF910

Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
February 2013
979
Fiery X4 for CF910

hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
980
Fiery Z4 for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
981
Fiery Z4 for 7823

Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0630345EN*
Solution Usage
Description
UNDEFINED ERROR OFFENDING COMMAND message printed on output when printing a PDF from Adobe Acrobat or Reader when using booklet mode
function in the PostScript driver.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect setting for the Font and Resource Policy.
SOLUTION: From Adobe, click File, Print, Advanced andlocate and use the drop down arrow under the Font and Resource Policy. Depending upon version
location will vary under advanced. Set the Font and Resource Policy under the Advanced Print Setup box to Send for Each Page.
Solution ID
TAUS0607427EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Availability and specifications, Fiery* Z4.
Solution
The Fiery Z4 controller was introduced in Info Source Branch Bulletin #40-00 , dated March 24, 2000. See the Info Source bulletin for specifications and
features.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

February 2013
982
Fiery Z4 for 7823
h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
February 2013
983
Fiery Z4 for 7823

Description
February 2013
984
Fiery Z4 for 7832

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
985
Fiery Z4 for 7832

Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
February 2013
986
Fiery Z4 for 7832

hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
987
Fiery Z4 for 7920

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
988
Fiery Z4 for 7920

Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
February 2013
989
Fiery Z4 for 7920

hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
990
Fiery Z4 for CF2001

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
991
Fiery Z4 for CF2001

Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

February 2013
992
Fiery Z4 for CF2001

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
February 2013
993
Fiery Z4 for CF9001

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
994
Fiery Z4 for CF9001

Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

February 2013
995
Fiery Z4 for CF9001

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
February 2013
996
Fiery Z5 for CF1501

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Service Tab.
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643347EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Can Scantrip be used with the Fiery* Z5?
Solution
Scantrip cannot be used with any of the Fiery-designed controllers.
Solution ID
TAUS0655341EN*
Description
In Microsoft Publisher 2002/2003, publications/records are not individually collated and stapled when duplexing and using the Mail Merge feature.
February 2013
997
Fiery Z5 for CF2001

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
998
Fiery Z5 for CF2001

Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

February 2013
999
Fiery Z5 for CF2001

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
February 2013
1,000
Fiery Z5 for CF9001

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0657485EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,001
Fiery Z5 for CF9001

Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

February 2013
1,002
Fiery Z5 for CF9001

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
February 2013
1,003
Fiery ZX for 7823

Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611760EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What are the port names for the Fiery* ZX external print controller?
Solution
The following are the print, hold and direct ports on the external Fiery ZX controller:
print_PRN-M
hold_PRN-M
direct_PRN-M
Note: These are not case sensitive.
The print queue is the normal print queue, and the Fiery prints jobs in the order they are received.
The hold queue is for jobs that will be printed at a later time or will be printed repeatedly. Print jobs sent to this queue will require intervention from Fiery
Spooler, WebSpooler, or Command Workstation to print.
The direct queue is used to print or download jobs without spooling. The queue is used by the Fiery Downloader to print jobs stored on the User CD such as
the Pantone* charts.
Solution ID
TAUS0619651EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
The selection for LPR port does not show up when trying to set up a printer port under Microsoft* Windows NT.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect configuration.
SOLUTION: Microsoft TCP/IP* Printing Services needs to be enabled from the Windows NT network setup window.
Solution ID
TAUS0622965EN*
Description
Unable to find the Fiery* ZX when browsing the network to setup SMB printing from Windows* 9x or ME.
Solution
CAUSE: There is not a workgroup or domain name entered under Service Setup.
SOLUTION: Enter a workgroup or domain name on the Fiery ZX. To enter the workgroup or domain name, perform the following:
1. Press the MENU button on the Fiery control interface then use the down arrow to access the second screen, select REBOOT SERVER. When setup
message is on the display, press any key.
2. After the START UP menu is displayed select RUN SETUP, NETWORK SETUP, SERVICE SETUP, and WINDOWS SETUP in that order.
3. Enter and verify the correct data under WINDOWS SETUP making certain that you enter a name at the SET DOMAIN NAME option.
4. Select SAVE CHANGES and reboot the server.
Solution ID
TAUS0623117EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CorelDRAW* 9 is not positioning the image correctly on the output.
Solution
CAUSE: CorelDRAW will not print correctly if the PPD (PostScript* Printer Description) is not installed correctly within CorelDRAW.
SOLUTION: To make the CorelDRAW output print in the proper orientation, install the PPD by performing the following:
1. Print out a Microsoft* Windows test page and determine the correct PPD for the printer.
2. On the general tab of the print dialog box, click the "Use PPD" checkbox. If a PPD has not been previously loaded, a "Select PPD File" dialog will appear.
3. Browse to the folder containing the PPD (search .ppd will locate the proper folder). Select the PPD stated on the Windows test page and click OK.
4. Once the PPD is selected, click on the "Properties" button in the print dialog and choose the proper paper size and orientation. The document should then
February 2013
1,004
Fiery ZX for 7823

print properly.
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643350EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Can Scantrip be used with the Fiery* ZX?
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0655341EN*
Description
In Microsoft Publisher 2002/2003, publications/records are not individually collated and stapled when duplexing and using the Mail Merge feature.
Solution
CAUSE: Registry edit required.
WARNING : In Microsoft Windows, system configuration information is centrally located in the registry. While this simplifies the administration of a
computer or network, one incorrect edit to the registry can disable the operating system. The following list provides some best practices for using the registry
and Registry Editor safely:
Before making changes to the registry, make a backup copy.
Back up the registry by using a program such as Backup. After making changes to the registry, create an Automated System Recovery (ASR) disk. For
troubleshooting purposes, keep a list of the changes you make to the registry. For more information, see System State data.
Do not replace the Microsoft Windows registry with the registry of another version of the Microsoft Windows or Microsoft Windows NT-type operating
systems.
Use reliable tools and programs other than Registry Editor to edit the registry.
Incorrectly editing the registry may severely damage the system. Use tools and programs that provide safer methods for editing the registry.
Never leave Registry Editor running unattended.
Konica Minolta is not responsible for any system errors that may result from using a registry editor incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Microsoft Publisher can be enabled to individually collate, staple and duplex publications/records when using the Mail Merge feature of
Publisher through a registry edit. This can be done either manually or by a script.
To manually edit the registry
Open the Registry Editor by clicking Start, click Run, type regedit , and then click OK. Go to:
1. HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\ \Publisher\Printing
2. Right-click on the Printing folder, select New => String Value.
2. Create new "string value" called: NumberOfRecordsPerBatch
3. Double-click and set the Value Data to 1 . Instead of grouping records together into groups of 10to send to the printer (Publisher default), the records are
now sent in groups of 1 (i.e., each document is sent separately).
Note : A value for this size setting can be set between 0 and 99999.
To update the registry "automatically" from a script
1. Download the scriptfrom http://ed.mvps.org/20031Rec.reg and save the REG file to the Desktop (script is also attached in case the URL cannot be
accessed).
2. Double-click on the icon, and then click on Yes to the question, "Are you sure you want to add the information in C:DOCUME~1\administrator account
\Desktop\20031Rec.reg to the registry?"
3. The new value will be added to the registry.
Note :Refer to Windows registry information for advanced users ( http://support.microsoft.com/kb/256986 ) for additional registry editinformation.
February 2013
1,005
Fiery ZX-2100
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Service Tab.
Solution ID
TAUS0643351EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Can Scantrip be used with the Fiery* ZX2100?
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0629652EN*
Description
Fiery* Controller Parts Support.
Solution
Fiery Controller Parts Support
Notes To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0632614EN*
Description
How to clear the password from the Fiery*.
Solution
The Fiery password can be cleared by reinstalling System Software on the controller.
Solution ID
TAUS0632780EN*
Description
Where to acquire the system software for the Fiery* controller.
Solution
System software for the controller is available on CD-ROM. Please see the list for individual item numbers.
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL
February 2013
1,006
Fiery ZX-2100 for CF900

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
February 2013
1,007

Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
February 2013
1,008

hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,009

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
February 2013
1,010

Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
February 2013
1,011

hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,012
Fiery ZX-3300
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,013
Fiery ZX-3300
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,014
Fiery ZX-3300
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Service Tab.
February 2013
1,015

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
February 2013
1,016

Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
February 2013
1,017

hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,018

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS1001318EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Solution
File
Collect for Output
Reasons


Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
February 2013
1,019

Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
February 2013
1,020

hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0802047EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,021
FORCE50
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
1,022
FORCE50
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
1,023
FORCE50
Description
February 2013
1,024
FORCE60
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
1,025
FORCE60
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0606981EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
F51-5, lines on copies and possible abnormal noise.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Excessive friction between the front edge of the cleaning blade and the non-coated surface of the drum may cause the cleaning blade to "flip" in the
opposite direction.
Install the new style cleaning blade (p/n 55WA20020), which reduces the risk of the blade flipping by using a different material in the location where the
cleaning blade contacts the non-coated area of the drum.
Notes :
a.Before installing the cleaning blade, apply toner to 20mm of the front and rear edges of the cleaning blade. The newly installed Urethane part of the blade
does not need to be coated with toner.
b.See attached 7060/FORCE 60/7065/7150 Technical Bulletin #36. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be
2. Off-brand drums and setting powder were used. Useonly authorized setting powder (p/n 000V-19-0) and drums (PCUA 950786).
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,026
FORCE60
February 2013
1,027
Force65
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
1,028
Force65
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0801765EN*
Solution Usage
26
February 2013
1,029
Force65
Description
February 2013
1,030
Force75
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
1,031
Force75
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
1,032
Force75
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
1,033
Force85
Solution ID
TAUS0700453EN*
Solution Usage
1020
Description
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
2. Incorrect meters
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
bizhub 200/250/350
6. Not printing.
bizhub 420/500
bizhub 600/750
February 2013
1,034
Force85
7145/7255
1. Blank screen.
Ordering Procedures
Updates/Status
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0620249EN*
Solution Usage
239
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701604EN*
Solution Usage
86
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
February 2013
1,035
Force85
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
1,036
FormKaster
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0619499EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,037
FormKaster
Not able to print forms created from FormKaster on any of the newer model Konica printers.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect print driver version is being used.
SOLUTION: The latest version print drivers must be used when printing from FormKaster. The exception is the IP511/ 7155/7165. The work around is to
use an HP3 PCL* driver.
Note: This problem will be corrected in the next version of the driver.
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Compatibility between applications and firmware.
Solution
Please see the attached files that address compatibility between applications and firmware.
1. Compatibility with Phase 1.8 and Phase 2.0
Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 1.8 firmware?
Does the applicationfor Phase 2.5 work on Phase 3.0 firmware?
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).
February 2013
1,038
general info
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0608219EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
Parts Department information.
Solution
A dealer or end user can obtain parts directly from Konica by calling the Parts Department at 1-800-284-5555. The end user can order parts using a credit
card.
Solution ID
TAUS0703093EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
"Invalid card" message.
Solution
CAUSE: The CF card may have been accidentally or otherwise formatted for use with Microsoft Windows, and it is no longer useful as a device for installing
firmware to the MFP.
SOLUTION: There are 3 options for recovering a CF card. However, before attempting a recovery, confirm that the card is indeed the problem. Before
begining a recovery procedure:
1. Download the firmware file again and verify that the same problem reoccurs.
2. Download the firmware file from another computer.
If the problem still exists, select the appropriate option below.
OPTION 1: Reformat using Windows

The CF card can be reformatted in Windows. After reformatting it, DO NOT permit Windows to open the card. Windows will change the drive size, and it will
no longer be usable for installing firmware on MFPs.
IMPORTANT : This procedure does not apply to the CF card for the following models because theFAT16 file format is used: bizhub C200 or bizhub
200/250/350/222/282/362
These models do not recognize FAT32 or any other format.
OPTION 2: Recover the CF card to Factory Default - No OS, No Data

Use this option if Option 1 is not successful. For detailed step-by-step instructions, refer to the attached "Countermeasure for Formatted CF Card" document.
This procedure uses a disk HEX editor (the attached HxDen.zip file) to remove the data that prevents the MFP from loading the firmware.
CAUTION : This firmware has been used successfully in the the field; however, if the procedure is not followed completely, damage can result in the CF
card, which may also damage the MFP. SSD and KMBS have no responsibility for the use or misuse of the procedure and the software that it references.
OPTION 3: Recover a CF card by duplicating a working CF card

This procedure "rescues" an improperly formatted CF card by cloning a known-good CF card. This has the dual advantages of both making the "bad" card
usable again while saving the time of downloading the firmware file again. For detailed step-by-step instructions, refer to the attached "Cloning CF Cards"
document. This procedure uses a disk HEX editor (the attached HxDen.zip file) to remove the data that prevents the MFP from loading the firmware.
CAUTION :This firmware has been used successfully in the the field; however, if the procedure is not followed completely, damage can result in the CF
card, which may also damage the MFP. SSD and KMBS have no responsibility for the use or misuse of the procedure and the software that it references.
Notes :
1. To open the HxDen.zip file, WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or
Solution ID
TAUS0603899EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Recommended transparencies for copiers and printers.
Solution
February 2013
1,039
general info
All Konica copiers and printers (except those listed below) use the standard transparency (PCUA 946427 equivalent to the 3M* type PP2500 (688/503).
Models 4065, 6090, 6090M and 7090S/RF should use (PCUA 946428), which is thicker and is equivalent to the 3M type PP2410 (703/536) which has a paper
back to actuate the light sensors. The lead edge white strip type is not recommended for these models.
The model 9028 and 7728 should use only (PCUA 947923). Use of the OHP mode and an external fuser is necessary for colors to be transparent.
Note: Feed transparencies from the bypass tray one sheet at a time for best results.
February 2013
1,040
HDD Backup Utility

Solution ID
TAUS0800971EN*
Solution Usage
Description
HDD Backup Utility and Device Set-up User Guides.
Solution
HDD Backup Utility
Main features covered:
Backing up (saving)
Restoring (recovering)
Wizard operations (program in dialog format)
Access limitations through auto protect
Encoding backup data
Device Set-up
For the Device Set-up, installing the following plug-ins allows you to obtain the information of an MFP on the network and/or change its settings.
PageScope Data Administrator

HDD Backup Utility
Log Management Utility
Font Management Utility
Copy Protection Utility
Please refer to the attached documentation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0653883EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After restoring the backup data with the HDD backup utility, CD354 is indicated.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware update required.
SOLUTION: Please update base firmware toat least Phase 2.52. IfPhase 2.51 firmware is already installed in the machine, it is not necessary to update
firmware to Phase 2.52.
Note : For a customer already using the backup utility:
Please install the updated firmware to the MFP, and then perform the HDD backup with the utility.
For a customer currently not using the backup utility:
Please update the firmware before the customer uses the HDD backup utility.
The problem happens on the units with the Phase 2.0 level firmware or Phase 2.5 level installed. The firmware versions are shown in the following table.
C450/C450P
Card ver.
MFP Cont. ver
C351
Card ver.
MFP Cont. ver
C250/C250P
Card ver.
MFP Cont. ver
C352/C352P
Card ver.
MFP Cont. ver
C300
Card ver.
MFP Cont. ver
February 2013
1,041
HDD Backup Utility
Phase2.0 ( NG)
A7
G00-B6-000
A8
G00-B6-000
81
G00-75-000
08
G00-07-000
08
G00-07-000
Phase2.0 Modified ( Fixed)

GCU-A7
GCU-B6-000
GCU-A8
GCU-B6-000
GCU-81
GCU-75-000
GCU-07
GCU-07-000
GCU-08
GCU-07-000
Phase2.5 ( NG)
D2
G00-D1-000
No Production
A3
G00-A1-000
No production
No Production
Phase2.51 ( Production
Fixed)
D4
G00-D3-000
No Production
A5
G00-A3-00
33
G00-33-000
33
G10-33-000
Phase2.52
( Fixed version for field update )
D7
February 2013
1,042
HDD Backup Utility

G00-D7-000
D7
G00-D6-000
A8
G00-A6-000
The same as above
(Phase2.51)
The same as above
(Phase2.51)
To clear the CD354 error, please perform the following:
1. On the control panel, press [Stop] g [0] g [7] g [1] g [3] g [9]. [*] will appear on the LCD panel.
2. Touch [*]. The NVRAM data saved in Flash memory will be restored in NVRAM.
3. After completion of the restore, power the machine OFF/ON.
4. With procedures above, the NVRAM data stored in flashROM will be written into NVRAM.
To delete improper HDD data restored, please perform the HDD logical format:
1. Administrator mode, Security Setting, HDD Setting, HDD Formatting.
2. If the HDD is not installed, please perform the previous procedure.
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700882EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is the HDD backup utility the same as the utilities available for other bizhub products?
Solution
The HDD backup utility is the same as for the other bizhub products.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001063EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After initializing the MFP, the one-touch buttons disappear.
Solution
CAUSE: When initializing the MFP, the data stored on the HDD is affected. This data includes the one-touch buttons and Account Track data.
SOLUTION: Prior to initializing the MFP, print out the Account Track data. Once the initialization procedure completes, the data will be lost. To save the
February 2013
1,043
HDD Backup Utility

one-touch data:
1. Enter Service mode and select System 2.
2.Disable the HDD and reboot the MFP.
3.Run the initialization procedure and enable the HDD after the procedurehas completed.
Note : Use the HDD Backup Utility or PageScope Data Administrator to store the customer data in case of an accidental erasure. The HDD Backup
Utilityand PageScope Data Administrator are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert
Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,044
IC-202
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,045
IC-202
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,046
IC-202
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Troubleshooting vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail communication failure.
February 2013
1,047
IC-203
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,048
IC-203
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,049
IC-203
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
1,050
IC-204
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
In the attached vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Communication Troubleshooting Guide are troubleshooting methods and procedures to resolve vCare E-mail
Communication issues. Topics addressed are:
Essential vCare Technician troubleshooting tools

E-mail Communication Requirements
Additional Requirements
February 2013
1,051
IC-204
Troubleshooting when an E-mail communication test fails
E-mail Server Considerations
Determining the type of Authentication required on a Mail Server, through telnet
Ethereal network capture to diagnose email connectivity issues
Performing a Communication Test, Printing the Communication Log and verifying that the MFP is communicating with the vCare system
Verifying through the vCare web application that MFP setup is complete
Example Mail Server logs which record a CSRC Communication Test and reception of a setup E-mail
Advanced E-mail Communication Troubleshooting
Solution ID
TAUS0900739EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
February 2013
1,052
IC-205
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,053
IC-205
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,054
IC-205
Solution ID
TAUS0900739EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
February 2013
1,055
IC-208
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900739EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
1. Load the 64-bit driver on the client.
Note : If you receive a pop-up indicating COPY ERROR, setup cannot copy this file. Example: KOZJA_.PP_. This could possibly be a file path length
limitation. Try reducing this limitation by pulling out the specific driver needed and placing it on the desktop.
3. From the 64-bit client perform the Run command to connect to the 32-bit server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter.
4. Double-click on the shared out printer.
5. Select printer and then properties.
6. Select the Sharing tab and click on the additional drivers box.
7. Select or check-off the 64-bit (x64) driver to be added to the 32-bit server.
8. Select OK and the 64-bit driver should be pushed up to the server.
9. Check the additional drivers of the client and server to confirm that the x86 (32-bit) and x64 are both installed.
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
February 2013
1,056
IC-208
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0703546EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Printing from any driver using an Adobe CS3 Suite application is very slow. The print job maycomplete quickly, but the application indicates that it is still
printing for a long period after the actual completion. The application is unavailable to perform any other tasks during this period.
Solution
CAUSE: A compatibility issue between a native Intel application, like Adobe CS3 Suite applications and the Intel versionMacintosh OS 10.4x.
SOLUTION: The best workaround for this issue is to hide the Macintosh DOCK. The problem appears to be related to how the application interacts with the
DOCK while it is visible. Auto-hiding theDOCK through preferences will correct this printing deficiency. Adobe and Apple have not officially acknowledged
this problem, even though it affects printing using any print driver.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke and Ed Bellone, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
February 2013
1,057
IC-301
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0648003EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
Requirements for troubleshooting file or printing issues on a CREO (CREO Troubleshooting Template).
Solution
In order to simulate, the followingis needed:
Clear Problem Description

Paper Tray Setup
Archived files
PDF2Go
Configuration Information
Screen Shots and/or Desktop Video recording.
Data Logs file using the POD Check Tool
System Performance Monitoring Tool
NetTest Tool
Diagnostics
Operating System
Application(s)
Original file
For Software/ Printing issues :
February 2013
1,058
IC-301

Paper Tray Setup
Archived files
PDF2Go
Operating System
Application(s)
Original file
Hard Copy Samples if it is Print Quality Related.
For Suspecting Hardware issues with the CREO :

System Performance Monitoring Tool (Taskmon)
Diagnostics
Operating System
Description of each item requested :
ITEM
Description

The exact workflow recreation
(step-by-step)
If need to, provide screen shot steps or video.
Paper Tray setup

(includes weight and size for trays being used)
February 2013
1,059
IC-301
Archive Files.
From the application File menu g Archive- A CAB file is created in the destination folder.
(for backup or for problem submission - right-click on the file and select Archive).
a. Archive saves RTP file, Job Parameters and original PDL file.
b. CAB files should be sent together with the problem report.
Note
: Verify the file, in fact, recreates the related issue before archiving.
Export file to PDF2Go format.

This will provide a visual reference for what the file will look like.
(Right-click on the file and select PDF2Go)
Configuration Information.
Export to txt file, IC-301, IC-304 or IC-307configuration information.
(Info menu g Configuration g Export)
Data Logs Collection

To collect application logs whenever a problem occurs on the CREO color server.
You need to have the Color Server Application shutdown before you start.
Select Start g IC-307 Print Controller g IC-307 Print Controller Tools g Data Logs Collection
You will be prompt to the same instructions and location to where the Data Log will be saved.
Once you start it, Start the CREO Color Server Application and reproduce the customer's workflow in order to re-crete the problem.
Once this is completed STOP it.
The Data Log will be saved in
D:Shared\Data_logs.cab
POD Check Tool

(Color Server Check Tool)
To collect system,software information and logs (used whenever a problem is detected at a customer site).
February 2013
1,060
IC-301
To start the Color Server Check tool:
Start>IC-307 g IC-307 Tools g Color Server Check Tool g Color Server Check Tool.
Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs
a. HTML - collects the system information and the last 500 lines of each log.
b. ZIP file includes all files.
Note
: Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize any pop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.

Recommended in caseperformance issues are detected on the CREO Color Server.
a. Taskmon.html Displays the CREOcolor server processes.
b. Taskmon.csv graphic display of the processes which have performance problems.
Note
:Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize anypop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
NetTest Tool
(Network Throughput Monitoring Tool) -recommended when network issues are detected.
nettest.html displays throughput results.

The log file is created in D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs\Network monitor.html
Diagnostics
When there is a suspicion on a hardware problem and problem to print jobs. When using the Diagnostics Utility, make sure the Color Server Application is
turned OFF or Shutdown.
The log file is created in the *HTML folder:
C:\IC-307\Diagnostics\JServer\Html
* Provide the entire HTML folder.
Operating System versions and

Service Pack
The Customers Workstation Operating System.
(Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.)
February 2013
1,061
IC-301
Application(s)
Name and version (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13)
Original file
If unable to correctly print the archive file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use
the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard.Include
the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including available screen shots) and a folder name (usually of the
ticket number and/or name of the account).These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail andwill have to be sent on a CD/DVD.
Note
: All the mentioned tools and instructions are included in the attached file.
Notes :
1. If you need assistance or guidance please contact the SSD Contact Support Center.
2. All the mentioned tools and instructions are included in the attached file.
3. To open the file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can
either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
4. Please see the attached videos for assistance in gathering the requested items. Microsoft Windows Media Player download version 9 or newer is
suggested.
February 2013
1,062
IC-302
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,063
IC-302
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,064
IC-302
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
1,065
IC-303
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0802597EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Part numbers for IC-303/IC-305 system code versions.
February 2013
1,066
IC-303
Solution
IC-303/IC-305/Fiery S450 65-55C-KM/Fiery PRO80 65-55C-KM system code version part numbers:
IC-303 Service Kit System Software version 1.02 (p/n 45062138)

IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.0 (p/n 45076554)
IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.1 (p/n 45083022 or available from the SSD Download Selector)
IC-305 Service Kit System Software version 3.0 (p/n 45086963).
IC-303/IC-305System Software version 3.0A (p/n 45097070).The system code is not available for download, but can be ordered free of charge using normal
ordering procedures.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Bill Ehmke/Ed Bellone/Clinton Marquardt, ESS
February 2013
1,067
IC-304/Plus
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0701021EN*
Solution Usage
44
Description
C-6704 error code.
Codes C-6702 or C-6703 may also be displayed.
Touchscreen may fail to respond when pressure is applied.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Failed Image Processing Board. Components NF30 and C249 may have failed on the IPB. For the details, please view the attached photo.
Replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28 for bizhub PRO C5500/C6500/C6500P and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for bizhub PRO C5501/C6501C6501P/C65hc ).
2. The Image Memory Control Board (IMCB) has failed.

Replace the image memory control board (p/n A03U H040 13).
3. The code is indicated when making a booklet and saddle stitching. If the booklet is made without saddle stitch, it works fine with no error codes. Size is set
to metric in Command WorkStation.
Change to inch size.
4. INDriver patch is required or Fusion Board has failed if using the CREO controller (IC-304).
Install the Fusion (INDriver) patch. If that does not resolve the problem, replace the Fusion Board (p/n 503-00351A).
February 2013
1,068
IC-304/Plus
5. Document is being scanned while the controller is still booting.
Please wait until the controller has fully loaded before beginning the scan process.
6. The OACB (System Control Board)has a poor connection to the touchscreen or the OACB has failed.
Reseat CN251 at the OACB and CN172 on OB/3 . Replace the OACB (p/n A03U H010 5A) as necessary.
7. HD-506 option is installed but not enabled. (Usually a C-6703 is indicated when printing.)
Enable HD-506 by turning ON software SW 2-0. To turn ON software SW 2-0, perform the following:
b. Select System Setting.
c. Select Software SW setting.
d. Scroll to SW 2-0 and select ON.
e. Exit Service Mode.
Note : When installing an HD-506, ensure that both software SW 2-0 and SW 10-1 are ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0657985EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
Troubleshooting Guide version 3.1.
Solution
The contents of the attachedTroubleshooting Guide:
1. Low density (under low humidity environment)
2. White spot
3. Carrier attachment to the image
4. Poor transfer
5. Background
6. Repeater Mark
7. Toner spilling
8. White lines (to sub-scan direction)
9. Uneven gloss
10. Paper waving
11. How to maintain consistent color during continuous printing
12. Darker at the trailing edge of image
13. Problem with non-recommended paper
14. How to adjust side1/2 Image registration
15. Thin paper jams wrapping around the fusing belt (separation failure)
16. Blurred image
17. Change of color
18. White Streaks (drum memory)
19. Waste toner packing
20. PFU, LU paper no feed under low temperature environment (J16-02)
21. Gloss unevenness on side2 of coated paper (PFU, LU)
22. SC28-01 to 04 when machine is powered up
23. SC28-31 to 34 (Charging potential correction (Vm) error)
24. White (meandering) line (dust attach on PET sheet)
25. PFU centering error (image suddenly shifts by 5mm)
26. Centering error, skew (how to set paper in PFU)
27. Print job is not accepted while machine indicates dehumidifying
28. Transfer shifts with halftone on thick paper under high humidity
29. Drum drive error C-22xx
30. Depletion of developer after continuous printing
31. Abnormal Image
32. Coupling shaft breakage of transfer belt unit rear side
33. How to perform book printing from Adobe Acrobat (IC-303/IC-305)
34. Calibration procedure
35. C6501 uneven density correction procedure
36. SD-506, tri-fold adjustment procedure
37. How to print on custom size (IC-303/IC-305/IC-408)
38. Rippled uneven image
39. Banding on Halftone
40. Adjustment Procedure at Write Unit Replacement
41. Blurred Characters, toner spray only on black part in color at rear edge, with thick paper
42. How to install IC-304 enhanced driver for Macintosh
43. IC-304: Custom size is recognized as A4
44. FS-607/FS-520 Main Tray Capacity by Paper Size and Paper weight
45. Copy image orientation changes if using finishing function
46. Paper size list (to feed and to exit)
Note : To view the attached PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
1,069
IC-304/Plus
February 2013
1,070
IC-305
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0802597EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Part numbers for IC-303/IC-305 system code versions.
Solution
IC-303/IC-305/Fiery S450 65-55C-KM/Fiery PRO80 65-55C-KM system code version part numbers:
IC-303 Service Kit System Software version 1.02 (p/n 45062138)

IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.0 (p/n 45076554)
IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.1 (p/n 45083022 or available from the SSD Download Selector)
IC-305 Service Kit System Software version 3.0 (p/n 45086963).
IC-303/IC-305System Software version 3.0A (p/n 45097070).The system code is not available for download, but can be ordered free of charge using normal
ordering procedures.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Bill Ehmke/Ed Bellone/Clinton Marquardt, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS0657985EN*
Solution Usage
35
Description
Troubleshooting Guide version 3.1.
February 2013
1,071
IC-305
Solution
The contents of the attachedTroubleshooting Guide:
1. Low density (under low humidity environment)
2. White spot
3. Carrier attachment to the image
4. Poor transfer
5. Background
6. Repeater Mark
7. Toner spilling
8. White lines (to sub-scan direction)
9. Uneven gloss
10. Paper waving
11. How to maintain consistent color during continuous printing
12. Darker at the trailing edge of image
13. Problem with non-recommended paper
14. How to adjust side1/2 Image registration
15. Thin paper jams wrapping around the fusing belt (separation failure)
16. Blurred image
17. Change of color
18. White Streaks (drum memory)
19. Waste toner packing
20. PFU, LU paper no feed under low temperature environment (J16-02)
21. Gloss unevenness on side2 of coated paper (PFU, LU)
22. SC28-01 to 04 when machine is powered up
23. SC28-31 to 34 (Charging potential correction (Vm) error)
24. White (meandering) line (dust attach on PET sheet)
25. PFU centering error (image suddenly shifts by 5mm)
26. Centering error, skew (how to set paper in PFU)
27. Print job is not accepted while machine indicates dehumidifying
28. Transfer shifts with halftone on thick paper under high humidity
29. Drum drive error C-22xx
30. Depletion of developer after continuous printing
31. Abnormal Image
32. Coupling shaft breakage of transfer belt unit rear side
33. How to perform book printing from Adobe Acrobat (IC-303/IC-305)
34. Calibration procedure
35. C6501 uneven density correction procedure
36. SD-506, tri-fold adjustment procedure
37. How to print on custom size (IC-303/IC-305/IC-408)
38. Rippled uneven image
39. Banding on Halftone
40. Adjustment Procedure at Write Unit Replacement
41. Blurred Characters, toner spray only on black part in color at rear edge, with thick paper
42. How to install IC-304 enhanced driver for Macintosh
43. IC-304: Custom size is recognized as A4
44. FS-607/FS-520 Main Tray Capacity by Paper Size and Paper weight
45. Copy image orientation changes if using finishing function
46. Paper size list (to feed and to exit)
Note : To view the attached PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
1,072
IC-306/Fiery Pro80 80C-KM

Solution ID
TAUS1002393EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
Code C-6703 or C-6704 (scanner malfunctions).
If no code is indicated, the printed image may be distorted or garbled. (See the attached image samples.)
Codes may also be indicated when trying to scan with a jam in the ADF (DF-622).
C-6704 may be indicated when printing using Halftone Simulation with Grayscale selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor connection of the video I/F cable.
Check the connection the video I/F cable. The left side of the connector might not be fully connected. If so, please insert the connector firmly after taking it out
and inserting it several times, then fasten the lock-screws tightly. Secure the video I/F cable as shown in attached documentation. A new modified cable is
available as outlined in the attached Technical Bulletin #7899.
2. Scanner time out. One of the memory boards has failed. (bizhub PRESS C8000 only)
Replace Memory control board/1 (p/n A1RF H020 02) and/or Memory control board/2 (p/n A1RF H040 02). Confirm that firmware is version 20 or later.
3. Patch installation is required for the IC-306 Fiery controller.

Please install patch 1-1A5EUN (version 1.0/1.1, 32-bit controllers).
Note : If C-6704 shows when trying to scan with a jam in the ADF, install patch 1-1CQYJT ( 1-1CQYK8 for version 2, 64-bit controllers). The patches are
available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.

Please load the prerequisite patch 1-18LDJR and then load 1-1CQYII . The patches are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Notes :
a. To open a ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It
b. Please refer to attached Release information prior to patch installation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
TROUBLESHOOTING C-6703 (bizhub PRO C8000 only)

C-6703 is a Scanner: AVV length abnormality. To troubleshoot:
1. Check the connection of CN223 (Controller in operation) and CN212/CN213 (Scanner in operation) plus wiring between the connectors. If any problem is
found, correct it.
2. If the cause could not be specified by the above steps, replace the parts in the following order.
Memory control board/1 (p/n A1RF H020 02)
Scanner image processing board (p/n A1RH H010 01), when scanner is outputting
C-6704 is a Scanner time out. To troubleshoot:
1. Confirm that firmware version is version 20 or later.
2. Replace the parts in the following order.
3. If the error code is NOT solved by above steps, please take an engine log file when displaying the C-code on the panel. After that, escalate the ticket to
ESS in order to analyze the cause.
To take a firmware capture(engine log data), please perform the following.

1. When the error code (SCxx-xx) is displayed on the operation panel insert a USB memory stick into the mainbody Service Port.
2. Press the button on the operation panel by the following order.
[Utility] g [Utility] g [Powersave] g [Powersave]
3. By pressing the above buttons, the Interrupt button and the Accessibility button on the operation panel will be blinking.
4. If the light pulse disappears, it shows that the taking of log data has finished.
Solution ID
TAUS0700338EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Scan to SMB does not work in a workgroup network environment.
Solution
CAUSE: User name format does not properly identify the user in the domain.
SOLUTION: Enter the user name in the [domain name\user name] format to properly identify the user to allow the SMB connection.
February 2013
1,073
IC-306/Fiery Pro80 80C-KM

Note : Since the controller is normally not a member of the domain,it is necessaryto identify the domain name with the domain user name to allow the
connection.
Solution ID
TAUS0807998EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
Unable to install the FACI. The monitor screenremains blank when the Fiery is booted from the Feature Update CD; theinstallation does not complete.
Solution
CAUSE:The Feature Update CD that came with the FACI kit is being usedto complete the installation.
SOLUTION:Use theFiery Options utilityversion 1.11 CD that came with the IC-305 or version 1.5 CD that came with the IC-306to complete the installation.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1100048EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
Forcertain files, digital scan scan lines or other image defects may appear across portions of the ouput. (See attached filesfor image examples.)
Solution
CAUSE: A patch is required.
SOLUTION:Please installpatches 1-19TOJ5 for the IC-306 and 1-1A2SSM for the IC-413. The patches are available via the Konica Minolta Download
Selector.
Notes :
1.If the image is still garbled, please attempt the following workaround(s) below.Possibly only one of the below suggestions may solve the image problem.
Change the setting for Image Quality from "Normal" to "Best".

Change the setting for Resolution from "1200dpi" to "600dpi".
Change the setting for Image Smoothing from "OFF" to "ON". (It is dependent upon the image and/or engine.)
Turn the image 180 degrees by using "Rotate 180" at "Layout" of printer driver or Command WorkStation (CWS).
2. Please refer to attached Release Notes prior to installing a patch.To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
1,074
IC-307(70/60PPM)
Solution ID
TAUS0648003EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
Solution

Paper Tray Setup
Archived files
PDF2Go
NetTest Tool
Diagnostics
Operating System
Application(s)
Original file

Paper Tray Setup
Archived files
PDF2Go
Operating System
Application(s)
Original file
February 2013
1,075
IC-307(70/60PPM)

Diagnostics
Operating System
ITEM
Description

(step-by-step)
Paper Tray setup

Archive Files.
Note

February 2013
1,076
IC-307(70/60PPM)

POD Check Tool

Note

February 2013
1,077
IC-307(70/60PPM)
Note
NetTest Tool

Diagnostics

Service Pack
Application(s)
Original file
Note
February 2013
1,078
IC-307(70/60PPM)
Notes :
suggested.
Solution ID
TAUS1104178EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
IC-307 CREO Controller Upgrade to version 1.1.
Solution
A software kit is available to permit current CREO controllers to be upgraded to version 1.1. Updating the controller to this level provides significant
functionality enhancements.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Upgrading the controller involves a complete software rebuild. The software kit contains 4 disks.
Item Content
Disk 1 Operating System, RAID firmware
Disk 2A Specific to C8000
Disk 2B Specific to C6000/C7000
Disk 3 Documentation
IC-307 print controller software kit v1.1 p/n- 634-00767BFOC
FOC PARTS ORDERING PROCEDURE
Free-of-charge (FOC) parts can be ordered via the Online Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form, located within MyKonicaMinolta.com (Service
? Warranty, Repair & Special Programs).
FOC parts for this program will be available for units that are within the affected serial number range as mentioned above.
These FOC parts will be available from November 1, 2011 to February 1, 2012.
Upon our receipt and verification of your online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge order. These parts will be shipped
via UPS 2nd-Day service. As mentioned above, KMBS will ship these parts at no charge; therefore, no invoice will be generated. No defective parts are to be
returned to KMBS for this specific FOC Program. Questions related to your FOC claims may be directed to KMBS Service Operations at (201) 818-3515.
Note : Please see the attached Bulletin 8148 for details. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,079
IC-307(80PPM)
Solution ID
TAUS0648003EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
Solution

Paper Tray Setup
Archived files
PDF2Go
NetTest Tool
Diagnostics
Operating System
Application(s)
Original file

Paper Tray Setup
Archived files
PDF2Go
Operating System
Application(s)
Original file
February 2013
1,080
IC-307(80PPM)

Diagnostics
Operating System
ITEM
Description

(step-by-step)
Paper Tray setup

Archive Files.
Note

February 2013
1,081
IC-307(80PPM)

POD Check Tool

Note

February 2013
1,082
IC-307(80PPM)
Note
NetTest Tool

Diagnostics

Service Pack
Application(s)
Original file
Note
February 2013
1,083
IC-307(80PPM)
Notes :
suggested.
Solution ID
TAUS1104178EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
IC-307 CREO Controller Upgrade to version 1.1.
Solution
A software kit is available to permit current CREO controllers to be upgraded to version 1.1. Updating the controller to this level provides significant
functionality enhancements.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Upgrading the controller involves a complete software rebuild. The software kit contains 4 disks.
Item Content
Disk 1 Operating System, RAID firmware
Disk 2A Specific to C8000
Disk 2B Specific to C6000/C7000
Disk 3 Documentation
IC-307 print controller software kit v1.1 p/n- 634-00767BFOC
FOC PARTS ORDERING PROCEDURE
Free-of-charge (FOC) parts can be ordered via the Online Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form, located within MyKonicaMinolta.com (Service
? Warranty, Repair & Special Programs).
FOC parts for this program will be available for units that are within the affected serial number range as mentioned above.
These FOC parts will be available from November 1, 2011 to February 1, 2012.
Upon our receipt and verification of your online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge order. These parts will be shipped
via UPS 2nd-Day service. As mentioned above, KMBS will ship these parts at no charge; therefore, no invoice will be generated. No defective parts are to be
returned to KMBS for this specific FOC Program. Questions related to your FOC claims may be directed to KMBS Service Operations at (201) 818-3515.
Note : Please see the attached Bulletin 8148 for details. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,084
IC-401
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,085
IC-401
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,086
IC-401
Solution ID
TAUS0639161EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
The IC401 is not recognized by the main body engine at set up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The memory module (EM-301) was installed in the IC401 instead of the main body.
Remove the EM-301 from the controller and install it on the copier board which is located on the right, rear of the machine (the location where the Fiery* X3e
was installed on the models 7915 and 7920). Memory Upgrade, EM-301 (256MB) (Item #4599291) must be installed in the main body at initial install for
proper machine operation.
2. The incorrect controller type was selected.
Perform the following steps:
a. Enter Service Mode (Utility, Meter Count, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1)
b. System Input
c. Peripheral Setting
d. Controller 2 and Mode 1
e. Select End and Fin.Time to return to copier display.
3. The Fiery system code has become corrupted.
Reload system code.
4.The Fiery hard drive has become inoperative.
Replace the Fiery hard drive and reload system code.
February 2013
1,087
IC-402
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0643532EN*
Solution Usage
28
Solution Usage
26
Description
Unable to print internal/Fiery* test pages or network printing with the IC402 installed.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect main body firmware is installed.
SOLUTION: Upgrade main body firmware to latest level. Minimum confirmed firmware level for IC402 support is version 50.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
1,088
IC-402
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
February 2013
1,089
IC-402
not available.
February 2013
1,090
IC-405
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,091
IC-405
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,092
IC-405
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
February 2013
1,093
IC-406
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
1,094
IC-406
Solution ID
TAUS0658074EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
CS Remote Care/vCare E-mail Setup Instructions.
Solution
Attached are the zipped CSRC E-mail Setup Instructions:
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.8.5
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.3.0
bizhub 360/420/500/600/750 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.2.1
bizhub PRO 920 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.8.2
bizhub C451/C550/C650/C203/C253/C353/C552/C652/361/421/501 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail (One-Way) Setup Instructions version 1.3.0
bizhub PRO 950 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail (One-Way) Setup Instructions version 1.3.2
bizhub C200 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.2.0
bizhub C450/C351/C250/C352/C300 CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.3.8
bizhub C451/C550/C650/C203/C253/C353 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail (Two-Way) Setup Instructions version 1.0.0
bizhub PRO C500/8050/IP-901/IP-921/IC-405/IC-302 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.8.3
bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500/C5501/C6501/C65hc/Main body NIC vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.4.0
Notes :
2.This vCare documentation can also be found by using the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert
Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please see attached procedure. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
February 2013
1,095
IC-408
Solution ID
TAUS0702723EN*
Solution Usage
386
Description
negative image
Solution
system code.
a failed IPB.
45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602).
System Code
using version 1.0.
Failed IPB
45053205) as a set .
Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0700316EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Part number(s) for the IC-408 system code.
February 2013
1,096
IC-408
Solution
IC-408 system codeversion 1.0(p/n 45057679), version 1.0a (p/n U226-0190 - 2 DVD set),version 1.1 (p/n 45072657)version 2.0 (p/n 45079926) andversion
2.0 SP3 (p/n 45094053).
All the ISO files to create a DVD (or DVDs)are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Please refer to the attached Release Notes and installation instructionsprior to any system code installation.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant/Mike McCarthy/Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0703153EN*
Solution Usage
36
Description
IC-408 parts list includes:
45053205 (Video Board) - see attached photo
45059196 (CPU) - 2.8GHZ Celeron D w/Lowprofile cooling
45053589 (Hard Disk) - 80GB HDD SATA 7200RPM (see attached photo)
45053602 SCSI Cable, Video, 68P, Microcentronic (see attached photo)
45068302 (Motherboard)
45057727 (Memory) - DIMM, 512MB, PC2100/DDR266
Solution
Pleasereferenceattached updated Bulletin Number 5797,the IC-408 part numbers documents andphotos. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free
Note : The motherboard part number in the original bulletin mistakenly showed it as being commonwith the IC-405 and IC-406. Thepart number for the
IC-408 motherboard is now listed correctly.
February 2013
1,097
IC-409
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0702732EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
TheMFP will not come out of Power Save Mode when a print job is sent to the IC-409. This occurs mainly in the morning when the machine stays in Power
Save Mode overnight. Main body and controller may need to be power-cycled in order for printing to take place.
Solution
CAUSE: System code version 1.0 firmware bug causing the IC-409 to lose communication with the main body.
SOLUTION: The IC-409 must have patches 1-U52ZX and 1-UF108 installed to allow communication to be maintained during the Low Power Mode. These
patches only apply to IC-409 system code version 1.0 and should not be installed on the the IC-409 running system code version 1.01 and above.
Note : The latest version firmware and system software are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web
Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ron Reed and Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,098
IC-409
Solution ID
TAUS0800785EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
With IC-409 version 1.01 system code, theMFP will not come out of Power Save Mode when a print job is sent to the IC-409.This occurs mainly in the
morning when the machine stays in Power Save Mode overnight. Main body and controller may need to be power-cycled in order for printing to take place.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware bugwith the IC-409 version 1.01 in which itloses communication with the main body when theMFP goes into Power Save Mode.
SOLUTION: A new patch file (1-XL217)for the IC-409 isavailable that corrects this issue.
Patch files are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector:
1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com
2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page.
3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located on the left.
4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.
5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left.
6. Search for the patch file name or select Color Products => IC-409 => System Code.
Note:
1.Please ensure that the IC-409 system code 1.01 has patch 1-W5C85 (16.8MB)installed prior to installing patch 1-XL217 (17.94MB).
2. If issuepersists after installing patch 1-XL217, please install patches 1-ZB8PP and
1-105NZD.
3. Please refer to the attachedRelease Notesand other documentation for more detail on these patches. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byTony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0902658EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
What is Memory Check and how is it used?
February 2013
1,099
IC-412
Solution ID
TAUS0902658EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
What is Memory Check and how is it used?
Solution
Functions
To check correspondence of data written to andread from memory through write/read check.
Rough Check - A check is made to see if the image data reading and writing are correctly made in a very limited area. The progress of the check sequence is
displayed in percentage.
Detail Check - A check is made to see if the image data reading and writing are correctly made at the addresses and busses in all areas. The progress of the
check sequence is displayed in percentage.
When Used
If the copy image is faulty.
Adjustment Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys:
[State Confirmation] g [Memory / HDD Adj.] g [Memory Check]
3. Select the desired type of check, either [Rough Check] or [Detail Check].
4. Press the Start key to start the check procedure. You can press the Stop key to interrupt the check sequence.
5. When the check procedure is completed, the results are shown on the screen.
Note : If the check results are NG, check the memory for proper connection or replace the memory with a new one.
INDICATION
The Memory Check screen in the Service Mode indicates the condition of the memory.
WORK0: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped atDIMM0 slot on MFPB
FILE0/1: Solder-mountedSDRAM on MFPB
FILE2/3: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-GIF - I/F board for Fiery (excludes bizhub C203)
WORK0/1: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM0 slot on PWB-MFP
WORK2: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM1 slot on PWB-MFP for i-Option
FILE0/1: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-MFP
FILE2/3: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-GIF - I/F board for Fiery
WORK0: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM0 slot on PWB-MFP
WORK1: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM1 slot on PWB-MFP for i-Option
FILE0/1: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-MFP
FILE2/3: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-GIF - I/F board for Fiery
FILE4/5: For future machine (Solder-mounted SDRM on PWB-DS that is for double scan control)
WORK0: Standard memory (DIMM0)
WORK1: Standard memory (DIMM1)
FILE0/1:Memory of ASIC200 installed in the MFPB board
FILE2/3: Memory of ASIC200 installed in the EIF board for the Fiery IC-412
FILE4/5: Not used
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,100
IC-412

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,101
IC-412
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS1103939EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Scan to SMB
Scan to FTP
Solution
February 2013
1,102
IC-412
Scan to SMB
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
bizhub 500/420/360
bizhub 600/750
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C351/C352/C450
Scan to FTP
10.7
Duplex
Stapling
Output Paper Size
Color Mode
Composite Overprint
February 2013
1,103
IC-412
www.efi.com .


Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1002334EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
IC-306 and IC-412 parts.
February 2013
1,104
IC-413/Fiery E100 70-60C-KM

Solution ID
TAUS1002393EN*
Solution Usage
45
Description
Code C-6703 or C-6704 (scanner malfunctions).
If no code is indicated, the printed image may be distorted or garbled. (See the attached image samples.)
Codes may also be indicated when trying to scan with a jam in the ADF (DF-622).
C-6704 may be indicated when printing using Halftone Simulation with Grayscale selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor connection of the video I/F cable.
Check the connection the video I/F cable. The left side of the connector might not be fully connected. If so, please insert the connector firmly after taking it out
and inserting it several times, then fasten the lock-screws tightly. Secure the video I/F cable as shown in attached documentation. A new modified cable is
available as outlined in the attached Technical Bulletin #7899.
2. Scanner time out. One of the memory boards has failed. (bizhub PRESS C8000 only)
Replace Memory control board/1 (p/n A1RF H020 02) and/or Memory control board/2 (p/n A1RF H040 02). Confirm that firmware is version 20 or later.

Please install patch 1-1A5EUN (version 1.0/1.1, 32-bit controllers).
Note : If C-6704 shows when trying to scan with a jam in the ADF, install patch 1-1CQYJT ( 1-1CQYK8 for version 2, 64-bit controllers). The patches are
available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.

Please load the prerequisite patch 1-18LDJR and then load 1-1CQYII . The patches are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Notes :
a. To open a ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It
b. Please refer to attached Release information prior to patch installation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

C-6703 is a Scanner: AVV length abnormality. To troubleshoot:
1. Check the connection of CN223 (Controller in operation) and CN212/CN213 (Scanner in operation) plus wiring between the connectors. If any problem is
found, correct it.
2. If the cause could not be specified by the above steps, replace the parts in the following order.
Scanner image processing board (p/n A1RH H010 01), when scanner is outputting
C-6704 is a Scanner time out. To troubleshoot:
1. Confirm that firmware version is version 20 or later.
2. Replace the parts in the following order.
3. If the error code is NOT solved by above steps, please take an engine log file when displaying the C-code on the panel. After that, escalate the ticket to
ESS in order to analyze the cause.
To take a firmware capture(engine log data), please perform the following.

1. When the error code (SCxx-xx) is displayed on the operation panel insert a USB memory stick into the mainbody Service Port.
2. Press the button on the operation panel by the following order.
[Utility] g [Utility] g [Powersave] g [Powersave]
3. By pressing the above buttons, the Interrupt button and the Accessibility button on the operation panel will be blinking.
4. If the light pulse disappears, it shows that the taking of log data has finished.
Solution ID
TAUS1200383EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Is the IC-413 compatible with the C6000L?
Solution
The IC-413 is compatible with the bizhub PRO 6000L.
Image control firmware versions GMG-32orG00-40 (and above)need to be installed on the engine, and IC-413 patch ( 1-18LDJR ) installed on the Fiery
controller. The firmware and patches can be downloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
February 2013
1,105
IC-413/Fiery E100 70-60C-KM

Notes :
1. If the controller is connected to the Internet via proxy, it is recommended to manually install the 1-1BCHDK patch.
2. Controller may not be visible at the machine to provide TCP/IP address. Connect the IC-413 to a laptop running Command WorkStation using a
crossover cable or a network using DHCP, and search for it to assign and find the TCP/IP address in order to install the patch.
3. Please review attached documentation prior to installing the firmware and patches. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0700338EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Scan to SMB does not work in a workgroup network environment.
Solution
CAUSE: User name format does not properly identify the user in the domain.
SOLUTION: Enter the user name in the [domain name\user name] format to properly identify the user to allow the SMB connection.
Note : Since the controller is normally not a member of the domain,it is necessaryto identify the domain name with the domain user name to allow the
connection.
Solution ID
TAUS1100173EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Part number for controller system software.
Solution
IC-413 E100 version 1.0 for bizhub PRESS C6000/C7000 (Microsoft Windows XP Pro SP3-based) - This System Software is not available for download, it
needs to be purchased.
IC-413 system software (p/n 45095418)
Konica Minolta Japanhas communicated that starting at the end of 2010 going forward all Windows-based OS's will no longer be available as an ISOfromthe
download selector. EFI is the only company licensed to these Microsoft OS's. Konica Minolta is not licensed to post them or provide ISO images.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,106
IC-414
Solution ID
TAUS0702079EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Code CD252at startup.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The MFP Image Controller setting does not match the installed controller.
Set the MFP setting to match the installed controller. To reset the error code, perform the following:
a. Press Utility/Counter button.
b. Press Job Details button on the operation panel.
c. Press Utility/Counter button.
d. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until Meter Count is displayed on the operation panel.
e. Press Check Details button.
f. Enter Tech. Rep Mode (Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1).
g. Press the System 2 button.
h. Press Image Controller button.
i. Press Controller 0 for the standard controller. If the Fiery controller is installed, press 1 .
j. Exit Tech Rep Mode.
k. Cycle the power OFF/ON.
For the IC-414

Enter Service Mode and configure the Image Controller Setting to Controller 1 .
Note : Due to a Trouble code, you can access the Service Mode using the steps below:
a. Power OFF MFP.
b. Power ON the MFP while pressing the [Reset] key on the op panel.
c. In a few seconds, the Trouble Reset screen is displayed. Do not touch Trouble button.
d. While the Trouble Reset screen is displayed, press the key sequence to enter Service Mode (Stop 0 0, Stop 0 1).
e. If the CE Password is enabled, enter the password (9272 fours time is default), then touch END.
f. The screen will return to the Trouble Reset screen. Press the Menu key on the op panel.
g. Now the Service Mode menu is displayed.
h. Touch System 2.
i. Touch Image Controller Setting, then set to either of the following as desired.
[Controller 0] = embedded controller
[Controller 1] = Fiery controller
2. Interface cable is not fully seated.

Check the Fiery interface cable (p/n 45061700 for the IC-409 and p/n 4508-0983 for the IC-412).
3. Incorrect Language setting.

Confirm the Language setting is set to U.S. (English).
4. Incorrect DIPSW setting for the IC-412 (bizhub C360/C280 only).

Verify that DIPSW 2-1 and 2-2 on the MFP are in the "up" position. Please see the attached document for details. To view the PDF, you may need to
5. This error code is not listed in Service Manual (bizhub C353P only). It is usually generated when there is a connection problem between a controller
interface kit and external controller but these printers do not use an external controller. Incorrect system settings or faulty hardware may have generated the
error.
Using the Jig Software, access the [Service Mode] g [System 2] g [Image Controller Setting] and check to see if Controller 0 is set for the Image
Controller Setting. If the setting is correct and the error persists, please replace PWB-MFP (p/n A02E H341 06).
Notes :
a. When Enhanced Security is set to ON , the Image Controller setting cannot be changed. Go to [Admin. Settings] g [Security Settings] g
[EnhancedSecurity] and set to OFF. After changing setting, make sure to turn off the power switch then turn it on again after waiting at least 10 seconds.
b. After the jig software (external panel controller) has been used, the external application mode must be canceled. The following two procedures are
available.
Disconnection procedure performed from the PC

1. Select [Service Mode] g [System 2] g [Software Switch Setting].
2. Click [Switch No.] and enter 62 with the ten-key pad.
3. Click [HEX Assignment] and enter 00 with the ten-key pad.
4. Click [Fix].
5. Disconnect the network cable and turn OFF and then turn ON the printer.
February 2013
1,107
IC-414
Disconnection procedure performed from the printer
1. Turn OFF the power switch of the printer.
2. Turn ON the power switch with the Menu/Select key held down.
3. Trouble reset screen will appear.
4. Select [Release Ext. APP], and press the Menu/Select key.
5. Following the instructions given on the screen, turn OFF and then turn ON the printer.
6. This automatically sets HEX Assignment of software SW 62 to 00 and the printer is started.
7. Disconnect the network cable.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900464EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to remove Fiery printer driver PPD from Macintosh OS 10.x.
Solution
To remove drivers and PPDs from Macintosh OS 10.X:
Double-click on your Hard Disk and navigate to

/Library/Printers/Contents/Resources/en.lprog/Fiery ****
February 2013
1,108
IC-414
Note : (Fiery****) being the specific driver you are trying to remove.
Delete/Trash thePPD and reboot the Macintosh.

There is also an Automated Utility (Print Driver Removal) that can perform the same procedure, this Utility removes the PPD and plug-ins.
Note : Intel Macintosh has not been tested yet using the Print Driver Remover Tool.
With the Fiery Removal Utility, please usethe attached DriverRemover.dmg file. The utility and a sample photo are also attached.
Note : To open the ZIP file, WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .
The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
Solution ID
TAUS1200781EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Installing system software through a USB flash drive
February 2013
1,109
IC-601
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
February 2013
1,110
IC-601
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS0901640EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
How to perform a file capture.
Solution
Pleaseunzip the attached WinZip file to accessthe procedure.To open the ZIP file, WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the
WinZip website . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
To viewthe zipped PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Thedocument addresses the topics:
USB memory
Key files for log acquisition
Setting of the controller
Situation of needed controller log and captured files
Procedure of acquisition of the controller defective log
Procedure of acquisition of the controller capture
The required key files (showalllog and getcapture) are also included.
Key file for acquisition of the defective log of the controller: showalllog
Key file for acquisition of the controller capture: getcapture
Store either key filein the USB memory.If both key files are stored in the USB memory at the same time, the files may not be captured correctly.
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description

Solution

February 2013
1,111
IC-601
DISABLING SNMP

Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
the Machine.

223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
Printer Products:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
February 2013
1,112
IC-611
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0900736EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,113
IC-611
IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
February 2013
1,114
IC-611
Solution ID
TAUS0648443EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Notes :
February 2013
1,115
i-Option
Solution ID
TAUS0800843EN*
Solution Usage
226
Description
Solution
Notes :
support:
Server online.
Solution ID
TAUS0901247EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
i-Option Deactivation is performed when an MFP licensed for i-Option will no longer be used for that function. This applies to both the LK-101 and LK-102
i-Option components.
After the Deactivation procedure has been completed, the i-Option Token or License will be available for use to be activated on another i-Option-capable
MFP.
Solution
Use these steps to perform license deactivation. This process removes the link between serial number and the i-Option License Token so that the i-Option
License Token can be activated on another i-Option-capable MFP.
Access the LMS (License Management Server)

1. Access theLMS through mykonicaminolta.com. It is locatedunder the Service License Management Server (LMS) section.
2. Through the LMS select [Deactivate License Code] from the top menu;then enter the MFPs serial number.
3. Press[Retrieve].
4.Select the i-Option Token Number to be deactivated.
Note:If both the i-Option LK-101 and LK-102 Tokens are listed, select only one at a time.
5. Press[Registration], then[OK].
6. Print the Deactivation Code.
Enter the Deactivation Code at the MFP

7. At the MFP, enter Service Mode (Utility, Details, Stop,0,0, Stop, 0, 1).
8. Enter the Billing mode (Stop, 9).
9. Select[Deactivation].
10. Manually enter the Deactivation Code obtained from the LMS.
11. Select the i-Option function to disable.
Note: The i-Option function to be disabled must match the function selected through the LMS either the LK-101 or LK-102. Only one a time can be
selected.
12. Press [Apply].A [Deactivation Complete Code] will be displayed.
13. Print the Deactivation Complete Code.
Note: If the Deactivation Complete Code was not printed before cycling power, it can be obtained again.Re-enter Service Mode Billing Mode;press[List],
then the [Start] button.
February 2013
1,116
i-Option
14. Cycle the MFP power off/on.
Access the LMS

15. On theLMS, select[Deactivate License Code in LMS] from the top menu.
16. Enter the MFPs serial number and the Deactivation Complete Code printed from the MFP (step 13, above).
17. Press[Registration], then[OK].The message You have successfully completed the deactivation process should appear.
18. Repeat the entire procedure to deactivate any other i-Option tokens on the MFP.
Refer to the attached document for images shots of the various screens that are displayed during this procedure.
Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1200651EN*
Solution Usage
12
Solution Usage
Description
The i-option license is not installing and some advanced features are not working.
Solution
CAUSE:Softswitch 25 is set to a hex value of 00 (Phase 1 functionality).
SOLUTION: Set softswitch 25 to a hex vaule of 20 (Phase 3 functionality). To set perform the following:
1.Enter Service Mode.
2. Select System 2.
3. Select Software switch settings.
4. Set softswtich 25 to a hex value of 20 and select Fix to save,then cycle power.
Solution ID
TAUS0802041EN*
Description
Why the "Repair" procedure is unsuccessful in resolving "License Management error occurred" message on the MFP.
Solution
Some reasons why the "Repair" procedure may be unsuccessful:
If the serial number of the MFP is input with lower case letters, the request can not be resolved correctly. Ensure that the serial number is in Upper Case
letters prior to performing the Repair Process.
When replacing the NVRAM or the EEPROM board, please replace them with new parts. When the parts are replaced with used parts, the License
Management error condition cannot be resolved by performing the Repair operation.
If both the NVRAM and the EEPROM board are replaced.
If "Initialization" is required, please collect the following information before calling support:
If i-Option ever was ever licensed on the MFP and if the additional 512MB of memory was ever installed at any time
A "Request Code" from the MFP and theserial numbermust be obtained in order to start the "Initialization" procedure (see attached"Obtain Request Code").
Note to SSD support :After all the necessary information has been collected, escalate the issue to ASG through your team leader. A member of the i-Option
support team will then take ownership of the ticket and obtain an"Initialization" code. which will be recorded in the ticket.
The technicianwill then enter the Initialization code at the MFP, following theinstructions in the attached "Perform Initialize Procedure" document. To viewthe
PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
IMPORTANT: It may take from 1-3 days to receive an "Initialization" code from support
If i-Option features had previously been registered on the MFP, it will be necessary to re-register and re-license the i-Option functions after Initialization is
completed (see attached"i-Option Setup Instructions and License Activation").
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp and Ron Reed, ASG/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0802327EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What steps should be performed if the "Initialization" procedure fails to clear the "License Management Error"?
Solution
After an "Initialization" code has been received from SSD Technical Support, the "Initialization" procedure fails to clear the "License Management" error on
the MFP. An "Invalid setting" message may be displayed on the MFP after entering the "Initialization" code.
If the "Initialization" procedure fails to clear the "License Management" error on the MFP The NVRAM and Service EEPROM boards need to be replaced with
brand-new NVRAM and Service EEPROM boards at the same time, so that both will then be in an initial condition After this is completed reload the latest
February 2013
1,117
i-Option
firmware.
Notes :
1.If any i-Option functions had been purchased for this MFP, the i-Option License registration procedure will need to be performed again.
2. The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form is referenced in attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be
3. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
a. Login to MKM.com.
e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
4. EEPROM replacement is a standard parts order using the following part numbers.
bizhub C451/C550/C650 - A00J H00C 00

bizhub C203/C253/C353 - A02E H002 01
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801652EN*
Solution Usage
Description
TCP socket error occurs when using PageScope Web Connection if latest Adobe Flash Player version 9.0.124.0 is installed. This problem does not
occurwith Adobe Flash Player version 9.0.115.0.
February 2013
1,118
IP-011
Solution ID
TAUS0610561EN*
Solution Usage
61
Description
Does the IP011 support Microsoft* Windows 2000 printing?
Solution
Windows 2000 network printing is available using IP011 firmware version 3.02a and print driver version 13.00 or higher. The firmware and print drivers are
available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for
Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information|
RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
Notes:
1. The print drivers are for network connected IP011 controllers. They don't include the setup program and port monitoring utility which would normally be
used on an IP011 directly connected to a PC. Driver files that include the setup program will soon be uploaded to the Konica FTP site.
2. Instructions on updating IP011 firmware .
3. The IP011 Windows 2000 print drivers are to be only used with Windows 2000 operating systems. This driver will NOT install correctly on any other
operating system.
4. If using this driver in an environment with both NT4 and Windows 2000, the NT4 driver must be loaded on the NT4 clients or the server.
5. If a Windows 2000 client attaches to an NT4 server, the printer will only be partially created on the client. You must install the Windows 2000 driver locally
on the client.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0616240EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
What driver should be used when printing from Microsoft* Windows XP?
Solution
The Konica IP011 Nozomi version 13.02 Windows 2000 driver (which is not part of Windows XP), has been tested and approved for use in Windows XP.
Solution ID
TAUS0600001EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
Will the IP011 support DOS printing?
Solution
The IP011 will not support DOS printing. The IP011 can only be installed on Windows* based computers running Windows 9x, Windows NT 4.0, and
Windows 2000. Using the optional KN304 network interface (Item #950235), the IP011 also supports the following:
Networks: 100BaseT/10BaseT Ethernet
Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), and peer-to-peer (TCP/IP)
Solution ID
TAUS0600003EN*
Solution Usage
29
Description
On what platforms can the IP011 be installed?
Solution
The IP011 can only be installed on Windows* based computers running Windows 9x, Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000. Using the optional KN304
February 2013
1,119
IP-011
network interface (Item #950235), the IP011 also supports the following:
Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), and peer-to-peer (TCP/IP)
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0610744EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
How to reset the KN304 back to factory defaults.
Solution
The preferred method of resetting the KN304 to defaults is through MAP or a web browser. There is a choice for Factory Defaults under the Network
Configuration page. Once reset, Power OFF the main power switch on the side of the printer for 10 seconds before powering ON. This will ensure that the
card is properly reset.
If the KN304 is not accessible on the network, the KN304 card can be reset with jumper OP2 . To perform a reset using jumper OP2, perform the following:
1. Move jumper OP2 on the KN304 from the top 2 pins to the lower 2 pins.
2. Place the IP011 back in the printer and power it ON for about 5 minutes.
3. After 5 minutes, power it OFF, remove the controller and move the OP2 jumper back to its original pins.
4. Replace the controller and power back ON.
5. The KN304 should now be reset.
February 2013
1,120
IP-101
Solution ID
TAUS0611715EN*
Solution Usage
71
Solution Usage
56
Description
KN101, installation procedures for the network card.
Solution
Procedures are outlined in the IP101 Service Manual, [[Page 3-4| FILE V:\TEXT\wce003.txt NEW NoWordWrap]].
KN101 Installation Kit Photo . IP101 Back Panel Photo . CIC Board Photo . IP101 Interior Photo
Solution ID
TAUS0654989EN*
Description
Site requirements and installation procedures, IP101.
Solution
Verify that all Site Requirements are met prior to IP101 installation.
=====================================
IP101 INSTALLATION SITE REQUIREMENTS
=====================================
I. MACHINE CONFIGURATION
PCUA NUMBER
ITEM
947948
IP101 Print Controller
947946
7728 Video Interface Kit
947943
Full Color Upgrade**
947944
PostScript(5) Upgrade**
947942
KN101 Network Card**
** Options. Not required for basic non network PC installation.
II. POWER REQUIREMENTS
Grounded 115V, 10A AC line separate from 7728.
III. PC PARALLEL CONNECTION (Not supplied by Konica Minolta)
Parallel cable with DB25 male to male connectors (25-wire). Length not to exceed 25 feet (Customer supplied).
IV. PC SERIAL CONNECTION (Not supplied by Konica Minolta)
Null modem cable (9-wire) with DB9 female connector for IP101 and either DB9 or DB25 female connector for PC connection. (Customer supplied).
V. MACINTOSH* CONNECTION
KN101 network card.
Ethertalk Port with either 10BaseT or 10Base2 connector (Customer supplied).
10BaseT or 10Base2 cable. If Macintosh is not connected to a network but directly connected to KN-101, 10Base2 cabling must be used with T connectors
and terminators (Customer supplied).
VI. PC SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS (Without KN101 network card)
DOS version 5.0 or greater (Customer supplied).
Microsoft* Windows version 3.1, 3.11 or Windows 95.
7728 Windows PCL* printer driver (not Windows 95 compatible).
7728 Windows PostScript* printer driver (Optional - Need PostScript upgrade kit).
VII. MACINTOSH SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS (With KN101 network card)
AppleTalk* Network operating system (Customer supplied).
Macintosh System 7.x or greater (Customer supplied).
Apple Laserwriter* printer driver, version 8.3.3 or greater (Customer supplied).
7728 Macintosh printer driver (Included in PostScript upgrade kit).
PostScript upgrade kit.
VIII. NETWORK CONNECTION (With KN101 network card)
Ethernet Network Interface.
10BaseT or 10Base2 cabling.
VIIII. SUPPORTED NETWORK OPERATING SYSTEMS (With KN101 network card)
Novell Netware* 2.15 or greater.
HPUNIX*; IBMAIX*; SCO SVR4 on Intel Platform; Silicon Graphics INDYIRIX; SUN OS 4.1.3 BSD on SPARC; SUN OS 5.2 SVR4 on SPARC; SUN OS 5.1
SVR4 on Intel x86.
OS/2* LAN Manager V2.0c or higher; IBM* LANServer V1.3 or higher.
Macintosh system 7.x or higher.
============================
IP101 INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
============================
Special Tools required:
Gradation correction chart #3 (p/n U131-1290) for printer color balancing.
Gradation correction chart #4 (p/n U131-1300) for printer color balancing.
PLCC extractor (p/n 50F5444). For upgrading EPROM's and PAL's.
February 2013
1,121
IP-101
External monitor and keyboard. Optional but useful in troubleshooting.
Laptop computer or Data Generator (p/n U131-1360). Optional but helpful in testing equipment prior to connecting to customer PC.
9-pin null modem cable or 9-pin serial cable with null modem adapter. Optional but helpful in troubleshooting printing problems.
Parts Required:
DB25 pin male to male shielded 25 conductor cable. 10' or less (pre-tested on IP101 to verify operation)
Video interface kit
Full color upgrade (optional). To enable 16.7M color palette on 8.5x11 paper.
PostScript Upgrade (optional). To print postscript images. Needed for full color upgrade.
Installation Steps:
1. Install video interface kit. Verify that 3 new EPROMs are installed in correct sockets and ROM/T is removed from old video interface board and installed
on new board. (Service 2-1 to 2-4)
2. Verify that all 7728 main body adjustments have been performed and color balance has been optimized.
3. Remove the cover of the IP101 and install the full color upgrade if available. Make sure that the 4MB SIMM in bank 0 is removed and the 16MB SIMM in
bank 1 is moved to bank 0. Observe anti-static procedures and use demagnetized tools. (Service 2-5).
4. Verify that all connectors and boards are seated properly then replace cover.
5. Connect Connectors 1 & 2 from the 7728 to the proper connectors on the back of the IP101. (Service 2-4).
6. Plug the IP101 into a grounded outlet and turn on power. Turn on power of the 7728 after the IP101 is turned on.
7. If the 7728 initializes, print the PCL test print from the menu screen on the 7728 control panel. (URG 3-4).
8. Turn off the 7728; then, the IP101. Insert the PostScript upgrade disk (If available) into the IP101 floppy drive and turn on power to the IP101. When the
IP101 starts beeping, installation is complete. Turn off power to the IP101 and remove the disk from the floppy drive. (Service 2-5).
9. Turn on the IP101; then, the 7728. After the 7728 is ready to print, print the PostScript test print from the menu screen on the 7728 control panel. (URG
3-4).
10. Turn the 7728 OFF; then, the IP101. Connect the 25 pin cable to the parallel port of the IP101 (found on the CIC card) and connect the other end to the
laptop or data generator if available.
11. Verify that the 7728 PCL and PostScript (if PostScript is installed) printer drivers are loaded on the PC being used for testing. Using the 7728 PCL driver,
print a test document from Windows Write if using a laptop. If PostScript is installed, print the same document using the 7728 PostScript driver. Refer to Data
Generator User Manual for instructions on its use for printing.
12. Perform all printer balancing adjustments as outlined in Section 4 of the IP101 service manual.
[[Installation procedures| FILE V:\TEXT\WCE002.TXT NEW NoWordWrap]] are outlined in the IP101 Service Manual, Pages 2-1 thru 2-5 and 4-1 thru 4-4.
[[Site Requirements| FILE V:\TEXT\WCE005.TXT NEW NoWordWrap]].
IP101 Internal Photo .
IP101 Rear Panel Photo .
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
February 2013
1,122
IP-101
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0601011EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Microsoft* Windows 95 Installation/Configuration information for 7728 PostScript* print driver.
Solution
The 7728 print drivers are not available on the Windows 95 disk and need to be installed separately. The available print drivers can be made available by
contacting your local service provider.
Solution ID
TAUS0600340EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to install Windows* printer drivers.
Solution
Printer drivers are installed in Control Panel using the 'Install Unlisted or Updated Printer' option. Select 'Control Panel' from the 'Main' program group. Select
'Printers' from 'Control Panel'. Select 'ADD' and highlight 'Install unlisted or updated printer'. Select install and place driver disk into the floppy drive and press
'OK'.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
February 2013
1,123
IP-101
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0600194EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Large fonts/graphics won't print when using the 7728 PCL* driver.
Fonts above 48 will not print. PCL printer driver versions below 13 are affected.
Solution
Version 13 of the PCL Printer Driver corrects this problem. Upgrade to the current release levels. Part number IP101M1-13.0

Solution ID
TAUS0606874EN*
Description
KN101, how to setup the KN card on Windows* NT 4.0.
Solution
What you need before starting:
a. TCP/IP* protocol loaded on the NT Server
b. TCP/IP Printing Services loaded on the NT Server
c. Defined IP address that is to be assigned to the KN101
d. Ethernet address of the KN101 network card
e. 7050 PostScript* print driver for NT 4.0
f. 7050 print drivers for client workstations
g. The NT 4.0 Server CD
1. Verify that the TCP/IP Printing Services are loaded. The services are loaded in the Network group under control panel.
2. Once the TCP/IP print services are loaded, functionality of the TCP/IP protocol must be verified. From your server, open a DOS window and type ipconfig
/all
This will display information regarding the server IP address, Subnet mask, Routing and DHCP* information. This information may not initially be useful other
than for verifying that TCP/IP is recognized on the system but is required information when trying to troubleshoot a TCP/IP related problem.
3. The next step is to verify whether TCP/IP is functioning correctly on the segment that the KN101 is to be installed on. Type ping 127.0.0.1 to verify if
TCP/IP is running. If a response is received, ping the address of the host NT Server. If a response is received, ping another address on the same segment
as the Host Server. If the KN101is going to be installed on another segment and routing is enabled, ping a known address on the segment that is being
routed. If a response is not received from any of the tests, there may be a problem on the network which will need to be resolved before proceeding further.
February 2013
1,124
IP-101
4. The IP address must now be set on the KN101 using ARP (Address Resolution Protocol).
Note: The syntax for the ARP command is 'arp -s [Desired IP address of the card] [ethernet address of the card] [IP address of the host server]'. The
ethernet address must be entered in pairs with a - between each pair (e.g. 00-40-92-00-a2-a0). After the IP address has been set on the KN101/KN201, enter
'arp -a' to verify that the ARP entry has been entered in the ARP table. After verifying the ARP entry, ping the IP address of the KN101. Initialization takes
approximately 2 minutes.
If there is no response to the ping command after reset, the IP address may not have been set, the KN101 may not be functioning, the IP address may be
invalid for the network segment or the network connection to the KN101is not functioning.
5. The next step involves creating the printer. Press the START button and select Settings and Printers. Select Add Printer
6. Select 'My Computer' when creating the 7050 printer from the Server. Printer administration and spooling will then be performed on the server.
7. The Network port must now be created. Select 'Add
Port'. From the Printer Ports Dialog, select 'LPR Port' and Press 'New Port'
Note: If LPR Port is not a selection, TCP/IP Printing Services are not loaded.
8. Enter the IP address that was assigned to the KN101 as the address of server providing LPD and enter PORT_1 as the print queue on that server. Press
OK.
9. After selecting OK to create the LPR Port, there will be a 5 minute delay before the port is created.
Note: This delay and subsequent error message only occurs if the KN101 is using firmware version 611. This delay and error message does not occur with
firmware version 612 or with the KN201.
The KN101 does not support NT's test command and requires 5 minutes before the test times out and creates an error message. Press OK when the error
message comes up and the port will have been created. Select 'Next' in the Printer Wizard to load the print driver.
10. Select 'Have Disk' when choosing which driver to install. Insert the Konica 7050 PostScript driver disk into Drive A and press OK.
11. Choose the Konica 7050PS-US driver and press NEXT.
12. Assign a name to the printer. This name is not the name that will be used as the shared name.
13. The next dialog box will ask if the printer will be shared and what the share name is. You will also have the option of loading printer drivers for the servers
clients
Note: This only applies to Windows 95* or NT Workstation clients.
Press Next when finished.
14. Select YES to print a test page after the print drivers are loaded.
15. The files will start to load from the floppy at this point and then NT will ask for the location of the driver files on the NT CD. The typical directory for these
files is the i386 directory.
16. If installed correctly, a test page should have printed shortly after this message appears. At this point the printer is setup on NT 4.0
Note: If the test print was not successful, the printer and controller may need to be reset before the network correctly recognizes them. Turn off the print
controller and 7050 and then turn them on. Send another test print after they are in a ready to print status.
The driver can now be configured if necessary with default settings. Access permissions can also be assigned at this time.
17. To configure the driver, right click with the mouse on the newly created printer icon and select properties from the drop down menu.
18. The printer properties screen will come up. Port Configuration, Scheduling, Sharing, Security and the 7050 Device settings are administered from here.
Note: This is reprinted from the Installation Procedures on the Konica Web page. File name is KN NT40.pdf
Solution ID
TAUS0622877EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using BOOTP Lite, what should be used to separate the MAC address information?
Solution
When entering the TCP/IP address, MAC hardware address, subnet mask (optional), and gateway (optional) into BOOTP Lite , separate the MAC
hardware address (Network address) information using colons (i.e, 00:e0:bb:05:31:d3), not spaces or hyphens. Other information is separated as normal
TCP/IP format (i.e, 198.169.2.12).
Note : The BOOTP Lite program is attached below and also can be downloaded via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD
Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
February 2013
1,125
IP-102
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
February 2013
1,126
IP-102
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0622877EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
TCP/IP format (i.e, 198.169.2.12).
Solution ID
TAUS0605635EN*
Solution Usage
Description
On a 7728 printer using an HP Jet Direct* external print box, every job using the PostScript* driver results in an IP error and it does not print. When using a
PCL* driver, everything prints fine.
Solution
CAUSE: Corruption in communication.
February 2013
1,127
IP-102
SOLUTION: Remove, clean and reseat the CIC and PostScript cards. If problem persists, replace the PostScript card.
Solution ID
TAUS0606242EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The IP102 is not recognized on a Windows* NT 4.0 network using DHCP* (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol).
Solution
CAUSE: The DHCP (which is a part of Windows NT package) is designed to be used on larger networks where hardware is changing constantly i.e.
workstations, servers, etc. are moved or added on a daily basis. DHCP automatically recognizes changes and reassigns IP addresses. As a result, all IP
addresses on the network may change daily, including the IP102 IP address.
SOLUTION: On a NT network running DHCP, the KN101 must receive a STATIC IP address (an address that will not be changed by DHCP). The network
administrator must assign this static address (which is outside the DHCP pool).
Solution ID
TAUS0606351EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
PostScript* upgrade PCUA number.
Solution
The PostScript upgrade is PCUA 947952.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0638837EN*
Description
"Spooler subsystem app has encountered a problem and needs to close" message following installation of the PCL driver on a Microsoft Windows XP
workstation with a small inkjet printer connected via a parallel connection.
Solution
CAUSE: A third-party printer driver or a third-party service prevents adding printers, or the third-party printer driver or third-party service affects the
functionality of a newly installed printer.
Note : As an example, this issue may occur if the Lexmark print service (LexBce Server service) is installed and is running on the computer before another
printer is added.
SOLUTION: To resolve this issue, follow these steps:
1. If the Lexmark print service is installed on your computer, turn off the LexBce Server service. To do this:
a. Click Start, right-click My Computer, and then click Manage.
b. Expand Services and Applications, and then click Services.
c. In the right pane, right-click LexBce Server, and then click Properties.
d. On the General tab, in the Startup type list, click Disabled.
e. Under Service status, click Stop, and then click OK.
f. Right-click the Print Spooler service, and then click Start (if it is stopped).
g. Quit Computer Management.
2. Test whether the issue is resolved. If the issue is resolved, the remaining steps are not required. If the issue is not resolved, go to step 3, and then follow
the remaining steps.
3. Start the computer in Safe Mode. For additional information about how to start the computer in Safe Mode, click Start, click Help and Support, type safe
mode in the Search box, press the ENTER key, and then click the Start Windows in Safe Mode topic.
4. Start Microsoft Windows Explorer, then delete all the files and the folders in the following where C: is the drive that Windows XP is installed:
C:\Windows\System32\Spool\Printers
C:\Windows\System32\Spool\Drivers\w32x86
5. Start Registry Editor . To do this, click Start, click Run, type regedit in the Open box, and then click OK.
WARNING : If Registry Editor is used incorrectly, serious problems may occur that require reinstallation of the operating system. Microsoft cannot
guarantee that problems can be solved that result from using Registry Editor incorrectly. Use Registry Editor with extreme caution.
6. Locate and expand the following registry key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86
View the list of subkeys. There should only be the following subkeys:
Drivers
Print Processors
7. If there are any subkeys other than the subkeys that are listed in step 6, follow these steps:
February 2013
1,128
IP-102
a. On the File menu, click Export .
b. In the File Name box, type a descriptive name for this key, and then click Save - for example, type WindowsNTx86regkey. Use this backup of the
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86 registry key to restore the key if any problems occur
after completing this procedure.
c. Delete all the subkeys other than the subkeys that are listed in step 6. To do this, right-click each subkey that is not on the list, and then click Delete. Click
Yes when prompted to confirm the deletion.
8. Locate and then expand the following registry key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86\Drivers
The registry entries for the printer drivers that are installed on the computer are stored in the Version-x subkey or subkeys, where x is a number (typically 2 or
3).
9. Expand the Version-x subkey or subkeys, and then delete the printer driver entries. To do this, right-click each printer driver subkey, and then click Delete.
Click Yes when prompted to confirm the deletion.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Monitors
View the list of subkeys. There should only be the following subkeys for the default print monitors:
BJ Language Monitor
Local Port
PJL Language Monitor
Standard TCP/IP Port
USB Monitor
a. On the File menu, click Export.
b. In the File Name box, type a descriptive name for this key - for example, type MonitorsRegkey, and then click Save. Use this backup of the
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Monitors registry key to restore the key iif any problems occur after completing this
procedure.
c. Delete all the subkeys other than the subkeys that are listed in step 10.
11. To do this, right-click each subkey that is not on the list, and then click Delete. Click Yes when prompted to confirm the deletion.
12. If a local printer is attached, disconnect the printer cable from the computer and then restart the computer.
13. Verify that the Print Spooler service is running. To do this, follow these steps:
c. In the right pane, right-click the Print Spooler service, and then click Start (if it is stopped).
d. Quit Computer Management.
14. Reconnect the printer cable to the computer, add the printer and try to print a test page. To add the printer, follow these steps:
a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
b. Click Add a printer. The Add Printer Wizard starts.
c. Follow the instructions in the Add Printer Wizard to install the printer.
Notes :
-- For additional information about how to manually remove printer drivers, refer to the attached documentation.
-- For additional information about how to troubleshoot printing problems in Windows XP, refer to article numbers 314085 and 308028 in the Microsoft
Knowledge Base.
-- To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,129
IP-201
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611466EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
KN101 or KN201, how to install the KN card on a Windows* NT 4.0 network.
Solution
What you need before starting:
If installing the KN201 and DHCP* is enabled on the network, refer to KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DCHP ENABLED NETWORKS at the end of
this solution for additional information prior to installation
c. Defined IP address that is to be assigned to the KN101/KN201
d. Ethernet address of the KN101/KN201 network card
e. 7050 PostScript* print driver for NT 4.0
f. 7050 print drivers for client workstations
g. The NT 4.0 Server CD
2. Once the TCP/IP print services are loaded, functionality of the TCP/IP protocol must be verified. From your server, open a DOS window and type ipconfig
/all
This will display information regarding the server IP address, Subnet mask, Routing and DHCP information. This information may not initially be useful other
than for verifying that TCP/IP is recognized on the system but is required information when trying to troubleshoot a TCP/IP related problem.
3. The next step is to verify whether TCP/IP is functioning correctly on the segment that the KN101 is to be installed on. Type ping 127.0.0.1 to verify if
TCP/IP is running. If a response is received, ping the address of the host NT Server. If a response is received, ping another address on the same segment
as the Host Server. If the KN101/KN201 is going to be installed on another segment and routing is enabled, ping a known address on the segment that is
being routed. If a response is not received from any of the tests, there may be a problem on the network which will need to be resolved before proceeding
further.
4. The IP address must now be set on the KN101/KN201 using ARP (Address Resolution Protocol).
Note: If the KN201 has had an IP address previously entered on the card, ARP will not change this address. The KN201 will need to be reset back to factory
defaults to allow a new address to be set using ARP. Instructions for a hardware reset can be found on page A10 of the KN201 user guide. The syntax for
the ARP command is 'arp -s [Desired IP address of the card] [ethernet address of the card] [IP address of the host server]'. The ethernet address must be
entered in pairs with a - between each pair (e.g. 00-40-92-00-a2-a0). After the IP address has been set on the KN101/KN201, enter 'arp -a' to verify that the
ARP entry has been entered in the ARP table. After verifying the ARP entry, ping the IP address of the KN101/KN201. The KN201 will not respond to the
ping command at this time but the KN101 should. The KN201 will have to be reset by powering it down for 30 seconds and then powering on. Initialization
takes approximately 2 minutes.
Note: Any time the IP301 is reset, the power must be off for 30 seconds or the KN201 will not reinitialize and may not connect to the network.
If there is no response to the ping command after reset, the IP address may not have been set, the KN101/KN201 may not be functioning, the IP address may
be invalid for the network segment or the network connection to the KN101/KN201 is not functioning.
6. Select 'My Computer' when creating the 7050 printer from the Server. Printer administration and spooling will then be performed on the server.
February 2013
1,130
IP-201
7. The Network port must now be created. Select 'Add
Port'. From the Printer Ports Dialog, select 'LPR Port' and Press 'New Port'
Note: If LPR Port is not a selection, TCP/IP Printing Services are not loaded.
8. Enter the IP address that was assigned to the KN101 as the address of server providing LPD and enter PORT_1 as the print queue on that server. Press
OK. The KN201 uses PORT1 as the print queue on that server.
9. After selecting OK to create the LPR Port, there will be a 5 minute delay before the port is created.
message comes up and the port will have been created. Select 'Next' in the Printer Wizard to load the print driver.
10. Select 'Have Disk' when choosing which driver to install. Insert the Konica 7050 PostScript driver disk into Drive A and press OK.
13. The next dialog box will ask if the printer will be shared and what the share name is. You will also have the option of loading printer drivers for the servers
clients
Note: This only applies to Windows 95 or NT Workstation clients.
14. Select YES to print a test page after the print drivers are loaded.
KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DHCP ENABLED NT NETWORKS
The KN201 comes configured with DHCP support enabled. The KN201 can have an IP address entered through the use of ARP or NTBOOTP. Once an IP
address is set, ARP or NTBOOTP cannot be used to change that address. Once an IP address is set, the Konica MAP program, an internet browser pointing
to the KN201's IP address or a Hardware reset are the only methods that can be used to change the IP address. If DHCP is running on the network, the
DHCP manager will automatically assign an address to the KN201 upon powerup. Use the following procedure to assign a permanent fixed address to the
KN201 if DHCP is enabled on the network.
1. If this is a new KN201, after installation and connection to the network, power the IP301 on. If the KN201 has been used on previous installations or you
are unsure as to whether this is a new unit, perform a Hardware Reset on the card prior to installing it on the network.
a. To perform a hardware reset, with power off, move Jumper #10 on the KN201 to the FACT position then power the unit on for approximately 30
seconds. Power the unit off and move the Jumper back to the NORM position.
Note: This procedure uses the KN201's built in HTTP server to change the IP address that was assigned with DHCP
2. After the KN201 is powered on and initialized (a process that can take approximately 2 minutes), a test page generated by the KN201 should print out.
The IP address that has been assigned to the KN201 will be listed under the TCP/IP* Network Information section of the test page. Using either a Netscape*
or Microsoft* browser, enter the HTTP address of the KN201 to browse to the KN201's internal HTTP server. The KN201's configuration menu should then be
visible in the browser window. Select the 'Setup TCP/IP' menu choice and enter the new IP address
Note: Ensure that the new IP address is not an address that is available in the DHCP pool. In this case the address would need to be excluded from the pool.
A password must be entered in the box at the bottom of the setup screen. The default password is sysadm in lowercase letters. Press the Accept Settings
button. Turn the IP301 off and leave off for a minimum of 30 seconds. Turn the unit back on and the next test page that is printed should reflect the changes
made to the IP address. Now skip to step #5 of the NT 4.0 installation procedures.
Note: This is reprinted from the Installation Procedures on the Konica Web page. File name is KN NT40.pdf
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0602155EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
KN101, how to set up the KN card under Novell* NetWare* 4.x.
Solution
CAUTION: Novell NetWare 4.x and higher uses 'Network Directory Services' whereas previous versions use 'Bindery Emulation'. KN101 will not work with
'Network Directory Services' nor can it be administered as an 'Network Directory Services' tree object.
Using the Konica Utilities, the Administrator must define the KN101 in the context that the Bindery is set on the file server. To find this information print or
view the 'autoexec.ncf'. An example follows: SET BINDERY CONTEXT O=KONICA;OU=SUPPORT.O=KONICA. An alternate procedure is use
'SERVMAN.NLM' by:
1. Go to File Server Console and 'Load Servman'
2. Select the option 'Server Parameters'
February 2013
1,131
IP-201
3. Choose 'Directory Services'
4. Using the down arrow key, scroll down to the bottom and find the syntax that states (to the effect): Bindery Context=KONICA;OU=SUPPORT.O=KONICA.
Use this as an example.
Note: PCONSOLE is used to set up a Print Server under Netware 4.x and is slightly different than 3.x procedures. For information on this procedure see the
Solution dealing with setting up PCONSOLE under NetWare 4.x
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
1,132
IP-301
Solution ID
TAUS0605819EN*
Solution Usage
106
Description
KN201, how to install on a Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 network.
Solution
PREREQUISITES
Note: If installing the KN201 and DHCP* is enabled on the network, refer to KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DHCP ENABLED NETWORKS at the
end of this solution for additional information prior to installation. Also, the latest Service Pack should be installed on the NT Server.
c. Defined TCP/IP address that is to be assigned to the KN101/KN201
d. Ethernet address of the KN101/KN201 network card
f. 7050 PostScript* print driver for NT 4.0
g. 7050 print drivers for client workstations
h. The NT 4.0 Server CD
2. Once the TCP/IP print services are loaded, functionality of the TCP/IP protocol must be verified. From the server, open a DOS window and type ipconfig
/all. This will display information regarding the server TCP/IP address, Subnet mask, Routing and DHCP information. This information may not initially be
useful other than for verifying that TCP/IP is recognized on the system but is required information when trying to troubleshoot a TCP/IP related problem.
3. The next step is to verify whether TCP/IP is functioning correctly on the segment the KN201 is to be installed on. Type ping 127.0.0.1 to verify if TCP/IP is
running. If a response is received, ping the address of the host NT Server. If a response is received, ping another address on the same segment as the Host
Server. If the KN101/KN201 is going to be installed on another segment and routing is enabled, ping a known address on the segment that is being routed. If
a response is not received from any of the tests, there may be a problem on the network which will need to be resolved before proceeding further.
4. The TCP/IP address must now be set on the KN101/KN201 using ARP (Address Resolution Protocol).
Note: If the KN201 has had an TCP/IP address previously entered on the card, ARP will not change this address. The KN201 will need to be reset back to
factory defaults to allow a new address to be set using ARP. Instructions for a hardware reset can be found on page A10 of the KN201 user guide. The
syntax for the ARP command is 'arp -s [Desired TCP/IP address of the card] [ethernet address of the card] [TCP/IP address of the host server]'. The ethernet
address must be entered in pairs with a - between each pair (e.g. 00-40-92-00-a2-a0). After the TCP/IP address has been set on the KN101/KN201, enter
'arp -a' to verify that the ARP entry has been entered in the ARP table. After verifying the ARP entry, ping the TCP/IP address of the KN101/KN201. The
KN201 will not respond to the ping command at this time but the KN101 should. The KN201 will have to be reset by powering it down for 30 seconds and
then powering on. Initialization takes approximately 2 minutes.
Note: Any time the IP301 is reset, the power must be off for 30 seconds or the KN201 will not reinitialize and may not connect to the network.
If there is no response to the ping command after reset, the TCP/IP address may not have been set, the KN101/KN201 may not be functioning, the TCP/IP
address may be invalid for the network segment or the network connection to the KN101/KN201 is not functioning.
Use a web browser to input the TCP/IP address and access the MAP Utility. Check/set the subnet mask and default gateway via the TCP/IP setup function.
If a password is required to make any change, the default password is sysadm (all lowercase letters).
6. Select MY COMPUTER when creating the 7050 printer from the Server. Printer administration and spooling will then be performed on the server.
7. The Network port must now be created. Select ADD PORT. From the Printer Ports Dialog, select LPR PORT and Press NEW PORT
Note: If LPR Port is not an available selection, TCP/IP Printing Services are not loaded.
8. Enter the TCP/IP address that was assigned to the KN101/KN201 as the address of server providing LPD. PORT_1 is the only name allowed as the print
queue name when using the KN101 card. PORT1 is the only name allowed as the print queue name when using the KN201 card. Press OK.
9. After selecting OKAY to create the LPR Port, there will be a 5 minute delay before the port is created.
message comes up and the port will have been created. Select NEXT in the Printer Wizard to load the print driver.
10. Select HAVE DISK when choosing which driver to install. Insert the Konica 7050 PostScript driver disk into Drive A and press OK.
13. The next dialog box will ask if the printer will be shared and what the share name is. There is also the option of loading printer drivers for the server
clients.
Note: This only applies to Windows 95 or NT Workstation clients.
14. Select NO to print a test page after the print drivers are loaded.
KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DHCP ENABLED NT NETWORKS
The KN201 comes configured with DHCP support enabled. The KN201 can have a TCP/IP address entered through the use of ARP or NTBOOTP. Once an
IP address is set, ARP or NTBOOTP cannot be used to change that address. Once a TCP/IP address is set, the Konica Minolta MAP program, an internet
browser pointing to the KN201 TCP/IP address or a hardware reset are the only methods that can be used to change the TCP/IP address. If DHCP is running
on the network, the DHCP manager will automatically assign an address to the KN201 upon power up. Use the following procedure to assign a permanent
fixed address to the KN201 if DHCP is enabled on the network.
1. If this is a new KN201, after installation and connection to the network, power the IP301 on. If the KN201 has been used on previous installations or there
is doubt as to whether this is a new unit, perform a Hardware Reset on the card prior to installing it on the network.
a. To perform a hardware reset, with power off, move Jumper #10 on the KN201 to the FACT position then power the unit on. Power the unit off for a
February 2013
1,133
IP-301
minimum of 30 seconds and move the Jumper back to the NORM position.
Note: This procedure uses the KN201's built in HTTP server to change the TCP/IP address that was assigned with DHCP
2. After the KN201 is powered on and initialized (a process that can take approximately 2 minutes), a test page generated by the KN201 should print out.
The TCP/IP address that has been assigned to the KN201 will be listed under the TCP/IP Network Information section of the test page. Using either a
Netscape* or Microsoft browser, enter this address to browse to the KN201 internal HTTP server. The KN201 configuration menu should then be visible in
the browser window. Select the "Setup TCP/IP" menu choice and enter the new TCP/IP address.
Note: ensure that the new TCP/IP address is not an address that is available in the DHCP pool. In this case the address would need to be excluded from the
pool.
A password must be entered in the box at the bottom of the setup screen. The default password is 'sysadm' in lowercase letters. Press the Accept Settings
button. Turn the IP301 controller off and leave off for a minimum of 30 seconds. Turn the unit back on and the next test page that is printed should reflect the
changes made to the TCP/IP address. Now skip to step #5 of the NT 4.0 installation procedures.
Notes:
a. HTTP access is not possible with the KN101 card. Refer to the KN_NT40setup.pdf for additional information.
b. See the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] which includes the IP unit and KN card
compatibility along with the latest IP unit Start-Up version (system code) and KN card firmware version. The new matrix now includes PCL and PostScript
support listing for Microsoft Windows operating systems and the latest public release version number for each driver. This matrix does not include any
information pertaining to special or beta code/drivers, HOST, UNIX, printing.
c. Matrix is subject to change without notice.
d. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0610845EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Are the Konica print drivers currently supported in a Windows* 2000 environment?
Solution
At present, the use of Konica print drivers in a Windows 2000 environment is not officially supported. Konica does not currently have native Windows 2000
print drivers, but does have a workaround that allows for the installation of Windows NT4 drivers under Windows 2000 (server only). This pertains only to
PostScript* drivers (PCL* drivers are not supported at this time).
Notes:
1. Installation procedures can be found in the Adobe* Acrobat document w2Kknsetup.pdf .
Solution ID
TAUS0607547EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
KN301, can the KN301 be used with the IP301?
Solution
The KN301 will not function with the IP301. The IP301 only supports the KN101 and KN201 network cards. The KN301 can only be installed in the IP302,
IP302 PLUS, IP303, IP402 and IP402 PLUS.
See the NSSG Quick Reference Guide for more detailed information.
Solution ID
TAUS0605753EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
How to copy downloaded IP system software to floppy disk.
Solution
To copy downloaded IP system software to floppy disk, perform the following steps:
1. When downloading the system software, it should be saved to a directory created on the hard drive of your system.
2. When the file is executed it will ask where the information should be copied to. Pressing 'A' on the keyboard will copy the files to the floppy drive.
3. The files will each expand as they are downloaded to an individual disk. Each of the files downloaded from the website should be copied to one floppy
disk.
Note: The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information
concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for
Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
Solution ID
TAUS0605609EN*
Solution Usage
25
Description
KN201, how to configure for a Microsoft* Windows 95 peer-to-peer network.
Solution
February 2013
1,134
IP-301
To configure the KN201 for a Windows 95 peer-to-peer network, perform the following:
1. Verify the KN201 has at least version 1.06 firmware installed.
2. Install the Konica Minolta peer-to-peer utility. There is currently an IP and IPX version of the peer-to-peer utility available.
3. Connect the KN201 to the network.
4. Load the 'Redirecter Utility' from the driver disk provided, onto each Windows 95 workstations that will print to the Konica Minolta printer.
5. Reboot the Workstation, Printer, and IP unit.
6. Verify that IP or IPX protocols are active on the PCs to be networked.
7. Use the ADD PRINTER WIZARD to install a new LOCAL printer.
8. From the list of available printer ports, select the KN2-xxxxxx-0.
Notes:
a. The KN201 does not support Windows 3.11 on a peer-to-peer network. Konica Minolta recommends an HP* or Intel* external print server.
b. The latest peer-to-peer utilities are available from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
See page A-11 in the KN201 User's Reference Guide and the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL
http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] for more information.
c. Matrix is subject to change without notice.
d. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0606720EN*
Solution Usage
23
Solution Usage
21
Description
Is there a PCL* driver for Windows* NT workstation for the IP301?
Solution
There is no PCL driver for Windows NT workstation. The PostScript* driver must be used.
Solution ID
TAUS0606134EN*
Description
Memory specifications, IP301.
Solution
Performance is guaranteed only with Konica SIMM Memory modules. At this time, other manufacturers SIMM's have not been specifically tested. Memory
module MU-103 is 32MB at 60ns with non parity and tin plated contacts. EDO memory should not be mixed with regular fast page memory that comes with
the IP301. The memory must be added in pairs.
Note: The IP301 comes with 16MB of memory.
Solution ID
TAUS0605394EN*
Solution Usage
18
Solution Usage
18
Description
How to set up an HP* JetDirect* to Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 using LPR.
Solution
To set up an HP JetDirect to Windows NT 4.0 using LPR, perform the following:
1. Set the TCP/IP* address on the HP JetDirect.
2. Set the port name as raw1 in lowercase characters.
3. Set the parallel port configured as Centronics*
Note: The default setting is Bitronics*.
Solution ID
TAUS0605808EN*
Description
KN201, does the KN card support Macintosh* printing?
Solution
February 2013
1,135
IP-301
The KN201 supports printing in a Macintosh environment with the following restrictions:
1. The IP301 requires firmware k2.03.
2. KN201 above serial number 50000 or modified by board repair.
3. CIC card with assembly number ASSY-01-0520 or modified by board repair.
4. Enable AppleTalk* support from the configuration menu of the 7050 or FORCE 50.
5. If a Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 server is being used to provide a print queue, Macintosh print services must be loaded on the NT server.
Notes:
a. KN201 cards below serial number 50000 (or ones that have not been modified by board repair) only support ASCII file format. They do not support the
binary format used on most Macintosh.
b. The KN101 also supports Macintosh printing.
c. Refer to the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] which includes the IP unit and KN
card compatibility along with the latest IP unit Start-Up version (system code) and KN card firmware version. The new matrix now includes PCL* and
PostScript* support listing for Microsoft* Windows* operating systems and the latest public release version number for each driver. This matrix does not
include any information pertaining to special or beta code/drivers, HOST, UNIX, printing.
d. Matrix is subject to change without notice.
e. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
February 2013
1,136
IP-302
Solution ID
TAUS0613040EN*
Solution Usage
118
Description
Microsoft* Windows 2000 print driver availability.
Solution
Konica Windows 2000-compatible print drivers with an approved Microsoft* Digital signature are not yet available.
Notes:
1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Minolta Web Site| URL
http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]]
2. Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available.
3. These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server).
4. The PostScript driver to be used with the 7050 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.3.4.
6. The IP302 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.1.2.
Solution ID
TAUS0607410EN*
Solution Usage
80
Description
KN301 cannot be seen on the network. May not be able to ping the card or see it with the MAP utility/web browser.
Solution
IMPORTANT NOTE: Konica is collecting information regarding KN301 cards that cannot be seen on networks in efforts to isolate and correct this issue.
When receiving a call for this issue, please record the following information:
1. Serial number of KN301 card.
2. KN301 firmware level.
3. Is the KN301 connected to a switchable hub?
a. If yes, please provide the name and model of switchable hub.
b. If no, please provide the name and model of the hub.
4. Network operating system.
5. Is it having problems connecting to a server? If so, which server OS and version?
6. Are there any service packs applied to the server? If so, which service packs?
7 Software level of IP302.
8. Is network traffic light or heavy?
9. Is problem intermittent or constant?
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The KN301 card is improperly configured, has an incorrect IP address or contains corrupted data. Perform the following to initialize the KN301 card:
a. Power down the IP unit and remove the cover.
b. Remove the KN301 from the IP unit.
c. Set jumper OP2 to the FACT position (for factory initialization).
d. Reseat the card in the IP unit.
e. Power the IP unit ON and leave it on for five minutes.
f. Power down the IP unit and remove the KN301 card.
g. Reset jumper OP2 to the NORMAL position.
h. Reseat the card into the IP unit and reassemble the cover.
i. The card should now be initialized and should print a status page once both the IP unit and the printer have come to a ready state.
2. The system software requires updating. The controller should be updated to the latest IP system software, version 4.1.2 (noa2 code). This is available
from the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for
Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information|
RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
Note: Updating the IP system software to version 4.1.2 requires updating the KN301 card to firmware version 5.55 or later, which is available on the Konica
FTP site.
3. The KN301 card may require updating to the latest level firmware. Install firmware version 5.55, which is available on the Konica FTP site . This level
firmware may add some stability in an environment with 10/100BaseT auto-switching hubs. Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed
information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link
for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
4. The environment is using switchable hubs so they can run 100MB/s or 10MB/s signal speed. The KN301 auto-senses the network speed and, therefore,
may have a problem with switchable hubs, causing the KN301 to drop off the network. Install a mini-hub that is set for one speed (10MB/s recommended)
and connect the KN301 to that hub, then connect the hub to the network.
Solution ID
TAUS0606363EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
How to print from a Macintosh*.
Solution
IP system software, version 3.0.4 or later is required for Macintosh connectivity and support is currently available using a KN101 or KN301 ONLY. A KN201 is
not supported on Macintosh connections. The KN301 must also have firmware version 5.26 or later installed on the card.
February 2013
1,137
IP-302
Notes:
1. When using system software version 3.0.4, the seventh disk or spooling disk is used to turn off spooling for the Macintosh environment. When using
system software version 4.1.2, disk 7 is not used.
2. LPR printing is available in a Macintosh environment using a KN101 or KN301 card. See the KN101/KN301 LPR Printing Procedure hyperlink for
detailed instructions.
3. Refer to the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] which includes the IP unit and KN
card compatibility along with the latest IP unit Start-Up version (system code) and KN card firmware version. The new matrix now includes PCL* and
PostScript* support listing for Microsoft* Windows* operating systems and the latest public release version number for each driver. This matrix does not
include any information pertaining to special or beta code/drivers, HOST, UNIX, printing.
4. Matrix is subject to change without notice.
Solution ID
TAUS0607537EN*
Solution Usage
60
Description
Unable to print when short edge bind is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: The 3.0.4 system software code (or earlier) does not work with short edge bind.
SOLUTION: Install latest version system software to correct the short edge bind issue. The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP
site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site
information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe
v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
Solution ID
TAUS0608297EN*
Solution Usage
57
Description
KN302, how to set up the KN card on a Novell* 4.x network using NDS (NetWare* Directory Services).
Solution
To set up a KN302 on a Novell 4.x network using NDS, perform the following:
Set up the printer objects using NWadmin.exe at the workstation:
1. Log on as administrator or equivalent for the container where the printer objects will be placed.
2. Enter NetWare Administrator (NWadmin95.exe located in the public directory on the server volume).
3. Move to the context where the printer objects will be placed.
4. Select tools on the pull down menu.
5. Select Print Services Quick Setup. If you do not have access to this function, then you do not have sufficient rights to create objects (do not continue).
6. Enter the print server name (example: KN302_74E2).
7. Enter the printer name (example: 7060).
8. Enter the print queue name (example: Konica_7060)
Note: Windows* 9x/NT workstations will see the queue name in the printers area, use a name that users can identify with.
9. Under Type select other/unknown.
10. Under Banner select text.
11. Press OK. The three objects will be created and attached on each other in the container.
Set-up the KN302 card using the MAP utility at the workstation:
1. Load the Konica map 3.7 utility on a Windows 9x or Windows NT workstation. The map program can be downloaded from the Konica Digital FTP site .
The utility is an executable file, MAP37.exe, located in the Map_utilities folder found under the KN3xx_Utilities folder. Refer to the FTP_ site.txt file on the
FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents.
Note: TCP/IP* must be installed and configured on the workstation in order to use the MAP utility.
2. After installing MAP, select MAP set-up and configure the utility to search using IP and IPX, and select OK to complete setup.
3. Open the MAP program (the program is a browser utility that will search for the KN302 cards) and select the KN card.
4. Select Setup NetWare.
5. Enter the print server name. Use the same name that was entered in NetWare (example: KN302_74E2).
6. Enter the preferred file server name (server object name).
7. Enter NDS context where the printer objects were created. For example if the printer object's NDS context is:
O = CORP
OU = HEADQUARTERS
then enter .ou=headquarters.o=corp (typeful) OR headquarters.corp (typeless)
8. Enter preferred NDS tree.
9. Enter the password sysadm (must be lowercase).
10. Select Accept settings.
11. Reboot the controller and check the status page for network information.
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]
February 2013
1,138
IP-302
Solution ID
TAUS0607469EN*
Solution Usage
56
Description
DLL errors while loading PCL* driver.
Solution
CAUSE: DLL error messages may occur if one of the following programs are running while loading the print driver:
1. Microsoft* Office Tool Bar.
2. Virus protection software.
3. File and Printer Sharing is enabled. File and Printer Sharing can be enabled after the driver is loaded.
4. There may be problems if HP JetAdmin* software is running on the PC while the driver is being installed.
5. The PCL driver was installed and one of the PCL driver files is corrupt.
SOLUTION: Shut down all programs and tool bars prior to loading the PCL driver. Completely delete the PCL driver from the PC:
1. Use add/remove programs in control panel to remove the PCL driver.
2. Verify that the following files were deleted from the PC:
Windows* 9x PCL driver for the 7060/7150/FORCE 60 (old style IP302 driver and 3.0.4 system software compatible driver).
C:\windows\system\kbm7060.pdd
C:\windows\system\ppgprint.ini
C:\windows\system\efgnpcl2.drv
C:\windows\system\efgndlg2.dll
C:\windows\system\efgnplay.exe
C:\windows\system\efgn5fx2.dll
C:\windows\system\tab16d20.dll
C:\windows\system\pclwin95.hlp
Windows 9x PCL driver for the 7050/FORCE 50 (3.0.4 system software compatible driver).
C:\windows\system\kbm70502.pdd
C:\windows\system\ppgprint.ini
C:\windows\system\efgnpcl2.drv
C:\windows\system\efgndlg2.dll
C:\windows\system\efgnplay.exe
C:\windows\system\efgn5fx2.dll
C:\windows\system\tab16d20.dll
C:\windows\system\pclwin95.hlp
Delete all of these files prior to loading the PCL driver. If any of these files remain in the windows\system directory and are corrupt, loading the PCL driver
again will not resolve the problem. The corrupt file will not be rewritten by the new driver.
Notes:
1. Exclude the PCL driver files from being scanned by antivirus software to reduce the occurrence of file corruption after the driver is installed. For specific
instruction on how to exclude files from being scanned, review the documentation for the virus protection software being used.
2. The latest print drivers are available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site
contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user
site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
February 2013
1,139
IP-303
Solution ID
TAUS0617240EN*
Solution Usage
73
Description
Solution
Notes:
1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Web Site| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available.

These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server).
The PostScript driver, to be used with the 7055 and IP303 controller, is version 1.5.3.
The PostScript driver, to be used with the 7065 and IP303 controller, is version 1.5.3.
The IP303 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.2.5.

Solution ID
TAUS0614856EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
Unable to print. The IP controller appears to intermittently lock up. Rebooting the controller may temporarily resolve the problem.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the main body is powered OFF then ON without rebooting the IP unit, IP lock-up may occur due to loss of communication with the main body. Instruct
end-users to reboot both the IP and mainbody if rebooting is required.
2. Software patch required.

Konica Corporation has provided several different patches which should prevent these lockups. Install the latest version IP system software and system
software patches.
Note: The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site .
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0609281EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
February 2013
1,140
IP-303
Tandem printer/tandem copier, availability and information.
Solution
The Tandem Print kit (PCUA 950810) is currently available for the 7065 using the IP303 controller.
Notes:
1. The IP303 must be at the latest code of system software. The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_
user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN
V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]].
2. The Tandem Copy Kit (PCUA 950654) is available. Tandem Copy Kit, PCUA 950792, will not work with the Konica 7065. Be sure to use PCUA 950654
when ordering the Tandem Copy Kit for the 7065. Level 14 EPROMs are required to tandem print and tandem copy simultaneously. Latest EPROM level
and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]]
3. The Tandem Print Kit is only for connecting two 7065s using an IP303 controller. No other configuration of printers or controllers can be used.
See Info Source Bulletin #117-99.
Solution ID
TAUS0611425EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Is AS/400* printing supported with the IP303?
Solution
AS/400 and host environment connectivity are supported in most environments. A KNAS form should be submitted to evaluate specific environments.
Solution ID
TAUS0609136EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
What print drivers are available?
Solution
Printer drivers are available for download from the [[Support & Drivers| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home]] section
on the public web site and on the [[FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
February 2013
1,141
IP-304
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0621998EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
Intermittent bolding of text when printing from Microsoft* Office* applications with the IP304 PCL* driver.
Solution
CAUSE: An anomaly with the IP304 PCL driver causing intermittent/random bolding of text from various Microsoft* Office* applications.
SOLUTION: A new IP304 PCL driver is now available that resolves this issue..
Notes:
1. New driver versions; Windows* 2000/XP ver. 2.0.11, Windows 9x/Me ver. 1.7.16, Windows NT4 ver. 1.7.16.
2. These drivers apply to the 7055/7065 IP304 configuration.
2. These drivers are available for download on the Konica FTP site
Solution ID
TAUS0614461EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
IP304 is not recognized by the main body.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect EPROM levels on the main body (7055 or 7065).
SOLUTION: Install the latest level EPROMs.
Note: The following are the minimum EPROM levels required to allow recognition of the IP304:
Latest 7065 EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]]
Latest 7055 EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7055 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7055.txt]]
FS108/FS108B level 41.0 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
FS106 level 20 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. .
DF312 Technical Bulletin #1 for information on DF312 EPROMs.
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
February 2013
1,142
IP-304
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614857EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
When printing from Microsoft Word*, multiple print jobs are stapled together when using the Visual PostScript driver (version 1.0.3.5) with a Force 60 as the
main body.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect dipswitch settings.
SOLUTION: Set main body dipswitches 14-3 = 1 and 14-4 = 1 using the 25 mode.
February 2013
1,143
IP-402
Solution ID
TAUS0611092EN*
Solution Usage
103
Description
Unable to print. The IP controller appears to lock up. Rebooting the controller may temporarily resolve the problem.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the main body is powered OFF then ON without rebooting the IP unit, IP lock-up may occur due to loss of communication with the main body. Instruct
end-users to reboot both the IP and mainbody if rebooting is required.
2. Software patch required.
Konica Corporation has provided several different patches which should prevent these lockups. Install the latest version IP system software and system
software patches.
Note: The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site .
Solution ID
TAUS0613049EN*
Solution Usage
90
Description
Solution
Konica Windows 2000-compatible print drivers with an approved Microsoft Digital signature are not yet available.
Notes:
1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Minolta Web Site| URL
http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]]
2. Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available.
3. These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server).
6. The IP302 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.1.2.
Solution ID
TAUS0613318EN*
Solution Usage
62
Description
Intermittent lockup.
Solution
Please download and install the 422_lock-up_patch located on the FTP site to resolve the symptom of intermittent lock-up on the IP402.
Requirements:
1. IP402 code version 4.1.2 must be installed prior to installing this patch update.
2. The main body must be equipped with a finisher and the firmware levels should be at version 44 control and 26 image.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0611874EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
PRINTER BOARD FAILURE message on the printer LCD.
Solution
CAUSE: The EIC board is not communicating with the 7033/7040.
February 2013
1,144
IP-402
SOLUTION: Reseat the EIC board and the IP upgrade kit box unit respectively. Replace the EIC board (p/n U131-6600) if problem persists.
Note: The EIC board is installed within the IP upgrade kit box unit, which is located on the back of the 7033/7040. The EIC board allows the IP402 PLUS and
the 7033/7040 to communicate.
Solution ID
TAUS0608299EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
KN301, how to set up the KN card on a Novell* 4.x network using NDS (NetWare* Directory Services).
Solution
To set up a KN301 on a Novell 4.x network using NDS, perform the following:
Set up the printer objects using NWadmin.exe at the workstation:
1. Log on as administrator or equivalent for the container where the printer objects will be placed.
2. Enter NetWare Administrator (NWadmin95.exe located in the public directory on the server volume).
3. Move to the context where the printer objects will be placed.
4. Select tools on the pull down menu.
5. Select Print Services Quick Setup. If you do not have access to this function, then you do not have sufficient rights to create objects (do not continue).
6. Enter the print server name (example: KN301_74E2).
7. Enter the printer name (example: 7040).
8. Enter the print queue name (example: Konica_7040)
Note: Windows* 9x/NT workstations will see the queue name in the printers area, use a name that users can identify with.
9. Under Type select other/unknown.
10. Under Banner select text.
11. Press OK. The three objects will be created and attached on each other in the container.
Set up the KN301 card using the MAP utility at the workstation:
1. Load the Konica map 3.7 utility on a Windows 9x or Windows NT workstation. The map program can be downloaded from the Konica Digital FTP site .
The utility is an executable file, MAP37.exe, located in the Map_utilities folder found under the KN3xx_Utilities folder. Refer to the FTP_ site.txt file on the
FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents.
Note: TCP/IP* must be installed and configured on the workstation in order to use the MAP utility.
2. After installing MAP, select MAP set-up and configure the utility to search using IP and IPX, and select OK to complete setup.
3. Open the MAP program (the program is a browser utility that will search for the KN301 cards) and select the KN card.
4. Select Setup NetWare.
5. Enter the print server name. Use the same name that was entered in NetWare (example: KN301_74E2).
6. Enter the preferred file server name (server object name).
7. Enter NDS context where the printer objects were created. For example if the printer object's NDS context is:
O = CORP
OU = HEADQUARTERS
then enter .ou=headquarters.o=corp (typeful) OR headquarters.corp (typeless)
8. Enter preferred NDS tree.
9. Enter the password sysadm (must be lowercase).
10. Select Accept settings.
11. Reboot the controller and check the status page for network information.
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0606901EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
How to install the IP402 controller with the KN301, IP Upgrade kit, and PostScript* kit.
Solution
Follow the controller installation/upgrade procedure .
To flash the 7033/7040 ROMs, use the Windows* 95 flash procedure.
February 2013
1,145
IP-411
Solution ID
TAUS0613051EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
Solution
Notes:
1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Web Site| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available.

These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server).
The PostScript driver to be used with the 7050 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.3.4.
The PostScript driver to be used with the 7060 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.4.4.
The IP302 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.1.2.

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0610255EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Installation requirements, IP411 with and without scanning capabilities.
Solution
The following is a list of hardware and firmware requirements to properly install the IP411 (Item #950401):
1. The 7033/7040 must be at minimum firmware level 37 (scanning requires level 42) for the system and level 25 for the image board. The DF311 (RADF)
should be at a minimum of level 16 and the FS105 (finisher) should be at a minimum of level 18. A finisher is NOT required for printing or scanning with the
IP411.
2. The IP Upgrade kit (Item #950417) and IP411 kit are required. The IP Upgrade kit is the enclosure in which the IP411 mounts. If the IP411 is replacing
an existing IP402 installation, the upgrade kit would already be installed in the printer.
CAUTION: Use contact fixed plate/K (p/n U135-4590) that is included in the IP411 kit (Item #950401) IP411 board (pcua U135-4510), rather than the contact
fixed plate/K (p/n 127L10040) included with the IP Upgrade kit. Refer to the IP411 Installation Instructions for more detail.
3. If PostScript * is required, the PostScript upgrade kit (Item #950419) is required. The PostScript chip can be installed in either socket U21 or U34 on the
IP411 main board.
4. The KN302 (Item #950400) is the network interface for the IP411. A 3rd-party external print sever has not been tested, and none are not currently certified
on this product. When testing is complete, a bulletin will be issued regarding 3rd-party support. Refer to the KN302 Installation Instructions for more detail.
5. Print drivers for the IP411 are the same as those used on the IP402 with the latest system software installed. The drivers can be found on the [[Konica
FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
6. The IP411 comes with 32MB of RAM (Item #950023). The memory can be upgraded by replacing the single DIMM with either a 64MB DIMM (Item
#950807) or 128MB DIMM (Item #950808).
CAUTION: The 128MB DIMM is available, but may cause problems when printing jobs of 50 pages or greater.
Note: EPROM files for the 7033/7040 RADF and finisher can be downloaded from the [[NSSG Web Support page| URL
http://techweb.konicabt.com/scripts/web_access.cgi?FUNC=DISP_LOGIN]].
Solution ID
TAUS0611176EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
How to update the IP411 system software to allow the scanning option.
Solution
February 2013
1,146
IP-411
To identify the system software version, print a system configuration page. If any code lower than 4.1.13 is identified, scanning is not available.
As there are currently no utilities for loading system software on an IP411 hard drive, the following instructions explain how to use an IDE adapter to load the
system software by connecting the hard drive to a standard IP controller or PC.
These items are required to load system software in the field:
1. A 2.5" laptop IDE hard drive adapter. This adapter can be found at most computer stores that sell a wide variety of cables and adapters. One online
source for this adapter is [[www.cablesonline.com| URL http://www.cablesonline.com]].
2. An IP controller or standard PC. The IDE adapter will need to be plugged into a standard IDE cable that is connected to the master channel of the PC or
IP controller. Power is supplied by the IP/PC's power supply through a standard power connector.
3. System software 3-disk set. This software can be downloaded from the Konica FTP site and requires a keyboard and monitor to install.
To install the latest system software, perform the following:
1. Power OFF the IP/PC and disconnect the power cord.
2. Connect the HD104 to the 40-pin connector on one side of the adapter and connect the IP/PC's IDE cable to the 44-pin connector on the other side of the
adapter.
Note: Ensure that Pin 1 on the IDE connector and hard drive are connected to Pin 1 on the adapter .
3. Connect the power connector to the IP/PC's power supply.
4. Place Disk #3 into the floppy drive of the IP/PC, reconnect the IP/PC power cord, and power ON the IP/PC.
5. Once the IP/PC boots from the floppy, press return at the date and time prompts to get to the A: prompt.
6. Type "setup". This will run a batch file that formats the hard drive.
=================================C A U T I O N=================================
If the IP411 hard drive is not connected to the IDE master channel, and is not configured to be the MASTER drive, the setup program will format
whatever drive is connected and setup as the MASTER drive.
=============================================================================
7. Once the hard drive is formatted, at the A: prompt type "install" to start loading system software. Follow the prompts on the monitor to continue installation
of the system software.
Note: System software installation starts and ends with Disk #3.
8. Once Disk #3 completes loading, power OFF the IP/PC and disconnect the adapter from the main IDE cable and power supply.
9. Install the 2.5" hard drive back into the IP411 for use.
Solution ID
TAUS0611472EN*
Solution Usage
25
Description
Where is the PostScript* chip (CPC) installed on the IP411 board?
Solution
The CPC chip must be inserted into either the U21 or U34 socket on the IP411 board.
Note: The copy protection chip (CPC) in PostScript upgrade kits for the IP301 (Item #950771) and IP302 (Item #950800) are interchangeable with the CPC
for the IP411. The driver diskettes and documentation are different in the IP301 and IP302 kits.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0611474EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
PRINTER BOARD FAILURE message when booting after installation of the controller and hard drive (HD104).
Solution
CAUSE: Circuitry on the IP411 board came in contact with the hard drive because an insulating nylon washer was not installed when securing the HD104 to
the motherboard.
SOLUTION: Install the nylon washer (included in the HD104 kit) on the mounting hole in the IP411 board closest to JP7 .
February 2013
1,147
IP-412
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0613602EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
IP412 printing capabilities.
Solution
The IP412 drivers can only be installed on Windows* based computers running Windows 9x and Windows NT 4.0. Using the optional network interface (Item
#950623), the IP412 supports the following:
Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), peer-to-peer (TCP/IP), and NetBEUI
Printing resolution: 600 dpi
Command type: PCL5e (PostScript* is not available)
Solution ID
TAUS0613607EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Can not access the IP412 through the network. BiAdmin* does not locate the network card. The link light on the network card is solid green.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed network card.
SOLUTION: Cycle power for the main body and check communication through BiAdmin. Reseat the connector for the card located on the IP412. If problem
persists, replace the network card (PCUA 950623).
Solution ID
TAUS0614326EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
Network card is not seen on the network. 7415 power has to be cycled in order for the network card to be seen.
Solution
CAUSE: NIC firmware bug.
SOLUTION: Upgrade the firmware of the network card. The firmware upgrade and procedure are available on Konica's public FTP site and is available for
immediate download. Refer to the FTP site index and click on the appropriate link to access the file.
February 2013
1,148
IP-412
Solution ID
TAUS0613608EN*
Solution Usage
11
Solution Usage
11
Description
How to print out a status sheet for the Konica network card.
Solution
To print out the status page, perform the following:
1. Open BiAdmin* utility.
2. Select Diagnostics on the tool bar.
3. Select Print Test Page.
4. Select Parallel Port 1.
Solution ID
TAUS0617204EN*
Description
When printing, characters are scrambled or enlarged. Sending the print job again allows it to print correctly.
Solution
CAUSE: IP412 firmware bug.
SOLUTION: Upgrade the firmware of the print controller. The firmware upgrade and procedure are available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site
index on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents.
To update the firmware of the IP412, perform the following:
1. Ensure the 7415 is in idle mode.
2. Connect the laptop or PC to the parallel port (LPT1).
3. From the DOS Prompt, change directory to where the flash file has been placed.
4. From that directory run the command "copy /b filename LPT1".
5. The 7415 will display "UPDATING F/W". Once update is complete, the 7415 will reboot and update is done.
February 2013
1,149
IP-413
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
1,150
IP-413
Solution ID
TAUS0619529EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Replacement procedure for EPROM included in the IP413 installation kit.
Solution
The EPROM included in the IP413 installation kit will be installed in U8 on PWB(C). Previous to replacing the EPROM, verify which version is installed in the
main body. It is possible that the EPROM will not have to be updated if the version is 3.51 or above.
To verify installed EPROM version on non-fax units, perform the following:
1. Enter the Tech Rep mode by pressing Counter, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1.
2. Enter 6 for ROM version and press Start.
3. The first three digits of the version will display. Use the Image Darker key to scroll to all 12 digits. The last four digits are the ROM version.
To verify the ROM version on fax installed units, perform the following:
1. Enter Service Mode by pressing Initial Set, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1.
2. Press the down arrow until 4) Display is shown. Press Yes.
3. Press the down arrow until Engine F/W Ver. is displayed. Press Yes. The last four digits on the display will be the ROM version. If all zeroes are
displayed, check the EPROM label on PWB(C).
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
February 2013
1,151
IP-413
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0618805EN*
Solution Usage
Description
IP413, printing capabilities.
Solution
The IP413 drivers can be installed on all Windows* based computers as long as the system code on the IP413 is version 3.27. Using the optional network
interface (Item #950623), the IP413 supports the following:
Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), peer-to-peer (TCP/IP), and NetBEUI*.
Printing resolution: 600 dpi
Command type: PCL5/6e (PostScript* is not available)
Solution ID
TAUS0618807EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up the IP413 in a Macintosh* environment.
Solution
The IP413 is a PCL* printer only and does not support PostScript* which is necessary for Macintosh printing.
February 2013
1,152
IP-418
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
February 2013
1,153
IP-418
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
Solution ID
TAUS0622877EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
TCP/IP format (i.e, 198.169.2.12).
Solution ID
TAUS0638739EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to print after installing the IP418.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware incompatibility between the 7218 and the IP418 does not allow proper communication.
SOLUTION: The 7218 and IP-418 firmware and system software needs to be upgraded to the following levels:
February 2013
1,154
IP-418
7218 copier version 7.01
7218 fax version 7.01
IP418 system software ver. 1.77
KN419 version 2.05
Notes:
1. These files are available for download from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
2. If the update utility does not allow communication with the 7218, the KN419, IP418 and the fax kit must be removed from the system and the jumper on
CJ1 (PWBC/C) must be moved to pins 1/2 before the update will proceed.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0638837EN*
Description
"Spooler subsystem app has encountered a problem and needs to close" message following installation of the PCL driver on a Microsoft Windows XP
workstation with a small inkjet printer connected via a parallel connection.
Solution
CAUSE: A third-party printer driver or a third-party service prevents adding printers, or the third-party printer driver or third-party service affects the
functionality of a newly installed printer.
Note : As an example, this issue may occur if the Lexmark print service (LexBce Server service) is installed and is running on the computer before another
printer is added.
SOLUTION: To resolve this issue, follow these steps:
1. If the Lexmark print service is installed on your computer, turn off the LexBce Server service. To do this:
c. In the right pane, right-click LexBce Server, and then click Properties.
d. On the General tab, in the Startup type list, click Disabled.
e. Under Service status, click Stop, and then click OK.
f. Right-click the Print Spooler service, and then click Start (if it is stopped).
g. Quit Computer Management.
2. Test whether the issue is resolved. If the issue is resolved, the remaining steps are not required. If the issue is not resolved, go to step 3, and then follow
the remaining steps.
3. Start the computer in Safe Mode. For additional information about how to start the computer in Safe Mode, click Start, click Help and Support, type safe
mode in the Search box, press the ENTER key, and then click the Start Windows in Safe Mode topic.
4. Start Microsoft Windows Explorer, then delete all the files and the folders in the following where C: is the drive that Windows XP is installed:
C:\Windows\System32\Spool\Printers
C:\Windows\System32\Spool\Drivers\w32x86
5. Start Registry Editor . To do this, click Start, click Run, type regedit in the Open box, and then click OK.
WARNING : If Registry Editor is used incorrectly, serious problems may occur that require reinstallation of the operating system. Microsoft cannot
guarantee that problems can be solved that result from using Registry Editor incorrectly. Use Registry Editor with extreme caution.
6. Locate and expand the following registry key:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86
View the list of subkeys. There should only be the following subkeys:
Drivers
Print Processors
a. On the File menu, click Export .
b. In the File Name box, type a descriptive name for this key, and then click Save - for example, type WindowsNTx86regkey. Use this backup of the
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86 registry key to restore the key if any problems occur
after completing this procedure.
c. Delete all the subkeys other than the subkeys that are listed in step 6. To do this, right-click each subkey that is not on the list, and then click Delete. Click
Yes when prompted to confirm the deletion.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86\Drivers
The registry entries for the printer drivers that are installed on the computer are stored in the Version-x subkey or subkeys, where x is a number (typically 2 or
3).
9. Expand the Version-x subkey or subkeys, and then delete the printer driver entries. To do this, right-click each printer driver subkey, and then click Delete.
Click Yes when prompted to confirm the deletion.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Monitors
View the list of subkeys. There should only be the following subkeys for the default print monitors:
BJ Language Monitor
February 2013
1,155
IP-418
Local Port
PJL Language Monitor
Standard TCP/IP Port
USB Monitor
a. On the File menu, click Export.
b. In the File Name box, type a descriptive name for this key - for example, type MonitorsRegkey, and then click Save. Use this backup of the
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Monitors registry key to restore the key iif any problems occur after completing this
procedure.
c. Delete all the subkeys other than the subkeys that are listed in step 10.
11. To do this, right-click each subkey that is not on the list, and then click Delete. Click Yes when prompted to confirm the deletion.
12. If a local printer is attached, disconnect the printer cable from the computer and then restart the computer.
13. Verify that the Print Spooler service is running. To do this, follow these steps:
c. In the right pane, right-click the Print Spooler service, and then click Start (if it is stopped).
d. Quit Computer Management.
14. Reconnect the printer cable to the computer, add the printer and try to print a test page. To add the printer, follow these steps:
a. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
b. Click Add a printer. The Add Printer Wizard starts.
c. Follow the instructions in the Add Printer Wizard to install the printer.
Notes :
-- For additional information about how to manually remove printer drivers, refer to the attached documentation.
-- For additional information about how to troubleshoot printing problems in Windows XP, refer to article numbers 314085 and 308028 in the Microsoft
Knowledge Base.
-- To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0642147EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Scrambled text when print the print driver test page or from an application. Text pages from the web utility print correctly.
Solution
CAUSE: The PCL* print driver was corrupted during the installation process.
SOLUTION: To remove the corrupt print driver, perform the following:
1. Print out a test page of the PCL driver for the listing of additional files being used.
2. Delete the printer icon from the Printer window.
3. From the Printer window select File/Server Properties and click on the Driver tab.
4. Locate the IP418 PCL driver and click Remove.
5. From the PCL test page that was printed, delete the files listed from the designated folders. It is highly recommended to reboot the PC since certain files
will not delete fully and will allow the issue to persist..
6. At this time, load the newly downloaded PCL print driver and verify operation.
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When printing a large document from Microsoft Publisher, a Publisher error box displays "There is not enough memory to display a picture. Some pictures
may display incompletely or not at all. To make more memory available, save your work and close other programs: then try again."
Solution
CAUSE: Insufficient hard drive space for the spool folder.
SOLUTION: Confirm the workstation has sufficient hard drive space to spool the print job. The Spool folder location can be confirmed by viewing the Print
Server Properties in Microsoft Windows by clicking on Start, Settings, and then Printers. The Print Server Properties dialog box opens and now click on the
Advanced tab to view the spool folder location. The default location for the spool folder for Microsoft Windows 2000/XP is
C:\\WINDOWS\system32\spool\printers.
If the C: drive space is not sufficient, you may encounter insufficient memory errors when attempting to print which may be more evident with larger print jobs.
If the system is equipped with additional hard drives, the spool folder location can be pointed to a drive with additional hard drive space. Be sure to obtain the
February 2013
1,156
IP-418
System Administrators approval before making any changes to the spool folder location.
February 2013
1,157
IP-421
Solution ID
TAUS0613413EN*
Solution Usage
101
Description
What is required to successfully use the PostScript* kit, PS-341 (Item #950320)?
Solution
PostScript Upgrade Requirements:
1. PS-341 Kit (includes 16MB Compact Flash Card and CPC chip).
2. The latest IP421 PostScript and PCL* Compact Flash (CF) files.
3. The IP421 controller requires a minimum of 64MB of ram to use the PostScript feature.
The IP421 is shipped with 32MB of base memory and can be upgraded to a maximum of 160MB of RAM. Available memory modules (SODIMM):
MU-403 - 32MB (Item #950217)
MU-404 - 64MB (Item #950218)
MU-405 - 128MB (Item #950219)
CAUTION:
a. The memory card slot is only designed for expansion of 32MB, 64MB, and 128MB DIMMs.
b. There are two types of 128MB DIMM. One type has 1 tipselect signal and the other has 2 tipselect signals in the circuit configuration. The MU-405 is a
DIMM using 1 tipselect signal. When a DIMM with 2 tipselect signals is used on the IP431, only 64MB of the available 128MB is recognized.
CAUTION: To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure.
To upgrade the system software via the Compact Flash method, the following tools are required:
Notebook PC with PCMCIA slot.
Windows* 95/98/2000
PCMCIA-CF adapter- ADTEC*, TDK*, Green House* or other comparable compact flash adapter.
To rewrite the PS-341kit compact flash (CF) card, use the following procedure:
1. Insert the CF card into the CF adapter and then insert the CF adapter into the PCMCIA slot. Use Windows Explorer to ensure that the CF is recognized as
a drive.
3. Format the CF card using Explorer. It is recommended to do a full format of the CF.
4. Copy the latest PostScript files onto the CF card.
5. After files have been copied into CF card, remove the CF from the adapter using the following procedure:
a. Go into Control Panel and double click on PC card (PCMCIA).
b. Select the adapter from the list, click Stop or End and then OK.
c. When the message "You can safely remove the device safely" is displayed, click OK.
d. Remove the CF.
6. Install the PostScript CF card into the IP421 as described in the PS341 installation instructions.
Notes:
1. It is also required to update the PCL Compact Flash card to latest version (5.5.2) when installing the PostScript upgrade. The PCL Compact Flash card is
the card that comes with the IP421 and it mounted on top of the Printer relay board/3.
Remove the PCL card and update its system software using the same procedure used for the PostScript Compact flash card.
2. The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the Konica FTP site .
3. PostScript system software version 5.5.0 and PCL system software version 5.5.2 and above no longer require to install the HD103 when installing the
PostScript option (PS-341), although please be aware of the following capabilities that are lost with out the HD103 installed;
a. Print jobs can no longer be spooled to HD. Spooling print jobs to a HD can speed up printing and relieve network traffic.
b. The ability to download fonts with a print job is not available without a HD installed.
c. Scanning is not available without a HD installed.
d. The full functionality of PC faxing is unavailable without a HD installed.
e. Password print option is unavailable without a HD installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0611717EN*
Solution Usage
89
Description
What is required for scanning with an IP421 and a 7020/7025/7030/7035?
Solution
The HD103 hard drive kit (PCUA 950231) and the KN303 network card (PCUA 950230) are required to use the scanning feature of the 7020/70257030/7035
with an IP421. A TWAIN driver is supplied on the IP421 User CD which will allow scanning from any TWAIN-compliant application.
Solution ID
TAUS0613551EN*
Solution Usage
58
Description
Is Windows* 2000 and Windows NT 4.0 supported?
Solution
There is a new Windows PostScript* driver which allows printing from Windows 9x, Windows NT, and Windows 2000. In order to print using the PostScript
driver the PostScript kit, PS-341 (Item #950232) must be installed.
2. The latest IP421 PostScript and PCL Compact Flash (CF) files.
MU-403 - 32MB (Item #950217)
MU-404 - 64MB (Item #950218)
February 2013
1,158
IP-421
MU-405 - 128MB (Item #950219)
CAUTION:
CAUTION: To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure.
Windows* 95/98/2000
a drive.
d. Remove the CF.
Notes:
2. The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site index on the FTP site for detailed
information concerning site contents.
e. Password Print option is unavailable without a HD installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0611906EN*
Solution Usage
52
Description
System software update procedure (via parallel port).
Solution
The IP421 is equipped with a compact flash card that can be upgraded via the parallel port. This only applies to PCL only controllers. To rewrite the PCL only
system software, perform the following:
Rewriting PCL system software via the parallel port, by performing the following:
1. Boot the PC to a DOS command prompt or boot from a DOS start up disk. To get to a DOS command prompt, press F8 before the Windows* splash
screen comes up. When the Windows Start Menu comes up, Press Shift F5 to get to a command prompt. Place the copier in printer mode before updating
firmware. Select the settings tab from the printer LCD.
2. Change directories to the one in which the PCL pkg files are stored. Copy the PCL file to the LPT1 port using the 'Copy' command.
Example: C:\copy /b filename.pkg lpt1 (where C: is the location of the pkg firmware file)
February 2013
1,159
IP-421
3. From the settings screen you will get a message that the firmware is being updated and then a message that the update is complete.
CAUTION: Do not power OFF the printer during the update.
4. When the update is complete, turn the main power switch OFF and wait approximately 15 seconds and turn the main power back ON.
5. When the IP421 is completely initialized, print out a printer configuration page to verify that the system code has been updated.
To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure.
Windows* 95/98/2000
a drive.
d. Remove the CF.
Notes:
2. The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site index on the FTP site for detailed
information concerning site contents.

Solution ID
TAUS0613816EN*
Solution Usage
52
Description
PRINTER INITIALING message after updating system software or after installation of PS kit with hard drive. Reformatting the hard drive does not resolve the
issue.
Solution
CAUSE: Hard drive corrupt/failed or the IP system code on the CF card is corrupt.
SOLUTION:
1. If accessable, perform a hard drive reformat from the operation panel, then reboot.
2. If necessary, remove the hard drive from the IP-421 and boot the machine without the drive installed.
3. If necessary, examine the CF card to determine if the correct files and file structure are contained on the card.
Solution ID
TAUS0614896EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
PC/LAN Fax and Password Print hardware, firmware and software requirements.
Solution
The following are the hardware requirements for PC/LAN Fax and Password Print option:
IP421 Print Controller (Item #950229)
KN303 Ethernet Network card (Item #950230)
HD103 Hard Disk drive (Item #950231)
FK101 Fax Kit (Item #950227)
The following are firmware and software minimum requirements to allow PC/LAN Fax and Password Print to function:
7020 System control firmware version 32 and Image control version 28.
FK101 firmware version 17.
IP421 system software version 5.3.1.
KN303 firmware version 5.70.
IP421 PCL* Print driver version 1.5.10.
Note: See to Info Source Bulletin # 87-01 for functionality information. . To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be
February 2013
1,160
IP-421
downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL
February 2013
1,161
IP-422
Solution ID
TAUS0623726EN*
Solution Usage
96
Description
HD107, F87-03 error message.
Solution
CAUSE: Disk rotation control of the hard drive has failed.
SOLUTION: Replace the hard drive (Item #950258) and apply base system code version 5.8.2 along with the 5.8.2n patch. Keeping the old HD107 and only
installing the new patch may or may not resolve the problem depending upon how much the drive was accessed.
Also, a compact flash card hard drive is available to eliminate failures of the regular hard disk. The 2GB compact flash card is recommended for most cases,
as the 1GB compact flash card may not have enough space if the customer creates large jobs.
1GB compact flash card and PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-1GB)
2GB compact flash and card PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-2GB)
Note: The IP-422 system code must upgarded to a minimum version of 5.9.0 to support the use of CF card in place of the HD-107.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0618429EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
How to configure Scan to E-mail.
Solution
In order to utilize Scan to E-mail, the printer must be connected to a network and have a dedicated E-mail server attached (and in the same physical network
segment). Also, the 422NIC must have a minimum firmware version of 6.29c which requires update using the 1.40dFTP download utility.
To configure Scan to E-mail using the operation panel, perform the following:
1. Press the SCAN/PRINT key for the Printer Mode.
2. Press Setting on the touchscreen.
3. Press 5 for Network Setup. Press OK
4. Press the NEXT and then 9 for E-mail Setup. Press OK.
5. Select (SMTP Server Name) and press OK. Input the IP address or DNS name of the E-mail server and press OK.
6. Select (SMTP Port Number) and press OK. Enter 25 for the port number and press OK.
7. No action is required for (SMTP Access Timeout seconds setting).
8. No action required for (Max Message Size 100 kilobytes).
9. Enter the desired information in the SUBJECT, SENDER, and MESSAGE BODY fields and press OK.
10. Press CANCEL to back out of the configuration mode. At this point a message will be indicated, (NIC Parameters is changed), Press yes, and then enter
sysadm for the password and press OK to accept the change.
11. Press the Mode key to return to copy mode.
To configure Scan to E-mail by browsing to the NIC, perform the following:
1. Access the Web utilities using the MAP utility or browse to the address of the IP422 NIC.
2. Select Scanner Setup and the (locate Default SMTP Message Parameters) section.
3. Input the IP address or DNS name of the E-mail server where (SMTP Server IP Address or DNS Name is indicated).
4. Enter 25 where (SMTP Server Port Number) is indicated.
6. No action required for (Maximum Message Size * 100 kilobytes).
7. In the SCAN TO E-MAIL section, enter an internal E-mail account or E-mail address of the person to be notified when the E-mail is rejected or denied or
the name of the machine (Example7130/IP422@konicabt.com) where FROM is indicated.
8. Enter the desired information in the SUBJECT, SENDER, and MESSAGE BODY fields.
9. Enter sysadm for the password and select ACCEPT SETTINGS.
February 2013
1,162
IP-422
Solution ID
TAUS0620137EN*
Solution Usage
33
Solution Usage
32
Description
IP422 NIC, how to reset to factory defaults.
Solution
To reset the NIC, perform the following:
1. Remove the IP422 from the main body and then remove the top cover.
2. Locate SW2 and SW3 and toggle them to the FACT position. CUST and FACT are printed in the proximity of the switch.
3. Reinstall the IP unit. Power the unit ON and wait 5 minutes.
4. Power the unit OFF.
5. Remove the IP unit and toggle SW2 and SW3 back to CUST.
6. Reinstall the cover and IP unit and then power the unit ON.
7. The card should now be initialized and should print a status page once both the IP unit and the printer have come to a ready state.
Solution ID
TAUS0619282EN*
Description
PRINTER INITIALIZING at start up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Corrupted system code (HD107). The hard drive needs to be formatted.
SOLUTION: To format the hard drive, perform the following:
1. Press the Scan/Print button.
2. Press [Setting].
3. Press [Next].
4. Press [7].
5. Press [OK]. The following message will be displayed: Are you sure you want to format HD? 1. Yes 2. No.
6. Press [1].
7. Press [OK].
8. The following message will display: Power off and restart the system.
Note: If this procedue does not correct the issue, format the drive using Fdisk and format by placing the drive in a laptop PCMCIA slot.
2. Failed hard disk drive (HD107).
Reseat the HD107 and verify that printing takes place. If problem persists, remove the HDD and try printing without it installed. If printing takes place, replace
the HD107 (PCUA 950258).
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0622466EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
How to reformat the CF card to VxWorks*-style formatting.
Solution
To reformat the CF card to VxWorks-style formatting, perform the following:
1. Connect the IP422 with the computer via serial port (RS-232C null cable) and startup hyper terminal on PC so that service port becomes ready to use.
Note: Please see the IP422 Service Handbook for details concerning service port .
2. Turn ON main power switch of 7022/7130.
3. While "xxxxxx Ext Memory Passed" is being displayed on Hyper terminal of PC, press [k] - [a] keys.
4. When "Enter new date(mm-yy-dd):" is displayed, enter the date and press [Enter] key.
5. When "Enter new time(hh:mm:ss):" is displayed, enter the time and press [Enter] key.
6. Type "vxformat" and then press [Enter] key.
Note: This format command puts the directories on the hard drive but all files are removed from the CF card.
7. After formatting the CF and hard drive, turn OFF main switch of 7022/7130. Remove the IP422 from main body and then the CF from IP422.
8. Put the CF into a compact flash reader so that PC can recognize it.
9. Copy all folders and files in the ps343e582 folder to the CF by using Explorer.
February 2013
1,163
IP-422
10. Install the CF to the IP422.
11. Install IP422 to the 7022/7130 and turn ON the main switch. The 7022/7130 will boot without issue.
Notes:
a. If the files on the PCMCIA hard drive are viewed after following this procedure by using the PCMCIA slot on the Microsoft* Windows-based laptop, the
above procedure will need to be followed again as it corrupts the drive every time with a 87-3 code. The IP will also keep rebooting over and over.
b. To view a PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
February 2013
1,164
IP-423
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0623733EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
HD107, F87-03 error message.
Solution
CAUSE: Disk rotation control of the hard drive has failed.
SOLUTION: Replace the hard drive (Item #950258) and apply base system code version 5.8.2 along with the 5.8.2p patch. Keeping the old HD107 and only
installing the new patch may or may not resolve the problem depending upon how much the drive was accessed.
Also, a compact flash card hard drive is available to eliminate failures of the regular hard disk. The 2GB compact flash card is recommended for most cases,
as the 1GB compact flash card may not have enough space if the customer creates large jobs.
1GB compact flash card and PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-1GB)
2GB compact flash and card PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-2GB)
Note: The IP-423 system code must upgarded to a minimum version of 5.9.0 to support the use of CF card in place of the HD-107.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0620846EN*
Solution Usage
18
Solution Usage
16
Description
IP423 NIC, how to reset the internal NIC to factory defaults.
Solution
To reset the NIC, perform the following:
1. Remove the IP423 from the main body and then remove the rear cover.
2. Locate SW1 and toggle it to the FACT position. CUST and FACT are printed in the proximity of the switch.
3. Reinstall the IP unit. Power the unit ON and wait 5 minutes.
4. Power the unit OFF.
5. Remove the IP unit and toggle SW1 back to CUST.
6. Reinstall the cover and IP unit and then power the unit ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0620051EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,165
IP-423
segment).
To configure Scan to E-mail using the operation panel, perform the following:
1. Press the SCAN/PRINT key for the Printer Mode.
2. Press Setting on the touchscreen.
3. Press 5 for Network Setup. Press OK
4. Press the NEXT and then 9 for E-mail Setup. Press OK.
To configure Scan to E-mail by browsing to the NIC, perform the following:
1. Access the Web utilities using the MAP utility or browse to the address of the IP423NIC.
2. Select Scanner Setup and the (locate Default SMTP Message Parameters) section.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,166
IP-424
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
February 2013
1,167
IP-424
portable.
Solution ID
TAUS0627367EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to use the password print (secure printing) function.
Solution
To use password print, a hard drive is required in the main body (HD103a), the ECM mode must be enabled, user ECM account(s) must be created, software
dip switch 26-4 must be turned ON, and the ECM User ID and password must be entered in the print driver.
To turn ON software dip switch 26-4, perform the following:
2. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON, while pressing the 2 and 5 keys).
3. Select SOFTWARE SW.
4. Using the up/down arrows, scroll to software switch 26-4.
5. Select ON.
6. Power the copier OFF/ON.
To enable ECM mode for password printing, perform the following:
1. Press the Help to enter Key Operator mode.
2. Press the Key-Ope Mode button on the touch screen.
3. Enter the Key Operator password (if necessary) and press OK.
4. Press System/Copier.
5. Press ECM.
6. Enter the 8 digit ECM master code (the default passcode is 00000000).
7. Press ECM ON/OFF Setting.
8. Select the ON setting for (Copier, Fax, or Printer) as desired.
9. Press OK.
10. Make any additional changes to the ECM accounts as desired.
To perform password printing (using the PCL, PostScript or Visual PostScript driver), perform the following:
1. From the document to be printed, select file then print from the file menu.
2. Select properties in the print driver dialog box.
3. Check the password check box.
4. In the ID box of the Password Setting dialog box enter the ECM user account number.
5. Enter any numeric password up to 8 digits in the password box.
6. Select OK.
7. Make any additional desired changes to the print driver and select OK.
8. Select OK to print the document.
9. On the operation panel of the machine, press the Scan/Print button.
10. Press Password Print on the LCD touch screen.
11. Enter the ECM user account number in the User ID space using the numeric keys on the touchscreen.
12. Press OK.
13. Enter the same numeric password that was entered in the print driver using the numeric keys on the touchscreen.
14. Select the number of the job to be printed and press the print button.
Note: The print job will not be printed until the matching password is entered at the main body. The password print feature will increment the ECM user
account.
Solution ID
TAUS0627867EN*
Solution Usage
Description
N-32 (N32)error when SMB scanning to a Microsoft Windows NT, 2000 or XP workstation.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect host name for the destination PC
SOLUTION: Properly set the destination PC name. The network name of the workstationto scan to is the host name. To find the host name of the destination
on a:
Microsoft Windows NT PC
1. Open the Windows Control Panel by pressing the Start button and select Settings=> Control Panel from the menu.
2. Double-click the Network applet. The Network dialog should appear.
3. Select the Identification tab of the Network dialog. The computer name will be displayed in the dialog.
Microsoft Windows2000/XP PC
February 2013
1,168
IP-424
Right-click My Computer, select Properties, select the Network Identification tab (Computer Name tab for XP)and note the Full Computer Name.
IMPORTANT :Use only the name of the computer. Do not include the domain name.
February 2013
1,169
IP-431
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613380EN*
Solution Usage
34
Description
Can the IP431 be utilized in a Microsoft* Windows NT environment?
Solution
Windows NT printing is not yet officially supported. The IP431 is currently only supported in an environment with Windows 9x clients using PCL*. The IP431
can be connected to a network running Windows NT 4.0 Server, but there are currently no official Windows NT4.0 print drivers. To set up the IP431 on a
Windows NT4.0 server, a 'generic' HP* PCL driver must be installed to create the printer share (an HP5si PCL driver is recommended). Once the share is
created, the 7045 print driver is loaded locally on the Windows 9x workstations. In this scenario, the HP5si driver on the server is being used only as a
placeholder for the jobs that are being spooled, and is not used for actual printing.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0613410EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
What is required for scanning with the IP431 controller and 7045 printer?
Solution
The HD103 hard drive kit (Item #950231) and the KN303 network card (Item #950230) are required to use the scanning feature of the 7045 with an IP431. A
TWAIN driver is supplied on the IP431 User CD which will allow scanning from any TWAIN-compliant application.
Solution ID
TAUS0613812EN*
Solution Usage
21
Description
The controller is not initializing after PostScript* kit (PS-342) a flash upgrade.
Solution
2. The latest IP431 PostScript and PCL Compact Flash (CF) files.
MU-403 - 32MB (Item #950217)
MU-404 - 64MB (Item #950218)
MU-405 - 128MB (Item #950219)
CAUTION:
February 2013
1,170
IP-431
c. To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure. To upgrade the
system software via the Compact Flash method, the following tools are required:
Microsoft* Windows 9x/2000
PCMCIA-CF adapter- ADTEC*, TDK*, Green House* or other comparable compact flash adapter
To rewrite the PS-341 kit compact flash (CF) card, use the following procedure:
I. Insert the CF card into the CF adapter and then insert the CF adapter into the PCMCIA slot. Use Windows Explorer to ensure that the CF is
recognized as a drive.
II. Format the CF card using Explorer. It is recommended to do a full format of the CF.
III. Copy the latest PostScript files onto the CF card.
IV. After files have been copied into CF card, remove the CF from the adapter using the following procedure:
A. Go into Control Panel and double click on PC card (PCMCIA).
B. Select the adapter from the list, click Stop or End and then OK.
C. When the message "You can safely remove the device safely" is displayed, click OK.
D. Remove the CF.
V. Install the PostScript CF card into the IP431 as described in the PS-342 installation instructions.
Notes:
--- It is also required to update the PCL Compact Flash card to latest version (5.5.2) when installing the PostScript upgrade. The PCL Compact Flash card is
--- The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the [[Konica FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
--- PostScript system software version 5.5.0 and PCL system software version 5.5.2 and above no longer require to install the HD103 when installing the
a. Print jobs can no longer be spooled to the hard drive. Spooling print jobs to a HD can speed up printing and relieve network traffic.
Solution ID
TAUS0602820EN*
Solution Usage
17
Solution Usage
15
Description
KN303, how to reset to factory defaults.
Solution
To reset the KN303 card to factory settings, perform the following:
1. Power down the IP unit and remove the cover.
2. Remove the KN303 from the IP unit.
3. Set jumper OP2 to pins 1 and 2 (left and middle) for factory initialization.
4. Reseat the card in the IP unit.
5. Power the IP unit ON and leave it on for five minutes.
6. Power down the IP unit and remove the KN303 card.
7. Reset jumper OP2 to pins 2 and 3 (left and middle).
8. Reseat the card into the IP unit and reassemble the cover.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Description
February 2013
1,171
IP-432
Solution ID
TAUS0618503EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
PRINTER BOARD FAILURE message after upgrading the system code via the Compact Flash (CF) procedure. Printer unit will not initialize.
Solution
CAUSE: The CF card was formatted to Windows* format before copying the new firmware files to it.
SOLUTION:
1) Connect CF connector of IP-432 with the CF to be formatted.
2) Connect IP-432 with 7145 main body.
3) Connect the IP-432 with the computer via serial port (DB9 null modem cable) and startup hyper terminal on PC so that service port (*1)
becomes ready to use.
((*1) Please see IP-432 Service Handbook for the details of service
port)
4) Turn ON main power switch of the IP432.
5) While "xxxxxx Ext Memory Passed" is being displayed on Hyper terminal
of PC, press the "k"then the "a" keys continually until enter new date appears as described in step 6. If unsuccessful reboot the pc and try again.
6) When "Enter new date(mm-yy-dd):" is displayed, press [Enter] key.
7) When "Enter new time(hh:mm:ss):" is displayed, press [Enter] key.
3) According to CF type (*2), execute partition configuration setting
command.
(*2) CF type is the alphabet and numeric printed on the rear side of CF
at right bottom.
Type
Capacity Manufacture Command
HB289016C4 16MB
Hitachi
cf16h4
HB28C016C6 16MB
Hitachi
cf16h4
HB289032C4 32MB
Hitachi
cf32h4
HB288032C6 32MB
Hitachi
cf32h4
Ex: When HB289016C4, input "cf16h4" then press [Enter] key.
Note) Operation is guaranteed only for the CF in the above list.
9) Type "reboot" and press [Enter] key and restart IP-432.
10) While "xxxxxx Ext Memory Passed" is being displayed on Hyper terminal
of PC, press [k] - [a] keys.
11)When "Enter new date(mm-yy-dd):" is displayed, press [Enter] key.
12)When "Enter new time(hh:mm:ss):" is displayed, press [Enter] key.
13) Type "vxformat" and then press [Enter]key.
14) After formatting CF, turn OFF main switch of 7145 and remove
IP-432 from main body then CF from IP-432.
15) Set CF to the general compact flash reader etc. so that PC can
recognize it.
16) Copy the following folder with files to the CF by using Explorer.
All folders and files in the ip432 folder.
17) Install the CF to the IP-432.
18) Install IP-432 to the 7145 series and turn ON the main switch.
You can check the version by the following procedure.
1) Touch the Setting key to display the main screen. Touch the number
key for Test Print and then touch OK.
2) Touch a number key for Config.Data and then touch OK.
3) Among the version information in the outputted Config.Data,
the following items show the versions.
SYS: 5.6.21 (firmware version)
* Windows is the registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation in the

United States and respective countries.
* Other company names and product names are the registered trademarks for
respective companies.

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
February 2013
1,172
IP-432
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0619821EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Is the IP432 capable of scanning to POP3 E-mail servers?
Solution
POP3 E-mail scanning is not available at this time. The POP3 E-mail feature on the 7145/IP432 is for incoming (to the machine) E-mail only. SMTP E-mail is
available for outgoing E-mail and requires an anonymous log-in at the local E-mail server.
Solution ID
TAUS0620686EN*
Solution Usage
22
Solution Usage
18
Description
What is the password for the IP432 web utilities?
Solution
The password for the web utilities is the 7145 main body Key Operator default password (0000).
Solution ID
TAUS0623233EN*
Description
How to use the password print (secure printing) function.
Solution
To use password print, a hard drive is required in the main body (HD103a), the ECM mode must be enabled, user ECM account(s) must be created, software
dip switch 26-4 must be turned ON, and the ECM User ID and password must be entered in the print driver.
To turn ON software dip switch 26-4, perform the following:
2. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON, while pressing the 2 and 5 keys).
3. Select SOFTWARE SW.
4. Using the up/down arrows, scroll to software switch 26-4.
5. Select ON.
6. Power the copier OFF/ON.
To enable ECM mode for password printing, perform the following:
1. Press the Help to enter Key Operator mode.
2. Press the Key-Ope Mode button on the touch screen.
3. Enter the Key Operator password (if necessary) and press OK.
4. Press System/Copier.
5. Press ECM.
6. Enter the 8 digit ECM master code (the default passcode is 00000000).
7. Press ECM ON/OFF Setting.
8. Select the ON setting for (Copier, Fax, or Printer) as desired.
February 2013
1,173
IP-432
9. Press OK.
10. Make any additional changes to the ECM accounts as desired.
To perform password printing (using the PCL, PostScript or Visual PostScript driver), perform the following:
1. From the document to be printed, select file then print from the file menu.
2. Select properties in the print driver dialog box.
3. Check the password check box.
4. In the ID box of the Password Setting dialog box enter the ECM user account number.
5. Enter any numeric password up to 8 digits in the password box.
6. Select OK.
7. Make any additional desired changes to the print driver and select OK.
8. Select OK to print the document.
9. On the operation panel of the machine, press the Scan/Print button.
10. Press Password Print on the LCD touch screen.
11. Enter the ECM user account number in the User ID space using the numeric keys on the touchscreen.
12. Press OK.
13. Enter the same numeric password that was entered in the print driver using the numeric keys on the touchscreen.
14. Select the number of the job to be printed and press the print button.
Note: The print job will not be printed until the matching password is entered at the main body. The password print feature will increment the ECM user
account.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
February 2013
1,174
IP-511
Solution ID
TAUS0616039EN*
Solution Usage
74
Description
Solution
segment). Also, the 511 NIC must have a minimum firmware version of 6.29c which requires update using the FTP download utility .
Scan to E-mail can be configured by using the operation panel or simply browsing to the NIC. To configure Scan to E-mail perform either of the following
procedures:
METHOD 1.
1. Access the Web utilities using the MAP utility or browse to the address of the IP511 NIC.
2. Select Advanced Features and the (locate Default SMTP Message Parameters) section.
METHOD 2
1. Press the MODE key to select PRINTER.
2. Press Network Setup on the touchscreen.
3. Press the DOWN arrow until E-mail Setup is indicated. Select E-mail Setup and press OK.
8. In the SCAN TO E-MAIL section, enter an internal E-mail account or E-mail address of the person to be notified if the E-mail is rejected or denied or the
name of the machine (Example7165/IP511@konicabt.com) where FROM is indicated.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0617105EN*
Solution Usage
39
Description
How to configure and perform the Scan-to-FTP option.
Solution
Preliminary Note: To utilize Scan-to-FTP, the IP511 must be connected to a network and have a dedicated (local) FTP server attached.
To configure and perform Scan-to-FTP perform the following:
1. From the main body operation panel, access the PRINTER mode using the MODE key located above the CHECK and HELP keys.
2. On the LCD touch screen, using the arrows on the right, scroll to and select NETWORK SETUP.
3. From NETWORK SETUP, scroll to and select FTP SETUP.
4. Select FTP PORT NUMBER.
5. Set the PORT number to match that of the FTP server, default is 21.
6. Select FTP TIMEOUT.
February 2013
1,175
IP-511
7. Set the TIMEOUT as desired between 1 and 60 seconds, the default is 15.
8. Press CANCEL once.
9. Scroll to and select UPDATE NIC.
Note: The UPDATE NIC selection will be unavailable (grayed out) if no changes were made to the FTP PORT NUMBER or TIMEOUT.
10. Select YES.
11. Enter the necessary NIC password. The default is [sysadm] all lower case.
Note: The LCD will display PRINTER INITIALIZING.
12. After the printer initializes, and READY TO PRINT is displayed again, power OFF/ON the main power switch (SW1) located on the left rear corner of main
body for at least 10 seconds.
13. After the printer has come back to READY, from the main body operation panel, access the SCANNER/SERVER mode using the MODE key located
above the CHECK and HELP keys.
14. On the LCD touch screen, select SCAN TO NETWORK.
15. Select FTP.
16. Select ADDRESS MANUAL INPUT.
17. Enter a PROFILE NAME; this name can be any alphanumeric name up to 10 characters long. This name will display in the TRANSMISSION OBJECT
window.
18. Enter the HOST ADDRESS; this is the TCP/IP* address of the FTP host server.
19. Enter the FILE PASS (path) by entering a backslant. As the FTP software knows where to send the document, a backslant \ is all that is needed.
20. Enter the LOGIN (username) of the FTP server, up to 47 characters long that may be case sensitive, depending on the setup.
Example: ftp://USERNAME:password@ftp.konicabt.com/
21. Enter the PASSWORD of the FTP server.
Example: ftp://username:PASSWORD@ftp.konicabt.com/
22. This is an optional step - Press the PORT NO. Key, the ENTER PORT NO. screen appears. Enter the port number for the FTP server. This step is only
needed if the PORT NO. differs from the default that was set in step 5.
23. Press the [ENTRY] key to register (save) the information that was entered.
24. The PROFILE NAME will now be displayed in the [SELECT TRANSMISSION OBJECT] screen, select it and press OK.
25. Insert the document(s) in the RADF or on the PLATEN GLASS to be scanned and select the desired scanning options on the LCD screen and press
START.
26. Download the document(s) using an FTP utility such as [[SmartFTP*| URL http://www.smartftp.com/download/]] or [[FTP Surfer*| URL
http://www.whispertech.com/surfer/download.htm]].
27. Select a file from the FTP server (remember where you put it) and then download it to the PC. It should now be able to be retrieved and opened.
Solution ID
TAUS0617044EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
Unable to send to a remote E-mail address. E-mail sent to local LAN users work fine. The E-mail server is on the local LAN.
Solution
CAUSE: SMTP routing has to be enabled on the local E-mail server to send E-mail to remote addresses. Some E-mail servers are set up to prevent direct
SMTP requests from being routed. This requires the user to validate on the server before remote mail can be sent.
SOLUTION: The IP511 does not have the ability to log onto a SMTP server, and, therefore, cannot send remote E-mail if SMTP routing is not enabled. In
some cases, an exception list can be created for addresses that can have their SMTP requests forwarded.
Solution ID
TAUS0615888EN*
Solution Usage
26
Description
How is system code loaded on the IP511?
Solution
System code is loaded on the IP511 through the parallel port. The installation method is the same as used on the IP421 and IP431. A PKG file is copied to
the parallel port and extracted onto the controllers hard drive. If a crossover serial cable is connected to the IP511 service port, the software installation can
be observed through a Hyper Terminal session.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0618317EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
ECM print is inoperable with the PostScript* (visual) driver.
February 2013
1,176
IP-511
Solution
CAUSE: Earlier versions of the PostScript (visual) driver for Microsoft* Windows NT4, 2000, XP and for Microsoft Windows 9x and ME do not properly send
the ECM password information to the IP511 when it is input into the SETTING's dialog box. All print jobs sent using ECM print will not print and the STATUS
is displayed as USER ID DIFFER in the NON COMPLETE JOB LIST.
SOLUTION: The latest version of the PostScript Visual driver corrects this problem. The required driver is available for download from the [[Support &
Drivers| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home]] section on the public web site and on the [[FTP site| URL
Note: Be sure to uninstall the previous driver using the either the uninstall program provided with the driver or from the Add/Remove Programs utility found in
Windows Control Panel.
February 2013
1,177
IP-511 Type-A
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0640227EN*
Solution Usage
22
Description
Intermittent SC49-01.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Failed printer control board assembly.
Ensure that the system code on the IP511A is at minimum version 6.2.0. Remove the IP511A from the main body and inspect the connection to the main
body for any damage or pins out of place. Reseat the IP511A onto the main body and verify operation. If the service code continues to occur, replace the
printer control board assembly (p/n 13RN-7320).
2. The IP511A hard drive start up code is corrupt.
Ghost the hard drive with the available image via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by
clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. In most cases ghosting the IP511A hard drive will resolve the SC49-01 issue.
Note : The IP511a-26.3.0-ghost.exe image can be used with a licensed version of Symantec Ghost (version 6.5 or greater)on a formatted PC or laptop
hard drive. This file was created by request for Konica Minolta service organizations who use the Symantec Ghost application.
CAUTION : The drive from which this image was createdis 41GB. Use ONLY on a drive of the same size when "ghosting" this image to another drive. This
code is NOT compatible with Ghost version 9.0.
Ifunable to purchasea licensed copy of Symantec Ghost, please use the standard method of updating IP-511A code.
To purchase Symantec Ghost (now Norton Ghost) visit the Norton from Symantec Store
http://shop.symantecstore.com/store/symnahho/DisplayHomePage/en_US/ThemeID.106300
3. The IP511A hard drive has failed.
Replace the failed hard drive (p/n 14KX-9040).
Note : The IP511A will not boot up and cannot be seen in HyperTerminal.
4. Failed IP511A memory module.
To check the memory module, perform the following:
a. Power the printer OFF (using the main power switch located on the rear left side of the main body).
b. Remove any additional memory modules, which have been installed on the IP unit.
c. Power the copier ON. If, the IP boots up successfully one or more of the memory modules has failed. Replace the memory modules [MU-404/64MB] (Item
#950218) or [MU405/128MB] (Item #950219) as necessary.
5. The power being supplied to the printer is suspect.
Install a power monitor to determine if the AC outlet is causing the problem.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD
February 2013
1,178
IP-511 Type-A
Solution ID
TAUS0618088EN*
Solution Usage
17
Solution Usage
15
Description
How to reset the internal NIC to factory defaults.
Solution
To reset theNIC to factory settings, perform the following:
1. Power down the IP unit and remove the small rearcontroller cover.
2. Set jumper OP2 to the lower 2 pins, (bottom and middle) for factory initialization.
3. Power the IP unit ON and leave it on for five minutes.
4. Power down the IP unit and reset jumper OP2 to the upper 2 pins (upper and middle).
5. Install the rear cover.
Note : Please remove the network connector from the NIC when performing the reset.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Description
February 2013
1,179
IP-601
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0613041EN*
Solution Usage
53
Description
What is required for PostScript* printing?
Solution
The following items are required for PostScript support:
1. The 7075 main body firmware should be at minimum version 31 for Control and for Image. A new version of the ISW program, version 3.25, is
recommended to update the 7075 because the utility also includes support for the FORCE 75 and 7045.
2. IP601 system software version 4.5.0 is required for PostScript support. This software is also recommended for PCL* only systems, as the PCL interpreter
has been updated.
3. The Windows* 9x PCL driver has been updated to version 1.2.23 and the PostScript driver is at version 1.1.8. The PostScript driver uses Adobe*
PostScript driver which can be downloaded from the FTP site or directly from Adobe's web site at [[http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/main.html| URL
http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/main.html]]. When installing the Adobe PostScript driver, the installation program will prompt to select the printer
model. By default, a generic PostScript printer is selected. Click on the Browse button and locate the 7075 PPD file (K0601751.ppd). If this is not done, the
printer will not be setup using the Konica driver files.
Notes:
a. The PostScript 3 option (Item #950648) for the Konica 7075 is released, but will be initially on allocation due to the tremendous response for this
capability. Orders can be placed and will be filled on a limited basis until full inventory is received.
b. After loading system code, the PostScript test pages are not shown under the test print menu on the 7075/FORCE75 until a PostScript page is sent to
the IP601 (the PostScript Demo, Fonts and Config pages will not show). Once a PostScript page is sent through the network or parallel port, these items will
always be in the Test Print menu. This issue only occurs after install of the system code.
c. The latest version system software, print drivers, firmware and utilities are available on the [[Konica FTP site| URL
Solution ID
TAUS0622072EN*
Solution Usage
52
Description
Can the IP601 be utilized in a Microsoft* Windows NT PCL* environment?
Solution
A PCL driver is available for download from the [[Support & Drivers| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home]] section on
the public web site and on the [[FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
Note: This driver also supports secure printing when used with IP601 system code 5.1.0 or higher. A hard drive is required on the 7075/FORCE 75 for
secure printing.
Solution ID
TAUS0611789EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
ERROR IN GETTING NODE FROM EUI message on a monitor prior to the completion of warm-up.
Solution
CAUSE: The printer relay board/2 has failed (engine component).
SOLUTION: Confirm the printer relay wiring is secured into the socket of the printer relay board 2. Replace printer relay board 2 (p/n 13JQ-7330) as
necessary.
February 2013
1,180
IP-601
Solution ID
TAUS0611437EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
Can the IP601 be utilized in a Macintosh* environment?
Solution
The IP601 can be utilized in a Macintosh* environment under the following conditions:
1. IP601 PostScript upgrade PS-361 contains Macintosh Adobe* PostScript* drivers for system versions 7.1 or higher (PS version 8.5.1) and system versions
8.1 or higher (PS version 8.7).
2. It has been found that Adobe PS version 8.7 for OS 8.1 or higher is not compatible with all MAC* systems running OS version 8.1 even though Adobe's
documentation states that it is. To avoid possible problems, do not load this driver on a MAC with an OS version below 8.5. It is recommended that the
Adobe PostScript driver version 8.6 be loaded on MAC OS versions 7.5.5 to 8.1.
Notes:
a. This driver is not on the PS-361 CD but can be downloaded from the [[Adobe web site| URL http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/584e.htm]].
b. Adobe PostScript version 8.5.1 can be loaded from the CD and is located in the OS7_1 or higher folder.
3. If the Adobe PostScript version 8.7 driver is loaded on a MAC running OS 8.1, the following error message may be indicated when trying to create a
printer:
'The application "Chooser" has unexpectedly quit, because an error of type 3 occurred.'
If this error occurs, a printer will not be able to be created using either the Adobe PostScript driver or the Apple* LaserWriter* driver. To correct this problem,
A. Download the Adobe PostScript driver version 8.6 from the [[Adobe web site| URL http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/584e.htm]].
B. Open the Extensions folder on the MAC (found in the System Folder) and drag the PrintingLib file to the trash can.
C. Install the Adobe PostScript 8.6 driver and restart the system. The driver file is in MAC BinHex format and will require a program like StuffIt*
Expander to extract. This is a free program and can be found at the [[Aladdin Systems website| URL http://www.stuffit.com/expander/macindex.html]].
D. Once the system is restarted, printing should occur normally.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614470EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
Network scanning firmware and software requirements.
Solution
To enable network scanning, install the following upgrades:
1. 7075 minimum firmware version 51
2. IP601 minimum system software version 5.1.0
3. KN302 minimum firmware version 5.69, but download the latest version from the FTP site.
Notes:
a. All the necessary updates to enable Network Scanning are available on the Konica FTP site.
b. If SC56-04 occurs after installing scanning firmware to the 7075, then set software switch 23-4 to 1.
c. To view PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
February 2013
1,181
IP-601M
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0616548EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
Unable to print. The IP controller appears to lock up.
Solution
CAUSE: An irregularity with system software which causes the IP601M to reboot with specific PCL* files.
SOLUTION: Update the IP601M system software. There are currently patches that will update system software to minimum version 5.5.4f. These patches
are available on the FTP site .
Notes:
1. This problem may only occur when the IP601M is first powered up and has come to ready and prior to any other printing/test prints are performed.
2. As an interim solution, print out the IP601M configuration page after the IP601M has come to ready. This may allow the job to print without a problem.
3. System software must be at version 5.5.4 prior to installing the patches.
4. It is highly recommended that the IP is rebooted and an IP configuration page is printed after each system software patch is installed.
5. It is highly recommended that the main body firmware is updated to the latest firmware listed on the [[Konica FTP site| URL
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0615916EN*
Solution Usage
17
Description
The IP will not completely boot up with the KN302A card installed.
Solution
CAUSE: The KN card is installed in an incorrect PCI slot.
SOLUTION: Confirm that the IP will boot normally without the KN card installed. If the IP boots properly without the KN card installed, install the KN card in
third PCI slot from the top.
Solution ID
TAUS0615459EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
What is the maximum amount of memory that the IP601M recognizes?
Solution
The IP601M will currently recognize 256MB of RAM memory. If more than 256MB of RAM is installed or the largest DIMM is not in the first memory slot, the
IP will not boot. If installing a 128MB memory module along with the installed 64MB, place the larger DIMM in memory slot 1.
Note: Supported memory modules are:
PCUA
ITEM
DIMM
February 2013
1,182
IP-601M
950631
950632
MU-401
MU-402
Solution ID
64MB
128MB
TAUS0618270EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
ERROR IN GETTING NODE FROM EUI message on a monitor prior to the completion of warm-up.
Solution
CAUSE: The printer relay board/2 has failed (engine component).
SOLUTION: Confirm the printer relay wiring is secured into the socket of the printer relay board 2. Replace printer relay board 2 (p/n 13JQ-7330) as
necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
1,183
IP-602
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0618644EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Memory specifications.
Solution
The IP-602 is shipped with 64MB of base memory and can be upgraded to a maximum of 512MB. To achieve this capacity, install four MU-402 1B memory
modules (128MB) into memory slots 1 through 4 of the IP-602 motherboard.
Notes :
1. Please refer to IP-602 Technical Bulletin #1 for complete memory upgrade options for the controller.
2. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0621525EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
When printing an Adobe* Acrobat* document containing graphics via the PostScript* driver, the document prints very slow and only one page at a time.
Solution
CAUSE: The Pass-through setting is not selected on the print driver. If the graphics contained in the document are EPS (Encapsulated PostScript), the
driver settings can be set to Pass-through and the driver will not act on (render) the existing PostScript information. This will speed up processing time when
printing these types of documents.
SOLUTION: Select the Pass-through setting in the driver in the advanced tab under PostScript settings.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,184
IP-711
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900738EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Requirements are:
Notes :
portable.
February 2013
1,185
IP-711
Solution ID
TAUS0702476EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
4 and 5.

h10.framework
haddress.framework
harmony.framework
hbalance.framework
hbasic.framework
hbridge.framework
hclick.framework
hcore.framework
hcorp.framework
hcsp.framework
hctp.framework
hefi.framework
hefim.framework
hextra.framework
hgasetup.framework
hglobobj.framework
hlicense.framework
hpageman.framework
hprintme.framework
hpserver.framework
hscan.framework
CWPT Preferences
February 2013
1,186
IP-711
Solution ID
TAUS0620964EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Installation Guide, IP711.
Solution
IP711 Installation Guide .
Solution ID
TAUS0622877EN*
Description
Solution
TCP/IP format (i.e, 198.169.2.12).
Solution ID
TAUS0626688EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to change the default settings for the Scan Mode.
February 2013
1,187
IP-901
Solution ID
TAUS0623370EN*
Solution Usage
59
Description
Printing to the IP901 controller through Microsoft* Windows 2000 is slow.
Solution
CAUSE: There is a problem with the standard TCP/IP* port implementation in Windows 2000 and possibly Windows XP. The Windows port monitor is
waiting for an ack (response) from the printer within a preset amount of time and will not send the next packet until receiving the ack. Controllers that are
running Windows seem to be mostly affected by this. Embedded Fiery controllers are running LINUX* and do not seem to have an issue.
SOLUTION: There is a temporary fix for this that is currently only available by calling Microsoft. Microsoft Knowledge Base Article - 816627. This fix is
specific to Windows 2000 only. Konica Minolta cannot provide this patch as it is only available by directly contacting Microsoft and requesting it. It is not
publically available for download. An easier workaround is to load the "Print Services for Unix" on Windows 2000 . To install "Print Services for Unix",
1. Click on Start = Settings = Control Panel.
2. Start "Add Remove Programs" and select "Windows Components".
3. From the "Windows Components" list, select "Other network file and print services" . "Print Services for Unix" is the only selection available from that list.
4. Once loaded, this will add "LPR port" to the ports list when adding a new printer port.
5. When selecting an LPR port, the top line of the LPR port dialog box is the TCP/IP address of the Fiery and the bottom line is the queue to be printed to.
The choices for the bottom line would be print, direct, or hold.
Notes:
a. Printing with the LPR port should be significantly faster on a 100BaseT network when sending large files.
b. The latest version of [[Windows Media Player| URL http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/download/default.asp]] must be installed to view
the above link.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0626701EN*
Solution Usage
37
Description
How to make booklets on the 8050/IP901 with version 1.1 system code.
Solution
Booklet mode settings vary slightly, depending on the application being used.
8050 IP-901 Booklet Mode V1.1 System Code document.
These instructions illustrate the specific application and driver settings required to make a booklet on 8.5x11 or 11x17 paper, 12 X 18 is not supported as a
printer function.
Note: These instructions are specific to version 1.1 system code and do not apply to version 1.0.
Booklet mode settings vary slightly, depending on the application being used. Updated instructions can be found in the 8050 IP-901 Booklet Mode V1.1
System Code document. These instructions illustrate the specific application and driver settings required to make a booklet on 8.5x11 or 11x17 paper.
Notes:
1. These instructions are specific to version 1.1 system code and do not apply to version 1.0.
2. To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
February 2013
1,188
IP-901
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

Solution ID
TAUS0628397EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
How to secure the IP901 against future virus and worm attacks.
Solution
Security hotfixes will only protect against current virus or worm threats, but may not prevent future attacks if a new vulnerability is found in the Microsoft*
Windows operating system. If TCP/IP* port filtering is enabled on the controller, port access can be controlled, so it is less likely a new virus or worm can get
into the controller. To enable port filtering, access to the Windows desktop on the IP901 is required. This can be accomplished two ways. If a FACI kit is
installed or by enabling Remote Desktop.
Konica Minolta has posted a patch on the Konica Minolta FTP site that will enable Remote Desktop. Download the attached 1-E4VH1patch and
theS300_Port_Configuration.pdf. The instruction file will explain how to enable and use Remote Desktop. It also details how to enable and configure port
filtering on the IP901. Screen shots are included to illustrate each item, as it is difficult to explain these concepts using just text.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD
February 2013
1,189
IP-921
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701255EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

Solution ID
TAUS0628707EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
February 2013
1,190
IP-921
Not booting after new installation; unable to see the controller icon or the details when pressing the PRINT button on the operation panel.
Solution
CAUSE: The IP921 controller is unable to boot or communicate with the machine.
SOLUTION: Reseat the connectors on the controller and check for bent pins on the hard drive connector.
Solution ID
TAUS0643033EN*
Solution Usage
19
Description
IP921 locks up randomly.
Solution
CAUSE: Wrong type memory installed.
SOLUTION: If p/n 7640000106 (256Mb DIMM) is used in the IP921 it will cause lockup issues. Please remove this memory and use p/n 7640000801
(256Mb DIMM).
Notes:
1. The 7640000106 DIMM can be identified by the word "CANRAM" printed on the circuit board.
2. If the 7640000106 DIMM was ordered for the IP921 it can be returned for replacement with the correct DIMM free of charge using the standard warranty
RA process.
Solution ID
TAUS0630700EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Intermittent CONTROLLER OPERATING or READY TO COPY/ALIGN THE ORIGINAL ON RADF message. The SCAN MODE function can not be selected
from the operation panel with the IP-921 connected.
Solution
CAUSE: System code firmware bug.
SOLUTION: A patch upgrade is needed for the IP-921 to prevent this issue. This patch file is the 1-G1R12.exe (attached).Thepatch is alsoavailable via the
Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and
more'.
Note : Main body must have at least version 50 firmware loaded to apply this patch.
February 2013
1,191
ISWTrns
Solution ID
TAUS0701267EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
When installing the ISWTRNS utility on a Microsoft Windows Vista PC, the USB selection is greyed out.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Earlier ISWTrns version is being used.
The USB feature is available in ISWTrns utility version 3.73E and newer.
2. Incorrect setup procedure.
Correct procedure:
a. With the utility closed, plug in USB connector into PC and MFP in the power ON idle state.
b. When prompted to install the correct Konica Minolta USB driver, select YES, install.
c. Once installed correctly, right-click the ISWTRNS icon on the desktop.
d. Select Properties/Compatibility tab.
e. Under Compatibility mode, check "Run this program in compatiblity mode for Windows XP (SP2)".
f. Then check "Run this program as an administrator". Press Apply.
g. Select "Show settings for all users".
h. Select Continue.
i. Under Compatibility mode, check "Run this program in compatiblity mode for Windows XP (SP2)".
j. Then check "Run this program as an administrator". Press Apply.
k. Open the ISWTRNS utility and select Allow.
l. In the utility select the Setting button and set communication. The USB selection should now be available for use.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Felix Burgen, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1002524EN*
Description
When attempting to install firmware for the GP-501 using ISWTrns, the GBC is not selectable in the Board pull-down menu under Select Type section if
Machine selected is 950.
Solution
CAUSE: Bug in ISWTrns utility.
SOLUTION:Please updateISWTRNS utility to version 3.81E.The utility can bedownloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Note : Supported 32-bit OS: Microsoft Windows 95/98/2000/ME/NT 4.0/XP/Vista
Solution ID
TAUS0808628EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to open the USB port indication when flashing the firmware.
Solution
When the main body uses the USB port to flash the firmware, it is necessary to install the USB driver of the ISWTrns. Whena connection is made between
the main body and the PC, the installation of the USB driver automatically starts.If the driver does not automatically start:
1.Enter Device manager, right click "My Computer" "Properties" "Hardware" and then "Device Manager" and find the Konica Minolta Copier USB listing, right
click it, and select "Update Driver"
2.Choose "Don't search, I will choose the driver to install" and then click "Next" and browse to the C:\Windows\Drivers\Usb folder. When the "Completing the
Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click "Finish"
3.Check the "Device Manager" screen to see if the correct USB driver has been installed.
4. Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 500/420 360 USB Driver for ISW.
Solution ID
TAUS0700711EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to upgrade via USB.The USB driver wizard does not start.
Solution
CAUSE:The machine is not in the ISW mode when connecting USB.
SOLUTION:To start the USB Wizard, perform the following:
1.Put the machine in service mode.
2.Touch ISW on the display.
3.With the laptop on, connect the USB cable to the machine.The USB device should now be seen.Follow prompts to complete installation of the USB driver.
February 2013
1,192
KIP 1020
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1001039EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to lock the paper traysto preventunauthorized use.
Solution
KMBS does not offer this solution directly.Marketing Data Solutions has developed a universal cable lock product.Please contact MDS directly for this type of
product.
Jeffrey W. Rasa
Marketing Data Solutions, Inc.
Office Direct: 508-528-7323
Fax Direct: 508-553-0925
email: jeff.rasa@marketingdatasolutions.com
Web: www.marketingdatasolutions.com
Solution ID
TAUS1103797EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Troubleshooting an unfamiliar error indication.
Solution
The multifunction systems consist of three major components: printer, scanner and IPS. Each component is monitored by the KIP UI which reports back error
conditions that are viewed on the touch screen. Sometimes an unfamiliar error indication can appear on the KIP UI. (Example: RADF error)
Please refer to attached KIP TIP-K117-013 and TIP-K124-014 for more information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
February 2013
1,193
KIP 1880
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1001039EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to lock the paper traysto preventunauthorized use.
Solution
KMBS does not offer this solution directly.Marketing Data Solutions has developed a universal cable lock product.Please contact MDS directly for this type of
product.
Jeffrey W. Rasa
Marketing Data Solutions, Inc.
Office Direct: 508-528-7323
Fax Direct: 508-553-0925
email: jeff.rasa@marketingdatasolutions.com
Web: www.marketingdatasolutions.com
Solution ID
TAUS1103797EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Troubleshooting an unfamiliar error indication.
Solution
The multifunction systems consist of three major components: printer, scanner and IPS. Each component is monitored by the KIP UI which reports back error
conditions that are viewed on the touch screen. Sometimes an unfamiliar error indication can appear on the KIP UI. (Example: RADF error)
Please refer to attached KIP TIP-K117-013 and TIP-K124-014 for more information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
February 2013
1,194
KIP 3000
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
How to manually remove jobs from the IPS.
Solution
Manually removing a JOB from KIP IPS
1. On the IPS, shut down the GUI (click ? g Service g Password g Enter g OK on service screen g ? g Reset).
2. From desktop, open VNCviewer. Plug in the KIP TCP/IP address and use kip as the password to VNC into the controller.
3. In the Queue View program, click "Configuration - Exit program".
4.Open Task Manager by right clicking the top blue bar of the VNVviewer window and select "Send CTRL-ALT-DEL".
5.Select the "Processes" tab.
6.Search for following processes and if running, select and end task these processes.
Process name: MH2
Process name: Pscript
7. Go to D:\Monpath1\Logdir and remove Joblist.dat .
8. Go to D:\Monpath1\PRequest and empty the folder.
9. Go to D:\TU and empty that folder.
10. Click Start g Programs g Startup g KIP Unattend.
11. Click 'Restart KIP UI" on the controller desktop.
Note : Steps 4-6 may not be necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
How to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS.
Solution
Perform the below procedure to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS:
1.Enter Service Mode on the IPS.
2.Press the right arrow on the touch screen until page 5 of 6 is displayed.
3.Press the [Click] button on the touch screen under Restore Factory Hard Drive Image.
CAUTION : This will restore the C: drive and all information that is not backed up will be lost.
4. After the restore is complete the KIP engine model will have to be selected, the keycodes will need to be reentered and the network configuration will have
to be set up again.
Note : Please see the attached video for reference. To view the video, you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Condition 52 error is indicated on the KIP user interface. IfOK is pressed to clear message, it immediately returns.
Solution
CAUSE: A corrupted file is preventing Unattend from opening correctly.
SOLUTION: Please install the latest version of UltraVNC (both the 32-bit and 64-bit version are attached) and review the attacheddocumentation for
adetailed walk-through with screenshots. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,195
KIP 3000
Description
Touch panel will not wake from sleep mode. The machine will print, but the touch panel has no display. Touch panel will display correctly if the mainbody is
shut down for more than 3 minutes before powering back up/IPS is rebooted.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Sleep settings need to be modified.
Open the WINUNTD.INI file on the IPS in C:/Program Files/KIP/Unattend andedit the lines ADVANCEDSLEEP=TRUE and SLEEPCOLDSTANBY=TRUE
to =FALSE .
2. One of the Power Management Settings in theBIOS Setupis set incorrectly.
Change the Power Management setting in the BIOS to the correct value by following these steps.
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
a. Attach a USB Keyboard to the IPS from the back of the printer. (USB connection)
b. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON".
c. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility.
d. Once in the BIOS, use the Arrow keys to highlight and the Enter key to open the "Power Management Setup".
e. Find the line "USB KB Wakeup From S3".
f.Change this setting to ENABLED .
g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key.
h. Remove the USB Keyboard.
i. Reboot the Printer/IPS.
Note : Please refer to attached KIP Tech Tip, TIP K116-005 .
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
a. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON".
b. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility.
c. Once in the BIOS, navigate to the Advanced Tab.
d. In the Advanced tab, select the Power Configuration line.
e. Find the line "USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4".
f. Change this setting to ENABLED .see the attached "BIOS_Advanced_Power.jpg" for a screen shot of the correct settings.
Note : Please refer to attached KIP Tech Tip, TB K117-004 .
3. On the KIP 7700/7900, the"Shut Down" serial cable is connected in the wrong location.
Connect the "Shut Down" cable to the proper serial port on the IPS. Refer to the attached Sleep Mode 77_7900 document for more detailed information.
4. On the KIP 700m/7100 the patch needs to be reinstalled.
Please reinstall the patch from a thumb drive. If the issue occurs again, run the patch again and when a message appears asking if you want to Modify or
Repair , select Repair . After the second install, all buttons will be back to normal. Refer to the attached 7.2.280-01 Release Notes document for more
detailed information.
Notes :
a.Download the required patch, KIPUPDATE_IPS7_7.2.280-01RB.zip (313MB).To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be
downloaded from the WinZip website .The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local
computer to view.
SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K116-005 and KIPBulletin, TB-K117-004 .
February 2013
1,196
KIP 3100
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,197
KIP 3100
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
to =FALSE .
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
Notes :
computer to view.
February 2013
1,198
KIP 5000
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,199
KIP 5000
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
to =FALSE .
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
Notes :
computer to view.
February 2013
1,200
KIP 7000
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,201
KIP 7000
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
to =FALSE .
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
Notes :
computer to view.
February 2013
1,202
KIP 700M
Solution ID
TAUS1002144EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2.
Solution
To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos.
The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing
PDF & PS and KM Advanced.
The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to
the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After
scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled.
Notes :
1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of
Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on
the same screen.
2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key
Code entry document.
3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation.
KM-TIP-K117-001
TIP-K115-9900-002
TIP-K120-7700-004
TIP-K120-7900-004
TIP-K124-001
4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime.
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
February 2013
1,203
KIP 7100
Solution ID
TAUS1002144EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
Solution
Notes :
the same screen.
KM-TIP-K117-001
TIP-K115-9900-002
TIP-K120-7700-004
TIP-K120-7900-004
TIP-K124-001
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
February 2013
1,204
KIP 7200
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,205
KIP 7200
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
to =FALSE .
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
Notes :
computer to view.
February 2013
1,206
KIP 7700
Solution ID
TAUS1002144EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
Solution
Notes :
the same screen.
KM-TIP-K117-001
TIP-K115-9900-002
TIP-K120-7700-004
TIP-K120-7900-004
TIP-K124-001
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
February 2013
1,207
KIP 7900
Solution ID
TAUS1002144EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
Solution
Notes :
the same screen.
KM-TIP-K117-001
TIP-K115-9900-002
TIP-K120-7700-004
TIP-K120-7900-004
TIP-K124-001
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
February 2013
1,208
KIP 9000
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,209
KIP 9000
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
to =FALSE .
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
Notes :
computer to view.
February 2013
1,210
KIP 9200
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS0902311EN*
Solution Usage
40
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
39
February 2013
1,211
KIP 9200
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
to =FALSE .
For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000:
For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900:
Notes :
computer to view.
February 2013
1,212
KIP 9900
Solution ID
TAUS1002144EN*
Solution Usage
65
Description
Solution
Notes :
the same screen.
KM-TIP-K117-001
TIP-K115-9900-002
TIP-K120-7700-004
TIP-K120-7900-004
TIP-K124-001
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
February 2013
1,213
KIP C7800
Solution ID
TAUS0901599EN*
Solution Usage
48
Solution Usage
41
Description
Solution
Process name: MH2
Solution ID
TAUS0901152EN*
Description
Solution
to be set up again.
Solution ID
TAUS1100288EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description
"Internal Counter Error" message.
Solution
CAUSE: The printer is equipped with soft counters and the counter values are stored on both the Main PCB (DC Controller) and the IPS HDD. The counting
memory is always verified between the two; if one of them is replaced, the other will automatically override the count memory to the replaced component.
If there is a counter value mismatch after the Main PCB or IPS Hard Disk Drive is replaced/reformatted then the Internal Counter Error message may
appear. Some of the scenarios that might trigger the message are as follows.
1. Most common is running test prints from KIP Service GUI.
2. Replacement of Main Board in printer.
3. Internal Ghost. (Restore Factory Image)
4. IPS Hard Disk Drive has been replaced.
5. Ignoring what was selected when a previous ICE message appeared.
6. Data Corruption on the IPS HDD.
7. Loss of communication between the IPS and Main Body.
8. IPS software is not updated and patched to current build.
CAUTION : Always record the counter value before replacing the IPS or Main PCB.
SOLUTION: IPS software checks and queries if the Hard Drive or Main PCB has been replaced and, to clear the Error message, "counter questions" must be
answered in the Service Mode.
1. When the Internal Counter Error occurs, select Continue.
2. Enter the Service Access Code: 8495107 .
3. The next screen provides questions to determine the proper course of action. The screen is dependent on the IPS software version used.
IPS software prior to version 7.4.544
IPS software version 7.4.544 and above
SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K117-003 and TIP-K124-003a . Please refer to attached KIP TIP-K125-022 for information about KIP C7800
February 2013
1,214
KIP C7800
counter error. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0901591EN*
Solution Usage
17
Solution Usage
Description
How to obtain KIP keycodes.
Solution ID
TAUS1103630EN*
Description
When printing from Adobe Acrobat using the Microsoft Windows driver, users may experience slow printing.
Solution
CAUSE: This can be caused by large spooled files from Adobe and settings within the Adobe application.
SOLUTION: Please refer to attached KIP TIP-K107-012 for the detailed procedure to prevent the slow printing. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download
a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1103613EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Wire cleaning interval.
Solution
The KC80 is equipped with an automatic charge wire cleaner. From factory, the controller is set to run the cleaner every 10,000 square feet. To increase how
often the wire cleaning occurs, change the interval by the following method. The recommended interval is 1500 square feet.
1. First turn OFF the wire cleaner in the printers service mode.
2. Log into PrintNet as admin.
3. Select Printer Calibration. 4. Set Wire Clean Amount to 1,500 (from 10,000).
SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-001

Solution ID
TAUS1103614EN*
Solution Usage
Description
E-0001 error code (Fuser Rise Error) occurs soon after the machine is switched ON after remaining OFF for a period of time or overnight.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuser lamp failure, dirty or faulty thermistors, incorrect signals at the (SSR) solid state relays from I/O B PCB or Main Control PCB. These items are
described in the troubleshooting section of the KC80 Service Manual.
SOLUTION: If the E-0001 error code continues to occur after following the troubleshooting steps outlined in the service manual; please try replacing the
Phase Control PCB D Assembly (p/n Z076260241).
Solution ID
TAUS1103617EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Corona Head part numbers.
Solution
February 2013
1,215
KIP IPS Software

Solution ID
TAUS1002416EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set the date.
Solution
The date cannot be changed through the KIP GUI. To set the date on the KIP it must be done on the Microsoft Windows GUI.This can be done by remoting
into the IPS using VNC, then from the Microsoft Windows GUI double-click on the time in the bottom right corner of the screen.Thedate can be changed on
this screen.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,216
KL-3015
Solution ID
TAUS0606598EN*
Solution Usage
310
Solution Usage
132
Description
What telephone number do customers call for technical support on their unit?
Solution
The number customers call is (800) 934-2679.
Solution ID
TAUS0607335EN*
Description
A RUNDLL32 error is displayed on the workstation when the KL3015 PCL* driver is selected or when a PCL print job is sent to the printer.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The KL3015 PCL driver is corrupted due to open software applications during the driver installation. Follow this procedure before reloading the KL3015
PCL print driver:
a. Delete the current KL3015 printer icon from the Printer window.
b. Delete the following files from the directory C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM\
KO301510.PDD
PPGPRINT.INI
EFGNPCL1.DRV or EFGNPCL2.DRV
EFGNDLG1.DLL or EFGNDLG2.DLL
EFGNPLAY.EXE
EFGN5FX1.DLL or EFGN5FX2.DLL
TAB16D20.DLL
c. Before installing the driver ensure that all software applications are closed. This includes any virus protection software, toolbars, or any other programs
that maybe running in the background. We recommend running the Task Manager to view any TSR programs. In some cases, temporarily disabling Print
and File Sharing may be required while loading the driver.
d. Install the new print driver using the Add Printer Wizard.
2. A program was added to the PC that is conflicting with the print driver. As a test, uninstall any newly added software that may be interfering with the print
driver.
Solution ID
TAUS0606399EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
TEST FAILED. EFI DIMM type IB0x1823.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed or corrupted PostScript* DIMM.
SOLUTION: Replace the DIMM (PCUA 950039) or install the files from the KL3015 Support CD-ROM (p/n 3015SUPTCD-1.0) and flash the DIMM.
Solution ID
TAUS0610188EN*
Solution Usage
102
Description
Are the Konica print drivers currently supported in a Microsoft* Windows 2000 environment?
Solution
The KL3015 supports Windows 2000 PostScript* printing. The Postscript print driver is part of Windows 2000. Windows 2000 PCL* printing is not supported.
Solution ID
TAUS0608228EN*
Solution Usage
80
Description
Poor print quality.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Dirty laser optic glass. Clean laser optic glass by sliding the write unit glass cleaning knob fully back and forth one time. Be sure to return the cleaning
knob back to its original position marked by a triangle (left side)
2. Dirty paper charging brush. Clean the drum charging wire by sliding the main wire cleaning knob back and forth several times. Be sure to return the
cleaning knob to its original position marked by a triangle (left side).
3. Dirty transfer roller. Replace the transfer maintenance kit (PCUA 950035).
4. Light density is caused by a high content of moisture in paper. Replace paper with paper from an unopened ream of paper.
February 2013
1,217
KL-3015
5. Install firmware level 21.1. This firmware helps correct for yellow toner reproduction. Level 21.1 EPROM is available from Konica's website
(www.konicabt.com) as 3015-21A.EXE and through the Parts Distribution Center as p/n 3015102-21.1.
[[Internal Link containing KL3015 image quality/error code information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC003.txt]]
Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current KL3015 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\3015.txt]]
Solution ID
TAUS0606346EN*
Solution Usage
76
Description
Cannot print from Windows* NT 4.0 Server. The KL3015 was just installed.
Solution
CAUSE: The KL3015 and NT 4.0 Server needs to have TCP/IP* and an LPR port set on the NT Server for network printing.
SOLUTION: Enable TCP/IP and create a LPR port on the NT 4.0 Server.
Note: The TCP/IP Protocol and Microsoft* TCP/IP Printing software should already be installed on the Windows NT workstation.
To setup TCP/IP and LPR printing for Windows NT 4.0, perform the following steps.
1. Open the Printer Properties dialog box for the KL3015. Click Ports to display the Ports property tab.
2. Click Add Port. The available port types are displayed.
3. Select LPR Port and click New Port. If the LPR port is not listed, install the TCP/IP protocols. For details, see your Windows NT documentation.
4. In the Add LPR compatible printer dialog box, enter the IP address of the KL3015. If your network uses Domain Name Services (DNS), enter the DNS
name assigned to the KL3015 instead of the IP address.
5. Press Tab and type the internal name of the Konica KL3015 in lowercase letters. The name must be one of these:
xjdirect
xjprint (Use this internal name only if your printer has a hard disk drive and a minimum of 32MB of memory.)
Note: Type this name exactly as shown; it is required for communication with the KL3015.
6. Click OK. The workstation checks the address or DNS name that you entered and notifies you if it cannot resolve the address.
7. Close the Printer Ports dialog box. The Ports property tab shows the new port configuration.
8. Click OK to close the Ports property tab. The new port has been configured. You should now print a test page to verify the connection.
9. Open the Printer Properties dialog box for the KL3015. Click General to display the General property tab and click Print Test Page.
When you print, your PCL files are transmitted over the LPR Port connection to the KL3015.
10. Click OK to exit the Printer Properties dialog box.
See pages 1-17 to 1-19 in the KL3015 User's Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0606072EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
Macintosh* compatibility.
Solution
The KL3015 supports Macintosh Operating Systems v7.5x, 7.6x & 8. The KL3015 will work with a Macintosh in a networked environment. The KL3015
requires an optional ethernet or token ring network interface card to be networked. Macintosh drivers are available on the KL3015 User's Software & Utilities
Cdrom that comes with the printer.
Notes:
1. The KL3015 cannot be directly connected to a Macintosh. The KL3015 must be networked to be used by a Macintosh. An option is to create a small
ethernet network by putting an ethernet card in the Macintosh computer and an ethernet card in the KL3015. The Macintosh and the KL3015 can then be
connected using a four port ethernet hub.
2. PostScript* must be installed on the printer as the Macintosh only supports PostScript printing.
Solution ID
TAUS0606338EN*
Solution Usage
60
Solution Usage
60
Description
How to verify the PostScript* option is installed.
Solution
Verify the PostScript option by printing out the configuration page. To print the configuration page, perform the following steps.
1. Press [MENU] and [ONLINE\ENTER] twice.
2. Go to the eighth line under Printer Information. If the
PostScript option is installed, a PostScript Version number will show on this line.

Solution ID
TAUS0606567EN*
Description
F59 error message.
February 2013
1,218
KL-3015
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A laser index error. Occasionally, a F59 error message may erroneously occur. F59 errors can be remedied by upgrading existing controller firmware
using the KL3015 Support CD ROM (p/n 3015SUPTCD-1.0) which contains the latest code level "ROMAN" and by upgrading existing engine firmware to
EPROM level 18 (p/n 3015102-18.0) or later, which is also available on the Konica BBS as filename 3015-18a.exe.
Note: This EPROM should only be used in production models with serial number 08AE00071 or higher. [[Internal Link containing KL3015 image quality/error
code information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC003.txt]] Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current KL3015 EPROM
information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\3015.txt]]
2. The write unit has failed. Replace the write unit (p/n 08AA-6500) as needed.
Solution ID
TAUS0606237EN*
Solution Usage
59
Description
What type of DIMM memory is used in the KL3015?
Solution
16MB DIMM memory (Item #950022) is available for the KL3015. The memory is 10ns SDRAM, 3.3V, unbuffered memory. DIMM memory modules should
be obtained from Konica. There can be false error codes on the KL3015 if Konica memory is not used. Due to specification changes, the (MU-105) 32MB
memory module (Item #950023) for the KL3015 color laser printer is no longer available directly through Konica Business Technologies. The 32MB memory
module can be ordered through Konica Computer Solutions by calling 858-549-2199 x2267. The (MU-104) 16MB DIMM (Item #950022) can still be ordered
directly through Konica Business Technologies.
Notes:
1. The maximum memory for the KL-3015 printer using the (MU-104) 16MB DIMM is 48MB.
2. The (MU-105) 32MB memory module (Item #950023) is still available as an option for our popular IP print controller series.
3. The KL3015 color printer ships standard with 16MB of memory
4. See InfoSource Bulletin #101-00 for information on obtaining 32BM DIMM through Konica Computer Solutions. To view this PDF link, Acrobat* Reader
must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL
February 2013
1,219
Konica Minolta Fax2900

Solution ID
TAUS0647595EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
After upgrading firmware via the RSD utility, copies and transmitted faxes are black or have gray background.
Solution
CAUSE: When performing a firmware upgrade all the settings are at default level and the CIS is not calibrated after the update. The shading may need to be
refreshed.
SOLUTION: To correct:
1. Access the RSD utillity.
2. Press Stop 0, 0, Stop 0, 1.
3.Press the down arrow to[2. ADJUST].
4.Press up arrow to SHADING LEVEL.
5.Insert asheet of white 8.5x11Rand press START.
6.Adjusment will display COMPLETE, then press Panel Reset twice.
Solution ID
TAUS0648323EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
Toner Cartridge TC type setting.
Solution
To change the TC type to match the market area, power OFF/ON while holding the "Panel Reset" and "No" keys together. Then go to the service mode and
the TC type can be adjusted.
Note: In the USA no TC is needed.
Solution ID
TAUS0645424EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Lock up, gibberish display, and/or wrong characters in activity journal.
Solution
CAUSE: Corrupt firmware.
SOLUTION: Please update the firmware to level 1.05
Solution ID
TAUS0639423EN*
Description
Introduction of the Konica Minolta FAX 2900.
Solution
See [[Bulletin #04-GB-096|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/Bulletin04-GB-096.pdf]] for details.
Notes To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0642881EN*
Description
Part number for EEPROM U39.
Solution
EEPROM (U39)is notsupplied as a spare part. If a new EEPROM is needed,the procedure is similartoNVRAM replacement.
1. Logon to "mykonicaminolta.com" and select the "Service" tab.
2.Select "Warranty, Repair & Special Programs".
3.Select "Warranty Services &Technical/FOC".
4.Select "NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program" and choose U39.
Notes :
a.The EEPROMs are no longer sent to ESS for programming.
b. Use the original EEPROM when replacing the PWB-P board as mentioned in the Service Manual.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0649674EN*
Description
How to upgrade (download) the firmware.
Solution
Please refer to pages D-42 through D-44 of the Field Service Manual.
Note:
February 2013
1,220

Solution ID
TAUS0902251EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What troubleshooting steps can be taken to fix erratic operation or TX/RX failures?
Solution
To troubleshoot erratic operation or TX/RX failures, please perform the following:
1. Change the marketing area to U.S.A
Press "Utility", then enter Stop 00, Stop 01

Select "Service's Choice"
Press "Yes"
Press "Market Area"
Select U.S.A and select "Yes"
Select "Yes"
Down arrow to "Shipping Destination"
Select "Inch" and select "Yes"
2. Disable ECM and change Coding Scheme to MH
From the same menu, down arrow 13 times to ECM

Select "Yes"
Select "OFF"
Select "Yes"
Down arrow to "Coding Scheme"
Change to "MH"
Select "Yes"
Press the Panel Reset button (Yellow button).
Power off and then power on the machine and test.
3. Perform a DRAM clear.
Access the Tech Rep mode

Select "Utility"
Enter: Stop 00, Stop 01
Down arrow to "9"
Press "Yes"
Press "Clear"
Press "Yes"
"DRAM" will be displayed, press "Yes"
Perform a panel reset (yellow button).
Power off and then power on the machine
February 2013
1,221

Note:Before doing the
the clear.
DRAM
or
SRAM
clear, be sure to have the One Touch buttons backed up, or written down sothey may be re-entered after
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD
February 2013
1,222

Solution ID
TAUS0641771EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Data or faxes are stuck in memory. The machine may not print reports. Faxes may not print. It may not be possible to send faxes. The machine could be
locked up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect marketing area.
Please make sure the machine is set to the USA marketing area. The machine Shipping destination should be set to "Inch."
2. Memory full.
To free up the memory do a DRAM clear and power-cycle the machine. Please see section 5 of the [[Fax 2900/3900 Service Manual|URL
http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/FAX29003900.pdf]] for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0647595EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
After upgrading firmware via the RSD utility, copies and transmitted faxes are black or have gray background.
Solution
CAUSE: When performing a firmware upgrade all the settings are at default level and the CIS is not calibrated after the update. The shading may need to be
refreshed.
1. Access the RSD utillity.
2. Press Stop 0, 0, Stop 0, 1.
3.Press the down arrow to[2. ADJUST].
4.Press up arrow to SHADING LEVEL.
5.Insert asheet of white 8.5x11Rand press START.
6.Adjusment will display COMPLETE, then press Panel Reset twice.
Solution ID
TAUS0645425EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Lock up, gibberish display, and/or wrong characters in activity journal.
Solution
CAUSE: Corrupt firmware.
SOLUTION: Please update the firmware to level 1.05
Solution ID
TAUS0640044EN*
Description
How to perform initialization.
Solution
1. Enter the Tech rep mode.
2. Using the up arrow scroll to [9. data clear].
3. Select YES on the display panel.
4. Scroll to [DRAM CLEAR].
5. Select YES, and follow the instructions on the display panel.
Solution ID
TAUS0652966EN*
Description
Unable to send or receive, but the phone line is working.
Solution
CAUSE: NCU modem is damaged.
SOLUTION: Do a SRAM clear and DRAM. If no results replace the NCU (p/n 1391101401). The main fax board (PWB Assy Main - p/n 1391102001) may
need to be replaced as well.
Note: Reseat NCU board on the fax CB and harness and connectors, before replacing any of the boards.
Solution ID
TAUS0642881EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,223

Part number for EEPROM U39.
Solution
EEPROM (U39)is notsupplied as a spare part. If a new EEPROM is needed,the procedure is similartoNVRAM replacement.
1. Logon to "mykonicaminolta.com" and select the "Service" tab.
2.Select "Warranty, Repair & Special Programs".
3.Select "Warranty Services &Technical/FOC".
4.Select "NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program" and choose U39.
Notes :
a.The EEPROMs are no longer sent to ESS for programming.
b. Use the original EEPROM when replacing the PWB-P board as mentioned in the Service Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0649672EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to upgrade (download) the firmware.
Solution
Please refer to pages D-42 through D-44 of the Field Service Manual.
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0902251EN*
Description
What troubleshooting steps can be taken to fix erratic operation or TX/RX failures?
Solution ID
TAUS1104185EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"It was not able to communicate with a device" message using the Konica Minolta TWAIN driver with Adobe Acrobat X.
Solution
CAUSE:TheKonica Minolta TWAIN driveris unable to properly support Adobe Acrobat X.
SOLUTION:Newer versions of the Konica Minolta TWAIN driverare now available to correct this issue.
Konica Minolta RealTime TWAIN Driverv3.1.2.28a
Konica Minolta HDD TWAIN Driver v3.1.2.30a
TheseTWAIN drivers areavailable via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Note : Please refer to the attached documentation for further detail. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
1,224
LD-5100
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS1000271EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
Controller support.
Solution
Controller support for the LD product line is handled through Konica Minolta Digital Solutions Center. Please dial 1-800-456-5664 then press 1 ? 3 ? 3 ? 2.
IMPORTANT :Please wait for each prompt to finish before pressing the next number in the call tree or your call may be dropped.
Solution ID
TAUS0800473EN*
Solution Usage
10
Solution Usage
Description
Is GBC pre-punched paper a supported paper type?
Solution
At this time GBC pre-punched paperis not a supported papertype.
If attempting to run this stock and jamming occurs, it may be possible to lessen jamming by:
Feeding paper in the 8.5x11Rdirection.

Rotating the output image and aligining the paper to feedwith the punched holes on thetrail edge (non-feed side).
Solution ID
TAUS0800291EN*
Description
Image of holes from 3-hole punch paper on side 2 of duplexed pages.
Solution
CAUSE: Lower transfer roller retains toner passed through the holes of the three-hole punched paper and isthen placed on the backside ofthe duplexedpage.
SOLUTION: There is no cleaning mechanism for the lower transfer roller. The only solution is to scale the image and perform an image shift as to not allow
the image to intersect the holes.
Solution ID
TAUS0902962EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Some PDF files won't print
Solution
CAUSE: Security restrictions preventing printing.
SOLUTION:
1. Open the file in question on a PC and select "File"
2. Click "Document properties"
3. Click "Security"
4. View if there are any restrictions for printing.
February 2013
1,225
LD-5100
This feature can be viewed with all versions of Acrobat reader but can be changedwith Acrobat standard or higher.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by John Miller, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1100026EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 locks up when printing using Konica Minolta PostScript or PCL drivers.
Solution
CAUSE: "PopUP Authentication Dialog When Printing" is selected.
SOLUTION: Disable "Print in background" in PowerPoint 2007.
1.Click onthe OfficeButton on the top left-hand corner.
2. Select PowerPoint Options at the bottom.
3.Click onAdvanced on the left pane.
4. Deselect Print in background under the "Print" section.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Victor Miranda, SSD District Service Manager/East Region
February 2013
1,226
LD-6500
Solution ID
TAUS0702260EN*
Solution Usage
42
Description
FS-607, incorrect alignment or jamming when stapling.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Excessive static build-up in the Staple/Folding section. Remove Teflon guides .
2. The rear mylar (p/n 15AA 4334 0) is caught behind the stapler rear guide plate (p/n 15AA 4225 0) causing the first sheet of a corner staple job to be
missed. The following pages fall into the stapler because the first sheet acts as a guide.
Reform the rear mylar in the up direction to guide the paper over the stapler rear guide plate.
3. The front stopper is cracked, causing paper to get above top part of stopper.
Replace the broken stopper (p/n 15JM 4331 0).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Dan Lantz, Infomax Office Systems
Solution ID
TAUS0700248EN*
Solution Usage
34
Solution Usage
31
Description
How to take a firmware (engine log) capture.
Solution
To take a firmware capture, please perform the following:
1.When the error code (SCxx-xx) is displayed on the operation panel insert a USB drive into the mainbody Service Port.
2.Press the following: [Utility] => [Utility] => [Powersave] => [Powersave].
3.By pressing the above buttons, the Interrupt button and the Accessibility button on the operation panel will be blinking.
4. If the light pulse disappears, it shows that the taking of log data is finished.
Note : Please see attachment of sample log.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/David Aekus/Cesar Jimenez/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0623030EN*
Description
Evenly spaced yellow, magenta, cyan, or black lines from lead-to-trail after setup.
Solution
CAUSE: The time, date, and telephone numbers have not been programmed.
SOLUTION: To program the time, date, and phone numbers:
bizhub PRO C500/CF5001/8050
1. Press the Help key.
2. Select [Key operator mode].
3. Select [1. System initial setting].
4. Select [1. Date & Time setting].
5. Enter the date and time pressing [Set] after each entry to scroll to the next number entry position.
6. After all numbers have been entered, select [Set], [Previous Screen], [Previous Screen] to return to the normal operations screen.
7. Enter the 25 mode (power ON the sub power switch while pressing the 2 and 5 keys).
8. Select [12. Setting date input].
9. Input the proper date. Note: The date must be entered again even if the current displayed date is correct. The machine will cycle through the date, month,
and year each time the numbers are entered.
10. Select [OK] after each number entry.
11. Select [7. Telephone number setting menu].
12. Select [Service center Telephone number (16 digit)].
13. Input up to 16 numbers. Note: A number must be entered.
14. Select [Service center FAX number (16 digit)].
15. Input up to 16 digits.
Note : A number must be entered.
16. Select [OK].
17. Power the sub switch OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500/C6501/C6501P/C5501/C65hc/LD6500
Follow the setup instructions that come with the machine (Installation Manuals are attached)and do not powerOFF the machine until everything has been
entered. Refer tomanuals for:
Time and Date setting

Setup Date Input
Telephone number setting
Notes :
1.To viewthe zipped PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
February 2013
1,227
LD-6500
2. To open the ZIP file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file
can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run the contents.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0703731EN*
Solution Usage
31
Description
Dark bandin the main scan (front-to-rear) direction at the lead edge.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect separation setting.
Note : Please refer to attached sample of dark band. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from
the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
SOLUTION: Adjust theDC separationsetting:
1. Set Dip-SW 1-0 to 1.
2. Select Paper setting => Change => Process Adj. => Separation DC (Front) and (Back).
3. Change the Separation DC settings from -20 to -30.
4. Please check the dark band level.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and Mark D'Attilio/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0701654EN*
Solution Usage
27
Description
Image registration and adjustment front-to-rear when using the PF-601 (Trays 4 and 5).
February 2013
1,228

Solution ID
TAUS0902304EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Log Viewer selection in PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA) does not display or is not accessible.
Solution
CAUSE: In order for the Log Viewer selection to be accessible through PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA), the Log Management Utility first must be
installed on the same PC as PSDA. The Log Management Utility also needs to be compatible with the version of PSDA.
Note : The Log Viewer selection button in PSDA will only be available for selection after receiving log information from an MFP. Selecting the Log Viewer
selection button in PSDA will then launch the Log Management Utility.
SOLUTION: Install the attached Log Management Utility.The utility can also be downloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Notes :
1. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file
can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
2.For more information, please refer to the attacheddocumentation.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103585EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Obtaining MFP Logs through the Log Management Utility.
Solution
MFP Audit and Communication logs can be obtained through the Log Management Utility (LMU).
The Log Management Utility can be installed individually or as an add-in application to PageScope Data Administrator.
Follow these steps to configure LMU Log Collection:
From the Top Menu, select Registration of Device".
Highlight the Device from which logs will be collected; then select Edit.
Select Log Management Settings from the "Setup Group" menu.
Select Enable log reception from this device.
To collect logs on a schedule, select "Set as specified device for Log reception" then press "OK".
From the Top Menu, select Tool g Option g Log Management Options.
Specify a "Periodic Reception Interval"; then press "OK".
From the "Log" tab, select "Receive Log Periodically" to initiate log collection.
Note : Please refer to the attacheddocument for detailed instructions. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
February 2013
1,229
LP3110
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801791EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to change the printer name.
Solution
SOLUTION: The name of the printer can be changed while running the Add Printer Wizard.At the screen where the printer is listed(e.g. "KONICA MINOLTA
bizhub 40P") click the "Next" button.The name can be changed on the next screen.Please see the attached document for an example.
The name can also be changed after installation is completed by right-clicking on the printer and selecting "Rename."
Please refer to the attached document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe
web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
February 2013
1,230
magicolor 1600W
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description

Solution

DISABLING SNMP

Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
the Machine.
February 2013
1,231
magicolor 1600W
223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
Printer Products:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
February 2013
1,232
magicolor 1600W
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Macintosh OS X version 10.6 (Snow Leopard) printer driver information.
Solution
Pleasesee theattached documentation concerningdetailed information on Macintosh OS X version 10.6 drivers and supported devices. To view a PDF,
Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,233
magicolor 1650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description

Solution

DISABLING SNMP

February 2013
1,234
magicolor 1650EN
Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
the Machine.

223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
Printer Products:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP
February 2013
1,235
magicolor 1650EN

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,236
magicolor 1680MF
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description

Solution

DISABLING SNMP

Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
the Machine.
February 2013
1,237
magicolor 1680MF
223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
Printer Products:
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
February 2013
1,238
magicolor 1680MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,239
magicolor 1690MF
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103939EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Scan to SMB
Scan to FTP
Solution
Scan to SMB
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
February 2013
1,240
magicolor 1690MF
bizhub 500/420/360
bizhub 600/750
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C351/C352/C450
Scan to FTP
10.7
Duplex
Stapling
Output Paper Size
Color Mode
Composite Overprint
www.efi.com .


Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
February 2013
1,241
magicolor 1690MF

Solution

DISABLING SNMP

Machine.
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 950/1051/1200
the Machine.

223/283/363/423/361/412/501/601/751/552/652
B/W Products
bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362
Printer Products:
Notes :
February 2013
1,242
magicolor 1690MF
Solution ID
TAUS1001525EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Setting up Scan-to-SMB (Microsoft Windows File Sharing) with Macintosh 10.5.8, Macintosh 10.6.3 and Macintosh 10.6.7
Solution
The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatis required in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must
beentered on the various machines via a web browseror as a walk-up. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Related Topics
Macintosh 10.5.8, Macintosh 10.6.3 and Macintosh 10.6.7setup procedure:
Confirm the User and available Shared Folders
Verify the network information of the Workstation
Create and Share a Folder
Checkthe firewall
Check from another computer
Review
Procedure via a Web Browser oras a walk-up
Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walk-up setup)
Create a Favorite
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by SSD Printer Support and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1001264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing):
in a Domain environment.
in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment).
Solution
The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatrequired in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must beentered
on the various machines via a web browseror as a walkup. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Related Topics
Microsoft Windows XP setup procedure:
Confirm the User and available Shared Folders
Verify the network information of the Workstation
Create and Share a Folder
Checkthe firewall
Check from another computer
Review
Procedure on a Domain via a Web Browser oras a walkup
Scan using a Host Name
Set up a hidden Share
Scan to a hiddenShare (Web Browser and walkup settings)
Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walkup setup)
Create a Favorite
February 2013
1,243
magicolor 2200
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
MagneCote paperor magnetic backed paper is not supported.
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Driver tabs/properties are in a foreign language.
Solution
CAUSE: Driver not installed correctly.
SOLUTION: Make corrections in the computer/driver installation/configuration . Ensure that you perform the steps slowly so as not to miss one.
Note : The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Description
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution ID
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,244
magicolor 2300DL
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,245
magicolor 2300DL
Solution ID
TAUS0801995EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Microsoft Windows XP driver for the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Solution
The Microsoft Windows XP driver can be used in the Microsoft Windows Vista operating environment for the following printers.
magicolor 2200DL
magicolor 2300 DL
magicolor 2300W
magicolor 2400W
magicolor 2430 DL
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2500W
magicolor 2530 DL
magicolor 2550
magicolor 5430DL
magicolor 5440DL
magicolor 5450
magicolor 5550/5570
magicolor 6100DL
magicolor 7450
PagePro 1200W/1250W
PagePro 1300W/1350W
PagePro 1400W
magicolor 2300 DL, magicolor 2300W, magicolor 2430 DL, PagePro 1200W/1250W, PagePro 1300W/1350W :
1. USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard.
2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable).
3. While the Status Monitor is not supported for use in Windows Vista, it can be installed by running the Setup.exe file in the driver set after the initial install
above. You can delete the second copy of the driver that is created in the Printers control panel.
magicolor 2530 DL :
1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard.
3. Status Monitor feature will not function (shows constant Power Off/Communication Error).
magicolor 2400W, magicolor 2500W :
2. Status Monitor feature will not install.
magicolor 2480MF/2490MF :
PagePro 1400W :
magicolor 2200DL, magicolor 2550; magicolor 5430DL; magicolor 5440DL; magicolor 5450; magicolor 5550/5570; magicolor 6100DL, magicolor 7450 :
USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard.
Note : For all listed models, please see attached documentation for additional installation instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0900776EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Installing a magicolor 2300DL on a Microsoft Windows Vista 64-bit system.
February 2013
1,246
magicolor 2300W
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,247
magicolor 2300W
Solution ID
TAUS0801995EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
magicolor 2200DL
magicolor 2300 DL
magicolor 2300W
magicolor 2400W
magicolor 2430 DL
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2500W
magicolor 2530 DL
magicolor 2550
magicolor 5430DL
magicolor 5440DL
magicolor 5450
magicolor 5550/5570
magicolor 6100DL
magicolor 7450
PagePro 1200W/1250W
PagePro 1300W/1350W
PagePro 1400W
magicolor 2530 DL :
PagePro 1400W :
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,248
magicolor 2350
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
February 2013
1,249
magicolor 2350
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,250
magicolor 2400W
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200640EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
The following symptoms are generally caused by a failed solenoid within the machine:
Prints further down on the page than normal
Paper Size Mismatch errors
Transfer Roller jams
Color quality issues where the color remains on the transfer belt instead of printing on the page
Solution
CAUSE: Failed registration roller solenoid (SL2).
Note :Under most circumstances it is recommended that the customer (end user) have a technician service the machine or replace the printer (if under
warranty). However when dealing with a customer who is technically inclined and who would like to attempt replacement of the part, the attached procedure
can be provided.
SOLUTION: Replace SL2 (p/n 9321 2400 21).
Notes :
1. To order replacement parts, contact the Konica Minolta Supply Line at 800-972-6705. If the end user (customer) would like to order and replace the part(s),
it will be at their own risk if the installation causes additional issues.
2. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP
February 2013
1,251
magicolor 2400W
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,252
magicolor 2430DL
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200640EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
can be provided.
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP
February 2013
1,253
magicolor 2430DL
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,254
magicolor 2450
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1200640EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
can be provided.
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,255
magicolor 2480MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Power consumption data.
Solution
Please see attachedpower consumption data for warm-up, standby, and running modes.
To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
February 2013
1,256
magicolor 2480MF
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,257
magicolor 2490MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
February 2013
1,258
magicolor 2490MF
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,259
magicolor 2500W
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
February 2013
1,260
magicolor 2500W
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,261
magicolor 2530DL
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,262
magicolor 2530DL
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
February 2013
1,263
magicolor 2550
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0901684EN*
Description
Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers.
Solution
Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available.
This recent printer driver release includes the following new features:
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support
Enhancements to Network Search
a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or
warning to prevent printing
a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs
Additional Individual Child Driver Support for:
a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note)
a Konica Minolta bizhub C35
a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P
a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN
Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual
Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead.
New version available for download:
Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0)
Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0)
These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site (
Firmware and more'.
Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first.
Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,264
magicolor 2550
February 2013
1,265
magicolor 2590MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,266
magicolor 2590MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,267
magicolor 3300
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,268
magicolor 3730DN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1200732EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Product
Error displayed
magicolor 3730DN/EN
magicolor 4750DN/EN
bizhub C35P
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
Solution
on the front frame.
SERIAL NUMBERS
February 2013
1,269
magicolor 3730DN
Product
magicolor 3730DN/EN
All
magicolor 4750DN/EN
All
bizhub C35P
A0VD013000001 - A0VD013001926
bizhub C35
A121011000001 - A121011016581
bizhub C25
A2YF011000001 - A2YF011001857
PARTS INFORMATION
Description
Part Number

A0VDR91000FOC
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
February 2013
1,270
magicolor 3730DN
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,271
magicolor 4650DN
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
The toner is replaced and the count resets. A day or so later, the toner indicates low or empty. The problem reoccurs after another toner cartridge is installed.
Solution
CAUSE: The sensor in the imaging unit detects that toner needs replenishing. The supply motor rotates and causes the toner count to decrease. The shutter
mechanism on the toner or imaging unit is not open or in the locked position. Therefore, the toner is not being supplied to the imaging unit.
1. Make sure toner cartridge has been shaken before installation.
2. Shake the imaging unit from left to right before installation of toner.
3. Make sure shutter on imaging unit and cartridge are all the way in the locked position and fully opened.
4. Replace imaging unit and toner cartridge.
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
High Capacity (magicolor 4650/4690/4695)
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
Standard Capacity (magicolor 4650/4690/4695)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
High Capacity (magicolor 5550/5570/5650/5670)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
Standard Capacity (magicolor 5550/5570/5650/5670)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
Note : Please see attached zipped videos for additional assistance. To open the file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the
WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open
from the local computer to view.
The videosare to be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player.
To view the video, you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,272
magicolor 4650DN
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,273
magicolor 4650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,274
magicolor 4650EN
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,275
magicolor 4690MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
Solution ID
TAUS1103939EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Scan to SMB
Scan to FTP
February 2013
1,276
magicolor 4690MF
Solution
Scan to SMB
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
bizhub 500/420/360
bizhub 600/750
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C351/C352/C450
Scan to FTP
10.7
Duplex
Stapling
February 2013
1,277
magicolor 4690MF
Output Paper Size
Color Mode
Composite Overprint
www.efi.com .


Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1103727EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description

February 2013
1,278
magicolor 4695MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,279
magicolor 4695MF
Solution ID
TAUS1001525EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Setting up Scan-to-SMB (Microsoft Windows File Sharing) with Macintosh 10.5.8, Macintosh 10.6.3 and Macintosh 10.6.7
February 2013
1,280
magicolor 4750DN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
1,281
magicolor 4750DN
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS1200732EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Product
Error displayed
magicolor 3730DN/EN
magicolor 4750DN/EN
bizhub C35P
bizhub C35

February 2013
1,282
magicolor 4750DN
bizhub C25
Solution
on the front frame.
SERIAL NUMBERS
Product
magicolor 3730DN/EN
All
magicolor 4750DN/EN
All
bizhub C35P
A0VD013000001 - A0VD013001926
bizhub C35
A121011000001 - A121011016581
bizhub C25
A2YF011000001 - A2YF011001857
PARTS INFORMATION
Description
Part Number

A0VDR91000FOC
February 2013
1,283
magicolor 4750DN
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
February 2013
1,284
magicolor 4750DN
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
February 2013
1,285
magicolor 4750EN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657371EN*
Solution Usage
20
Description
Solution

IC-202
IC-203
IC-205
IC-302
not available.
IC-401
IC-402
February 2013
1,286
magicolor 4750EN
IC-405
IC-611
IP-901
not available.
Solution ID
TAUS1200732EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Product
Error displayed
magicolor 3730DN/EN
magicolor 4750DN/EN
bizhub C35P
bizhub C35

February 2013
1,287
magicolor 4750EN
bizhub C25
Solution
on the front frame.
SERIAL NUMBERS
Product
magicolor 3730DN/EN
All
magicolor 4750DN/EN
All
bizhub C35P
A0VD013000001 - A0VD013001926
bizhub C35
A121011000001 - A121011016581
bizhub C25
A2YF011000001 - A2YF011001857
PARTS INFORMATION
Description
Part Number

A0VDR91000FOC
February 2013
1,288
magicolor 4750EN
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
February 2013
1,289
magicolor 4750EN
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
February 2013
1,290
magicolor 5430DL
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,291
magicolor 5430DL
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
February 2013
1,292
magicolor 5440DL
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,293
magicolor 5440DL
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,294
magicolor 5550
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,295
magicolor 5550
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,296
magicolor 5570
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
February 2013
1,297
magicolor 5570
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,298
magicolor 5650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
February 2013
1,299
magicolor 5650EN
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
and/or software.
February 2013
1,300
magicolor 5670EN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900460EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
ITEMS :
Imaging units
A0310GF Cyan (C)
A0310AF Magenta (M)
A03105F Yellow (Y)
A03100F Black (K)
Toner cartridges
A0DK432 (C)
A0DK332 (M)
A0DK232 (Y)
A0DK132 (K)
A0DK431 (C)
A0DK331 (M)
A0DK231 (Y)
A0DK131 (K)
A06V 133 (K)
A06V 233 (Y)
A06V 333 (M)
A06V 433 (C)
A06V 132 (K)
A06V 232 (Y)
A06V 332 (M)
A06V 432 (C)
February 2013
1,301
magicolor 5670EN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,302
magicolor 7450II
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1103939EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description
Scan to SMB
Scan to FTP
Solution
Scan to SMB
bizhub C35
bizhub C25
February 2013
1,303
magicolor 7450II
bizhub 500/420/360
bizhub 600/750
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C351/C352/C450
Scan to FTP
10.7
Duplex
Stapling
Output Paper Size
Color Mode
Composite Overprint
www.efi.com .


Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,304
magicolor 7450II
Solution
and/or software.
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
February 2013
1,305
magicolor 7450II
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,306
magicolor 8650DN
Solution ID
TAUS0703444EN*
Solution Usage
66
Description
C2152 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Detecting Plate not positioned properly.
Shape of the detecting plate has been modified. Install the modified Detecting Plate (p/n A02E 5033 01). Please refer to the attached procedure for
instructions on how to install the modified bracket.
Note :The following are the serial number cut-inswith themodified Detecting Plate installed:
bizhub C353P - A02E013000060 and onward
magicolor 8650 - no cut-in available
2. Transfer Belt Retraction Sensor (PS31) mounting bracket (p/n A02E 1121 00) is fixed with a screw and it can be tilted while assembling. If the bracket is
tilted, the sensor cannot detect the Transfer Belt position properly.
In order to avoid tilting the bracket, the shape of the bracket has been changed.The shape of the sensor actuator has also been changed because the
actuator could touch the other parts.
PARTS
A02E 1121 00 -current Bracket
A02E 1121 11 - modified Bracket
A02E 1122 01 - current Actuator
A02E 1122 12 - modified Actuator
Notes :
a.When at the machine, please check the condition of Sensor Bracket and change the Sensor Bracket and Actuator if necessary.
b. Please refer to details in attachedBulletin Number 6252 (applies tobizhub C203/C253/C353). To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of
Adobe Reader.
3. Somepacking material was not removed froma new Transfer belt before installation.
Ensure that allpacking material has been removed before the Transfer belt is installed.
4. Failure of the Transfer Belt Retraction clutch (CL7).
Check for wiring being pinched from bypass door and replace the failed parts.
PARTS
CL7 (p/n A02E M200 00)
bizhub C353 Drive Wiring/1(p/n A02E N10F 02)
bizhub C253 Drive Wiring/2 (p/n A02E N117 02)
bizhub C203 Drive Wiring/3 (p/n A02E N10Y 02)
bizhub C353P Drive Wiring/4 (p/n A02E N11A 00)
magicolor 8650 Drive Wiring/6 (p/n A02E N11C 00)
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0701083EN*
Solution Usage
33
Description
C255x. Code can be cleared butmay reoccur.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P/C252/C300/C352/magicolor 8650
1. Toner is not supplied due to abnormal position of coupling. After toner installation, codemay occur withina few hundred prints.
Push the couplinglightly and release it from the bracket. (see attached documentation)
bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C350
2. Toner cartridge, Imaging Unit or ATDC connection issues.
Please refer to the attached documentation addressingC255x codes.
February 2013
1,307
magicolor 8650DN
bizhub C250/C250P/C300/C352/C352P
3. Toner is not replenished properly from the Toner Cartridge to the Imaging Unit. TCR sensor detected abnormal low toner density (C2551 - Cyan, C2553 Magenta, C2555 - Yellow, C2557 - Black). Part of the mylar film from the toner bottle blocks the toner replenishment entrance or Toner Cartridge is not set
properly.
Remove any obstruction; reseat toner cartridge.
Note :See attached TNI (Technical Notice & Information)for additional information. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe
Reader.
4. Failed Imaging Unit.
Replace Imaging Unit.
bizhub C252 Image Units

Black(Item #4062201)
Yellow(Item #4062301)
Magenta(Item #4062401)
Cyan(Item #4062501)
bizhub C300/C352 Image Units

Black(Item #4062221)
Yellow (Item #4062321)
Magenta (Item #4062421)
Cyan(Item #4062521)
Solution ID
TAUS0703575EN*
Solution Usage
30
Solution Usage
Description
FS-517/FS-518/FS-519/FS-526/FS-608, The part indicated by is open. Ensure that it is properly closed. message.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,308
MARS Mini II
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0650912EN*
Description
IC and PW board-A change.
Solution
See KOM060298.pdf for details.
Solution ID
TAUS1002370EN*
Solution Usage
Description
MARS Mini II does not function when the RFC15A is connected.
Solution
CAUSE:SW3 isset to OFF and the cartridge gap is incorrectly adjusted.
SOLUTION:Set SW 3 to ON for the RFC15A and adjust gap on cartridge lever as shown in the attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to
Solution ID
TAUS0645550EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to setup LDAP setting on an MFP device.
Solution
Refer to the How to setup LDAP Setting on MFP Device document.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645553EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,309
MF1700
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634161EN*
Description
The fax unit is printing very light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The transfer roller if the image on the drum is dark. Clean or replace, as necessary.
2. Dirty optics in the printhead. Clean or replace, as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0634165EN*
Description
Explanations for error messages:
* LD error
* Heater error
* Fan error
Solution
Please refer to bulletin 2527 .
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0634167EN*
Description
How to release documents that do not automatically eject after canceling the transmission.
Solution
To eject documents press: STOP, COPY, & STOP again.
Solution ID
TAUS0634171EN*
Description
The fax prints blank pages.
Solution
CAUSE: In the take-up section the spring has stretched beyond its limit.
SOLUTION: Replace the Gear, Collar, and Spring in the take-up section.
Note: The MF1800 has the same feeding section as the MF1700/MF1900.
Solution ID
TAUS0634174EN*
Description
How to delete or modify a number in a Group Dial.
Solution
The Group Key must be deleted before modifying/deleting One Touch or Speed Dial. Please refer to the Operator's Manual for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0635698EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
February 2013
1,310
MF1700
Solution ID
TAUS0639557EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Various fax communications issues, MF1700.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect firmware.
Ensure the firmware in the machine is current and the machine has been properly reset.
2. Phone line noise.
Check the phone line for any noise and/or try connecting the machine to another phone line.
3. Incorrect phone service.
Ensure that the machine is not connected to a DSL line with a filter.
Solution ID
TAUS0645554EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,311
MicroPress 6
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800033EN*
Description
Archived files will not print orarchived jobs from an older version System Codeimported to a current version System Code will not print orthe jobs when
printed would be held at theMFP waiting for user interaction (PROOF) before printing.
Solution
CAUSE: The jobs when printed would be held at theMFP waiting for user interaction (PROOF) before printing. Jobs were saved before archiving as Held.
SOLUTION:Choose an Archived joband importinto PrintStation Manager. Right-click and select Info; in Finishing Output these jobs were checked as
Held.Onceunchecking Held, the jobs will print immediately
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,312
MicroPress 6
Solution ID
TAUS0647883EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is required to calibrate the bizhub PRO C500 on a MicroPress system?
February 2013
1,313
MicroPress 7
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0642674EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
SC49-01.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Failed IC Controller board or HDD/2.
Check HDD and IC Controller board connections. If deemed necessary, replace the IC controller board (p/n 56UA -910 2E). Ifproblem persistsor error code
changes to a different SC-49xx code, replace HDD/2 (p/n 56UE -922 0)
2. Incorrect settings.
Note : Other than the error, when printing the same job to 2 different machines, one prints the job right away and the other one takes time.
At the printer, make sure 'Spool' mode is set to 'Auto'. When printing from MicroPress, select (in order):
Machine tab
Controller tab
04 - Spool andselect 'Auto'
Solution ID
TAUS0650308EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to print from Macintosh OSX to MicroPress 7.x
Solution
At the MicroPress, complete the following steps (the first five steps will only have to be completed on an SX or DX Server. If an MX Server is available, go
directly to step 6):
1. Right-click on My Network Places and select Properties.
2. Right-click on Local Area Connection and select Properties.
3. Select Install.
4. Select Protocol and click Add.
5. Select the DLC Protocol then click Ok.
6. Go to Start/Settings/Control Panel.
7. Double-click on Add/Remove Programs.
8. Double-click on Add/Remove Windows Components.
9. Scroll down and put a check next to Other Network File and Print Services.
10. Click on Details.
11. Make sure there is a check mark in front of Print Services for Unix.
12. Click OK. The necessary software will be installed and the window will close.
13. Then close the Add/Remove Programs window.
14. Go to Start/Setting/Printers.
15. Double-click on Add Printers and click Next.
16. Select Local printer and make sure that Automatically detect and Install My Plug and Play Printer is deselected and then click Next.
17. Select Create a new port and from the drop menu select LPR Port.
18. Go to Start/run/cmd.
19. Type net start lpdsvc and hit enter on the keyboard.
20. Complete the next window: Name or TCP/IP address of the server providing LPD and Name of printer or print queue on that serverto whichyou wish to
print. The queue name should be the name of the printer as it appears in the Printers window. It would be a good idea for the printer name and share name to
February 2013
1,314
MicroPress 7
be the same. Example: MP 085r Monochrome N1, and then click OK.
21. In the next window under Manufacturers scroll down and select T/R Systems.
22. In the same window under Printer select the appropriate driver for the printer and then click Next.
23. Select Keep existing driver (recommended) and then click Next.
24. Select a Printer name for the printer, eight characters or less and then click Next.
25. In the next window select Share as and the printer name will automatically come up from the last window, it can be changed. Then click Next.
26. Click Next again because it is not necessary to put in a Location or Comments
27. Select Yes and allow it to print a test page then click Next.
28. In the next window click Finish.
On the Macintosh,do the following:
1. Double-click on the hard drive.
2. Double-click on the Applications folder.
3. Double-click on the Utilities folder.
4. Double-click on the Print Center utility.
5. When this utility comes up, click on Add. The Name of the MicroPress or its TCP/IP address will be required. The Name of the Print Queue will also be
required.
6. Once this is done, open an application and print a job to the MicroPress to confirm that it is set up correctly.
Notes :
a. After Selecting Unix Print Servicesstart the servicevia Admin Tools/Services as it is set to MANUAL.
b.Re-boot the Macintosh if printing fails
Solution ID
TAUS0648054EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Large print jobs (jobs with a large number of pages) do not always print completely.
Solution
CAUSE: "Time out" problems.
SOLUTION: Change a setting in the RIP by following these steps:
1. From the MP-RIP menu (in the MicroPress RIP), stop inputs.
2. From the MP-RIP menu, select Page Setup Manager.
3. Select the virtual engine and click the Edit button.
4. Under Processing, check the Enable Feature box..
5. Use the drop-down and select Large Job Helper.
Notes:
a. This will increase the wait times during job processing.
b. Depending on a job's size and data, some MicroPress parameters may need to be tuned for it to process completely. This would include jobs of 10,000
pages or more. Items like Memory for RIP, Split After and the Prime Limit have to be adjusted to allow these types of jobs to process. These specific settings
only apply to the 500MHz with 512MB RAM and above.
c. Procedure or Troubleshooting Steps
First some terms to know:
--- Prime Limit = setting in the system registry which controls how much disk space is reserved for the RIP. This number is relative to pages and should be
higher then the total number of pages in the job. If it is not higher and the RIP has more pages than the current prime limit setting then there is a substantial
pause while the RIP reserves more disk space. What's peculiar about this is, the Prime Limit setting MUST be made on the server that has the PSM.
--- Memory for RIP = this number is the amount of RAM the RIP grabs when it is started. It is located under the MP-RIP menu, under Configure RIP, click on
Options. Be sure the "Memory for RIP" checkbox is checked.
This number can be any number but it can't be higher than the total amount of RAM in the server. Additionally, if running two RIPs at once, the memory for
BOTH RIPs cannot total more then the total system RAM. Even more, some consideration to the memory requirements of the PSM is recommended, like
when the RIP and PSM are on the same server. The more RAM "given" the RIP(s), the less RAM there is available for PSM. This could be a problem for
features like Variable Data, Merge, Impositioning, etc.
--- Split After = this feature causes large jobs to be broken up into smaller more manageable jobs in PSM. This allows the RIP to "dump" part of the current job
over to the PSM which reduces the amount of work the RIP has to handle. When the split after event takes place there might be two jobs with the "?" for page
counts, then shortly after a job should be seen that has a number of pages equal to the split after setting. There are problems with settings higher than 5000
and until this can be resolved, do noit set the split after higher than 5000.
To configure the MicroPress, try making these changes.
Prime limit (pages)
Default setting - 2,000
New setting - 30,000
Memory for RIP (KB)
Default setting - 72,000
New setting - 172,000
Split after (pages)
Default setting - 0
New setting - up to 5,000
Solution ID
TAUS0703168EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,315
MicroPress 7
"Unable to connect to Sentinal service" message during installation of the MicroPress.
Solution
CAUSE: An incorrect key code is entered during installation of MicroPress Disk Two. This may be misleading, as the message is due to an invalid key
code.
SOLUTION: Enter the correct keycode provided by EFI.
Note : Keycode is case sensitive. Make certain that the key lock is off and the correct case is observed.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Felch, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,316
MicroPress 7.5
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0650308EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to print from Macintosh OSX to MicroPress 7.x
Solution
At the MicroPress, complete the following steps (the first five steps will only have to be completed on an SX or DX Server. If an MX Server is available, go
directly to step 6):
1. Right-click on My Network Places and select Properties.
2. Right-click on Local Area Connection and select Properties.
3. Select Install.
4. Select Protocol and click Add.
5. Select the DLC Protocol then click Ok.
6. Go to Start/Settings/Control Panel.
7. Double-click on Add/Remove Programs.
8. Double-click on Add/Remove Windows Components.
9. Scroll down and put a check next to Other Network File and Print Services.
10. Click on Details.
11. Make sure there is a check mark in front of Print Services for Unix.
12. Click OK. The necessary software will be installed and the window will close.
13. Then close the Add/Remove Programs window.
14. Go to Start/Setting/Printers.
15. Double-click on Add Printers and click Next.
16. Select Local printer and make sure that Automatically detect and Install My Plug and Play Printer is deselected and then click Next.
17. Select Create a new port and from the drop menu select LPR Port.
18. Go to Start/run/cmd.
19. Type net start lpdsvc and hit enter on the keyboard.
20. Complete the next window: Name or TCP/IP address of the server providing LPD and Name of printer or print queue on that serverto whichyou wish to
print. The queue name should be the name of the printer as it appears in the Printers window. It would be a good idea for the printer name and share name to
be the same. Example: MP 085r Monochrome N1, and then click OK.
21. In the next window under Manufacturers scroll down and select T/R Systems.
22. In the same window under Printer select the appropriate driver for the printer and then click Next.
23. Select Keep existing driver (recommended) and then click Next.
24. Select a Printer name for the printer, eight characters or less and then click Next.
25. In the next window select Share as and the printer name will automatically come up from the last window, it can be changed. Then click Next.
26. Click Next again because it is not necessary to put in a Location or Comments
27. Select Yes and allow it to print a test page then click Next.
28. In the next window click Finish.
On the Macintosh,do the following:
1. Double-click on the hard drive.
2. Double-click on the Applications folder.
3. Double-click on the Utilities folder.
4. Double-click on the Print Center utility.
5. When this utility comes up, click on Add. The Name of the MicroPress or its TCP/IP address will be required. The Name of the Print Queue will also be
required.
6. Once this is done, open an application and print a job to the MicroPress to confirm that it is set up correctly.
Notes :
a. After Selecting Unix Print Servicesstart the servicevia Admin Tools/Services as it is set to MANUAL.
b.Re-boot the Macintosh if printing fails
February 2013
1,317
MicroPress 7.5
Solution ID
TAUS0808269EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Supported peripherals and configurations.
Solution
PrintStation 6565km supports the following peripherals :
PF-601 -Two-Tray Universal Paper Feed Unit
HT-504 -Heater for PF-601
LU-202 -Large Capacity Tray
HT-503 -Heater for LU-202
FD-501 -Multi-Folding Unit
OT-502 -Output Tray
FS-503 -Staple/Stacker Unit
SD-501 -Saddle-Stitch Unit
LS-501 -Large Capacity Stacker
FS-607 -Booklet Finisher
PK-512(US) -Punch Kit
PK-512(EU) -Punch Kit
PK-513 -Punch Kit
PI-502 -Post Inserter
FS-520 -Staple Finisher
PB-501 -Perfect Binder
PrintStation 6565km supported configurations include:
FS-503
FD-501
SD-501
LS-501
FD-501 + FS-503
LS-501 + FS-503
LS-501 + SD-501
FD-501 + LS-501
OT-502
FD-501 + SD-501
PB-501
FD-501 + PB-501
SD-501 + PB-501
FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501
LS-501 + PB-501
SD-501 + FS-503
FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503
FS-607 (may include PI-502 + PK-513)
FS-520 (may include PI-502 + PK-513)
PrintStation 0105km supported peripherals:
PF-701 -Paper Feeder Unit
LS-501/LS-502 -Large Capacity Stacker
FS-503 -Stapler Finisher
FD-501 -Folding Unit
SD-501 -Booklet Maker
PB-501 -Perfect Binder Finsher
Printstation 0150km Supported combinations include:
FD-501
FD-501 + SD-501
FD-501 + FS-503
FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503
LS-501 + LS-502
LS-501 + FS-503
LS-501 + LS-501 + FS-503
LS-502
SD-501
FS-503
LS-501 + SD-501
FD-501 + LS-502
FD-501 + LS-501 + FS-503
SD-501 + FS-503
PB-501
SD-501 + PB-501
LS-501 + PB-501
FD-501 + PB-501
FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501
FD-501 + LS-501 + PB-501
February 2013
1,318
MicroPress 7.5
LS-501 + SD-501 + FS-503
Solution ID
TAUS0703168EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Unable to connect to Sentinal service" message during installation of the MicroPress.
Solution
CAUSE: An incorrect key code is entered during installation of MicroPress Disk Two. This may be misleading, as the message is due to an invalid key
code.
SOLUTION: Enter the correct keycode provided by EFI.
Note : Keycode is case sensitive. Make certain that the key lock is off and the correct case is observed.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Felch, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0802020EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Which firmware versions are supported with MicroPress system software version 7.5.1.1 on the bizhub PRO 1050?
Solution
The below firmware versions are supported with MicroPress system software version 7.5.1.1 on the bizhub PRO 1050.
Program Name
Version
Print Control Program

70
Image Control Program

70
FD Control Program
70
SD Control Program
70
FS Control Program
70
LS Control Program
70
IC-611 Controller Firmware

72_BCL0
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Greg Lantowski and Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,319
MicroPress 8
Solution ID
TAUS1001262EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Significant pause between print sets.
Solution
CAUSE: Continuation print is OFF.
SOLUTION: Enable continuation print. To turn ON continuation print:
bizhub PRO 1050/1050e
1. Press Utility/Counter.
2. Select Machine Manager Setting.
3. Select Copy/Printer setting.
4. Select Continuation Print (Print).
5. Select ON Save changes - touch OK to exit.
bizhub PRO C5500/6500/C5501/C6501
2. Select Machine Admin Setting.
3. Select Common Setting.
4. For Continuation Print Select Printer ON.
5. Exit Administrator mode.
bizhub PRO 1051/1200
2. Select Administrator Setting.
3. Select Copy/Printer setting.
4. Select Continuation Print (Print).
5. Select ON Save changes - touch OK to exit.
Solution ID
TAUS1103563EN*
Description
IC-413 version 1.0 patches and supported equipment for MicroPress version 8.2.0.0km.
Solution
MicroPress version 8.2.0.0km
Supported Print Engines : bizhub PRESS C6000/C7000
PrintStation 7070km : Support for the Konica Minolta bizhub PRESS C6000/C7000
Default PrintStation Name :BH
System support for PrintStation 7070km :IC-413 Controller, version 1.0
Note : The controller must have the supported version of the server software installed BEFORE the MicroPress is physically connected to the engine.
Failure to do so may render the controller inoperable.
Previous versions of the controller, not listed in this Service Bulletin, are not supported with this release.
IC 413 Controller/PrintLink version 1.0 required patches

1st additional patch: 1-19QIXT (attached)
2nd additional patch: 1-1A2SSM (attached)
3rd additional patch: 1-1AI6PH_2 (attached)
4th additional patch: 1-1AQ6IT (attached)
Patch location: C:\MicroPress\Firmware\EnginePatch\PrintStation 7070km
Note : MicroPress connectivity requires specific patches. General Fiery patches are not supported for MicroPress connectivity and therefore should
not be installed. Loading a patch file other than that which is listed may render the controller inoperable. Approved patches must be applied in the order
indicated. Once the approved patch versions have been installed no other patches should subsequently be applied.
Supported optional equipment for PrintStation 7070km
DF-622 Automatic Duplexing Document Feeder
FD-503 Multi-Folding Unit
FS-521 100-sheet Stapler/Stacker Finisher
FS-531 50-sheet Stapler Finisher
FS-612 Booklet Finisher
GP-501 GBC Multi-Hole Punch Unit
HD-514 Optional Hard Drive Unit
LS-505 Large Capacity Stacker
LU-202 2,500-Sheet Paper Feed Unit
PB-503 Perfect Binder Unit
PF-602 6,000-Sheet Paper Feed Unit
PI-502 Post Inserter (for FS-612 and FS-531)
PK-512 Punch Kit (for FS-612 and FS-531)
RU-506 Relay Unit (for GP-501)
RU-509 Relay Unit
SD-506 Saddle Stitch Unit
February 2013
1,320
MicroPress 8
Cautionary statements for PrintStation 7070km
1. The paper sizes below must be entered as custom paper sizes on the engine for them to print through the MicroPress.
Folio (8.5x13)
Folio Small (8.25x13)
Foolscap (8.125x13.25)
2.7070km engine may not recover correctly if engine jams in first 10 pages of a job by pressing "start" on engine after clearing the paper path. The job must
be aborted, and restarted from the PrintStation Manager.
3. When setting Tab Stock (Letter or A4) media in a source tray, you must deactivate the ATS for that tray. If not, standard Letter or A4 jobs may empty tray
switch and begin printing on Tab Stock for job run.
4. The Perfect Binder does not support Z-Fold pages within a Perfect Binder job at this time.
5. Selecting a cover size smaller that the recommend size will prevent the generated job from printing. The recommend practice is to select a cover size of the
paper size in the tray or to use Auto Calculation.
Known issues for PrintStation 7070km:
1. Generate Cover used with the 7070km does not support Right binding. All jobs must be laid out as left binding.
2. Generate Cover does not work with SEF jobs.
Solution ID
TAUS0650986EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Slow printing to a bizhub PRO 1050 connected to MicroPress controller. The entire job spools to theprinter beforeprinting begins.
Solution
CAUSE: On the MFP, Spool mode is set to ON.
SOLUTION: When printing from a MicroPress controller, set spool to AUTO.From the bizhub PRO 1050 operation panel, access Machine tab a Controller
tab a 04- Spool and select Auto .
Note : Be sure to reboot the bizhub PRO 1050using the main power switch after changing the spool setting.
Solution ID
TAUS0651750EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to archive a file from a MicroPresssystem.
Solution
To archive a file from a MicroPress system, perform the following:
1. From PrintStation Manager, select Tools, Options, Archive, Format - verify that MSM is checked.
2.From PrintStation Manager highlight the file that is to be archived.
3. From the PrintStation Manager toolbar, press the Archive button. This will bring up a dialog box which prompts for a destination to save the file.
4. Select a location to save the file and select OK. The file will then be saved with an MSM extension. This is the archive format used by MicroPress. The file
is then portable and can be "unarchived" on the same or another system. Job settings will be saved with the file.
Note : Archiving is the method that SSD (Solutions Support Division)requires if a file is to besubmitted for testing.
Solution ID
TAUS0800889EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to retrieve the License key code from the registry.
Solution
From the MicroPress system 7.5 perform the following:
1. Click the Start menu.
2. Select Run.
3. In the Run dialog box, type regedit.
4. Navigate to the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.
5. Navigate to Software g TR Systems g Licensing.
6. In the right pane the license key code is listed named MicroPress . (see attached screenshot)
7. Double-click on it. It can be copied and pasted into a text.
From the MicroPress system8.X.X perform the following:
1. Click the Start menu.
2. Select Run.
3. In the Run dialog box, type regedit.
4. Navigate to the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.
5. Navigate to Software g Wow6432Node g T/R Systems g Licensing.
6. In the right pane the license key code is listed named MicroPress . (see attached screenshot)
7. Double click on it. It can be copied and pasted into a text.
WARNING : Using Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require reinstallaton of the operating system. Konica Minolta or
Microsoft cannot guarantee that problems resulting from the incorrect use of Registry Editor can be solved. Use Registry Editor at your own risk.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,321
MicroPress 8
Solution ID
TAUS0801999EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up Color/Black & White Splitting with MicroPress version 7.5.1.1.
Solution
This feature creates a copy of each monochrome page of a job and routes these pages to the Monochrome Spool printer in the Input Controller. A place
holder for the color pages is automatically generated. This will allow the color pages to be printed and then placed in the post inserter to be inserted into the
job on the fly.
1. From the MP-Rip, Stop Inputs.
2. From the MP-Rip menu, select Page Setup Manager.
3. From the Page Set Up Manager, select the color device you want to modify (this will be the color printer that the color pages will be printed to).
4. Select Copy.
5. In the Processing section, check the Enable Feature box.
6. Using the pull-down window below the Enable Feature box, select SplitColorJob.
7. Click Save As to exit this menu. Name the new ColorSplit Printer.
8. Click OK to close Page Setup Manager.
9. From the MP_Rip menu, open Input Controller.
10. Select the Monochrome Spool and select Edit.
11. Under Page Setup, select the monochrome printer that will process the Black and White pages.
12. Check the box next to Enable before Selecting OK and closing the Input Channel Edit.
13. Start MPRIP Inputs.
14. To publish the new printer, close both the RIP and MicroSpool.
15. Restart the RIP and then MicroSpool.
16. From the Start Menu, navigate to the Printers and Faxes folder.
17. Right click the Color Split printer created earlier.
18. Select Properties then Printing Preferences.
19. Select the Advanced tab.
20. Scroll down and find PrintNHold, and set it to Hold.
21. Save and close out of printing preferences.
22. From PSM, double-click on the monochrome virtual printer and select the device tab. Scroll down to Color Insertion tray and set up the to be used for the
inserts.
23. Once a job is sent to the ColorSplit printer, the color pages will be will be held in PSM at the color printer and the B& W pages will be held in PSM at
the B&W printer.
24. In PSM go to the color split job being held on the color printer, right-click on the job and select Info.
25. Select the Output Option tab and ensure that Print Color Pages only is selected.
26. Print the job and place the printed color pages in the proper PI tray on the B&W printer.
27. In PSM, navigate to the color split job being held on the monochrome printer, right-click on the job and select Info.
28. Select the Output option tab and ensure that Insert Color pages is selected.
29. Release the job once the color inserts from the color printer have been placed in the proper tray on the B&W machine.
February 2013
1,322
MicroSP 2000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0629146EN*
Description
Part numbers for the oscillators that control the printer.
Solution
Please see bulletin 2995 .
Solution ID
TAUS0632283EN*
Description
What oscillator should be changed when installing the MSP-2000L printer onto a MS6000?
Solution
When the MSP-2000L is installed, remove both oscillators from PW Board-B and install the oscillator supplied with the MSP-2000L printer into the OSC1
socket.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Ken Walker, Workgroup/SSD

Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the speed of the oscillator chip for OSC1 and OSC2?
Solution
The speed of the oscillator chip OSC1 (p/n 0820-6704-01)is 43MHz and OSC2 (p/n 0820-6703-01) is 95MHz.
Solution ID
TAUS0807925EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the lamp?
Solution
The part number for the lamp is (p/n 9351-2820-81)
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD

Solution ID
TAUS0808601EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Copier indicatesa CF code on start up. It was recently switched fromthe Micro SP 2000 to a Micro SP 3000 as part of an update and now the code will not
clear.
Solution
Cause:
The Oscillator chips are different on the MS6000 depending on what Micro SP is installed. Since the Micro SP has been installed a new Oscillator chip needs
to be installed on the MS6000 PW Board-E.
Solution:
Replace the Oscillator chip on the MS6000 PW Board-E (p/n 0820-6702-01).
Solution ID
TAUS0808603EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Howdo you determineif the correct oscillator is installed on the PW Board-E for the printer?
Solution
The oscillator chip for the printer is stamped with a number indicating what printer it is used for.
February 2013
1,323
MicroSP 2000
Look on the PW Board-E on theprinter and see if the oscillator on the chip holder OSC1 is stamped 2000H for MSP 3000 or 2000L for the MSP 2000.
Solution ID
TAUS0901783EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the wiring harness from PU2 to the lamp?
Solution
The part number for the wiring harness for the lamp is (p/n 0820-6811-02).
See PDF attachment for further details.
Solution ID
TAUS1000675EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Intermittently trays are not being recognized.
Solution
CAUSE: The Power board B was replaced with a new board and settings are missing.
SOLUTION: Perform an ATDC adjustment.
Note: Open the front panel, asmall hole will be present witha push-button switch. Push the button with a paper clip to run the drum dry.
Solution Provided by Don St.Onge - Windsor SSD
February 2013
1,324
MicroSP 2000/3000/6000/7000 Printer

Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701836EN*
Solution Usage
Description
C-1520, C-1521, C-1522, C-1523, and C-1524 are not listed in the Service Manual. What do these codes indicate?
Solution
These codes are listed in Product & Technical Support Bulletin 3298.
C-1520 : Fusing Unit Malfunction (fusing unit -p/n 0993-0347-03)
C-1521 : Laser Diode Failure (print head unit -p/n 0993-0531-22)
C-1522 : Polygon Motor Failure (print head unit -p/n 0993-0531-22)
C-1523 : Main Motor Failure (M1 -p/n 0993-6101-01)
C-1524 : Fan Motor (M3 -p/n 0993-6104-01, M4 -p/n 0993-6103-01)
Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0807925EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Solution ID
TAUS0901783EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000675EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Intermittently trays are not being recognized.
Solution
CAUSE: The Power board B was replaced with a new board and settings are missing.
SOLUTION: Perform an ATDC adjustment.
Note: Open the front panel, asmall hole will be present witha push-button switch. Push the button with a paper clip to run the drum dry.
Solution Provided by Don St.Onge - Windsor SSD
February 2013
1,325
MicroSP 3000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0629146EN*
Description
Part numbers for the oscillators that control the printer.
Solution
Please see bulletin 2995 .
Solution ID
TAUS0632283EN*
Description
Solution
socket.

Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0807925EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Solution ID
TAUS0808601EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Copier indicatesa CF code on start up. It was recently switched fromthe Micro SP 2000 to a Micro SP 3000 as part of an update and now the code will not
clear.
Solution
Cause:
The Oscillator chips are different on the MS6000 depending on what Micro SP is installed. Since the Micro SP has been installed a new Oscillator chip needs
to be installed on the MS6000 PW Board-E.
Solution:
Replace the Oscillator chip on the MS6000 PW Board-E (p/n 0820-6702-01).
Solution ID
TAUS0808603EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,326
MicroSP 3000
Solution ID
TAUS0901783EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,327
Minolta Micropress Cluster Printing System

Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0647248EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up and connect MicroPress* to the bizhub C500.
Solution
Follow the instructions in the Setup Guide to configure the bizhub C500 for use with the MicroPress. The bizhub C500 will require a minimum firmware level
of 12 to support connectivity with the version 7.x MicroPress.
Solution ID
TAUS0639755EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set the TCP/IP* address of PrintLink.
Solution
Changing the TCP/IP address requires the use of Telnet. To use Telnet to change the TCP/IP address, perform the following:
1. Go to the Start menu.
2. Click Run.
3. When the Run dialog is displayed, type telnet 10.10.10.2 (or the current TCP/IP address of the Print Link) and click OK.
4. At the next prompt, type setip and press Enter.
5. Press Enter until inet on ethernet (e) : is displayed. The current TCP/IP address is displayed also.
6. Enter the new TCP/IP address and press Enter until other (o) : is displayed. Press Enter again and the - prompt will be displayed, signifying that the new
TCP/IP address has been recorded (it may take a few seconds for this to happen).
7. Power the engine OFF/ON to switch to the new TCP/IP address.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0647694EN*
Description
A Sentinel error or dongle error is indicated when loading the second CD of the MicroPress version 7 upgrade.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Sentinel service needs to be uninstalled and reinstalled.
Please see the MicroPress Tech Note .
2. A corrupt DLL file.
February 2013
1,328
Minolta Micropress Cluster Printing System

3. An incorrect license code has been entered.
Please re-enter the correct code.
4. There is a corrupt key in the registry.
5. In some cases MicroPress version 7 requires a new dongle.
This is a chargeable upgrade.
Solution ID
TAUS0647728EN*
Solution Usage
Description
There is no scanning option on the 1050 when using the MicroPress* system. How can the scanning feaures of the IC611 be utilized?
Solution
There is updated IC firmware (version 71) which allows connectivity between the MicroPress and IC611. This firmware is currently on the Beta FTP site as
there is an issue if someone is printing from the MicroPress and then also send a job directly to the IC611. If a MicroPress 7 customer requires scanning
capabilities, version 71 can be supplied, but BT will not support any issues that may occur when using functions outside of the MicroPress. To enable dual
functionality, they need to enable DIPSW (48-1) to Off (0). This firmware also requires the EM-701 upgrade so IC memory is at 512MB.
*[[Trademark ownership information| FILE V:\TEXT\TRADEMRK.TXT NEW]
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,329
MINOLTAFAX 1600
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0622327EN*
Description
Unimessage PRO won't log on.
Solution
CAUSE: Unimessage has 3 parts to its program: the scheduler, the user interface, and the device drivers. This error usually occurs when the scheduler is
not running on the system and a client (user) is trying to log on.
SOLUTION: Start the scheduler.
Note: See section 1 of the quick start guide for more details.
Solution ID
TAUS0624014EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The message "Caution Recording Paper Jam" is indicated on the LCD. When the machine prints there is no paper lift and a recording paper jam occurs in the
paper take-up section.
Solution
CAUSE: Sometimes the gear used for the mechanical clutch is not turned by the tension of the torsion spring even if the paper take-up solenoid is energized.
As a result, the paper take-up roller does not turn.
SOLUTION: Replace the torsion spring in the clutch with the enhanced spring. The new spring will apply more pressure to the gear in the mechanical clutch
ensuring reliable paper lift. The part number is 4111-3319-05. Please see Bulletin 3546 for further details.
Solution ID
TAUS0629300EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can the fax be used as a PC TX/RX device?
Solution
SOLUTION: Section 10 in the Operator Manual explains in further detail. The PC must have fax software (such as UniMessage or WinFax Pro).
Solution ID
TAUS0629482EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can a document be scanned into a PC with the MF1600?
Solution
The MF 1600 does have scan to PC capabilities. Detailed information can be found in Section 10 of the Operator's Manual. The PC must have fax software
installed such as UniMessage or Winfaxpro.
Solution ID
TAUS0632296EN*
Solution Usage
Description
An XSYSxx trouble code is displayed.
Solution
CAUSE: An XSYSxx trouble code is an indication of a problem in the PWB-MAIN.
SOLUTION: The code may be reset by turning the power off and on. If this does not resolve the problem, the PWB-MAIN will need to be replaced.
Solution ID
TAUS0632297EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Lines or bars in the feed direction only when transmitting or copying. Receptions or printing reports are ok.
Solution
CAUSE: The CIS is dirty or needs adjustment.
SOLUTION: Clean the CIS unit make sure that there is no dirt imbedded into the glass. Perform a shading adjustment. If necessary, replace the CIS unit.
Solution ID
TAUS0632304EN*
Solution Usage
February 2013
1,330
MINOLTAFAX 1600
Description
There is noise from the paper take-up section.
Solution
CAUSE: The separation pad and guide are worn.
SOLUTION: Replace the separation pad and guide. For part numbers, see Service Bulletin 2845 .
Solution ID
TAUS0632307EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Which print driver is used with the MF1600/MF1600e?
Solution
There are no print drivers for this machine. The machine needs a third party fax program (such as WinFax Pro) that will work with a Class 1 modem. The
machine needs to be connected to a computer through the serial port. To print, one needs to fax to number 888.
Please see Section 10 of the Operator's Manual for additional details.
Link
Solution ID
TAUS0632812EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The display indicates "Do Shading Adjustment" and the MF1600 won't copy or transmit faxes.
Solution
The SRAM has lost its settings. This is usually caused by an SRAM clear. Do a Shading adjustment. See service manual page G-21 for futher information.
February 2013
1,331
MINOLTAFAX 1600e
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632310EN*
Description
The display indicates "Do Shading Adjustment" and the MF1600e won't copy or transmit faxes.
Solution
The SRAM has lost its settings. This is usually caused by a SRAM clear. Do a Shading adjustment. See service manual page G-21 for futher information.
Solution ID
TAUS0632819EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CAUTION MACHINE TROUBLE message.
Solution
CAUSE: Problem with the Printer Engine section. The usual culprits are; Fan, Fuser Unit, or Laser Print Head. If one of these unitshas failed, it will be
indicated in the Video I/F Test Mode. All three models have the Video I/F Test Mode, but the Status register names are slightly different.
SOLUTION: Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the Service mode section). Also, pleaserefer to Bulletin 2937 for additional
information.
Solution ID
TAUS0639556EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Various fax communications issues, MF1600e.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0639682EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643687EN*
Solution Usage
Description
To what doe the "Machine Trouble." message refer?
Solution
Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the service mode section). See Bulletin 2937 for additional information.
Solution ID
TAUS0644460EN*
Solution Usage
February 2013
1,332
MINOLTAFAX 1600e
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0644625EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can a document be scanned into a PC with the MF1600?
Solution
The MF 1600 does have scan to PC capabilities. Detailed information can be found in Section 10 of the Operator's Manual. The PC must have fax software
installed such as UniMessage or Winfaxpro.
Solution ID
TAUS0644883EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0644900EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When ordering Unimessage Pro software (for desktop faxing), is it necessary to order the 'Internet Fax' kit as well (or just Unimessage) in order to be able to
fax from the desktop?
Solution
SOLUTION: For PSTN (public switched telephone network or normal phone service) faxing, only Unimessage Pro is necessary. Please note that with the
MF2800, MF2600, MF3600, MF3800, MF1600, Di151f, Di152f, and Di183f models the connection between the computer and the machine is through a serial
port.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,333
MINOLTAFAX 1800e
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639558EN*
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0639683EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645555EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646224EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
The unit will transmit but can not receive.
Solution
CAUSE: The unit is not in FAX Mode.
SOLUTION: Depress the Mode key until FAX is in the display.
Solution ID
TAUS0646252EN*
Description
When transmitting, the received pages are all black. Same with copies.
Solution
CAUSE: Adjustment is necessary.
SOLUTION: Run the CIS Compensation adjustment in Service Mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0646254EN*
Description
February 2013
1,334
MINOLTAFAX 1800e
How to set up the unit to recognize legal size paper.
Solution
Place legal size paper in the tray, and make a copy with a legal size document.
Solution ID
TAUS0646283EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Engine error" message.
Solution
CAUSE: There are several possible causes. Diagnostics does not identify the failed component.
SOLUTION: Please refer to bulletin 2397 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0646297EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The MF1800 or MF1800e is displaying "NO LINE CURRENT" when attempting to transmit.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The RJ11 cord is plugged into the TEL port instead of the LINE port. Plug it into the correct jack.
2. Fuse F1 on the NCU board has blown. Replace the fuse.
February 2013
1,335
MINOLTAFAX 1900
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0635701EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0636890EN*
Description
Various fax communications issues.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
A technician should make sure the firmware in the machine is current and the machine has been properly reset.
Check the phone line for any noise; try connecting the machine to another phone line.
Make sure that the machine is not connected to a DSL line with a filter.
Solution ID
TAUS0639559EN*
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0645556EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645618EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The fax unit is printing very light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
February 2013
1,336
MINOLTAFAX 1900
1. The transfer roller if the image on the drum is dark. Clean or replace, as necessary.
2. Dirty optics in the printhead. Clean or replace, as necessary.
Solution ID
TAUS0646173EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Explanations for error messages:
* LD error
* Heater error
* Fan error
Solution
Please refer to bulletin 2527 .
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0646223EN*
Description
How to delete or modify a number in a Group Dial.
Solution
The Group Key must be deleted before modifying/deleting One Touch or Speed Dial. Please refer to the Operator's Manual for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0646298EN*
Description
The fax prints blank pages.
Solution
CAUSE: In the take-up section the spring has stretched beyond its limit.
SOLUTION: Replace the Gear, Collar, and Spring in the take-up section.
Note: The MF1800 has the same feeding section as the MF1700/MF1900.
Solution ID
TAUS0646300EN*
Description
How to release documents that do not automatically eject after canceling the transmission.
Solution
To eject documents press: STOP, COPY, & STOP again.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,337
MINOLTAFAX 210
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645557EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,338
MINOLTAFAX 2300
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639684EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645558EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646261EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
MF2300 or MF3700 making blank copies. The TX side was fine, but copies and RX faxes were blank.
Solution
CAUSE: The black flap/shutter inside the printhead metal plate is blocking the laser beam.
SOLUTION: Re-position the shutter.
Solution ID
TAUS0646281EN*
Description
Copies and received documents are printing out light and blotted.
Solution
CAUSE: The transfer roller material is dissolving or deteriorating.
SOLUTION: Replace unit or roller.
February 2013
1,339
MINOLTAFAX 2500
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0628680EN*
Description
Paper size error is displayed intermittently.
Solution
The PC Drum's protective shutter may be out of timing. Also check for a broken actuator, PC1.
Solution ID
TAUS0628963EN*
Description
Paper skew jams occur frequently at the transport section of the MF2500.
Solution
To correct this problem, the transport roller 01 has been changed from two small rollers to one larger roller. Please refer to bulletin 2429 for a detailed
explanation including part numbers and serial number cut in's for this modification.
Link
Solution ID
TAUS0630634EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Sporadically, the first 24 speed dial entries are lost (Speed Dials 00 to 23).
Solution
CAUSE: The Speed Dials may be lost by powering down the unit or if power is lost due to problems with the line voltage.
SOLUTION: A firmware upgrade to Version 1.00A-24 has been released to correct this issue. The Speed Dials will now be
retained in memory when the unit is powered down or when power is lost. Please refer to bulletin 2360a .
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0632819EN*
Description
Solution
information.
Solution ID
TAUS0634135EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The red PAPER JAM indicator light is lit and the display message read PLEASE REMOVE PAPER. Paper jams occur everytime the fax unit is printing a
document.
Solution
CAUSE: It is possible that the exit sensor actuator has popped from its housing, feeding back faulty signals to the main board.
SOLUTION: Please see bulletin 2431 for details.
Note:
To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
February 2013
1,340
MINOLTAFAX 2500
Solution ID
TAUS0635704EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0639560EN*
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0643688EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643805EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the EPROM?
Solution
EPROM (p/n 2535-IC6M).
February 2013
1,341
MINOLTAFAX 2600
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0628557EN*
Description
What printer driver should be used for PC printing?
Solution
Add a printer using the HP Laserjet* IIP driver and enable (ON) PCL4. Please refer to section 5.2, page 5-11 of the Operator's Manual. The setting is
referenced under GROUP [8. SET PRINTER], SETTING ITEM [7. PCL4].
Solution ID
TAUS0628587EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to change the redial interval.
Solution
Please refer to the service manual and bulletin 2664 and change soft switch #48-bit7.
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0632325EN*
Description
There is no flap detect (change of the control panel menu based on the one-touch button template).
Solution
CAUSE: Memory problem.
SOLUTION: If there is no flap detect, perform a country code reset and an SRAM clear.
Solution ID
TAUS0632327EN*
Description
Talking is indicated on the LCD when the telephone line cord is plugged into the machine.
Solution
Make sure that no other devices are sharing the line. Make sure that your are using a 2-conductor line cord. If that does not resolve the problem, then replace
the NCU board. See Bulletin 2680 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0632331EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to disable auto reception.
Solution
Auto reception can be disabled by going into the "set utilities" under the RX operation heading and setting the RX mode for manual. See operations manual
pages 5-11 and 5-19 for further information.
Solution ID
TAUS0632333EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Squealing from the speaker after replacing CPU assembly.
Solution
CAUSE: The wrong CPU assembly is being used
SOLUTION: Order the correct board. Please see bulletin 3037 .
Note:
February 2013
1,342
MINOLTAFAX 2600
Solution ID
TAUS0632334EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the procedure to enter service mode?
Solution
The service mode can be entered by pressing the right arrow key three times, pressing the asterisk (*) key, and then pressing the start key. See page 4-1 in
the fax service manual for further information.
Solution ID
TAUS0632819EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
information.
Solution ID
TAUS0634128EN*
Solution Usage
Description
There is just one CPU assembly part number listed in the parts manual for both the MF2600 and MF3600; are the both the same?
Solution
The CPU assemblies are different. Please see bulletin 3037 for clarification of CPU part numbers for the MF2600/MF3600.
February 2013
1,343
MINOLTAFAX 2800
Solution ID
TAUS0626321EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to clear the drum counter.
Solution
To clear the drum counter press the Program key. Scroll to Machine Operations and press Yes. Scroll to Drum Counter and press Yes. Press No to delete the
current count. (The count will only clear if it has reached a count of 20,000.)
See page 4-12 in the operations manual for more details.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0642993EN*
Description
The machine is resetting itself.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Power supply issues. Check that the power supply is not dropping out and resetting.
2. Firmware problem. Make sure the firmware is at least version 1.29 or higher.
3. Failed main board. If the machine generates a CSUM error replace the main fax board.
4. Failed PWB-MC. If the machine does not generate a CSUM error try replacing the PWB-MC board.
5. Incorrect line voltage. Use a line monitor to see if the AC power supply is varying out of specifications. There may also be damage to electrical components
due to the fluctuating power. Monitor the DC power supply for proper voltage output, check for abnormal electrical loads such as a shorted motor, etc.
Solution ID
TAUS0646380EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When sending a fax or copying a single page, multiple pages will be received or printed, each having only part of the original page printed on each page.
Solution
CAUSE: This is usually caused by ADF sensor actuators that have been knocked out of place when originals have been removed improperly.
SOLUTION: Please check the mounting of all sensors, and sensor flags in the ADF.
Solution ID
TAUS0631897EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What can be done about the memory full indication when faxing large documents or multiple transmissions?
Solution
The memory full message can be corrected with the installation of the fax memory upgrade. The part number is: 4968-560
Solution ID
TAUS0632340EN*
Description
Cannot print to the serial port using the PCL5e driver.
Solution
Only the GDI and PCL4 drivers can print to the serial port.
Solution ID
TAUS0632348EN*
Description
After installing the PCL5e driver kit the MF2800 won't print large print jobs.
Solution
The 16MB memory upgrade is recommended with this upgrade. The part number is: 4968-260
Solution ID
TAUS0632349EN*
Description
The machine comes with a printer port already installed. What print driver is used?
February 2013
1,344
MINOLTAFAX 2800
Solution
SOLUTION: The GDI driver can be used to print directly to the machine without any other upgrades, order part number 4968-520.
Solution ID
TAUS0632351EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is procedure to enter the service mode?
Solution
The service mode can be entered by pressing the "yes" key three times. Page D-1 in the service manual provides further detailed information.
Solution ID
TAUS0632353EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Can the machine be used for network printing?
Solution
To print via the network, the LAN print card or NIC (p/n 4968-530) must be installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645562EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645563EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,345
MINOLTAFAX 3600
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632358EN*
Description
The LCD is too light to read.
Solution
If the LCD display is too light to read please follow the steps below to correct the problem:
1) Try to adjust the contrast control. See page 5-22 of operations manual.
2) Check all connections between the control panel and the board.
3) Try another LCD display.
Solution ID
TAUS0628571EN*
Description
What printer driver should be used for PC printing?
Solution
Add a printer using the HP Laserjet* IIP driver and enable (ON) PCL4. Please refer to section 5.2, page 5-11 of the Operator's Manual. The setting is
referenced under GROUP [8. SET PRINTER], SETTING ITEM [7. PCL4].
Solution ID
TAUS0632338EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
All black, or mostly black image when scanned for copy or transmission.
Solution
Cause: The shading adjustment is not set properly.
Solution: Carry out the shading adjustment following the steps listed on bulletin 2666 .
Solution ID
TAUS0632819EN*
Description
Solution
information.
Solution ID
TAUS0635716EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0639563EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,346
MINOLTAFAX 3600
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0643692EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0644052EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After a fax has been received the machine repeatedly prints it.
Solution
CAUSE: Corrupted video file in memory.
SOLUTION: The only way to clear this is to perform a DRAM clear. This clear will not affect any of the adjustments; it will only delete any documents in the
working memory. Refer to the MF2600/MF3600 Service Manual, page 4-19 .
Solution ID
TAUS0644463EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,347
MINOLTAFAX 3700
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0639685EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645566EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646262EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
MF2300 or MF3700 making blank copies. The TX side was fine, but copies and RX faxes were blank.
Solution
CAUSE: The black flap/shutter inside the printhead metal plate is blocking the laser beam.
SOLUTION: Re-position the shutter.
Solution ID
TAUS0646282EN*
Description
Copies and received documents are printing out light and blotted.
Solution
CAUSE: The transfer roller material is dissolving or deteriorating.
SOLUTION: Replace unit or roller.
February 2013
1,348
MINOLTAFAX 380
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645567EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,349
MINOLTAFAX 3800
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643529EN*
Description
NIC NOT EXIST false error message.
Solution
CAUSE: The error message is the result of a firmware issue.
SOLUTION: Please upgrade firmware to minimum version 1.29. Refer to bulletin #4677 for more detail.
Note: To view this PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0643967EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Scanning one page but it is counted as multiple pages. Some pages may only be partial.
Solution
CAUSE: Check the ADF sensors for loose actuators, connections or sensors.
SOLUTION: Ensure all connections and mounting hardware are secure.
Solution ID
TAUS0644893EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0653350EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
When attempting to do a fax broadcast, the machine goes into the redial waiting state.
Solution
CAUSE: The machine's second line is not set properly. The machine is trying to use the second line for some of the broadcast.
SOLUTION: If the second line is not being used it must be set for TX Prohibit.
Solution ID
TAUS0632341EN*
Description
Cannot print to the serial port using the PCL5e driver.
Solution
Only the GDI and PCL4 drivers can print to the serial port.
Solution ID
TAUS0632354EN*
Description
Can the machine be used for network printing?
Solution
To print via the network, the LAN print card or NIC (p/n 4968-530) must be installed.
February 2013
1,350
MINOLTAFAX 3800
Solution ID
TAUS0632359EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Cannot fax from the MF3800 using the second line on a new, out of the box machine.
Solution
The MF3800 comes configured for single line use out of the box.
Solution ID
TAUS0632819EN*
Description
Solution
information.
Solution ID
TAUS0634818EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Too Much Voltage" error message.
Solution
Try powering it OFF, unplugging the unit and then starting it back up again. Try a SRAM clear.
February 2013
1,351
MINOLTAFAX 5500
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632360EN*
Description
Solution
Press program, J, 2 , 1, and enter twice.
Note: See page 7 of the MF5500/e operators manuals.
Solution ID
TAUS0639565EN*
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0639686EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0642763EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
No power control display lit, not cycling to power up condition.
Solution
CAUSE: Possible failed main board.
SOLUTION: Replace the PWB-MAIN US BOARD, EPROM and jumper's no. 1 and no.2.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by PETER CODRINGTON, KMBS NEW YORK
Solution ID
TAUS0644464EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0644962EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,352
MINOLTAFAX 5500
The red PAPER JAM indicator light is lit and the display message read PLEASE REMOVE PAPER. Paper jams occur everytime the fax unit is printing a
document.
Solution
CAUSE: It is possible that the exit sensor actuator has popped from its housing, feeding back faulty signals to the main board.
SOLUTION: Please see bulletin 2431 for details.
Note:
To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0645571EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0646200EN*
Solution Usage
Description
There is noise coming from the paper take-up section.
Solution
CAUSE: Loose set screw.
SOLUTION: Please refer to bulletin 2574 .
Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0646304EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can the machine be configured to dial a "9" for a PBX system to get an outside line?
Solution
This machine does not support automatic dialing of a "9" for an outside line on a PBX system.
February 2013
1,353
MINOLTAFAX 5600
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632361EN*
Description
Solution
Press program, J, 2, 3, and enter twice.
Note: See page 7 of the MF5600 operators manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0632363EN*
Description
Can the machine be configured to dial a "9" for a PBX system to get an outside line?
Solution
This machine does not support automatic dialing of a "9" for an outside line on a PBX system.
Solution ID
TAUS0635725EN*
Description
Solution
Note:
Solution ID
TAUS0639566EN*
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Solution ID
TAUS0644465EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645572EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,354
MINOLTAFAX 5600
Solution ID
TAUS0901987EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How can distinctive ring be configured?
Solution
Distinctive ring is not supported on this model.

SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by David Silverstein, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645573EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,355
MS2000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0807925EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Solution ID
TAUS0901783EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1002241EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is the MSP3500 printer compatible with the MS2000, MS6000 or MS7000 scanner?
Solution
Due to product specification, the printer is not compatible.The MS2000/MS6000/MS7000 scanners areonly compatible with the MSP2000 and MSP3000
printers.
February 2013
1,356
MS3000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0807925EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

Solution ID
TAUS0901783EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,357
MS6000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0645178EN*
Description
Intermittent L2 codes. The projection lamp operates normally.
Solution
CAUSE: False L2 codes may appear when a high contrast film is used.
SOLUTION: If this is the case, change service switch o8 from d0 to d1 to disable this code.
Solution ID
TAUS0630097EN*
Description
Is batch scanning supported?
Solution
A: Yes batch scanning is supported by checking the Batch Scan box in the driver. Batch scanning must be done from the scanner and can not be done at the
driver/PC.
Solution ID
TAUS0630101EN*
Solution Usage
Description
SCSI cards recommended to be used with the scanner.
Solution
Adaptec AHA-2940AU andAHA-2930U are the recommended SCSI cards.All drivers are available from Adaptec except Microsoft Windows XP which
has the drivers preinstalled.
Solution ID
TAUS0644904EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How can scanning be enabled on workstations with "User/PowerUser" rights using driver version 4.0.6.4?
Solution
Solution: Scanning can be enabled on workstations with "User/PowerUser" rights by preforming the following steps:
1) Sign on as administrator, install scanner and driver.
2) Reboot PC per driver installation request.
3) Sign on as administrator and delete file "jflmread.sys". Using the Search Tool on the Start Menu is most helpful.
4) Update ASPI Layer and reboot PC.
5) Sign on as administrator and run config tool to remove the scanner with red "X" through it.
6) Re-start the PC and sign on as user. Scanning should now be possible.
Note: On the MS2000, MS3000, and PS3000 the Enhanced SCSI board and the proper version eproms must be installed.
Solution ID
TAUS0646460EN*
Description
When creating multi-page scanned documents while opening the TWAIN driver for each scanned image, C-2 errors are displayed intermittently.
Solution
CAUSE: Older version firmware installed.
SOLUTION: A new service choice has been added. Machine Function Setting Oc, will lock out certain keys while in PR mode. This service choice will not
have any effect on the PC mode. Firmware version 25G005-00 has been developed to prevent the C-2 error from occurring and adding the Oc Machine
Function Setting. Please refer to bulletin 3585
Solution ID
TAUS0700234EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to reset the unit.
Solution
February 2013
1,358
MS6000
To reset the unit, enter F8 mode and then press the "Drum dry" reset button in the front.
When the display flashes, the unit is reset.
Solution ID
TAUS0800217EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What type fuse is used on the UC-6?
Solution
The fuse is a 2A slow-blow fuse, measuring 5mmx20mm.
Solution ID
TAUS0801922EN*
Description
Can the unit be upgraded with a USB port?
Solution
The unit cannot be upgradedwith a USB port.
Note :This unithas a SCSI interface only.The MS6000 MKII can be upgraded with a USB port.
February 2013
1,359
MS6000 MKII
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800850EN*
Description
TWAIN driver and firmware for use with Microsoft Windows Vista.
Solution
The TWAIN driver for the PS5000Cis minimum version1.5.1.0 and the firmware is minimum version1.56. The latest print drivers and firmware are available
via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. For printer drivers, access the Selector from the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ), Support
& Drivers tab, or for drivers and firmware, from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.
Notes :
1.For the PS5000C.theItem number for the firmware is 7119660307. There is no recently released firmware for the MS6000/MS7000 MKII.
2. Please refer to attachedMarketing Bulletinfor additional information. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be
Solution ID
TAUS0900204EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CL error or blank display.
Solution
CAUSES: The correct Oscillator (IC) for the correct printer model is not installed or the IC is installed backwards;or the firmware version is below
25-G1-04-00.
SOLUTIONS:
1, Install theOSC3and OSC4, which are in the kit (p/n 0820075301). Be sure that the ICs are installedin the correct position (note the location of Pin 1).
2. Install firmware version 25-G1-04-00 or above (a firmware EPROM is also included in the kit). This is neededto resolve the no-display or CL error.
Refer to the attached document for installation instructions.
Note: Remove OSC3 and OSC4 from the Main Control Board (PWB-B3). Install the Oscillator (OSC4B3) from the kit to the OSC4 socket. the OSC3remains
empty.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD; Craig Blyther, ASG/SSD.
Solution ID
TAUS0657838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Part number for the USB (firmware)EPROM and MS3500 compatibility.
Solution
The part number for the USB firmware is (p/n 0820USBKIT). If the MSP3500 printer is attached, use EPROM version 05 (p/n 0820-7801-06)and above.
Note: Applied to machine with (S/No. x5018409) and above.
Solution ID
TAUS0700234EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800217EN*
Description
February 2013
1,360
MS6000 MKII
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902271EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable the MS6000 MKII to recognize the Jamex card reader device.
Solution
To enable the MS6000 MKII to recognize the Jamex card reader device, perform the following:
1. Press the Exposure Mode Select Key, Mult-Print Key and the Clear/Stop Key at the same time for two seconds.
2. Select the S mode using the Multi-Print Key.
3. Use the Exposure Adjustment Keys to select S4 (Coin Vendor/Foot Switch Setting).
4. Press the Exposure Mode Select Key.
5. Use the Exposure Adjustment Keys to d1.
6. Press the Start Key to set the setting value.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0901709EN*
Description
How to find the firmware version?
Solution
To find the firmware version, perform the following steps:

2. Press the Exposure Mode Select key, Multi-Print Key and Clear/Stop simulatenouly until "F" is displayed.
3. Press the Darker key until 1 is shown, (F1 should be displayed on the screen) and then press the "Start" key.
4. The firmware version is displayed in four sections, eg. 25, G1, 05, 00.
Solution ID
TAUS0700250EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CE is indicated after the USB kit was installed.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware upgrade required.
SOLUTION: Upgrade the firmware to the USB version (25G1-02-00).
Notes :
1. USB firmware (p/n 0820USBKIT).
2. See page 120 in the Service Manual for the firmware upgrade procedure.
Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,361
MS7000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0644332EN*
Description
Information for parts number (housing).
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0630101EN*
Solution Usage
Description
SCSI cards recommended to be used with the scanner.
Solution
Adaptec AHA-2940AU andAHA-2930U are the recommended SCSI cards.All drivers are available from Adaptec except Microsoft Windows XP which
has the drivers preinstalled.
Solution ID
TAUS0645423EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
The MS7000 TWAIN interface resets after sitting idle for one minute.
Solution
Turn off the Auto Reset feature on the scanner to correct this problem. Change S1 from d0 to d1.
Solution ID
TAUS0646130EN*
Description
How is the scanner on the MS6000, MS7000 initialized to Factory Defaults?
Solution
SOLUTION: To reset the scanner to factory defaults, use the F8 function. Refer to the service manual for more details.
Solution ID
TAUS0700234EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800217EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0626199EN*
Description
Is it normal for the scanner to be seen in Device Manager with an exclamation point?
Solution
The scanner will be seen in Device Manager under Other Devices with an exclamation point (!). This is normal.
February 2013
1,362
MS7000
Solution ID
TAUS0628641EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Will the Hybrid and Planetary Scanners work in a UNIX* environment?
Solution
The scanners will not work in an UNIX environment.
February 2013
1,363
MS7000 MKII
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800850EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0900204EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CL error or blank display.
Solution
CAUSES: The correct Oscillator (IC) for the correct printer model is not installed or the IC is installed backwards;or the firmware version is below
25-G1-04-00.
SOLUTIONS:
1, Install theOSC3and OSC4, which are in the kit (p/n 0820075301). Be sure that the ICs are installedin the correct position (note the location of Pin 1).
2. Install firmware version 25-G1-04-00 or above (a firmware EPROM is also included in the kit). This is neededto resolve the no-display or CL error.
Refer to the attached document for installation instructions.
Note: Remove OSC3 and OSC4 from the Main Control Board (PWB-B3). Install the Oscillator (OSC4B3) from the kit to the OSC4 socket. the OSC3remains
empty.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD; Craig Blyther, ASG/SSD.
Solution ID
TAUS0700234EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800217EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0901709EN*
Description
How to find the firmware version?
Solution
To find the firmware version, perform the following steps:
February 2013
1,364
MS7000 MKII
2. Press the Exposure Mode Select key, Multi-Print Key and Clear/Stop simulatenouly until "F" is displayed.
3. Press the Darker key until 1 is shown, (F1 should be displayed on the screen) and then press the "Start" key.
4. The firmware version is displayed in four sections, eg. 25, G1, 05, 00.
Solution ID
TAUS0658348EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Part number for the USB kit.
Solution
The USB kit is standard on the unit. There is no 'part number'.
Solution ID
TAUS0700340EN*
Solution Usage
Description
L4 error.
Solution
CAUSE: Optics irregularity.
SOLUTION: Check the optics section for proper operation including the scan mirror andlens. Enter the F8 mode and press theMemory Input Key;after the
LED flashes, the unit is reset.
Solution ID
TAUS0700959EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to re-scan before the ACF-7 ejects the card in the ouput tray.
Solution
To re-scan before the ACF-7 ejects the card in the ouput tray, perform the following:
1. Remove the communication Cable between the main unit (Scanner) and the ACF-7. By doing this, each unit (Scanner and ACF-7) will function individually.
a.Feed the card into ACF-7 by depressing the "Eject/Feed button" on ACF-7.
b. Scan the image from either PC (driver) or depress the "Scan button" on the scanner. This action causes the scanner to scan the image.
c. Check the scanned image quality.
d. If it is not acceptable, go back to stepb.
e. Verify it as an acceptable condition then depress the "Eject/Feed button" on ACF-7.
Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,365
MSP3000
Solution ID
TAUS0632283EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
socket.

Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0808603EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900275EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Are there two inputs toconnect multiple scanners?
Solution
There are two input connectors on the printer that can be connected to print from two scanners. This will support any combination of the MS6000 MKII and
MS7000 MKII scanners.
Solution ID
TAUS0900338EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the Imaging Unit?
Solution
The part number for the Imaging unit is (p/n 4161106).
Solution ID
TAUS1000969EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can a third party printer be used with the scanner?
Solution
No, third party printers are incompatible. Due to the specification of the scanner, only the MSP2000, MSP3000 or the MSP3500 is compatible with the
scanner.
February 2013
1,366
MSP3500
Solution ID
TAUS0657838EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Part number for the USB (firmware)EPROM and MS3500 compatibility.
Solution
The part number for the USB firmware is (p/n 0820USBKIT). If the MSP3500 printer is attached, use EPROM version 05 (p/n 0820-7801-06)and above.
Note: Applied to machine with (S/No. x5018409) and above.
Solution ID
TAUS0900275EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Are there two inputs toconnect multiple scanners?
Solution
There are two input connectors on the printer that can be connected to print from two scanners. This will support any combination of the MS6000 MKII and
MS7000 MKII scanners.
Solution ID
TAUS0900284EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the universal cassette?
Solution
Universal cassette (p/n 4128-0414-18).
Solution ID
TAUS0900338EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the Imaging Unit?
Solution
The part number for the Imaging unit is (p/n 4161106).
Solution ID
TAUS0900683EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the Fusing Unit?
Solution
The part number for the Fusing Unit is (p/n 4570-221).
Solution ID
TAUS0902394EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PF error.
Solution
CAUSE: There is a paper jam in the printer.
SOLUTION: Please check the paper path on the MSP3500 for a paper jam.
Solution ID
TAUS1000969EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can a third party printer be used with the scanner?
Solution
No, third party printers are incompatible. Due to the specification of the scanner, only the MSP2000, MSP3000 or the MSP3500 is compatible with the
scanner.
February 2013
1,367
MSP3500
Solution ID
TAUS1002241EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is the MSP3500 printer compatible with the MS2000, MS6000 or MS7000 scanner?
Solution
Due to product specification, the printer is not compatible.The MS2000/MS6000/MS7000 scanners areonly compatible with the MSP2000 and MSP3000
printers.
Solution ID
TAUS1100292EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Test print mode B7 does not print ouput.
Solution
CAUSE:The firmware on the scanner main body is not compatible with the MSP3500 printer.
SOLUTION:Upgrade the firmware togreater thanversion 25G10500 to 25G11000 for the MS6000MKII.Use part number 0820-7801-XX and0816-7803-XX)for
the MS7000MKII.
February 2013
1,368
Objectif Lune
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0648342EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,369
Objectif Lune
How to do tray pulls as well as ATS between Tray 4 and Tray 5 on the 1050 using PlanetPress*.
Solution
Set the trays in ATS as the same color and pull that color from PlanetPress. The following is how the 1050 is set up:
TRAY LABEL
1
Yellow
2
Blue
3
White
4
Pink
5
Pink
Set up the printer as the following:
1. Utility-Function setting - Feed tray- Feed tray auto selection=ALL trays in the following order, 4, 5, 1, 2, 3.
2. ATS Permit = ON
3. Auto paper type = Normal, 72-91gm (White, Yellow, Pink, Blue), No Hole-punch
Note: In PlanetPress, use the Ko1050u-1.ppd PPD. This PPD has been rewritten to include auto tray select. The only time to use it is for the entire
document, not for individual pages. Set the tray call to Printer default, fill in the appropriate color, type and weight and then select media selection. Obtain the
PPD from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]] under Solutions/PlanetPress.
Solution ID
TAUS0701559EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When the printer is turned off, forms that were loaded with PlanetPress disappear.
Solution
CAUSE: PlanetPress serializes the form by using a Majic number series. This Majic number is based on the serial number being given from the PostScript
interpreter.
The serial number given by the PostScript interpreter is too small, only two digits, for PlanetPressto recognize, therefore, the form is not applied to the hard
drive.
SOLUTION:Load Phase 3 system code, minimum version G30-70.
Please confirm the serial number is input to the system Input-Serial Number in the Tech Rep mode.
Solution ID
TAUS0616379EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Is Objectif Lune PlanetPress* compatible in an AS/400* environment?
Solution
PlanetPress has been tested and functions correctly in this environment.
Solution ID
TAUS0617411EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0625819EN*
Description
When a job is created with PlanetPress* and is sent to the printer, in a small number of cases, the job prints very slow. If the job is recreated, it prints at
normal speed.
Solution
CAUSE: The incorrect print driver is used to create files in PlanetPress.
SOLUTION: Do not use the Visual PostScript* driver to create the files. Use only the PostScript driver.
Note: This limitation is scheduled to be corrected in the next software release.
Solution ID
TAUS0640144EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,370
Objectif Lune
After adding the Adobe* PPD to PlanetPress*, the Advance Paper Handling feature shows blank entries for options.
Solution
CAUSE: Following the OpenUI commands in the PPD, there are two spaces before the procedure label. PlanetPress can not translate this and when the
form is being developed and the page options are being set, those options are not displayed. As an example, in the fourth line entry below, there are 2
spaces prior to the page size procedure label.
1 *% Paper Handling ===================
2 *% Use these entries to set paper size most of the time, unless there is
3 *% specific reason to use PageRegion.
4 *OpenUI *PageSize/Page Size : PickOne
5 *OrderDependency: 90 AnySetup *PageSize
6 *DefaultPageSize: Letter
SOLUTION: Remove the extra space from the line or obtain the [[modified PPD|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/Modified_PPD.zip]].
CAUTION:
1. Attempting to modify any PPD file may result in corrupting the file. Always make a copy of the original prior to editing.
2. This issue ONLY applies to the Adobe PPD being used with PlanetPress. The file should not cause problems with any other tested application.
Solution ID
TAUS0642432EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PlanetPress* 4 wants to print black and white or greyscale when a PDF or PP4 file is in color.
Solution
SOLUTION: Go to to advanced paper handling by selecting the document in the document structure, then from the menu select Format and Document -select Advanced Paper Handling. In the Paper handling before the document dialog box right-click and select the ADD button. In the section field, select the
Color Mode option; in the General field select Greyscale. Select OK. Select OK.
Solution ID
TAUS0648432EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How To Create a FreeForm Master document with PlanetPress*.
Solution
To Create a FreeForm Master document with PlanetPress:
1. Go to the Format menu = Select Document
2. Under Basic Attributes = Associate the correct PPD, under "Designed for" drop down box. Do not attach a sample data file.
3. Do not include any variable elements in the master document.
4. Under Compilations Options = "Caching Method" dropdown box select "FreeForm".
5. In the "Behavior Area"and uncheck the "Skip blank data pages"
6. Under Caching Options - Select the number to assign the Master and Identify it as a master document by putting a check box in the appropriate box.
7. Print the master document (do not use "send to printer"). This will print out the master document as well as put it in the master document list of the printer.
Create a PlanetPress Document that Uses the FreeForm Master:
1. Create a standard PlanetPress document that uses FreeForm caching (use the same directions as above but do not check the checkbox identifying it as a
Master).
2. When desired, indicate the FreeFrom master ID and page number in a PlanetPress page's Basic Attributes.
February 2013
1,371
Omnipage Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0643413EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can Omnipage Pro OCR an image file and then have the information bought into another application?
Solution
Image files can be imported or scanned into OmniPage Pro and then have OCR performed on them. The OCR'd text can be either saved to a file format or
copied to the Clipboard and pasted into another application that supports having text pasted from the Clipboard.
Solution ID
TAUS0647945EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Batch Manager in OmniPage* 14 will not start, or will flash on the screen and shut down.
Solution
This can be caused by a corrupt Batch job to correct follow these steps:
1. Go to: C:\Documents and Settings\[userid]\Application Data\ScanSoft\OmniPagePro14
2. Elsewhere on your drive (for instance, on your Desktop), create folders with the same names that you see in that directory. Copy the files from
C:\Documents and Settings\[userid]\Application Data\ScanSoft\OmniPagePro14 into those folders and delete the files (but not the folders) in C:\Documents
and Settings\[userid]\Application Data\ScanSoft\OmniPagePro14.
3. Start the Batch Manager.
Solution ID
TAUS0617718EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to scan more than one page at a time using OmniPage* Pro version 10 using the Microsoft* Windows 9x TWAIN driver. Although, the entire
document can be downloaded from Scantrip.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect setting within OmniPage Pro Scan Manager.
SOLUTION: Change 'Support TWAIN Batch Scanning' to YES. To change the setting, perform the following:
1. Click on 'Start'.
2. Highlight 'Settings'.
3. Click on 'Control Panel'.
4. Double click on the 'Scan Manager' icon.
5. Double click on the TWAIN driver icon.
6. Click on the 'TWAIN Scanner Settings' tab.
7. Select 'YES' for 'Support TWAIN Batch Scanning'.
8. Click on 'Apply'.
9. Click on 'OK'.
Solution ID
TAUS0703116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When installing Unity Suite on a Microsoft Windows Vista computer, the software will verify the installation procedures and then populate a dialog box
requesting certain programs to be stopped before installation can proceed. Among these programs is Explorer.exe.
Solution
1.Disable all Startup items and services from MSCONFIG:
a. Click Start => Run => type msconfig and click OK.
b. On the General tab, enable the Selective Startup radio button.
c. Underneath Selective Startup, uncheck the Load Startup Items checkbox.
d. Click the Services tab.
e. Check the Hide all Microsoft services checkbox.Take note of which services are already disabled (so that they can be resetcorrectly after testing is
complete).
f. Click the Disable all button.
g. Click OK to apply the changes, but select --Restart later--.
2.Next, disable Data Execution Prevention (DEP):
a. Click on the Windows Start Menu, then open the Control Panel.
b. Click Classic View.
c. Double-click System.
d. Click on Advanced System Settings in the System window.
e. On the System Properties dialog box, click on the Advanced tab.
f. Click the --Settings-- button in the --Performance-- section.
g. Click the --Data Execution Prevention-- tab.
h. Click on --Turn on DEP for essential Windows programs and services only--.
February 2013
1,372
Omnipage Pro
i. Click "OK" to apply the changes, but click --Restart later--.
3.Finally, disable User Account Control:
a. Click Start => Control Panel.
b. Click --Classic View--.
c. Click --User Accounts--.
d. Click --Turn User Account Control on or off--.
e. Uncheck the --Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your computer--.
f. Click "OK" to apply the changes.
g. Restart the system.
Once the system has restarted, try to install PaperPort 11 on the system to see if the Explorer.exe error still appears. Ifthe error still occurs:
a. Advise to close all processes listed in the ScanSoft PaperPort 11 InstallShield Wizard dialog from the TaskManager.
b. Note that the task bar and desktop icons will disappear but that this is normal and they will reappear after the computer is restarted.
c. Once all the items referenced have been closed click Retry. Installation should continue.
d. Reboot the system following installation.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Felch, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1000106EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The results of OCR do not closely resemble the original document.
Solution
CAUSE: The original is of poor quality or is very complex. ScanSoft products provide editable text, but not necessarily finished copy, since any OCR is not
perfect and works best with certain types of documents. OCR does not work with handwriting, and does not work well with a bad photocopy, a printout of a
fax, and other poor-quality documents.
SOLUTION: Make sure that OCR is working correctly:
1. Load and perform OCR on Sample.tif. This file is on your hard drive. The location of Sample.tif and the procedure for loading it will vary, depending on
which version and which ScanSoft product you own. Refer to your program's User Manual for additional information about the location of your program's
sample files.
2. There should be few or no errors produced by this page. If this is the case, proceed to Step 4.
3. If the OCR was not done correctly on Sample.tif, then try using the following options within OmniPage Pro.
a. In the Tools => Options => Accuracy tab, make sure there is a check mark in the "Use Language Analyst" box. Also, check to see that the "Character
Type" box is set correctly for the type of document you are using (in this case it would be set for "Normal").
b. In the Tools => Options => Page Format tab, set "Output Format" to "Retain flowing columns" or "True Page".
c. In the Tools => Options => Language tab, make sure that the "Main Language" is set correctly.
4. Scan the sample sheet that came with OmniPage and perform OCR. If the OCR was performed correctly, you should see that there are few to no errors
produced by this page.
5. If OCR on the sample sheet is correct, check for the following problems that may be related to the image:
a. The issue may be the quality of the scan effecting the image quality.
Set your scanner's software to scan at a Resolution of 300 DPI, a Scaling of 100% and a Black and White or Lineart mode.
If the original is very light or dark, adjust the Brightness slider within your scanner software or in the Tools => Options => Scanner tab in OmniPage
Pro.
b. Try various combinations of the options below to determine which is best for your particular documents.
If the original document has a colored background, try setting your scanner for Grayscale (if your scanner supports it).
Turn the "Automatically detect reverse text" in the Tools => Options => Accuracy tab on and then off.
Check or uncheck the "Hard Carriage Return" at the end of every line box in the Save As dialog.
Use the "Automatically straighten page image", "Automatically correct page orientation" in the Tools => Options => Accuracy tab.
If your document contains tables, have the "Look for table when creating zones automatically" box checked in the Tools => Options => Tables tab.
Solution ID
TAUS0615035EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Image is clipped when using the TWAIN driver with OmniPage* Pro 10.
Solution
CAUSE: Improper TWAIN scanner setting.
SOLUTION: Change the [Show TWAIN settings before scan] to 'Yes'. To change this setting, perform the following:
1. Select Start.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Control Panel.
4. Double-click on the OmniPage Pro icon.
5. Right-click on the TWAIN driver icon.
6. Select Properties.
7. Select [TWAIN Scanner Settings] tab.
8. Select 'Yes' for [Show TWAIN settings before scan].
9. Select Apply.
10. Select OK to exit.
February 2013
1,373
Omnipage Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0615109EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PLEASE ENTER AN INTEGER BETWEEN 1 AND 100 message while attempting to make changes to the scanner settings within OmniPage Pro*. Any input
from 1 to 100 does not allow settings to change, and selecting CANCEL deletes the message.
Solution
CAUSE: The Konica TWAIN driver does not support settings such as paper size, ADF, brightness, and contrast.
SOLUTION: Do not attempt to adjust any scanner settings for the Konica TWAIN driver in OmniPage Pro. These settings are accomplished at the printer
before scanning.
Solution ID
TAUS0617412EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0621886EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0622226EN*
Description
Microsoft* Word (winword.exe) or Adobe* Acrobat* failure when printing via the Visual PostScript* 8.0.1.0 driver using simplex-duplex selecting page range in
the advanced insertion area of the driver. Researching the error code reveals a conflict with file K602psu.dll which is contained in the visual PostScript driver.
Solution
CAUSE: The Direct OCR module in OmniPage* Pro application is running in the background and conflicting with the driver file K602psu.dll. The result is a
Winword.exe or Adobe.exe application failure.
SOLUTION: Disable Direct OCR in the OmniPage Pro application. To disable Direct OCR in the OmniPage Pro application, perform the following:.
1. Click Tools.
2. Click Options.
3. Click Direct OCR.
4. Uncheck Enable Direct OCR.
5. Reboot the workstation.
February 2013
1,374
PagePro 1200W
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801995EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
magicolor 2200DL
magicolor 2300 DL
magicolor 2300W
magicolor 2400W
magicolor 2430 DL
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2500W
magicolor 2530 DL
magicolor 2550
magicolor 5430DL
magicolor 5440DL
magicolor 5450
magicolor 5550/5570
magicolor 6100DL
magicolor 7450
PagePro 1200W/1250W
PagePro 1300W/1350W
PagePro 1400W
magicolor 2530 DL :
PagePro 1400W :
February 2013
1,375
PagePro 1200W
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,376
PagePro 1250W
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801995EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
magicolor 2200DL
magicolor 2300 DL
magicolor 2300W
magicolor 2400W
magicolor 2430 DL
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2500W
magicolor 2530 DL
magicolor 2550
magicolor 5430DL
magicolor 5440DL
magicolor 5450
magicolor 5550/5570
magicolor 6100DL
magicolor 7450
PagePro 1200W/1250W
PagePro 1300W/1350W
PagePro 1400W
magicolor 2530 DL :
PagePro 1400W :
February 2013
1,377
PagePro 1250W
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,378
PagePro 1300W
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,379
PagePro 1300W
Solution ID
TAUS0801995EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
magicolor 2200DL
magicolor 2300 DL
magicolor 2300W
magicolor 2400W
magicolor 2430 DL
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2500W
magicolor 2530 DL
magicolor 2550
magicolor 5430DL
magicolor 5440DL
magicolor 5450
magicolor 5550/5570
magicolor 6100DL
magicolor 7450
PagePro 1200W/1250W
PagePro 1300W/1350W
PagePro 1400W
magicolor 2530 DL :
PagePro 1400W :
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,380
PagePro 1350E
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,381
PagePro 1350EN
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
February 2013
1,382
PagePro 1350EN
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,383
PagePro 1350W
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
February 2013
1,384
PagePro 1350W
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,385
PagePro 1380MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,386
PagePro 1380MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,387
PagePro 1390MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,388
PagePro 1390MF
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,389
PagePro 1400W
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,390
PagePro 1400W
Solution ID
TAUS0801995EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
magicolor 2200DL
magicolor 2300 DL
magicolor 2300W
magicolor 2400W
magicolor 2430 DL
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2500W
magicolor 2530 DL
magicolor 2550
magicolor 5430DL
magicolor 5440DL
magicolor 5450
magicolor 5550/5570
magicolor 6100DL
magicolor 7450
PagePro 1200W/1250W
PagePro 1300W/1350W
PagePro 1400W
magicolor 2530 DL :
PagePro 1400W :
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,391
PagePro 4100
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802812EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900830EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,392
PagePro 4650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP
February 2013
1,393
PagePro 4650EN
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,394
PagePro 5650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0801706EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP
February 2013
1,395
PagePro 5650EN
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0800946EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
return>.
your own risk.
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,396
PagePro 9100
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0637663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
WINDOWS 2000
new printers.
WINDOWS XP

Notes :
February 2013
1,397
PagePro 9100
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0901684EN*
Description
Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers.
Solution
Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available.
This recent printer driver release includes the following new features:
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support
Enhancements to Network Search
a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or
warning to prevent printing
a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs
Additional Individual Child Driver Support for:
a Konica Minolta bizhub C35
a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P
a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN
Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual
Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead.
New version available for download:
Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0)
Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0)
These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site (
Firmware and more'.
Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first.
Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of
Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0800433EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,398
PageScope Address Book Utility

Solution ID
TAUS0628531EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
Password for the PageScope Address Book utility.
Solution
When prompted with User Name and Password for the Address Book utility, enter EKC as the User Name and 00000000 as the Password.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
February 2013
1,399

RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0630465EN*
Solution Usage
Description
'This device does not support scanning function' error message when retrieving address book from 7075/7085/7155/7165/7255/7272/8050.
Solution
CAUSE: The engine address book was trying to downloaded via the IP controller network port.
SOLUTION: To download or upload address book information will have connected to the engine's network port. To configure TCP/IP* address on the engine,
1. Press HELP (?) to access Key Operator mode.
2. Press (1. System Initial)
3. Set engine's TCP/IP address, subnet mask and gateway.
4. Exit key operator mode.
5. Download the address book from the engine.
Solution ID
TAUS0641733EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to log into the 7255/IP511A with the PageScope Address Book utility using the default username and password provided in the documentation.
Solution
CAUSE: On Konica legacy units supported by the PageScope ABU, use the main engine NIC instead of the IP Controller NIC.
SOLUTION: Utilize the main engine NIC not the IP Controller NIC. Configure the main engine NIC with a TCP/IP* address; plug in and cycle the copier; the
ABU will work normally.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by John Witter, OFFICE TECHNOLOGY, INC.
Solution ID
TAUS0900361EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
The one-touches do not appear in the address book when registered via PageScope Address Book Utility.
Solution
CAUSE: The main body memory is corrupt.
SOLUTION:Perform a Data Clear:
IMPORTANT : Prior to the Data Clear:
The one touches will be erased so it is recommended to export the addresses from the machine.
The E-mail information will be erased so please export the Device information from the machine.
Make a note of the TCP/IP address configuration as the machine will be reset to DHCP.
Backup any account codes with PageScope Data Administrator.
Data Clear
1. Enter Tech Rep Mode.
2. Press System 1.
3. Press Initialization.
4. Press Data Clear and then the Start key.
5. When [OK] is displayed, wait 10 seconds or more and cycle the main power switch OFF/ON.
After the Data Clear:
1. Reinstall the HDD under System 2/HDD and power the machine OFF/ON.
2. If a Fax is installed, set the target back to U.S. in System1/Marketing.
3. Reinput the TCP/IP address information.
4. Import the address book and device settings.
Note : Reinstall the HDD, TCP/IP address and set the machine to U.S. target if a FK-502 is installed.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0638901EN*
Description
Limited to only 100 E-mail addresses returned from the LDAP server.
Solution
CAUSE: Default setting.
SOLUTION: To increase the number of hits returned from the LDAP server from the default of 100, select 'Tools - LDAP Configuration' from the top menu,
February 2013
1,400

select a created entry, then increase the maximum number of hits setting.
Solution ID
TAUS0642410EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When uploading E-mail data to the 7145, the Character to Search field is not entered.
Solution
CAUSE: If no selection is made, all the addresses are grouped under the "No Etc." field and appear under that heading on the copier.
SOLUTION: Once addresses are moved from Importable Address Field to the Address List, if an entry is double-clicked, the desired Character to Search
field can be entered there from a drop down list. The data can then be Exported to the 7145.
Solution ID
TAUS0647784EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After installing the FAXTool utility, the Address Book Utility no longer functions and an error message is displayed that refers to a file that is out of date.
Solution
CAUSE: Corrupt Address Book Utility.
SOLUTION: Re-install the Address Book Utility and both applications will function properly.
Solution ID
TAUS0628832EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Address Book utility information.
Solution
Konica Minolta Bulletin Number 4658
[[Managing the Address Book| URL http://konicaminolta.jp/pagescope/us/products/products/psabu/index.html]] or the [[Konica FTP site| URL
ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]
[[Importing and Exporting Address Book Information| URL http://konicaminolta.jp/pagescope/us/products/products/psabu/function.html]]
Note: To view PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
February 2013
1,401
PageScope Box Operator

Solution ID
TAUS0657757EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Unable toconnect from Pagescope Data Administrator to a device with a standard controller.
Solution
CAUSE:Possible incorrect settings.
SOLUTION: Please perform the following steps.
On the device check :
Administrator Settings ? System Connection ? Open API Setting
The settings should be set as below:
Access Setting ? Allow
Port5001
Auth ? Off
If the default OpenAPIport5001 has been changed on the device or an OpenAPI User Name and Password is required to access the device, settings need to
be adjusted in Data Administrator in order for Data Administrator to connect.
In Data Administrator when registering a device or selecting to Edit a device from the Device Registration screen, select the Detail button. The bizhub
OpenAPI Port, OpenAPI Port (SSL Connected) and OpenAPI User Name and Password can be set here.
Additional checks :
Admin Settings ? Security Setting ? Management Function Settings ? Network Function Setting ?Set to Allow. (may affect PageScope Web Connection,
PageScope Job Spooler, PC-Fax, HD TWAIN, PageScope Box Operator, etc.)
Admin Setting ? Network Setting ?HTTP Server Setting. TheHTTP Server Settingisset to ON and PageScope Web Connection is set to ON.
Admin Settings ? Network Settings ? TCP/IP Settings ? IP Filtering, the TCP/IP address of the PC attempting to connect is not filtered.
Admin Settings/Network Settings/Select Screen #2/SSDP Settings/Set to ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
February 2013
1,402

Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0902801EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES)/PageScope Netcare Device Manager (PSNCDM) login page does not diplay, or an error occurs such as "Error in
the Application"when attempting to login.
In the Windows Event Viewer Application log, an error similar to the following occurs:
Event Type:Warning
Event Source:ASP.NET 2.0.50727.0
Application Virtual Path: /PSES
Application Path: C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\PageScope Enterprise Suite\
Exception information:
Exception type: ConfigurationErrorsException
Exception message: The operating system cannot run . (Exception from HRESULT: 0x800700B6)
Request information:
Request URL: http://localhost/PSES/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=A configuration error has occurred.fpsesA configuration error has occurred.fMainMenu.aspx
Request path: /PSES/Login.aspx
Solution
CAUSE: This is caused by an improper setting.
SOLUTION: Confirm that the the ASP.NET extension is set to Allow.See the attached "IIS_Setting Unable to launch PSES.pdf"
Note: The latest version of .Net Framework needs to be set to "Allow"
Check the Windows Event Viewer Application log for an error similar to the one listed above.
If this error has occurred it may be necessary to completely uninstall PSES/PSNCDM, upgrade to the latest .NET Framework version, then re-install
PSES/PSNCDM. To do this:
1. Uninstall PSES from Add/Remove Programs, removing the PageScope Netcare Device Manager component last.
2. Install the latest version of .NET Framework.
3. After rebooting, confirmed that the C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Enterprise Suite folder has been deleted. If it has not been,delete this
folder.
4.Reinstall PSES/PSNCDM.
CAUTION: The PSES information should still be present in the SQL database. However, if backups of the PSES database had not been previously
performed, and if data loss occurred during this procedure, the information would not be able to restored from backup.
Solution ID
TAUS0802589EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is PageScope Box Operator supported on 64-bit operating systems?
Solution
PageScope Box Operator 64-bit version is tentatively scheduled for release in Feb/March of 2011.
February 2013
1,403

The workaround until the release of the 64-bit version is to use the most current version of PageScope Box Operator and utilize "XP mode" on the 64-bit
workstation on which the program is running.
Please see the attachedfile for PDFs which detail requirements and instructions for configuring Microsoft Windows 7 "XP Mode". To open the ZIP file
WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to
disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
Note : To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD and Mark Kemp ESS
Solution ID
TAUS0801431EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When too many users simultaneously attempt to perform PageScope Box Operator functions while accessing the same MFP, it is possible that the
PageScope Box Operator (PSBO)application may lock up intermittently. The PSBO application and/or the MFP may need to be restarted in order to resume
using the PSBO application.
Solution
CAUSE: It is possible for multiple users to connect to the same MFP simultaneously through PSBO. However, only one document can be downloaded at a
time from the same device, either through PSBO or PageScope Web Connection (PSWC). As a result, if two or more users attempt to download a document
in a box by PSWC or PSBO simultaneously from the same MFP, the second user will have to wait until the previous download is completed.
SOLUTION:If the lockup issue occurs, the number of simultaneous connections from PSBO to the same MFP will need to be reduced. It is possible that this
specification may be changed for future models.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0808581EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices.
Solution
For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications.
Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ.
This setting will affect most PageScope applications:
Admin Mode
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which
PSES function is being used):
Open API
4. Set to Allow.
5. Select Exit.
Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application.
Default SNMP v1/v2 settings
Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting
Read=> Public
Write=>Private
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1000912EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Files saved to color workgroup MFP user boxes via Printing cannot be viewed through PageScope Box Operator (PSBO) version 3.2.03000.This occurs
when print jobs are saved to a User Box by selecting "Save in User Box" in the driver. Print jobs saved to User Box can be accessed when accessing user
boxes at the MFP or through PageScope Web Connection (PSWC).
Files scanned to Box at the MFP can be accessed through PSBO for both color and B&W Workgroup MFPs.For most B&W Workgroup MFPs, print
jobs saved to a User box by selecting "Save in User Box" in the driver can be viewed through PSBO.
Solution
This is the current specification for this functionality.
If there is a need for this function to be changed, please complete and submita "Specification Change Request Form". A copy of the form, which is a "fillable"
February 2013
1,404

PDF,is attached.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
February 2013
1,405
PageScope Cabinet
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0636097EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,406
PageScope Cabinet
When setting up scan to FTP in the MFP web utilities, scans do not go through if the anonymous user box is checked.
Solution
CAUSE: These machines require a password to be input at all times. When using the anonymous check box a password is automatically created in the
background for you. In a typical FTP environment (such as Microsoft Windows 2000/XP) this does not matter because the password is ignored when using
"anonymous" and the scans will work properly.
The problem is specific to the PageScope Cabinet FTP service. PageScope Cabinet handles anonymous just like any other user. When a user password is
used with anonymous, the same password must be registered in PageScope Cabinet. If not, it will not accept the connection. Because there is no way of
knowing what password is automatically generated when the anonymous check box is used, the corresponding password cannot be entered in PageScope
Cabinet.
SOLUTION: When using PageScope Cabinet as your FTP server do not use the "anonymous" check box. Instead, enterthe user name and password
manually. For additional information on scanning to FTP with PageScope Cabinet, please see section 9.2 of the attached PageScope CabinetUser Manual.
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700487EN*
Solution Usage
Description
MFP and Fiery settings which may affect PageScope Web Connection, PageScope Net Care, PageScope Job Spooler, PageScope Data Administrator,
PageScope Box Operator, PC-Fax, HD TWAIN.
Solution
Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the
Solution ID
TAUS0902411EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to install PageScope Cabinet Pro on Windows Vista.
Solution
CAUSE: Windows Vista is not supported with PageScope Cabinet Pro.
SOLUTION: Use IIS FTP Service.
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000509EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,407
PageScope Cabinet
Fiery patches allowing connection from PageScope applications.
The 1-QRIU1 patch changes the Fiery MIB (Management Information Base) status to Konica Minolta. This will enable connection from certain PageScope
applications which support the bizhub PRO C5500/C6500.
The 1-QRIU7 patch reverses the action of the 1-QRIU1 patch, above. When applied, itwill change the MIB from Konica Minolta back to the Generic version.
Applying this patch will disable the ability to connect from PageScope applications.
Solution
Follow these steps to install the 1-QRIU1 patch:
1. Import the patch into the direct connection of the print controller through Command WorkStation (CWS).
2. After importing, wait 60 seconds; then reboot the controller from the shutdown menu on the LCD panel.
IMPORTANT : Do not reboot from CWS.
3. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", reboot again.
Note : Reboot must be performed twice.
4. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", print the configuration page. "1-QRIU1" should appear on the update info section of the configuration sheet.
5. When PageScope Web Connection is accessed, check that the KONICA MINOLTA logo appears on the page.
Notes :
a. If it is necessary to "uninistall the 1-QRIU1 patch, follow the same procedureto installthe 1-QRIU7 patch.
b. The patches are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
February 2013
1,408
PageScope Cabinet Server

Solution ID
TAUS0629771EN*
Solution Usage
30
Description
PageScope Cabinet Pro does not install correctly and cannot be uninstalled or reinstalled properly.
Solution
CAUSE: User is not logged on with administrator rights.
SOLUTION: When installing PageScope Cabinet Pro , it is necessary to log on and install as the Local Administrator. After installing PageScope Cabinet
Pro, the computer needs to be rebooted. When logging onto the PC after restarting, again log in as the Local Administrator. The first time PageScope
Cabinet Pro is actually launched, it must be done by the Local Administrator account. This is not required for any subsequent logins.
However, before a new installation of PageScope Cabinet Pro is attempted, any currently installed Cabinet Pro application must be removed. To prepare for
the new installation, perform the following:
1. In Add/Remove Programs, remove PageScope Cabinet Pro, Microsoft* SQL Server Desktop Engine (if present) and the XeloPDF* driver, then reboot.
2. In Windows Explorer, go to the [drive letter]:\Program Files folder and expand it.
3. Under the Program Files folder, check to see if a Microsoft SQL Server folder is listed. If no other program is installed that would utilize that component,
delete that folder. Otherwise, expand the Microsoft SQL Server folder and delete the MSSQL$MPSC_DB subfolder under Program Files.
4. Go to the Minolta folder under Program Files and delete the PSC2 folder if it is present.
5. Delete the XeloPDFWriter folder (located off the root directory) if it is present, then reboot.
Notes:
a. There is an InstallShield string that is installed by Cabinet Pro which often prevents the successful reinstallation of the application. If running Windows
XP, in Windows Explorer, go to Program Files = Installshield Installation Information and perform the following:
-- Find the folder labeled {A8DD7529-A4EC-4D50-84B9-AEE53B37C6C1}
-- To verify that the correct folder has been selected, open the setup.ini file within that folder (use WordPad to open it if it does not open automatically).
-- Within that setup.ini file, it should indicate AppName = PageScope Cabinet Pro. After confirming this, delete the folder.
-- Complete any remaining deinstallation, reboot and reinstall.
CAUTION: This works for Windows XP only. For Windows 2000 or XP (if the previous solution is not present) a registry edit is necessary.
WARNING: Using Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require reinstallaton of the operating system. Konica Minolta or Microsoft
cannot guarantee that problems resulting from the incorrect use of Registry Editor can be solved. Use Registry Editor at your own risk.
b. To perform the registry edit, perform the following:
-- Type 'regedit' in the Run box and navigate to [[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall|
-- Locate the key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\{A8DD7529-A4EC-4D50-84B9-AEE53B37C6C1}
-- In the right-hand pane, verify the value for Display Name = PageScope Cabinet Pro .
-- Delete Only the key
-- Reboot and reinstall the application as the Local Administrator.
c. For information about how to edit the registry, view the "Change Keys And Values" Help topic in Registry Editor (Regedit.exe) or the "Add and Delete
Information in the Registry" and "Edit Registry Information" Help topics in Regedt32.exe.
d. Back up the registry before editing it and update your Emergency Repair Disk (ERD).
e. To view any PDF links above, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
February 2013
1,409

ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0630996EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using the OCR feature with Microsoft* Office 2003 Word, the process results in a garbled document.
Solution
CAUSE: The application is not registered in PageScope Cabinet Pro.
SOLUTION: When using Microsoft Office 2003 Word, the application must be registered in Cabinet Pro by browsing and selecting the executable
"Winword.exe". This is normally located in Program Files/Microsoft Office/OFFICE11. If the shortcut icon (named as "Microsoft Office Word 2003") is
selected, proper OCR will not occur due to the length of the shortcut name. Alternatively, the shortcut can be renamed with a shorter name.
Solution ID
TAUS0638570EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to save multipage TIFFs as one Microsoft* Word document.
Solution
CAUSE: Requires software update.
SOLUTION: Update to [[PageScope Cabinet Pro version 2.1.5| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/pagescope/pagescope_downloads]] or
higher. This update will allow for a multipage TIFF to be saved as a single Word document.
Solution ID
TAUS0629772EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When installing PageScope Cabinet Pro, the SQL component either does not load or SQL errors result. These include errors such as [DBNET] [LIB] SQL
Component is not installed or recognized, SQL Server Does Not Exist or Access Denied.
Solution
February 2013
1,410

CAUSE: Incorrect installation setup.
SOLUTION: The Server service needs to be started during the installation of Cabinet Pro. Ensure File and Print Sharing for Microsoft* Networks is
installed/enabled and be sure to install the service as the Local Administrator.
Solution ID
TAUS0629894EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Why, when scanning TIFFs and trying to use OCR from a Di470/Pi4700e, does only the first page of the downloaded document show?
Solution
After installing the multipage patch, and then scanning multiple pages, the software indicates multipages but can only display one page. Thumbnail shows
multipage, but when the document is opened, only the first page displays.
PageScope Cabinet Pro version 2.14 fixes the multipage issue, however, instead of combining the pages into one job, it stacks each page as a separate
instance in the application. To view the other instances, select Window from the menu bar and in the lower part of the column will be the separate instances.
Click on the one to view.
Solution ID
TAUS0630439EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up PageScope Cabinet Pro FTP server to startup automatically for all users on Windows* 2000 Pro or XP Pro workstations.
Solution
To set up Cabinet Pro FTP server to startup automatically, perform the following:
1. Verify the local PageScope Cabinet Pro FTP Root Folder is setup for each user account.
Note: 'There is no FTP root folder. Please specify one' error message on the initial user login on after copying shortcut file in the default folder unless step 1
is performed.
2. Locate MPSCFTPS.exe file in the 'C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PSC2\BinPro' folder.
3. Right click on the file.
4. Select Create ShortCut.
5. Copy the file into the 'Startup' folder. The path is 'C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup'.
Note: This folder path will depend on the network logon script.
Solution ID
TAUS0630999EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Cabinet Pro cannot be re-installed on a Microsoft* Windows XP workstation.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect uninstall/install data.
SOLUTION: To allow Cbinet Pro to install, perform the following:
1. Go to Program Files/Installshield Installation Information.
2. Find the folder labeled {A8DD7529-A4EC-AD50-84B9-AEE53B37C6C1}.
CAUTION: To verify that the correct folder has been selected, open the setup.ini file within that folder (use Wordpad to open if it does not open automatically).
Within that setup.ini file, it should state AppName=Pagescope Cabinet Pro.
3. After confirming this, delete the folder. DO NOT make any deletion until you confirm this.
4. Then continue with the uninstall, reboot and reinstall.
Solution ID
TAUS0631002EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can a multi-page TIFF* be OCR'd into a single RTF file? With version 2.14 only a stacked RTF consisting of multiple RTFs can be formed.
Solution
PageScope Cabinet Pro update 2.15 now supports multi-page TIFF conversion to a single RTF file. The update is available on [[MyKonicaMinolta.com| URL
http://www.mykonicaminolta.com/konicode/Logon]].
Sales= Product Showcase= Solutions= Document Management and Distribution
Click on Pagescope Cabinet Pro= Download Pagescope Software
Select Pagescope Cabinet Pro
Download Prov215_Updater.exe
CAUTION: DO NOT attempt to dowload the PageScope application files unless using a high-speed Internet connection.
Note: This update file should not be applied to PageScope Cabinet 1.6.
February 2013
1,411
February 2013
1,412

Solution ID
TAUS0657757EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Port5001
Auth ? Off
Additional checks :
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
February 2013
1,413

Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0656961EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How can Address Book and Authentication informationbe imported/exported with PageScope Data Administrator, version 2.21.4516?
Solution
A device can saveAddress or Authentication information by saving that information to a ".txt" or "tab text" file.
To save "Address Information":
1.Connect to a device and import the existing information from that device.
2.From the left-hand pane, expand Address Settings, and select the "Address Book" icon. 3. From the top menu select File => Export=> "Save the
address book by Tab Text type". Alternatively, "Save all data to the file" could be selected, which would then save a Data Administrator *.bin file to the PC.
Notes :
a. The main difference between Data Administrator *.bin files and "Tab Text" files is that *.bin files for certain models contain password information while
the"Tab Text" files often do not. The *.bin files can also contain all Authentication and Address settings. Data Administrator "*.bin" files can only be imported to
another device from the same model family of the device that originally saved the *.bin file.
b.The bizhub 250/300/350 series does not support exporting or saving a *.bin file from that device.
To save "Authentication" Information,expand "Authentication Settings" in the left hand pane.
To save "Account Track" settings:
1.Select the "Account track Settings" icon.
2.From the top menu, select "Export"=> "Save the account by the Tab Text type".
To save User Authentication settings:
1.Select the "User Authentication Settings" icon.
2.Select "Save the user list by the Tab Text form".
3.From either of these settings,"Save all data to the file" could also be selected which will save the settings in a Data Administrator *.bin file. Additionally,
when importing a Data Administrator *.bin file, Address book, Authentication and Account Track settings could all be applied at once. This can often be
performed by selecting the device icon on the left pane when connected to a device and then selecting to import a Data Administrator *.bin file.
To "Import" Address or Authentication information to a device:
1.The device first must be connected to and current information retrieved.
2.From the left-hand side, select the Device Icon.
3. From the top menu select, Import => "Import all data from the file" in order to import a Data Administrator *bin file (from a device in the same family)
which will contain all settings. Note : Data Administrator *.bin files can also be imported when any of following icons in the left side pane => Account
Track Settings, User Authentication Settings or Address settings is selected and File => Import => "Import each data from the file" is selected from the
Top menu.
Additionally, when selecting any of these icons and selecting to "Import from a file" a *.txt or *.CSV file can be imported, which will then launch an "Import
Wizard". In the "Import Wizard" a "delimiter" must be specified and the fields being used for the data must be mapped.
The "Tab text" files which were saved from devices or any existing .CSV or .txt file (with the necessary information) could be used. If a "Tab text" file from a
device does not contain necessary information such as password information, that .txt file should be edited before being imported through Data Administrator.
Authentication and Address data can be imported from LDAP:
1.Select one the following icons from the left pane- (Account Track Settings, User Authentication Settings or Address settings).
2. From the top menu, select, File-Import => Import(LDAP). The other choice is File => Import => Import from the Previous device".
Note :Import from the previous Device will list a number of Legacy Konica and Minolta Devices from which information could be imported. It will then be
necessary to supply the TCP/IP address of that Legacy device.
February 2013
1,414

Solution ID
TAUS0652767EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to import Account Track data stored in a CSV or TXT (tab delimited) file into PageScope Data Administrator 2.0.
Solution
To import Account Track data stored in a CSV or TXT (tab delimited) file into PageScope Data Administrator 2.0, perform the following:
1. In Data Administrator 2.0, once the device has been accessed, in the Device Info dialog box, expand the items on the left.
2. Select Account Track Settings.
3. From the top menu, select File-Import each data from the device. Use the drop down box to select either CSV or TXT (tab delimited) depending on the
type of file that was originally saved.
4. The Import Wizard will then appear. Specify the delimiter and parameters for the imported file.
Solution ID
TAUS0702771EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Howto Copy Biometric User Authentication Settings ornon Biometric Authentication settingsfrom one MFP to one or multiple similar MFPs.
Solution
This procedure can be used to Copy Biometric User Authentication data from one C451/C550/C650 MFP to one or multiple similar devices.
(This procedure could also befollowed to Copy non-Biometric Authentication information from one MFP, to one or multiple similar devices.
(Please see attached document for detailed instructions with screenshots)
The following isthe procedure to copy User Authentication settings from one (1) MFP to different MFPs using PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA).
Settings copied include: User name, Password, email address and user Biometric profile. Multiple similar devices could also be Copied to at the same time.
1. From the PSDA main window tool bar select "Processing/Copy"
2. From the "Copy Collectively" window click the "Authentication" radio button and select Next.
3. Select the desired "Source" machine and click "Select". This is the MFP storing the desired user information to be copied. Click "Next" to continue.
Select the desired destination MFP or multiple MFPs and click "Select". Click Next to continue.
4. PSDA will then initiate communication to selected MFPs to determine status and availability to prepare the copy process. You will see the import status
within the "Status" window.
5. Once the process is complete select "Start" to begin the "Copy" process.
6. Upon completion of writing the data to the selected MFP you will see "Normal End" displayed in the Processing Result field.
7. Select Finish to complete the Copy process.
8. T he selected MFPs now contain all User name, Password, email address and user Biometric profile.
Solution ID
TAUS0650648EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How can Address Data be backed up from one device in order that it can be used to configure another compatible device?
Solution
After selecting a device, then the Configure Address Data button in the Address Setting dialog box, select the addresses to be backed up. Then select from
the top menu the "Backup" selection icon. Browse to desired location and save the file as a MFP Backup File with a .bin extension. This file can then be
used to import the saved settings when configuring another device and selecting Import(File) in the Address Setting dialog box.
Solution ID
TAUS0702769EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When you "Export" or Save the Biometric User Authentication settings from the C451/C550/C650
installed),
through PageScope Data Administrator ver 3.1.2
(with the PSDA Biometric plug-in installed on that PC),
as a PSDA *.bin file, the Biometric profile data is NOT saved.
(FW ver 58 with the AU-101 Biometric Unit
As a result, that backup PSDA *bin file can not later be imported into PSDA at a later time, to thenbe written to either the same MFP or t
C451/C550/C650 device.
o another
Solution
Please see attached document for detailed instructions and screenshots.
(Additionally, there is the ability to Copy an MFP's Bio Authentication data from one MFP to another or multiple MFPS in the same family which is covered in
another solution)
User Authentication settings including User name, Password, email address and biometric profile can be programmed via PageScope Data Administrator.
ALL settings for each MFP can be saved to the local PC or any location on the network to be used at a later time.
Note: If User settings are imported from a programmed MFP and a backup file is completed on a daily or weekly basis all user counter information will also
be saved and can be restored.
February 2013
1,415

1. Complete User Authentication and biometric setup with PSDA and Write all data to the desired MFP. Before writing ensure all user profiles have been
registered using the AU-101.
2. Once all data has been written to the MFP select File/Export/Save all data to the file.
3. Create a folder on the local PC or anywhere on the network to store the backup data. When naming the file it is very important to identify the exact MFP
you are backing up. This data will be specific to this MFP and cannot be restored to a different MFP. Select Save when complete.
4. PSDA has the ability to apply an encryption password meaning the file cannot be opened or used unless the password is entered at the time of use. It is
not required to enter a password but if one is used dont forget to record it for future use. Select OK to continue.
5. When completed a message indicating Export to the file will be displayed, select OK t o complete the backup process.
6. If the authentication settings are lost and you wish to restore them, select the desired MFP within PDSA and import the Authenticatrion settings.
7. Once the MFP information has been imported, select Authentication Settings from the Selection Functions options
8. Select File/Restore Authentications Settings.
9. Navigate to the saved backup file and select open. Please note that each file is specific to an MFP. You cannot restore biometric settings from one MFP
to a different MFP.
10. If an encryption password was entered enter when creating the backup file enter it h ere.
11. You can choose to reset all user counters to 0 or set to the value at the time the backup occurred. Select Next to continue.
You will now see an overview of the settings to be written to the MFP including the total number of users to be added. Select Start to begin the restore
process. Upon completion of writing all data to the MFP you will receive a Restoration of Authentication Settings complete notification. All data, including
the biometric profiles,
have been restored to the MFP.
Note: If the data is imported from the MFP and a backup is completed on a daily or weekly basis all user counter information will also be saved can and
restored
Solution ID
TAUS0702483EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Setting SNMP v1/v2c read/write community names through PageScope Net Care.
Solution
Changing the read and/or write SNMP "community names" can be implemented as a security measure through PageScope Net Care. Please see attached
document for instructions.
Solution ID
TAUS0801012EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA)4.x Device Setup and plug-in applications.

HDD Backup Utility
Font Management Utility
Copy Protection Utility.
Solution
Several PSDA 4.x plug-in applications can be installedthrough the PSDA Device Set-up utility, which allows accessing several PSDA plug-ins applications.
The Device Set-up utility will be launched during the installation of PSDA version 4x.
The plug-in applications for PSDA 4.x are as follows:
Device Set-up User Guide describes the PSDA Setup Utility.

Plugin apps.zip contains the User Manuals for all the plug-in applications.
HDD Backup Utility is used to back up (save) and restore (recover) information on media installed in multifunctional products (MFP) on the network.
Log Management Utility accesses MFP products on the network, and displays log files (operations and processing records that include monitoring logs and
communications history) stored on these devices. These can be used in management of device usage status, and in troubleshooting.
Font Management Utility is a utility that allows addition and deletion ofthe fonts and the forms for printing of the supported devices (MFPs) that are on a
network.
Copy Protection Utility is used to program multifunctional products with copy protection and stamp information.
Note : Please refer to attached documentation for additional detail. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded
for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
To open the ZIP file, WinZip may need to be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The
file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run.
February 2013
1,416
February 2013
1,417
PageScope Direct Print

Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0808581EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,418

Solution
Admin Mode
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
Open API
4. Set to Allow.
5. Select Exit.
Read=> Public
Write=>Private
Solution ID
TAUS0702474EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Will PageScope Direct Print support PDF version 1.6?
Solution
PDF version 1.6 is notsupported by PageScope Direct Print on the bizhub PRO 920/1050 series.Therefore, please use PDF version 1.4 or 1.5.
Note : The upcoming model releases will support PDF version 1.6.
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0655401EN*
Description
Is PageScope Direct Print supported in the Macintosh environment?
Solution
All the PageScope products are Microsoft Windows-based products with no support for Macintosh.
Solution ID
TAUS0802419EN*
Description
Shortcut for Center Staple and Fold is grayed out. This does not occur when a Hotfolder is used that specifies the Fold Multi Center Fold setting. This issue
has been confirmed to occur with PageScope Direct Print version 1.1.24 installed on XP Pro, with the bizhub PRO 920 firmware at version 40.0.
February 2013
1,419

Solution
CAUSE: An updated .dll file needs to be installed.
SOLUTION: Copy the updated kmdpui01.dll to resolve this issue following this procedure. The original kmdpui01.dll is located in the folder C:\Program
Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Direct Print 1.1.
1. Rename the original kmdpui01.dll to kmdpui01.dll.old.
2. Copy the upated kmdpui01.dll patch to this folder.
3. Reboot the machine. Refer to the attached PDF file for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0700136EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Slow printing with pauses and delays between print jobs when using PageScope Direct Print.
February 2013
1,420
PageScope Enterprise Suite

Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0900752EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description
February 2013
1,421

AU-201H HID Proximity Card Reader information and instructions.
Solution
The AU-201H is aproximity card reader that provides compatibility to commonly used HID proximity cards. Based on a 125kHz RFID interface that reads the
unique number from HID proximity cards. Reader provides a confinement, secure and efficient method for machine access and user authentication to a
bizhub MFP. Supports HID card formats from 26-bit to Corporate 1000 ( http://www.hidglobal.com/page.php?page_id=9 ) and everything in-between.
The AU-201H is also a proximity card authentication device that connects directly to the USB port of the Color workgroup MFPs (bizhub
C203/C253/C353/C451/C550/C650) as well as the bizhub 361/421/501 Black and White MFPs. Usinga custom loadable driver, it works in conjunction with
the machine internal authentication capabilities or can be used with the optional PageScope Enterprise Suite.
Please seeattached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-108and other AU-201Hdocumentation for complete details. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be
Notes :
1.Refer to the attached photosas a reference.
2.Please use Cygwin in order to place the firmware information onto the CF Card.Use the following command: mkcfldr.See attached Cygwin
documentation for instructions.
Solution ID
TAUS0802487EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Enterprise Suite installation and SQL issues.
Solution
PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) installation issues and errors can occur if all the pre-requisites have not been met or the installation procedure was not
followed in the proper sequence.
Additionally, installation issues can also occur due to SQL or other component configuration issues.
These issues can occur when installing the only non-chargeable component, PageScope Net Care Device Manager (PSNCDM) or any of the chargeable
PSES add-on applications.
Please see the attached documents for information on troubleshooting PSES and PSNCDM installation issues. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be
Solution ID
TAUS0802370EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) add-on application (chargeable) licenses be re-issued?
Solution
There are certain situations where PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) add-on application (chargeable) licenses may need to be re-issued. These include
when the hardware on which PageScope Enterprise Suite was installed"crashed", or if the customer wants to move their PageScope Enterprise Suite
installation to a different PC.
In order to have a PSES add-on licenses re-issued, the original PSES Application License Certificate(s) must be scanned and attached to the ticket.
Additionally, the reason for the license re-issue must be stated.A new PSES license code will then be re-issued for purchased add-on applications (the
original license code will then be de-activated by support and will not be able to be used again).
It will take up to three (3)business days for a PSES license re-issue request to be addressed. It may take longer for the PSES license to be re-issued.
SSD can only address PSES license re-issue requests, when the original PSES Application License Certificate has been scanned and attached to the
ticket.
If the original PSES Application License Certificate(s) have been lost, the technician or customer must contact their sales representative or local sales
administration.
IMPORTANT : SSD support please send an email forescalationof the ticketto SME_queueonce all the required information has been collected.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD, John Miller, SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0802519EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Enterprise Suite Install and Configuration Guide.
Solution
To install PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES), configuration ofthe various PSES components and preparation ofthe MFP for communication with PSES, plus
several prerequisites and steps need to be followed. Please see the "PSES setup_config_guide FINAL.pdf" for detailed instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe
Solution ID
TAUS0901605EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What steps should be performed and what type of information should be collected when troubleshooting PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) and PageScope
Net Care Device Manager (PSNCDM) issues?
Solution
Please note that these troubleshooting steps are common to many PSES and PSNCDM issues. However, they do not cover all possible scenarios.
On what OS is PSES/PSNCDM installed?
February 2013
1,422

Are additional PSES modules installed other than PSES(core) and PSNCDM
Authentication Manager/Account Manager/My Panel Manager
Confirm the version of all PSES modules. If possible take a screenshot in Server Settings => Application Information.
Have the most recent PSNCDM plug-ins been installed for the device with the issue?
Were all the pre-requisites for PSES/PSNDCM install met during the install?
Was the installation procedure performed in the correct sequence?
Did PSES ever function correctly?
Were any changes made to PSES or the computer on which PSES is installed?
Does an error occur at the PSES/PSNCDM login page or after trying to log in? (i.e., entering a password)
Is it possible to log in to the PSES "Admin Console"?
Can the PageScope Enterprise Suite Service be stopped and started?
Does a problem occur when accessing the PSNCDM webpage from the same PC or from another PC?
Is a firewall enabled on the PC? If so, have all the necessary firewall exceptions been configured?
Excepted program :
C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Enterprise Suite\bin\Release\PSESCoreScheduler.exe
Excepted Ports : 8085 (TCP) and 50002 (TCP) - Default when Authentication Manager is installedand only necessary to be configured when
Authentication Manager is installed.
Does restarting the PC change the symptom?
If any error codes occur, take screenshots of all errors. If a function is reported to not be working, take a screenshot of the issues.
PSES logs to be collected and provided to support :
1. C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Enterprise Suite\Log
2. C:\inetpub\wwwroot\PageScope Enterprise Suite\Log
Additional logs to be collected :
3. C:\inetpub\logs\LogFiles\W3SVC1
4. C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL.1\MSSQL\LOG
5. The Windows Application log in the *.evt format
Solution ID
TAUS0902801EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES)/PageScope Netcare Device Manager (PSNCDM) login page does not diplay, or an error occurs such as "Error in
the Application"when attempting to login.
In the Windows Event Viewer Application log, an error similar to the following occurs:
Event Type:Warning
Event Source:ASP.NET 2.0.50727.0
Application Virtual Path: /PSES
Application Path: C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\PageScope Enterprise Suite\
Exception information:
Exception type: ConfigurationErrorsException
Exception message: The operating system cannot run . (Exception from HRESULT: 0x800700B6)
Request information:
Request URL: http://localhost/PSES/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=A configuration error has occurred.fpsesA configuration error has occurred.fMainMenu.aspx
Request path: /PSES/Login.aspx
Solution
CAUSE: This is caused by an improper setting.
SOLUTION: Confirm that the the ASP.NET extension is set to Allow.See the attached "IIS_Setting Unable to launch PSES.pdf"
Note: The latest version of .Net Framework needs to be set to "Allow"
Check the Windows Event Viewer Application log for an error similar to the one listed above.
If this error has occurred it may be necessary to completely uninstall PSES/PSNCDM, upgrade to the latest .NET Framework version, then re-install
PSES/PSNCDM. To do this:
1. Uninstall PSES from Add/Remove Programs, removing the PageScope Netcare Device Manager component last.
2. Install the latest version of .NET Framework.
3. After rebooting, confirmed that the C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Enterprise Suite folder has been deleted. If it has not been,delete this
folder.
4.Reinstall PSES/PSNCDM.
CAUTION: The PSES information should still be present in the SQL database. However, if backups of the PSES database had not been previously
performed, and if data loss occurred during this procedure, the information would not be able to restored from backup.
February 2013
1,423
February 2013
1,424
PageScope Job Spooler

Solution ID
TAUS0657757EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Port5001
Auth ? Off
Additional checks :
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
February 2013
1,425

Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS1002079EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) version 2.1 Service Mode provides the ability to collect PSES logs, computer Information, information about currently
installed programs and Event Viewer logs.
Solution
Reproduce the issue which is occurring before collecting the logs then launch the PSES Admin Console from Microsoft Windows Start Menu.
1. Enter service modeas the password.
2. Through Service Mode2, specify which logs will be collected.
Note : ES Log is automatically selected. ES Log collects all PageScope Enterprise Suite Logs. It is recommended to collect all logs to be provided to
support.
IMPORTANT : Specify an 8-character password (Do Not leave it at the default)
3. Press Collection. The message Log is being saved indicates that the logs have been saved.
Notes :
a. PSES Server operation may be temporarily disrupted while logs are collected. The logs will be collected in a LogFile.zip file.
IMPORTANT : Ensure that the logs are able to unzipped with the specified password, before supplying theLogFile.zip file to support.
b. Please refer to attached documentation for additional detail. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0808581EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Admin Mode
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
Open API
4. Set to Allow.
5. Select Exit.
February 2013
1,426

Read=> Public
Write=>Private
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0651607EN*
Description
PageScope Box Operator, Job Spooler and Direct Print will not function with the new Phase 2.0 firmware for the C250/C351/C450.
Solution
CAUSE: An older version of these utilites are being used with the newer firmware.
SOLUTION: Updated versions of these utilites are available for download from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
The minimum versions required for PageScope Box Operator is 2.0.3.0, Job Spooler 1.5.0.7 and Direct Print 1.1.5.26.
Solution ID
TAUS0652094EN*
Solution Usage
Description
In PageScope Job Spooler 1.5.0.7, can Active Jobs be held and reprinted in Job Spooler? Can completed jobs be reprinted?
Solution
Active jobs can only be changed in priority and not held. Completed jobs are only listed and can not be re-printed. Only by selecting in the driver for Output
method -Save in User Box, can documents then be retrieved through Job Spooler. They are retrieved by accessing the User Box through Job Spooler. At
this point, Job Settings can be changed and the document reprinted from Job Spooler.
Solution ID
TAUS0652165EN*
Solution Usage
Description
From PageScope JobSpooler 1.5.0.7, when reprinting a job saved to User Box on the bizhub 600/bizhub 750, the folding options either are not available or
can not be printed successfully.
Solution
CAUSE: Folding is only possible when printing from JobSpooler to the bizhub 600/bizhub 750 after a change to the default Output settings is made on the
copier.
SOLUTION: On the bizhub 600/bizhub 750, under Admin Settings = System Settings = Output Settings = Output Tray Settings, Print needs to be set to 2 in
order to utilize these settings. After changing this setting, folding options settings in Job Spooler can be made.
February 2013
1,427
PageScope Light
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0630808EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,428
PageScope Light
What is required to scan to file and/or scan to E-mail using the Pi5500?
Solution
First, make sure the current firmware is installed in the copier/printer and the current system software is installed in the print controller. Please refer to
Bulletin Number3103L for the current firmware for the Di450/Di550.
The Scanner Mode requires that 64MB of memory be installed in the copier/printer. Memory requirements are detailed in Product & Technical Support
Bulletin 3159 . Please refer to the following for the correct peripheral mode setting in the copier/printer. The information is from Product & Technical
Support Bulletin 3646 .
Pi5500 with system software 2.0 or greater Peripheral Mode 4
Pi5500 with system software less than 2.0 Peripheral Mode 3
Pi5501 Peripheral Mode 5
The above settings are accessible through Tech Rep Service mode, Tech Rep Choice, Controller set, and Peripheral mode.
After making sure the copier/printer is configured properly, select the scan key, select the direct button, enter a number from 0001 to 9999 and hit the start key
to scan. To retrieve the scan from the Pi5500, open PageScope Light by entering the TCP/IP address of the controller in the web browser. Click on the Fiery
WebTools button at the bottom of the PageScope Light window and select Fiery WebScan. Enter the four-digit number entered at the copier/printer when
the original was scanned and click the refresh button. The scanned image should be listed. Click the Save As button to save the scanned image as a TIF or
PDF file. Also refer to the Setup instruction for the Pi5500 controller using the Scan to E-mail option document.
Notes :
1. The Pi5501 is not supported on the Di470; the Di470 supports the Pi5500 and the Pi4700e. The Pi5501 is compatible only with the Di450 and Di550.
2. Prior to Pi5500 system software version 2, the peripheral mode was set to 3.
3. The controller type should always be set to 0.
4. Scanning to FTP is not supported by the Pi5500.
5. Please also see the Pi5500 Getting Started manual .
Solution ID
TAUS0634277EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After applying the PageScope Light patch, PageScope still shows the generic printer picture.
Solution
CAUSE: PageScope caches printer descriptions and pictures. Until the cache is cleared, it will still display the generic printer picture.
SOLUTION: To force it to cache the new picture (installed with the patch) the printer must first be deleted from the printer list then reinstalled.
Solution ID
TAUS0700487EN*
Solution Usage
Description
MFP and Fiery settings which may affect PageScope Web Connection, PageScope Net Care, PageScope Job Spooler, PageScope Data Administrator,
PageScope Box Operator, PC-Fax, HD TWAIN.
Solution
Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the
Solution ID
TAUS0901698EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Setting up PageScope Light for E-mail scanning.
Solution
Please follow the procedures mentioned in the attachedtraining document and Product& Technical Support Bulletin#3453 in order to set up Scan to
E-mail using PageScope Light (Web browser)with the Pi5501.
February 2013
1,429
PageScope Mobile
Solution ID
TAUS1200089EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Configuring Authentication Settings when printing from PageScope Mobile.
Solution
PageScope Mobile App (PSM) Version 2.0 includes the functionality to configure the following Authentication and Security Settings when printing:
User Authentication Printing:
- MFP Authentication
- External Server Authentication
- Enhanced Server (User Name and Password Authentication only)
Account Track Authentication
Secure Print
Encryption Passphrase
Authentication Settingscan be configured through the following steps:
1.Within PSM, select the item to be printed and press the printer icon.
2.After selecting the printer, Scroll Down to the Authentication section.
3.Slide the User Authentication selection to ON.
4.Enter the required Authentication Credentials.
Account Track Authentication
Slide the Account Track selection to ON.
Note : In order for the Account Track section to display, User Authentication mustbe set to ON, even when only Account Track credentials are
required.
Enter Account Track Settings corresponding to the requirements on the MFP.
MFP User Authentication
From the Authentication section, Set Authentication setting to Device.

If Public User access is not permitted and/or to print as a Registered User, in the User Authentication section set User to Recipient User.
Enter the credentials required to print to the MFP.
External Server Authentication
From the Authentication section, set Authentication setting to External Server.
Select the appropriate Server from Server Setting section.
If Public User access is not permitted and/or to print as a Registered User, in the User Authentication section, set User to Recipient User.
Enter required credentials.
Enhanced Server Authentication (User Name and Password Authentication only)
Note : Enhanced Server Authentication supports printing to an MFP managed byPage Scope Enterprise Suite (PSES) Authentication Manager (AuM).
From the Authentication section, Set Authentication setting to Enhanced Server.
Enter credentials as required by the Enhanced Server Application.
Note : When PSES AuM (Enhanced Server) requires External Server Authentication it is not necessary to enter the name of the default External Server.If
the correct name of the External Server (as specified in PSES AuM External Server settings is entered), the print job will print correctly. However, if an
incorrect name is entered, the job will be cancelled due to error.
Secure Print
Secure Print can be configured by setting the Output Method to Secure Print
Enter Secure Print Credentials
Encryption Passphrase
To use the Encryption Passphrase feature, User Authentication, must be set toON.
Slide the Encryption Passphrase selection to ON and configure the Encryption Passphrase settings.
Notes :
1.The currently configured Authentication settings will be saved with theselected printing options, when Save Setting as the Default is selected.
2. Please refer to attached documentation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200139EN*
Solution Usage
Description
If operational issues occur with PageScope Mobile (PSM), logs can be collected to analyze the cause of the issue and improve functionality.
Solution
Follow these steps to collect PSM logs for the iPhone, iPad, or iPod Touch:
1. Sync the device with iTunes. It is necessary to agree to help Apple improve the iOS by anonymously collecting diagnostic and usage information. By
default, this is a one-time decision.
2. If logs still are not collected, follow the procedure in the attached iOS_ Providing Apple with diagnostics and usage information document. This document
also details how to reset warnings, and how to opt out from Apple collecting information.
February 2013
1,430
PageScope Mobile
3. Collect the PageScopeMobile_Date_Time_DEVICE NAME.crash log. (Example: PageScopeMobile_2012-02-03-120255_Jons iPhone.crash)
4. After collecting the log, attach it to the Contact Support Center ticket for analysis.
Refer to the attached "PageScope Mobile Log Collection" document for additional details.
Log Locations
PSM logs can be retrieved from the following locations:
Macintosh OS X:
~/Library/Logs/CrashReporter/MobileDevice/<DEVICE_NAME>
Microsoft Windows XP:
C:\Documents and Settings\ <USERNAME>\Application Data\Apple Computer\Logs\CrashReporter\MobileDevice\<DEVICE_NAME>
Microsoft Windows Vista/Windows 7:
C:\Users\<USERNAME>\AppData\Roaming\AppleComputer\Logs\CrashReporter\MobileDevice\<DEVICE_NAME>
Notes :
a. <USERNAME> is the user's login name for the computer and<DEVICE NAME> is the name of the iPhone, iPad or iPod touch. (Example:
"Jons iPhone")
b. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1200316EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Is PageScope Mobile (PSM) supported?
Solution
Most printer-based MFPs do not have the functionality and protocol support to communicate with PSM.
Solution ID
TAUS1200679EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Mobile specifications
February 2013
1,431
PageScope Net Care

Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0629814EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,432
PageScope Net Care

What models are supported for the Counter Reader function in PageScope Net Care 5.23.024?
Solution
PageScope Net Care 5.23.024 supports the Counter Reader Function for the C350, Di3510-Di2010 series, Di470, 8031/8020/CF3102/CF2002, Bizhub 1050
and with plug-ins installed the Bizhub C351, C450, C250, 920 and 600/750.
When a model is listed as supported for Netcare, it does not necessarily mean that it is supported for Counter Reader unless specifically stated.
Solution ID
TAUS0702823EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Why devices drop off the network and the Device Count drops to 0 with PageScope Net Care 5.53.0, build 4.
Solution
PageScope Net Care Version 5.53.1 update module has been released to address a memory leak issue in JavaService.exe. This is a beta-version of Net
Care and will only be available by request for technicians experiencing this issue at a customer site. The official version is expected to be releasedshortly.
Although devices are no longer disappearing from Net Care over time, all devices may disappear from Net Care at once and the Device list will be empty or at
zero (0).
This version of Net Care has been designed to address the issue of devices dropping off from Net Care over a period time. For the most part the issue of
devices dropping from Net Care over an extended time period has been addressed. However, if the same device is given a different TCP/IP address, without
first having its old entry deleted from Net Care through List Manager - Remove Devices, this issue could occur.
Additionally, the Default Discovery Range should NEVER be deleted from Net Care, even if Auto-Discovery is not used. Complete removal and reinstallation
of Net Care would be necessary in this case.
If a Net Care database backup had been performed, that backup can be restored through the Net Care Console Tools.
IMPORTANT : A Database Initialization has to be performed before a Database Restore is performed with the Console Tools. Net Care database backups
should be performed on a weekly basis in a Production environment. Please see the attachedDB backup documentationfor the procedure of backing up the
Net Care database.
If a backup of the actual Server, on which Net Care is installed, had been performed, restoring the following directory folder and all its subfolders from a date
previous to when all the devices disappeared from Net Care may restore the device data:
C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Net Care
If this is successful, an immediate backup of the Net Care database should be performed. If all Devices have disappeared, and when trying to add a device
manually, the message "This IP Address already exists" is indicated, try the following procedure:
1. First try to remove the Devices from Net Care through List Manager (if the Devices are still present there).
2. Use the drop down box on the Left to Select Server Settings - List Manager.
3. If there are any devices Listed, try removing them first from List Manager Select Remove Device, from the drop down menu. Then place a checkmark
next to the devices to be removed. Select Apply.
4. If there are no devices present in List Manager, or this is unsuccessful, close out of Net Care and then Login to the Console Tools and follow the procedure
to "Initialize" the Database.
5. After performing the "Initialization", log back into Net Care and try to add the devices.
6. If this is unsuccessful, refer to attached Adding & Removing Devices documentation for instructions on deleting Net Care .state files.
Note : In certain reported cases, the symptom is as described below:
The login screen displays only the top logo and "console Tools" menu.
Admin or user login screen is not displayed.
When entering console tools, HTTP 500 is displayed.
IMPORTANT : Confirm if this is the case. Regardless if this symptom is occurring, if all devices have disappeared, have the technician collect the following
information to be included in the escalation to Japan.
Japan has reported: There seems to be a problem in JavaService.exe used by PageScope Net Care. In these cases, a memory usage by JavaService.exe
on Task Manger becomes large. To check this issue, please give us information below:
Specification of server PC: OS Version, Service Pack, Maker, model name, CPU, RAM amount, etc.
Information of CPU and memory usage by JavaService.exe on Task Manager when the problem happens. Take the same screenshots as shown in the
attached Task Manager document. To view the document, Microsoft Word or Word Viewer must be installed. Word Viewer 2003 (11.7MB) can be
obtained free from Microsoft at the following URL;
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?DisplayLang=en&FamilyID=95e24c87-8732-48d5-8689-ab826e7b8fdf .
Log files. Files under directory
C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Net Care\logs
These files will be deleted after restarting the PageScope Net Care. Therefore, copy files after the problem occurred before restarting PageScope Net Care
or PC.
Any server maintenance being performed on the server such as Microsoft Windows updates, backups etc.Obtain the schedule if possible.
Note :To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0630242EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The Counter Reader function of PageScope Net Care is not working.
Solution
CAUSE: The time/date setting of the Netcare Server and the engine are not synchronized.
SOLUTION: Make sure the time/date setting of the Netcare Server and the engine are synchronized.
February 2013
1,433
PageScope Net Care

Solution ID
TAUS0652826EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to add new plug-ins through PageScope Net Care 5.5 via Auto Version Check.
Solution
To add new plug-ins through PageScope Net Care 5.5 via Auto Version Check, perform the following:
1. In Server Setting-Auto-Version Check Setting set Check Interval, Day of Week, Day and Time settings.
2. To have the result of the Notification Check sent to the already configured Net Care Administrator account, select the Notify option. If the network where
Net Care is installed is accessing the Internet through a Proxy Server, the TCP/IP address and port number of the Proxy Server must be specified here. If it is
necessary to specify a HTTP Proxy account to access their Proxy Server, it would be specified under 'Use HTTP Proxy Account'.
3. After making these settings, to immediately check for updates, go out of Net Care and then login to the Console Tools.
4. Select Download Install.
5. Click on Check Now to check immediately for available Plug-in updates.
6 Once available plug-ins are listed, select the plug-ins to install, then select the Install button.
7. Prompted to restart the Server. Select to Restart. It may be necessary to stop and restart the Net Care service or reboot the computer for the change to
take effect.
Solution ID
TAUS0702483EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Setting SNMP v1/v2c read/write community names through PageScope Net Care.
Solution
Changing the read and/or write SNMP "community names" can be implemented as a security measure through PageScope Net Care. Please see attached
document for instructions.
Solution ID
TAUS0808581EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Admin Mode
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
Open API
4. Set to Allow.
5. Select Exit.
Read=> Public
Write=>Private
Solution ID
TAUS0638479EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to log on to PageScope Net Care.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect password.
The Net Care default Administrator password is "admin". It is case-sensitive. It is possible to change the Administrator password in Net Care so, if unable to
login as the Administrator, reinstall Net Care.
2. The PageScope Net Care service is not running.
Ensure that the Konica Minolta PageScope Net Care service is started and running under Microsoft* Windows Services.
February 2013
1,434
PageScope Net Care

February 2013
1,435
PageScope Router
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0629319EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,436
PageScope Router
"License Exception was thrown, object reference not set to an instance of an object" error message when trying to add a permanent license.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect procedure to add the license.
SOLUTION:
To successfully add the license, perform the following:
1. Stop all the related services.
2. Copy the permanent license to the PSRRepository Directory.
3. Restart all of the services.
Solution ID
TAUS0631039EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to login to Administrator Console. Time out error.
Solution
SOLUTION: Check that all services including WWW service are stated. In Microsoft* IIS, set the TCP/IP* address of the default web site to (All Unassigned).
It was previously set to the TCP/IP address of the computer which caused problems with the Administrator Console accessing the router web site.
Solution ID
TAUS0639414EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Router temporary license information.
Solution
PageScope Router comes with a 30-day temporary license. It is fully functional during this time period. A new license must be installed before this time
period ends in order to keep PageScope Router running. After 30 days, PageScope Router will cease to function. A permanent license can be issued at this
point, which will re-activate PageScope Router. Purchases are checked against a database before a permanent license is issued.
Solution ID
TAUS0642435EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to configure PageScope Router UNC Path.
Solution
When creating a Route for a UNC path the Computer/Domain must be specified and the user used for authentication must have Read and Write rights on the
shared folder being accessed.
Solution ID
TAUS0643599EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Receiving "Destination error" when scanning by E-mail to the PageScope Router Server.
Solution
SOLUTION: In setting up the One-Touch scan to E-mail buttons, the Route name plus the FQDN as listed in IIS under "Default Virtual SMTP Server Domains" needs to be used.
Solution ID
TAUS0643600EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Can MFPs other than the ones listed on the drop-down menu be registered under MFP devices in the Server Console? Is it necessary to register each MFP?
Solution
Registering a MFP causes files scanned into Router by FTP to have a machine reference appended to the file. There is a Generic selection that can be used
for Konica Minolta MFPs that are not listed as well as for non-Konica Minolta MFPs. It is only necessary to register MFPs when scanning to Router by FTP.
Scan to E-mail does not require it.
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,437
PageScope Router
Solution ID
TAUS0631007EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Format for scanning by email to the Pagescope Router Server.
Solution
E-mail Addressing Rules:
Route to a PageScope Router OS Users Inbox UserName@PSRServerName
Route to a PageScope Router Non-OS Users Inbox PSR.UserName@PSRServerName
Route to a PageScope Router OS Users Private Document Route UserName.DocumentRouteName@PSRServerName
Route to a PageScope Router Non-OS Users Private Document Route PSR.UserName.DocumentRouteName@PSRServerName
Route to a Public Document Route DocumentRouteName@PSRServerName
February 2013
1,438
PageScope Software
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS1000509EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,439
PageScope Software
Fiery patches allowing connection from PageScope applications.
The 1-QRIU1 patch changes the Fiery MIB (Management Information Base) status to Konica Minolta. This will enable connection from certain PageScope
applications which support the bizhub PRO C5500/C6500.
The 1-QRIU7 patch reverses the action of the 1-QRIU1 patch, above. When applied, itwill change the MIB from Konica Minolta back to the Generic version.
Applying this patch will disable the ability to connect from PageScope applications.
Solution
Follow these steps to install the 1-QRIU1 patch:
1. Import the patch into the direct connection of the print controller through Command WorkStation (CWS).
2. After importing, wait 60 seconds; then reboot the controller from the shutdown menu on the LCD panel.
IMPORTANT : Do not reboot from CWS.
3. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", reboot again.
Note : Reboot must be performed twice.
4. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", print the configuration page. "1-QRIU1" should appear on the update info section of the configuration sheet.
5. When PageScope Web Connection is accessed, check that the KONICA MINOLTA logo appears on the page.
Notes :
a. If it is necessary to "uninistall the 1-QRIU1 patch, follow the same procedureto installthe 1-QRIU7 patch.
b. The patches are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
February 2013
1,440
PageScope Suite
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0638625EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,441
PageScope Suite
Where the latest PageScope Software can be downloaded.
Solution
Access [[MyKonicaMinolta.com| URL http://www.mykonicaminolta.com/konicode/Logon]]
Sales= Product Showcase= Solutions= Document Management and Distribution
Click on Pagescope Cabinet Pro= Download Pagescope Software
CAUTION: DO NOT attempt to dowload the PageScope application files unless using a high-speed Internet connection.
Solution ID
TAUS0651666EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Box Operator, Job Spooler, Data Administrator and Direct Print will not function with the new Phase 2.0 firmware for the C250/C351/C450.
Solution
CAUSE: An older version of these utilites are being used with the newer firmware.
SOLUTION: Updated versions of these utilites are available for download from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
The minimum versions required for PageScope Box Operator is 2.0.3.0, Job Spooler 1.5.0.7, Data Administrator 2.0.0.3196 and Direct Print 1.1.5.26.
Solution ID
TAUS0808581EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Admin Mode
3. Set to Allow.
4. Select Exit.
Open API
4. Set to Allow.
5. Select Exit.
Read=> Public
Write=>Private
Solution ID
TAUS0648132EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to detect the bizhub Pro 1050 with PageScope Job Spooler.
Solution
Set Discovery Network Range. Select "Discovery Now" button. Enter the TCP/IP* address manually if necessary. Make sure that at least version 1.0.5.6 is
being used which is available on the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
Solution ID
TAUS0651730EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to login through PageScope Web Connection on the 1050/920/C250/C351/C450/bizhub 600/bizhub 750. User is prompted for a user name and
password.
Solution
CAUSE: This indicates that Authentication is enabled.
SOLUTION: Either provide valid username and password (Active Directory, SMB, NDS or MFP Authentication) or turn Authentication OFF.
February 2013
1,442
PageScope Suite
Solution ID
TAUS0630549EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When setting up NDPS printers using the Konica Minolta NDPS Gateway, TCP/IP* addresses are not available for selection by the Konica Minolta Gateway
setup.
Solution
CAUSE: The Enhanced Security feature is set on the 7145/IP432 or 7222/IP424 (or other models with this feature). As a result, an NDPS Printer for these
devices can not be created.
SOLUTION: Disable the Enhanced Security feature during setup of NDPS Printers for these models. Once an NDPS printer for these models is configured,
enabling the Enhanced Security feature will not affect printing.
Solution ID
TAUS0643948EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PageScope Data Administrator does not connect to a C450 or C351 that is using the IC402 controller.
Solution
CAUSE: System software update required.
SOLUTION: Version 1.02 or higher is required to connect to a C450 or C351 when using the IC402 print controller. Version 1.02 is available for download
from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]] or from MyKonicaMinolta.com. = Service tab = NSSG = GET FILES =
Drivers / System Code / Firmware / EPROMs.
February 2013
1,443
PageScope Web Connection

Solution ID
TAUS0701329EN*
Solution Usage
43
Description
Solution
2. Select System 2.
7. Click on Fix.
8. Click on End.
Generic 20C-4= C203
Generic 25C-4= C253
Generic 35C-3= C352
Generic 35C-4= C353
Generic 35C-1= C450
Generic 45C-2= C451
Generic 45C-1= C550
Generic 50C-1= C650
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0657757EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Port5001
Auth ? Off
February 2013
1,444

Additional checks :
Solution ID
TAUS0642823EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
WEB PAGE CAN NOT BE DISPLAYED message using Microsoft Windows XP. Unable to browse to the controller, but able to print and to PING.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Early version firmware installed on the MFP. Updatethe firmware to version 50 (minimum). The latest version firmware or system software is available via
the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware
and more'.
2. Possible incorrect settings with in the Proxy Server.
To check and see if the TCP/IP address for the controller is set for Exceptions for browsing out to it, check the following.
a. Select TOOLS and INTERNET OPTIONS.
b. Select the CONNECTIONS tab.
c. Select LAN Settings.
d. Select PROXY SERVER.
e. Check to make sure that both USE PROXY SERVER FOR YOUR LAN and BYPASS PROXY SERVER FOR LOCAL ADDRESS is checked off.
f. Select the ADVANCED button, and put in the TCP/IP address in the EXCEPTIONS (example 11.11. * ). The asterisk is for all TCP/IP addresses that start
with that prefix.
3. Possible PageScope Web Connection (PSWC) is disabled or has to be reenabled by turningOFF/ON.Ifthis does notcorrect the issue, disable the browser
on the engine and then reenable it. In some cases, it does not get enabled when initially set and must be reset to function correctly.
4. Corrupt setting and/or older version web browser.
Enter the menu Administrator setting => Network setting => Detail setting => PSWC setting, then disable/enable PSWC. Update the web browser to
the most current version.
Note : This does not apply to the IC-402.
Solution ID
TAUS1100585EN*
Solution Usage
12
Description
"Please turn main switch off and on" message. CFA14 (FA14)error code may also be displayed.
CONDITIONS
bizhub 652 series/bizhub C360 series/bizhub C652 series/bizhub C652DS series
If Other3 is selected in marketing Area setting. The message may be displayed when scanning and sending the following orientation mixed documents - 8K
or 16K and other document sizes.
bizhub C360 series/bizhub C652 series/bizhub C652DS series

Message and code may occur if the following procedure is performed.
1. Power OFF the main switch while downloading the documents in User Box1 from PageScope Web Connection (PSWC).
2. Power ON the main switch and save the documents in User Box2.
3. Download the documents in User Box1 from PSWC.
4. Send the documents in User Box2.
bizhub 423 series

After the machine is powered OFF/ON the same message is indicated. CFA14 may have been recorded.
bizhub 423 series/bizhub 652 series/bizhub C360 series

When entering Power Save Mode by pushing the power save button immediately after turning ON the main power switch.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. bizhub 652 series - If Other3 is selected in marketing Area setting. The message may be displayed when scanning and sending the following
February 2013
1,445

orientation mixed documents - 8K or 16K and other document sizes.
SOLUTION: Install firmware version GC3-F4. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Note : Please refer to the attached Release Notes prior to firmware installation.
2. bizhub C360 series/bizhub C652 series/bizhub C652DS series - Message and code may occur if either of the following procedures are performed.
Procedure 1
a. Power OFF the main switch while downloading the documents in User Box1 from PageScope Web Connection (PSWC).
b. Power ON the main switch and save the documents in User Box2.
c. Download the documents in User Box1 from PSWC.
d. Send the documents in User Box2.
Procedure 2
If Other3 is selected in marketing Area setting. The message may be displayed when scanning and sending the following orientation mixed documents - 8K
or 16K and other document sizes.
SOLUTION: Install firmware version GD7-B8. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Note : Please refer to the attached Release Notes prior to firmware installation.
3. bizhub 423 series - After the machine is powered OFF/ON the same message is indicated. C-FA14 may have been recorded.
CAUSE: Hard Disk Drive failure.
SOLUTION: Try formatting the HDD. If necessary, replace the HDD.

Notes:
a. Standard Hard Disk Drive for bizhub 363/423 (p/n A2X0 M72C 00)
b. Optional Hard Disk Drive (HD-516) for bizhub 223/283 (Item #A2ACWY1)
4. bizhub 423 series/bizhub 652 series/bizhub C360 series - When entering Power Save Mode by pushing the power save button immediately after
turning ON the main power switch.
SOLUTION: Install the following firmware versions.

bizhub 552/652 Special version GC1-F9 (program file A2WU0Y0-F000-GC1-F9.exe)
bizhub 223/283/363/423 Special firmware version GC1-D1 (program file A1UD0Y0-F000-GC1-D1.exe)
bizhub C220/C280/C360 Special firmware version GC1-D1 (program file A0ED0Y0-F000-GC1-D1.exe)
The firmware is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.
Note : Please refer to attached Program Release Information prior to installing the firmware.
February 2013
1,446
PageScope Workware
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0650340EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,447
PageScope Workware
Can PageScope Workware convert an image file (i.e., TIF) that has text and graphics to a Microsoft* Word document (using OCR)?
Solution
Workware can covert an image file (TIFF, JPEG, BMP) that contains graphics to an RTF file that can be opened and saved in Microsoft Word.
Solution ID
TAUS0902306EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Pagescope Workware version 1.1 will not import or open Acrobat 8 documents.
Solution
CAUSE: PageScope Workware ver 1.1 only supports upto Acrobat 7.0 Standard or Professional. Acrobat Reader is not supported.
When a file is imported into PageScope Workware 1.1, the original file is retained and the file is also converted to a PDF. If Acrobat 7 was updated to Acrobat
8, PageScope Workware 1.1 would no longer be compatible with the updated Acrobat version.
SOLUTION: Be sure that Acrobat 7 or earlier is installed (not Acrobat 8).
With Acrobat 7 installed on the PC, ensure in Windows Explorer that PDF files are selected to open by default with Acrobat 7. From the top menu in Windows
Explorer, select Tools -> Folder Options -> File Types and make sure that the PDF extension is set to open by default with Acrobat 7.
Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0649907EN*
Description
How to convert an image to RTF
Solution
If you would like to convert an image to RTF, follow steps below.
1. Open image with ImageEditor.
2. Select [File] [Save As] menu.
3. Select RTF in file type list.
4. Click save button.
Solution ID
TAUS0649908EN*
Description
When importing a file, an underline may be displayed for the filename
Solution
Please perform "Update PDF". Then the underline will disappear.
Solution ID
TAUS0649911EN*
Description
When using the Index Service in Windows XP, what filter should be used.
Solution
When the index service is used in WindowsXP, use Adobe PDF IFilter 6.0.
February 2013
1,448
PageScope Workware
Solution ID
TAUS0649913EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What considerations need to be made if the firewall is enabled in Windows XP sp2
Solution
A warning message will be displayed when PageScope Workware starts. Then select "Unblock".
Solution ID
TAUS0650337EN*
Description
Can a bound file (i.e., stacked file) be converted into a multi-page TIF file?
Solution
A group file that contains images can be converted into a multi-page TIF file.
February 2013
1,449
PaperPort
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0615545EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,450
PaperPort
Error 1713 when trying to uninstall PaperPort* 8.x or upgrading to PaperPort 9.x, and manual uninstall instructions for PaperPort 8.x.
Solution
CAUSE: Incomplete uninstall.
SOLUTION: Prior to uninstalling the application, ensure to
1. Back up all of the PaperPort data files by copying or moving them from their current location to another location on the system. By default, these files are
located at the following location:
%USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My PaperPort Documents
2. Follow the steps exactly.
3. Download the [[Remover Tool| URL ftp://ftp.scansoft.com/pub/updates/paperport/PP8ManualRemover.exe]]. When the download is complete, perform the
following:
a. When prompted, select "Save" and choose a location on the hard drive.
b. Once it is downloaded, double-click the file to unzip the remover files. By default these files are extracted to C:\PaperPort_Remover\.
c. Double click the file "Remover.exe" to remove PaperPort.
d. Please restart the computer when prompted.
e. After the Remover has completed, navigate to c:\Program Files\ScanSoft\ and delete the "PaperPort" folder. If this folder is not available, delete the
folder C:\Paprport.
f. Remove any PaperPort printers that are left on the system by going into "Start Settings Printers". Right-click on any PaperPort Printer and click
delete, choose "Yes" when prompted to confirm removal of the printer.
g. Empty the Microsoft* Windows Recycle Bin by right-clicking on it and choosing "Empty Recycle Bin".
h. Please restart the computer.
MANUALLY REMOVING PAPERPORT
CAUTION: These steps include removing items from the Windows Registry. If running a Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 system, log on as the Administrator for all
of these steps. Please follow each step carefully. Follow these steps to make sure that no PaperPort processes are running in the background:
1. Press "Ctrl + Alt + Delete" to bring up the Task Manager (on Windows NT 4.0, 2000, and XP click the "Task Manager" button and then click the
"Processes" tab).
2. Locate the following processes and if they exist, highlight them and click "End Task" or "End Process":
pptd40nt.exe
pplinks.exe
paprport.exe
ssindexer.exe
ppscanmg.exe
ppwebcap.exe
Follow these steps to remove all PaperPort Windows Registry keys and files from the computer:
1. Open the Registry Editor by clicking "Start Run". Type in "regedit" without the quotes and click OK.
2. Export a backup copy of your Registry in case problems occur during the following procedures by going to:
Windows 2000: Registry menu Export registry file.
Windows XP: File Export Registry File.
3. Save this file to the Windows Desktop and name the file "backup" (keep "backup" for a few days and if all is well, this file can be deleted).
4. Delete the following Registry keys (folders on the left side) by right-clicking and choosing delete. Click Yes when prompted to confirm.
Note: Some of these keys may not exist.
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\086F24A86DD24D11A9C800046F89C202
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\2769252AA47599A4685A1C77A0E013EF
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\51C9ECDF54BE5D11987C0005AD61A252
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\BA2BDFA119FD8B74A8C96A4EBBDA65B2
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\3F1D2FEA69605D11E8A6000CF4F72A43
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\086F24A86DD24D11A9C800046F89C202
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\2769252AA47599A4685A1C77A0E013EF
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\51C9ECDF54BE5D11987C0005AD61A252
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\BA2BDFA119FD8B74A8C96A4EBBDA65B2
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PageViewer
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort Desktop Group
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort Desktop View
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort Linkbar
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort SimpleSearch
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PresistentData
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PpwebCap
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\Uploader
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Visioneer
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ZEON
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Installer\Products \3F1D2FEA69605D11E8A6000CF4F72A43.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort SimpleSearch
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PersistentData
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PpwebCap
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\Shared
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Visioneer
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\Current Version\Uninstall\AEF2D1F3069611D58E6A00C04F7FA234\
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\Current Version\Uninstall\8A42F6802DD611D49A8C0040F6982C20
5. Exit out of the Windows Registry.
February 2013
1,451
PaperPort
6. Navigate to c:\Program Files\ScanSoft\ and delete the "PaperPort" folder. If this folder is not available, delete the folder C:\Paprport.
7. Restart the computer.
8. Confirm that the PaperPort print driver has been removed:
a. Go to "Start","Settings","Control Panel","Printers".
b. Confirm that PaperPort is not listed.
c. If PaperPort is listed, right click on the PaperPort icon and select Delete.
d. Empty the Recycle Bin.
Solution ID
TAUS0638879EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Number of folders and files supported by PaperPort*.
Solution
PaperPort 9 can only support 26 top level folders, each having a maximum of 200 folders and each one of those folders can support 200 sub-folders and
continue down the line with 200 sub-folders supported in each sub-folder. The extreme limit of documents that PaperPort 9 can handle is 15GB of
documents. This is equivalent to approximately 200,000 small files.
[[PaperPort 10| URL
http://www.digitalriver.com/dr/v2/ec_MAIN.Entry16?V1=666647&PN=1&SP=10023&xid=19198&V5=31032863&S1=&S2=&S3=&S4=&S5=&V2=&V3=&V4=&
DSP=0&CUR=840&PGRP=0&CACHE_ID=0]] is now available. The application will be able to support 16 million documents, but will have the same file
structure as version 9 with 26 top folders and 200 subfolders in each sub folder. The index engine will be changing in version 10 that will allow more flexibility
on building indexes. The indexing load can be shared amongst different workstation and have it all shared out on a server to everyone in the group. Indexing
can be scheduled and certain folders can be omitted for indexing in a particular indexing job. The indexing process is done on the workstation and not the
server. After the indexing is complete, tit is automatically stored on the server and is shared out.
The only other limitation that both versions will share is that if the data is stored on a read-only drive, therefore the indexes can only be stored locally on the
workstation and not the server, and everyone will need their own indexing.
Solution ID
TAUS0647733EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When installing Unify, "Please insert the disk" message.
Solution
CAUSE: The issue occurs when installing PDF CREATER 2.0. The part number on the front of the CD is 33-F31A-10131.
SOLUTION: Select the No button and continue with the installation. Then obtain a special installer from NSSG which is an English-only version of the
software. Use the SETUP.exe file to install the software. When complete, register the software and follow those instructions. Please reboot machine after
installer is complete.
Solution ID
TAUS0621448EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Printing from ScanSoft* PaperPort* Deluxe 8.0 using latest PCL* driver will cause a 'PPPRINT' runtime error or reboot the Microsoft* Windows 2000
Professional and XP Professional workstations.
Solution
CAUSE: The 'PaperPort Tips' document is corrupted.
SOLUTION: The other files in 'Sample Folder' and scanned in TIF files from different Konica engines will print correctly. To print 'PaperPort Tips' document,
1. Perform search for 'My PaperPort Documents' folder.
Note: This folder is usually subfolder to the 'My Documents'.
2. Double click on 'PaperPort Tips' document to open PaperPort PageViewer window.
3. Print the document.
Solution ID
TAUS0621466EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to get information concerning a lost or missing serial number.
Solution
[[Lost or missing serial number information| URL http://knowledgebase.scansoft.com/view.asp?tnID=1589]].
Solution ID
TAUS0624583EN*
Description
After uninstalling PaperPort* 9.x from a Microsoft* Windows NT4/2000/ XP system, the computer will not boot with an error message like
February 2013
1,452
PaperPort
Boot - can't find NTLDR.
-orWindows NT could not start because the following file is missing or corrupt: .
-or[[NTLDR is missing| URL http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;318728]]
Press any key to restart
Note: PaperPort was installed as part of the Unity Desktop Suite or as a standalone install.
Solution
CAUSE: All files from the root of C: have been deleted. NTLDR, NTDETECT.COM and Boot.ini have to be replaced to get the system to boot again.
SOLUTION: Scansoft has provided a patch for this issue which is available upon requrest, as there are only a few installations that may have this issue. The
patch does not update the version number of the application, but the version number of the application under "Add Remove Programs" in Control Panel will
update after installing the patch. To verify the version number, select "Support Info" under Paperport 9. The version is 9.01.0000 before installation and
9.01.0001 after installation. A new version of the Unity Desktop CD is being manufactured and will replace all disks in the field. The version of Paperport on
those installs will be 9.2.0.810.
Solution ID
TAUS0639430EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After installing PaperPort*, OmniPage* Pro fails to load with an error code of 1713.
Solution
CAUSE: Incomplete install of PaperPort or OmniPage Pro.
SOLUTION: Unistall the entire suite and reinstall the programs. For instructions on how to properly unistall the suite, refer to the [[ScanSoft Knowledge Base|
URL http://knowledgebase.scansoft.com/view.asp?tnID=1344&sQuery=1713]].
Solution ID
TAUS0640175EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PaperPort* Desktop Delivery utility will lose connection to the mapped drive on a Microsoft* Windows NT, 2000 or 2003 server after an interval of time.
Solution
CAUSE: The server will disconnect mapped drive connection after a certain period of time.
SOLUTION: To disable the auto disconnect feature, perform the following
1. Open a command prompt window.
2. Enter following command: net config server /autodisconnet:-1
Note: To increase the autodisconnect time, refer to Microsoft Knowledge Base article ID: 297684 .
February 2013
1,453
PAS
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0616906EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,454
PAS
What is PAS?
Solution
Printer Accounting Server (PAS) is an advanced network print tracking solution that enables users to monitor, measure and manage all network printing and
copying activity.
PAS simplifies the management of printers and both digital and analog copiers, and offers flexible methods to charge printing costs incurred by users. PAS
offers a complete solution for hardcopy Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) management, by tracking usage patterns, collecting copier data, and helping to
identify the costs associated with printer and copier management.
Scalable Architecture
The PAS architecture consists of a central accounting server and one or more print servers, with low-overhead authenticated connections between them.
While retaining centralized management and administration, this structure provides great scalability in network environments with thousands of users,
hundreds of network printers and multiple sites.
Simplified upgrades and useful add-on modules complete the PAS product line, providing a more scalable and flexible solution than that of any single product
offering.
Use add-on modules to expand tracking coverage to additional print servers, broaden the solution to cover NetWare or UNIX environments, and extend
functionality to include card readers, or copy tracking terminals. With the addition of Macintosh Services, all printing data originating from Macintosh
workstations can be tracked and stored in the same database and used for effective and detailed reporting.
Flexible Configuration
PAS can be configured to meet specific requirements for many different organizations. The configuration wizard helps to easily create user accounts, and
schedule automated reports and transactions. When System Manager is first initiated, the wizard starts automatically.
Solution ID
TAUS0617602EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When secure printing via the NTS device. The message 'No Documents to Release' is displayed on the NTS device after entering the passcode.
Solution
CAUSE: Both the copier and printer must be configured using System Manager.
SOLUTION: To configure the System Manager, perform the following:
1. Under NTS services, highlight devices and select modify devices.
2. Verify that there is an entry (i.e. 7045) in the Copier Controlled pull down and an entry (i.e. Konica 70xx Series) under the Copier Type pull down.
3. Review the configuration of the copier and printer in System manager and verify that the devices are registered. See pages 269 to 270 in PAS
Administrators Guide.
Solution ID
TAUS0617225EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Konica Minolta Announces partnership with Equitrac Corporation.
Solution
Konica Minolta Announces partnership with Equitrac Corporation .
Solution ID
TAUS0617454EN*
Description
Unable to print from Windows* 2000 workstations. Users are prompted for billing codes that they are unable to enter.
Solution
CAUSE: The Windows 2000 workstations are not logging into the domain in that the PAS server is in.
SOLUTION: In order for the billing codes to be accessed by the workstations, the workstations must log into the domain in which PAS server is located when
using the Enterprise version of PAS.
Solution ID
TAUS0616532EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Printer Accounting Server (PAS) has been running trouble-free, but now an error message has appeared in the messages node of System Manager or the
WinNT Event Viewer indicating "com exception caught".
Solution
CAUSE: The database has become corrupt.
SOLUTION: If using the Jet database, open the database through Microsoft Access and it will indicate if it needs repairs. Oracle* and SQL* should also
indicate if the database needs to be repaired.
February 2013
1,455
PAS
Solution ID
TAUS0616534EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Macintosh* documents are printing on Printer Accounting Server (PAS) configured printers, but they are not being charged.
Solution
CAUSE: This will commonly occur with a PAS Enterprise Edition that does not have a Macintosh Services keycode.
SOLUTION: Verify that the Macintosh Services Add-on key is installed with your Enterprise Edition. Without the key, the service will run but print count
information will not be submitted to the PAS database. Contact Konica Sales to purchase a keycode for the Macintosh Services. Single Server does not
support the Macintosh Services Add-on. An upgrade to the Enterprise Edition and the purchase of Macintosh Services Add-on (or the Professional Edition,
which comes with Macintosh Services) is required.
Solution ID
TAUS0616536EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The SM NTS Controller service will not initialize or communicate with the server running PAS.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The Network Transaction Station (NTS) device requires a 10Base-T connection to an Ethernet network. In the case of a 100Base-T network, a hub or
router must have the capability to communicate with both 10Base-T and 100Base-T devices.
Note: Each subnet on the network that has an NTS device will require a WinNT server running the SM NTS controller service. The NTS device will look to the
controller service on the subnet for its IP address. TCP/IP must be an installed protocol on the network.
2. The NTS Controller service is trying to utilize the Microsoft* Loopback adapter with an address of 127.0.0.1. This problem is prevalent on Windows 2000
Server and workstations (acting as a PAS server). The reason why Windows 2000 allows adaptor values to be changed manually is to support multiple
network devices.
SOLUTION: Edit the registry key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Software Metrics\NTS Controller
There will be a value for this key called 'Adaptor No.' if it has a value of '0', change this to 1 (it will appear as '0x1' when changed). Stop and start the SM NTS
Controller service.
If this does not resolve the problem, set the value to 2 (or 3) if necessary. The value here will depend on the number of network devices (modems, NIC cards,
etc.) that the local Windows 2000 hardware currently supports.
WARNING: Using Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require you to reinstall your operating system. Konica or Microsoft cannot
guarantee that problems resulting from the incorrect use of Registry Editor can be solved. Use Registry Editor at your own risk.
Notes:
a. For information about how to edit the registry, view the "Add and Delete Information in the Registry" and "Edit Registry Information" Help topics in
Regedt32.exe.
b. Back up the registry before editing it, and update your Emergency Repair Disk (ERD).
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,456
Pi1501
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up Scan to FTP on Microsoft Windows 2008 Server.
Solution
Please see the attached video for the procedure. The video should be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player version 9 or later. The latest Media
Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx .
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634940EN*
Description
How to get PageScope accessories and Page Scope Cabinet.
Solution
The part number for PageScope Cabinet only is 7650-049. For information on scanning to FTP with PageScope Cabinet, please see section 9.2 of the
PageScope Cabinet Operation Manual, which is linked below.
For the entire PageScope Suite (PageScope Cabinet, Net Care, EMF Plug-Ins, NDPS Gateway) the part number is 7650-0001-10.
For more information on PageScope, visit: [[http://www.pagescope.com| URL http://www.pagescope.com/]]
The PageScope Cabinet Operation Manual is also available.
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,457
Pi1501
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,458
Pi1601e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,459
Pi1601e
Solution ID
TAUS0657372EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to divide mail merge into separate jobs based on name or address. Mail Merge staples all pages together.
Solution
To divide mail merge into separate jobs based on name or address, follow the instructions in the attached file.
Solution ID
TAUS0700244EN*
Description
Solution
2. Press Enter.
February 2013
1,460
Pi1800
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,461
Pi1800
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0657372EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to divide mail merge into separate jobs based on name or address. Mail Merge staples all pages together.
Solution
To divide mail merge into separate jobs based on name or address, follow the instructions in the attached file.
February 2013
1,462
Pi1802e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701618EN*
Description
PostScript printer driver for Microsoft Windows Vista.
Solution
The latest printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from theKMBS public site (
http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ), Support & Drivers tab, or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
Note : Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To viewthe PDF,
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,463
Pi1803e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0648300EN*
Description
"User Name Not Vaild" message when updating NIC using FTP.
Solution
CAUSE: User password is invalid.
SOLUTION: The user name should be typed as: (none) then press enter.
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,464
Pi1803e
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,465
Pi3500
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0701618EN*
Description
PostScript printer driver for Microsoft Windows Vista.
Solution
The latest printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from theKMBS public site (
http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ), Support & Drivers tab, or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
Note : Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To viewthe PDF,
February 2013
1,466
Pi3502
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632514EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to initialize the controller and return it to the factory settings.
Solution
Set DIPSW3 on switch S1 to ON.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,467
Pi3505e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,468
Pi3505e
Solution ID
TAUS1001543EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to perform a Mail Merge using Microsoft Word 2003.
Solution
The attached documentation outlines procedures to:
divide Mail Merge into separate jobs based on name or address
separate a file that has already been merged into Microsoft Word 2003. In other words, you only have a Word file with all the variable data incorporated. No
need to add recipients from a spreadsheet.
Notes :
1.The instructions are for both scenarios using Microsoft Word 2003 and attached are the files used in the instructions. Pleaseremember to check pages
30-31.
2. To view the attached DOC file, you may need to download a free copy of Microsoft Word Viewer (24.5MB).
3. To view the attachedXLS file, you may need to download a free copy of Microsoft Excel Viewer (74MB).
4. To viewthe attachedPDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,469
Pi4700e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0638626EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The Pi4700e with system version 3 is unable to print a configuration page and can not be installed on the network when connected to the Di450 or Di550.
PageScope Light on the Pi4700e controller is unavailable when trying to access the controller via the network.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect firmware on the Pi4700e.
February 2013
1,470
Pi4700e
SOLUTION: The Pi4700e print controller should be downgraded to version 1.02 firmware to allow connection with the Di450/550. Please flash it with the
following firmware file: [[md2sv102nfm.exe| URL ftp://techweb:HelpMe@ftp.konicabt.com/md2sv102nfm.exe]].
Notes:
1. This must be done while connected to a Di470. The instructions for flashing the controller are on page T-8 of the Pi4700e Service Manual.
2. Use controller type 0 and peripheral mode 5 (the same controller and peripheral mode settings that would be used for the Pi5501).
3. The Pi4700e Phase 2 enhancements will not be available to the Di450 or Di550.
4. To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0634440EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When scanning with the controller, can the default setting for TIFF/PDF be set to PDF? Can the default resolution be changed?
Solution
It is not possible to change the scanning default for the Pi4700e, Pi5501, or Pi5500. PDF must be selected manually to scan in PDF format. The default
scanning resolution cannot be changed.
Note: To change the resolution for an individual job, press the clear button and then entering the desired resolution.
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634750EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Default password for the Pi4700e.
Solution
The default password in PageScope light is sysadm.
Note: If the password has been lost, re-set the NIC to factory defaults. Perform the following:
1. Disconnect the power from the machine.
2. Move the jumper provided at pins "OP2" on the NIC to short the two pins closest to the "FACT" label (to the left of the jumpers), as shown on page M-10 of
the service manual .
3. Turn on the power and keep the jumper on the pins for a minimum of 1 minute.
4. Disconnect the power and move the jumper back to its original position.
Notes:
1. The power should be unplugged whenever the jumper position is changed.
2. To reset the Pi5501 main board, please refer to page M-8 of the service manual .
February 2013
1,471
Pi5500
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,472
Pi5500
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,473
Pi5501
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,474
Pi5501
Solution ID
TAUS0902480EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,475
Pi6000
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0632877EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to determine the TCP/IP* address of the Pi6000 print controller.
Solution
To determine the TCP/IP address of the Pi6000 print controller, perform the following:
1. Make sure the Pi6000 is properly attached to the copier/printer, then unplug the network cable.
2. Power OFF/ON the controller and a configuration page containing the TCP/IP address will be printed.
Notes:
a. The TCP/IP controller utility ( utiltcp.zip ) can also be used.
b. The Network User's Manual describes the use of the TCP/IP utility beginning on page 4-20.
c. To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
February 2013
1,476
Pi6000
d. To open the ZIP file(s), WinZip* must be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the [[WinZip website| URL http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm]].
The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view.
Solution ID
TAUS0634068EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When print jobs are sent from the controller, the Job List light comes on momentarily and "C-1842 Controller Error" message is briefly indicated. Then the job
disappears.
Solution
CAUSE: Copy Track is not enabled for the copier or insufficient memory installed.
SOLUTION: Please check to see whether Copy Track is turned on for the printer. If Copy Track is enabled for the printer and a print job is received without a
valid Account Number (NOT Access Code), the job will be processed by the controller but rejected by the printer. The printer will delete the print job and
briefly display the C-1842 error code.
To verify that this is the case, turn off Copy Track for the printer and send a print job to the machine.
Notes :
1. Use the account number (instead of the access code) when sending print jobs.
2. If Copy Track is not enabled, lost print jobs can also be caused by insufficient memory. 3. Please refer to attached Product & Technical Support
Bulletin 3105. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0642343EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,477
Pi6200
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Service Tab.
February 2013
1,478
Pi6500e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,479
Pi6500e
Solution ID
TAUS0634858EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Pi6500e system software.
Solution
The correct system softwares depend on the Pi6500e configuration, as follows:
Pi6500e PCL (basic configuration, no hard disk/scan kit), v. 1.1i -- 7660-4699-51 plus the patches attached to service bulletin 4675.
Pi6500e PS (with PostScript 3, but no hard disk/scan kit) , v. 1.1i -- 7660-4699-51 plus the patches attached to service bulletin 4675.
Pi6500e HDD/PS with PS3 + Scan Kit, v. 1.1e -- 7660-4699-50 plus the patches attached to service bulletin 4403C.
System software can be ordered on CD or [[downloaded| URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/DownloadSelector/SearchResults.aspx?CNAME=pi6500e]] from
the NSSG web site.
Notes:
1. The chip with the CG marking is for the PS 3 configuration with no scan kit; the one marked with CD is for the PS3 + scan kit.
2. System Software installation instructions can be found on page 17 of the Pi6500e Service Guide .
3. The Pi6500e User Software (which includes printer drivers) is also available on CD. The PostScript version is item # 7660-4699-41 and the PCL version is
item # 7660-4699-14.
4. Patches must be loaded in the correct order and the controller must be re-booted after each one is loaded.
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,480
Pi6500Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,481
Pi6500Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,482
Pi7200e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001661EN*
Solution Usage
16
Description
Solution
Gmail settings are:


Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,483
Pi7200e
Solution ID
TAUS0635204EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up scan to E-mail, scan to file, and scan to FTP on the Pi7200e.
Solution
To set up scan to E-mail, scan to file, and scan to FTP on the Pi7200e:
1. Make sure the PS3+Scan Kit has been installed with the correct key chip and the correct system software and patches have been loaded.
2. Please refer to the Pi7200e Scanner Mode User Manual for details on setting up the scanning functions.
Solution ID
TAUS0632700EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
54
Description
SC49-01, SC49-02, or SC49-03 codes.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Service Tab.
February 2013
1,484
Pi8500Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0900777EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
2. Service Tab.
February 2013
1,485
Pi8501Pro
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description
Solution
minor issues."
Notes :
Firmware and more'.
Solution ID
TAUS0607358EN*
Solution Usage
24
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0702740EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to properly remove Command WorkStation from a Macintosh.
Solution
Please perform the step-by-step procedures mentioned in the attached document.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0802412EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0614116EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,486
Pi8501Pro
Solution
February 2013
1,487
PIV
Solution ID
TAUS0902690EN*
Solution Usage
Description
CAC/PIV installation instructions and update procedure.
Solution
IMPORTANT : The dipswitch settings detailed in the "Firmware installation procedure" section, need to be performed before the firmware update as detailed
below.When the procedure is performed before the upgrade to CAC firmware, it should prevent the "License management" error from occuring.
Procedure
1. Enter Service mode.
2. Enter System2 ? Soft switch settings.
3. Switch No. 10.
4. Hex assignment 00.
5. Press Fix.
6. Record the current MFP and scanner S/N for future reference.
7. When the firmware update screen appears, select the Start button at the lower right corner of the MFP LCD.
8. When each install item hasdownloaded completely and the check sum number appears:
a. Power OFF the MFP.
b. Remove the CF card from the MFP.
c. PowerON the MFP.
9.If this procedure is not performed before thefirmware upgrade, then the only way to resolve the error is "Initialization" by calling and logging a ticket with
SSD.
Please perform the procedures mentioned in the attached documentation. Please read carefully and proceed in the order mentioned .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD.
Solution ID
TAUS1002287EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to set up an MFP for a CAC/PIV environment using special PKI firmware.
Solution
Utilizing the ActivClient functionality on Konica Minolta bizhub MFPs requires special firmware, loadable device drivers, special printer drivers, and
installation procedures to provide guaranteed support for all historical versions of CAC Smart Cards using the AU-211P.ActivClient supports all current and
future CAC profiles. The following card types are supported:
Gemalto (32K, 64K, TOPDLGX 144)

Oberthur (32K, 64K)
CAC v1
CAC v2
GSCIS
PIV Transitional
PIV End-state
Notes :
1.The special version firmware, printer drivers and documents are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Select Solutions a AU-211P
CAC/PIV to download the needed File Type.
IMPORTANT : THIS FIRMWARE IS ONLY FOR A CAC/PIV ENVIRONMENT.DO NOT INSTALL THIS FIRMWARE ON non-CAC/PIV MFPs.
2. During the installation of this firmware and loadable device driver, various error codes will be indicated. These are notvalid error codesrequiring
troubleshooting; however,it is necessaryto follow the outlined procedures in the exact order to properly complete the installation.
3. Ifa service center is scheduled to install or maintain a CAC/PIV enabled MFP, then it is strongly recommended that the servicing person complete the
Learning Place webinars related to this technology.
KMBS Webinars are available online at The Learning Place, which can be accessedon www.mykonicaminolta.com .
Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Machine Technicians, 702 - Service - TCCACTWBT1v1
Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Systems Integrators, 702 - Service - TCCACAPWBT1v1
bizhub C353/C253/C203 for PKI Card System Security Function, 702 - Service - C353PKTTWBTv1
4. Overview and sales-related materials for the KMBS CAC/PIV Card System, along with other security features, can be found at
http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/products/subcategories/as_security.html .
5. Generic CAC Info can be found at http://www.cac.mil/CardInfo.html .
6. Please refer to the attachedupgrade instructions.
bizhub 361/421/501 and bizhub 601/751
February 2013
1,488
PIV
bizhub C220/C280/C360, bizhub C452/C552/C652 and bizhub 423/363/283/223
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Stu Dern, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1001286EN*
Solution Usage
Description
AU-211P, after properly setting upthe CAC device, the machineindicates "Failed to authenticate at login" error.
Solution
CAUSE:LDAP w/SSL is not enabled.
SOLUTION:Enable LDAP w/SSL:
For B&W machines

3. Switch No. 44.
4. Change Bit 1 to ON.
For Color machines

3. Switch 41-2
4. Bit should be a 1. (Hex 0x04)
IMPORTANT : WHEN DEALING WITH GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS,BEFORE CHANGINGTHIS SETTING, PLEASE CONFIRM WITHTHE
CUSTOMER'S IT DEPARTMENT BECAUSE THIS FEATURE MAY NOT BE ALLOWEDAT CERTAIN SITES.
Solution ID
TAUS1000154EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to communicate to the Floating License Server. The license(s) derived by the Floating License Server client may berejectedwhen installing the
license(s) toPCswhere Print Make Ready version 4.3 and later is installed.
Solution
CAUSE:Configuration offirewall settings on thePCwhere Floating License Server is installed. The firewall prohibits the network communication of the
programs that are necessary for the license authentication.
SOLUTION:The followingthree programs must be allowed to communicate through the firewall.
Oce PRISMAprepare (application on the client)

lmgrd.exe (executable on Floating License Server)
ocelmgrd.exe (executable on Floating License Server)
Foradditional detail,please refer tothe attached document which explains theprocedure toconfigure settings on the Microsoft Windows firewall. To viewthe
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,489
Printgroove POD
Solution ID
TAUS0807984EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
"You are not licensed for this module" message occurs with all Printgroove modules.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The license dongle isnot installed in the Printgroove server.
Install the license dongle and reboot the Printgroove server. The license donglecan be plugged into any of the available USB ports on the server.
To confirm that the dongle is recognized by the server, execute the wku list command from the server's Linux (Ubuntu) console mode.A dotted line box
with the dongle information should appear after executing this command.
2. The Printgrooveserver 12-monthlicensehas expired. (FOR KONICA MINOLTA SALES DEMO and TRAINING PRINTGROOVE SERVERS ONLY)
To obtain a renewed 12 month license, please submit an SSD ticket and include the following information:
a. The KMBS location of the Printgroove server.
b. The license numberthat is printed on the dongle.
c. The dongle information that is listedwhenexecuting the wku list command from the server's Linux (Ubuntu) console mode.A dotted line box with the
dongle information should appear after executing this command (see the attached screen shot example of the wku list command).
Notes :
1. Printgroove servers purchased by customers are not configured with license expiration dates and should not be subject to any license expiration issues.
2. Access to the server's Linux (Ubuntu) console mode can be made directly on the server using at attachedkeyboard and monitor,or remotely using a utility
such as PuTTY.
Refer to the following URL for more information onPuTTY:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PuTTY .
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
1,490
Printgroove POD
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0701663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Printgroove supported models.
Solution
The followingare supported by Printgroove version 1.5.0:
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP(embedded)

bizhub PRO 950(embedded)
bizhub PRO 920(IC-203)
7085(IP-602/IP-602M)
bizhub PRO C500/8050(IP-901/IC-302/IC-405)
bizhub PRO C500(IC-301)
bizhub PRO C6500(IC-303/IC-305/IC-408/IC-304)
bizhub PRO C6500P(IC-303/IC-305/IC-304)
bizhub PRO C6501(IC-305/IC-408)
bizhub PRO C6501P(IC-305)
bizhub PRO C65hc(IC-305)
bizhub PRO 1051/1200/1200P(embedded)
bizhub PRO 1600PwithSmart Imager R11
bizhub PRO 2000P withSmart Imager R11
Xerox DocuTech 6100 seriesDocuSP4.x
Note : Please refer to the attacheddocument for additional information on Printgroove supported models. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
February 2013
1,491
Printgroove POD
Solution ID
TAUS0703122EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to manually enable printer with possible error message of "The selected printer is not PDF supported".
Solution
CAUSE: SNMP communication between Queue and printersis not established.
SOLUTION:To manually enable printer in Queue,wait approximately 3 minutes for the SNMP communication to be properly established between Queue and
the printer. Please refer to the attacheddocumentation for detail instructions on this process.
Note : To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0702058EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Default usernames and passwords for the various Printgroove modules.
Solution
The default user name andpassword are:
Printgroove POD ADMIN
Username: sysadmin
Password: password
Printgroove POD SERVE
Username: joeuser
Password: password
Username: sueboss
Password: password
Note : Sueboss is the default administrator.Joeuser is the default user.
Printgroove POD GUIDE
Username: psc
Password: password
Username: appadmin
Password: password
Printgroove POD QUEUE
Username: qadmin
Password: password
Username: wtell
Password: sysadm
Printgroove (Ubuntu) console mode
Username: sysadmin
Password: The password for the sysadmin account is unique to each factory configured installation of Printgroove.
The password can be found on the "Server Information" document, which is included with each Printgroove server that is shipped.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If the "Server Information" document is not available and the password is unknown,you will need to boot the Printgroove server into a
"Recovery" mode to set a new password for the sysadmin account. Refer to the attached document forstep-by-step directionsto perform this task.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS0703095EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to verifyPrintgroove version.
Solution
To verify the version of all the modules of the Printgroove POD Server, perform the following:
1. From a Web browser, log intoPrintgroove Admin.
2. On the left-hand side, click on Control.
3. From the Control screen click onthe Printgroove module to view the version information.
To verify version of the Queue client software, perform the following;
1. Open Queue client software and login into Queue module.
February 2013
1,492
Printgroove POD
2. Select Help -> About Printgroove POD Queue
3. The version and the build number will be listed for the Queue Client software.
Note : Please refer tothe attached screen shots for additional aid in locating theversion information
Solution ID
TAUS0703314EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to collect log files from the Printgroove Server.
Solution
To collect log files from the Printgroove Server, perform the following:
1. From a Web browser, log into Printgroove Admin.
Note : The default username is sysadmin and the password is password .
2. Select "Logs" from the selections on the left side.
3. Select "Files" from the three Log selections.
4.Select the desired module.
5. Click on the log file to download and save.
Notes :
a. It is not necessary to save all log files from a particular module, just save the log files that pertain to date of problem occurrence.
b. Please see attacheddocumentation for additional information onPrintgroove log files. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader
c. Thefollowing isadditionaldetail on the function of the Modules listed in the log files.
PdfServer - Usedby Queue to inspect PDF files

Apache2 (Error & Access) - Web server used to manage incoming web requests
Postgresql - Used to store data for Admin/Serve/SG/Queue
Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to access Serve, Guide, and Queue modules."You are not licensed to access this module" message will appear in Web browser when attempting to
access Serve or Guide. An "Invalid Entry" window will pop-up when attempting to loginto Queue.
February 2013
1,493

Solution ID
TAUS0807984EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Notes :
such as PuTTY.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
1,494

DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0701663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

7085(IP-602/IP-602M)
February 2013
1,495

Solution ID
TAUS0702058EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Username: sysadmin
Password: password
Username: joeuser
Password: password
Username: sueboss
Password: password
Username: psc
Password: password
Username: appadmin
Password: password
Username: qadmin
Password: password
Username: wtell
Password: sysadm
Username: sysadmin
Solution ID
TAUS0703095EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0703314EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,496

Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,497

Solution ID
TAUS0807984EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Notes :
such as PuTTY.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
1,498

DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0701663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

7085(IP-602/IP-602M)
February 2013
1,499

Solution ID
TAUS0702058EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Username: sysadmin
Password: password
Username: joeuser
Password: password
Username: sueboss
Password: password
Username: psc
Password: password
Username: appadmin
Password: password
Username: qadmin
Password: password
Username: wtell
Password: sysadm
Username: sysadmin
Solution ID
TAUS0703095EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0703314EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,500

Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,501

Solution ID
TAUS0807984EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Notes :
such as PuTTY.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
1,502

DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0701663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

7085(IP-602/IP-602M)
February 2013
1,503

Solution ID
TAUS0703122EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to manually enable printer with possible error message of "The selected printer is not PDF supported".
Solution
CAUSE: SNMP communication between Queue and printersis not established.
SOLUTION:To manually enable printer in Queue,wait approximately 3 minutes for the SNMP communication to be properly established between Queue and
the printer. Please refer to the attacheddocumentation for detail instructions on this process.
Note : To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0702058EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Username: sysadmin
Password: password
Username: joeuser
Password: password
Username: sueboss
Password: password
Username: psc
Password: password
Username: appadmin
Password: password
Username: qadmin
Password: password
Username: wtell
Password: sysadm
Username: sysadmin
Solution ID
TAUS0703095EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,504

Solution ID
TAUS0703314EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,505
Printgroove POD READY

Solution ID
TAUS0807984EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Notes :
such as PuTTY.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
1,506

DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0702058EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Username: sysadmin
Password: password
Username: joeuser
Password: password
Username: sueboss
Password: password
Username: psc
Password: password
Username: appadmin
Password: password
Username: qadmin
Password: password
Username: wtell
Password: sysadm
Username: sysadmin
Solution ID
TAUS0902886EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Printgrooveversion 1.5.01 update patch
Solution
Printgroove patch updateversion 1.5.01 isavailable forPrintgroove version 1.5.0.This update provides many new enchancements and corrections to all
modules and software for Printgroove.Refer to attached release notes(DLBT0903200EN00.pdf) for full details.
Printgroove server must be beat version 1.5.0 bofore the 1.5.01 patch can be installed.Refer to the attached documents that describe the previous updates
February 2013
1,507

that must be done before the 1.5.01 patch is applied.
Upgrade to 1.5.0 :
TAUS0902885EN00.pdf
Printgroove_v1.5_Install_Support__Guide_10_1_09.pdf
DLBT0902827EN01.pdf (ver. 1.5.0 release notes)
Upgrade to version 1.3.2 :
TAUS0901915EN00.pdf
How_to_Upgrade_to_Ver._1.3.2_20090305.pdf
DLBT0900434EN00.pdf (ver. 1.3.2 release notes)
Notes :
1.Be sure to perform a system backup prior to any upgrade.
2.Be sure to uninstall the Printgroove Queue client and POD driver software fromPC/Macintoshand install new versions provided with version 1.5.01.
3. Patch update version 1.5.01 isavailable for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector .
Solution ID
TAUS0808609EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Printgroove POD Driver Error Message: Unable to connect to the server (ipaddressofserver)" when attempting to upload files.
Solution
CAUSE:Port 8180 is blocked by firewall, whichispreventing communication to the Printgroove server.
SOLUTION:Modify firewall settings to allow communication over port 8180 from client PCto the Printgroove server.
The followingopen ports are required forPrintgroove:
80 - HTTP
161 - SNMP Communication with KM MFP
443 - SSL Communication (default setting with POD driver)
445 - SMB (Creo Devices)
6000 - ClientNotification with Printgroove Queue Client program
8180 - http communication with Printgroove server (required for POD driver)
8192 -Job spooler (7085/IP-602)
9100 - Print Channel for bizhub Pro 920 and 1050
9101 - Print Channel for 7085/IP-602
10001 - Print Channel for 7085/IP602
59158 - TCP/IP Job Spooler - bizhub Pro 920 and 1050
8021 & 8022 - Harmony SDK - Fiery Controllers
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/BSE
Solution ID
TAUS1001948EN*
Description
Printgroove 32-bitor 64-bit support.
Solution
Printgroove support for 64-bit OS isavailable with Printgroove POD version 1.5.5.2 and above.
Support with 64-bit OS (Microsoft Windows and Macintosh)
Printgroove POD Server/Guide

Windows XP Home Edition 32-bit (SP3 or later)
Windows XP Professional 32-bit (SP3 or later)
Windows XP Professional 64-bit
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate/Enterprise 32-bit (SP2 or later)
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate/Enterprise 64-bit
Windows 7 Professional/Enterprise 32-bit/64-bit
Queue client
Windows XP Home Edition/Professional 32-bit (SP2 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition/Professional 64-bit
February 2013
1,508

Windows Vista Business Edition 32-bit (SP2 or later)
Windows Vista Business Edition 64-bit
Windows 7 Professional/ Enterprise 32-bit/64-bit
Printgroove POD Driver (Microsoft Windows)

Windows XP Home Edition/Professional 32-bit (SP3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition/Professional 64-bit
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate/Enterprise 32-bit (SP2 or later)
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate/Enterprise 64-bit
Windows 7 Professional/Enterprise 32-bit/64-bit
Printgroove POD Driver (Macintosh)

Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger 32-bit/64-bit
Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard 32-bit/64-bit
Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard 32-bit/64-bit
Printgroove POD Ready (Microsoft Windows)

Printgroove POD Ready does NOT support 64-bitat this time.
Printgroove POD Ready version 2.0 will support 64-bit, release datehas not yet been determined.
Notes :
1.To upgrade to Printgroove version 1.5.5.2,the base version of Printgroove Server must be at version 1.5.3 or above.
2. The new updates for Printgrooveareavailable via the SSD Download Selector on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
3. Refer to attachedProgram Release Informationfor additional detail. To view the PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byTony Pizzoferrato, ESS
February 2013
1,509

Solution ID
TAUS0807984EN*
Solution Usage
13
Description
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Notes :
such as PuTTY.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
February 2013
1,510

DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0701663EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution

7085(IP-602/IP-602M)
February 2013
1,511

Solution ID
TAUS0702058EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Username: sysadmin
Password: password
Username: joeuser
Password: password
Username: sueboss
Password: password
Username: psc
Password: password
Username: appadmin
Password: password
Username: qadmin
Password: password
Username: wtell
Password: sysadm
Username: sysadmin
Solution ID
TAUS0703095EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0703314EN*
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,512

Notes :

Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,513
PrintShop Mail
Solution ID
TAUS0703094EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Unable to select Booklet feature when using FreeForm.
Solution
CAUSE: FreeForm does not support the booklet feature.
SOLUTION: Unfortunately, there is no solution that will allow the functionality of creating a booklet from a document when using FreeForm. It is
recommendend to first have document imposed as needed and then utilize FreeForm.
The IC-303/IC-305 does have an Impose module option available that can be used to impose the file prior to utlizing FreeForm.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD andChuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0619517EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Does PrintShop Mail* 4.0 support subset stapling?
Solution
True subset stapling is not supported by Konica's Printers. Printshop Mail 4.0 has a work around for printers that do not support this. To print with subset
stapling, go to the File menu, select Print. In the Print box under the "Record Range" area, check the box for "Split Job Every ______ Pages", and fill in the
page amount for each set.
WARNING: If the variable data is different lengths and the amount of data that is placed on each page can vary, changing the amount of pages, this option
will not work the amount of pages per set can not change.
This work around is not true subset stapling; a large document is split into many individual jobs depending on the amount of pages selected. Because of this,
the more pages per set, the longer wait time will be incurred between jobs on the printer. For example, if the sets are set to eight pages the time between
when the first job finishes printing and the next job starting to print is 15 seconds.
Solution ID
TAUS0648162EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to make booklets with Printshop Mail and the C500.
Solution
To make booklets with Printshop Mail 5.0 and the C500, use an IP901 with system 6 loaded. Once the job has been created, go to file print and select the
system 6 printer. Under Record Range, put a check next to Split job every and then put in how many pages are in the booklet. Select the Properties button,
go to paper source and make sure that paper size is set to letter and print size is set to 11x17. Proceed to the finishing area and select Folding: Center Fold,
Duplex: Top to Top, Staple Mode: Center and then Booklet Maker: Saddle. Print the job. The number of records that are in the database will be how many
jobs are sent to the printer.
Solution ID
TAUS0702266EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to print to Fiery with FreeForm from PrintShop Mail.
Solution
Use FreeForm to set up this job:
1. In PrintShop Mail select Edit and Preferences.
2.Select the Print Job Icon and under the technology there is the setting forFreeForm.
3.Then select a number that is not used; the default is 15.
4.Click OK.This sets of the Master form document.
5. Select File and Print.
6.Next, at the Send option, select Master data.
7.Set the number of records to 1.
8.Select Properties of the Driver.For this form select:
a. Layout
b.Duplex right to left
c.Finishing
d.Half fold
e.VDP
f.Create Form
9.Use'15' for the numberset when selectingFreeForm above.
10.Click OK.
11.Print the form.This sends the variable data using the form.
12.Select File and Print.
13.Then, at the send option, select Variable Data.
14.Select the number of records to print.
15.Select the properties button.
16.Set the parameters EXACTLY as when setting up the Masterform.If the variable data form does not match the master, thejob will not print with the options.
17.For this form select:
a.Layout
b.Duplex right to left
February 2013
1,514
PrintShop Mail
c.Finishing
d.Half fold
e.VDP
f.Use Form
18.Use '15' for the number set when selectingFreeForm above.
19.Click OK.
20.Click Print.
Solution ID
TAUS0617713EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
PrintShop Mail* workstation and printer requirements.
Solution
PrintShop Mail minimum requirements in Microsoft* Windows environment:
1. Intel* Pentium processor.
2. Microsoft Windows 9x, 2000, NT or XP.
3. 16MB of RAM.
4. 50MB of free hard disk space.
5. Monitor with at least 8-bit color at 800x600 resolution or higher.
6. Full version of Adobe* Acrobat 3.x or later.
PrintShop Mail minimum requirements in Macintosh* environment:
1. Power Macintosh or newer.
2. Macintosh OS version 7.6 or higher.
3. 16MB of RAM.
4. 10MB of free hard disk space.
Print Controller requirements:
The print controller must have PostScript* interpreter installed. PrintShop Mail does not support PCL* printing.
Solution ID
TAUS0617714EN*
Description
Test Synopsis evaluating PrintShop Mail* and providing printing speed results for the IP601, IP304, IP431, and IP421.
Solution
Test Synopsis results .
PrintShop Mail product information
PrintShop Mail Release Notes
PrintShop Mail User's Manual
Note: To view the above links, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0620506EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Current version of Printshop Mail.
Solution
When testing and supporting Printshop Mail 4.0 make sure you are using the latest build downloaded from [[www.printshopmail.com| URL
http://www.printshopmail.com]]. As of 11/20/02 the current build is 21. The printshop mail 4.0 versions on the disks that are being sent out are build 10.
There are several issues with this build that are fixed by downloading the current version off of the website.
Solution ID
TAUS0648145EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When using Printshop Mail subset feature, if there are more than 12 jobs in the queue, printing will pause for over a minute at the 12th job, then resume and
print the next 12 jobs and then pause again every 12 jobs.
Solution
CAUSE: This is caused by the way Microsoft* uses LPR ports to print.
SOLUTION: Set up the printer port to be RAW using port 9100.
February 2013
1,515
PrintShop Mail
February 2013
1,516
Prism
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0639739EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,517
Prism
How to exclude an asterisk that is displayed at the end of a barcode when mapped to a form.
Solution
Use is the following piece of script to do a search and replace on the text in the barcode (this is a single line of code even though it may appear wrapped):
CurrentForm["Barcode1"].Text = System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex.Replace(CurrentForm["Barcode1"].Text,"\\\\*","");
February 2013
1,518
PRISM DocForm V3
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0639745EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,519
PRISM DocForm V3
Installation error: A required DLL file, MSVCP60.dll was not found.
Solution
CAUSE: Attempting to install PRISM DocForm on a Microsoft Windows 98 platform, which is not supported.
SOLUTION:DocForm needs to be installed either on Microsoft Windows 2000, XP or Windows 2003. Try to reinstallon one of these supported operating
systems.
Solution ID
TAUS0639747EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Installation error: 1920 - Service DocFormSvc Failed to start. Verify that you have sufficient privileges to start system services.
Solution
CAUSE: The latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are not installed.
SOLUTION: Make sure the latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are loaded by using the Microsoft Update service or
Center . Once the updates are installed, reboot and try the PRISM DocForm installation again.
Solution ID
MSDN Download
TAUS0639910EN*
Solution Usage
Description
PRISM DocForm version 3 is available.
Solution
See attached Marketing Bulletin#04-GB-108 for details.
February 2013
1,520
PRISM DocForm V4
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0639745EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,521
PRISM DocForm V4
Installation error: A required DLL file, MSVCP60.dll was not found.
Solution
CAUSE: Attempting to install PRISM DocForm on a Microsoft Windows 98 platform, which is not supported.
SOLUTION:DocForm needs to be installed either on Microsoft Windows 2000, XP or Windows 2003. Try to reinstallon one of these supported operating
systems.
Solution ID
TAUS0639747EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Installation error: 1920 - Service DocFormSvc Failed to start. Verify that you have sufficient privileges to start system services.
Solution
CAUSE: The latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are not installed.
SOLUTION: Make sure the latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are loaded by using the Microsoft Update service or
Center . Once the updates are installed, reboot and try the PRISM DocForm installation again.
Solution ID
MSDN Download
TAUS0701939EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to change the printer in Prism DocForm.
Solution
To change the printer in Prism DocForm, perform the following:
1. Make a backup of the existing projects.
2.Select Locally installed printer only. When installing the printer driver, 'Locally attached' was selected, not 'Network'.
3. Select Outputs from the menu.
a. Select Edit output.A list of output definitions will be displayed. Select the one to bechanged.
b. A screen will pop up; click the Select Printer button.A drop down list will be displayed on the side that contains installed windows printer drivers.
c. Select the desired printer and click OK.
4.Save the setting by choosing File => Save, and save it in C:\Program Files\Docform\Server\Projects.
Solution ID
TAUS0701948EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When printing a form with a PDF background, the output comes out pixelated and low-quality.
Solution
CAUSE: This is a known issue with Prism DocForm version 4.0, and has been resolvedin version 4.2 of DocForm.
SOLUTION: Open the output properties within DocForm and enable the "Use Print Optimization" option. This option allows DocForm to gather
information about the selected printer driver. Once this has been done, disable the "Use Print Optimization" option. Now that DocForm has the printer driver
information, it will maintain the quality of the original PDF file and it should print out fine.
Note :A printer that has been added directly over a shared network will not be able to use the "Use Print Optimization" option within DocForm. Instead,
add the printer over a TCP/IP port andthe "Use Print Optimization" option will be able to be used.
Solution ID
TAUS0701949EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Prism DocForm version 4 system requirements.
Solution
Prism DocForm version 4 runs in a Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows 2003 Serverenvironment.
DocForm v4 supports a TCP/IP network, such as Microsoft Windows networking.
Minimum Requirements are:
1. CPU -Intel Pentium IV,2GHz
2. Total RAM - 1GB
3. Disk Space -100MB free disk space (for Program files) andstorage space of 200MB (for archiving input files and generating temporary files)
4. Adobe Acrobat Distiller (6.0 or higher) for PDF output
5. Printer - any LAN-attached printer with a Microsoft Windows-compatible driver
Solution ID
TAUS0701950EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Troubleshooting the Prism DocForm version 4 service.
Solution
Please refer to the attached document for troubleshooting details.
February 2013
1,522
PRISM DocForm V4
Solution ID
TAUS0701951EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Printer Port Checklist.
Solution
Please refer to the attached document forthechecklistdetails.
February 2013
1,523
PRISM DocRecord
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
February 2013
1,524
PRISM DocSystem
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
February 2013
1,525
PS3000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,526
PS5000C
Solution ID
TAUS0703618EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What versions of SCSI does Microsoft Windows Vista support?
Solution
Windows Vista does not support any SCSI interface device.
Solution ID
TAUS0800850EN*
Description
Solution
Notes :
Solution ID
TAUS0654324EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Does Infotrieve Ariel 4.1 or 4.1.1 works with Microsoft Windows 2003?
Solution
Ariel 4.1 or 4.1.1 is supported by Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP, but is not officially supported by Microsoft Windows 2003.
Notes :
1. Batch scanning does not work with Ariel 4.1 or 4.1.1.
2. Refer to the attached document for specifications. To view the document(s), Microsoft Word or Word Viewer must be installed. Word Viewer 2003
(11.7MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft at the following URL;
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?DisplayLang=en&FamilyID=95e24c87-8732-48d5-8689-ab826e7b8fdf .
Solution ID
TAUS0807926EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Recommended PC specification.
Solution
The recommended PC specification is as follows:
CPU: At least Pentium IV 2.6MHz.
RAM: At least 2GB.
SCSI card: Adaptec AHA-2940AU andAHA-2930U .
Solution ID
TAUS0807960EN*
Description
PROBLEM: Image waving on output.
Solution
Cause: Due to ceiling lights overhead,light reflects offtheglossy surface ofhard cover books and affects image output.
Solution: Put sky shot paper (flat black) on the book cover.
Provided by: Karl Esaka Field advisor and Don St.Onge - SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0900682EN*
Description
Wavy lines.
Solution
CAUSE:
Wavy lines are usually caused by wrinkles in the originals, extraneous lights or the originals being too glossy.
SOLUTION:
February 2013
1,527
PS5000C
1. Flatten the original as much as possible.
2. Try varying the Auto Exposure setting for the best result and if the best result cannotobtained, then try varying the manual exposure settings to obtain the
best result.
3. Try controlling the lighting around the scanner.
Solution ID
TAUS0638745EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Release of PS5000C face up color book scanner.
February 2013
1,528
PS5000C MKII
Solution ID
TAUS1000828EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Stitching issue when scanning documents.
Solution
CAUSE:EPROM update is required.
SOLUTION:An EPROM Version Up Kit 2.0 has been released to resolve the stitching issue problem. Please see attached example of the problem. To
viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
FOCVersion Upgrade Kit

The Version Upgrade Kit (PS7000 MKII p/n7133018202, PS5000 MKII p/n7119019202) can be ordered free of charge via the Online Technical (FOC) &
Special Program order form in MyKonicaMinolta.com. To place your FOC claim, please go to Service ? Warranty Repair & Special Programs ? Warranty
Services & Technical/FOC Programs ? KMBS Technical (FOC) & Special Programs.
Access and complete the SSD Program claim form that is located in the Claim Type Drop Down by selecting SSD Solution Claim. After you select SSD
Solution Claim, you must then select the appropriate Solution ID from the SSD Solutions pop-up box in the Product RA/Claim Information at the bottom of
the form. Your choice will then display a description of the associated FOC part that will be shipped to you.
Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship all parts at no-charge and no return to KMBS is necessary.
Upon our receipt and verification of your online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge parts order. All parts will be
shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated e-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment and the KMBS claim
number, parts order status and the UPS tracking number for the delivery.
Questions related to your FOC parts claims may be directed to KMBS Logistics Operations at (201) 934-5339
IMPORTANT : There is a limit of 1 FOC Version Upgrade Kit per location. Once the limited stock is exhausted, no further Version Upgrade Kits will be
available FOC.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS0808574EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What application software can be used with this scanner?
Solution
Application software compatible with Twain32.
(32-bit application compatible with Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000).
Solution ID
TAUS0900602EN*
Description
Incorrect color reproduction.Update kit was installed.
Solution
CAUSE:The setup adjustment is required for the initial installation or for a unit out of adjustment.
SOLUTION: Setup adjustment:
1. Turn the power ON and wait at least 10 minutes before proceeding with the adjustment. 2. Make sure the labels are installed as shown in the attached
label pasting instructions.
3.Verify firmware version 2.0 EPROM is installed on the scanner and TWAIN version 3.0X on
the PC.
4. Place the adjustment sheet on the Book Table, as shown in attachment, select Setup ?Start.When the dialog box appears. Click "OK".
5. When the setup screen disappears, setup is completed.
6.If the color reproduction is still not correct, then continue with the Black/White Shading, White Balance, Tone Curve and the Image Registration using the
correct jigs.See attached instructions.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Note : It may be necessary to vary the Auto Exposure setting for the best color. If the Auto Exposure settings do not help, then try tovary the Manual
Exposure settings to obtain the best quality image. Image quality problems can occur if the Setup Adjustment Sheet (p/n 7119-7202-01) is dirty, bent, or
wrinkled. Replace itif necessary. Also check for extraneous lighting.
Solution ID
TAUS0808558EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the recommended PC specification?
Solution
The recommended PC specification is the following:
CPU:Intel Core2 Duo 2.33GHZ or faster.
RAM:2GB Memory or more.
Interface: USB 2.0 High Speed (USB cable: less than 6 feet).
February 2013
1,529
PS5000C MKII
Note :There is no SCSI interface.
Solution ID
TAUS0808624EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enter the Maintenance mode.
Solution
To enter maintenance mode, perform the following:
1. Select the "Adjustment" Checkbox tab on the Book Scanner screen.
2. Click on the drop-down and select "Maintenance" and click "Start".
3. Enter "7119" for the Maintenance Code and press "OK".
4. Click "Exit" to close the "Maintenance" Screen.
Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
Solution ID
TAUS0900972EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Does the unit scan in true B/W and grayscale?
Solution
Black and white scanning mode is a feature of the unit as well as 24-bit color and 8-bit grayscale scanning modes.
Note :Grayscale is standard on the unit.
Solution ID
TAUS1000071EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Display is in Japanese.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect language setting.
SOLUTION:
1. Enter Service Mode, press and hold "SET" and "ESC" key on the Control Panel while
turning on the Main Switch. (Display is now in English).
2. Use the up or down arrows and scroll to "LANGUAGE" and press "SET" key.
3. Scroll to "ENGLISH" and press "SET".
4. Power cycle the unit to exit Service Mode.
Solution ID
TAUS1000796EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Intermittently the machine will not perform the "stitch" function.
February 2013
1,530
PS7000
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0703618EN*
Description
What versions of SCSI does Microsoft Windows Vista support?
Solution
Windows Vista does not support any SCSI interface device.
Solution ID
TAUS0800557EN*
Description
Is Microsoft Windows XP supported?
Solution
Microsoft Windows XP is supported andversion 17 firmware must be installed. Part number for IC34 is 0818-6605-03 and IC35 is 0818-6606-03.
Solution ID
TAUS0626274EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Is it normal for the scanner to be seen in Device Manager with an exclamation point?
Solution
The scanner will be seen in Device Manager under Other Devices with an exclamation point (!). This is normal.
Solution ID
TAUS0626392EN*
Description
Is the gain adjustment jig the same for both planetary scanners (PS3000 and PS7000)?
Solution
Both Planetary Scanners use the same gain adjustment jig (p/n 0814-7901-01).
Solution ID
TAUS0626518EN*
Description
What is the BTU rating for the PS7000?
Solution
The BTU rating for the PS7000 and its different versions are listed below:
1) PS7000 PC Version
Standby 130 BTU
Scanning 2700 BTU
2) PS7000 PR Version (Scanner & MSP3000 Printer)
1) Scanner
Standby 130 BTU
Scanning 2350 BTU
2) Printer
Standby 550 BTU
Scanning 1600 BTU
3) Total
Standby 680 BTU
Scanning 3950 BTU
Solution ID
TAUS0629009EN*
Description
Does the PS7000 support printer sharing in the direct print mode?
Solution
SOLUTION:The PS7000 does not support printer sharing in the direct print mode.
February 2013
1,531
PS7000
Solution ID
TAUS0629010EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Does the TWAIN driver 2.0 support "Batch Scanning"?
Solution
We recommend using any TWAIN-compliant software for the scanners, but the basic TWAIN driver itself does NOTsupport "Batch scanning". For batch
scanning we recommend using PageScope Cabinet software.
Solution ID
TAUS0629011EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable grayscale scanning on a PS7000 with a serial number lower than 2196.
Solution
To enable grayscale scanning install the SCSI Memory Kit, part number 7660-8180-1, and Grayscale Memory Board, part number 4614-331.
Solution ID
TAUS0629014EN*
Solution Usage
Description
"Invalid Field in Parameter List" error message is displayed on the PC after the TWAIN Driver 2.0 was installed.
Solution
The error "Invalid Field in Parameter List" can be corrected by installing firmware version 14 or higher.
February 2013
1,532
PS7000C MKII
Solution ID
TAUS1000828EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Stitching issue when scanning documents.
Solution
CAUSE:EPROM update is required.
SOLUTION:An EPROM Version Up Kit 2.0 has been released to resolve the stitching issue problem. Please see attached example of the problem. To
viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
FOCVersion Upgrade Kit

The Version Upgrade Kit (PS7000 MKII p/n7133018202, PS5000 MKII p/n7119019202) can be ordered free of charge via the Online Technical (FOC) &
Special Program order form in MyKonicaMinolta.com. To place your FOC claim, please go to Service ? Warranty Repair & Special Programs ? Warranty
Services & Technical/FOC Programs ? KMBS Technical (FOC) & Special Programs.
Access and complete the SSD Program claim form that is located in the Claim Type Drop Down by selecting SSD Solution Claim. After you select SSD
Solution Claim, you must then select the appropriate Solution ID from the SSD Solutions pop-up box in the Product RA/Claim Information at the bottom of
the form. Your choice will then display a description of the associated FOC part that will be shipped to you.
Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship all parts at no-charge and no return to KMBS is necessary.
Upon our receipt and verification of your online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge parts order. All parts will be
shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated e-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment and the KMBS claim
number, parts order status and the UPS tracking number for the delivery.
Questions related to your FOC parts claims may be directed to KMBS Logistics Operations at (201) 934-5339
IMPORTANT : There is a limit of 1 FOC Version Upgrade Kit per location. Once the limited stock is exhausted, no further Version Upgrade Kits will be
available FOC.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS0808574EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
What application software can be used with this scanner?
Solution
Application software compatible with Twain32.
(32-bit application compatible with Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000).
Solution ID
TAUS0900602EN*
Description
Incorrect color reproduction.Update kit was installed.
Solution
CAUSE:The setup adjustment is required for the initial installation or for a unit out of adjustment.
SOLUTION: Setup adjustment:
1. Turn the power ON and wait at least 10 minutes before proceeding with the adjustment. 2. Make sure the labels are installed as shown in the attached
label pasting instructions.
3.Verify firmware version 2.0 EPROM is installed on the scanner and TWAIN version 3.0X on
the PC.
4. Place the adjustment sheet on the Book Table, as shown in attachment, select Setup ?Start.When the dialog box appears. Click "OK".
5. When the setup screen disappears, setup is completed.
6.If the color reproduction is still not correct, then continue with the Black/White Shading, White Balance, Tone Curve and the Image Registration using the
correct jigs.See attached instructions.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Note : It may be necessary to vary the Auto Exposure setting for the best color. If the Auto Exposure settings do not help, then try tovary the Manual
Exposure settings to obtain the best quality image. Image quality problems can occur if the Setup Adjustment Sheet (p/n 7119-7202-01) is dirty, bent, or
wrinkled. Replace itif necessary. Also check for extraneous lighting.
Solution ID
TAUS0900682EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Wavy lines.
Solution
CAUSE:
Wavy lines are usually caused by wrinkles in the originals, extraneous lights or the originals being too glossy.
SOLUTION:
February 2013
1,533
PS7000C MKII
1. Flatten the original as much as possible.

2. Try varying the Auto Exposure setting for the best result and if the best result cannotobtained, then try varying the manual exposure settings to obtain the
best result.
3. Try controlling the lighting around the scanner.
Solution ID
TAUS0808470EN*
Solution Usage
Description
When scanning without using the pop up dialog box, the system will lock up after the first scan.
Solution
CAUSE: Because the scan action must be generated by the scanner, the dialog box must be used. If the the dialog box is not used, it is necessaryto use the
optional manual switch to generate the scan.
SOLUTION: Install the optional manual switch, (p/n 7133-1701-01) to allow the scan to be generated by the scanner without using the dialog box.
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0808575EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Can the manual switch for the PS5000C be used in the PS7000MKII?
Solution
Yes, the manual switch for the PS5000C (p/n 7119-6303-01) can be usedfor the PS7000MKII manual switch (p/n 7133-0171-01).
Solution ID
TAUS0900301EN*
Description
PS7000 MKII specifications.
Solution
See attached documentfor specification information.
February 2013
1,534
Recollect
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0607049EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,535
Recollect
'Scanner problem encountered. Check the scanner cables and connections' message when using a SCSI scanner, but unable to scan.
Solution
CAUSE: SCSI connections can be very temperamental at times.
SOLUTION: The following recommendations may resolve this error:
1. Use the best SCSI cables and connectors.
2. The shorter the cable the better.
3. Eliminate unnecessary cable gender ad adapter connectors.
4. The SCSI scanner must be powered-on before connecting PC is powered ON.
5. ISIS* drivers require system level drivers.
6. Add the Aspi drivers for the SCSI card to the config.sys file if required.
Solution ID
TAUS0607053EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Whenever scanning (or importing) into a particular drawer the following error occurs 'Could not created document. Could be due to insufficient memory.'
There is plenty of drive space and RAM on the PC.
Solution
CAUSE: This could be caused due to drive failure, cross-linked files, fragmented drive or drawer index problem.
SOLUTION: Perform the following steps.
1. Run SCANDISK on drive where drawer is located.
2. Run DEFRAG against the drive where drawer is located.
3. Run recondition against the drawer being scanned/imported.
4. The above steps will usually correct any problem. If problem persists, create a new drawer.
5. Create a new folder for the new drawer.
6. Scan (or import) to verify it is working without a problem
7. Drag and drop the folder(s) from the problem drawer to the new drawer.
8. The older drawer can then be deleted.
Solution ID
TAUS0612666EN*
Solution Usage
Description
'Cannot scan/delete into this document. Some other user may be using this document. (Lock Error)' message. Cannot scan, move or delete documents.
There are no other Recollect* users on the system at the time of the error message. NetWare* 4.11 is in use.
Solution
CAUSE: This error is caused by Novell* Client32 V2.11.
SOLUTION: Upgrade to the latest Novell Client32. If the latest Novell Client32 is being used and the error still occurs, ensure a Preferred Tree and Context
name are specified in the Novell NetWare Client32 properties (located in Control Panel = Network). Exit and re-start the PC.
Solution ID
TAUS0652086EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How can documents be imported automatically into Recollect* Courier 6.5?
Solution
When defining a Hot-Folder through Backgrounder, any files copied into that folder will be automatically processed and Imported into Recollect.
Solution ID
TAUS0606992EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Administrator or users are not seen during installation when prompted to add users in a Recollect* LAN (NetWare*) environment.
Solution
CAUSE: The bindery context is not set correctly on the server.
SOLUTION: Ensure the bindery context is set correctly on the server.
Solution ID
TAUS0606993EN*
Description
Cannot add users to Recollect* in a Recollect LAN (NetWare*) environment.
February 2013
1,536
Recollect
Solution
CAUSE: Do not have the proper rights.
SOLUTION: Logg in as Administrator for Novell* NetWare 4.1x or supervisor or supervisor equivalent for Novell NetWare 3.12.
Note: [[Discontinuance of Technical Support for NetWare 3.12 by Novell.| FILE V:\text\novell.txt NEW]]
Solution ID
TAUS0606994EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
In a Recollect LAN (NetWare*) environment, do the drive mappings have to be in the login scripts?
Solution
The drive mappings have to be in the login scripts, otherwise environmental variables are not set properly.
Solution ID
TAUS0606995EN*
Description
Only the Recollect* Help icon is created in a Recollect LAN (NetWare*) environment.
Solution
CAUSE: Workstation or server needs to be re-booted.
SOLUTION: Reboot the workstation, then try running rec_desk.exe again. If this does not work, reboot the server.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0801149EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How can the Print Counter be displayed?
Solution
ThePrint Counterof the RFC11 can be displayed using the following steps:
1) Press the Exposure Mode Selection (Auto)Key, Multi-Print Key and the Clear/Stop Key at the same time and hold them down until the S is displayed.
2) Press the Multi-Print Key until the F is displayed.
3) Press the Lighter Exposure Adjustment Key until the3 is displayed.
4) With F3 being shown on the display press the Start Key to display thePrint Counter.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,537
RFC15A
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001615EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the speed control volume?
Solution
Speed control volume(p/n 1354-6018-01).
Note : This pertains to the unit with the knob mounted on the front cabinet.
Solution ID
TAUS1002370EN*
Solution Usage
Description
MARS Mini II does not function when the RFC15A is connected.
Solution
CAUSE:SW3 isset to OFF and the cartridge gap is incorrectly adjusted.
SOLUTION:Set SW 3 to ON for the RFC15A and adjust gap on cartridge lever as shown in the attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to
Solution ID
TAUS1200232EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Roll film does not feed in forward or reverse.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed PWB-A board. The Forward Motor (M1) and/or the Reverse Motor (M2) are not operating.
SOLUTION:Replace PWB-A with a modified board. Please note which type is presently installed in the RFC.
Type
PWB-A
Current P/N
Modified P/N
1
Electrical Strength, 50V ? 100V
1354-6022-01
1354-6022-02
2
Electrical Strength,100V ? 630V
1354-6022-02
1354-6022-03
February 2013
1,538
RFC15A
Effective machine Serial Numbers
Type1
RFC-15A: xx011833 onward from June 2010 production
RFC-15M: xx009955 onward from June 2010 production
Type2
RFC-15A: xx012152 onward from Feb. 2012 production
RFC-15M: xx010048 onward from Feb. 2012 production
February 2013
1,539
RFC15M
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1001615EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the part number for the speed control volume?
Solution
Speed control volume(p/n 1354-6018-01).
Note : This pertains to the unit with the knob mounted on the front cabinet.
Solution ID
TAUS1200232EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Roll film does not feed in forward or reverse.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed PWB-A board. The Forward Motor (M1) and/or the Reverse Motor (M2) are not operating.
SOLUTION:Replace PWB-A with a modified board. Please note which type is presently installed in the RFC.
Type
PWB-A
Current P/N
Modified P/N
1
Electrical Strength, 50V ? 100V
1354-6022-01
1354-6022-02
2
Electrical Strength,100V ? 630V
1354-6022-02
1354-6022-03
Effective machine Serial Numbers
Type1
RFC-15A: xx011833 onward from June 2010 production
RFC-15M: xx009955 onward from June 2010 production
Type2
RFC-15A: xx012152 onward from Feb. 2012 production
RFC-15M: xx010048 onward from Feb. 2012 production
February 2013
1,540
RFC16
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643477EN*
Description
Part number for the potentiometer on the control box.
Solution
Potentiometer on the control box (p/n 1354-6018-01).
Solution ID
TAUS1000083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Where is the service manual for the RFC22,RFC21,RFC20A/M andwiring diagram?
Solution
Please refer to the attached service manual, wiring diagrams, and service diagrams.
NOTE: RFC-22, RFC-21 and RFC-20 are the same with the exception of a few parts.
February 2013
1,541
RFC21
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643412EN*
Description
Part number for the potentiometer on the control box.
Solution
The part number for the potentiometer on the control box is 1354-6018-01.
Solution ID
TAUS0700265EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Part number for the main control board (PWB-A).
Solution
Main CB (p/n 1371-0766-11).
Solution ID
TAUS0700427EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Service and Parts Manuals.
Solution
There are no service or parts manuals for the RFC21. Use the RFC20 Service Manual, and see bulletin REF.NO. 003 for the difference in parts for the
RFC20 vs the RFC21.
Note : The major difference is the PWB-A (p/n 1371-0766-11).
Solution ID
TAUS1000083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,542
RFC22
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000083EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,543
RightFax (Captaris)
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0653781EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,544
RightFax (Captaris)
FK-502, unable to TX from operation panel or with RightFax. The fax screen cannot be accessed on the operation panel.
Solution
CAUSE: Fax TX Restrict is ON.
SOLUTION: Set Fax TX Restrict OFF. To set Fax TX Restrict OFF, perform the following:
1. Enter the Administrator mode.
2. Select Security Setting.
3. Select Security Details.
4. Select the down arrow.
5. Select Restrict Fax TX.
6. Select OFF.
7. Select Close 4 times to exit the Administrator mode.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution provided by Shane Dempsey, U.S. Imaging Solutions, LLC. and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0700425EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Part number for the projection lamp (LA1).
Solution
Projection lamp (p/n 0870-6511-01).
Solution ID
TAUS0808523EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Discontinuation of accessories for book scanners and microfilm scanners.
Solution
Due to the new Konica Minolta corporate initiative to meet the RoHs environmental standard, the following accessories will be or have been discontinued.
The comprehensive list is outlined inattached Marketing Bulletin #08-GB-087. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be
The models affected are:
PS7000
MS6000 MKII/MS7000 MKII
RP600, RP603, RP605, RP606, RP607, RP609
February 2013
1,545
RP603Z
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS0643910EN*
Description
Part number for the PWB-A.
Solution
PWB-A (p/n 0876-0751-09).
Solution ID
TAUS0654907EN*
Description
Where to find the total meter count?
Solution
To find the total meter count, perform the following:
1. Press Clear/Stop Key and the Screen Brightness Select Key together at the same time.
2. Press the Multi-print Kkey till Ad is displayed on the display screen.
3. Press the Auto Key.
Solution ID
TAUS0700614EN*
Description
What is a C7 error?
Solution
The C7 error is an ATDC failure.
Solution ID
TAUS0648187EN*
Description
Installation of the Jamex Model 4300 Coin-Op box.
Solution
See Bulletin 5127 for details.
Solution ID
TAUS0700232EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to enable Auto Skew Rotation.
Solution
To enable Auto Skew Rotation, enter the Option installation setting 05 and change from d0 to d1.
Solution ID
TAUS0702310EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Does the developer come standard in the Imaging Unit?
Solution
The developer/starter (p/n 8910-412) must be ordered separately.
Solution ID
TAUS0808523EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,546
RP603Z
PS7000
RP600, RP603, RP605, RP606, RP607, RP609
Solution ID
TAUS0808523EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
PS7000
RP600, RP603, RP605, RP606, RP607, RP609
February 2013
1,547
Scantrip
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0623900EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,548
Scantrip
When using Scantrip for Macintosh* OSX (version 10.2.x) , 'Error detected in CMDSocket Got Server Error 425/Can't open data connection' message is
indicated.
Solution
CAUSE: The Macintosh personal firewall was enabled on the workstation.
SOLUTION: To disable the personal firewall, perform the following:
1. Click on the Apple.
2. Click on the System Preferences.
3. Click on Sharing icon in the 'Internet + Network' row.
4. Click on Firewall tab.
5. Click on the Start button to disable the firewall.
Solution ID
TAUS0618909EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Scantrip utility information.
Solution
Konica has developed an FTP download utility called Scantrip. This utility allows downloading of files from the hard drive to the workstation.
Note: Scanning utilities (Scantrip and Scantrip Admin) are now posted on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]].
Solution ID
TAUS0640717EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to get a Scantrip license reissued if the program is loaded onto another PC, the hard drive is replaced or the PC is rebuilt.
Solution
Go to the Assistance section of the SEC website, select the "click here" linkunder License Issues, log in to your Konica Minolta SEC accountandfollow the
instructions to obtain another license. SEC will allow 1 license reissue for each license that was purchased subject to qualification verification.
Solution ID
TAUS0618910EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Scantrip Admin utility information.
Solution
Scantrip Admin is an enterprise-level administration tool for Konica's Scan-to-Disk feature. Groups of images from multiple scanner/print engines can be
retrieved and deleted with Scantrip Admin. The Scan-to-Disk activity can be checked and the information saved to file for audit purposes. Scantrip Admin
can even be used to perform a back up of the Scan-to-Disk file system.
Konica's Scan-to-Disk technology allows scanning of documents from the print engine's platen glass or the document feeder directly to file where it is stored in
a mailbox on the print engine's internal hard disk. For details on Konica's Scan-to-Disk technology, please refer to the Konica print engine's documentation.
Scantrip Admin functions as a general user tool as well as an administration tool. It allows retrieval and deletion of image files (created with the print engine's
Scan-to-Disk feature) from a personal mailbox. These user-level operations can be performed manually or automatically (with the Auto-Polling feature).
Note: Scanning utilities (Scantrip and Scantrip Admin) are now posted on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]].
Solution ID
TAUS0619326EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to obtain the verification key for the demo version of Scantrip for the Macintosh* version 2.0.
Solution
The Scantrip for the Macintosh application will not run without an unlock code. Start Scantrip for the Macintosh for the first time and the program registration
screen is displayed. Write down the lock code and go to the SEC web site at http://www.sec.konicabt.com. Click on the REGISTER button and provide the
requested information and the lock code. The unlock code will be E-mailed. Enter the unlock code and Scantrip for the Macintosh will start.
Note: The license is per machine and not transferable.
Solution ID
TAUS0619328EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The Auto-Polling function in Scantrip is not saved, even though 'Save Current Settings' is checked.
Solution
CAUSE: When Scantrip is closed, it checks to see if the 'Save Current Settings' is enabled. If it is enabled, Scantrip will save all settings except the
Auto-Polling checkbox setting.
SOLUTION: This is correct operation for Scantrip. Due to the numerous requests, the SEC is now looking into adding this feature into the next version of
Scantrip. Please continue to monitor [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]] for the availability of the new Scantrip version.
February 2013
1,549
Scantrip
Solution ID
TAUS1200211EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is the recommended PC system for the SL1000?
Solution
Recommended PC System:
CPU: Intel Core i7 870 2.93 GHZ or faster

Memory: 4GB or more
Video: NVIDIA GeForce GT430 1GB or more
HDD: SATA 3 7200RPM 32MB or more
PC Monitor: Multi Touch Panel (Full HD) 1920x1080 dot or(SXGA)1280x1024 dot
Solution ID
TAUS1200289EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What types of film does the SL1000 scan?
Solution
The following types and sizes of film can be scanned:
Color Film/Monochrome Film

Negative Film/Positive Film
Microfiche Film
Jacket Film
Aperture Card
16/35mm Roll Film
16mm Cartridge Fil (Type A,M)
Micro Opaque
Note : The maximum reading size is 47mm x 34mm.
Solution ID
TAUS1200386EN*
Solution Usage
Description
The Add User, Change Password and Maintenance Mode buttons are missing.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect screen resolution.
SOLUTION:The minimum screen resolution is 1980x1024. Please verifythat themonitor is set to, and supports, this resolution.
Solution ID
TAUS1200436EN*
Solution Usage
Description
How to transfer user created profiles to different machines.
Solution
The profiles are stored in the C:\program files\SL-Touch folder. The file name is sl-touch.sdf .This file can be copied and the profiles should follow along with
it. Also if the file is given admin rights it can be transferred using roaming profiles.
February 2013
1,550
Unify
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
11
Description
Solution
Dispatcher
Doc Builder Pro
DocuBreeze
EFI Color Profiler
Fiery Free Form
FormKaster
Linkcom
MicroPress
OmniPagePro
PageScope
Paperport
Planet Press
PrintGroove
Recollect
Scantrip
Unify
Create!Print (v2.5)
ObjectifLune
Printshop Mail
Create!Form
Captaris : 520-320-7070
RightFax
Equitrac solutions
Jamex : 800-289-6550
DocForm
DocRecord
DocSystem
DocTransform
Quite Imposing Plus
RSA DTPrint
RSA IPDS Print
RSA MIS Print
RSA Qdirect
RSA RDO Print
RSA Web CRD
Solution ID
TAUS0619101EN*
Solution Usage
Description
February 2013
1,551
Unify
Unify* is unable to communicate with the KN302 or KN302A on an IP601 or IP601M.
Solution
CAUSE: The firmware version on the KN302A is at an incompatible level and unable to communicate properly with the AHT Unify server.
SOLUTION: Verify that the KN302A is at firmware level 5.72a.
Solution ID
TAUS0617065EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
How to install PPD and printer driver files onto Macintosh*.
Solution
To install PPD and printer driver files onto Macintosh, perform the following:
1. Insert the Unify software CD into the CD ROM drive of the Macintosh client.
2. From the hard drive, open the directory System Folder/Extensions/Printer Descriptions.
3. From the CD ROM, open Drivers/Mac.
4. Copy all the PPD files in the Drivers/Mac directory to the Macintosh Printer Descriptions folder.
Solution ID
TAUS0620947EN*
Description
How to print LPR on mainframe to Unify*.
Solution
Turn on TCP/IP* print services on the Unify machine. Add a print driver - any will do. Share it out (this name will be the LPR port name on the mainframe).
Note: Make sure the print driver is pointing to the queue2: port on the Unify machine.
Solution ID
TAUS0615302EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Does every 7075 or FORCE 75 in a Unify* printing cluster need to have an IP601 connected?
Solution
Each 7075 or FORCE 75 main body in a Unify cluster must be attached to an IP601.
Solution ID
TAUS0616753EN*
Description
How to generate Book Files with AHT Unify* Server from the Submit Job window?
Solution
To generate Book Files with AHT Unify Server from the Submit Job window, perform the following:
1. Launch and access the system interface using your Web browser.
2. Click on the Submit Job Hyperlink. The Submit Job window appears
3. Click on Browse to select your job. The choose file window appears.
4. Locate the document you wish to generate into a book and click Open. The file will appear in the Submit Job window File Name field.
5. Click on Finishing. Click in the Generate Book menu and select Yes.
6. Modify job options for the file if desired.
7. Click on Print.
8. The document will print. At the same time, it is saved as a book file in the server under the directory C:\Program Files\DOD Server\Books.
Solution ID
TAUS0619636EN*
Solution Usage
Solution Usage
Description
Jobs leave the Microsoft* Windows queue but do not hit Unify*.
Solution
CAUSE: The AHT service process was disabled.
SOLUTION: Enable the service process.
Solution ID
TAUS0622184EN*
February 2013
1,552
Unify
Description
What equipment is supported by AHT Unify*?
Solution
AHT Unify supports the following equipment:
Machines: 7075 and FORCE 75
IP Units: 601 and 601M
KN Cards: KN 301, KN 302 and KN 302A
NT 4.0 Server
Solution ID
TAUS0615629EN*
Solution Usage
Description
What is Unify* Konica Cluster printing and how does it operate?
Solution
Unify is a browser-based printing system that runs on a specially equipped Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 server. Clients attach to the server via a "Unify" print
queue, which opens a browser to the server. Print job features and variations of job splitting can be selected through this medium. The features on the AHT
server are based on the IP601 PostScript* driver allowing users to group from two to ten Konica 7075 or FORCE 75 printers in a cluster for higher print
production output.
Large print jobs can be split and sent to multiple printers simultaneously in order to reduce printing time.
There are two basic ways to print using AHT:
1. Open a browser to the AHT server. Set the print parameters and browse to the file to be printed. This is the method that must be used when printing from
a Macintosh* environment. This method cannot be used to print Microsoft Office documents (PostScript* errors occur).
2. Print from the native application (Word, Acrobat*) to the "Unify" printer in the printers folder. This will automatically open a browser to the AHT server
where print job parameters can be selected. This method must be used when printing Microsoft Office documents.
Unify Konica Cluster printing is recommended for use with the FORCE 75 and 7075 (IP601 using the PostScript driver version 1.22a) on the following
platforms:
MS Windows 98 workstation
MS Windows NT4 workstation
MS Windows 2000 workstation (Internet Explorer 6 must be installed or the browser will not open when the Unify printer is selected)
Macintosh environment printing was successful. However, printing is accomplished via browser (not a Unify port) using the file dump method (point
to/select the file to be printed).
AS/400 (via TCP/IP* printing services) is also supported.
Solution ID
TAUS1200356EN*
Solution Usage
Description
After launching PaperPort 12, thelinks to Microsoft Office 2010 application do not apear in the "Send to" bar.
Solution
CAUSE: PaperPort does not detect the Microsoft Office 2010 installation because PaperPort 12 was released prior to Office 2010.
SOLUTION: Links on the "Send to" bar must be configured manually. Please refer to attached documentation for the procedure. To view the PDF, you may
need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
February 2013
1,553
Web JetAdmin Plugin

Solution ID
TAUS0703108EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
Solution ID
TAUS1000264EN*
Solution Usage
Description
Solution
February 2013
1,554

Top 10 Solutions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Top 10 Solutions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SSD SUPPORT SOLUTIONS

5. Component failure. Check the TDS sensor, M5 (toner supply motor).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

To adjust the corona currents, perform the following:

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

EPROM history hyperlink .

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

2560 Print System

2560 Print System

Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System

2560 Print System

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Note: Use this skew

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.